As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2007 |
Registration No. 333-____ |
|
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC. |
|
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) |
Washington |
|
6036 |
|
(Applied for) |
|
|
|
|
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
|
201 Wells Avenue South |
Renton, Washington 98057 |
(425) 255-4400 |
|
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
|
John F. Breyer, Jr., Esquire |
Breyer & Associates PC |
8180 Greensboro Drive, Suite 785 |
McLean, Virginia 22102 |
(703) 883-1100 |
|
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
|
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. x
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. o
Calculation of Registration Fee
Title of Each Class of Securities
|
|
Amount to be
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
Amount of
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock, $0.01 par value |
|
|
25,156,250 |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
251,562,500 |
|
$ |
26,918 |
|
401(k) Plan Participation Interests |
|
|
(2) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,850,000 |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
|
(1) |
Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee. As described in the prospectus, the actual number of shares to be issued and sold are subject to adjustment based upon the estimated pro forma market value of the registrant and market and financial conditions. |
(2) |
In addition, pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act, this registration statement also covers an indeterminate amount of interests to be offered or sold pursuant to the First Savings Bank of Renton 401(k) Savings Plan. |
(3) |
The securities of First Financial Northwest, Inc. to be purchased by the First Savings Bank of Renton 401(k) Savings Plan are included in the amount shown for Common Stock. Accordingly, pursuant to Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act, no separate fee is required for the participation interests. Pursuant to such rule, the amount being registered has been calculated on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased with the current assets of such Plan. |
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
PART I INFORMATION REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Cross Reference Sheet showing the location in the Prospectus
of the Items of Form S-1
Item 1. |
Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover of Prospectus |
|
Forepart of the Registration Statement; Outside Front Cover Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 2. |
Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus |
|
Inside Front Cover Page; Outside Back Cover Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 3. |
Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges |
|
Summary; Risk Factors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 4. |
Use of Proceeds |
|
How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From this Offering; Capitalization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 5. |
Determination of Offering Price |
|
The Conversion and Stock Offering How We Determined Our Price and the Number of Shares to be Issued in the Stock Offering |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 6. |
Dilution |
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 7. |
Selling Security Holders |
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 8. |
Plan of Distribution |
|
The Conversion and Stock Offering |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 9. |
Description of Securities to be Registered |
|
Description of Capital Stock of First Financial Northwest, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 10. |
Interests of Named Experts and Counsel |
|
Legal and Tax Opinions; Experts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 11. |
Information with Respect to the Registrant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) Description of Business |
|
Business of First Financial of Renton, Inc. and First Financial Northwest, Inc.; Business of First Savings Bank |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Description of Property |
|
Business of First Savings Bank Properties |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) Legal Proceedings |
|
Business of First Savings Bank Legal Proceedings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrants Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters |
|
Outside Front Cover Page; Market for the Common Stock; Our Policy Regarding Dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(e) Financial Statements |
|
Consolidated Financial Statements; Pro Forma Data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(f) Selected Financial Data |
|
Selected Financial and Other Data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(g) Supplementary Financial Information |
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(h) Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
I - 1
|
*Item is omitted because answer is negative or item inapplicable. |
I - 2
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC.
FIRST SAVINGS BANK OF RENTON
SAVINGS PLAN
This prospectus supplement relates to the election by participants in First Savings Bank of Rentons Savings Plan to direct the plan trustee to invest all or a portion of their funds in the plan in the common stock of First Financial Northwest, Inc. The First Savings Bank of Renton Savings Plan is referred to in this prospectus supplement as the 401(k) Plan.
The common stock may be purchased through an additional investment option referred to herein as the Employer Stock Fund. (The formal name of this fund is the Qualified Employer Securities Fund). The interests offered under this prospectus supplement are conditioned on the completion of the initial public offering of the common stock of First Financial Northwest, Inc. Your investment in the Employer Stock Fund in connection with the stock offering (the Stock Offering) is also governed by the purchase priorities contained in the First Financial Northwest, Inc. stock issuance plan. The 401(k) Plan permits you, as a participant, to direct the trustee of the Employer Stock Fund to purchase First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock with amounts in the 401(k) Plan attributable to your accounts. This prospectus supplement relates solely to the initial election of a participant to direct the purchase of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock in the Stock Offering and not to any future purchases under the 401(k) Plan or otherwise.
The prospectus dated ____________, 2007 of First Financial Northwest, Inc., which is being delivered with this prospectus supplement, includes detailed information with respect to First Financial Northwest, Inc. , the stock issuance plan, First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock and the financial condition, results of operations and business of First Savings Bank of Renton. This prospectus supplement, which provides detailed information with respect to the 401(k) Plan, should be read only in conjunction with the prospectus.
In connection with the stock issuance plan, First Savings Bank of Renton is changing its name to First Savings Bank Northwest.
For a discussion of certain factors that you should consider before investing,
See Restrictions on Resale on page ____ of this prospectus supplement.
and Risk Factors beginning on page ____ of the prospectus.
The securities offered hereby are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.
The securities offered hereby have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision, or any state securities commission or agency, nor have these agencies passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus supplement. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The date of this prospectus supplement is ____________, 2007.
This prospectus supplement contains information you should consider when making your investment decision. You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus supplement. First Financial Northwest, Inc. has not authorized anyone else to provide you with different information. First Financial Northwest, Inc. is not making an offer of its common stock in any state where an offer is not permitted. The information in this prospectus supplement is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus supplement, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus supplement or any sale of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Election to Purchase First Financial Northwest, Inc. Common Stock in the Stock Offering
In connection with the First Financial Northwest, Inc. Stock Offering, the 401(k) Plan has been amended to permit each participant to direct that all or part of the funds in his or her accounts under the 401(k) Plan be transferred to the Employer Stock Fund thereunder, which will be used to purchase First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock in the Stock Offering. The trustee of the Employer Stock Fund will follow the participants directions and exercise subscription rights to purchase the common stock in the Stock Offering to the extent provided in our stock issuance plan. Funds in the 401(k) Plan that you do not want to be used to purchase First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock will remain invested in accordance with your investment instructions in effect at the time.
Respective purchases by the 401(k) Plan in the Stock Offering will be counted as purchases by the individual participants at whose election they are made, and will be subject to the purchase limitations applicable to the individual, rather than being counted in determining the maximum amount that the First Financial Northwest, Inc. tax-qualified employee plans (as defined in the prospectus) may purchase in the aggregate. See The Stock Offering - Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights on page _____ of the prospectus.
All plan participants are eligible to direct a transfer of funds to the Employer Stock Fund. However, these directions are subject to the purchase priorities in the stock issuance plan. Your order will be filled based on your status as an eligible account holder, supplemental eligible account holder or other member in the Stock Offering. An eligible account holder is a depositor whose deposit account(s) totaled $50.00 or more on June 30, 2005. A supplemental eligible account holder is a depositor whose deposit account(s) totaled $50.00 or more on June 30, 2007. An other member is a depositor whose deposit accounts totaled $50.00 or more on , 2007, and borrowers as of , 2007. If you fall into one of the above subscription offering categories, you have subscription rights to purchase shares of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock in the subscription offering and you may use funds in the 401(k) Plan account to pay for the shares of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock that you are eligible to purchase.
If we receive subscriptions for more shares than are to be sold in the offering, shares will be allocated to subscribers in the order of the priorities established in the First Financial Northwest, Inc. stock issuance plan under a formula outlined within the stock issuance plan. In that case, as a result of the allocation, the trustee for the 401(k) Plan may not be able to purchase all of the common stock you requested in the Stock Offering. The trustee would purchase in the Stock Offering as many shares as it is able and would pro-rate those shares to each participants account based on the purchase priorities contained in the First Financial Northwest, Inc. stock issuance plan and outlined above.
The securities offered in connection with this prospectus supplement are participation interests in the 401(k) Plan. Up to 20,125,000 shares of our common stock are being offered of which up to 185,000 shares may be acquired by the 401(k) Plan trustee for the accounts of employees participating in the 401(k) Plan. First Financial Northwest, Inc. is the issuer of the common stock and only the employees of First Financial Northwest, Inc. and First Savings Bank of Renton may participate in the 401(k) Plan. Information relating to the 401(k) Plan is contained in this prospectus supplement. Information relating to First Financial Northwest, Inc., the Stock Offering and the financial condition, results of operations and business of First Financial Northwest, Inc. and First Savings Bank of Renton is contained in the prospectus delivered with this prospectus supplement. The address of our principal executive office is 201 Wells Avenue South, Renton, Washington 98057, and our telephone number is (425) 255-4400. As of May 28, 2007, the market value of the assets of the 401(k) Plan equaled approximately $1,841,700. The plan administrator has informed each participant of the value of his or her beneficial interest in the 401(k) Plan as of March 31, 2007. The value of 401(k) Plan assets represents past contributions to the 401(k) Plan on your behalf, plus or minus earnings or losses on the contributions, less previous withdrawals.
Included with this prospectus supplement is an election and investment form. If you wish to direct some or all of your beneficial interest in the assets of the 401(k) Plan into the Employer Stock Fund to purchase First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock in the Stock Offering, you should indicate that decision by checking the appropriate box of the election form and completing this part of the election form. If you do not wish to make an election at this time, you do not need to take any action.
The deadline for submitting a direction to transfer amounts to the Employer Stock Fund in order to purchase First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock in the Stock Offering is ____________, 2007, unless extended. Your completed election form must be returned to the Stock Information Center, 208 Williams Avenue South, Renton, Washington 98057, by 12:00 Noon, Pacific time on that date. If you have any questions about this offering, please call ( 425) 254-2094.
Irrevocability of Transfer Direction
Once received in proper form, your executed election form may not be modified, amended or revoked without our consent unless the Stock Offering has not been completed by , 2007. See also Investment of Contributions - First Financial Northwest, Inc. Common Stock Investment Election Procedures on page 8 of this prospectus supplement.
After the offering, you will continue to be able to direct the investment of past balances and current contributions in the investment options available under the 401(k) Plan, including the Employer Stock Fund (the percentage invested in any option must be a whole percent). The allocation of your interest in the various investment options offered under the 401(k) Plan may be changed daily. Special restrictions may apply to transfers directed to or from the Employer Stock Fund by those participants who are our executive officers and principal shareholders and are subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In addition, executive officers of First Financial Northwest, Inc. and First Savings Bank of Renton will not be able to transfer their initial investment out of the Employer Stock Fund for a period of one year following consummation of the Stock Offering.
Purchase Price of First Financial Northwest, Inc. Common Stock
The funds transferred to the Employer Stock Fund for the purchase of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock in the Stock Offering will be used by the trustee to purchase shares of the common stock. The price paid for the shares of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock will be $10.00 per share, the same price as is paid by all other persons who purchase our common stock in the Stock Offering.
Nature of a Participants Interest in First Financial Northwest, Inc. Common Stock
First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock will be held in the name of the trustee of the Employer Stock Fund, in its capacity as trustee of the 401(k) Plan. Because the 401(k) Plan actually purchases the shares, you will acquire a participation interest in the shares and not own the shares directly. The trustee will maintain individual accounts reflecting each participants individual interest in the Employer Stock Fund.
Voting and Tender Rights of First Financial Northwest, Inc. Common Stock
The plan administrator generally will exercise voting rights attributable to all of the common stock held by the Employer Stock Fund. First Savings Bank of Renton acts as the plan administrator. With respect to matters involving tender offers for First Financial Northwest, Inc., the plan administrator will vote shares allocated to participants in the 401(k) Plan, as directed by participants with interests in the Employer Stock Fund. The trustee will provide to you voting instruction rights reflecting your proportional interest in the Employer Stock Fund. The number of shares of common stock held in the Employer Stock Fund that the trustee votes in the affirmative and negative on each matter will be proportionate to the voting instructions given by the participants. Where no voting or tender offer instructions are given by the participant, those shares shall be voted or tendered in the same proportion as those shares for which proper direction was provided.
-2-
DESCRIPTION OF THE 401(k) PLAN
The 401(k) Plan was adopted by First Savings Bank of Renton. This profit sharing plan contains a cash-or-deferred feature described at Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to encourage employee savings and to allow eligible employees to supplement their income upon retirement.
Reference to Full Text of 401(k) Plan. The following statements are summaries of certain provisions of the 401(k) Plan. They are not meant to be a complete description of these provisions and are qualified in their entirety by the full text of the 401(k) Plan. Copies of the 401(k) Plan are available to all employees. You should submit your request to the plan administrator, First Savings Bank of Renton, 208 Williams Avenue South, Renton, Washington 98057. We encourage you to read carefully the full text of the 401(k) Plan and the related summary plan description to understand your rights and obligations under the plan.
Tax and Securities Laws. Participants should consult with legal counsel regarding the tax and securities laws implications of participation in the 401(k) Plan. Any officers or beneficial owners of more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock should consider the applicability of Sections 16(a) and 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to his or her participation in the 401(k) Plan. See Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability on page 12 of this prospectus supplement.
All employees of First Savings Bank of Renton who have completed three months of service are immediately eligible to participate in the Plan. As of March 31, 2007, there were approximately 60 employees eligible to participate in the cash or deferred portion of the 401(k) Plan, and 49 employees had elected to participate in the cash or deferred portion of the 401(k) Plan.
Contributions Under the 401(k) Plan
401(k) Contributions. The 401(k) Plan permits each participant to defer receipt of amounts ranging from 1% to 100% of their annual compensation, not to exceed $15,500 (for 2007), and to have that compensation contributed to the 401(k) Plan. The plan describes a participants annual compensation as total compensation subject to income tax, plus pre-tax elective deferrals. However, no more than $225,000 of compensation may be taken into account for purposes of determining 401(k) contributions (and a participants allocable share of matching and profit sharing contributions) for 2007. You may modify the rate of your future 401(k) contributions by filing a new deferral agreement with the plan administrator. Modifications to your rate of 401(k) contributions may take effect at the beginning of each calendar quarter. You may cease making 401(k) contributions as soon as your next pay period.
Catch-Up 401(k) Contributions. The 401(k) Plan permits each participant who has attained age 50 to defer up to an additional $5,000 (for 2007) into the 401(k) Plan. Catch-up 401(k) contributions are not subject to any limitations other than the $5,000 dollar limitation.
Matching Contributions. The 401(k) Plan currently provides for matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan equal to 100% on the first 6% of the participants 401(k) deferrals for the year. First Savings Bank of Renton may amend the amount of matching contributions it will make at any time, by an amendment to the 401(k) Plan.
Profit Sharing Contributions. The 401(k) Plan currently permits First Savings Bank of Renton to make discretionary profit sharing contributions to the Plan. To be eligible for a profit sharing contribution in any year, you must have completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year. Profit sharing contributions are allocated on a pro rata basis based on participant compensation.
Rollover Contributions. You also may rollover or directly transfer accounts from another qualified plan or an IRA, provided the rollover or direct transfer complies with applicable law. If you want to make a rollover contribution or direct transfer, you should contact the plan administrator.
-3-
Limitations on 401(k) Contributions. Although the 401(k) Plan allows you to defer receipt of up to 100% of your compensation each year as a 401(k) contribution, federal law limits your total 401(k) contributions under the 401(k) Plan, and any similar plans, to $15,500 for 2007. For years after 2007, the $15,500 limit will be adjusted to reflect increases in the cost of living. Any 401(k) contributions in excess of this limitation are considered excess deferrals and will be included in an affected participants gross income for federal income tax purposes in the year the 401(k) contribution is made. In addition, any excess deferral will be subject to federal income tax when distributed by the 401(k) Plan to the participant, unless the excess deferral, together with any income earned on the excess deferral, is distributed to the participant not later than the first April 15th following the close of the taxable year in which the excess deferral is made. Any income on the excess deferral that is distributed not later than such date shall be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as earned and received by the participant in the taxable year in which the distribution is made.
Limitations on Annual Additions and Benefits. Pursuant to the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, the 401(k) Plan provides that the total amount of all contributions and forfeitures (annual additions) allocated to participants during any plan year may not exceed the lesser of 100% of the participants compensation for the plan year, or $45,000 (for 2007). The $45,000 limit will be increased from time to time to reflect increases in the cost of living. Annual additions for this purpose generally include 401(k) deferrals, matching contributions and employer contributions to any other qualified plan. Annual additions do not include rollover contributions.
Limitation on 401(k) and Matching Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees. Sections 401(k) and 401(m) of the Internal Revenue Code limit the amount of 401(k) contributions and matching contributions that may be made to the 401(k) Plan in any plan year on behalf of highly compensated employees (defined below) in relation to the amount of 401(k) contributions and matching contributions made by or on behalf of all other employees eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan. Specifically, the percentage of 401(k) contributions made on behalf of a participant who is a highly compensated employee shall be limited so that the average actual deferral percentage for the group of highly compensated employees for the plan year does not exceed the greater of (i) the average actual deferral percentage for the group of eligible employees who are non-highly compensated employees for the prior plan year multiplied by 1.25; or (ii) the average actual deferral percentage for the group of eligible employees who are non-highly compensated employees for the prior plan year, multiplied by two (2); provided that the difference in the average actual deferral percentage for eligible non-highly compensated employees does not exceed 2%. Similar discrimination rules apply to matching contributions.
In general, a highly compensated employee includes any employee who was a 5% owner of the employer at any time during the year or preceding year, or had compensation for the preceding year in excess of $100,000. The dollar amount in the foregoing sentence is for 2007 and is adjusted annually to reflect increases in the cost of living.
Contributions allocated to highly compensated employees that exceed the average deferral limitation in any plan year are referred to as excess contributions. In order to prevent the disqualification of the 401(k) Plan, any excess contributions, together with any income earned on these excess contributions, must be distributed to the highly compensated employees before the close of the following plan year. However, the employer will be subject to a 10% excise tax on any excess contributions unless the excess contributions, together with any income earned on these excess contributions, are distributed before the close of the first 2-1/2 months following the plan year to which the excess contributions relate. Matching contributions that relate to the returned deferral contributions will be forfeited (if not vested) or distributed (if vested) at the same time as the excess deferral contributions are returned to you. Similar rules apply to the return of matching contributions that do not satisfy the limitation tests described above. Excess matching contributions, plus income allocable thereto, will be forfeited (if not vested) or distributed (if vested). There are specific rules for determining which highly compensated employees will be affected by the excess contribution return rules, and the amount of excess 401(k) contributions and matching contributions that must be returned to the affected employees.
Deduction Limits. Matching and profit sharing contributions are subject to and limited by Internal Revenue Code deduction rules. Contributions will not be made to the extent they would be considered nondeductible. Theses 401(k) contributions are neither subject to nor limited by the Internal Revenue Code deduction rules.
Top-Heavy Plan Requirements. If for any plan year, the 401(k) Plan is a top-heavy plan, then minimum contributions may be required to be made to the 401(k) Plan on behalf of non-key employees. Contributions otherwise being made under the Plan may apply to satisfy these requirements.
-4-
In general, the 401(k) Plan will be regarded as a top-heavy plan for any plan year if, as of the last day of the preceding plan year, the aggregate balance of the accounts of participants who are key employees exceeds 60% of the aggregate balance of the accounts of all participants. Key employees generally include any employee who, at any time during the plan year, is (1) an officer (with administrative or policy-making authority) having annual compensation in excess of $145,000, (2) a 5% owner, i.e., anyone who owns directly or indirectly more than 5% of the stock of First Savings Bank of Renton, or stock possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of First Savings Bank of Renton, or (3) a 1% owner of First Savings Bank of Renton having annual compensation in excess of $150,000. The $145,000 dollar amount in the foregoing sentence is for 2007 and will adjusted in the future for cost of living increases.
Investment Options. All amounts credited to participants accounts under the 401(k) Plan are held in trust. The trust is administered by the trustees appointed by the First Savings Bank of Renton board of directors.
You must instruct the trustee as to how funds held in your account are to be invested. In addition to the Employer Stock Fund, participants may elect to instruct the trustee to invest such funds in any or all of the following investment options (references to Principal mean Principal Financial Group, which provides the Plan investment options):
Large-Cap Value I Separate Account |
The investment seeks long-term capital growth. The fund invests primarily in common stock and other equity securities of large-capitalization companies. It normally invests at least 80% of net assets in securities of companies with large market capitalizations (with market capitalizations similar to companies in the Russell 1000 Value index) at the time of purchase. The fund may invest up to 25% of assets in securities of foreign companies. |
|
|
|
|
Large-Cap Blend I Separate Account |
The investment seeks capital growth and invests primarily in common stocks of large capitalization companies. It normally invests the majority of assets in companies with market capitalizations similar to those of companies in the S&P 500 Index. Fund management focuses its stock selection on established companies that it believes have a sustainable competitive advantage. It may invest up to 25% of assets in securities of foreign securities. |
|
|
|
|
Large-Cap Stock Index Separate Account |
The investment option normally invests the majority of assets in common stocks of companies that compose the S&P 500 Index. Fund management attempts to mirror the investment performance of the index by allocating assets in approximately the same weightings as the S&P 500 Index. Over the long-term, Fund management seeks a very close correlation between the performance of the Fund before expenses and that of the S&P 500 Index. |
|
|
|
|
Large Company Growth Separate Account |
The investment option primarily invests in common stocks of large capitalization companies with strong earnings growth potential. It normally invests the majority of assets in companies with large market capitalizations at the time of purchase. Fund management places strong emphasis on companies it believes are guided by high quality management teams. It also attempts to identify those companies that are market leaders possessing the ability to control pricing and margins in their respective industries. It may invest up to 25% of assets in foreign securities. |
|
|
|
|
Mid-Cap Value I Separate Account |
The investment seeks long-term growth of capital. The fund invests at least 80% of assets in a diversified portfolio of equity investment in mid-cap issuers with a medium market capitalization (those with market capitalizations similar to companies in the Russell MidCap Value index) at the time of purchase. It may invest up to 25% of net assets in securities of foreign companies, including securities of issuers in emerging countries and securities quoted in foreign currencies. |
|
|
|
|
Mid-Cap Stock Index Separate Account |
The investment option normally invests the majority of assets in common stocks of companies that compose the S&P MidCap 400 Index. Fund management attempts to mirror the investment performance of the index by allocating assets in approximately the same weightings as the S&P Index. Over the long-term, management seeks a very close correlation between the performance of the Fund before expenses and that of the S&P 400 Index. |
-5-
Mid-Cap Growth II Separate Account |
The investment seeks long-term growth of capital. The fund invests at least 80% of assets in securities of companies with medium market capitalization (those with market capitalizations similar to the market capitalizations of companies in the Russell MidCap Growth index and the Standard & Poors MidCap 400 Index) at the time of purchase. It may invest the assets companies with smaller or larger market capitalizations. |
|
|
|
|
Small-Cap Value I Separate Account |
The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund normally invests at least 80% of assets in a diversified group of equity securities of U.S. companies with small market capitalizations (those with market capitalizations similar to companies in the Russell 2000 Value Index or $2 billion) at the time of purchase. It may also invest up to 25% of assets in foreign securities. |
|
|
|
|
Small-Cap Stock Index Separate Account |
The investment seeks long-term growth of capital and normally invests the majority of assets in common stocks of companies that compose the S&P SmallCap 600 Index. Fund management attempts to mirror the investment performance of the index by allocating assets in approximately the same weightings as the S&P 600 Index. Over the long-term, Fund management seeks a very close correlation between the performance of the Fund before expenses and the S&P 600 Index. |
|
|
|
|
Small Company Growth Separate Account |
The investment seeks long-term growth of capital and invests primarily in common stocks of companies of small capitalization companies. It normally invests the majority of assets in companies with market capitalizations similar to those companies in the Russell 2000 Growth Index. Fund management uses a bottom-up approach in its selection of individual securities that it believes have an above average potential for earnings growth. It may invest up to 25% of assets in foreign securities. |
|
|
|
|
Diversified International Separate Account |
The investment option normally invests the majority of assets in companies in at lest three different countries. It invests in securities of companies with their principal place of business or principal office outside of the United States; companies for which the principal securities trade on a foreign exchange; and companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that drive 50% or more of their total revenue from goods or services produced or sold outside of the United States. The Fund may invest securities of companies with small to medium market capitalizations. |
|
|
|
|
International Small Company Separate Account |
The investment seeks long-term growth of capital by investing primarily in stocks of non-US companies with relatively small capitalizations. it invests in securities of companies with their principal place of business or principal office outside the US; companies for which the principal securities market is outside the US; or companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive 50% of their total revenue outside of the US. Under normal market conditions, it invests at least 80% in companies similar in size to companies included in the Citigroup Extended Market Index (EMI) World ex US. |
|
|
|
|
Bond Emphasis Balanced Separate Account |
The investment option primarily invests in other funds offered by Principal. It usually maintains at least 50% of assets in fixed-income securities and real estate. |
|
|
|
|
Russell LifePoints Conservative Strategy Separate Account |
The investment seeks high levels of current income and low long term capital appreciation. The fund is a fund of funds, and diversifies assets by investing in class S shares of several other Frank Russell Investment Company Funds. Fund management may modify the asset allocation and the selection of underlying funds from time to time. While the investment is nondiversified, it invests in diversified underlying holdings. |
-6-
Russell LifePoints Moderate Strategy Separate Account |
The investment seeks high current income and moderate long term capital appreciation. The fund is a fund of funds, and diversifies assets by investing in class S shares of several other Frank Russell Investment Company Funds. Fund management may modify the asset allocation and the selection of underlying funds from time to time. While the investment is nondiversified, it invests in diversified underlying holdings. |
|
|
|
|
Russell LifePoints Balanced Strategy Separate Account |
The investment seeks to provide above average capital appreciation and a moderate level of current income. The fund is a fund of funds, and diversifies assets by investing in class S shares of several other Frank Russell Investment Company Funds. Fund management may modify the asset allocation and the selection of underlying funds from time to time. While the investment is nondiversified, it invests in diversified underlying holdings. |
|
|
|
|
Russell LifePoints Growth Strategy Separate Account |
The investment seeks high long term capital appreciation and low current income. The fund is a fund of funds, and diversifies assets by investing in class S shares of several other Frank Russell Investment Company Funds. Fund management may modify the asset allocation and the selection of underlying funds from time to time. While the investment is nondiversified, it invests in diversified underlying holdings. |
|
|
|
|
Russell LifePoints Equity Growth Strategy Separate Account |
The investment seeks high long term capital appreciation. The fund is a fund of funds, and diversifies assets by investing in class S shares of several other Frank Russell Investment Company Funds. It normally invests at least 80% of assets in shares of equity underlying funds. Fund management may modify the asset allocation and the selection of underlying funds from time to time. While the investment is nondiversified, it invests in diversified underlying holdings. |
|
|
|
|
Stock Emphasis Balanced Separate Account |
The investment option primarily invests in other Separate Accounts offered by Principal. The Fund usually maintains at least 50% of assets in common stocks. |
|
|
|
|
Guaranteed Interest Account 3 year |
The Guaranteed Interest Investment provides a guaranteed interest rate for set period of time. It invests in private-market bonds, commercial mortgages and mortgage-backed securities as part of the general account assets of the Principal Life Insurance Company. |
|
|
|
|
Money Market Separate Account |
The investment seeks a high a level of current income consistent with preservation of principal and maintenance of liquidity. It invests in a portfolio of high quality, short-term money market instruments. The investments are U.S. dollar denominated securities which the sub-advisor believes present minimal credit risks. The sub-advisor maintains a dollar weighted average portfolio maturity of 90 days or less. |
|
|
|
|
Bond and Mortgage Separate Account |
The investment option invests primarily in intermediate-term, fixed-income investments such as public and private corporate bonds, commercial and residential mortgages, asset-backed securities and US government and agency-backed securities. Value is added primarily through sector allocation and security selection. The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements to attempt to enhance portfolio return and income. |
|
|
|
|
High Quality Intermediate-Term Bond Separate Account |
This investment seeks current income by investing primarily in intermediate-term fixed income securities rated A or higher. It normally invests the majority of assets in U.S. government debt, U.S. dollar-denominated Canadian or British government debt, mortgage-backed securities, and taxable municipal obligations and other debt rated BBB or higher. The average portfolio duration of the Fund normally varies between three and six years. The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements to attempt to enhance portfolio return and income. |
|
|
|
|
U.S. Property Separate Account |
The investment invests the majority of assets on commercial real estate holdings. It focuses on properties that return both lease income and appreciation of the buildings marketable value. The property holdings contain real estate from the multi-family, office, industrial, hotel and retail sectors. |
A brief description of the Employer Stock Fund is set forth below. For descriptions of these other investment options available to 401(k) Plan participants, you may request a prospectus for each of the investment options from the
-7-
plan administrator. If no investment direction is given, all contributions to a participants account will be invested in the Money Market Fund.
The investment in First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock involves certain risks. No assurance can be given that shares of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock purchased pursuant to the 401(k) Plan will thereafter be able to be sold at a price equal to or in excess of the purchase price. See also Risk Factors beginning on page ____ of the prospectus.
First Financial Northwest, Inc. Common Stock Investment Election Procedures. You may instruct the trustee to purchase First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock by redirecting funds from your existing accounts into the Employer Stock Fund by filing an election form with the plan administrator on or prior to the election deadline. The total amount of funds redirected into the Employer Stock Fund must represent whole share amounts (i.e., must be divisible by the $10.00 per share purchase price) and must be allocated in 1% increments from investment options containing the participants 401(k) Plan funds. When you instruct the trustee to redirect the funds in your existing accounts into the Employer Stock Fund in order to purchase First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock, the trustee will liquidate funds from the appropriate investment option(s) and apply such redirected funds as requested, in order to effect the new allocation.
For example, you may fund an election to purchase 100 shares of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock by redirecting the aggregate purchase price of $1,000 for the shares from the following investment options (provided the necessary funds are available in such Investment Options): (i) 10% from the Money Market Fund, (ii) 30% from the Large-Cap Value I Separate Account, and (iii) 60% from the Small Company Growth Separate Account. In such case, the trustee would liquidate $100 of the participants funds from the Money Market Fund, $300 from funds in the Large-Cap Value I Separate Account and $600 from funds in the Small Company Growth Separate Account to raise the $1,000 aggregate purchase price. If your instructions cannot be fulfilled because you do not have the required funds in one or more of the investment options to purchase the shares of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock subscribed for, you will be required to file a revised election form with the plan administrator by the election deadline. Once received in proper form, an executed election form may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent unless the Stock Offering has not been completed by , 2007.
Adjusting Your Investment Strategy. Until changed in accordance with the terms of the 401(k) Plan, future allocations of your contributions would remain unaffected by the election to purchase First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock through the 401(k) Plan in the Stock Offering. You may modify a prior investment allocation election or request the transfer of funds to another investment vehicle by filing a written notice, with such modification or request taking effect after the valuation of accounts, which occurs daily. After the Stock Offering, modifications and fund transfers relating to the Employer Stock Fund will be permitted on a daily basis.
Valuation of Accounts. The 401(k) Plan uses a unit system for valuing each investment fund. Under this system your share in any investment fund is represented by units. The unit value is determined as of the close of business each regular business day. The total dollar value of your share in any investment fund as of any valuation date is determined by multiplying the number of units held by you by the unit value of the fund on that date. The sum of the values of the funds you select represents the total value of your 401(k) Plan account.
Employer Contributions. For the year ended December 31, 2006, we made matching contributions totaling approximately $118,182 into the 401(k) Plan. We made no discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
If we adopt other stock-based benefit plans, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock option plan or a restricted stock plan, then we may decide to reduce our matching contribution and/or our discretionary contribution under the 401(k) Plan in order to reduce overall expenses. We are currently planning to adopt an employee stock ownership plan and propose to adopt a stock option plan and restricted stock plan. If we adopt a stock option plan or a restricted stock plan, the plan would not be submitted for stockholder approval for at least six months following completion of the Stock Offering.
Performance of First Financial Northwest, Inc. Common Stock. As of the date of this prospectus supplement, no shares of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock have been issued or are outstanding and there is no
-8-
established market for our common stock. Accordingly, there is no record of the historical performance of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock.
Performance of Investment Options. The following table provides performance data with respect to the investment options available under the 401(k) Plan, based on information provided to First Financial Northwest, Inc. by Principal.
The information set forth below with respect to the investment options has been reproduced from materials supplied by the Principal Group. First Financial Northwest, Inc. and First Savings Bank Northwest take no responsibility for the accuracy of such information.
Additional information regarding the investment options may be available from the Principal Group or First Savings Bank Northwest. Participants should review any available additional information regarding these investments before making an investment decision under the 401(k) Plan.
The total percentage return for the prior three years is provided for each of the following funds.
NET INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large-Cap Value I Separate Account |
|
|
18.01 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large-Cap Blend I Separate Account |
|
|
14.60 |
% |
|
6.51 |
% |
|
12.12 |
% |
Large-Cap Stock Index Separate Account |
|
|
15.46 |
% |
|
4.58 |
% |
|
10.49 |
% |
Large Company Growth Separate Account |
|
|
9.67 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mid-Cap Value I Separate Account |
|
|
15.63 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mid-Cap Stock Index Separate Account |
|
|
10.04 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mid-Cap Growth II Separate Account |
|
|
8.07 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Small-Cap Value I Separate Account |
|
|
18.19 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Small-Cap Stock Index Separate Account |
|
|
14.84 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Small Company Growth Separate Account |
|
|
12.48 |
% |
|
4.35 |
% |
|
15.09 |
% |
Diversified International Separate Account |
|
|
27.99 |
% |
|
24.14 |
% |
|
20.99 |
% |
International Small Company Separate Account |
|
|
29.87 |
% |
|
29.20 |
% |
|
30.47 |
% |
Bond Emphasis Balanced Separate Account |
|
|
11.56 |
% |
|
8.76 |
% |
|
9.73 |
% |
Russell LifePoints Conservative Strategy Separate Account |
|
|
6.17 |
% |
|
2.56 |
% |
|
4.18 |
% |
Russell LifePoints Moderate Strategy Separate Account |
|
|
9.28 |
% |
|
4.26 |
% |
|
7.16 |
% |
Russell LifePoints Balanced Strategy Separate Account |
|
|
12.66 |
% |
|
6.55 |
% |
|
10.63 |
% |
Russell LifePoints Growth Strategy Separate Account |
|
|
15.27 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Emphasis Balanced Separate Account |
|
|
14.59 |
% |
|
10.20 |
% |
|
11.92 |
% |
Russell LifePoints Equity Growth Strategy Separate Account |
|
|
18.27 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guaranteed Interest Account 3 year |
|
|
3.99 |
% |
|
3.25 |
% |
|
2.13 |
% |
Money Market Separate Account |
|
|
4.55 |
% |
|
2.72 |
% |
|
0.87 |
% |
Bond and Mortgage Separate Account |
|
|
4.56 |
% |
|
2.48 |
% |
|
4.85 |
% |
High Quality Intermediate-Term Bond Separate Account |
|
|
4.13 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Property Separate Account |
|
|
15.14 |
% |
|
18.61 |
% |
|
12.52 |
% |
Each participant should note that past performance is not necessarily an indicator of future results.
-9-
Administration of the 401(k) Plan
Trustees. The trustees are appointed by the board of directors of First Savings Bank of Renton to serve at its pleasure. Currently, Victor Karpiak and Robert Gagnier are trustees of the Plan.
The trustees receive and hold contributions to the 401(k) Plan in trust and distributes them to participants and beneficiaries in accordance with the provisions of the 401(k) Plan. The trustees are responsible for following participant direction, effectuating the investment of the assets of the trust in First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock and the other investment options.
Benefits Under the 401(k) Plan
Plan Benefits. Your 401(k) Plan benefit is based on the value of the vested portion of your 401(k) Plan accounts as of the valuation date next preceding the date of distribution to you.
Vesting. You will always have a fully vested (nonforfeitable) interest in your 401(k) contribution account and rollover account. Your matching contribution account and profit sharing contribution account will vest at a rate of 20 percent for each year of service. Generally, a year of service is a plan year (January 1 to December 31) during which you perform at least 1,000 hours of service for First Savings Bank of Renton or an affiliated employer. You also will become 100 percent vested in your matching contribution account and profit sharing contribution account if you are actively employed on your retirement date, death or disability.
Withdrawals and Distributions from the 401(k) Plan
Withdrawals Prior to Termination of Employment. You may make withdrawals from your rollover contribution account at any time, twice a year. You may make withdrawals of your 401(k) contributions (but not the earnings thereon), your vested matching contribution account, and vested discretionary contribution account, to the extent necessary to satisfy a financial hardship. You also may make withdrawals from any account under the 401(k) Plan upon attaining age 592.
Distribution Upon Retirement or Disability. Upon your retirement or disability, you may elect to receive a lump sum payment or installments from the 401(k) Plan.
Distribution Upon Death. If you die prior to your benefits being paid from the 401(k) Plan, your benefits will be paid to your surviving spouse or beneficiary either in a lump sum payment or installments.
Distribution Upon Termination for any Other Reason. If you terminate employment for any reason other than retirement, disability or death and your vested 401(k) Plan account balances exceed $5,000, the trustee will make your distribution on your normal retirement date, unless you request otherwise. You may elect to receive your vested 401(k) Plan accounts in a lump sum payment or installments. If your vested account balances do not exceed $5,000 , the trustee will generally distribute your benefits to you as soon as administratively practicable in a lump sum following termination of employment. If your vested account balances are between $1,000 and $5,000, and you do not indicate how your account should be distributed to you (as either cash or to an IRA), your vested account balances will be transferred to an IRA that is set up for you.
Form of Distribution. Distributions from the 401(k) Plan will generally be in the form of cash. However, you have the right to request that your distribution be in the form of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock.
Cash distributions may be made in one of the following forms, as you elect:
|
- |
a monthly annuity for your life |
|
- |
a life annuity with a term certain of 5, 10 or 15 years (which means that if you die before the end of the term period, monthly payments will continue to be made to your beneficiary for the balance of the term) |
|
- |
a life annuity with cash refund feature (which means that if you die before the amount used to purchase an annuity is paid, the balance of the annuity purchase price will be paid to your beneficiary) |
-10-
|
- |
a joint and survivor annuity (which means that if you die before your beneficiary, your beneficiary will receive monthly payments equal to 50%, 66 2/3% or 100% of the monthly benefit you were receiving during your life - you elect the percentage) |
|
- |
a fixed term |
|
- |
a lump sum |
|
- |
flexible payments |
There are special rules regarding how you elect the form of benefit, the necessary consents, and who may be your beneficiary.
Nonalienation of Benefits. Except with respect to federal income tax withholding and as provided with respect to a qualified domestic relations order, benefits payable under the 401(k) Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any rights to benefits payable under the 401(k) Plan shall be void.
Reports to 401(k) Plan Participants
As soon as practicable after the end of each calendar quarter, the plan administrator will furnish to each participant a statement showing (i) balances in the participants accounts as of the end of that period, (ii) the amount of contributions allocated to his or her accounts for that period, and (iii) the number of units in each of the funds. Participants also may access information regarding their 401(k) Plan Accounts by using internet access made available by Principal.
We intend to continue sponsor the 401(k) Plan. Nevertheless, we may amend or terminate the 401(k) Plan at any time. If the 401(k) Plan is terminated in whole or in part, then, regardless of other provisions in the 401(k) Plan, each participant affected by the termination shall become fully vested in all of his or her accounts.
Federal Income Tax Consequences
The following is a brief summary of the material federal income tax aspects of the 401(k) Plan. You should not rely on this summary as a complete or definitive description of the material federal income tax consequences relating to the 401(k) Plan. Statutory provisions change, as do their interpretations, and their application may vary in individual circumstances. Finally, the consequences under applicable state and local income tax laws may not be the same as under the federal income tax laws. Please consult your tax advisor with respect to any distribution from the 401(k) Plan and transactions involving the plan.
As a tax-qualified retirement plan, the Internal Revenue Code affords the 401(k) Plan special tax treatment, including:
|
(a) |
the sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate tax deduction for the amount contributed to the plan each year; |
|
|
|
|
(b) |
participants pay no current income tax on amounts contributed by the employer on their behalf (or that they contribute to the 401(k) Plan as a 401(k) contribution); |
|
|
|
|
(c) |
earnings of the Plan are tax-deferred, thereby permitting the tax-free accumulation of income and gains on investments; and |
|
|
|
|
(d) |
Plan distributions in many cases may be distributed or transferred to an IRA or other tax-qualified plan, providing further tax-deferral opportunities. |
We will administer the 401(k) Plan to comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code as of the applicable effective date of any change in the law.
-11-
Taxation of Distributions. Generally, except as discussed below, 401(k) Plan distributions are taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes.
Common Stock Included in a Lump Sum Distribution. If a lump sum distribution includes First Financial Northwest, Inc. stock (the common stock), the distribution generally will be taxed in the manner described above, except that the total taxable amount will be reduced by the amount of any net unrealized appreciation with respect to the common stock. Net unrealized appreciation is the excess of the value of the common stock at the time of the distribution over its cost or other basis to the trust. The tax basis of the common stock for purposes of computing gain or loss on its subsequent sale equals the value of the common stock at the time of distribution less the amount of net unrealized appreciation. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of the common stock, to the extent of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will constitute long-term capital gain regardless of the holding period of the common stock. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of the common stock in excess of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution will be considered either short-term or long-term capital gain depending upon the length of the holding period of the common stock. The recipient of a distribution may elect to include the amount of any net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of the distribution to the extent allowed by the regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service.
Rollovers and Direct Transfers to Another Qualified Plan or to an Individual Retirement Account; Mandatory Tax Withholding. You may roll over virtually all distributions from the 401(k) Plan to another tax-favored plan or to a standard individual retirement account without regard to whether the distribution is a lump sum distribution or a partial distribution. You have the right to elect to have the trustee transfer all or any portion of an eligible rollover distribution directly to another qualified retirement plan (subject to the provisions of the recipient qualified plan) or to an individual retirement account. If you do not elect to have an eligible rollover distribution transferred directly to another qualified plan or to an Individual Retirement Account, the distribution will be subject to a mandatory federal withholding tax equal to 20% of the taxable distribution paid in cash. Your state also may impose tax withholding on your taxable distribution. An eligible rollover distribution means any amount distributed from the plan except: (1) a distribution that is (a) one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for your life (or life expectancy) or the joint lives of you and your designated beneficiary, or (b) for a specified period of ten years or more; (2) any amount required to be distributed under the minimum distribution rules; and (3) any other distributions excepted under applicable federal law. If you elect to rollover or directly transfer common stock, you may not take advantage of the favorable net unrealized appreciation that applies to common stock, discussed above.
Ten-Year Averaging Rules. Under a special grandfather rule, if you have completed at least five years of participation in the 401(k) Plan before the taxable year in which the distribution is made, and you turned age 50 by 1986, you may elect to have your lump sum distribution taxed using a ten-year averaging rule. The election of the special averaging rule applies only to one lump sum distribution you or your beneficiary receive, provided such amount is received on or after you attain age 59½ and you elect to have any other lump sum distribution from a qualified plan received in the same taxable year taxed under the ten-year averaging rule or receive a lump sum distribution on account of your death.
Additional Tax on Early Distributions. A participant who receives a distribution from the 401(k) Plan prior to attaining age 59½ will be subject to an additional income tax equal to 10% of the amount of the distribution. The 10% additional income tax will not apply, however, in certain cases, including (but not limited to) distributions rolled over or directly transferred into an IRA or another qualified plan, or the distribution is (i) made to a beneficiary (or to the estate of a participant) on or after the death of the participant, (ii) attributable to the participants being disabled within the meaning of Section 72(m)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code, (iii) part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the participant or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the participant and his beneficiary, (iv) made to the participant after separation from service under the 401(k) Plan after attainment of age 55, (v) made to pay medical expenses to the extent deductible for federal income tax purposes, (vi) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, or (vii) made to effect the distribution of excess contributions or excess deferrals.
|
This is a brief description of federal income tax aspects of the 401(k) Plan that are of general application under the Internal Revenue Code. It is not intended to be a complete or definitive description of the federal income tax consequences of participating in or receiving distributions from the 401(k) Plan. Accordingly, you are urged to consult a tax advisor concerning the federal, state and local tax consequences that may be particular to you of participating in and receiving distributions from the 401(k) Plan. |
-12-
As noted above, the 401(k) Plan is subject to certain provisions of ERISA, the primary federal law governing retirement plans, and is intended to be a qualified retirement plan under the Internal Revenue Code.
Any person receiving shares of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock under the 401(k) Plan who is an affiliate of First Financial Northwest, Inc. or First Savings Bank of Renton as the term affiliate is used in Rules 144 and 405 under the Securities Act of 1933 (e.g., directors, officers and substantial shareholders of First Financial Northwest, Inc. and First Savings Bank of Renton) may re-offer or resell such shares only pursuant to a registration statement or, assuming the availability thereof, pursuant to Rule 144 or some other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. Any person who may be an affiliate of First Financial Northwest, Inc. may wish to consult with counsel before transferring any First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock owned by him or her. In addition, participants are advised to consult with counsel as to the applicability of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which may restrict the sale of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock acquired under the 401(k) Plan or other sales of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock.
Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability
Section 16 of the Exchange Act imposes reports and liability requirements on officers, directors and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of public companies such as First Financial Northwest, Inc. Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the filing of reports of beneficial ownership. Within ten days of becoming a person subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a), a Form 3 reporting initial beneficial ownership must be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain changes in beneficial ownership, such as purchases, sales, gifts and participation in savings and retirement plans must be reported periodically, either on a Form 4 within ten days after the end of the month in which a change occurs or annually on a Form 5 within 45 days after the close of our fiscal year. Participation in the Employer Stock Fund of the 401(k) Plan by our officers, directors and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of the outstanding First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock must be reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission at least annually on a Form 4 or Form 5 by such individuals.
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act provides for the recovery by us of any profits realized by an officer, director or any person beneficially owning more than 10% of the First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock (Section 16(b) Persons) resulting from the purchase and sale or sale and purchase of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock within any six-month period. The Securities and Exchange Commission rules provide an exemption from the profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) for certain transactions within an employee benefit plan, such as the 401(k) Plan, provided certain requirements are met. If you are subject to Section 16, you should consult with counsel regarding the applicability of Section 16 to specific transactions involving the 401(k) Plan.
The validity of the issuance of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock will be passed upon by Breyer & Associates PC, 8180 Greensboro Drive, Suite 785, McLean, Virginia 22102, which firm acted as special counsel for First Financial Northwest, Inc. and First Savings Bank of Renton in connection with the First Financial Northwest, Inc. Stock Offering.
-13-
PROSPECTUS
Up to 20,125,000 Shares of Common Stock
(Subject to increase to up to 23,143,750 shares)
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC.
(Proposed Holding Company for First Savings Bank of Renton)
We are offering up to 20,125,000 shares of our common stock for sale in connection with our conversion from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure. As part of the conversion, First Savings Bank will become our wholly-owned subsidiary. We may increase the maximum number of shares that we sell in the offering by up to 15%, to 23,143,750 shares, as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets. The shares of our common stock are being offered for sale at a price of $10.00 per share. We expect our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol FFNW. In connection with the conversion, we will establish a charitable foundation funded solely with authorized but unissued shares that will equal 8% of the common stock outstanding after the offering. The shares issued to the foundation are in addition to the shares being sold in the offering.
We are offering these shares for sale first to our depositors and other eligible subscribers in a subscription offering. Concurrently with or immediately after the subscription offering, any shares not subscribed for in the subscription offering will be offered to the general public in a direct community offering and/or a syndicated community offering (collectively referred to as the offering). In order to complete the offering, we must sell, in the aggregate, at least 14,875,000 shares. The minimum purchase is 25 shares. The subscription offering is scheduled to end at 12:00 Noon, Pacific time, on __________ __, 2007. However, we may extend this expiration date to up to ________ __, 2007 without notice to you until ________ __, 2007, unless the Office of Thrift Supervision approves a later date, which may not be extended beyond _________ __, 2009. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or extended beyond _________ __, 2007. If the offering is extended beyond _________ __, 2007, subscribers will have the right to modify or rescind their purchase orders. First Financial Northwest, Inc. will hold all subscribers funds at First Savings Bank of Renton until the conversion is completed or terminated. We will pay interest on all funds received at a rate equal to First Savings Bank of Rentons passbook rate, which is currently ___% per annum. Funds will be returned promptly with interest if the conversion is terminated.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page 1.
TERMS OF THE OFFERING
Price Per Share: $10.00; Minimum Subscription: 25 shares or $250
|
|
Minimum |
|
Maximum |
|
Maximum,
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares |
|
|
14,875,000 |
|
|
20,125,000 |
|
|
23,143,750 |
|
Gross offering proceeds |
|
$ |
148,750,000 |
|
$ |
201,250,000 |
|
$ |
231,437,500 |
|
Underwriting Commission |
|
$ |
1,311,652 |
|
$ |
1,791,000 |
|
$ |
2,066,625 |
|
Other expenses |
|
$ |
1,481,110 |
|
$ |
1,481,110_ |
|
$ |
1,481,110 |
|
Net Proceeds to First Financial Northwest, Inc. |
|
$ |
145,957,238 |
|
$ |
197,977,890 |
|
$ |
227,889,765 |
|
Net Proceeds Per Share |
|
$ |
9.81 |
|
$ |
9.84 |
|
$ |
9.85 |
|
|
|
(1) |
For information regarding underwriting compensation to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, including the assumptions regarding the number of shares sold in the offering that we used to determine the estimated offering expenses, see Pro Forma Data and The Conversion and Stock Offering Marketing Arrangements. |
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will use its best efforts to assist us in our selling efforts, but is not required to purchase any of the common stock that is being offered for sale. Subscribers will not pay any commissions to purchase shares of common stock in the offering
These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Washington Department of Financial Institutions, nor any other federal agency or state securities regulator has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
For information on how to subscribe, call the stock information center at (425) 254-2094.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
__________ ___, 2007
TABLE OF CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation would be unlawful. The affairs of First Financial Northwest and its subsidiaries may change after the date of this prospectus. Delivery of this prospectus and the sales of shares made hereunder does not mean otherwise.
This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and may not contain all the information that is important to you. To completely understand the stock offering, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled Risk Factors and The Conversion and Stock Offering and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1, before making a decision to invest in our common stock.
Overview
As part of the conversion to stock ownership, First Financial Northwest, Inc. is conducting this offering of between 14,875,000 and 20,125,000 shares of common stock to raise additional capital to support operational growth. The offering includes a subscription offering in which certain persons, including depositors of First Savings Bank of Renton, have prioritized subscription rights. There are limitations on how many shares a person may purchase. The amount of capital being raised is based on an appraisal of First Financial Northwest and decision by management to offer all of our shares of common stock to the public. Most of the terms and requirements of this offering are required by regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The same directors and certain officers who manage First Savings Bank of Renton will manage First Financial Northwest.
Dollar amounts in this prospectus are consolidated and refer to First Financial Holdings, MHC and subsidiary unless otherwise indicated.
The Companies:
First Financial Northwest, Inc.
201 Wells Avenue South
Renton, Washington 98057
(425) 255-4400
First Financial Northwest is a newly formed Washington corporation that will hold all of the outstanding shares of First Savings Bank following the conversion to stock ownership. First Financial Northwest is conducting the stock offering in connection with the conversion of First Financial Holdings MHC from the mutual to the stock form of organization. Following the completion of the offering, First Financial Northwest will be a savings and loan holding company and its primary regulator will be the Office of Thrift Supervision.
First Financial of Renton, Inc.
201 Wells Avenue South
Renton, Washington 98057
(425) 255-4400
First Financial of Renton is a Washington corporation and a mid-tier holding company that owns 100% of First Savings Bank of Renton. It was formed in 2002 in connection with the reorganization of First Savings Bank into the mutual holding company form of organization. Effective with the reorganization, it became a stock holding company and the wholly-owned subsidiary of First Financial Holdings, MHC, a Washington chartered mutual holding company.
First Financial of Renton conducts its business as a savings and loan holding company and has no significant liabilities. Its primary business consists of directing, planning and coordinating the business activities of First Savings Bank.
i
First Savings Bank of Renton
201 Wells Avenue South
Renton, Washington 98057
(425) 255-4400
First Savings Bank is a Washington chartered stock savings bank and is the wholly-owned subsidiary of First Financial of Renton. Upon completion of the conversion, First Savings Bank will be the wholly-owned subsidiary of First Financial Northwest. First Savings Bank was organized in 1923 as a Washington state chartered savings and loan association, converted to a federal mutual savings and loan association in 1935, and converted to a Washington state chartered mutual savings bank in 1992. In 2002, First Savings Bank reorganized into a two-tier mutual holding company structure, became a stock savings bank and became the wholly-owned subsidiary of First Financial of Renton. In connection with the conversion, First Savings Bank is changing its name to First Savings Bank Northwest.
First Savings Bank is a community-based savings bank primarily serving King and to a lesser extent, Pierce and Snohomish counties, Washington through our full-service banking office and automated teller machine. We are in the business of attracting deposits from the public through our branch and utilizing those deposits to originate loans. On December 30, 2005, we completed our acquisition of Executive House, Inc. in a cash acquisition for approximately $15 million. Prior to the acquisition, in the normal course of business, we purchased loans from Executive House for which Executive House maintained the servicing rights. At the time of the acquisition, Executive House had total assets of $71.9 million, net outstanding loans of $70.3 million and was servicing $297.0 million of loans, including $234.2 million owned by First Savings Bank. A large percentage of our loans consist of construction/land development loans and to a lesser extent, commercial and multi-family loans which were originated by our subsidiary, Executive House. Through Executive House we have established lending relationships with real estate builders representing $150.6 million, or 85.80% of our total construction/land development loan portfolio at March 31, 2007. Of this amount, $92.6 million in total, or $68.1 million, net of loans in process, are in construction/land development loans with three builders. See Risk Factors Risks Related to Our Business Our business is subject to various lending risks which could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. Because the acquisition was consummated on December 30, 2005, the assets and liabilities of Executive House are included in our consolidated statements of condition at December 31, 2005. However, the results of operations of Executive House have not been included in our consolidated financial statements for the periods before the completion of the acquisition.
First Financial Holdings, MHC
201 Wells Avenue South
Renton, Washington 98057
(425) 255-4400
First Financial Holdings, MHC is a Washington-chartered mutual holding company that owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of First Financial Northwest. First Financial Holdings, MHC was formed in 2002 in connection with the reorganization of First Savings Bank into the mutual holding company form of organization. First Financial Holdings, MHC is a savings and loan holding company and its business is to own all of First Financial Northwests outstanding shares of common stock. Following the conversion First Financial Holdings, MHC will cease to exist as a separate entity, it will be replaced by First Financial Northwest, Inc.
On a consolidated basis, at March 31, 2007, First Financial Holdings, MHC had total assets of $1.0 billion, net loans of $733.6 million, deposits of $761.2 million, and equity of $106.3 million.
We also originate mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate and consumer loans. At March 31, 2007, our total loan portfolio was comprised of 47.00% one- to four-family loans, 10.21% multi-family loans, 20.42% commercial real estate loans, 21.84% construction/land development loans and 0.53% consumer loans.
ii
We offer a variety of deposit accounts; however, time deposit certificates and money market accounts are our primary source of funds for our lending and investing activities. We are subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Washington Department of Financial Institutions and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Our goal is to continue to increase our assets by increasing our originations of construction/land development, residential and commercial real estate loans. See Risk Factors Risks Related to Our Business Our business is subject to various lending risks which could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
The First Financial Northwest Foundation, Inc.
201 Wells Avenue South
Renton, Washington 98057
(425) 255-4400
To continue our long-standing commitment to our local communities, we intend to establish a charitable foundation, the First Financial Northwest Foundation, Inc., as a non-stock Washington corporation in connection with the conversion. We will fund the charitable foundation with an amount of stock equal to 8% of the shares of First Financial Northwest common stock sold in the offering. Based on the purchase price of $10.00 per share, we would fund the charitable foundation with 1,521,739 shares of our common stock at the midpoint of the offering range. Our contribution to the charitable foundation would reduce net earnings by $10.0 million, after tax, in 2007, the year in which the charitable foundation is established. The First Financial Northwest Foundation will make grants and donations to non-profit and community groups and projects located within our market areas. It is anticipated that the First Financial Northwest Foundation will distribute at least 5% of its net investment assets each year.
Currently, there are no plans to make additional contributions to the charitable foundation in the future. First Financial Northwest will review additional contribution considerations from time to time. The amount of common stock that we would offer for sale in the offering would be greater if the offering were to be completed without the contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation. The establishment of the charitable foundation requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by First Savings Bank of Rentons depositors. For a further discussion of the financial impact of the charitable foundation, including its effect on those who purchase shares in the offering, see Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation on page 26.
Operating Strategy
Our mission is to operate and grow a profitable community-oriented financial institution serving primarily retail customers and businesses in our market area. After the conversion and offering, we plan to continue our strategy of:
|
|
Capitalizing on our intimate knowledge of our local communities to serve the convenience and needs of customers, delivering a consistent and high-quality level of professional service; |
|
|
|
|
|
Offering competitive rates and developing customer relationships to attract new consumer and transaction-based accounts; |
|
|
|
|
|
Growing our loan portfolio with an emphasis on construction/land development, commercial real estate, and residential home lending; |
|
|
|
|
|
Managing credit risk to maintain a low level of nonperforming assets, and interest rate risk to optimize our net interest margin; and |
|
|
|
|
|
Improving our overall efficiency and profitability. |
For a more detailed description of our products and services, as well as our business strategy, see Business of First Savings Bank beginning on page 58.
iii
The Conversion and Stock Offering
We do not have public shareholders in our current mutual form of ownership. Our depositors currently have the right to vote on certain matters, such as the conversion. The conversion is a series of transactions by which we are reorganizing from a mutual holding company structure, where the mid-tier holding company is 100% owned by a mutual holding company, First Financial Holdings, MHC, as of March 31, 2007, to a stock holding company which will be 100% owned by public shareholders. As part of the reorganization, First Financial Holdings, MHC and First Financial of Renton will cease to exist as separate entities, and First Savings Bank will be owned directly by First Financial Northwest. Voting rights in First Financial Northwest will be vested solely in the public shareholders following the conversion.
As a result of the conversion and reorganization of First Financial Holdings, MHC into First Financial Northwest, the shares of common stock of First Financial of Renton owned by First Financial Holdings, MHC will be cancelled and new shares of common stock representing the ownership interest of First Financial Holdings, MHC will be offered for sale by First Financial Northwest in the offering.
This chart shows our structure before the conversion and offering as of March 31, 2007:
This chart shows our structure after the conversion and offering:
iv
Terms of the Offering
We are offering between 14,875,000 and 20,125,000 shares of common stock, after the contribution of shares to the First Financial Northwest Foundation, to those with subscription rights in the following order of priority:
|
(1) |
Depositors who held at least $50 with us on June 30, 2005. |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The First Financial Northwest employee stock ownership plan. |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
Depositors who held at least $50 with us on June 30, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Depositors and borrowers with us as of ___________ __, 2007 to the extent not already included in a prior category. |
In addition, we intend to contribute shares of our authorized but unissued common stock to the First Financial Northwest Foundation, Inc., a new charitable foundation to be established, in an amount equal to 8% of the number of shares sold in the offering.
We may increase the maximum number of shares that we sell in the offering by up to 15% to 23,143,750 shares as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and without any notice to you. If we increase the offering, you will not have the opportunity to change or cancel your stock order. The offering price is $10.00 per share. All purchasers will pay the same purchase price per share. No commission will be charged to purchasers in the offering.
If we receive subscriptions for more shares than are to be sold in the subscription offering, shares will be allocated in order of the priorities described above under a formula outlined in the plan of conversion. If we increase the number of shares to be sold above 20,125,000, the employee stock ownership plan will have the first priority right to purchase any shares exceeding that amount to the extent that its subscription has not previously been filled. Any shares remaining will be allocated in the order of priorities described above. Shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering will be offered to the general public in a direct community offering with a preference to natural persons residing in King County, Washington and, if necessary, a syndicated community offering. The direct community offering, if any, shall begin at the same time as, during or promptly after the subscription offering. See The Conversion and Stock Offering Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights, Direct Community Offering and Syndicated Community Offering.
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, our financial advisor and selling agent in connection with the offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling our common stock in the offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering. For further information about the role of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods in the offering, see The Conversion and Stock Offering Marketing Arrangements.
Reasons for the Conversion and Offering
The primary reasons for the conversion and our decision to conduct the offering are to:
|
|
increase our capital to support future growth; and |
|
|
|
|
|
provide us with greater operating flexibility and allow us to better compete with other financial institutions. |
The conversion and the capital raised in the offering are expected to:
|
|
give us the financial strength to continue to grow our bank; |
|
|
|
|
|
better enable us to serve our customers in our market area; |
v
|
|
enable us to repay our Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings; |
|
|
|
|
|
enable us to increase lending limits and support our emphasis on construction/land development, commercial real estate, and residential home lending and the development of new products and services; |
|
|
|
|
|
help us retain and attract qualified management through stock-based compensation plans; |
|
|
|
|
|
enable us to form a charitable foundation to benefit the communities in which we do business; and |
|
|
|
|
|
structure our business in a form that will enable us to access the capital markets. |
We do not have any specific plans or arrangements for expanding our branch network and/or any specific acquisition plans.
How We Determined the Offering Range and the $10.00 Price Per Share
The offering range is based on an independent appraisal of the market value of the common stock to be issued in the offering. RP Financial, LC., an appraisal firm experienced in appraisals of financial institutions, has advised us that, as of May 25, 2007, the estimated pro forma market value of our common stock, including offering shares and shares issued to the charitable foundation, ranges from a minimum of $161.7 million to a maximum of $218.8 million, with a midpoint of $190.2 million. Based on this valuation range, the percentage of First Savings Banks common stock owned by First Financial of Renton, the shares issued to the charitable foundation and the $10.00 price per share, the respective Boards of Directors of First Savings Bank, First Financial Holdings, MHC and First Financial of Renton determined to offer shares of First Financial Northwests common stock ranging from a minimum of 14,875,000 shares to a maximum of 20,125,000 shares, with a midpoint of 17,500,000 shares. Under certain circumstances, the pro forma market value can be adjusted upward to reflect changes in market conditions, and, at the adjusted maximum, the estimated pro forma market value of First Financial Northwests common stock would be $251.6 million and the number of shares offered would equal 25,156,250 shares.
The independent appraisal was based in part on our financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma impact of the additional capital raised by the sale of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of companies that RP Financial considered comparable to us. RP Financial also considered that we intend to issue shares of First Financial Northwest common stock to the First Financial Northwest Foundation, a charitable foundation that will be established in connection with the conversion. The intended contribution of shares of common stock to the charitable foundation has the effect of reducing the number of shares that may be offered in the offering. See Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation. RP Financials independent valuation will be updated before we complete our offering.
The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the companies comprising the peer group used by RP Financial in its independent appraisal report dated May 25, 2007 and the pro forma pricing ratios for us, as calculated in the table on page 19 in the section of this prospectus entitled Pro Forma Data. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a premium of 13.3% on a price-to-earnings basis and discounts of 48.4% on a price-to-book value basis and 56.3% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. The estimated appraised value and the resulting premiums and discounts took into consideration the potential financial impact of the conversion and offering and RP Financials analysis of the results of operations and financial condition of First Financial Northwest compared to the peer group.
vi
|
|
Price-to-
|
|
Price-to-book
|
|
Price-to-tangible
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Financial Northwest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum of offering range |
|
|
15.63 |
x |
|
68.17 |
% |
|
72.52 |
% |
Midpoint of offering range |
|
|
19.23 |
x |
|
72.99 |
% |
|
77.22 |
% |
Maximum of offering range |
|
|
19.23 |
x |
|
77.04 |
% |
|
81.10 |
% |
Maximum of offering range, as adjusted |
|
|
20.83 |
x |
|
80.97 |
% |
|
84.82 |
% |
Valuation of peer group companies as of May 25, 2007(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
20.22 |
x |
|
142.07 |
% |
|
172.88 |
% |
Median |
|
|
16.97 |
x |
|
141.48 |
% |
|
176.62 |
% |
|
|
(1) |
Multiples calculated by RP Financial in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of core, or recurring, earnings for the most recent 12-month period, total pro forma outstanding shares of common stock, and including shares issued to the charitable foundation, and equal 18.50x, 20.92x, 23.34x and 25.96x, respectively, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range. Because this is a different method than used by us in calculating the numbers included in this table and in the pro forma information included under Pro Forma Data, the pro forma price-to-earnings multiples in the table do not correspond to the multiples in the independent appraisal. |
|
|
(2) |
Based on First Savings Banks financial data as of and for the 12 months ended March 31, 2007. Price-to-earnings multiples for First Financial Northwest are shown on an annualized basis. |
|
|
(3) |
Reflects earnings for the most recent 12-month period for which data were publicly available. |
The independent appraisal is not necessarily indicative of post-offering trading value. You should not assume or expect that the valuation of First Financial Northwest as indicated above means that the common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 purchase price after the offering is completed.
The independent appraisal will be updated before we complete the conversion. Any changes in the appraisal would be subject to the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision The estimated pro forma market value of First Financial Northwest may be increased by up to 15%, up to $251.6 million. See Pro Forma Data.
After-Market Performance Information Provided by the Independent Appraiser
The following table, prepared by our independent appraiser, presents for all conversions that began trading from July 2006 to May 25, 2007, the percentage change in the trading price from the initial trading date of the offering to the dates shown in the table. The table also presents the average and median trading prices and percentage change in trading prices for the same dates. This information relates to stock performance experienced by other companies that may have no similarities to us with regard to market capitalization, offering size, earnings quality and growth potential, among other factors.
The table is not intended to indicate how our common stock may perform. Data represented in the table reflects a small number of transactions and is not indicative of general stock market performance trends or of price performance trends of companies that undergo conversions. Furthermore, this table presents only short-term price performance and may not be indicative of the longer-term stock price performance of these companies. There can be no assurance that our stock price will appreciate or that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share. The movement of any particular companys stock price is subject to various factors, including, but not limited to, the amount of proceeds a company raises, the companys historical and anticipated operating results, the nature and quality of the companys assets, the companys market area and the quality of management and managements ability to deploy proceeds (such as through loans and investments, the acquisition of other financial institutions or other businesses, the payment of dividends and common stock repurchases). In addition, stock prices may be affected by
vii
general market and economic conditions, the interest rate environment, the market for financial institutions and merger or takeover transactions and the presence of professional and other investors who purchase stock on speculation, as well as other unforeseeable events not in the control of management. Before you make an investment decision, please carefully read this prospectus, including Risk Factors.
After Market Trading Activity
Initial Stock Offerings - Standard Conversions
Completed Closing Dates between June 30, 2006 and May 25, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
Appreciation from Initial Trading Date(1 ) |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Transaction |
|
Conversion
|
|
1 Day |
|
1 Week |
|
1 Month |
|
Through
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. |
|
|
04/04/2007 |
|
|
17.8 |
% |
|
20.2 |
% |
|
14.8 |
% |
|
14.5 |
% |
CMS Bancorp, Inc. |
|
|
04/04/2007 |
|
|
5.7 |
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
5.1 |
|
Hampden Bancorp, Inc. |
|
|
01/17/2007 |
|
|
28.2 |
|
|
25.0 |
|
|
23.4 |
|
|
16.0 |
|
Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. |
|
|
07/20/2006 |
|
|
44.6 |
|
|
42.5 |
|
|
45.2 |
|
|
56.0 |
|
Newport Bancorp, Inc. |
|
|
07/07/2006 |
|
|
28.0 |
|
|
28.8 |
|
|
31.0 |
|
|
37.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average: |
|
|
|
|
|
24.9 |
% |
|
24.2 |
% |
|
23.5 |
% |
|
25.7 |
% |
Median: |
|
|
|
|
|
28.0 |
% |
|
25.0 |
% |
|
23.4 |
% |
|
16.0 |
% |
|
|
(1) |
The offering price for each transaction was $10.00 per share. |
Termination of the Offering
The subscription offering will end at 12:00 Noon, Pacific time, on __________ __, 2007, unless extended. The direct community offering and syndicated community offering, if any, will also end at _____ _.m., Pacific Time, on ___________ __, 2007. If fewer than the minimum number of shares are subscribed for in the subscription offering and we do not get orders for at least the minimum number of shares by __________ __, 2007, we will either:
|
(1) |
promptly return any payment you made to us, with interest, or cancel any withdrawal authorization you gave us; or |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
extend the offering, if allowed, and give you notice of the extension and of your rights to cancel, change or confirm your order. If we extend the offering and you do not respond to the notice, then we will cancel your order and return your payment, with interest, or cancel any withdrawal authorization you gave us. We must complete or terminate the offering by _______ __, 2009. |
How We Will Use the Proceeds Raised From the Sale of Common Stock
We intend to use the net proceeds received from the stock offering as follows:
|
|
Minimum |
|
Maximum |
|
Maximum,
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|||||||
Gross proceeds |
|
$ |
148,750 |
|
$ |
201,250 |
|
$ |
231,438 |
|
Less: estimated underwriting commission and other offering commissions |
|
|
(2,793 |
) |
|
(3,272 |
) |
|
(3,548 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds |
|
$ |
145,957 |
|
$ |
197,978 |
|
$ |
227,890 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds to First Savings Bank |
|
$ |
72,979 |
|
$ |
98,989 |
|
$ |
113,945 |
|
Loan to our employee stock ownership plan |
|
|
12,935 |
|
|
17,500 |
|
|
20,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash proceeds retained by First Financial Northwest |
|
$ |
60,043 |
|
$ |
81,489 |
|
$ |
93,820 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
viii
The net proceeds retained by First Financial Northwest will initially be deposited with First Savings Bank and may ultimately be used to support lending and investment activities, future expansion of operations through the establishment or acquisition of banking offices or other financial service providers, to pay dividends or for other general corporate purposes, including repurchasing shares of its common stock. No such acquisitions are specifically being considered at this time. First Savings Bank intends to use its proceeds received as well as the amount deposited by First Financial Northwest to continue to manage its interest rate risk, which would include the repayment of substantially all of the borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank, and the balance, if any, for future lending and investment activities, in addition to general and other corporate purposes. See Risk Factors and How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From This Offering.
We Currently Intend to Pay a Cash Dividend in the Future
We currently plan to pay cash dividends in the future, however, the amount and timing of any dividends has not yet been determined. Although future dividends are not guaranteed, based on our pro forma net income and shareholders equity, we believe First Financial Northwest will be capable of paying a dividend after completion of this offering. We will not pay or take any steps to pay a tax-free dividend which qualifies as a return of capital for at least one year following the stock offering.
Plans to List the Common Stock for Trading on the Nasdaq Global Market
We plan to list our common stock for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol FFNW. Our application to list our stock on the Nasdaq Global Market has been conditionally approved and is currently pending subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods currently intends to become a market maker in the common stock, but it is under no obligation to do so. We cannot assure that other market makers will be obtained or that an active and liquid trading market for the shares of common stock will develop or if developed, will be maintained. After shares of the common stock begin trading, you may contact a stock broker to buy or sell shares. Due to the unpredictability of the stock market and other factors, persons purchasing shares may not be able to sell their shares when they want to, or at a price equal to or above $10.00.
Limitations on the Purchase of Common Stock in the Conversion
The minimum purchase is 25 shares.
The maximum purchase in the subscription offering by any person or group of persons through a single deposit account is $250,000 of common stock, which equals 25,000 shares.
The maximum purchase by any person in the community offering is $250,000 of common stock, which equals 25,000 shares.
The maximum purchase in the subscription offering and community offering combined by any person, related persons or persons acting together is $500,000 of common stock, which equals 50,000 shares.
If any of the following persons purchase common stock, their purchases when combined with your purchases cannot exceed 50,000 shares:
|
(1) |
your spouse, or your relatives or your spouses relatives living in your house; |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
companies or other entities in which you have a 10% or greater equity or substantial beneficial interest or in which you serve as a senior officer or partner; |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
a trust or other estate if you have a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or you are a trustee or fiduciary for the trust or other estate; or |
ix
|
(4) |
other persons who may be acting together with you (including, but not limited to, persons who file jointly a Schedule 13G or Schedule 13D Beneficial Ownership Report with the Securities and Exchange Commission, persons living at the same address or persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposits registered at the same address, whether or not related). |
Subject to Office of Thrift Supervision approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase limitations in the offering at any time. Our tax-qualified benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, are authorized to purchase up to 10% of the shares sold in the offering plus shares to be issued to our charitable foundation without regard to these purchase limitations. See The Conversion and Stock Offering Limitations on Stock Purchases.
How to Purchase Common Stock
Note: Once we receive your order, you cannot cancel or change it without our consent. If First Financial Northwest intends to sell fewer than 14,875,000 shares or more than 20,125,000 shares, all subscribers will be notified and given the opportunity to change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will return your funds promptly with interest or cancel your withdrawal authorization.
If you want to subscribe for shares, you must complete an original stock order form and drop it off at First Savings Bank or send it, together with full payment or withdrawal authorization, to First Savings Bank in the postage-paid envelope provided. You must sign the certification that is part of the stock order form. We must receive your stock order form before the end of the offering period.
You may pay for shares in any of the following ways:
|
|
By check or money order made payable to First Financial Northwest, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
By authorizing a withdrawal from an account at First Savings Bank, including certificates of deposit, designated on the stock order form. To use funds in an individual retirement account at First Savings Bank, you must transfer your account to an unaffiliated institution or broker. Please contact the stock information center as soon as possible for assistance. |
|
|
|
|
|
In cash, if delivered in person to the First Savings Bank Stock Information Center. |
We will pay interest on your subscription funds at the rate First Savings Bank pays on passbook savings accounts from the date it receives your funds until the conversion is completed or terminated. All funds authorized for withdrawal from deposit accounts with First Savings Bank will earn interest at the applicable account rate until the conversion is completed. There will be no early withdrawal penalty for withdrawals from certificates of deposit at First Savings Bank used to pay for stock.
You may subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account (IRA) at First Savings Bank or elsewhere. However, common stock must be held in a self-directed retirement account. First Savings Banks IRAs are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in common stock. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your First Savings Bank IRA, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account reinvested by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing your stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee. Because individual circumstances differ and processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact the stock information center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the end of the offering period, for assistance with purchases using your IRA or other retirement account that you may have. Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and possible limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.
x
Purchases of Common Stock by Our Officers and Directors
Collectively, our directors and executive officers intend to subscribe for 465,000 shares regardless of the number of shares sold in the offering. This number equals 2.13% of the 21,875,000 shares that would be issued at the maximum of the offering range, including shares issued to the First Financial Northwest Foundation. If fewer shares are issued in the conversion, then officers and directors will own a greater percentage of First Financial Northwest. Directors and executive officers will pay the same $10.00 per share price for these shares as everyone else who purchases shares in the conversion.
Tax Consequences of the Conversion
As a general matter, the conversion and offering will not be taxable transactions for federal or state income tax purposes to First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial Northwest, First Savings Bank or persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering. Silver Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. has issued an opinion to us to the effect that consummation of transactions contemplated by the conversion and offering qualifies as a tax-free transaction for federal income tax purposes and will not result in any adverse federal tax consequences to First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial Northwest, First Financial of Renton, First Savings Bank or persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering before or after the conversion. Blado Kiger, P.S. has issued an opinion to us to the effect that consummation of transactions contemplated by the conversion and offering should qualify as a tax-free transaction for Washington State income tax purposes and should not result in any adverse Washington State tax consequences to First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial Northwest, First Financial of Renton, First Savings Bank or persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering before or after the conversion. See The Conversion and Stock Offering Effects of the Conversion Tax Effects of the Conversion.
Benefits to Management from the Offering
We intend to establish an employee stock ownership plan, which will purchase in the offering 8% of the aggregate shares sold in the offering and contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation, or if shares are not available, in the open market after the conversion. A loan from First Financial Northwest to the employee stock ownership plan, funded by a portion of the proceeds from this offering, will be used to purchase these shares. The loan will accrue interest at an appropriate interest rate in effect at the time the employee stock ownership loan is entered into. The employee stock ownership plan will provide a retirement benefit to all employees eligible to participate in the plan.
We also intend to adopt a stock option plan and a restricted stock plan for the benefit of directors, officers and employees, subject to shareholder approval. If we adopt the restricted stock plan, some of these individuals will be awarded stock at no cost to them. As a result, both the employee stock ownership plan and the restricted stock plan will increase the voting control of management without a cash outlay by the recipient.
The number of options granted or shares awarded under the stock option plan and restricted stock plan may not exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares, including shares to be issued to our charitable foundation.
The employee stock ownership plan and our stock-based incentive plans will increase our future compensation costs, thereby reducing our earnings. The Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission recently finalized rules that require public companies to expense the grant-date fair value of stock options granted to officers, directors and employees. Recognizing an expense equal to the grant-date fair value of stock options will increase our compensation costs over the vesting period of the options. Additionally, shareholders will experience a reduction in their ownership interest if newly issued shares of common stock are used to fund stock options and restricted stock awards. See Risk Factors Risks Related to this Offering After this Offering, our compensation expenses will increase and our return on equity will be low compared to other companies. These factors could negatively impact the price of our stock and Benefits to Be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion and Reorganization.
xi
The following table summarizes the stock benefits that our officers, directors and employees may receive following the offering at the maximum of the offering range. It assumes that we initially implement a stock-based incentive plan granting options to purchase a number of shares equal to 10% of the shares outstanding after the offering (including shares issued to the First Financial Northwest Foundation) and awarding a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares outstanding after the offering (including shares to be issued to the First Financial Northwest Foundation). It further assumes that, at the maximum of the offering range, a total of 21,875,000 shares will be sold to the public and issued to the charitable foundation and that our tangible regulatory capital is 10% or more following the proposed stock issuance.
Number
|
|
Plan |
|
As a % of
|
|
Individuals
|
|
As % of
|
|
Value of
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,750,000 |
|
|
Employee stock ownership plan |
|
|
8.0 |
% |
|
Employees |
|
|
8.70 |
% |
$ |
17,500,000 |
|
875,000 |
|
|
Restricted stock awards |
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
Directors/Employees |
|
|
4.35 |
|
|
8,750,000 |
|
2,187,500 |
|
|
Stock options |
|
|
10.0 |
|
|
Directors/Employees |
|
|
10.87 |
|
|
8,465,625 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,812,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
22.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
23.91 |
% |
$ |
34,715,625 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) At the maximum of the offering range. |
|
(2) The actual value of the restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date the grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.87 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; dividend yield of 0.0%; expected option life of 10 years; risk free interest rate of 4.90% (based on the ten-year Treasury Note rate); and a volatility rate of 11.75% based on an index of publicly traded mutual holding company institutions. The actual expense of the stock options will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. |
The value of the restricted stock awards will be based on the price of First Financial Northwests common stock at the time those shares are granted, which, subject to shareholder approval, cannot occur until at least six months after the offering is completed. The following table presents the total value of all restricted shares to be available for award and issuance under the stock-based incentive plan, assuming the shares for the plan are issued in a range of market prices from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.
|
Share Price |
|
646,739
|
|
760,870
|
|
875,000
|
|
1,006,250
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
||||||||||
|
$ 8.00 |
|
$ |
5,174 |
|
$ |
6,087 |
|
$ |
7,000 |
|
$ |
8,050 |
|
|
$ 10.00 |
|
|
6,467 |
|
|
7,609 |
|
|
8,750 |
|
|
10,063 |
|
|
$ 12.00 |
|
|
7,761 |
|
|
9,130 |
|
|
10,500 |
|
|
12,075 |
|
|
$ 14.00 |
|
|
9,054 |
|
|
10,652 |
|
|
12,250 |
|
|
14,088 |
|
xii
The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the stock-based incentive plan will be based in part on the price of First Financial Northwests common stock at the time the options are granted, which, subject to shareholder approval, cannot occur until at least six months after the offering is completed. The value also will depend on the various assumptions utilized in estimating the value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based incentive plan, assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal, with a range of market prices for the shares from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.
|
Market/Exercise
|
|
Grant-Date
|
|
1,616,848
|
|
1,902,174
|
|
2,187,500
|
|
2,515,625
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|||||||||||||
|
$ 8.00 |
|
$ |
3.10 |
|
$ |
5,012 |
|
$ |
5,897 |
|
$ |
6,781 |
|
$ |
7,798 |
|
|
$ 10.00 |
|
|
3.87 |
|
|
6,257 |
|
|
7,361 |
|
|
8,466 |
|
|
9,735 |
|
|
$ 12.00 |
|
|
4.64 |
|
|
7,502 |
|
|
8,826 |
|
|
10,150 |
|
|
11,673 |
|
|
$ 14.00 |
|
|
5.42 |
|
|
8,763 |
|
|
10,310 |
|
|
11,856 |
|
|
13,635 |
|
We also will enter into an employment agreement with our chief executive officer, and change in control severance agreements with two other officers. For a further discussion of benefits to management, see Management.
Conditions to Completing the Conversion and Offering
We are conducting the conversion and offering under the terms of our plan of conversion. We cannot complete the conversion and offering unless:
|
|
our plan of conversion is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by depositors and borrowers of First Savings Bank; |
|
|
|
|
|
our plan of conversion is approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders of First Financial of Renton (because First Financial Holdings, MHC owns 100% of First Financial of Rentons outstanding shares, First Financial Holdings, MHC will control the outcome of this vote); |
|
|
|
|
|
we sell at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered; and |
|
|
|
|
|
we receive approval from the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Washington Department of Financial Institutions to complete the conversion and offering. |
First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial Northwest and certain wholly owned subsidiaries of First Savings Bank held deposits as of the record date for the special meeting that entitles these entities to cast a total of _________ votes, or ____% of the votes entitled to be cast, at the special meeting. Each of these entities has indicated that they intend to vote FOR the approval of the plan of conversion.
Stock Information Center
If you have any questions regarding the offering or our conversion to stock form, please call the stock information center at (425) 254-2094 from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, Monday through Friday. The Stock Information Center is closed on weekends and bank holidays. The Stock Information Center is located at our office, 208 Williams Avenue South, Renton, Washington. The banking operations portion of our office is separate and
xiii
apart from the Stock Information Center and will not have offering materials and cannot accept completed order forms or proxy cards.
To ensure that you receive a prospectus at least 48 hours before the offering deadline, we may not mail prospectuses any later than five days prior to such date or hand-deliver any prospectus later than two days prior to the date. Stock order forms may only be distributed with or preceded by a prospectus.
By signing the stock order form, you are acknowledging your receipt of a prospectus and your understanding that the shares are not a deposit account and are not insured or guaranteed by First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial Northwest, First Financial of Renton, First Savings Bank, the FDIC or any other federal or state governmental agency.
We will make reasonable attempts to provide a prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights. The subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at _:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on ________ __, 2007, whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.
First Savings Bank has a website (http://www.fsbrenton.com). Upon completion of the subscription offering on __________ __, 2007, the website will provide an update on the status of the offering.
Delivery of Stock Certificates
Certificates representing shares of common stock issued in the offering will be mailed to the persons entitled to receive these certificates at the certificate registration address noted on the order form, as soon as practicable following completion of the offering and receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals . Until certificates for the shares of common stock are available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock which they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.
Subscription Rights
Subscription rights are not allowed to be transferred, and we will act to ensure that you do not do so. We will not accept any stock orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.
First Financial Northwest Has Established a Charitable Foundation
In connection with the conversion, First Financial Northwest has established a charitable foundation, the First Financial Northwest Foundation, in order to further its commitment to the local community. The foundation is anticipated to distribute at least 5% of its assets each year to support charitable organizations and activities that enhance the quality of life for residents within its market area. The First Financial Northwest Foundation will allow the local communities to share in the anticipated future success of First Financial Northwest through cash dividends payable on the common stock and potential appreciation of the value of the common stock, as well as enable First Financial Northwest and its related entities to develop a unified charitable donation strategy. Trustees of the foundation will be charged with the specific development of a donation strategy consistent with the regulations set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.
First Financial Northwest will fund the foundation with a contribution of stock equal in value to 8% of the shares to be outstanding after the offering. It is intended that 100% of the foundation funding will be made by means of a stock contribution. Accordingly, based on the minimum and maximum of the offering range, respectively, a minimum of 1,293,479 shares to a maximum of 1,750,000 shares, will be contributed. There are no plans by First Financial Northwest to provide additional funding beyond this initial funding to the foundation over the next three years. As a result of the foundations establishment and funding, the appraisal will be reduced and First Financial Northwest will sell fewer shares of common stock than if the conversion were completed without the foundation. See Taxation The First Financial Northwest Foundation.
xiv
Issuing shares of common stock to the charitable foundation will:
|
|
dilute the voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the offering; and |
|
|
|
|
|
result in an expense, and a reduction in earnings, during the quarter in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit. |
See Risk Factors Risks Related to the Formation of Our Charitable Foundation The contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation will hurt our profits for fiscal year 2007 and dilute your ownership interest, Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation and Business of First Savings Bank Charitable Foundation.
Restrictions on the Acquisition of First Financial Northwest, Inc.
Federal regulations, as well as provisions contained in the charter, restrict the ability of any person, firm or entity to acquire First Financial Northwest or its capital stock. These restrictions include the requirement that a potential acquirer of common stock obtain the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision before acquiring in excess of 10% of the voting stock of First Financial Northwest. Additionally, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit anyone from acquiring First Financial Northwest for a period of three years following the offering, unless this prohibition is waived by the Office of Thrift Supervision. See Risk Factors Risks Related to the Offering The amount of common stock we will control, our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and state and federal law could discourage hostile acquisitions of control of First Financial Northwest.
Important Risks in Owning First Financial Northwests Common Stock
Before you decide to purchase stock, you should read the Risk Factors section on pages 1 to 9 of this prospectus.
xv
You should consider these risk factors, in addition to the other information in this prospectus, in deciding how to vote on the conversion and before deciding whether to make an investment in First Financial Northwests stock.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our business strategy may result in increased volatility of earnings.
Our business strategy is focused on the expansion of construction/land development, and commercial real estate lending. These types of lending activities, while potentially more profitable than single-family lending, are generally more sensitive to regional and local economic conditions, making loss levels more difficult to predict. Collateral evaluation and financial statement analysis in these types of loans requires a more detailed analysis at the time of loan underwriting and on an ongoing basis. While economic trends in Western Washington State have been relatively positive, a decline in real estate values, would reduce the value of the real estate collateral securing our loans and increase the risk that we would incur losses if borrowers defaulted on their loans. In addition, the repayment of commercial real estate loans and apartment loans generally is dependent, in large part, on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Also, loan balances for commercial real estate and residential construction tract loans are typically larger than those for permanent single-family and consumer loans. Accordingly, when there are defaults and losses on these types of loans, they are often larger on a per loan basis than those for permanent single-family and consumer loans. A secondary market for most types of commercial real estate and construction loans is not readily liquid, so we have less opportunity to mitigate credit risk by selling part or all of our interest in these loans.
Our business strategy includes significant growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.
We expect to experience growth in the amount of our assets, the level of our deposits and the scale of our operations. Achieving our growth targets requires us to attract customers that currently bank with other financial institutions in our market, thereby increasing our share of the market. In addition, to the extent we expand our lending beyond our current market area, we could incur additional risk related to those new market areas. Our ability to successfully grow will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to attract and retain experienced bankers, the continued availability of desirable business opportunities, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market area and our ability to manage our growth. While we believe we have the management resources and internal systems in place to successfully manage our future growth, there can be no assurance growth opportunities will be available or that we will successfully manage our growth. If we do not manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to achieve our business plan, and our business and prospects could be harmed.
We need to add additional executive officers and integrate these executive officers into our current operations.
Historically, as a result of operating a traditional thrift institution from one office, we had very few officers and employees. As a result of our growth and more complex operations, we now need to add a chief financial officer and additional lending and credit administrative officers. These employees will be important to our operations and our inability to fill these positions could make continued growth difficult. Furthermore, these employees must be successfully integrated with our other personnel, which involves combining individuals with different business backgrounds, corporate cultures, management styles, while retaining other key employees. The process of hiring these executive officers and integrating them into our organization could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, our operations, including the loss of customers and key personnel.
1
The loss of our current President and Chief Executive Officer may hurt First Financial Northwests and First Savings Banks operations because it may be difficult to hire qualified replacements.
The loss of our President and Chief Executive Officer, Victor Karpiak, could have a material adverse impact on the operations of First Savings Bank since he has been instrumental in managing the business affairs of First Savings Bank. Other officers within First Savings Bank do not have the experience and expertise to readily replace Mr. Karpiak. Mr. Karpiak has a significant amount of responsibility for the operations of First Savings Bank and performs a number of different roles, including those of chief financial officer. If First Savings Bank were to lose its President and Chief Executive Officer, the board of directors would most likely have to search outside of First Savings Bank for a qualified, permanent replacement. This search may be prolonged and we cannot assure you that First Savings Bank would be able to locate and hire a qualified replacement without interruption of, or loss of momentum in, our operations. For a discussion of First Savings Banks management, see Management.
Our business is subject to various lending risks which could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Our business strategy centers on the continued transition to commercial banking activities in order to expand our net interest margin. Consistent with this strategy, we acquired Executive House and are working to further reduce the percentage of our assets that are lower-yielding residential loans and mortgage-backed securities and to increase the percentage of our assets consisting of construction/land development loans and commercial real estate and multi-family loans that have higher risk- adjusted returns. Our increasing focus on these types of lending will increase our risk profile relative to traditional thrift institutions for the following reasons:
Construction Loans . We make land purchase, lot development and real estate construction loans to individuals and builders, primarily for the construction of residential properties. We will originate these loans whether or not the collateral property underlying the loan is under contract for sale. Residential real estate construction loans include single-family tract construction loans for the construction of entry level residential homes. Over the last two years, we have significantly increased the amount of construction/land development loans in our loan portfolio, both in dollar amounts and as a percentage of our total loans. At March 31, 2007, $175.5 million or 21.84% of our total loan portfolio consisted of construction/land development loans primarily to builders of residential properties. Of this amount, $92.6 million in total, or $68.1 million, net of loans in process, are loans with three builders. At March 31, 2007, we had an additional $15.3 million, or 1.91% of our total loan portfolio in construction loans for one- to four-family properties that convert to permanent loans. Also at that date, we had an additional $20.8 million, or 2.59% of our total loan portfolio in construction loans on multi-family and commercial real estate loans that convert to permanent loans.
Our construction/land development loans are based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the completed project. These estimates may be inaccurate. Construction/land development lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent residential lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. This type of lending also typically involves higher loan principal amounts and is often concentrated with a small number of builders. In addition, generally during the term of a construction/land development loan, no payment from the borrower is generally required since the accumulated interest is added to the principal of the loan through an interest reserve. These loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If our appraisal of the value of a completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project and may incur a loss. Our ability to continue to originate a significant amount of construction loans is dependent on the continued strength of the housing market in King, Pierce and Snohomish counties, Washington. Further, if we lost our relationship with one or more of our larger borrowers building in these counties or there is a decline in the demand
2
for new housing in these counties, it is expected that the demand for construction loans would decline, our liquidity would substantially increase and our net income would be adversely affected.
Commercial Real Estate Loans . We originate commercial real estate loans for individuals and businesses for various purposes which are secured by commercial real estate. At March 31, 2007, $164.0 million or 20.42% of our total loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans, including commercial real estate construction loans of $15.7 million.
The credit risk related to commercial real estate loans is considered to be greater than the risk related to one- to four-family residential or consumer loans because the repayment of commercial real estate loans typically is dependent on the income stream of the real estate securing the loan as collateral and the successful operation of the borrowers business, which can be significantly affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the economy. For example, if the cash flow from the borrowers project is reduced due to leases not being obtained or renewed, the borrowers ability to repay the loan may be impaired. In addition, many of our commercial real estate loans are not fully amortizing and contain large balloon payments upon maturity. These balloon payments may require the borrower to either sell or refinance the underlying property in order to make the balloon payment.
If we foreclose on a commercial real estate loan, our holding period for the collateral typically is longer than for one- to four-family residential mortgage loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Additionally, as a result of our increasing emphasis on this type of lending, a large portion of our commercial real estate loan portfolio is relatively unseasoned and has not been subjected to unfavorable economic conditions. As a result we may not have enough payment history with which to judge future collectibility or to predict the future performance of this part of our loan portfolio. These loans may have delinquency or charge-off levels above our historical experience, which could adversely affect our future performance. Further, commercial real estate loans generally have relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Accordingly, if we make any errors in judgment in the collectibility of our commercial real estate loans, any resulting charge-offs may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios. See Business of First Savings Bank Lending Activities Multi-family and Commercial Real Estate Lending.
Multi-family Residential Real Estate Loans . Our multi-family loans are subject to collateral risk similar to other real estate secured products. While our primary lending markets have experienced strong demand for affordable housing, valuations have increased significantly over the past several years and could be negatively impacted by a decrease in investor demand. At March 31, 2007, $82.0 million or 10.21% of our total loan portfolio consisted of multi-family residential real estate loans, including multi-family construction loans of $5.1 million.
If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could be reduced.
We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and evaluate economic conditions. Management recognizes that significant new growth in loan portfolios, new loan products and the refinancing of existing loans can result in portfolios comprised of unseasoned loans that may not perform in a historical or projected manner. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual losses, resulting in additions to our allowance. Material additions to our allowance could materially decrease our net income. Our allowance for loan losses was 0.32% of total loans, and 914.95% of non-performing loans at March 31, 2007. In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize additional loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
3
We may be unable to successfully integrate and grow the operations of Executive House.
In December 31, 2005, we acquired Executive House as a subsidiary of First Savings Bank. Executive House has always operated previously as an unregulated mortgage originator primarily of commercial real estate and construction loans. As part of the acquisition, the owner of Executive House, John P. Mills, continued his employment with Executive House as President. In February 2006, First Savings Bank hired David G. Kroeger, formerly with the Washington Division of Financial Institutions, as Executive Vice President to work with Mr. Mills. The difficulties in hiring and training new personnel for this type of business include integrating personnel with different business backgrounds, combining different corporate cultures, while retaining other key employees. The process of integrating personnel could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the operations of Executive House and the loss of customers and key personnel. During the three months ended March 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, Executive House originated construction/land development loans of $48.4 million and $111.5 million, respectively. These originations included $32.6 million and $76.3 million of one- to four-family construction loans to builders, and $0 and $3.6 million of multi-family real estate construction loans, and $15.8 million and $31.6 million of land development loans, for the respective periods.
In addition, we may not realize expected revenue increases, cost savings and other projected benefits from the acquisition. Any delays or difficulties encountered in connection with integrating and growing the operations of Executive House could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations or otherwise adversely affect our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.
Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance.
Like other financial institutions, our operating results are largely dependent on our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on loans and securities and interest expense incurred on deposits and borrowings. Our net interest income is impacted by changes in market rates of interest, the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities, prepayments on our loans and securities and limits on increases in the rates of interest charged on our loans. Net interest spreads are affected by the difference between the maturities and repricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
We cannot control or accurately predict changes in market rates of interest. The following are some factors that may affect market interest rates, all of which are beyond our control:
|
|
inflation; |
|
|
|
|
|
slow or stagnant economic growth or recession; |
|
|
|
|
|
unemployment; |
|
|
|
|
|
money supply and the monetary policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve; |
|
|
|
|
|
international disasters; and |
|
|
|
|
|
instability in domestic and foreign financial markets. |
Sharp increases in interest rates will negatively affect our market value of equity. In addition, loan volume and yields are affected by market interest rates on loans, and rising interest rates generally are associated with a lower volume of loan originations. In addition, an increase in the general level of interest rates may adversely affect the ability of certain borrowers to pay the interest on and principal of their obligations. Accordingly, changes in levels of market interest rates could materially and adversely affect our net interest spread, asset quality, loan origination volume, securities portfolio, and overall profitability. Although we attempt to manage our interest rate risk, we cannot be certain that we can minimize our interest rate risk. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations A Liability Management and Market Risk.
4
Our business is subject to general economic risks that could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Changes in economic conditions, particularly an economic slowdown in Washington, could hurt our business. Our business is directly affected by political and market conditions, broad trends in industry and finance, legislative and regulatory changes, and changes in governmental monetary and fiscal policies and inflation, all of which are beyond our control. Deterioration in economic conditions, in particular an economic slowdown within Washington, could result in the following consequences, any of which could hurt our business materially:
|
|
loan delinquencies may increase; |
|
|
|
|
|
problem assets and foreclosures may increase; |
|
|
|
|
|
demand for our products and services may decline; and |
|
|
|
|
|
collateral for loans made by us, especially real estate, may decline in value, in turn reducing a clients borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with our loans held for investment. |
A downturn in the regional real estate market could hurt our business. Our business activities and credit exposure are concentrated in Washington. A downturn in the Washington real estate market could hurt our business because many of our loans are secured by real estate located within the state of Washington, especially King, Pierce and Snohomish Counties, Washington. As of March 31, 2007, almost all of our real estate loan portfolio, including home equity loans, consisted of loans secured by real estate located in Washington. In recent years, there has been a significant increase in real estate values in our market area. As a result of this concentration, if there is a significant decline in real estate values in these geographic areas, the collateral for our loans will provide less security and we may experience increases in nonperforming loans. As a result, our ability to recover on defaulted loans by selling the underlying real estate would be diminished, and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans which would hurt our net income. Additionally, a decline in real estate values could likewise adversely impact our portfolio of real estate loans and could result in a decline in the origination of such loans.
We face strong competition from other financial institutions, financial service companies and other organizations offering services similar to those offered by us, which could limit our growth and profitability.
We face direct competition from a significant number of financial institutions, many with a state-wide or regional presence, and in some cases a national presence, in both originating loans and attracting deposits. Competition in originating loans comes primarily from other banks, mortgage companies and consumer finance institutions that make loans in our primary market areas. We also face substantial competition in attracting deposits from other banking institutions, money market and mutual funds, credit unions and other investment vehicles.
In addition, banks with larger capitalization and non-bank financial institutions that are not governed by bank regulatory restrictions have large lending limits and are better able to serve the needs of larger customers. Many of these financial institutions are also significantly larger and have greater financial resources than us, have been in business for a long period of time and have established customer bases and name recognition.
We compete for loans principally on the basis of interest rates and loan fees, the types of loans we originate and the quality of service we provide to borrowers. Our ability to attract and retain deposits requires that we provide customers with competitive investment opportunities with respect to rate of return, liquidity, risk and other factors. To effectively compete, we may have to pay higher rates of interest to attract deposits, resulting in reduced profitability. If we are not able to effectively compete in our market area, our profitability may be negatively affected, potentially limiting our ability to pay dividends. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by some of our competitors may also limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets. See Business of First Savings Bank Competition.
5
We continually encounter technological change, and we may have fewer resources than many of our competitors to continue to invest in technological improvements.
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers.
We are subject to extensive regulation which could adversely affect our business.
Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to it are subject to regular modification and change. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. Any change in this regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations or otherwise materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, prospects or profitability. See How We Are Regulated Regulation and Supervision of First Savings Bank.
Earthquakes in our primary market area may result in material losses because of damage to collateral properties and our borrowers inability to repay loans.
The Puget Sound region, where substantially all of the real and personal property securing our loans is located, is an earthquake-prone region. A major earthquake could result in material losses to us, although we have not experienced any losses in the past ten years as a result of earthquake damage to collateral securing loans. Earthquake insurance is generally not required by other lenders in the market area, and as a result in order to remain competitive in the marketplace, we do not require earthquake insurance as a condition of making a loan. Earthquake insurance is also not always available at a reasonable coverage level and cost because of changing insurance underwriting practices in our market area resulting from past earthquake activity and the likelihood of future earthquake activity in the region. Additionally, if the collateralized properties are only damaged and not destroyed to the point of total insurable loss, borrowers may suffer sustained job interruption or job loss, which may materially impair their ability to meet the terms of their loan obligations. We cannot assure you that a major earthquake in our primary market area will not result in material losses to us. See Business of First Savings Bank Natural Disasters.
Risks Related to this Offering
After this offering, our compensation expenses will increase and our return on equity will be low compared to other companies. These factors could negatively impact the price of our stock.
The proceeds we will receive from the sale of our common stock will significantly increase our capital and it will take us time to fully deploy those proceeds in our business operations. Our compensation expense will increase because of the costs associated with the employee stock ownership and stock-based incentive plans. These additional expenses will adversely affect our net income. We cannot determine the actual amount of these new stock-related compensation and benefit expenses at this time because applicable accounting practices generally require that they be based on the fair market value of the options or shares of common stock at the date of the grant; however, we expect them to be significant. We will recognize expenses for our employee stock ownership plan when shares are committed to be released to participants accounts and will recognize expenses for restricted stock awards and stock options generally over the vesting period of awards made to recipients. We estimate, once these
6
plans are adopted, the increase in compensation expense will be approximately $3.5 million on an after-tax basis, based on the maximum of the valuation range. Expenses also are expected to increase as a result of the costs of being a public company. Therefore, we expect our return on equity to be below our historical level and less than many of our regional and national peers. This low return on equity could hurt our stock price. We cannot guarantee when or if we will achieve returns on equity that are comparable to industry peers. For further information regarding pro forma income and expenses, see Pro Forma Data.
The cost of additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses.
As a result of the completion of this offering, we will become a public reporting company. We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including the substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, particularly Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding required internal controls and procedures, and the related rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission will require us to assess our internal controls and procedures and evaluate our accounting systems. In addition, we have hired, and may need to hire further additional compliance, accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical knowledge, and we may not be able to do so in a timely fashion. As a result, we may need to rely on outside consultants to provide these services for us until qualified personnel are hired. These obligations will increase our operating expenses and could divert our managements attention from our operations.
Your subscription funds could be held for an extended time period and will be unavailable to you for other investments if completion of the conversion is delayed.
Your subscription funds could be held for an extended time period if the conversion is not completed by _________ __, 2007 and the regulators give First Financial Northwest more time to complete the conversion. If this occurs, your funds would not be available to use for other purposes. If the regulators give First Financial Northwest more time to complete the conversion, First Financial Northwest will contact everyone who subscribed for shares to see if they still want to purchase stock. A material change in the independent appraisal of First Savings Bank would be the most likely, but not necessarily the only, reason for a delay in completing the conversion. The conversion requirements permit the regulators to grant one or more time extensions, none of which may exceed 90 days. Extensions may not go beyond ___________ __, 2009.
Management and the board of directors have significant discretion over the investment of the offering proceeds and may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on the proceeds from the offering.
We expect that a significant amount of capital will be raised in this offering. The board of directors and management of First Financial Northwest will have discretion in the investment of this additional capital. We will use a portion of the net proceeds retained to finance the purchase of common stock in the offering by the employee stock ownership plan and may use the remaining net proceeds to pay dividends to shareholders, repurchase shares of common stock, purchase securities, deposit funds in First Savings Bank or other financial institutions, acquire other financial services companies or for other general corporate purposes. First Savings Bank may use the proceeds it receives to fund new loans, repay Federal Home Loan Bank advances, establish or acquire new branches or loan production offices, purchase securities, or for general corporate purposes. We have not, however, identified specific amounts of proceeds for any of these purposes and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of these applications. Our failure to utilize these funds effectively could reduce our profitability. We have not established a timetable for the effective deployment of the proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to effectively deploy the proceeds. Investing the offering proceeds in securities until we are able to deploy the proceeds will provide lower margins than we generally earn on loans, potentially adversely affecting shareholder returns, including earnings per share, return on assets and return on equity.
7
Holders of First Financial Northwest common stock may not be able to sell their shares when desired if a liquid trading market does not develop, or for $10.00 or more per share even if a liquid trading market develops.
We have never issued common stock to the public. Consequently, there is no established market for the common stock. We expect our common stock to be listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol FFNW. We cannot predict whether a liquid trading market in shares of First Financial Northwests common stock will develop or how liquid that market might become. Persons purchasing shares may not be able to sell their shares when they desire if a liquid trading market does not develop and may not be able to sell them at a price equal to or above $10.00 per share even if a liquid trading market develops. The final aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The valuation is based on estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time. After our shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, investor perceptions of First Financial Northwest and the outlook for the financial institutions industry in general. See The Conversion and Stock Offering How We Determined Our Price and the Number of Shares to Be Issued in the Stock Offering.
The amount of common stock we will control, our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and state and federal law could discourage hostile acquisitions of control of First Financial Northwest.
Our board of directors and executive officers intend to purchase approximately 3.13% and 2.31% of our common stock at the minimum and maximum of the offering range, respectively. These purchases, together with the purchase by the employee stock ownership plan of 8% of the aggregate shares issued in the offering, as well as the potential acquisition of common stock through the proposed stock option plan and restricted stock plan will result in ownership by insiders of First Financial Northwest in excess of 24% of the total shares issued in the offering at the maximum of the offering range. This inside ownership and provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may discourage attempts to acquire First Financial Northwest, pursue a proxy contest for control of First Financial Northwest, assume control of First Financial Northwest by a holder of a large block of common stock, and remove First Financial Northwests management, all of which shareholders might think are in their best interests. These provisions include a prohibition on any holder of common stock voting more than 10% of the outstanding common stock. See Restrictions on Acquisition of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank Anti-takeover Provisions in First Financial Northwests Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.
In addition, the business corporation law of Washington, the state where First Financial Northwest is incorporated, provides for certain restrictions on acquisition of First Financial Northwest. Furthermore, federal law restricts acquisitions of control of bank holding companies such as First Financial Northwest.
We intend to grant stock options and restricted stock to the board of directors and certain employees following the conversion which will likely reduce your ownership interest.
If approved by a vote of the shareholders following the conversion, we intend to establish a stock option plan with a number of shares equal to 10% of the shares issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation) and a restricted stock plan with a number of shares equal to 4% of the shares issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation). These stock benefit plans are being established for the benefit of selected directors, officers and employees of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank and are worth a total of $30.6 million at the purchase price, based on the maximum of the estimated offering range (plus shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation). Awards under these plans will likely reduce the ownership interest of all shareholders by increasing the number of shares outstanding. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under the stock option plan and the restricted stock plan would dilute the voting interests of existing shareholders, by up to 9.1% and 3.9%, respectively. For further discussion regarding these plans, see Pro Forma
8
Data and Management Benefits to Be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion and Reorganization.
Risks Related to the Formation of Our Charitable Foundation
The contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation, Inc. will hurt our profits for fiscal year 2007 and dilute your ownership interest .
We intend to contribute 8% of the shares of our common stock to be outstanding after the offering to the First Financial Northwest Foundation. This contribution will be an additional operating expense and will reduce net income during the fiscal year in which the foundation is established, which is expected to be this year. Based on the pro forma assumptions, the contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation would reduce net earnings by $10.0 million at the midpoint of the offering, after tax, in fiscal year 2007. In addition, purchasers of shares in the offering will have their ownership and voting interests diluted by up to 8.0% at the close of the offering when we contribute the shares of our common stock to the First Financial Northwest Foundation. For a further discussion regarding the effect of the contribution to the charitable foundation, see Pro Forma Data and Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.
Our contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation, Inc. may not be tax deductible, which could hurt our profits .
We believe that our contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation, valued at $15.2 million at the midpoint of the offering, pre-tax, will be deductible for federal income tax purposes. However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. If the contribution is not deductible, we would not receive any tax benefit from the contribution. In addition, even if the contribution is tax deductible, we may not have sufficient profits to be able to immediately use the deduction. However, the nondeductible portion of the contribution may be carried over to future years in accordance with federal tax laws.
9
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The Financial Condition Data as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the Operating Data for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in the prospectus. The Financial Condition Data as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and the Operating Data for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements, not included in this prospectus. The Financial Condition Data as of March 31, 2007 and the Operating Data for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 are derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the data for the unaudited periods. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and results for the three months ended March 31, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ended December 31, 2007. The following information is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1 and with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
At March 31,
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA: |
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
(In Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||
Total assets |
|
$ |
1,021,887 |
|
$ |
1,004,711 |
|
$ |
879,650 |
|
$ |
776,363 |
|
$ |
726,876 |
|
$ |
653,664 |
|
Investment securities available for sale |
|
|
142,039 |
|
|
149,051 |
|
|
184,279 |
|
|
265,557 |
|
|
291,391 |
|
|
243,128 |
|
Investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
86,682 |
|
|
86,786 |
|
|
86,663 |
|
|
88,512 |
|
|
60,942 |
|
|
57,704 |
|
Loans receivable, net (1) |
|
|
733,592 |
|
|
700,328 |
|
|
540,695 |
|
|
384,128 |
|
|
343,945 |
|
|
313,787 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
14,206 |
|
|
14,206 |
|
|
13,754 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits |
|
|
761,235 |
|
|
750,710 |
|
|
689,502 |
|
|
666,271 |
|
|
634,973 |
|
|
568,054 |
|
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
147,000 |
|
|
90,000 |
|
|
17,000 |
|
|
7,000 |
|
|
7,000 |
|
Equity |
|
|
106,275 |
|
|
104,042 |
|
|
96,353 |
|
|
90,238 |
|
|
81,456 |
|
|
74,537 |
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
OPERATING DATA: |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
|
$ |
15,474 |
|
$ |
13,149 |
|
$ |
55,260 |
|
$ |
40,285 |
|
$ |
36,464 |
|
$ |
33,904 |
|
$ |
34,589 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
10,774 |
|
|
7,920 |
|
|
37,248 |
|
|
23,668 |
|
|
19,335 |
|
|
20,762 |
|
|
20,900 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
4,700 |
|
|
5,229 |
|
|
18,012 |
|
|
16,617 |
|
|
17,129 |
|
|
13,142 |
|
|
13,689 |
|
Provision for loan losses |
|
|
600 |
|
|
160 |
|
|
320 |
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
|
|
305 |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income after provision for loan losses |
|
|
4,100 |
|
|
5,069 |
|
|
17,692 |
|
|
16,480 |
|
|
17,129 |
|
|
12,837 |
|
|
13,630 |
|
Noninterest income (expense) |
|
|
30 |
|
|
(37 |
) |
|
(92 |
) |
|
354 |
|
|
400 |
|
|
611 |
|
|
218 |
|
Noninterest expense |
|
|
1,824 |
|
|
1,758 |
|
|
8,384 |
|
|
4,739 |
|
|
3,782 |
|
|
3,235 |
|
|
3,208 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before federal income taxes |
|
|
2,306 |
|
|
3,274 |
|
|
9,216 |
|
|
12,095 |
|
|
13,747 |
|
|
10,213 |
|
|
10,640 |
|
Federal income tax expense |
|
|
548 |
|
|
989 |
|
|
2,128 |
|
|
3,021 |
|
|
3,692 |
|
|
2,760 |
|
|
3,172 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
1,758 |
|
$ |
2,285 |
|
$ |
7,088 |
|
$ |
9,074 |
|
$ |
10,055 |
|
$ |
7,453 |
|
$ |
7,468 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Net of allowances for loan losses, loans in process and deferred loan fees. |
10
|
|
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
At March 31,
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
OTHER DATA: |
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans outstanding |
|
|
2,599 |
|
|
2,558 |
|
|
2,209 |
|
|
1,886 |
|
|
1,820 |
|
|
1,837 |
|
Deposit accounts |
|
|
15,917 |
|
|
15,836 |
|
|
14,522 |
|
|
13,668 |
|
|
13,085 |
|
|
12,280 |
|
Full-service offices |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
At or For the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
At or For the
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
KEY FINANCIAL RATIOS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Ratios: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on assets (2) |
|
|
0.69 |
% |
|
1.01 |
% |
|
0.75 |
% |
|
1.14 |
% |
|
1.35 |
% |
|
1.07 |
% |
|
1.33 |
% |
Return on equity (3) |
|
|
6.65 |
|
|
9.14 |
|
|
6.86 |
|
|
9.55 |
|
|
11.82 |
|
|
9.78 |
|
|
10.60 |
|
Equity to asset ratio (4) |
|
|
10.37 |
|
|
11.08 |
|
|
10.89 |
|
|
11.94 |
|
|
11.40 |
|
|
10.91 |
|
|
12.52 |
|
Interest rate spread (5) |
|
|
1.60 |
|
|
2.14 |
|
|
1.76 |
|
|
1.87 |
|
|
2.05 |
|
|
1.56 |
|
|
1.91 |
|
Net interest margin (6) |
|
|
1.93 |
|
|
2.43 |
|
|
2.01 |
|
|
2.18 |
|
|
2.34 |
|
|
1.90 |
|
|
2.42 |
|
Tangible equity to tangible assets (7) |
|
|
9.14 |
|
|
9.39 |
|
|
9.07 |
|
|
9.54 |
|
|
11.62 |
|
|
11.21 |
|
|
11.40 |
|
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities |
|
|
107.45 |
|
|
107.79 |
|
|
106.05 |
|
|
109.94 |
|
|
111.38 |
|
|
111.28 |
|
|
113.74 |
|
Efficiency ratio (8) |
|
|
38.56 |
|
|
33.86 |
|
|
46.79 |
|
|
27.92 |
|
|
21.58 |
|
|
23.52 |
|
|
23.07 |
|
Noninterest expense as a percent of average total assets |
|
|
0.72 |
|
|
0.78 |
|
|
0.88 |
|
|
0.60 |
|
|
0.51 |
|
|
0.46 |
|
|
0.57 |
|
Capital Ratios: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier I leverage |
|
|
9.35 |
|
|
9.87 |
|
|
9.52 |
|
|
10.60 |
|
|
11.77 |
|
|
11.13 |
|
|
10.96 |
|
Tier I risk-based |
|
|
15.16 |
|
|
16.70 |
|
|
15.57 |
|
|
17.29 |
|
|
25.43 |
|
|
25.96 |
|
|
25.30 |
|
Total risk-based |
|
|
15.57 |
|
|
17.05 |
|
|
15.90 |
|
|
17.63 |
|
|
25.71 |
|
|
26.28 |
|
|
25.55 |
|
Asset Quality Ratios: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-accrual and 90 days or more past due loans as a percent of total loans |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
0.07 |
|
|
0.19 |
|
|
0.22 |
|
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
0.09 |
|
|
0.11 |
|
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans |
|
|
0.32 |
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
0.26 |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
0.24 |
|
|
0.28 |
|
|
0.22 |
|
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans |
|
|
914.95 |
|
|
1692.52 |
|
|
1279.87 |
|
|
550.33 |
|
|
375.47 |
|
|
146.32 |
|
|
97.87 |
|
Net charge-offs to average loans receivable, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Ratios have been annualized. |
(2) |
Net income divided by average total assets. |
(3) |
Net income divided by average equity. |
(4) |
Average equity divided by average total assets. |
(5) |
Difference between weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and weighted average rate on interest-bearing liabilities. |
(6) |
Net interest margin, otherwise known as net yield on interest-earning assets, is calculated as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. |
(7) |
Tangible equity is equity less goodwill and other intangible assets. |
(8) |
The efficiency ratio represents the ratio of noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income (expense). |
11
A WARNING ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as believes, expects, anticipates, estimates or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements include:
|
|
statements of our goals, intentions and expectations; |
|
|
|
|
|
statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies; |
|
|
|
|
|
statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and |
|
|
|
|
|
estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits. |
These forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements due to, among others, the following factors:
|
|
general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market area, that are worse than expected; |
|
|
|
|
|
changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our interest margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments; |
|
|
|
|
|
increased competitive pressures among financial services companies; |
|
|
|
|
|
changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits; |
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to successfully manage our growth; |
|
|
|
|
|
legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business; |
|
|
|
|
|
adverse changes in the securities markets; and |
|
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or the Financial Accounting Standards Board. |
Any of the forward-looking statements that we make in this prospectus and in other public statements we make may turn out to be wrong because of inaccurate assumptions we might make, because of the factors illustrated above or because of other factors that we cannot foresee. Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements and you should not rely on such statements.
12
We are a newly formed Washington corporation. We are conducting the stock offering in connection with the conversion of First Financial Holdings from the mutual to the stock form or organization. Following the completion of the offering, we will be a savings and loan holding company and our primary regulator will be the Office of Thrift Supervision. See How We Are Regulated Regulation and Supervision of First Financial Northwest.
Following the conversion we will have no significant assets other than all of the outstanding shares of common stock of First Savings Bank, the net proceeds we keep from the offering and a loan to the First Financial Northwest employee stock ownership plan. We will have no significant liabilities. See How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From this Offering. Our management, and the management of First Savings Bank, is substantially the same. We utilize the support staff and offices of First Savings Bank and pay First Savings Bank for these services. If we expand or change our business in the future, we may hire our own employees.
First Savings Bank is a Washington chartered stock savings bank. Upon completion of the conversion, First Savings Bank will be the wholly-owned subsidiary of First Financial Northwest and will be known as First Savings Bank Northwest.
First Savings Bank is a community-based savings bank primarily serving King County, Washington through our full-service banking office and automated teller machine. We are in the business of attracting deposits from the public through our branch and utilizing these deposits to originate loans. A large percentage of our loans consists of one- to four-family loans, and construction/land development and commercial real estate loans, most of which were originated by our subsidiary, Executive House. Executive House specializes in construction and development and commercial real estate lending. For more information regarding the business and operations of First Savings Bank, see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Business of First Savings Bank.
First Savings Bank was organized in 1923 as a Washington state chartered savings and loan association, converted to a federal mutual savings and loan association in 1935, and converted to a Washington state chartered mutual savings bank 1992. Effective October 1, 2002, First Savings Bank reorganized into a two-tier mutual holding company structure, became a stock savings bank and became the wholly-owned subsidiary of First Financial of Renton.
First Savings Bank is examined and regulated by the Washington Department of Financial Institutions, its primary regulator, and by the FDIC. First Savings Bank is required to have certain reserves set by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle, which is one of the 12 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.
The principal executive offices of First Savings Bank are located at 201 Wells Avenue South, Renton, Washington, 98057 and its telephone number is (425) 255-4400.
HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THIS OFFERING
Although the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock cannot be determined until the conversion is completed, we presently anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $146.0 million at the minimum of the offering range and $198.0 million at the maximum of the offering range and may be up to $227.9 million assuming an increase in the estimated offering range by 15%. See Pro Forma Data and The Conversion and Stock Offering How We Determined Our Price and the Number of Shares to Be Issued in the Stock Offering as to the assumptions used to arrive at these amounts.
13
We intend to use the net proceeds received from the stock offering as follows:
|
|
Minimum |
|
Maximum |
|
Maximum,
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|||||||
Gross proceeds |
|
$ |
148,750 |
|
$ |
201,250 |
|
$ |
231,438 |
|
Less: estimated underwriting commission and other offering expenses |
|
|
(2,793 |
) |
|
(3,272 |
) |
|
(3,548 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated net proceeds |
|
$ |
145,957 |
|
$ |
197,978 |
|
$ |
227,890 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds to First Savings Bank |
|
$ |
72,979 |
|
$ |
98,989 |
|
$ |
113,945 |
|
Loan to our employee stock ownership plan |
|
|
12,935 |
|
|
17,500 |
|
|
20,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash proceeds retained by First Financial Northwest |
|
$ |
60,043 |
|
$ |
81,489 |
|
$ |
93,820 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Financial Northwest will retain 50% of the net conversion proceeds and will purchase all of the capital stock of First Savings Bank to be issued in the conversion in exchange for the remaining 50% of the net conversion proceeds. The net proceeds retained by First Financial Northwest will initially be deposited with First Savings Bank and may ultimately be used to support lending and investment activities, future expansion of operations through the establishment or acquisition of banking offices or other financial service providers, to pay dividends or for other general corporate purposes, including repurchasing shares of its common stock. No such acquisitions are specifically being considered at this time. First Savings Bank intends to use the proceeds received from First Financial Northwest to continue to manage its interest rate risk, which would include the repayment of substantially all of the borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank, and the balance, if any, for future lending and investment activities, in addition to general and other corporate purposes. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, the weighted average interest rate of our borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank was 5.43%. However, First Savings Bank may, as needed, borrow additional funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle. See Risk Factors.
First Financial Northwest intends to use a portion of the net proceeds to make a loan directly to the employee stock ownership plan to enable it to purchase up to 8% of the aggregate shares of common stock (1) sold in the offering and (2) contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation; or if shares are not available, in the open market after the conversion. Based upon the sale of 14,875,000 shares of common stock in the offering and the contribution of 1,293,479 shares of common stock to the foundation, and the sale of 20,125,000 shares of common stock in the offering and the contribution of 1,750,000 shares of common stock to the foundation, at the minimum and maximum of the estimated offering range, respectively, the loan to the First Financial Northwest employee stock ownership plan would be $12.9 million and $17.5 million, respectively. See Management Benefits to Be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion and Reorganization Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
First Financial Northwest will contribute to the First Financial Northwest Foundation an amount of stock equal to 8% of the shares to be outstanding after the offering. In addition, First Financial Northwest intends to adopt a restricted stock plan, subject to shareholder approval, and will use a portion of its proceeds to fund the purchase of shares in the open market for the plan. The restricted stock plan intends to purchase in the open market 4% of the aggregate shares sold in the offering and contributed to the foundation, or $6.5 million and $8.8 million at the minimum and maximum of the estimated offering range, respectively.
The net proceeds may vary because total expenses of the conversion may be more or less than those estimated. The net proceeds will also vary if the number of shares to be issued in the conversion is adjusted to reflect a change in the estimated pro forma market value of First Savings Bank. Payments for shares made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts at First Savings Bank will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment by First Savings Bank but will result in a reduction of First Savings Banks interest expense and liabilities as funds are transferred from interest-bearing certificates or other deposit accounts.
14
OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS
The board of directors of First Financial Northwest currently intends to pay cash dividends on the common stock in the future. However, the amount and timing of any dividends has not yet been determined. The payment of dividends will depend upon a number of factors, including capital requirements, First Financial Northwests and First Savings Banks financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in future periods. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital may, to the extent permitted by the Washington Department of Financial Institutions and the Office of Thrift Supervision, be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends. First Financial Northwest may file consolidated tax returns with First Savings Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by First Financial Northwest to its shareholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a return of capital for federal and state tax purposes.
Dividends from First Financial Northwest will depend, in large part, upon receipt of dividends from First Savings Bank, because First Financial Northwest initially will have limited sources of income other than dividends from First Savings Bank, earnings from the investment of proceeds retained by First Financial Northwest from the sale of shares of common stock and interest payments with respect to First Financial Northwests loan to the First Financial Northwest employee stock ownership plan. Under Washington law, First Financial Northwest is prohibited from paying a dividend if, as a result of its payment, it would be unable to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of business, or if its total liabilities would exceed its total assets. In addition, as a savings and loan holding company, regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision prohibit a return of capital during the three-year term of the business plan submitted by First Financial Northwest in connection with the stock offering. See How We Are Regulated Regulation and Supervision of First Savings Bank - Dividends.
First Financial Northwest has never issued capital stock, and, consequently, there is no established market for the common stock at this time. First Financial Northwest has applied to have its common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol FFNW. There can be no assurance, however, that First Financial Northwest will meet Nasdaqs listing requirements. The development of a liquid public market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within the control of First Financial Northwest, First Savings Bank or any market maker. Accordingly, the number of active buyers and sellers of the common stock at any particular time may be limited. First Financial Northwest intends to meet the requirements for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market. There can be no assurance, however, that purchasers will be able to sell their shares at or above the initial purchase price of $10.00 per share.
15
The following table presents the capitalization of First Financial Holdings, MHC at March 31, 2007, and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of First Financial Northwest after giving effect to the conversion, excluding assumed earnings on the net proceeds, based upon the sale of the number of shares shown below and the other assumptions set forth under Pro Forma Data.
|
|
First Financial
|
|
First Financial Northwest, Inc. - Pro Forma
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
14,875,000
|
|
17,500,000
|
|
20,125,000
|
|
23,143,750
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
Deposits (2) |
|
$ |
761,235 |
|
$ |
761,235 |
|
$ |
761,235 |
|
$ |
761,235 |
|
$ |
761,235 |
|
Borrowings (2) |
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deposits and borrowings |
|
$ |
911,235 |
|
$ |
786,235 |
|
$ |
771,235 |
|
$ |
771,235 |
|
$ |
771,235 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 90,000,000 shares authorized; shares to be issued as reflected (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
190 |
|
|
219 |
|
|
252 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
|
|
|
158,730 |
|
|
186,995 |
|
|
215,259 |
|
|
247,763 |
|
Retained earnings (4) |
|
|
108,512 |
|
|
108,512 |
|
|
108,512 |
|
|
108,512 |
|
|
108,512 |
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expense of stock contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
|
|
|
(12,935 |
) |
|
(15,217 |
) |
|
(17,500 |
) |
|
(20,125 |
) |
Plus: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit of contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
|
|
|
4,398 |
|
|
5,174 |
|
|
5,950 |
|
|
6,843 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
|
(2,237 |
) |
|
(2,237 |
) |
|
(2,237 |
) |
|
(2,237 |
) |
|
(2,237 |
) |
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan (5) |
|
|
|
|
|
(12,935 |
) |
|
(15,217 |
) |
|
(17,500 |
) |
|
(20,125 |
) |
Common stock to be acquired by the restricted stock plan (6) |
|
|
|
|
|
(6,467 |
) |
|
(7,609 |
) |
|
(8,750 |
) |
|
(10,063 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
$ |
106,275 |
|
$ |
237,228 |
|
$ |
260,591 |
|
$ |
283,953 |
|
$ |
310,820 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity as a percentage of total assets |
|
|
10.40 |
% |
|
23.08 |
% |
|
25.15 |
% |
|
26.80 |
% |
|
28.61 |
% |
Pro forma shares outstanding shares issued to foundation |
|
|
|
|
|
1,293,479 |
|
|
1,521,739 |
|
|
1,750,000 |
|
|
2,012,500 |
|
Shares offered for sale in offering |
|
|
|
|
|
14,875,000 |
|
|
17,500,000 |
|
|
20,125,000 |
|
|
23,143,750 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shares outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
16,168,479 |
|
|
19,021,739 |
|
|
21,875,000 |
|
|
25,156,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(footnotes on following page)
16
|
|
(1) |
As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock which would be offered due to a 15% increase in the estimated offering range to reflect demand for shares, changes in market and general financial conditions following the commencement of the subscription and community offerings or regulatory considerations. |
|
|
(2) |
Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the conversion. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits by the amount of the withdrawals. Assumes that Federal Home Loan Bank advances are paid off with conversion proceeds in the amount of $125.0 million at the minimum, and $140.0 million at the midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. |
|
|
(3) |
No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of common stock pursuant to the proposed stock option plan. If this plan is implemented, an amount up to 10% of the shares of First Financial Northwest common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the First Financial Foundation will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options under the stock option plan. See Management Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion and Reorganization. |
|
|
(4) |
The retained earnings of First Savings Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. Additionally, First Savings Bank will be prohibited from paying any dividend that would reduce its regulatory capital below the amount required for the liquidation account that will be set up in connection with the conversion. See The Conversion and Stock Offering Effects of the Conversion - Depositors Rights if We Liquidate. |
|
|
(5) |
Assumes that 8% of the shares sold in the offering and contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from First Financial Northwest. The loan will be repaid principally from First Savings Banks contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since First Financial Northwest will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on First Financial Northwests consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total shareholders equity. |
|
|
(6) |
Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering and contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. As First Financial Northwest accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the restricted stock plan, the credit to equity will be offset by a charge to noninterest expense. Implementation of the restricted stock plan will require shareholder approval. The funds to be used by the restricted stock plan to purchase the shares will be provided by First Financial Northwest. See Management Benefits to Be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion and Reorganization Restricted Stock Plan. |
FIRST SAVINGS BANK
EXCEEDS ALL REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
At March 31, 2007, First Savings Bank exceeded all of its applicable regulatory capital requirements. The table on the following page sets forth the regulatory capital of First Savings Bank at March 31, 2007 and the pro forma regulatory capital of First Savings Bank after giving effect to the conversion, based upon the sale of the number of shares shown in the table. The pro forma regulatory capital amounts reflect the receipt by First Savings Bank of 50% of the net stock proceeds, after expenses along with repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances in the amount of $125.0 million at the minimum of the valuation range and $140.0 million at the midpoint, maximum and the adjusted maximum of the valuation range, respectively. The pro forma risk-based capital amounts assume the investment of the net proceeds received by First Savings Bank in assets that have a risk-weight of 20% under applicable regulations, as if such net proceeds had been received and so applied at March 31, 2007.
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma at March 31, 2007 |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
At March 31, 2007 |
|
14,875,000 Shares
|
|
17,500,000 Shares
|
|
20,125,000 Shares
|
|
23,143,750 Shares
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent of
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent of
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent of
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent of
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent of
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity capital under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) |
|
$ |
106,275 |
|
|
10.40 |
% |
$ |
166,319 |
|
|
16.48 |
% |
$ |
177,042 |
|
|
17.59 |
% |
$ |
187,764 |
|
|
18.69 |
% |
$ |
200,095 |
|
|
19.97 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier I leverage |
|
$ |
85,073 |
|
|
8.52 |
% |
$ |
145,117 |
|
|
14.72 |
% |
$ |
155,840 |
|
|
15.84 |
% |
$ |
166,562 |
|
|
16.97 |
% |
$ |
178,893 |
|
|
18.27 |
% |
Requirement |
|
|
39,962 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
39,445 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
39,353 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
39,262 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
39,157 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess |
|
$ |
45,111 |
|
|
4.52 |
% |
$ |
105,672 |
|
|
10.72 |
% |
$ |
116,487 |
|
|
11.84 |
% |
$ |
127,300 |
|
|
12.97 |
% |
$ |
139,736 |
|
|
14.27 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier I risk based |
|
$ |
85,073 |
|
|
13.91 |
% |
$ |
145,117 |
|
|
23.83 |
% |
$ |
155,840 |
|
|
25.61 |
% |
$ |
166,562 |
|
|
27.39 |
% |
$ |
178,893 |
|
|
29.44 |
% |
Requirement |
|
|
24,466 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
24,363 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
24,345 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
24,326 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
24,305 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess |
|
$ |
60,607 |
|
|
9.91 |
% |
$ |
120,754 |
|
|
19.83 |
% |
$ |
131,495 |
|
|
21.61 |
% |
$ |
142,236 |
|
|
23.39 |
% |
$ |
154,588 |
|
|
25.44 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total risk based |
|
$ |
87,614 |
|
|
14.32 |
% |
$ |
147,658 |
|
|
24.24 |
% |
$ |
158,381 |
|
|
26.02 |
% |
$ |
169,103 |
|
|
27.81 |
% |
$ |
181,434 |
|
|
29.86 |
% |
Risk based requirement |
|
|
48,933 |
|
|
8.00 |
|
|
48,726 |
|
|
8.00 |
|
|
48,689 |
|
|
8.00 |
|
|
48,653 |
|
|
8.00 |
|
|
48,611 |
|
|
8.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess |
|
$ |
38,681 |
|
|
6.32 |
% |
$ |
98,932 |
|
|
16.24 |
% |
$ |
109,692 |
|
|
18.02 |
% |
$ |
120,450 |
|
|
19.81 |
% |
$ |
132,823 |
|
|
21.86 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of capital infused into First Savings Bank: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds infused |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
72,979 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
85,984 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
98,989 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
113,945 |
|
|
|
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,935 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(15,217 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(17,500 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(20,125 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma increase in GAAP and regulatory capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
60,044 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
70,767 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
81,489 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
93,820 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Adjusted total or adjusted risk-weighted assets, as appropriate. |
18
We cannot determine the actual net proceeds from the sale of our common stock until the conversion is completed. However, we estimate that net proceeds will be between $146.0 million and $198.0 million, or $227.9 million if the estimated offering range is increased by 15%, based upon the following assumptions:
|
|
all shares of common stock will be sold through non-transferable rights to subscribe for the common stock, in order of priority, to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
eligible account holders, who are depositors of First Savings Bank with account balances of at least $50.00 as of the close of business on June 30, 2005, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the proposed employee stock ownership plan, which will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation), |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
supplemental eligible account holders, who are depositors of First Savings Bank with account balances of at least $50.00 as of the close of business on June 30, 2007, and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other members, who are depositors of First Savings Bank and borrowers of First Savings Bank as of the close of business on _____ __, 2007, other than eligible account holders or supplemental eligible account holders. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will receive a success fee equal to 1% of the gross proceeds from the offering, excluding shares of common stock sold to directors, officers, employees and the employee stock ownership plan and the contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation; |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
total expenses, excluding the success fee paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, are estimated to be approximately $1.4 million. Actual expenses may vary from those estimated; and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
that Federal Home Loan Bank advances are paid off with conversion proceeds in the amount of $125.0 million at the minimum, and $140.0 million at the midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. |
Pro forma consolidated net income and shareholders equity of First Financial Northwest have been calculated for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 as if the common stock to be issued in the conversion had been sold at the beginning of the period and the net proceeds had been invested at 5.00% and 4.90%, which represent the yields on one-year U.S. Government securities at December 31, 2006 and at March 31, 2007. The effect of withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of common stock has not been reflected. A tax rate of 34% has been assumed for periods resulting in an after-tax yields of 3.30% and 3.23% for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007, respectively. Historical and pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing historical and pro forma amounts by the indicated number of shares of common stock, as adjusted to give effect to the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. See Note 2 to the following tables. As discussed under How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From this Offering, First Financial Northwest intends to make a loan to fund the purchase of 8% of the common stock by the employee stock ownership plan and intends to retain 50% of the net proceeds from the conversion.
No effect has been given in the tables to the issuance of additional shares of common stock pursuant to the proposed stock option plan. See Management Benefits to Be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion and Reorganization Stock Option Plan. The table below gives effect to the restricted stock plan, which is expected to be adopted by First Financial Northwest following the conversion and presented along with the stock option plan to shareholders for approval at an annual or special meeting of shareholders to be held at least six months following the completion of the conversion. If the restricted stock plan is approved by shareholders, the restricted stock plan intends to acquire an amount of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation), either through open market purchases or from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, if permissible. The following tables assume that shareholder approval has been obtained, as to which there can be no assurance, and that the shares acquired by the restricted stock plan are purchased in the open market at $10.00 per share. No effect has been given to First Financial Northwests results of operations after the conversion, the market price of the common stock after the conversion or a less than 4% purchase by the restricted stock plan.
19
The pro forma shareholders equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the common stock and may be different than amounts that would be available for distribution to shareholders in the event of liquidation.
The following pro forma information may not be representative of the financial effects of the foregoing transactions at the dates on which such transactions actually occur and should not be taken as indicative of future results of operations. Pro forma shareholders equity represents the difference between the stated amount of assets and liabilities of First Financial Northwest computed in accordance with GAAP.
|
|
At or For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
14,875,000
|
|
17,500,000
|
|
20,125,000
|
|
23,143,750
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||
Gross proceeds of offering |
|
$ |
148,750 |
|
$ |
175,000 |
|
$ |
201,250 |
|
$ |
231,438 |
|
Plus: Value of shares issued to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
12,935 |
|
|
15,217 |
|
|
17,500 |
|
|
20,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma market capitalization |
|
$ |
161,685 |
|
$ |
190,217 |
|
$ |
218,750 |
|
$ |
251,563 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross proceeds of offering |
|
$ |
148,750 |
|
$ |
175,000 |
|
$ |
201,250 |
|
$ |
231,438 |
|
Less Expenses |
|
|
(2,793 |
) |
|
(3,032 |
) |
|
(3,272 |
) |
|
(3,548 |
) |
Less: Pay off Bank-level borrowings |
|
|
(125,000 |
) |
|
(140,000 |
) |
|
(140,000 |
) |
|
(140,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated net proceeds |
|
|
20,957 |
|
|
31,968 |
|
|
57,978 |
|
|
87,890 |
|
Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan (2) |
|
|
(12,935 |
) |
|
(15,217 |
) |
|
(17,500 |
) |
|
(20,125 |
) |
Less: Common stock purchased by the restricted stock plan (3) |
|
|
(6,467 |
) |
|
(7,609 |
) |
|
(8,750 |
) |
|
(10,063 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated investable net proceeds |
|
$ |
1,555 |
|
$ |
9,142 |
|
$ |
31,728 |
|
$ |
57,702 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Three Months ended March 31, 2007: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical |
|
$ |
1,758 |
|
$ |
1,758 |
|
$ |
1,758 |
|
$ |
1,758 |
|
Pro forma income on net proceeds |
|
|
13 |
|
|
74 |
|
|
257 |
|
|
467 |
|
Reduction in Bank-level borrowings interest expense |
|
|
1,174 |
|
|
1,314 |
|
|
1,314 |
|
|
1,314 |
|
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2) |
|
|
(142 |
) |
|
(168 |
) |
|
(193 |
) |
|
(222 |
) |
Pro forma restricted stock award adjustment (3) |
|
|
(214 |
) |
|
(251 |
) |
|
(289 |
) |
|
(332 |
) |
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4) |
|
|
(286 |
) |
|
(337 |
) |
|
(387 |
) |
|
(446 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income |
|
$ |
2,303 |
|
$ |
2,390 |
|
$ |
2,460 |
|
$ |
2,539 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per share net income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical |
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
$ |
0.10 |
|
$ |
0.09 |
|
$ |
0.08 |
|
Pro forma income on net proceeds, as adjusted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
0.02 |
|
Reduction in Bank-level borrowings interest expense |
|
|
0.08 |
|
|
0.07 |
|
|
0.07 |
|
|
0.06 |
|
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2) |
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
(0.01 |
) |
Pro forma restricted stock award adjustment (3) |
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
(0.01 |
) |
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4) |
|
|
(0.02 |
) |
|
(0.02 |
) |
|
(0.02 |
) |
|
(0.02 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per share (5) |
|
$ |
0.16 |
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net earnings per share |
|
|
15.63 |
x |
|
19.23 |
x |
|
19.23 |
x |
|
20.83 |
x |
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma income per share calculations |
|
|
14,896,558 |
|
|
17,525,363 |
|
|
20,154,167 |
|
|
23,177,292 |
|
(table continued on following page) (Footnotes on page 24)
20
|
|
At or For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
14,875,000
|
|
17,500,000
|
|
20,125,000
|
|
23,143,750
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||
At March 31, 2007: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Historical |
|
$ |
106,275 |
|
$ |
106,275 |
|
$ |
106,275 |
|
$ |
106,275 |
|
||
Estimated net proceeds |
|
|
145,957 |
|
|
171,968 |
|
|
197,978 |
|
|
227,890 |
|
||
Plus: |
Shares issued to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
12,935 |
|
|
15,217 |
|
|
17,500 |
|
|
20,125 |
|
|
Less: |
Shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
(12,935 |
) |
|
(15,217 |
) |
|
(17,500 |
) |
|
(20,125 |
) |
|
Plus: |
Tax benefit of contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
4,398 |
|
|
5,174 |
|
|
5,950 |
|
|
6,843 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan (2) |
|
|
(12,935 |
) |
|
(15,217 |
) |
|
(17,500 |
) |
|
(20,125 |
) |
||
Less: Common stock acquired by the restricted stock plan (3)(4) |
|
|
(6,467 |
) |
|
(7,609 |
) |
|
(8,750 |
) |
|
(10,063 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Pro forma shareholders equity |
|
$ |
237,228 |
|
$ |
260,591 |
|
$ |
283,953 |
|
$ |
310,820 |
|
||
Less: |
Intangibles |
|
|
(14,206 |
) |
|
(14,206 |
) |
|
(14,206 |
) |
|
(14,206 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma tangible stockholders equity |
|
$ |
223,022 |
|
$ |
246,385 |
|
$ |
269,747 |
|
$ |
296,614 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Shareholders equity per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Historical |
|
$ |
6.57 |
|
$ |
5.59 |
|
$ |
4.86 |
|
$ |
4.22 |
|
||
Estimated net proceeds |
|
|
9.03 |
|
|
9.04 |
|
|
9.05 |
|
|
9.06 |
|
||
Plus: |
Shares issued to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
0.80 |
|
|
0.80 |
|
|
0.80 |
|
|
0.80 |
|
|
Less: |
Shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
Plus: |
Tax benefit of contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
Less: Common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan (2) |
|
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
||
Less: Common stock acquired by the restricted stock plan (3)(4) |
|
|
(0.40 |
) |
|
(0.40 |
) |
|
(0.40 |
) |
|
(0.40 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Pro forma shareholders equity per share (6) |
|
$ |
14.67 |
|
$ |
13.70 |
|
$ |
12.98 |
|
$ |
12.35 |
|
||
Less: Intangibles per share |
|
|
(0.88 |
) |
|
(0.75 |
) |
|
(0.65 |
) |
|
(0.56 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Pro forma tangible shareholders equity per share |
|
$ |
13.79 |
|
$ |
12.95 |
|
$ |
12.33 |
|
$ |
11.79 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma shareholders equity (5) |
|
|
68.17 |
% |
|
72.99 |
% |
|
77.04 |
% |
|
80.97 |
% |
||
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma tangible shareholders equity per share |
|
|
72.52 |
% |
|
77.22 |
% |
|
81.10 |
% |
|
84.82 |
% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations |
|
|
16,168,479 |
|
|
19,021,739 |
|
|
21,875,000 |
|
|
25,156,250 |
|
||
(Footnotes on page 24)
21
|
|
At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
14,875,000
|
|
17,500,000
|
|
20,125,000
|
|
23,143,750
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||
Gross proceeds of offering |
|
$ |
148,750 |
|
$ |
175,000 |
|
$ |
201,250 |
|
$ |
231,438 |
|
Plus: Value of shares issued to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
12,935 |
|
|
15,217 |
|
|
17,500 |
|
|
20,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma market capitalization |
|
$ |
161,685 |
|
$ |
190,217 |
|
$ |
218,750 |
|
$ |
251,563 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross proceeds of offering |
|
$ |
148,750 |
|
$ |
175,000 |
|
$ |
201,250 |
|
$ |
231,438 |
|
Less Expenses |
|
|
(2,793 |
) |
|
(3,032 |
) |
|
(3,272 |
) |
|
(3,548 |
) |
Less: Pay off of Bank-level borrowings |
|
|
(125,000 |
) |
|
(140,000 |
) |
|
(140,000 |
) |
|
(140,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated net proceeds |
|
|
20,957 |
|
|
31,968 |
|
|
57,978 |
|
|
87,890 |
|
Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan (2) |
|
|
(12,935 |
) |
|
(15,217 |
) |
|
(17,500 |
) |
|
(20,125 |
) |
Less: Common stock purchased by the restricted stock plan (3) |
|
|
(6,467 |
) |
|
(7,609 |
) |
|
(8,750 |
) |
|
(10,063 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated investable net proceeds |
|
$ |
1,555 |
|
$ |
9,142 |
|
$ |
31,728 |
|
$ |
57,702 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2006: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical |
|
$ |
7,088 |
|
$ |
7,088 |
|
$ |
7,088 |
|
$ |
7,088 |
|
Pro forma income on net proceeds |
|
|
51 |
|
|
302 |
|
|
1,047 |
|
|
1,904 |
|
Reduction in Bank-level borrowings interest expense |
|
|
4,694 |
|
|
5,258 |
|
|
5,258 |
|
|
5,258 |
|
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2) |
|
|
(569 |
) |
|
(670 |
) |
|
(770 |
) |
|
(886 |
) |
Pro forma restricted stock award adjustment (3) |
|
|
(854 |
) |
|
(1,004 |
) |
|
(1,155 |
) |
|
(1,328 |
) |
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4) |
|
|
(1,145 |
) |
|
(1,347 |
) |
|
(1,549 |
) |
|
(1,782 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income |
|
$ |
9,265 |
|
$ |
9,627 |
|
$ |
9,919 |
|
$ |
10,254 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per share net income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical |
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
$ |
0.40 |
|
$ |
0.35 |
|
$ |
0.30 |
|
Pro forma income on net proceeds, as adjusted |
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
0.08 |
|
Reduction in Bank-level borrowings interest expense |
|
|
0.31 |
|
|
0.30 |
|
|
0.26 |
|
|
0.23 |
|
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2) |
|
|
(0.04 |
) |
|
(0.04 |
) |
|
(0.04 |
) |
|
(0.04 |
) |
Pro forma restricted stock award adjustment (3) |
|
|
(0.06 |
) |
|
(0.06 |
) |
|
(0.06 |
) |
|
(0.06 |
) |
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4) |
|
|
(0.08 |
) |
|
(0.08 |
) |
|
(0.08 |
) |
|
(0.08 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per share (5) |
|
$ |
0.60 |
|
$ |
0.54 |
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
$ |
0.43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net earnings per share |
|
|
16.67 |
x |
|
18.52 |
x |
|
20.83 |
x |
|
23.26 |
x |
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma income per share calculations |
|
|
14,961,232 |
|
|
17,601,450 |
|
|
20,241,667 |
|
|
23,277,917 |
|
(table continued on following page) (Footnotes on page 24)
22
|
|
At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
At December 31, 2006: |
|
14,875,000
|
|
17,500,000 Shares Sold at
|
|
20,125,000
|
|
23,143,750
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||
Shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Historical |
|
$ |
104,042 |
|
$ |
104,042 |
|
$ |
104,042 |
|
$ |
104,042 |
|
||
Estimated net proceeds |
|
|
145,957 |
|
|
171,968 |
|
|
197,978 |
|
|
227,890 |
|
||
Plus: |
Shares issued to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
12,935 |
|
|
15,217 |
|
|
17,500 |
|
|
20,125 |
|
|
Less: |
Shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
(12,935 |
) |
|
(15,217 |
) |
|
(17,500 |
) |
|
(20,125 |
) |
|
Plus: |
Tax benefit of contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
4,398 |
|
|
5,174 |
|
|
5,950 |
|
|
6,843 |
|
|
Less: Common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan (2) |
|
|
(12,935 |
) |
|
(15,217 |
) |
|
(17,500 |
) |
|
(20,125 |
) |
||
Less: Common stock acquired by the restricted stock plan (3)(4) |
|
|
(6,467 |
) |
|
(7,609 |
) |
|
(8,750 |
) |
|
(10,063 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Pro forma shareholders equity |
|
$ |
234,995 |
|
$ |
258,358 |
|
$ |
281,720 |
|
$ |
308,587 |
|
||
Less: |
Intangibles |
|
|
(14,206 |
) |
|
(14,206 |
) |
|
(14,206 |
) |
|
(14,206 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma tangible stockholders equity |
|
$ |
220,789 |
|
$ |
244,152 |
|
$ |
267,514 |
|
$ |
294,381 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Shareholders equity per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Historical |
|
$ |
6.43 |
|
$ |
5.47 |
|
$ |
4.76 |
|
$ |
4.14 |
|
||
Estimated net proceeds |
|
|
9.03 |
|
|
9.04 |
|
|
9.05 |
|
|
9.06 |
|
||
Plus: |
Shares issued to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
0.80 |
|
|
0.80 |
|
|
0.80 |
|
|
0.80 |
|
|
Less: |
Shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
Plus: |
Tax benefit of contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
Less: Common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan (2) |
|
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
||
Less: Common stock acquired by the restricted stock plan (3)(4) |
|
|
(0.40 |
) |
|
(0.40 |
) |
|
(0.40 |
) |
|
(0.40 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Pro forma shareholders equity per share (6) |
|
$ |
14.53 |
|
$ |
13.58 |
|
$ |
12.88 |
|
$ |
12.27 |
|
||
Less: Intangibles per share |
|
|
(0.88 |
) |
|
(0.75 |
) |
|
(0.65 |
) |
|
(0.56 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Pro forma tangible shareholders equity per share |
|
$ |
13.65 |
|
$ |
12.83 |
|
$ |
12.23 |
|
$ |
11.71 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma shareholders equity (5) |
|
|
68.82 |
% |
|
73.64 |
% |
|
77.64 |
% |
|
81.50 |
% |
||
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma tangible shareholders equity per share |
|
|
73.26 |
% |
|
77.94 |
% |
|
81.77 |
% |
|
85.40 |
% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations |
|
|
16,168,479 |
|
|
19,021,739 |
|
|
21,875,000 |
|
|
25,156,250 |
|
||
(footnotes on following page)
23
|
|
(1) |
As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares, changes in market and financial conditions following the commencement of the offering or regulatory considerations. |
|
|
(2) |
Assumes that 8% of shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the foundation will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from First Financial Northwest. First Savings Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. First Savings Banks total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 15 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Statement of Position 93-6 requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by First Savings Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 34%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of shareholders equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 21,558, 25,362, 29,167 and 33,542 shares were committed to be released during the three-month period ending March 31, 2007; and 86,232, 101,449, 116,667 and 134,167 shares were committed to be released during the 12-month period ending December 31, 2006, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with SOP 93-6, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations. See Management Benefits to Be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion and Reorganization Employee Stock Ownership Plan. |
|
|
(3) |
If approved by First Financial Northwests shareholders, the restricted stock plan may purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the offering and contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Shareholder approval of the restricted stock plan, and purchases by the plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from First Financial Northwest or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the restricted stock plan to purchase the shares will be provided by First Financial Northwest. The table assumes that (i) the restricted stock plan acquires the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 5% and 20% of the amount contributed to the restricted stock plan is amortized as an expense during the three months ended March 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, respectively, and (iii) the restricted stock plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 34%. Assuming shareholder approval of the restricted stock plan and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering and contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, shareholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.9%. See Management Benefits to Be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion and Reorganization Restricted Stock Plan. |
|
|
(4) |
If approved by First Financial Northwests shareholders, the stock option plan may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the offering and contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Shareholder approval of the stock option plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock option plan, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.87 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year |
24
|
vesting period of the options, and that 25% of the amortization expense (or the assumed portion relating to options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed tax rate of 34%. The actual expense of the stock option plan will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock option plan will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock option plan are obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and shareholders equity per share will decrease. The issuance of authorized but previously unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under such plan would dilute existing shareholders ownership and voting interests by approximately 9.1%. |
|
|
(5) |
Income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and, in accordance with Statement of Position 93-6, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares that have not been committed for release during the period. See note 2, above. |
|
|
(6) |
The retained earnings of First Savings Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See The Conversion - Liquidation Rights. |
25
COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION
WITH AND WITHOUT CHARITABLE FOUNDATION
If First Financial Northwest does not establish or fund the charitable foundation as part of the conversion, RP Financial has estimated that the pro forma aggregate market value of First Financial Northwest would be approximately $210.0 million at the midpoint of the estimated valuation range. This is approximately $20.0 million greater than the pro forma aggregate market capitalization of First Financial Northwest, including the foundation, and would result in a 3,500,000 share increase in the amount of common stock offered for sale in the conversion. The pro forma book value ratio would be the same, assuming the midpoint, under both the current appraisal and the estimate of the value of First Financial Northwest without the foundation. The pro forma shareholders equity per share would also be the same with or without the foundation. First Financial Northwest cannot assure that, in the event the foundation is not formed, the appraisal prepared at that time would have concluded that the pro forma market value of First Financial Northwest would be the same as was estimated.
|
|
At the Minimum of
|
|
At the Midpoint of
|
|
At the Maximum of
|
|
At the Maximum, As
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
With
|
|
No
|
|
With
|
|
No
|
|
With
|
|
No
|
|
With
|
|
No
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated offering amount |
|
$ |
148,750 |
|
$ |
178,500 |
|
$ |
175,000 |
|
$ |
210,000 |
|
$ |
201,250 |
|
$ |
241,500 |
|
$ |
231,438 |
|
$ |
277,725 |
|
Pro forma market capitalization |
|
|
161,685 |
|
|
178,500 |
|
|
190,217 |
|
|
210,000 |
|
|
218,750 |
|
|
241,500 |
|
|
251,563 |
|
|
277,725 |
|
Total assets |
|
|
1,027,840 |
|
|
1,050,890 |
|
|
1,036,203 |
|
|
1,063,320 |
|
|
1,059,565 |
|
|
1,090,751 |
|
|
1,086,431 |
|
|
1,122,295 |
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
790,612 |
|
|
790,612 |
|
|
775,612 |
|
|
775,612 |
|
|
775,612 |
|
|
775,612 |
|
|
775,612 |
|
|
775,612 |
|
Pro forma shareholders equity |
|
|
237,228 |
|
|
260,278 |
|
|
260,591 |
|
|
287,708 |
|
|
283,953 |
|
|
315,139 |
|
|
310,820 |
|
|
346,683 |
|
Pro forma consolidated net income (three months ended March 31, 2007) |
|
|
2,303 |
|
|
2,458 |
|
|
2,390 |
|
|
2,574 |
|
|
2,460 |
|
|
2,670 |
|
|
2,539 |
|
|
2,781 |
|
Pro forma shareholders equity per share |
|
|
14.67 |
|
|
14.58 |
|
|
13.70 |
|
|
13.70 |
|
|
12.98 |
|
|
13.05 |
|
|
12.35 |
|
|
12.48 |
|
Pro forma consolidated net income per share (three months ended March 31, 2007) |
|
|
0.16 |
|
|
0.15 |
|
|
0.13 |
|
|
0.14 |
|
|
0.13 |
|
|
0.13 |
|
|
0.12 |
|
|
0.11 |
|
Pro forma pricing ratios: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma shareholders equity per share |
|
|
68.17 |
% |
|
68.59 |
% |
|
72.99 |
% |
|
72.99 |
% |
|
77.04 |
% |
|
76.63 |
% |
|
80.97 |
% |
|
80.13 |
% |
Offering price to pro forma net income per share |
|
|
15.63 |
x |
|
16.67 |
x |
|
19.23 |
x |
|
17.86 |
x |
|
19.23 |
x |
|
19.23 |
x |
|
20.83 |
x |
|
22.73 |
x |
Pro forma financial ratios: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on assets (annualized) |
|
|
0.90 |
% |
|
0.94 |
% |
|
0.92 |
% |
|
0.97 |
% |
|
0.93 |
% |
|
0.98 |
% |
|
0.93 |
% |
|
0.99 |
% |
Return on shareholders equity (annualized) |
|
|
3.88 |
% |
|
3.78 |
% |
|
3.67 |
% |
|
3.58 |
% |
|
3.47 |
% |
|
3.39 |
% |
|
3.27 |
% |
|
3.21 |
% |
Shareholders equity to assets |
|
|
23.08 |
% |
|
24.77 |
% |
|
25.15 |
% |
|
27.06 |
% |
|
26.80 |
% |
|
28.89 |
% |
|
28.61 |
% |
|
30.89 |
% |
Total shares issued |
|
|
16,168,479 |
|
|
17,850,000 |
|
|
19,021,739 |
|
|
21,000,000 |
|
|
21,875,000 |
|
|
24,150,000 |
|
|
25,156,250 |
|
|
27,772,500 |
|
26
PROPOSED PURCHASES BY MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth, for each of First Financial Northwests directors and executive officers and for all of the directors and executive officers as a group, the proposed purchases of common stock, assuming sufficient shares are available to satisfy their subscriptions. The amounts include shares that may be purchased through individual retirement accounts and by associates. These purchases are intended for investment purposes only, and not for resale. Directors, officers, their associates and employees will pay the same price as all other subscribers for the shares for which they subscribe.
|
|
|
|
|
At the Minimum of the
|
|
At the Maximum of
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Name |
|
Amount |
|
Number
|
|
As a Percent
|
|
Number
|
|
As a Percent
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak (2) |
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.34 |
% |
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
Harry A. Blencoe |
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.34 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.25 |
|
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.34 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.25 |
|
Robert L. Anderson |
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.34 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.25 |
|
Gerald Edlund |
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.34 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.25 |
|
Robert W. McLendon |
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
0.07 |
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
0.05 |
|
Gary F. Faull |
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.34 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.25 |
|
Joann E. Lee |
|
|
250,000 |
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
0.17 |
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
0.12 |
|
Executive Officers: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert H. Gagnier |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
0.02 |
|
Roger Elmore |
|
|
250,000 |
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
0.17 |
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
0.12 |
|
John P. Mills |
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.34 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.25 |
|
David G. Kroeger |
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.34 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
0.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons) |
|
$ |
4,650,000 |
|
|
465,000 |
|
|
3.13 |
% |
|
465,000 |
|
|
2.31 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Includes shares sold in the offering. |
(2) |
Mr. Karpiak is also an executive officer of First Financial Northwest. |
27
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
The following consolidated statements of income of First Financial Holdings, MHC and subsidiary for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 are derived from the financial statements hereto included, which financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report thereon appears on page F-2 of this prospectus. The condensed consolidated statements of income for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 are unaudited but, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for those periods. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results of which may be expected for the entire year or any other subsequent period. These consolidated statements of income should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of First Financial Holdings, MHC, and its subsidiary and related notes included elsewhere herein.
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Years Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||
Interest income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and fees on loans |
|
$ |
12,699 |
|
$ |
10,045 |
|
$ |
43,416 |
|
$ |
26,075 |
|
$ |
22,465 |
|
Interest on federal funds sold |
|
|
105 |
|
|
86 |
|
|
361 |
|
|
237 |
|
|
62 |
|
Investment securities available for sale |
|
|
1,604 |
|
|
1,878 |
|
|
7,234 |
|
|
9,568 |
|
|
10,243 |
|
Investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
73 |
|
|
53 |
|
|
225 |
|
|
120 |
|
|
74 |
|
Tax-exempt investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
882 |
|
|
894 |
|
|
3,593 |
|
|
3,720 |
|
|
3,204 |
|
Interest bearing deposits with banks |
|
|
106 |
|
|
193 |
|
|
426 |
|
|
546 |
|
|
285 |
|
Dividends on Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
19 |
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest income |
|
|
15,474 |
|
|
13,149 |
|
|
55,260 |
|
|
40,285 |
|
|
36,464 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense on deposits |
|
|
8,708 |
|
|
6,887 |
|
|
30,982 |
|
|
23,096 |
|
|
18,905 |
|
Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
|
2,066 |
|
|
1,033 |
|
|
6,266 |
|
|
572 |
|
|
430 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest expense |
|
|
10,774 |
|
|
7,920 |
|
|
37,248 |
|
|
23,668 |
|
|
19,335 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
4,700 |
|
|
5,229 |
|
|
18,012 |
|
|
16,617 |
|
|
17,129 |
|
Provision for loan losses |
|
|
600 |
|
|
160 |
|
|
320 |
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income after provision for loan losses |
|
|
4,100 |
|
|
5,069 |
|
|
17,692 |
|
|
16,480 |
|
|
17,129 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest income (expense): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net gain (loss) on sale of investment securities available for sale |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
(85 |
) |
|
56 |
|
Other |
|
|
30 |
|
|
(37 |
) |
|
(89 |
) |
|
439 |
|
|
344 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noninterest income (expense) |
|
|
30 |
|
|
(37 |
) |
|
(92 |
) |
|
354 |
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and employee benefits |
|
|
972 |
|
|
835 |
|
|
5,331 |
|
|
2,878 |
|
|
2,486 |
|
Occupancy and equipment |
|
|
248 |
|
|
292 |
|
|
1,092 |
|
|
472 |
|
|
193 |
|
Other general and administrative |
|
|
604 |
|
|
631 |
|
|
1,961 |
|
|
1,389 |
|
|
1,102 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noninterest expense |
|
|
1,824 |
|
|
1,758 |
|
|
8,384 |
|
|
4,739 |
|
|
3,782 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before federal income taxes |
|
|
2,306 |
|
|
3,274 |
|
|
9,216 |
|
|
12,095 |
|
|
13,747 |
|
Federal income tax expense |
|
|
548 |
|
|
989 |
|
|
2,128 |
|
|
3,021 |
|
|
3,692 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
1,758 |
|
$ |
2,285 |
|
$ |
7,088 |
|
$ |
9,074 |
|
$ |
10,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This discussion and analysis reviews our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial conditions and results of operations. The information in this section has been derived from the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto, which appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding First Savings Bank as provided in this prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the financial information presented in this section reflects the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of First Financial Holdings, MHC and its subsidiary.
General
Our results of operations depend primarily on revenue generated as a result of our net interest income and other operating income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets (consisting primarily of loans and investment securities) and interest expense which is the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities (consisting primarily of customer savings and money market accounts, time deposits and borrowings).
Other operating income consists primarily of service charges on deposit and loan accounts, gains on the sale of loans and investments, and loan servicing fees.
Our results of operations are also affected by our provision for loan losses and operating expenses. Operating expenses consist primarily of compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment, data processing, marketing postage and supplies, professional services and deposit insurance premiums. Compensation and benefits consist primarily of the salaries and wages paid to our employees, payroll taxes and expenses for retirement and other employee benefits. Occupancy and equipment expenses, which are the fixed and variable costs of building and equipment, consist primarily of real estate taxes, depreciation charges, maintenance and costs of utilities.
Our results of operations may also be affected significantly by general and local economic and competitive conditions, changes in market interest rates, governmental policies and actions of regulatory authorities.
Following the offering our operating expenses are likely to increase as a result of operating as a public company. These additional expenses will be primarily legal and accounting fees, expenses necessary to comply with the internal control over financial reporting provisions of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and expenses related to shareholder communications and meetings.
In addition, our contribution to the charitable foundation will be an additional operating expense during the first quarter following the conversion.
Business Strategy
We are a community-oriented mutual savings bank whose focus for the past several years has been primarily to gather low-cost checking and saving deposits to fund a diversified mix of residential mortgage loans, commercial and multi-family real estate loans and construction loans. Going forward, we intend to place greater emphasis on commercial real estate and construction lending to improve our profitability.
Our business strategy is to operate and grow First Savings Bank as a well-capitalized and profitable community bank, offering primarily one- to four-family mortgage loans, commercial and multi-family real estate loans and construction loans along with a diversified array of deposits and other products and services to individuals and businesses in our market areas. We intend to accomplish this strategy by leveraging our established name and franchise, capital strength and mortgage production capability by:
29
|
|
Capitalizing on our intimate knowledge of our local communities to serve the convenience and needs of customers, delivering a consistent and high-quality level of professional service; |
|
|
|
|
|
Offering competitive rates and developing customer relationships to attract new consumer and transaction-based accounts; |
|
|
|
|
|
Growing our loan portfolio with an emphasis on construction/land development, commercial real estate, and residential home lending; |
|
|
|
|
|
Managing credit risk to maintain a low level of nonperforming assets, and interest rate risk to optimize our net interest margin; and |
|
|
|
|
|
Improving our overall efficiency and profitability. |
Critical Accounting Policies
Critical accounting policies are those that involve significant judgements and assumptions by management and that have, or could have, a material impact on our income or the carrying value of our assets. Our critical accounting policies are those related to our allowance for loan losses, mortgage servicing rights and accounting for deferred income taxes.
Allowance for Loan Losses. Management recognizes that loan losses may occur over the life of a loan and that the allowance for loan losses must be maintained at a level necessary to absorb specific losses on impaired loans and probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Our Asset Liability Management Committee assesses the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. The committee analyzes several different factors, including delinquency, charge-off rates and the changing risk profile of our loan portfolio, as well as local economic conditions such as unemployment rates, bankruptcies and vacancy rates of business and residential properties.
We believe that the accounting estimate related to the allowance for loan losses is a critical accounting estimate because it is highly susceptible to change from period to period requiring management to make assumptions about probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio; and the impact of a sudden large loss could deplete the allowance and potentially require increased provisions to replenish the allowance, which would negatively affect earnings.
Our methodology for analyzing the allowance for loan losses consists of two components: formula and specific allowances. The formula allowance is determined by applying an estimated loss percentage to various groups of loans. The loss percentages are generally based on various historical measures such as the amount and type of classified loans, past due ratios and loss experience, which could affect the collectibility of the respective loan types.
The specific allowance component is created when management believes that the collectibility of a specific large loan, such as a real estate, multi-family or commercial real estate loan, has been impaired and a loss is probable.
The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses, which is charged against current period earnings and decreased by the amount of actual loan charge-offs, net of recoveries.
Mortgage Servicing Rights. Mortgage servicing rights represent the present value of the future servicing fees from the right to service loans in the portfolio. This accounting policy is considered critical as the methodology used to determine the fair value of capitalized mortgage servicing rights requires the development of a number of estimates, the most critical of which is the mortgage loan prepayment speeds assumption. The mortgage loan prepayment speeds assumption is significantly impacted by interest rates. In general, during periods of falling interest rates, mortgage loans prepay faster and the value of our mortgage servicing asset declines. Conversely, during periods of rising rates, the value of mortgage servicing rights generally increases as a result of slower rates of
30
prepayments. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to, and over, the estimated period the net servicing income will be collected. In addition, on an annual basis, we perform an independent valuation review of mortgage servicing rights for potential declines in value. Based on the significance of any changes in assumptions since the preceding independent appraisal, this valuation may include an independent appraisal of the fair value of our servicing portfolio. This annual valuation review entails applying current assumptions to the portfolio stratified by predominant risk characteristics such as loan type, interest rate and loan term.
Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006
General. Our total assets increased $17.2 million, or 1.71%, and remained at $1.0 billion for March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006. The asset growth resulted mainly from an increase in loans receivable, net of $33.3 million. This loan growth was funded primarily by a combined net decrease in cash on hand and in banks, interest-bearing deposits and Federal funds sold of $9.7 million, a decrease in investments available for sale of $7.0 million, a $10.5 million increase in deposits, a $3.0 million increase in advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle and $1.8 million in net income.
Assets. Total assets increased $17.2 million or 1.71% during the three months ended March 31, 2007. The following table details the changes in the composition of our assets from December 31, 2006 to March 31, 2007.
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||
Cash on hand and in banks |
|
$ |
4,552 |
|
$ |
(7,583 |
) |
|
(62.49 |
)% |
Interest-bearing deposits |
|
|
4,217 |
|
|
(3,021 |
) |
|
(41.74 |
) |
Federal funds sold |
|
|
8,190 |
|
|
900 |
|
|
12.35 |
|
Mortgage servicing rights |
|
|
1,451 |
|
|
(109 |
) |
|
(6.99 |
) |
Investment securities available for sale |
|
|
142,039 |
|
|
(7,012 |
) |
|
(4.70 |
) |
Investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
86,682 |
|
|
(104 |
) |
|
(0.12 |
) |
Loans receivable, net |
|
|
733,592 |
|
|
33,264 |
|
|
4.75 |
|
Premises and equipment, net |
|
|
13,806 |
|
|
69 |
|
|
0.50 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost |
|
|
4,671 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest receivable |
|
|
5,520 |
|
|
810 |
|
|
17.20 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
2,576 |
|
|
213 |
|
|
9.01 |
|
Income tax receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
(636 |
) |
|
(100.00 |
) |
Deferred tax assets, net |
|
|
385 |
|
|
385 |
|
|
100.00 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
14,206 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
1,021,887 |
|
$ |
17,176 |
|
|
1.71 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash on hand and in banks, and interest-bearing deposits decreased $7.6 million and $3.0 million, respectively, from December 31, 2006, as these funds were used to fund the loan growth during the quarter. These decreases were offset by a $900,000 increase in Federal funds sold during the quarter.
Loans receivable, net increased $33.3 million to $733.6 million at March 31, 2007 from $700.3 million at December 31, 2006. During the three months ended March 31, 2007, we originated $19.3 million in one- to four-family mortgage loans. We also originated $13.9 million and $3.2 million in commercial real estate and multi-family mortgages, respectively, $48.4 million in construction/land development loans, and $1.3 million in consumer loans.
31
The loan growth during the three months ended March 31, 2007 was partially offset by $46.6 million in principal repayments received during the period.
The 4.75% increase in loans receivable, net from December 31, 2006 was primarily the result of an increase in Executive Houses loans receivable, net of $38.3 million and a decrease at First Savings Bank of $5.1 million.
Securities available for sale decreased $7.0 million or 4.70% to $142.0 million at March 31, 2007 from $149.1 million at December 31, 2006. This decrease was the result of our using the liquidity generated by principal repayments to fund increased commercial real estate and construction/land development loan demand.
Deposits. During the three months ended March 31, 2007, deposits increased $10.5 million to $761.2 million at March 31, 2007. The increase in deposits was the result of increases in certificate accounts of $2.6 million, money market accounts of $6.9 million, noninterest-bearing accounts of $929,000 and NOW accounts of $346,000, partially offset by a decrease in savings accounts of $260,000. The growth in our certificates of deposit was the result of our increasing rates available on those products relative to other deposit products or other investments in the current interest rate environment.
Advances. We use advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle as an alternative funding source to deposits to manage funding costs and reduce interest rate risk and to leverage our balance sheet. The net effect was to fund increases in total interest-earning assets, thereby incrementally increasing our net interest income. Total advances at March 31, 2007 were $150.0 million, an increase of $3.0 million, or 2.04%, from December 31, 2006. This increase was attributable to our utilization of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle to fund loan originations generated by Executive House.
Equity. Total equity increased $2.2 million, or 2.15%, to $106.3 million at March 31, 2007 from $104.0 million at December 31, 2006 primarily due to $1.8 million of net income for the three months ended March 31, 2007.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2006
General. Our net income for the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $1.8 million, a decrease of $527,000 from the comparable period in the prior year. The decrease in net income was the result of a $529,000 decrease in net interest income, a $440,000 increase in the provision for loan losses, a $67,000 increase in total noninterest income (expense), an increase of $66,000 in noninterest expense and a decrease of $441,000 in federal income tax expense.
Net Interest Income. Our net interest income decreased $529,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 to $4.7 million, compared to $5.2 million for the comparable period in the prior year. Average total interest-earning assets increased $113.0 million from the same quarter in the prior year. During that same period, our average cost of funds increased 79 basis points resulting in a 54 basis point reduction in our interest rate spread as the yield on our assets did not increase to the same extent as the cost of our liabilities.
Interest Income. Total interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2007 increased $2.3 million to $15.5 million from the quarter ended March 31, 2006. The following table compares detailed average earning asset balances, associated yields and resulting changes in interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006:
32
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase/
|
|
|||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Average
|
|
Yield |
|
Average
|
|
Yield |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
Loans receivable, net |
|
$ |
724,570 |
|
|
7.01 |
% |
$ |
566,648 |
|
|
7.09 |
% |
$ |
2,654 |
|
Investment securities available for sale |
|
|
144,002 |
|
|
4.46 |
|
|
178,198 |
|
|
4.22 |
|
|
(274 |
) |
Investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
86,717 |
|
|
4.41 |
|
|
87,214 |
|
|
4.34 |
|
|
8 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
|
4,671 |
|
|
0.43 |
|
|
4,671 |
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits |
|
|
14,667 |
|
|
5.75 |
|
|
24,923 |
|
|
4.48 |
|
|
(68 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-earning assets |
|
$ |
974,627 |
|
|
6.35 |
% |
$ |
861,654 |
|
|
6.10 |
% |
$ |
2,325 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average total interest-earning assets increased $113.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006 as a result of the increase in our loan portfolio. Our 25 basis point increase in the average yield on total interest-earning assets resulted in an increase of $2.3 million in total interest income. These results were attributable to our redeploying proceeds received from the maturation of and interest received on investment securities and using increased deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances to fund higher yielding commercial real estate and construction/land development loans.
Interest Expense. Total interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $10.8 million, an increase of $2.9 million from the prior year. The following table details average balances, cost of funds and the resulting decrease in interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006:
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
Increase/
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Average
|
|
Cost |
|
Average
|
|
Cost |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
NOW accounts |
|
$ |
14,322 |
|
|
0.45 |
% |
$ |
13,812 |
|
|
0.55 |
% |
$ |
(3 |
) |
Passbook savings accounts |
|
|
14,009 |
|
|
1.74 |
|
|
18,710 |
|
|
1.71 |
|
|
(19 |
) |
Money market accounts |
|
|
202,297 |
|
|
4.41 |
|
|
201,116 |
|
|
3.72 |
|
|
356 |
|
Time deposit certificates |
|
|
524,226 |
|
|
4.89 |
|
|
475,692 |
|
|
4.13 |
|
|
1,487 |
|
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
|
152,231 |
|
|
5.43 |
|
|
90,018 |
|
|
4.59 |
|
|
1,033 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
|
$ |
907,085 |
|
|
4.75 |
% |
$ |
799,348 |
|
|
3.96 |
% |
$ |
2,854 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The average balance of total interest-bearing liabilities increased $107.7million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to March 31, 2006. Our total interest expense increased $2.9 million primarily as a result of a 79 basis point increase in our average total cost of funds and increases in the average balance of our deposits. The average balance of time deposit certificates increased $48.5 million compared to the same period last year, the average cost of funds for these certificates increased 76 basis points reflecting the higher interest rate environment during the period and related interest expense increased $1.5 million. The average balance of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank increased $62.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from the same period in 2006, the average cost of advances increased 84 basis points and related interest expense increased $1.0 million.
33
Provision for Loan Losses. We establish provisions for loan losses, which are charged to operations, at a level necessary to absorb known and inherent losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the financial statements. In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses management considers historical loss experience, the types of loans and the amount of loans in the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, peer group information, and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available or as future events differ from predictions.
We recorded a $600,000 provision for loan losses for the three months ended March 31, 2007, an increase of $440,000 from the three months ended March 31, 2006. This increase was a direct result of the methodology we utilized to compute the balance required for our allowance for loan loss account.
We used a consistent methodology in assessing the allowance for both 2007 and 2006. However, for 2007 our assumptions were modified to place greater emphasis on the national trend of declining home sales with potential housing market value depreciation and our expanded position in construction/land development and commercial real estate lending. The allowance for loan losses was $2.6 million or 0.32% of total loans at March 31, 2007 as compared to $1.8 million, or 0.29% of total loans outstanding at March 31, 2006. The level of the allowance is based on estimates, and the ultimate losses may vary from the estimates.
Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses necessarily involves a high degree of judgment. Management reviews the level of the allowance at least on a quarterly basis, and establishes the provision for loan losses based on the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquency levels, loss experience, economic conditions, and other factors related to the collectibility of the loan portfolio. We have allocated the allowance amount categories of loan types as well as classification status at each period-end date. Assumptions and allocated percentages based on loan types and classification status have been consistently applied. Non-performing loans are assigned a higher percentage of allowance allocation.
Although we believe that we used the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on estimates that are susceptible to change as a result of changes in economic conditions and other factors. Any increase or decrease in the provision for loan losses has a corresponding negative or positive effect on net income.
|
|
At or For the Three Months
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||
Provision for loan losses |
|
$ |
600 |
|
$ |
160 |
|
Net charge-offs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses |
|
|
2,571 |
|
|
1,811 |
|
Allowance for losses as a percentage of total loans outstanding at a the end of the period |
|
|
0.32 |
% |
|
0.29 |
% |
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans at end of period |
|
|
914.95 |
|
|
1692.52 |
|
Total nonaccrual and 90 days or more past due loans |
|
|
281 |
|
|
107 |
|
Nonaccrual and 90 days or more past due loans as a percentage of total loans |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
0.02 |
|
Total loans receivable |
|
|
803,283 |
|
|
635,341 |
|
Total loans originated |
|
|
86,150 |
|
|
41,661 |
|
Total loans purchased |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
Noninterest Income (Expense). Noninterest income (expense) increased $67,000, or 181.08% to $30,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from the comparable quarter in 2006. The following table provides a detailed analysis of the changes in the components of noninterest income:
Loan service fees and charges decreased $35,000 to $60,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006 primarily reflecting a decrease in escrow and broker fees at First Financial Diversified, a subsidiary of First Financial of Renton, that primarily provides escrow services to First Savings Bank.
Mortgage servicing rights, net increased $76,000 during 2007 from the comparable quarter in 2006. The difference was the result of a decrease of $80,000 in mortgage servicing amortization partially offset by a decrease of $4,000 in mortgage servicing fees.
Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $66,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2007 to $1.8 million, compared to $1.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2006. The following table provides an analysis of the changes in the components of noninterest expense:
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||
Compensation and benefits |
|
$ |
972 |
|
$ |
137 |
|
|
16.41 |
% |
Occupancy and equipment |
|
|
248 |
|
|
(44 |
) |
|
(15.07 |
) |
Data processing |
|
|
137 |
|
|
35 |
|
|
34.31 |
|
Professional fees |
|
|
129 |
|
|
17 |
|
|
15.18 |
|
Marketing |
|
|
52 |
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
(53.57 |
) |
Office supplies and postage |
|
|
51 |
|
|
6 |
|
|
13.33 |
|
Regulatory fees and deposit insurance premiums |
|
|
38 |
|
|
(59 |
) |
|
(60.82 |
) |
Bank and ATM charges |
|
|
42 |
|
|
15 |
|
|
55.56 |
|
Other |
|
|
155 |
|
|
19 |
|
|
13.97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noninterest expense |
|
$ |
1,824 |
|
$ |
66 |
|
|
3.75 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Major components of the increase in noninterest expense include:
Compensation and benefits increased $137,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from the comparable period in 2006. This increase was attributable to our increase in staffing levels at First Savings Bank and Executive House.
35
Occupancy and equipment decreased $44,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 2006. The decrease was primarily attributable to expenses incurred in the renovation of the Executive House facilities in 2006 offset by increased depreciation in 2007.
Marketing expense decreased $60,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from the same period in 2006. The decrease was primarily attributable to costs incurred in 2006 to enhance our corporate image and the costs associated with the grand opening of our new bank facility.
Regulatory fees and deposit insurance premiums decreased $59,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 from the same period in 2006. The decrease was attributable to the cost of a state examination recorded in 2006; this examination is performed every two years.
Noninterest expense will increase going forward as a result of the accounting, legal, and various other additional noninterest expenses associated with operating as a public company, particularly as a result of the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley of 2002. In addition, noninterest expense will increase going forward as a result of the implementation of the stock benefit plans proposed in connection with the conversion and reorganization.
Federal Income Tax Expense. Federal income tax expense decreased $441,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 to $548,000 from $989,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The effective federal income tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2007 was 23.76%. There is no State of Washington income tax.
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005
General. Our total assets increased $125.1 million, or 14.22%, to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2006 from $879.7 million at December 31, 2005. The asset growth resulted mainly from an increase in loans receivable, net of $159.6 million. This loan growth was funded primarily by a decrease in investments available for sale of $35.2 million, a $61.2 million increase in deposits, a $57.0 million increase in advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle and $7.1 million in net income.
Assets. Total assets increased $125.1 million or 14.22% during the year ended December 31, 2006. The following table details the changes in the composition of our assets from December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2006.
36
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||
Cash on hand and in banks |
|
$ |
12,135 |
|
$ |
7,566 |
|
|
165.59 |
% |
Interest-bearing deposits |
|
|
7,238 |
|
|
(5,066 |
) |
|
(41.17 |
) |
Federal funds sold |
|
|
7,290 |
|
|
(2,020 |
) |
|
(21.70 |
) |
Mortgage servicing rights |
|
|
1,560 |
|
|
(1,440 |
) |
|
(48.00 |
) |
Investment securities available for sale |
|
|
149,051 |
|
|
(35,228 |
) |
|
(19.12 |
) |
Investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
86,786 |
|
|
123 |
|
|
0.14 |
|
Loans receivable, net |
|
|
700,328 |
|
|
159,633 |
|
|
29.52 |
|
Premises and equipment, net |
|
|
13,737 |
|
|
(45 |
) |
|
(0.33 |
) |
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost |
|
|
4,671 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest receivable |
|
|
4,710 |
|
|
292 |
|
|
6.61 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
2,363 |
|
|
158 |
|
|
7.17 |
|
Income tax receivable |
|
|
636 |
|
|
636 |
|
|
100.00 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
14,206 |
|
|
452 |
|
|
3.29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
1,004,711 |
|
$ |
125,061 |
|
|
14.22 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage servicing rights decreased $1.4 million from the prior year based on a combination of a purchase accounting adjustment and principal amortization on loans contained in the servicing portfolio during the year. Goodwill increased $452,000 during 2006 as a result of adjustments made to the account for the acquisition of Executive House. This acquisition was made on December 30, 2005.
Securities available for sale decreased $35.2 million or 19.12% to $149.1 million at December 31, 2006 from $184.2 million at December 31, 2005. This decrease was the result of our using the liquidity generated by investment sales and maturities to fund increased commercial real estate and construction/land development loan demand.
Loans receivable, net increased $159.6 million, or 29.52%, to $700.3 million at December 31, 2006 from $540.7 million at December 31, 2005. During the year ended December 31, 2006 we originated $126.2 million in one- to four-family mortgage loans. We also originated $51.9 million and $12.7 million in commercial real estate and multi-family mortgages, respectively, $118.4 million in construction/land development loans, and $3.9 million in consumer loans. Loan purchases amounted to $6.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $218.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2005. During 2005, prior to, and in connection with the acquisition of Executive House, we purchased $14.9 million in one- to four-family loans, $9.5 million in multi-family loans, $29.3 million in commercial real estate loans, and $164.5 million in construction/land development loans. Our loan growth during the year ended December 31, 2006 was partially offset by $167.3 million in principal repayments received during the year. Principal repayments received during the year ended December 31, 2005 were $99.7 million.
Deposits. During the year ended December 31, 2006, deposits increased $61.2 million to $750.7 million at December 31, 2006. The increase in deposits was the result of an increase in certificate accounts of $47.9 million, money market accounts of $18.7 million and noninterest-bearing accounts of $2.5 million that was partially offset by a decrease in savings and NOW accounts of $7.9 million. The shift towards higher-rate certificates of deposit was a result of the increased rates available on those products relative to other deposit products or other investments in the interest rate environment experienced in 2006.
37
Advances. We use advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle as an alternative funding source to deposits to manage funding costs and reduce interest rate risk and to leverage our balance sheet. The net effect was to fund increases in total interest-earning assets, thereby incrementally increasing our net interest income. Total advances at December 31, 2006 were $147.0 million, an increase of $57.0 million, or 63.33%, from December 31, 2005. This increase was attributable to our utilization of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle to fund loan originations generated by Executive House.
Equity. Total equity increased $7.7 million, or 7.98%, to $104.0 million at December 31, 2006 from $96.4 million at December 31, 2005 primarily due to $7.1 million of net income for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005
General. Our net income for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $7.1 million, a decrease of $2.0 million from the comparable period in the prior year. The decrease in net income was the result of a $1.4 million increase in net interest income, offset by a $183,000 increase in the provision for loan losses, a $446,000 decrease in total noninterest income (expense), an increase of $3.6 million in noninterest expense and a decrease of $893,000 in federal income tax expense.
Net Interest Income. Our net interest income increased $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $18.0 million, compared to $16.6 million for the comparable period in the prior year. Average total interest-earning assets increased $132.5 million from the prior year. During that same period, our average cost of funds increased 100 basis points resulting in an 11 basis point reduction in our interest rate spread.
Interest Income. Total interest income for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased $15.0 million to $55.3 million from the prior year. The following table compares detailed average earning asset balances, associated yields and resulting changes in interest income for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:
Average total interest-earning assets increased $132.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 as a result of the increase in our loan portfolio. Our 89 basis point increase in the average yield on total interest-earning assets resulted in an increase of $15.0 million in total interest income. These results were attributable to our redeploying proceeds received from the maturation of and interest received on investment securities and using increased deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances to fund higher yielding commercial real estate and construction/land development loans.
38
Interest Expense. Total interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $37.2 million, an increase of $13.6 million from the prior year. The following table details average balances, cost of funds and the resulting decrease in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase/
|
|
|||||
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Average
|
|
Cost |
|
Average
|
|
Cost |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
NOW accounts |
|
$ |
14,596 |
|
|
0.54 |
% |
$ |
14,734 |
|
|
0.58 |
% |
$ |
(6 |
) |
Passbook savings accounts |
|
|
16,139 |
|
|
1.76 |
|
|
23,415 |
|
|
1.77 |
|
|
(130 |
) |
Money market accounts |
|
|
201,109 |
|
|
4.16 |
|
|
186,026 |
|
|
2.70 |
|
|
3,337 |
|
Time deposit certificates |
|
|
491,657 |
|
|
4.53 |
|
|
456,262 |
|
|
3.85 |
|
|
4,685 |
|
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
|
119,966 |
|
|
5.22 |
|
|
12,616 |
|
|
4.53 |
|
|
5,694 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
|
$ |
843,467 |
|
|
4.42 |
% |
$ |
693,053 |
|
|
3.42 |
% |
$ |
13,580 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The average balance of total interest-bearing liabilities increased $150.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. Our total interest expense increased $13.6 million primarily as a result of a 100 basis point increase in our average total cost of funds and to a lesser extent, increases in the average balance of our deposits. The average balance of time deposit certificates increased $35.4 million during the same period, the average cost of funds for these certificates increased 68 basis points and interest expense increased $4.7 million. This increase was primarily the result of a higher interest rate environment during the year and a special promotion in connection with the grand opening of our new bank facility. The average balance of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank increased $107.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from the same period in 2005, the average cost of funds increased 69 basis points and interest expense increased $5.7 million.
Provision for Loan Losses. We recorded a provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2006, of $320,000, an increase of $183,000 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 in connection with the continuing change in the portfolio mix of our loans. This increase was a direct result of the methodology we utilized to compute the balance required for our allowance for loan loss account.
We used a consistent methodology in assessing the allowance for loan losses for both 2006 and 2005. The allowance for loan losses was $2.0 million or 0.26% of total loans at December 31, 2006 as compared to $1.7 million, or 0.27% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2005. The level of the allowance is based on estimates, and our ultimate losses may vary from the estimates. In addition, during 2005, the allowance increased by $546,000 as a result of the acquisition of Executive House.
Although we believe that we used the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on estimates that are susceptible to change as a result of changes in economic conditions and other factors. Any increase or decrease in the provision for loan losses has a corresponding negative or positive effect on net income. The following table details activity and information related to the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:
39
|
|
At or For the Year
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||
Provision for loan losses |
|
$ |
320 |
|
$ |
137 |
|
Acquisition of Executive House |
|
|
|
|
|
546 |
|
Net charge-offs |
|
|
|
|
|
27 |
|
Allowance for loan losses |
|
|
1,971 |
|
|
1,651 |
|
Allowance for losses as a percentage of total loans outstanding at a the end of the period |
|
|
0.26 |
% |
|
0.27 |
% |
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans at end of period |
|
|
1279.87 |
% |
|
550.33 |
% |
Total nonaccrual and 90 days or more past due loans |
|
|
154 |
|
|
300 |
|
Nonaccrual and 90 days or more past due loans as a percentage of total loans |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.05 |
% |
Total loans receivable |
|
$ |
763,755 |
|
$ |
616,235 |
|
Total loans originated |
|
$ |
312,922 |
|
$ |
91,333 |
|
Total loans purchased |
|
$ |
6,130 |
|
$ |
218,230 |
|
Noninterest Income (Expense). Noninterest income (expense) decreased $446,000, or 125.99% to an expense of $92,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006 from the prior year. The following table provides a detailed analysis of the changes in the components of noninterest income:
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||
Service fees and charges on deposit accounts |
|
$ |
73 |
|
$ |
7 |
|
|
10.61 |
% |
Loan service fees and charges |
|
|
420 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
31.25 |
|
Gain (loss) on sale of investments |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
82 |
|
|
96.47 |
|
Mortgage servicing rights, net |
|
|
(647 |
) |
|
(647 |
) |
|
(100.00 |
) |
Other |
|
|
65 |
|
|
12 |
|
|
22.64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noninterest income (expense) |
|
$ |
(92 |
) |
$ |
(446 |
) |
|
(125.99 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan service fees and charges increased $100,000 to $420,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 primarily reflecting our increased loan origination as a result of our acquisition of Executive House.
Mortgage servicing rights, net decreased $647,000 during 2006 from the prior year. This decrease was the result of amortization during the year of $755,000, offset by mortgage servicing fees of $108,000.
40
Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $3.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2006 to $8.4 million, compared to $4.7 million for the prior year. The following table provides an analysis of the changes in the components of noninterest expense:
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||
Compensation and benefits |
|
$ |
5,331 |
|
$ |
2,454 |
|
|
85.30 |
% |
Occupancy and equipment |
|
|
1,092 |
|
|
620 |
|
|
131.36 |
|
Data processing |
|
|
357 |
|
|
58 |
|
|
19.40 |
|
Professional fees |
|
|
237 |
|
|
53 |
|
|
28.80 |
|
Marketing |
|
|
237 |
|
|
94 |
|
|
65.73 |
|
Office supplies and postage |
|
|
201 |
|
|
72 |
|
|
55.81 |
|
Regulatory fees and deposit insurance premiums |
|
|
179 |
|
|
61 |
|
|
51.69 |
|
Bank and ATM charges |
|
|
118 |
|
|
14 |
|
|
13.46 |
|
Other |
|
|
632 |
|
|
219 |
|
|
53.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noninterest expense |
|
$ |
8,384 |
|
$ |
3,645 |
|
|
76.91 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Major components of the increase in noninterest expense include:
Compensation and benefits increased $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from the comparable period in 2005. This increase was attributable in part to our acquisition of Executive House and reflects a full year of operations in 2006 which contributed $1.2 million to the increase in compensation and benefits. The remaining $1.3 million increase was attributable to $168,000 in employee benefits, $370,000 in deferred compensation expense, and $750,000 in salary adjustments, annual salary increases and the creation of 15 full time equivalent positions. These positions were created in connection with the expansion of our Information Technology and Compliance Departments and additional deposit, loan and administrative support groups.
Occupancy and equipment increased $620,000 during the year ended December 31, 2006 from 2005. These increases were primarily attributable to the opening and operation of our new bank facility in 2006.
Marketing expense increased $94,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006 primarily as a result of the costs associated with the grand opening of our new bank facility in 2006 and a time deposit certificate promotion which was run during 2006.
Other expenses increased $219,000 during the year ended December 31, 2006 from the prior year. This increase was primarily attributable to $206,000 of other expense generated by Executive House and an increase in other expenses at First Savings Bank of $13,000.
Federal Income Tax Expense. Federal income tax expense decreased $893,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $2.1 million from $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2006 was 23.09%, compared to 24.98% for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was a result of the tax effect on the increase of other nontaxable income of $176,000 offset by the tax effect on the decrease in tax exempt interest of $263,000.
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004
General. Total assets increased $103.3 million, or 13.30%, during the year ended December 31, 2005. Loans receivable, net provided $156.6 million of this increase. The acquisition of Executive House during 2005
41
provided $70.3 million of the increase in our loan portfolio. Increases in loan production during the year coupled with a slow down in prepayments within the loan portfolio accounted for the remaining $86.3 million increase in the loan portfolio. Premises and equipment, net increased $9.3 million as we moved to our new branch location during 2005. Buildings and improvements increased $8.5 million from 2004 while furniture, fixtures and equipment increased $1.2 million, offset by a decrease in construction in progress of $399,000.
Asset growth was funded by proceeds received from the decrease in investments available for sale of $81.3 million, an increase of $23.2 million in deposits and $73.0 million in advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle.
Assets. The following table details the changes in the composition of our assets from December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2004.
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||
Cash on hand and in banks |
|
$ |
4,569 |
|
$ |
1,894 |
|
|
70.80 |
% |
Interest-bearing deposits |
|
|
12,304 |
|
|
(1,990 |
) |
|
(13.92 |
) |
Federal funds sold |
|
|
9,310 |
|
|
2,960 |
|
|
46.61 |
|
Mortgage servicing rights |
|
|
3,000 |
|
|
3,000 |
|
|
100.00 |
|
Investment securities available for sale |
|
|
184,279 |
|
|
(81,278 |
) |
|
(30.61 |
) |
Investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
86,663 |
|
|
(1,848 |
) |
|
(2.09 |
) |
Loans receivable, net |
|
|
540,695 |
|
|
156,567 |
|
|
40.76 |
|
Premises and equipment, net |
|
|
13,783 |
|
|
9,344 |
|
|
210.53 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
|
4,671 |
|
|
19 |
|
|
0.41 |
|
Accrued interest receivable |
|
|
4,418 |
|
|
1,070 |
|
|
31.96 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
2,204 |
|
|
95 |
|
|
4.56 |
|
Income tax receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
(301 |
) |
|
(100.00 |
) |
Goodwill |
|
|
13,754 |
|
|
13,754 |
|
|
100.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
879,650 |
|
$ |
103,287 |
|
|
13.30 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans receivable, net increased $156.6 million to $540.7 million at December 31, 2005 from $384.1 million at December 31, 2004. The 40.76% increase from the prior year was primarily the result of our acquisition of Executive House. During the year ended December 31, 2005, we originated $68.0 million in one- to four-family mortgage loans. We also originated $11.9 million and $7.4 million in commercial real estate and multi-family mortgages, respectively, $3.6 million in construction/land development loans, and $424,000 in consumer loans. Loan purchases amounted to $218.2 million in 2005 compared to $59.2 million in 2004. Our loan growth during 2005 was partially offset by $99.7 million in principal repayments received during the year.
Securities available for sale decreased $81.3 million or 30.61% to $184.3 million at December 31, 2005 from $265.6 million at December 31, 2004. This decrease was the result of our using the liquidity generated by investment sales and maturities to fund increased loan demand.
We recorded goodwill of $13.8 million and mortgage servicing rights of $3.0 million as a result of the acquisition of Executive House. This acquisition was made on December 30, 2005.
Deposits. During the year ended December 31, 2005, deposits increased $23.2 million to $689.5 million. Time deposit certificates increased $40.0 million while money market accounts and passbook savings accounts decreased $8.8 million and $8.6 million, respectively, from the prior year. The shift towards higher-rate certificates
42
of deposit was a result of the increased rates available on those products relative to other deposit products or other investments in the increasing interest rate environment experienced in 2005.
Advances. In connection with out acquisition of Executive House, we borrowed an additional $80.0 million in Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle advances and $7.0 million matured during the year. We took advantage of the more favorable interest rates being offered by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle to restructure the debt held at Executive House which we acquired in December 2005.
Equity. Equity increased $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 as a result of net income for the year of $9.1 million partially offset by a $3.0 million decrease related to the change in the market value of available for sale securities.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004
General. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $9.1 million, a $981,000 or 9.76% decrease from the prior year. The primary factors that contributed to the decrease in net income were a decrease of $512,000 in net interest income, a $137,000 increase in provision for loan losses, a decrease in noninterest income of $46,000 and an increase of $957,000 in noninterest expense. These fluctuations were offset by a decrease in Federal income tax expense of $671,000.
Net Interest Income. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $16.6 million, a $512,000 decrease from the prior year. Total interest income increased $3.8 million from the prior year while total interest expense increased $4.3 million. Interest rates continued to increase during the year ended December 31, 2005. During this period, our balance sheet was liability sensitive so the increase in interest rates resulted in a more rapid repricing of our liabilities as compared to the asset side of the balance sheet. In a rising rate environment as we experienced during the year ended December 31, 2005, our interest expense increased more rapidly than interest income.
Interest Income. Total interest income for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased $3.8 million from the previous year. The following table compares detailed average interest-earning asset balances, associated yields and resulting change in interest income for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase/
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Average
|
|
Yield |
|
Average
|
|
Yield |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
Loans receivable, net |
|
$ |
415,457 |
|
|
6.28 |
% |
$ |
357,209 |
|
|
6.29 |
% |
$ |
3,610 |
|
Investment securities available for sale |
|
|
231,590 |
|
|
4.13 |
|
|
268,404 |
|
|
3.82 |
|
|
(675 |
) |
Investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
87,159 |
|
|
4.41 |
|
|
74,844 |
|
|
4.38 |
|
|
562 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
|
4,671 |
|
|
0.41 |
|
|
4,620 |
|
|
2.84 |
|
|
(112 |
) |
Federal funds sold and interest earning deposits |
|
|
23,092 |
|
|
3.39 |
|
|
26,314 |
|
|
1.32 |
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-earning assets |
|
$ |
761,969 |
|
|
5.29 |
% |
$ |
731,391 |
|
|
4.99 |
% |
$ |
3,821 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The primary reason for the change was a $3.6 million increase in interest income on loans for the year ended December 31, 2005. The average balance in the loan portfolio increased $58.2 million during 2005 due to strong loan demand in our market area. The average yield earned on our loan portfolio remained relatively
43
unchanged at 6.28% at December 31, 2005 as compare to 6.29% at December 31, 2004. We were able to maintain our yield as we increased the level of higher yielding commercial real estate and construction/land development loans in our loan portfolio as compared to our predominantly fixed rate residential loan portfolio.
Interest Expense. Total interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $23.7 million, an increase of $4.3 million from the prior year. The following table details average balances, cost of funds and resulting change in interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Increase/
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Average
|
|
Cost |
|
Average
|
|
Cost |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
NOW accounts |
|
$ |
14,734 |
|
|
0.58 |
% |
$ |
12,614 |
|
|
0.58 |
% |
$ |
12 |
|
Passbook savings accounts |
|
|
23,415 |
|
|
1.77 |
|
|
27,907 |
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
(73 |
) |
Money market accounts |
|
|
186,026 |
|
|
2.70 |
|
|
192,207 |
|
|
1.94 |
|
|
1,307 |
|
Time deposit certificates |
|
|
456,262 |
|
|
3.85 |
|
|
415,762 |
|
|
3.52 |
|
|
2,945 |
|
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
|
12,616 |
|
|
4.53 |
|
|
8,154 |
|
|
5.27 |
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
|
$ |
693,053 |
|
|
3.42 |
% |
$ |
656,644 |
|
|
2.94 |
% |
$ |
4,333 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in interest expense resulted from an increase in the average cost of interest bearing liabilities to 3.42% from 2.94% in 2004, reflecting higher market interest rates during 2005. In addition, the average balance of interest bearing liabilities increased $36.4 million during 2005. The average balance of money market accounts decreased $6.2 million or 3.23% during 2005 offset by an increase in average cost of funds for this product of 76 basis points accounting for $1.3 million of the increase in interest expense during 2005. The average balance for time deposit certificates during 2005 increased $40.5 million or 9.74% along with an increase in the related cost of funds for this product of 33 basis points which contributed $2.9 million to the total increase in interest expense for 2005. These increases reflected the higher interest rate environment that existed during 2005 and First Savings Banks intention to keep adequate liquidity to fund increasing loan originations.
Provision for Loan Losses. We increased our provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2005 to $137,000 compared to none for the prior year in connection with the change in the portfolio mix of our loans. We began emphasizing construction/land development and commercial real estate loans in 2005.
We used consistent methodology in assessing the allowance for both 2005 and 2004. The allowance for loan losses was $1.7 million, or 0.27% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2005, as compared to $995,000, or 0.24% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2004. The level of the allowance is based on estimates, and our ultimate losses may vary from the estimate. In addition, the allowance increase by $546,000 as a result of the acquisition of Executive House.
44
The following table details activity and information related to the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
|
|
At or For the Year
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||
Provision for loan losses |
|
$ |
137 |
|
$ |
|
|
Acquisition of Executive House |
|
|
546 |
|
|
|
|
Net charge-offs |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses |
|
|
1,651 |
|
|
995 |
|
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans outstanding at the end of period |
|
|
0.27 |
% |
|
0.24 |
% |
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans at end of period |
|
|
550.33 |
% |
|
375.47 |
% |
Total nonaccrual and 90 days or more past due loans |
|
|
300 |
|
|
265 |
|
Nonaccrual and 90 days or more past due loans as a percentage of total loans |
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
0.07 |
% |
Total loans receivable |
|
$ |
616,235 |
|
$ |
407,193 |
|
Total loans originated |
|
$ |
91,333 |
|
$ |
67,332 |
|
Total loans purchased |
|
$ |
218,230 |
|
$ |
59,215 |
|
Noninterest Income. Noninterest income decreased $46,000, or 11.50%, during the year ended December 31, 2005 from the prior year. The following table provides a detailed analysis of the changes in components of noninterest income:
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||
Service fees and charges on deposit accounts |
|
$ |
66 |
|
$ |
11 |
|
|
20.00 |
% |
Loan service fees and charges |
|
|
320 |
|
|
78 |
|
|
32.23 |
|
Gain (loss) on sale of investments |
|
|
(85 |
) |
|
(141 |
) |
|
(251.79 |
) |
Other |
|
|
53 |
|
|
6 |
|
|
12.77 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noninterest income |
|
$ |
354 |
|
$ |
(46 |
) |
|
(11.50 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan service fees and charges increased by $78,000 during the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to fiscal 2004. The increase resulted primarily from increases in broker fees of $28,000, loan fees of $17,000 and escrow fees of $33,000, the result of the increase in our loan portfolio.
Gain/(loss) on sale of investments decreased $141,000 in fiscal 2005 as a result of the decision to sell investment securities to fund the increase in loan originations during fiscal 2005.
Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $957,000 during the year ended December 31, 2005 from the prior fiscal year. The following table provides a detailed breakdown of the components of noninterest expense for fiscal 2005 and the increases or decreases from the prior year:
45
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Increase (Decrease)
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||
Compensation and benefits |
|
$ |
2,878 |
|
$ |
393 |
|
|
15.81 |
% |
Occupancy and equipment |
|
|
472 |
|
|
279 |
|
|
144.56 |
|
Data processing |
|
|
299 |
|
|
78 |
|
|
35.29 |
|
Professional fees |
|
|
184 |
|
|
69 |
|
|
60.00 |
|
Marketing |
|
|
143 |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
(1.39 |
) |
Office supplies and postage |
|
|
129 |
|
|
15 |
|
|
13.16 |
|
Regulatory fees and deposit insurance premiums |
|
|
118 |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
(0.84 |
) |
Bank and ATM charges |
|
|
104 |
|
|
9 |
|
|
9.47 |
|
Other |
|
|
412 |
|
|
117 |
|
|
39.66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noninterest expense |
|
$ |
4,739 |
|
$ |
957 |
|
|
25.30 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Major components of the increase in noninterest expense include:
Compensation and benefits increased $393,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the prior year. Compensation for directors, officers and employees increased $313,000 as a result of increased staffing requirements and performance increases. Medical, retirement and other benefits for the year increased $80,000 from 2004.
Occupancy and equipment increased $279,000 during fiscal 2005 primarily as a result of a $131,000 increase in depreciation related to building and equipment, an increase in utilities of $34,000, the expensing of $104,000 of non-capitalizable costs, and an increase of $10,000 in other related expenses all pertaining to the construction and furnishing of our new bank building.
Federal Income Tax Expense. Federal income tax expense decreased $671,000 during the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to fiscal 2004. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2005 was 24.98% compared to 26.86% for the year ended December 31, 2004. This decrease was a result of the tax effect on the increase in tax exempt interest for the year of $175,000, offset by the tax effect of a decrease in other nontaxable income of $66,000.
Impact of Benefit Plans
Following the completion of the stock offering, we will have an employee stock ownership plan. We also intend to adopt, subject to approval by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a duly called meeting by shareholders, a restricted stock plan and a stock option plan. The implementation of the employee stock ownership plan and the restricted stock plan will affect our results of operations as a component of employee compensation expense. The employee stock ownership plan will result in employee compensation expense equal to the current market price of the shares being released and allocated to the participants in the plan for that year. The effect the restricted stock plan will have on employee compensation expense will be equal to the current market price of the shares being awarded to the employees receiving the shares recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period of the shares. We will account for stock option awards issued to employees under Financial Accounting Standards Board Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No . 123R, which requires recognition of compensation expense based on the fair value of the award at the measurement date, which is generally the date of grant.
46
Average Balances, Interest and Average Yields/Cost
The following table sets forth for the periods indicated, information regarding average balances of assets and liabilities as well as the total dollar amounts of interest income from average interest-earning assets and interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, resultant yields, interest rate spread, net interest margin (otherwise known as net yield on interest-earning assets), and the ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities. Average balances have been calculated using either the average of the weekly or monthly balances during the period depending on the availability of the applicable balances. Management believes this method is not materially different from other methods of calculating average balances. Interest and dividends are not reported on a tax-equivalent basis.
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
Average
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield/
|
|
Average
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield/
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-earning assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans receivable, net (1)(2) |
|
$ |
724,571 |
|
$ |
12,699 |
|
|
7.01 |
% |
$ |
566,648 |
|
$ |
10,045 |
|
|
7.09 |
% |
Investment securities available for sale (3) |
|
|
144,002 |
|
|
1,604 |
|
|
4.46 |
|
|
178,198 |
|
|
1,878 |
|
|
4.22 |
|
Investment securities held to maturity (3) |
|
|
86,717 |
|
|
955 |
|
|
4.41 |
|
|
87,214 |
|
|
947 |
|
|
4.34 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
|
4,671 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
0.43 |
|
|
4,671 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits (2) |
|
|
14,667 |
|
|
211 |
|
|
5.75 |
|
|
24,923 |
|
|
279 |
|
|
4.48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-earning assets |
|
|
974,628 |
|
|
15,474 |
|
|
6.35 |
|
|
861,654 |
|
|
13,149 |
|
|
6.10 |
|
Noninterest earning assets |
|
|
45,635 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,382 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total average assets |
|
$ |
1,020,263 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
903,036 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Average
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield/
|
|
Average
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield/
|
|
Average
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield/
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans receivable, net (1)(2) |
|
$ |
622,183 |
|
$ |
43,416 |
|
|
6.98 |
% |
$ |
415,457 |
|
$ |
26,075 |
|
|
6.28 |
% |
$ |
357,209 |
|
$ |
22,465 |
|
|
6.29 |
% |
Investment securities available for sale (3) |
|
|
165,668 |
|
|
7,234 |
|
|
4.37 |
|
|
231,590 |
|
|
9,568 |
|
|
4.13 |
|
|
268,404 |
|
|
10,243 |
|
|
3.82 |
|
Investment securities held to maturity (3) |
|
|
86,854 |
|
|
3,818 |
|
|
4.40 |
|
|
87,159 |
|
|
3,840 |
|
|
4.41 |
|
|
74,844 |
|
|
3,278 |
|
|
4.38 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
|
4,671 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
0.11 |
|
|
4,671 |
|
|
19 |
|
|
0.41 |
|
|
4,620 |
|
|
131 |
|
|
2.84 |
|
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits (2) |
|
|
15,129 |
|
|
787 |
|
|
5.20 |
|
|
23,092 |
|
|
783 |
|
|
3.39 |
|
|
26,314 |
|
|
347 |
|
|
1.32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-earning assets |
|
|
894,505 |
|
|
55,260 |
|
|
6.18 |
|
|
761,969 |
|
|
40,285 |
|
|
5.29 |
|
|
731,391 |
|
|
36,464 |
|
|
4.99 |
|
Noninterest earning assets |
|
|
54,574 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,439 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,835 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total average assets |
|
$ |
949,079 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
795,408 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
746,226 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(table continued on following page)
47
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
Average
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield/
|
|
Average
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield/
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW accounts (3) |
|
$ |
14,322 |
|
|
16 |
|
|
0.45 |
% |
$ |
13,812 |
|
|
19 |
|
|
0.55 |
% |
Passbook savings accounts (3) |
|
|
14,009 |
|
|
61 |
|
|
1.74 |
|
|
18,710 |
|
|
80 |
|
|
1.71 |
|
Money market accounts (3) |
|
|
202,297 |
|
|
2,228 |
|
|
4.41 |
|
|
201,116 |
|
|
1,872 |
|
|
3.72 |
|
Time deposit certificates (2) |
|
|
524,226 |
|
|
6,403 |
|
|
4.89 |
|
|
475,692 |
|
|
4,916 |
|
|
4.13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deposits |
|
|
754,854 |
|
|
8,708 |
|
|
4.61 |
|
|
709,330 |
|
|
6,887 |
|
|
3.88 |
|
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank (2) |
|
|
152,231 |
|
|
2,066 |
|
|
5.43 |
|
|
90,018 |
|
|
1,033 |
|
|
4.59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
|
|
907,085 |
|
|
10,774 |
|
|
4.75 |
|
|
799,348 |
|
|
7,920 |
|
|
3.96 |
|
Noninterest-bearing liabilities |
|
|
7,368 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,666 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average net worth (2) |
|
|
105,810 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity |
|
$ |
1,020,263 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
903,036 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
4,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,229 |
|
|
|
|
Interest rate spread |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.60 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.14 |
% |
Net interest margin (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.93 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.43 |
% |
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
107.45 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107.79 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Average
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield/
|
|
Average
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield/
|
|
Average
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield/
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW accounts (3) |
|
$ |
14,596 |
|
|
79 |
|
|
0.54 |
% |
$ |
14,734 |
|
|
85 |
|
|
0.58 |
% |
$ |
12,614 |
|
|
73 |
|
|
0.58 |
% |
Passbook savings accounts (3) |
|
|
16,139 |
|
|
284 |
|
|
1.76 |
|
|
23,415 |
|
|
414 |
|
|
1.77 |
|
|
27,907 |
|
|
487 |
|
|
1.75 |
|
Money market accounts (3) |
|
|
201,109 |
|
|
8,367 |
|
|
4.16 |
|
|
186,026 |
|
|
5,031 |
|
|
2.70 |
|
|
192,207 |
|
|
3,724 |
|
|
1.94 |
|
Time deposit certificates (2) |
|
|
491,657 |
|
|
22,252 |
|
|
4.53 |
|
|
456,262 |
|
|
17,566 |
|
|
3.85 |
|
|
415,762 |
|
|
14,621 |
|
|
3.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deposits |
|
|
723,501 |
|
|
30,982 |
|
|
4.28 |
|
|
680,437 |
|
|
23,096 |
|
|
3.39 |
|
|
648,490 |
|
|
18,905 |
|
|
2.92 |
|
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank (2) |
|
|
119,966 |
|
|
6,266 |
|
|
5.22 |
|
|
12,616 |
|
|
572 |
|
|
4.53 |
|
|
8,154 |
|
|
430 |
|
|
5.27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
|
|
843,467 |
|
|
37,248 |
|
|
4.42 |
|
|
693,053 |
|
|
23,668 |
|
|
3.42 |
|
|
656,644 |
|
|
19,335 |
|
|
2.94 |
|
Noninterest-bearing liabilities |
|
|
2,287 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,389 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,506 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average net worth (2) |
|
|
103,325 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94,966 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,076 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity |
|
$ |
949,079 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
795,408 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
746,226 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
|
|
$ |
18,012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
16,617 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
17,129 |
|
|
|
|
Interest rate spread |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.76 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.87 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.05 |
% |
Net interest margin (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.01 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.18 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.34 |
% |
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
106.05 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109.94 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111.38 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The average loans receivable, net balances include non-accruing loans. |
(2) |
Average balances calculated on a weekly basis. Management does not believe the differences in calculations will cause a material difference in the results. |
(3) |
Average balances calculated on a monthly basis. Management does not believe the differences in calculations will cause a material difference in the results. |
(4) |
Net interest margin, otherwise known as yield on interest-earning assets, is calculated as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. |
48
Yields Earned and Rates Paid
The following table sets forth for the periods and at the dates indicated, the weighted average yields earned on our assets, the weighted average interest rates paid on our liabilities, together with the net yield on interest-earning assets.
|
|
At
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average yield on: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans receivable, net |
|
|
6.75 |
% |
|
7.01 |
% |
|
7.09 |
% |
|
6.98 |
% |
|
6.28 |
% |
|
6.29 |
% |
Investment securities available for for sale |
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
4.46 |
|
|
4.22 |
|
|
4.37 |
|
|
4.13 |
|
|
3.82 |
|
Investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
4.67 |
|
|
4.41 |
|
|
4.34 |
|
|
4.40 |
|
|
4.41 |
|
|
4.38 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
|
0.40 |
|
|
0.43 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.11 |
|
|
0.41 |
|
|
2.84 |
|
Federal funds sold and interest- bearing deposits |
|
|
5.11 |
|
|
5.75 |
|
|
4.48 |
|
|
5.20 |
|
|
3.39 |
|
|
1.32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-earning assets |
|
|
6.27 |
|
|
6.35 |
|
|
6.10 |
|
|
6.18 |
|
|
5.29 |
|
|
4.99 |
|
Weighted average rate paid on: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW accounts |
|
|
0.46 |
|
|
0.45 |
|
|
0.55 |
|
|
0.54 |
|
|
0.58 |
|
|
0.58 |
|
Passbook savings accounts |
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
1.74 |
|
|
1.71 |
|
|
1.76 |
|
|
1.77 |
|
|
1.75 |
|
Money market accounts |
|
|
4.46 |
|
|
4.41 |
|
|
3.72 |
|
|
4.16 |
|
|
2.70 |
|
|
1.94 |
|
Time deposit certificates |
|
|
4.92 |
|
|
4.89 |
|
|
4.13 |
|
|
4.53 |
|
|
3.85 |
|
|
3.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total average deposits |
|
|
4.65 |
|
|
4.61 |
|
|
3.88 |
|
|
4.28 |
|
|
3.39 |
|
|
2.92 |
|
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
|
5.58 |
|
|
5.43 |
|
|
4.59 |
|
|
5.22 |
|
|
4.53 |
|
|
5.27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
|
|
4.65 |
|
|
4.75 |
|
|
3.96 |
|
|
4.42 |
|
|
3.42 |
|
|
2.94 |
|
Interest rate spread (spread between weighted average rate on all interest-earning assets and all interest-bearing liabilities) |
|
|
1.62 |
|
|
1.60 |
|
|
2.14 |
|
|
1.76 |
|
|
1.87 |
|
|
2.05 |
|
Net interest margin (net interest income (expense) as a percentage of average interest-earning assets) |
|
|
NA |
|
|
1.93 |
|
|
2.43 |
|
|
2.01 |
|
|
2.18 |
|
|
2.34 |
|
49
Rate/Volume Analysis
The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income. Information is provided with respect to: (1) effects on interest income attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); and (2) effects on interest income attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). Changes in rate/volume are allocated proportionately to the changes in rate and volume.
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2006
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Rate |
|
Volume |
|
Total |
|
Rate |
|
Volume |
|
Total |
|
Rate |
|
Volume |
|
Total |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans receivable, net |
|
$ |
(145 |
) |
$ |
2,799 |
|
$ |
2,654 |
|
$ |
4,356 |
|
$ |
12,985 |
|
$ |
17,341 |
|
$ |
(41 |
) |
$ |
3,651 |
|
$ |
3,610 |
|
Investment securities available for sale |
|
|
86 |
|
|
(360 |
) |
|
(274 |
) |
|
399 |
|
|
(2,733 |
) |
|
(2,334 |
) |
|
704 |
|
|
(1,379 |
) |
|
(675 |
) |
Investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
12 |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
8 |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
(13 |
) |
|
(22 |
) |
|
26 |
|
|
536 |
|
|
562 |
|
Interest-bearing deposits |
|
|
46 |
|
|
(114 |
) |
|
(68 |
) |
|
282 |
|
|
(278 |
) |
|
4 |
|
|
479 |
|
|
(43 |
) |
|
436 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
(114 |
) |
|
2 |
|
|
(112 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net change in income on interest-earning assets |
|
|
4 |
|
|
2,321 |
|
|
2,325 |
|
|
5,014 |
|
|
9,961 |
|
|
14,975 |
|
|
1,054 |
|
|
2,767 |
|
|
3,821 |
|
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW accounts |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
1 |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
(5 |
) |
|
(1 |
) |
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
12 |
|
Passbook savings accounts |
|
|
1 |
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
(19 |
) |
|
(2 |
) |
|
(128 |
) |
|
(130 |
) |
|
5 |
|
|
(78 |
) |
|
(73 |
) |
Money market accounts |
|
|
345 |
|
|
11 |
|
|
356 |
|
|
2,930 |
|
|
406 |
|
|
3,336 |
|
|
1,428 |
|
|
(121 |
) |
|
1,307 |
|
Time deposit certificates |
|
|
989 |
|
|
498 |
|
|
1,487 |
|
|
3,329 |
|
|
1,357 |
|
|
4,686 |
|
|
1,513 |
|
|
1,432 |
|
|
2,945 |
|
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
|
319 |
|
|
714 |
|
|
1,033 |
|
|
828 |
|
|
4,866 |
|
|
5,694 |
|
|
(93 |
) |
|
235 |
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net change in expense on interest-bearing liabilities |
|
|
1,650 |
|
|
1,204 |
|
|
2,854 |
|
|
7,080 |
|
|
6,500 |
|
|
13,580 |
|
|
2,853 |
|
|
1,480 |
|
|
4,333 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in net interest income |
|
$ |
(1,646 |
) |
$ |
1,117 |
|
$ |
(529 |
) |
$ |
(2,066 |
) |
$ |
3,461 |
|
$ |
1,395 |
|
$ |
(1,799 |
) |
$ |
1,287 |
|
$ |
(512 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk
General. Our board of directors has established an asset and liability management policy to guide management in maximizing net interest rate spread by managing the differences in terms between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities while maintaining acceptable levels of liquidity, capital adequacy, interest rate sensitivity, credit risk and profitability. The policy includes the use of an Asset Liability Management Committee whose members include certain members of senior management. The committees purpose is to communicate, coordinate and manage our asset/liability positions consistent with our business plan and board-approved policies, as well as to price savings and lending products, and to develop new products. The Asset Liability Management Committee meets quarterly to review various areas including:
|
|
economic conditions; |
|
|
|
|
|
interest rate outlook; |
|
|
|
|
|
asset/liability mix; |
|
|
|
|
|
interest rate risk sensitivity; |
|
|
|
|
|
current market opportunities to promote specific products; |
|
|
|
|
|
historical financial results; |
|
|
|
|
|
projected financial results; and |
|
|
|
|
|
capital position. |
The committee also reviews current and projected liquidity needs, although not necessarily on a quarterly basis. As part of its procedures, the Asset Liability Management Committee regularly reviews interest rate risk by forecasting the impact of alternative interest rate environments on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity, which is defined as the net present value of an institutions existing assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, and evaluating such impacts against the maximum potential change in market value of portfolio equity that is authorized by the board of directors.
Our Risk When Interest Rates Change. The rates of interest we earn on assets and pay on liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Market interest rates change over time. Our loans generally have longer maturities than our deposits. Accordingly, our results of operations, like those of other financial institutions, are impacted by changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. The risk associated with changes in interest rates and our ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk and is our most significant market risk.
In recent years, we primarily have utilized the following strategies in our efforts to manage interest rate risk:
|
|
we have increased our originations of shorter term loans and particularly, construction/land development loans and consumer loans; |
|
|
|
|
|
we have structured our borrowings with relatively short-terms to maturity to match fund our short-term construction/land development loans; |
|
|
|
|
|
we have attempted, where possible, to extend the maturities of our deposits which typically fund our long-term assets; and |
|
|
|
|
|
we have invested in securities with relatively short anticipated lives, generally three to five years. |
51
How We Measure the Risk of Interest Rate Changes. We monitor First Savings Banks interest rate sensitivity on a quarterly basis using proprietary software as supported by The Baker Group, a third party provider, which measures the change in net interest income as a percentage of net income in varying rate environments. Management uses various assumptions to evaluate the sensitivity of our operations to changes in interest rates. Although management believes these assumptions are reasonable, the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities on net interest income and the market value of portfolio equity could vary substantially if different assumptions were used or actual experience differs from these assumptions. Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of repricing, they may react differently to changes in market interest rates. The interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types of assets and liabilities lag behind changes in market interest rates. Non-uniform changes and fluctuations in market interest rates across various maturities will also affect the results presented. In addition, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate mortgage loans, have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. In the event of a significant change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate from those assumed. Finally, the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. We consider all these factors in monitoring our interest rate exposure.
The assumptions we use are based upon a combination of proprietary and market data that reflect historical results and current market conditions. These assumptions relate to interest rates, prepayments, deposit decay rates and the market value of certain assets under the various interest rate scenarios. We use market data as provided by the Baker Group to determine prepayments and maturities of loans, investments and borrowings, and use our own assumptions on deposit decay rates except for time deposits. Time deposits are modeled to reprice to market rates upon their stated maturities. We also assume that non-maturity deposits can be maintained with rate adjustments not directly proportionate to the change in market interest rates, based upon our historical deposit decay rates which are substantially lower than market decay rates. We have demonstrated in the past that the tiering structure of our deposit accounts during changing rate environments results in relatively lower volatility and less than market rate changes in our interest expense for deposits. We tier our deposit accounts by balance and rate, whereby higher balances within an account earn higher rates of interest. Therefore, deposits that are not very rate sensitive (generally, lower balance tiers) are separated from deposits that are rate sensitive (generally, higher balance tiers). When interest rates rise, we do not have to raise interest rates proportionately on less rate sensitive accounts to retain these deposits. These assumptions are based upon our analysis of our customer base, competitive factors and historical experience.
The following table illustrates the change in the net portfolio value at March 31, 2007 that would occur in the event of an immediate change in interest rates equally across all maturities, with no effect given to any steps that we might take to counter the effect of that interest movement.
Basis Point
|
|
Net Portfolio Value (1) |
|
Net Portfolio as % of
|
|
Market Value
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Amount |
|
$ Change (2) |
|
% Change |
|
NPV Ratio (3) |
|
% Change (4) |
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||
300 |
|
$ |
48,516 |
|
$ |
(53,303 |
) |
|
(52.35 |
)% |
|
5.19 |
% |
|
(5.26 |
)% |
$ |
935,077 |
|
200 |
|
|
65,316 |
|
|
(36,503 |
) |
|
(35.85 |
) |
|
6.80 |
|
|
(3.60 |
) |
|
959,885 |
|
100 |
|
|
83,212 |
|
|
(18,606 |
) |
|
(18.27 |
) |
|
8.44 |
|
|
(1.84 |
) |
|
986,046 |
|
0 |
|
|
101,819 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.05 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,013,203 |
|
(100) |
|
|
116,882 |
|
|
15,063 |
|
|
14.79 |
|
|
11.27 |
|
|
1.49 |
|
|
1,037,031 |
|
(200) |
|
|
126,453 |
|
|
24,634 |
|
|
24.19 |
|
|
11.98 |
|
|
2.43 |
|
|
1,055,718 |
|
(300) |
|
|
130,523 |
|
|
28,704 |
|
|
28.19 |
|
|
12.21 |
|
|
2.83 |
|
|
1,069,178 |
|
(footnotes on following page)
52
|
|
(1) |
The net portfolio value is calculated based upon the present value of the discounted cash flows from assets and liabilities. The difference between the present value of assets and liabilities is the net portfolio value and represents the market value of equity for the given interest rate scenario. Net portfolio value is useful for determining, on a market value basis, how much equity changes in response to various interest rate scenarios. Large changes in net portfolio value reflect increased interest rate sensitivity and generally more volatile earnings streams. |
(2) |
Represents the increase (decrease) in the estimated net portfolio value at the indicated change in interest rates compared to the net portfolio value assuming no change in interest rates. |
(3) |
Calculated as the net portfolio value divided by the market value of assets (net portfolio value ratio). |
(4) |
Calculated as the increase (decrease) in the net portfolio value ratio assuming the indicated change in interest rates over the estimated portfolio value of assets assuming no change in interest rates. |
(5) |
Calculated based on the present value of the discounted cash flows from assets. The market value of assets represents the value of assets under the various interest rate scenarios and reflects the sensitivity of those assets to interest rate changes. |
When interest rates decline by 100, 200, or 300 basis points, our net interest income gradually increases because our earning assets are primarily long term fixed rate loans and the rate we earn decreases at a slower pace than the rate we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities (primarily borrowed funds). Interest income would decrease on our interest-earning assets primarily because of increased prepayment risks that would emerge. We expect that our interest expense would decrease proportionally to the decline in interest income because of the sensitivity of our short term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle which re-price daily and our money market liabilities which are tied to the 90 day U. S. Treasury bill rate. Furthermore, the rate we pay on the majority of our deposits and on some borrowed funds cannot decline 100, 200, or 300 basis points in the event of an immediate change in market interest rates, since most of our interest-bearing liabilities possess some term structures.
When interest rates rise by 100, 200 or 300 basis points, our net interest income and the net portfolio value decreases because the rate we earn on our interest-earning assets does not increase as rapidly as the rates we would pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. Our interest-earning assets primarily consist of intermediate-term and longer-term loans that do not reprice quickly and investments with primarily intermediate-term structures. Our interest-bearing liabilities generally consist of short-term deposits (savings, money market, and certificates of deposits) and short- to intermediate-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle that would reprice more quickly than our interest-earning assets.
The net interest income and net portfolio value tables presented above are predicated upon a stable balance sheet with no growth or change in asset or liability mix. In addition, the net portfolio value is based upon the present value of discounted cash flows using the Baker Groups market analysis and our estimates of current replacement rates to discount the cash flows. The effects of changes in interest rates in the net interest income table are based upon a cash flow simulation of our existing assets and liabilities and, for purposes of simplifying the analysis, assumes that delinquency rates would not change as a result of changes in interest rates, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case. Delinquency rates may change when interest rates change; as a result of changes in the loan portfolio mix, underwriting conditions, loan terms, or changes in economic conditions that have a delayed effect on the portfolio. The model we use that is administered by the Baker Group does not change the delinquency rate for the various interest rate scenarios. Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there can be no assurance that our assets and liabilities would perform as set forth above. Also, a change in the U.S. Treasury rates in the designated amounts accompanied by a change in the shape of the Treasury yield curve would cause changes to the net portfolio value and net interest income other than those indicated above.
Liquidity
We are required to have enough cash flow in order to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure a safe and sound operation. Historically, we have maintained cash flow above the minimum level believed to be adequate to
53
meet the requirements of normal operations, including potential deposit outflows. On a weekly basis, we review and update cash flow projections to ensure that adequate liquidity is maintained.
Our primary sources of funds are from customer deposits, loan repayments, maturing investment securities and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle. These funds, together with equity, are used to make loans, acquire investment securities and other assets, and fund continuing operations. While maturities and the scheduled amortization of loans are a predictable source of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by the level of interest rates, economic conditions and competition. We believe that our current liquidity position, and our forecasted operating results are sufficient to fund all of our existing commitments.
Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. Excess liquidity is generally invested in short-term investments such as overnight deposits or mortgage-backed securities. On a longer term basis, we maintain a strategy of investing in various lending products as described in greater detail under Business of First Savings Bank Lending Activities. At March 31, 2007, the total approved loan origination commitments outstanding amounted to $53.4 million. At the same date, unused lines of credit were $2.1 million. We use our sources of funds primarily to meet ongoing commitments, to pay maturing certificates of deposit and savings withdrawals, to fund loan commitments and to maintain our portfolio of mortgage-backed securities and investment securities. Time deposit certificates scheduled to mature in one year or less at March 31, 2007 totaled $387.7 million. Although interest rates remained stable throughout 2006 and through the first quarter of 2007, managements policy is to maintain deposit rates at levels that are competitive with other local financial institutions. Based on historical experience, we believe that a significant portion of maturing deposits will remain with First Savings Bank. In addition, we had the ability at March 31, 2007 to borrow an additional $199.2 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle as a funding source to meet commitments and for liquidity purposes. In addition, First Savings Bank has a line of credit of $10.0 million with another financial institution which could be used for liquidity.
We measure our liquidity based on our ability to fund our assets and to meet liability obligations when they come due. Liquidity (and funding) risk occurs when funds cannot be raised at reasonable prices, or in a reasonable time frame, to meet our normal or unanticipated obligations. We regularly monitor the mix between our assets and our liabilities to manage effectively our liquidity and funding requirements.
Our primary source of funds is our deposits. When deposits are not available to provide the funds for our assets, we use alternative funding sources. These sources include, but are not limited to: cash management from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle, wholesale funding, brokered deposits, federal funds purchased and dealer repurchase agreements, as well as other short-term alternatives. Alternatively, we may also liquidate assets to meet our funding needs.
On a quarterly basis, we estimate our liquidity sources and needs for the coming three-month, six-month, and one-year time periods. Also, we determine funding concentrations and our need for sources of funds other than deposits. This information is used by our Asset Liability Management Committee in forecasting funding needs and investing opportunities.
Capital
Consistent with our goal to operate a sound and profitable financial organization, we actively seek to maintain a well capitalized institution in accordance with regulatory standards. Total equity was $106.3 million at March 31, 2007, or 10.40%, of total assets on that date. As of March 31, 2007, we exceeded all regulatory capital requirements. Our regulatory capital ratios at March 31, 2007 were as follows: Tier 1 capital 9.35%; Tier 1 (core) risk-based capital 15.16%; and total risk-based capital 15.57%. The regulatory capital requirements to be considered well capitalized are 5%, 6% and 10%, respectively. See How We Are Regulated Regulation and Supervision of First Savings Bank Capital Requirements.
54
Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and the unused portions of lines of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Commitments to extend credit and lines of credit are not recorded as an asset or liability by us until the instrument is exercised. At March 31, 2007 and 2006, we had no commitments to originate loans for sale.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the loan agreement. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customers creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by us upon extension of credit, is based on our credit evaluation of the customer. The amount and type of collateral required varies, but may include real estate and income-producing commercial properties. At March 31, 2007, commitments to originate loans, commitments under unused lines of credit, and undisbursed portions of construction loans in process, for which we were obligated amounted to approximately $53.4 million, $2.1 million and $64.2 million, respectively.
First Financial Holdings, MHC and its subsidiary from time to time are involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. There are currently no matters that in the opinion of management, would have material adverse effect on First Financial Holdings, MHCs consolidated financial position, results of operation, or liquidity.
Among our contingent liabilities are exposures to limited recourse arrangements with respect to sales of whole loans and participation interests.
We anticipate that we will continue to have sufficient funds and alternative funding sources to meet our current commitments.
The following tables summarize our outstanding commitments to originate loans and to advance additional amounts pursuant to outstanding letters of credit, lines of credit and under our construction loans at March 31, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Commitment Expiration - Per Period |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Total
|
|
Through
|
|
After
|
|
After
|
|
After
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|
|
|
||||
Commitments to originate loans |
|
$ |
53,371 |
|
$ |
53,371 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Unused portion of home equity lines of credit |
|
|
2,056 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,056 |
|
Undisbursed portion of construction loans in process |
|
|
64,204 |
|
|
64,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total commitments |
|
$ |
119,631 |
|
$ |
117,575 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,056 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
Impact of Inflation
The consolidated financial statements and related financial data presented in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These principles generally require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.
Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. The primary impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institutions performance than do general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services. In a period of rapidly rising interest rates, the liquidity and maturity structures of our assets and liabilities are critical to the maintenance of acceptable performance levels.
The principal effect of inflation on earnings, as distinct from levels of interest rates, is in the area of noninterest expense. Expense items such as employee compensation, employee benefits and occupancy and equipment costs may be subject to increases as a result of inflation. An additional effect of inflation is the possible increase in dollar value of the collateral securing loans that we have made. Our management is unable to determine the extent, if any, to which properties securing loans have appreciated in dollar value due to inflation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainties in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). This interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken in a tax return, and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As of March 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, we had an insignificant amount of unrecognized tax benefits. Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits in Federal income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income. The amount of interest and penalties for the three months ended March 31, 2007 was immaterial. The tax years subject to examination by the taxing authorities are the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003.
On February 15, 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, which allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. Subsequent changes in fair value of these financial assets and liabilities would be recognized in earnings when they occur. This statement further establishes certain additional disclosure requirements. This statement is effective for our financial statements for the year beginning on January 1, 2008, with earlier adoption permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact and timing of the adoption of this statement on our financial condition and results of operations.
On September 15, 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. This statement is effective for our financial statements issued for the year beginning on January 1, 2008, with earlier adoption permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact and timing of the adoption of this statement on our financial condition and results of operations.
On September 13, 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No.108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current year
56
Financial Statements. This bulletin expresses the Securities and Exchange Commissions staffs views regarding the process of quantifying the financial statement misstatements. The bulletin states that in evaluating the materiality of financial statement misstatements, a company must quantify the impact of correcting misstatements, including both the carryover and reversing effects of prior year misstatements, on the current year financial statements. This bulletin is effective for the year ended December 31, 2006. The application of this bulletin did not have an impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
On March 17, 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140, which permits, but does not require, an entity to account for one or more classes or servicing rights (i.e., mortgage servicing rights) at fair value, with the changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of income. We elected early adoption of the statement and to account for consumer-related mortgage servicing rights using the amortized cost method on January 1, 2006. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
BUSINESS OF FIRST FINANCIAL OF RENTON, INC. AND
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC.
Business of First Financial of Renton
We are a Washington corporation and the mid-tier holding company that owns 100% of First Savings Bank of Renton. We were formed in 2002 in connection with the reorganization of First Savings Bank into the mutual holding company form of organization. Effective with the reorganization on October 1, 2002, we became a stock holding company and the wholly-owned subsidiary of First Financial Holdings, MHC, a Washington chartered mutual holding company.
We conduct our business as a savings and loan holding company and have no significant liabilities. Our primary business consists of directing, planning and coordinating the business activities of our wholly-owned subsidiaries First Savings Bank and First Financial Diversified.
An expense sharing agreement exists between First Financial of Renton and First Savings Bank so that First Savings Bank is reimbursed for compensation and related costs associated with First Savings Bank officers and staff who spend time on First Financial of Renton business activities.
Business of First Financial Northwest
We have not engaged in any significant business operations other than our primary business activity of directing, planning and coordinating the business activities of First Savings Bank and First Financial Diversified. Upon completion of the conversion, First Financial Northwest will continue with this primary business activity. In connection with the offering, we plan to retain up to 50% of the net proceeds from the offering and invest 100% of the remaining net proceeds in First Savings Bank as additional capital in exchange for 100% of the outstanding common stock of First Savings Bank. We will use a portion of the net proceeds to make a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and will invest our initial capital as discussed in How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From this Offering. At a later date, we may use the net proceeds to pay dividends to shareholders and to repurchase shares of common stock, subject to regulatory limitations.
In the future, as the holding company of First Savings Bank, we will be authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations for bank holding companies, which may include the acquisition of banking and financial services companies. See How We Are Regulated Regulation and Supervision of First Financial Northwest for a discussion of the activities that are permitted for bank holding companies. We currently have no plans regarding any specific acquisition transaction.
57
We do not plan to own any property. We will use the premises, equipment and furniture of First Savings Bank for the payment of appropriate rental fees, as required by applicable law. We will employ only officers, who also serve as officers of First Savings Bank, and we will use the support staff of First Savings Bank from time to time, but will not separately compensate these individuals. It is anticipated that an expense sharing agreement will be entered into between First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank so that First Savings Bank will be reimbursed for compensation and related costs associated with First Savings Bank officers and staff who spend time on First Financial Northwest business activities.
As the holding company for First Savings Bank, the competitive conditions applicable to First Savings Bank are the same as those confronting First Savings Bank. See Business of First Savings Bank Competition.
BUSINESS OF FIRST SAVINGS BANK
General
We are a well-established financial institution with a 83 year history of meeting the financial needs of our customers, who are primarily located in our local market. We offer consumers a broad array of deposit and loan services through First Savings Bank and mortgage services through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Executive House, Inc. First Savings Bank was organized in 1923 as a Washington state chartered savings and loan association, converted to a federal mutual savings and loan association in 1935, and converted to a Washington state chartered mutual savings bank under Title 32 of the Revised Code of Washington in 1992. Effective October 1, 2002, First Savings Bank reorganized into a two-tier mutual holding company structure, converted to stock form and became the wholly-owned subsidiary of First Financial of Renton. In connection with the conversion, we are changing our name to First Savings Bank Northwest.
Market Area
We consider our primary market area to be the Puget Sound Region, which consists primarily of King, Snohomish and Pierce counties. The economy of the King, Snohomish and Pierce counties has performed well over the last few years, spurred on by strong growth despite the downsizing of one of its major employers, the Boeing Company during the past decade. A reduction in growth in any of these markets can adversely affect the level of our construction and commercial real estate lending.
King County is the largest county in the State of Washington, covering approximately 2,134 square miles, and is located on the Puget Sound. It has approximately 1.8 million residences and a median household income of approximately $50,139. King County has a diversified economic base with many industries including shipping and transportation, aerospace (Boeing) and computer technology and biotech industries. According to the Washington State Employment Security Department, the unemployment rate for King County decreased to 4.1% at December 31, 2006 from 4.8% at December 31, 2005. Residential housing values appreciated in the King County market by 16.3% in the second quarter of 2006, with a median home price of $429,000.
Pierce County is the second largest county in the State of Washington, covering approximately 1,790 square miles and is located along western Puget Sound. It has approximately 744,000 residences and a median household income of approximately $61,000. The Pierce County economy is diversified with the presence of military related government employment (Fort Lewis Army Base and McChord Air Force Base), transportation and shipping employment (Port of Tacoma), and aerospace related employment (Boeing). According to the Washington State Employment Security Department the unemployment rate for Pierce County remained unchanged at 4.9% at December 2006 from 4.9% December 2005. Residential housing values appreciated in the Pierce County market by 14.9% in the second quarter 2006 with a median home price of $270,000.
Snohomish County is the third largest county in the State of Washington, covering approximately 2,090 square miles and is located on Puget Sound touching the northern boarder of King County. It has approximately 671,800 residences and a median household income of approximately $41,000. The economy of Snohomish County
58
is diversified with the presence of military related government employment (Everett Homeport Naval Base), aerospace related employment (Boeing) and retail trade. The unemployment rate for Snohomish County decreased to 4.4% at December 2006 from 5.1% at December 2005. Residential housing values appreciated in the Snohomish County market by 17.3% in the second quarter 2006 with a median home price of $340,000.
For a discussion regarding the competition in our primary market area, see -- Competition.
Lending Activities
General. We focus our lending activities primarily on the origination of loans secured by first mortgages on owner-occupied one- to four-family residences, commercial real estate, multi-family real estate, and real-estate construction/land development loans. We offer a limited variety of consumer secured loans, including savings account loans and home equity loans, which includes lines of credit and second mortgage loans. As of March 31, 2007, the net loan portfolio totaled $733.6 million and represented 71.79% of our total assets. As of March 31, 2007, our total loan portfolio was comprised of: 47.00% one- to four-family residential loans, 10.21% multi-family residential loans, 20.42% commercial real estate loans, 21.84% construction/land development loans, and 0.53% consumer loans.
Our loan policy limits the maximum amount of loans we can make to one borrower to 20% of First Savings Banks capital. Exceptions may be made to this policy with the prior approval of the board of directors if the borrower exhibits financial strength or compensating factors to sufficiently offset any weaknesses based on the loan-to-value ratio, borrowers financial condition, net worth, credit history, earnings capacity, installment obligations, and current payment habits. As of March 31, 2007, the maximum amount which we could lend to any one borrower was $19.3 million based on our policy. The five largest borrowing relationships as of March 31, 2007 in descending order are:
Borrower |
|
Aggregate Amount
|
|
Collateral |
|
Number of
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate builder |
|
|
$37.2 million |
|
|
residential properties |
|
|
95 |
|
Real estate builder |
|
|
$32.0 million |
|
|
residential properties |
|
|
88 |
|
Real estate builder |
|
|
$19.4 million |
|
|
residential properties |
|
|
96 |
|
Real estate builder |
|
|
$18.2 million |
|
|
residential properties |
|
|
37 |
|
Small business investor |
|
|
$13.8 million |
|
|
commercial properties |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Net of loans in process at March 31, 2007. |
All of these loans have personal guarantees in place as an additional source of repayment including those made to partnerships and corporations. All of the properties securing these loans were in our geographic market area. Management plans to continue to originate real estate and consumer loans primarily within the market area we serve.
59
Loan Portfolio Analysis. The following table sets forth the composition of First Savings Banks loan portfolio by type of loan at the dates indicated.
|
|
At March 31,
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||
Real Estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four-family residential |
|
$ |
377,554 |
|
|
47.00 |
% |
$ |
373,192 |
|
|
48.86 |
% |
$ |
266,081 |
|
|
43.18 |
% |
Multi-family residential |
|
|
81,993 |
|
|
10.21 |
|
|
79,701 |
|
|
10.44 |
|
|
68,267 |
|
|
11.08 |
|
Commercial |
|
|
164,028 |
|
|
20.42 |
|
|
153,924 |
|
|
20.15 |
|
|
109,300 |
|
|
17.73 |
|
Construction/land development. |
|
|
175,468 |
|
|
21.84 |
|
|
153,401 |
|
|
20.08 |
|
|
171,246 |
|
|
27.79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total real estate |
|
|
799,043 |
|
|
99.47 |
|
|
760,218 |
|
|
99.53 |
|
|
614,894 |
|
|
99.78 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
3,782 |
|
|
0.47 |
|
|
3,038 |
|
|
0.40 |
|
|
915 |
|
|
0.15 |
|
Savings account |
|
|
259 |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
296 |
|
|
0.04 |
|
|
209 |
|
|
0.03 |
|
Other |
|
|
199 |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
203 |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
217 |
|
|
0.04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consumer |
|
|
4,240 |
|
|
0.53 |
|
|
3,537 |
|
|
0.47 |
|
|
1,341 |
|
|
0.22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans |
|
|
803,283 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
763,755 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
616,235 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans in process |
|
|
64,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
58,731 |
|
|
|
|
|
71,532 |
|
|
|
|
Deferred loan fees |
|
|
2,916 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,725 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,357 |
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses |
|
|
2,571 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,971 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,651 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans receivable, net |
|
$ |
733,592 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
700,328 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
540,695 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||
Real Estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four-family residential |
|
$ |
231,553 |
|
|
56.87 |
% |
$ |
216,259 |
|
|
60.81 |
% |
$ |
205,983 |
|
|
64.36 |
% |
Multi-family residential |
|
|
61,913 |
|
|
15.20 |
|
|
55,472 |
|
|
15.60 |
|
|
44,068 |
|
|
13.77 |
|
Commercial |
|
|
86,558 |
|
|
21.26 |
|
|
68,300 |
|
|
19.20 |
|
|
61,488 |
|
|
19.21 |
|
Construction/land development. |
|
|
25,265 |
|
|
6.20 |
|
|
13,880 |
|
|
3.90 |
|
|
7,743 |
|
|
2.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total real estate |
|
|
405,289 |
|
|
99.53 |
|
|
353,911 |
|
|
99.51 |
|
|
319,282 |
|
|
99.76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
932 |
|
|
0.23 |
|
|
1,074 |
|
|
0.30 |
|
|
225 |
|
|
0.07 |
|
Savings account |
|
|
553 |
|
|
0.14 |
|
|
326 |
|
|
0.09 |
|
|
435 |
|
|
0.14 |
|
Other |
|
|
419 |
|
|
0.10 |
|
|
353 |
|
|
0.10 |
|
|
94 |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consumer |
|
|
1,904 |
|
|
0.47 |
|
|
1,753 |
|
|
0.49 |
|
|
754 |
|
|
0.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans |
|
|
407,193 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
355,664 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
320,036 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans in process |
|
|
19,762 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,362 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,308 |
|
|
|
|
Deferred loan fees |
|
|
2,308 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,362 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,251 |
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses |
|
|
995 |
|
|
|
|
|
995 |
|
|
|
|
|
690 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans receivable, net |
|
$ |
384,128 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
343,945 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
313,787 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
The following table shows the composition of First Savings Banks loan portfolio by fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at the dates indicated.
|
|
At March 31,
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||
FIXED-RATE LOANS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four-family residential |
|
$ |
365,948 |
|
|
45.56 |
% |
$ |
365,868 |
|
|
47.90 |
% |
$ |
264,790 |
|
|
42.97 |
% |
Multi-family residential |
|
|
80,625 |
|
|
10.04 |
|
|
78,331 |
|
|
10.26 |
|
|
63,093 |
|
|
10.24 |
|
Commercial |
|
|
146,790 |
|
|
18.27 |
|
|
151,557 |
|
|
19.84 |
|
|
100,730 |
|
|
16.34 |
|
Construction/ land development |
|
|
11,466 |
|
|
1.43 |
|
|
11,892 |
|
|
1.56 |
|
|
125,287 |
|
|
20.33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total real estate |
|
|
604,829 |
|
|
75.30 |
|
|
607,648 |
|
|
79.56 |
|
|
553,900 |
|
|
89.88 |
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
2,006 |
|
|
0.24 |
|
|
2,151 |
|
|
0.28 |
|
|
915 |
|
|
0.15 |
|
Savings account |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
0.03 |
|
Other |
|
|
199 |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
203 |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
217 |
|
|
0.04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consumer |
|
|
2,205 |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
2,354 |
|
|
0.31 |
|
|
1,341 |
|
|
0.22 |
|
Total fixed-rate loans |
|
|
607,034 |
|
|
75.57 |
|
|
610,002 |
|
|
79.87 |
|
|
555,241 |
|
|
90.10 |
|
ADJUSTABLE-RATE LOANS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four-family residential |
|
|
11,606 |
|
|
1.44 |
|
|
7,324 |
|
|
0.96 |
|
|
1,291 |
|
|
0.21 |
|
Multi-family residential |
|
|
1,368 |
|
|
0.17 |
|
|
1,370 |
|
|
0.18 |
|
|
5,174 |
|
|
0.84 |
|
Commercial |
|
|
17,238 |
|
|
2.15 |
|
|
2,367 |
|
|
0.31 |
|
|
8,570 |
|
|
1.39 |
|
Construction/land development |
|
|
164,002 |
|
|
20.42 |
|
|
141,509 |
|
|
18.53 |
|
|
45,959 |
|
|
7.46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total real estate |
|
|
194,214 |
|
|
24.18 |
|
|
152,570 |
|
|
19.98 |
|
|
60,994 |
|
|
9.90 |
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
1,776 |
|
|
0.22 |
|
|
887 |
|
|
0.11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Savings Account |
|
|
259 |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
296 |
|
|
0.04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consumer |
|
|
2,035 |
|
|
0.25 |
|
|
1,183 |
|
|
0.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||
FIXED-RATE LOANS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four-family residential |
|
$ |
230,222 |
|
|
56.54 |
% |
$ |
214,710 |
|
|
60.37 |
% |
$ |
204,099 |
|
|
63.77 |
% |
Multi-family residential |
|
|
61,401 |
|
|
15.08 |
|
|
54,466 |
|
|
15.31 |
|
|
39,906 |
|
|
12.47 |
|
Commercial |
|
|
83,857 |
|
|
20.59 |
|
|
64,816 |
|
|
18.23 |
|
|
53,359 |
|
|
16.67 |
|
Construction/ land development |
|
|
15,072 |
|
|
3.70 |
|
|
6,577 |
|
|
1.85 |
|
|
3,945 |
|
|
1.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total real estate |
|
|
390,552 |
|
|
95.91 |
|
|
340,569 |
|
|
95.76 |
|
|
301,309 |
|
|
94.14 |
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
932 |
|
|
0.23 |
|
|
1,074 |
|
|
0.30 |
|
|
225 |
|
|
0.07 |
|
Savings account |
|
|
553 |
|
|
0.14 |
|
|
326 |
|
|
0.09 |
|
|
435 |
|
|
0.14 |
|
Other |
|
|
419 |
|
|
0.10 |
|
|
353 |
|
|
0.10 |
|
|
94 |
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consumer |
|
|
1,904 |
|
|
0.47 |
|
|
1,753 |
|
|
0.49 |
|
|
754 |
|
|
0.24 |
|
Total fixed-rate loans |
|
|
392,456 |
|
|
96.38 |
|
|
342,322 |
|
|
96.25 |
|
|
302,063 |
|
|
94.38 |
|
ADJUSTABLE-RATE LOANS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four-family residential |
|
|
1,332 |
|
|
0.33 |
|
|
1,549 |
|
|
0.44 |
|
|
1,884 |
|
|
0.59 |
|
Multi-family residential |
|
|
512 |
|
|
0.13 |
|
|
1,006 |
|
|
0.28 |
|
|
4,162 |
|
|
1.30 |
|
Commercial |
|
|
2,701 |
|
|
0.66 |
|
|
3,484 |
|
|
0.98 |
|
|
8,129 |
|
|
2.54 |
|
Construction/land development |
|
|
10,192 |
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
7,303 |
|
|
2.05 |
|
|
3,798 |
|
|
1.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total real estate |
|
|
14,737 |
|
|
3.62 |
|
|
13,342 |
|
|
3.75 |
|
|
17,973 |
|
|
5.62 |
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Savings Account |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consumer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
At March 31,
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||
Total adjustable rate loans |
|
|
196,249 |
|
|
24.43 |
|
|
153,753 |
|
|
20.13 |
|
|
60,994 |
|
|
9.90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans |
|
|
803,283 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
763,755 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
616,235 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans in process |
|
|
64,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
58,731 |
|
|
|
|
|
71,532 |
|
|
|
|
Deferred loan fees |
|
|
2,916 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,725 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,357 |
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses |
|
|
2,571 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,971 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,651 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans receivable, net |
|
$ |
733,592 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
700,328 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
540,695 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||
Total adjustable rate loans |
|
|
14,737 |
|
|
3.62 |
|
|
13,342 |
|
|
3.75 |
|
|
17,973 |
|
|
5.62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans |
|
|
407,193 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
355,664 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
320,036 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans in process |
|
|
19,762 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,362 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,308 |
|
|
|
|
Deferred loan fees |
|
|
2,308 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,362 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,251 |
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses |
|
|
995 |
|
|
|
|
|
995 |
|
|
|
|
|
690 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans receivable, net |
|
$ |
384,128 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
343,945 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
313,787 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62
One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending. As of March 31, 2007, $377.6 million, or 47.00%, of our total loan portfolio consisted of permanent loans secured by one- to four-family residences, of which $129.6 million were originated by or previously purchased from Executive House.
First Savings Bank is a traditional fixed rate portfolio lender when it comes to financing residential home loans. In 2006, we originated $126.2 million in one- to four-family residential loans, most of which had fixed rates and fixed terms. Most of our residential loan originations are in connection with the refinance of an existing loan rather than the purchase of a home. Residential mortgage loans are primarily made on owner-occupied properties within King and Pierce Counties of Washington State. As of March 31, 2007, $365.9 million, or 45.56%, of our one- to four-family residential mortgage loan portfolio consisted of fixed rate loans. All of our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans require both monthly principal and interest payments.
We also originate a limited number of jumbo fixed rate loans that we retain for our portfolio. Jumbo loans have balances that are greater than $417,000. The jumbo loan portfolio, comprised of 130 loans, totaled $86.5 million as of March 31, 2007. The loans in this portfolio have been priced at rates 0.125% to 0.25% higher than the standard rates quoted on conventional loans. As of March 31, 2007, all loans in the jumbo loan portfolio were performing in accordance with their loan repayment terms.
Our fixed-rate, single family residential mortgage loans are normally originated with 15 to 30 year terms, although such loans typically remain outstanding for substantially shorter periods, particularly in a declining interest rate environment. In addition, substantially all residential mortgage loans in our loan portfolio contain due-on-sale clauses providing that we declare the unpaid amount due and payable upon the sale of the property securing the loan. Typically, we enforce these due-on-sale clauses to the extent permitted by law and as a standard course of business. The average loan maturity is a function of, among other factors, the level of purchase and sale activity in the real estate market, prevailing interest rates and the interest rates payable on outstanding loans.
Our lending policies generally limit the maximum loan-to-value ratio on mortgage loans secured by owner-occupied properties to 95% of the lesser of the appraised value or the purchase price. We usually obtain private mortgage insurance on the portion of the principal amount that exceeds 80% of the appraised value of the secured property. The maximum loan-to-value ratio on mortgage loans secured by non-owner occupied properties is generally 80% on purchases and refinances. Properties securing our one- to four-family loans are appraised by independent fee appraisers approved by us. We require the borrowers to obtain title, hazard, and, if necessary, flood insurance. We generally do not require earthquake insurance because of competitive market factors.
Our construction loans to individuals to build their personal residences typically are structured as construction/permanent loans whereby there is one closing for both the construction loan and the permanent financing. During the construction phase, which typically lasts for eight months, our designated loan officer or an approved fee inspector makes periodic inspections of the construction site and loan proceeds are disbursed directly to the contractor or borrower as construction progresses. Typically, disbursements are made in seven draws during the construction period. Construction loans require payment of interest only during the construction phase and are structured to be converted to fixed rate permanent loans at the end of the construction phase. Prior to making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent fee appraiser. Our designated loan officer or an approved fee inspector also reviews and inspects each project prior to every disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan. Loan proceeds are disbursed based on a percentage of completion. At March 31, 2007, our construction loans to individuals amounted to $15.3 million or 4.06% of the one- to four-family residential loan balance.
Residential mortgage loans up to $1.5 million are approved by the loan committee which consists of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Lending Officer, and two senior loan officers. Loans in excess of $1.5 million and up to $3.0 million are approved by the Executive Committee which is comprised of the Chief Executive Officer and two outside directors. Loans in excess of $3.0 million require the approval of the full board of directors. At March 31, 2007, $281,000 of our one- to four-family residential were delinquent in excess of 90 days or in
63
nonaccrual status. No one- to four-family residential loans were charged-off during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
Multi-Family and Commercial Real Estate Lending. We have originated multi-family and commercial real estate loans for over 35 years and recently enhanced this lending sector with the acquisition of Executive House, a commercial lender for over 30 years, which now serves as our primary loan originator for these types of loans. Executive Houses multi-family and commercial real estate loan originations are underwritten by its President and Executive Vice President while at First Savings Bank these loans are also underwritten by its Chief Lending Officer with further review by its Chief Executive Officer. As of March 31, 2007, $82.0 million, or 10.21% of our total loan portfolio was secured by multi-family real estate, and $164.0 million, or 20.42% or our loan portfolio was secured by commercial real estate property. Of these balances, $44.6 million of multi-family real estate loans and $122.2 million of commercial real estate property loans were originated by or previously purchased from Executive House. Our commercial real estate loans are typically secured by office and medical buildings, retail shopping centers, mini-storage facilities, industrial use buildings, and warehouses. All of our multi-family and commercial real estate loans are secured by properties primarily located in our market area.
We actively pursue multi-family and commercial real estate loans. These loans generally are priced at a higher rate of interest than one- to four-family residential loans. Typically, these loans have higher loan balances, are more difficult to evaluate and monitor, and involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family residential loans. Often payments on loans secured by multi-family or commercial properties are dependent on the successful operation and management of the property; therefore, repayment of these loans may be affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. We generally require and obtain loan guarantees from financially capable parties based upon the review of personal financial statements. If the borrower is a corporation, we generally require and obtain personal guarantees from the corporate principals based upon a review of their personal financial statements and individual credit reports.
The average size loan in our multi-family and commercial real estate loan portfolios was $788,000 and $846,000, respectively as of March 31, 2007. We also target individual multi-family and commercial real estate loans between $1.0 million and $5.0 million; however, we can by policy originate loans to one borrower up to 20% of our total capital. The largest multi-family loan as of March 31, 2007 was a 72 unit apartment complex with a net outstanding principal balance at March 31, 2007 of $5.3 million located in Pierce County. As of March 31, 2007, the largest single commercial real estate loan had a net outstanding balance of $6.7 million and was secured by an office building located in Pierce County. These loans were performing according to their respective loan repayment terms, as were all of our multi-family and commercial real estate loans as of March 31, 2007.
We also make construction loans to owners for commercial development projects. The projects include multi-family, apartment, retail, office/warehouse and office buildings. These loans generally have an interest-only phase during construction, and generally convert to permanent financing when construction is completed. Disbursement of funds is at our sole discretion and is based on the progress of construction. The maximum loan-to-value limit applicable to these loans is 75% of the appraised post-construction value. At March 31, 2007, construction loans amounted to $20.8 million or 8.45% of the combined multi-family and commercial real estate loan portfolio.
Multi-family and commercial real estate loans up to $1.5 million can be approved by the senior members of the loan committee who are the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Lending Officer. At Executive House, the approvals up to this limit are made by the President and Executive Vice President. Loans in excess of $1.5 million and up to $3.0 million are approved by the Executive Committee, which consists of the Chief Executive Officer and two outside directors. Loans in excess of this amount are approved by the board of directors.
These loans are originated on a fixed rate basis with terms up to ten years, with amortization terms up to 30 years. Interest rates on fixed-rate loans are generally established by considering internal cost of funds, applicable margins, market demand and competitive pricing.
64
The credit risk related to multi-family and commercial real estate loans is considered to be greater than the risk related to one- to four-family residential or consumer loans because the repayment of multi-family and commercial real estate loans typically is dependent on the income stream of the real estate securing the loan as collateral and the successful operation of the borrowers business, which can be significantly affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the economy generally. For example, if the cash flow from the borrowers project is reduced due to leases not being obtained or renewed, the borrowers ability to repay the loan may be impaired. In addition, many of our multi-family and commercial real estate loans are not fully amortizing and contain large balloon payments upon maturity. These balloon payments may require the borrower to either sell or refinance the underlying property in order to make the balloon payment.
If we foreclose on a multi-family or commercial real estate loan, our holding period for the collateral typically is longer than for one- to four-family residential mortgage loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Additionally, as a result of our increasing emphasis on this type of lending, a large portion of our multi-family and commercial real estate loan portfolio is relatively unseasoned and has not been subjected to unfavorable economic conditions. As a result we may not have enough payment history with which to judge future collectibility or to predict the future performance of this part of our loan portfolio. These loans may have delinquency or charge-off levels above our historical experience, which could adversely affect our future performance. Further, our multi-family and commercial real estate loans generally have relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Accordingly, if we make any errors in judgment in the collectibility of our commercial real estate loans, any resulting charge-offs may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios. At March 31, 2007, no multi-family or commercial real estate loans were delinquent in excess of 90 days or in nonaccrual status. No multi-family or commercial real estate loans were charged-off during the three months ended March 31, 2007 and during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
Construction/Land Development Loans. Since we initially established a lending relationship in 1977 with Executive House we have been an active originator of construction and land development loans to residential builders for the construction of single-family residences, condominiums, townhouses and residential developments located in our market area. Beginning in 2005 we significantly increased this lending portfolio through loans purchased from Executive House as part of our strategy to diversify our loan portfolio, ultimately leading to our decision to acquire Executive House later that year. At March 31, 2007, our construction/land development loans amounted to $175.5 million, or 21.84%, of our total loan portfolio, substantially all of which were originated by Executive House. At March 31, 2007, our residential construction lending and land development loans to builders amounted to approximately $100.7 million, and $67.6 million, respectively. Our land development loans are generally made to builders intending to develop lots for their own use at a later date. The remaining $7.2 million balance of our construction/land development loans consisted of multi-family residential and commercial real estate construction loans. Loan commitment amounts for residential construction loans typically range from $150,000 to $500,000 with an average loan commitment at March 31, 2007 of $477,000. At March 31, 2007, the unadvanced portion of residential construction loans in process amounted to $35.3 million.
65
At the dates indicated, the composition of our construction/land development loan portfolio was as follows:
|
|
|
|
At December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
At March 31,
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|||||||
One- to four-family residential: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction speculative |
|
$ |
100,694 |
|
$ |
90,381 |
|
$ |
139,194 |
|
Multi-family residential: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction speculative |
|
|
5,870 |
|
|
5,995 |
|
|
|
|
Non-residential speculative |
|
|
1,324 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land development loans |
|
|
67,580 |
|
|
57,025 |
|
|
32,052 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total construction/land development (1)(2) |
|
$ |
175,468 |
|
$ |
153,401 |
|
$ |
171,246 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
At March 31, 2007, we had an additional $15.3 million, or 1.91% of our total loan portfolio in construction loans on one- to four-family properties that convert to permanent loans. Also at that date, we had an additional $20.8 million, or 2.59% of our total loan portfolio in construction loans on multi-family and commercial real estate loans that convert to permanent loans. |
|
(2) |
Loans in process for these loans at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $48,331, $39,734 and $59,959, respectively. |
We originate construction and site development loans to contractors and builders primarily to finance the construction of single-family homes and subdivisions, which homes typically have an average price ranging from $300,000 to $350,000. Loans to finance the construction of single-family homes and subdivisions are generally offered to experienced builders and builders in our primary market areas. The maximum loan-to-value limit applicable to these loans is generally 75% to 80% of the appraised market value upon completion of the project. We do not require any cash equity from the borrower if there is sufficient equity in the land being used as collateral. Development plans are required from builders prior to making the loan. Our loan officers are required to personally visit the proposed site of the development and the sites of competing developments. We require that builders maintain adequate insurance coverage. While maturity dates for residential construction loans are largely a function of the estimated construction period of the project, and generally do not exceed one year, land development loans generally are for 18 to 24 months. Substantially all of our residential construction loans have adjustable rates of interest based on The Wall Street Journal Prime Rate and during the term of construction, the accumulated interest is added to the principal of the loan through an interest reserve. Construction loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses and as inspection by our approved inspectors warrant. Loan commitment amounts for site development loans typically range from $500,000 to $5.0 million with an average individual loan commitment at March 31, 2007 of $1.9 million. At March 31, 2007, our largest construction and site development loan had a net outstanding principal balance of $8.3 million and was secured by a first mortgage lien. This loan was performing according to its original terms at March 31, 2007. At March 31, 2007, our three largest borrowing relationships for construction/land development loans had aggregate net outstanding loan balances of $29.1 million, $23.6 million and $15.4 million. We did not have any individual construction/land development loans at March 31, 2007 that had balances in excess of $10.0 million.
Our construction/land development loans are based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the completed project. These estimates may be inaccurate. Construction/land development lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent residential lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. This type of lending also typically involves higher loan principal amounts and is often
66
concentrated with a small number of builders. These loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If our appraisal of the value of a completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project and may incur a loss. Further, our ability to continue to originate a significant amount of construction loans is dependent on the continued strength of the housing market in King, Pierce and Snohomish counties, Washington. If we lost our relationship with one or more of our larger borrowers building in these counties or there is a decline in the demand for new housing in these counties, it is expected that the demand for construction loans would decline, our liquidity would substantially increase and our net income would be adversely affected. We have attempted to minimize these risks by generally concentrating on residential construction loans in our market area to contractors with whom we have established relationships. At March 31, 2007, no construction/land development loans were delinquent in excess of 90 days or in nonaccrual status. No construction/land development loans were charged-off during the years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, or during the three months ended March 31, 2007.
Consumer Lending. We offer a limited variety of consumer loans to our customers, consisting primarily of home equity and savings account loans. Generally, consumer loans have shorter terms to maturity and higher interest rates than mortgage loans. Consumer loans are made with both fixed and variable interest rates and with varying terms. At March 31, 2007, consumer loans amounted to $4.2 million, or 0.53%, of the total loan portfolio.
At March 31, 2007, the largest component of the consumer loan portfolio consisted of home equity loans, which totaled $3.8 million, or 0.47%, of the total loan portfolio. Home equity loans are made for purposes such as the improvement of residential properties, debt consolidation and education expenses. The majority of these loans are secured by a first or second mortgage on residential property. The maximum loan-to-value ratio is 95% or less, when taking into account both the balance of the home equity loans and the first mortgage loan. Home equity loans allow for a ten-year draw period, and the interest rate is tied to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal , and may include a margin.
Consumer loans entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by rapidly depreciating assets such as automobiles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation. The remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower beyond obtaining a deficiency judgment. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrowers continuing financial stability, and are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on these loans. These risks are not as prevalent with respect to our consumer loan portfolio because a large percentage of the portfolio consists of home equity lines of credit that are underwritten in a manner such that they result in credit risk that is substantially similar to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Nevertheless, home equity lines of credit have greater credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans because they are secured by mortgages subordinated to the existing first mortgage on the property, which we may or may not hold and do not have private mortgage insurance coverage. At March 31, 2007, no consumer loans were delinquent in excess of 90 days or in nonaccrual status. No consumer loans were charged-off during the first quarter of 2007 or during the year ended December 31, 2006.
Loan Maturity and Repricing . The following table sets forth certain information at March 31, 2007 regarding the dollar amount of loans maturing in our portfolio based on their contractual terms to maturity, but does not include scheduled payments or potential prepayments. Loan balances do not include undisbursed loan proceeds, unearned discounts, unearned income and allowance for loan losses.
67
|
|
Within
|
|
After
|
|
After
|
|
After
|
|
Beyond
|
|
Total |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||
Real Estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four-family residential |
|
$ |
16,450 |
|
$ |
4,233 |
|
$ |
14,125 |
|
$ |
158,763 |
|
$ |
183,983 |
|
$ |
377,554 |
|
Multi-family residential |
|
|
3,389 |
|
|
4,830 |
|
|
8,327 |
|
|
64,364 |
|
|
1,083 |
|
|
81,993 |
|
Commercial |
|
|
16,687 |
|
|
1,412 |
|
|
6,432 |
|
|
134,906 |
|
|
4,591 |
|
|
164,028 |
|
Construction/land development |
|
|
174,375 |
|
|
1,093 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
175,468 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total real estate |
|
|
210,901 |
|
|
11,568 |
|
|
28,884 |
|
|
358,033 |
|
|
189,657 |
|
|
799,043 |
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
1,676 |
|
|
768 |
|
|
33 |
|
|
1,155 |
|
|
150 |
|
|
3,782 |
|
Savings account |
|
|
259 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
259 |
|
Other |
|
|
98 |
|
|
77 |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
199 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consumer |
|
|
2,033 |
|
|
845 |
|
|
57 |
|
|
1,155 |
|
|
150 |
|
|
4,240 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
212,934 |
|
$ |
12,413 |
|
$ |
28,941 |
|
$ |
359,188 |
|
$ |
189,807 |
|
$ |
803,283 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans due after March 31, 2008, which have fixed interest rates and have floating or adjustable interest rates.
|
|
Fixed
|
|
Floating or
|
|
Total |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|||||||
Real Estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four-family residential |
|
$ |
358,826 |
|
$ |
2,278 |
|
$ |
361,104 |
|
Multi-family residential |
|
|
78,306 |
|
|
298 |
|
|
78,604 |
|
Commercial |
|
|
143,977 |
|
|
3,364 |
|
|
147,341 |
|
Construction/land development |
|
|
195 |
|
|
898 |
|
|
1,093 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total real estate |
|
|
581,304 |
|
|
6,838 |
|
|
588,142 |
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
2,006 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
2,106 |
|
Savings account |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consumer |
|
|
2,107 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
2,207 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
583,411 |
|
$ |
6,938 |
|
$ |
590,349 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan Solicitation and Processing. The majority of the consumer and residential mortgage loan originations are generated through First Savings Bank and from time to time through outside brokers. We originate multi-family and commercial real estate loans primarily using an income property officer employed by First Savings Bank. Construction/land development loans are originated through Executive House by its President and Executive Vice President primarily through referrals from builders who have a borrowing relationship with Executive House. During the three months ended March 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, Executive House originated construction/land development loans of $48.4 million and $111.5 million, respectively. These originations included $32.6 million and $76.3 million of one- to four-family construction loans to builders, $0 and $3.6 million multi-family construction loans, and $15.8 million and $31.6 million of land development loans, for the respective periods. The balance of the Executive House loan originations consist primarily of one-to four family loans to individual
68
borrowers. Business loans have been made on an accommodative basis to current customers, generally originated by our personal bankers, and approved by designated underwriters for this type of business.
Upon receipt of a loan application from a prospective borrower, we obtain a credit report and other data to verify specific information relating to the loan applicants employment, income, and credit standing. All real estate loans requiring an appraisal are done by an independent third-party fee appraiser. All appraisers are approved by us, and their credentials are reviewed annually, as is the quality of their appraisals.
We use a multi-tier lending matrix depending on the type and size of the consumer credit to be approved. We also allow for individual lending authorities, joint lending authorities, a management loan committee approval, and a loan and investment committee (comprised of directors) approval.
We require title insurance on all real estate loans, and fire and casualty insurance on all secured loans and on home equity loans where the property serves as collateral.
Loan Originations, Servicing, Purchases and Sales. For the three months ended March 31, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006, our total loan originations were $86.2 million and $312.9 million, respectively.
One- to four-family home loans are generally originated in accordance with the guidelines established by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, with the exception of our special community development loans under the Community Reinvestment Act. We originate residential first mortgages and service them using an in-house mortgage system. Our loans are underwritten by designated real estate loan underwriters internally in accordance with standards as provided by our board-approved loan policy.
Fixed-rate residential mortgage loans with terms of 30 years or less and adjustable rate mortgage loans are generally held in our portfolio. During the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 there were no loan sales. Loan sales were $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 with no loan sales in the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Loans are generally sold on a non-recourse basis. As of March 31, 2007, our loan servicing portfolio was $52.1 million.
Multi-family and commercial real estate loans are underwritten by designated lending staff or our Management Loan Committee depending on the size of the loan and are serviced by the commercial loan department.
Prior to its acquisition in 2005, Executive House represented approximately $218.1 million and $58.7 million, or 71% and 47% of First Savings Banks loan production volume at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and serviced approximately $351.4 million and $188.8 million, or 57% and 47% of First Savings Banks loan portfolio at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. At March 31, 2007, Executive House represented approximately $67.8 million, or 79% of First Savings Banks loan production volume and was servicing approximately $216.7 million, or 39% of First Savings Banks loan portfolio.
69
The following table shows total loans originated, purchased, sold and repaid during the periods indicated.
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
Loans Originated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four-family residential |
|
$ |
19,256 |
|
$ |
27,047 |
|
$ |
126,179 |
|
$ |
68,012 |
|
$ |
40,530 |
|
Multi-family residential |
|
|
3,225 |
|
|
2,248 |
|
|
12,666 |
|
|
7,434 |
|
|
4,495 |
|
Commercial |
|
|
13,937 |
|
|
1,718 |
|
|
51,855 |
|
|
11,880 |
|
|
19,247 |
|
Construction/land development |
|
|
48,411 |
|
|
10,368 |
|
|
118,367 |
|
|
3,583 |
|
|
1,636 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total real estate |
|
|
84,829 |
|
|
41,381 |
|
|
309,067 |
|
|
90,909 |
|
|
65,908 |
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
1,315 |
|
|
119 |
|
|
3,099 |
|
|
24 |
|
|
301 |
|
Savings account |
|
|
6 |
|
|
112 |
|
|
721 |
|
|
180 |
|
|
929 |
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
35 |
|
|
220 |
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consumer |
|
|
1,321 |
|
|
280 |
|
|
3,855 |
|
|
424 |
|
|
1,424 |
|
Total Loans Originated |
|
|
86,150 |
|
|
41,661 |
|
|
312,922 |
|
|
91,333 |
|
|
67,332 |
|
Loans Purchased |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,130 |
|
|
218,230 |
|
|
59,215 |
|
Total whole loans sold |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,245 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal repayments |
|
|
46,622 |
|
|
22,555 |
|
|
167,287 |
|
|
99,733 |
|
|
75,017 |
|
Change in other items, net |
|
|
(6,264 |
) |
|
25,575 |
|
|
12,113 |
|
|
(53,263 |
) |
|
(11,347 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in loans, net |
|
$ |
33,264 |
|
$ |
44,681 |
|
$ |
159,633 |
|
$ |
156,567 |
|
$ |
40,183 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan Origination and Other Fees. In some instances, we receive loan origination fees on real estate related products. Loan fees generally represent a percentage of the principal amount of the loan that is paid by the borrower. The amount of fees charged to the borrower on one- to four-family residential loans and on multi-family and commercial real estate loans can range up to 1.5%. Generally accepted accounting standards require that certain fees received, net of certain origination costs, be deferred and amortized over the contractual life of the loan. Net deferred fees or costs associated with loans that are prepaid or sold are recognized as income at the time of prepayment. We had $2.9 million of net deferred mortgage loan fees as of March 31, 2007.
One- to four-family loans are generally originated without a prepayment penalty. The majority of multi-family and commercial real estate loans, however, have prepayment penalties associated with the loans. We offer two types of prepayment penalty options depending upon the loan type and rate selected by the borrower. The majority of the recent multi-family and commercial real estate loan originations have a 3%, 2%, 1% prepayment penalty (3% in year one, 2% in year two, 1% in year three, and no fees after year three).
Asset Quality
As of March 31, 2007, we had an aggregate of $937,000, or 0.12%, of total loans 61 days or more delinquent consisting entirely of five one- to four-family residential loans. We generally assess late fees or penalty charges on delinquent loans of up to 5.00% of the monthly payment. The borrower is given up to a 15 day grace period to make the loan payment.
70
We generally send delinquent borrowers three consecutive written notices when the loan becomes ten, 15 and 45 days past due. Late charges are incurred when the loan becomes ten to 15 days past due depending upon the loan product. Our collection department actively attempts to collect on delinquent loans when they become 61 days past due. If the loan is not brought current, we continually try to contact the borrower in writing until the account is brought current. When the loan is 90 days past due, collectors will attempt to interview the borrower to determine the cause of the delinquency, and to obtain a mutually satisfactory arrangement to bring the loan current.
If the borrower is chronically delinquent and all reasonable means of obtaining payments have been exercised, we will seek to recover the collateral securing the loan according to the terms of the security instrument and applicable law. The following table shows our delinquent loans by the type of loan and number of days delinquent as of March 31, 2007:
|
|
Loans Delinquent For: |
|
Total
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
61-90 Days |
|
Over 90 Days |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Number
|
|
Principal
|
|
Number
|
|
Principal
|
|
Number
|
|
Principal
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||
Real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four-family residential |
|
|
2 |
|
$ |
656 |
|
|
3 |
|
$ |
281 |
|
|
5 |
|
$ |
937 |
|
Multi-family residential |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction/land development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total real estate |
|
|
2 |
|
|
656 |
|
|
3 |
|
|
281 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
937 |
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Savings account |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consumer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
2 |
|
$ |
656 |
|
|
3 |
|
$ |
281 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
937 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When a loan becomes 90 days delinquent, we generally place the loan on non-accrual status unless the credit is well secured and in the process of collection. As of March 31, 2007, non-accrual loans and loans 90 days or more past due as a percentage of total loans was 0.03%, and as a percentage of total assets it was 0.03%. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets were 0.03% as of March 31, 2007.
71
Non-performing Assets. The following table sets forth information with respect to our non-performing assets and restructured loans within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 15 for the periods indicated.
|
|
At
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four-family residential |
|
$ |
281 |
|
$ |
154 |
|
$ |
300 |
|
$ |
265 |
|
$ |
680 |
|
$ |
705 |
|
Accruing loans which are contractually due 90 days or more: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four-family residential |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
281 |
|
$ |
154 |
|
$ |
300 |
|
$ |
265 |
|
$ |
680 |
|
$ |
705 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total of nonaccrual and 90 days past due loans |
|
$ |
281 |
|
$ |
154 |
|
$ |
300 |
|
$ |
265 |
|
$ |
680 |
|
$ |
705 |
|
Repossessed assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate owned |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total nonperforming assets |
|
$ |
281 |
|
$ |
154 |
|
$ |
300 |
|
$ |
265 |
|
$ |
680 |
|
$ |
705 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructured loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonaccrual and 90 days or more past due loans as a percentage of total loans |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.05 |
% |
|
0.07 |
% |
|
0.19 |
% |
|
0.22 |
% |
Nonaccrual and 90 days or more past due loans as a percentage of total assets |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.09 |
% |
|
0.11 |
% |
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.09 |
% |
|
0.11 |
% |
Total loans |
|
$ |
803,283 |
|
$ |
763,755 |
|
$ |
616,235 |
|
$ |
407,193 |
|
$ |
355,664 |
|
$ |
320,036 |
|
Non-accrued interest (1) |
|
$ |
10 |
|
$ |
4 |
|
$ |
4 |
|
$ |
11 |
|
$ |
12 |
|
$ |
15 |
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
1,021,887 |
|
$ |
1,004,711 |
|
$ |
879,650 |
|
$ |
776,363 |
|
$ |
726,876 |
|
$ |
653,664 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Represents foregone interest on nonaccural loans. |
Real Estate Owned and Other Repossessed Assets. Real estate acquired by us as a result of foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until it is sold. When the property is acquired, it is recorded at the lower of its cost, which is the unpaid principal balance of the related loan plus foreclosure costs, or the fair market value of the property less selling costs. We had no real estate owned or repossessed assets as of March 31, 2007.
Restructured Loans. According to generally accepted accounting principles, we are required to account for certain loan modifications or restructuring as a troubled debt restructuring. In general, the modification or restructuring of a debt is considered a troubled debt restructuring if we, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrowers financial difficulties, grant a concession to the borrowers that we would not otherwise consider. We had no restructured loans as of March 31, 2007.
72
Classified Assets. Federal regulations provide for the classification of lower quality loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities, as substandard, doubtful or loss. An asset is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and pay capacity of the borrower or of any collateral pledged. Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values. Assets classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.
When we classify problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, we may establish a specific allowance in an amount we deem prudent and approved by the asset liability management committee to address the risk specifically or we may allow the loss to be addressed in the general allowance. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been specifically allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as a loss, it is required to charge off those assets in the period in which they are deemed uncollectible. Our determination as to the classification of our assets and the amount of our valuation allowances is subject to review by the FDIC and the Washington Department of Financial Institutions, which can order the establishment of additional loss allowances. Assets which do not currently expose us to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are required to be designated as special mention.
In connection with the filing of periodic reports with the FDIC and in accordance with our classification of assets policy, we regularly review the problem assets in our portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. On the basis of our review of our assets, as of March 31, 2007, we had classified $445,000 of our assets as substandard, no assets were classified as doubtful or loss and $4.5 million were classified as special mention. The total amount classified, or special mention, of $4.9 million represented 4.65% of equity and 0.48% of total assets as of March 31, 2007. With the exception of these classified and special mention loans, management is not aware of any loans as of March 31, 2007, where the known credit problems of the borrower would cause us to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with their present loan repayment terms.
The aggregate amounts of our classified and special mention, assets at the dates indicated (as determined by management), were as follows:
|
|
At
|
|
At December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|||||||
Classified Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Doubtful |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Substandard |
|
|
445 |
|
|
448 |
|
|
458 |
|
Special mention |
|
|
4,500 |
|
|
4,500 |
|
|
4,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
4,945 |
|
$ |
4,948 |
|
$ |
4,958 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for Loan Losses. Management recognizes that loan losses may occur over the life of a loan and that the allowance for loan losses must be maintained at a level necessary to absorb specific losses on impaired loans and probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Our Asset Liability Management Committee assesses the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. The committee analyzes several different factors, including delinquency, charge-off rates and the changing risk profile of our loan portfolio, as well as local economic conditions such as unemployment rates, bankruptcies and vacancy rates of business and residential properties.
73
We believe that the accounting estimate related to the allowance for loan losses is a critical accounting estimate because it is highly susceptible to change from period to period requiring management to make assumptions about probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio; and the impact of a sudden large loss could deplete the allowance and potentially require increased provisions to replenish the allowance, which would negatively affect earnings.
Our methodology for analyzing the allowance for loan losses consists of two components: formula and specific allowances. The formula allowance is determined by applying an estimated loss percentage to various groups of loans. The loss percentages are generally based on various historical measures such as the amount and type of classified loans, past due ratios and loss experience, which could affect the collectibility of the respective loan types.
The specific allowance component is created when management believes that the collectibility of a specific large loan, such as a real estate, multi-family or commercial real estate loan, has been impaired and a loss is probable.
The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses, which is charged against current period earnings and decreased by the amount of actual loan charge-offs, net of recoveries.
The provision for loan losses was $600,000 and $160,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We increased the provision as a result of our expanded position in construction/land development and commercial real estate lending. The allowance for loan losses was $2.6 million or 0.32% of total loans at March 31, 2007 as compared to $1.8 million, or 0.29% of total loans outstanding at March 31, 2006. The level of the allowance is based on estimates, and the ultimate losses may vary from the estimates. Management will continue to review the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and make adjustments to the provision for loan losses based on loan growth, economic conditions, charge-offs and portfolio composition. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 the provision for loan losses was $320,000 and $137,000, respectively.
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loans and the borrowers, including length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrowers prior payment record and the amounts of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction/land development loans by the fair value of the collateral.
We separately identify individual loans for impairment purposes. The remaining groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.
As of March 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and 2005, we had no loans considered as impaired.
74
The following table summarizes the distribution of the allowance for loan losses by loan category.
|
|
At March 31,
|
|
At December 31, |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Loan
|
|
Amount
|
|
Percent of
|
|
Loan
|
|
Amount
|
|
Percent of
|
|
Loan
|
|
Amount
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||
Real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four- family residential |
|
$ |
377,554 |
|
$ |
355 |
|
|
47.00 |
% |
$ |
373,192 |
|
$ |
302 |
|
|
48.86 |
% |
$ |
266,081 |
|
$ |
259 |
|
|
43.18 |
% |
Multi-family residential |
|
|
81,993 |
|
|
155 |
|
|
10.21 |
|
|
79,701 |
|
|
38 |
|
|
10.44 |
|
|
68,267 |
|
|
30 |
|
|
11.08 |
|
Commercial |
|
|
164,028 |
|
|
794 |
|
|
20.42 |
|
|
153,924 |
|
|
515 |
|
|
20.15 |
|
|
109,300 |
|
|
405 |
|
|
17.73 |
|
Construction/land development |
|
|
175,468 |
|
|
1,212 |
|
|
21.84 |
|
|
153,401 |
|
|
1,094 |
|
|
20.08 |
|
|
171,246 |
|
|
950 |
|
|
27.79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total real estate |
|
|
799,043 |
|
|
2,516 |
|
|
99.47 |
|
|
760,218 |
|
|
1,949 |
|
|
99.53 |
|
|
614,894 |
|
|
1,644 |
|
|
99.78 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
3,782 |
|
|
55 |
|
|
0.47 |
|
|
3,038 |
|
|
22 |
|
|
0.40 |
|
|
915 |
|
|
7 |
|
|
0.15 |
|
Savings account |
|
|
259 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
296 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.04 |
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
Other |
|
|
199 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
203 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consumer |
|
|
4,240 |
|
|
55 |
|
|
0.53 |
|
|
3,537 |
|
|
22 |
|
|
0.47 |
|
|
1,341 |
|
|
7 |
|
|
0.22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unallocated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
803,283 |
|
$ |
2,571 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
763,755 |
|
$ |
1,971 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
616,235 |
|
$ |
1,651 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Loan
|
|
Amount
|
|
Percent of
|
|
Loan
|
|
Amount
|
|
Percent of
|
|
Loan
|
|
Amount
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four- family residential |
|
$ |
231,553 |
|
$ |
325 |
|
|
56.87 |
% |
$ |
216,259 |
|
$ |
317 |
|
|
60.81 |
% |
$ |
205,983 |
|
$ |
299 |
|
|
64.36 |
% |
Multi-family residential |
|
|
61,913 |
|
|
131 |
|
|
15.20 |
|
|
55,472 |
|
|
28 |
|
|
15.60 |
|
|
44,068 |
|
|
22 |
|
|
13.77 |
|
Commercial |
|
|
86,558 |
|
|
403 |
|
|
21.66 |
|
|
68,300 |
|
|
238 |
|
|
19.20 |
|
|
61,488 |
|
|
274 |
|
|
19.21 |
|
Construction/land development |
|
|
25,265 |
|
|
134 |
|
|
6.20 |
|
|
13,880 |
|
|
411 |
|
|
3.90 |
|
|
7,743 |
|
|
93 |
|
|
2.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total real estate |
|
|
405,289 |
|
|
993 |
|
|
99.53 |
|
|
353,911 |
|
|
994 |
|
|
99.51 |
|
|
319,282 |
|
|
688 |
|
|
99.76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
932 |
|
|
2 |
|
|
0.23 |
|
|
1,074 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
0.30 |
|
|
225 |
|
|
2 |
|
|
0.07 |
|
Savings account |
|
|
553 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.14 |
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.09 |
|
|
435 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.14 |
|
Other |
|
|
419 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.10 |
|
|
353 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.10 |
|
|
94 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consumer |
|
|
1,904 |
|
|
2 |
|
|
0.47 |
|
|
1,753 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
0.49 |
|
|
754 |
|
|
2 |
|
|
0.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unallocated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
407,193 |
|
$ |
995 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
355,664 |
|
$ |
995 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
320,036 |
|
$ |
690 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
Management believes that it uses the best information available to determine the allowance for loan losses. However, unforeseen market conditions could result in adjustments to the allowance for loan losses and net income could be significantly affected, if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in determining the allowance.
The following table sets forth an analysis of our allowance for loan losses at the dates and for the periods indicated.
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||||
Allowance at beginning of period |
|
$ |
1,971 |
|
$ |
1,651 |
|
$ |
1,651 |
|
$ |
995 |
|
$ |
995 |
|
$ |
690 |
|
$ |
635 |
|
Provision for loan losses |
|
|
600 |
|
|
160 |
|
|
320 |
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
|
|
305 |
|
|
59 |
|
Total recoveries |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charge-offs: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One-to-four family |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
Consumer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total charge-offs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net charge-offs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Executive House |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
546 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period |
|
$ |
2,571 |
|
$ |
1,811 |
|
$ |
1,971 |
|
$ |
1,651 |
|
$ |
995 |
|
$ |
995 |
|
$ |
690 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans outstanding at the end of the period |
|
|
0.32 |
% |
|
0.29 |
% |
|
0.26 |
% |
|
0.27 |
% |
|
0.24 |
% |
|
0.28 |
% |
|
0.22 |
% |
Net charge-offs to average loans receivable, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans at end of period |
|
|
914.95 |
% |
|
1692.52 |
% |
|
1279.87 |
% |
|
550.33 |
% |
|
375.47 |
% |
|
146.32 |
% |
|
97.87 |
% |
76
Investment Activities
General. Under Washington law, savings banks are permitted to invest in various types of liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various federal agencies, certain certificates of deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, bankers acceptances, repurchase agreements, federal funds, commercial paper, investment grade corporate debt securities, and obligations of states and their political sub-divisions.
The investment committee, consisting of the Chief Executive Officer and Controller of First Savings Bank have the authority and responsibility to administer our investment policy, monitor portfolio strategies, and recommend appropriate changes to policy and strategies to the board. On a monthly basis, our management reports to the board a summary of investment holdings with respective market values, and all purchases and sales of investment securities. The Chief Executive Officer has the primary responsibility for the management of the investment portfolio. The Chief Executive Officer considers various factors when making decisions, including the marketability, maturity and tax consequences of proposed investments. The maturity structure of investments will be affected by various market conditions, including the current and anticipated slope of the yield curve, the level of interest rates, the trend of new deposit inflows and the anticipated demand for funds via deposit withdrawals and loan originations and purchases.
The general objectives of the investment portfolio are to provide liquidity when loan demand is high, to assist in maintaining earnings when loan demand is low and to maximize earnings while satisfactorily managing risk, including credit risk, reinvestment risk, liquidity risk and interest rate risk.
At March 31, 2007, our investment portfolios consisted principally of mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Government Agency obligations, municipal bonds and mutual funds consisting of mortgage-backed securities. From time to time, investment levels may increase or decrease depending upon yields available on investment opportunities and managements projected demand for funds for loan originations, deposits and other activities.
Mortgage-Backed Securities . The mortgage-backed securities in our portfolios were comprised of Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, and Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed securities. The mortgage-backed securities held in the available for sale category had a weighted average yield of 4.28% at March 31, 2007, while the mortgage-backed securities in the held to maturity portfolio had a weighted average yield of 3.74%.
U.S. Government Agency Obligations . At March 31, 2007, the portfolios had a weighted-average-yield of 5.25% and 4.27%, in the available for sale and held to maturity categories, respectively.
Municipal Bonds . The tax-exempt and taxable municipal bond portfolios were comprised of general obligation bonds ( i.e. , backed by the general credit of the issuer) and revenue bonds ( i.e. , backed by revenues from the specific project being financed) issued by various municipal corporations. All bonds are rate A or better and are from issuers located within the State of Washington. The weighted average yield on the tax exempt bonds (on a tax equivalent basis) was 6.20% at March 31, 2007, while the weighted average yield on the taxable municipal bonds was 4.55% for the same period.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle, we are required to own capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle. The amount of stock we hold is based on guidelines specified by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle. The redemption of any excess stock we hold is at the discretion of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle. The carrying value of Federal Home Loan Bank stock totaled $4.7 million and had a weighted-average-yield of 0.43% at March 31, 2007.
77
The following table sets forth the composition of our investment securities portfolios at the dates indicated. The amortized cost of the available for sale investments is their net book value before the mark-to-market fair value adjustment.
|
|
At March 31,
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Amortized Cost |
|
Fair Value |
|
Amortized Cost |
|
Fair Value |
|
Amortized Cost |
|
Fair Value |
|
Amortized Cost |
|
Fair Value |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agencies |
|
$ |
2,012 |
|
$ |
2,005 |
|
$ |
2,016 |
|
$ |
2,009 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Mortgage-backed securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation |
|
|
43,678 |
|
|
42,577 |
|
|
45,815 |
|
|
44,505 |
|
$ |
57,206 |
|
$ |
55,624 |
|
$ |
83,265 |
|
$ |
83,123 |
|
Federal National Mortgage Association |
|
|
80,654 |
|
|
78,667 |
|
|
85,195 |
|
|
82,775 |
|
|
106,616 |
|
|
103,735 |
|
|
150,480 |
|
|
150,318 |
|
Government National Mortgage Association |
|
|
13,193 |
|
|
13,041 |
|
|
14,315 |
|
|
14,091 |
|
|
19,846 |
|
|
19,497 |
|
|
26,936 |
|
|
26,804 |
|
Mutual funds |
|
|
5,891 |
|
|
5,749 |
|
|
5,819 |
|
|
5,671 |
|
|
5,559 |
|
|
5,423 |
|
|
5,374 |
|
|
5,309 |
|
Other securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total available for sale |
|
$ |
145,428 |
|
$ |
142,039 |
|
$ |
153,160 |
|
$ |
149,051 |
|
$ |
189,227 |
|
$ |
184,279 |
|
$ |
266,058 |
|
$ |
265,557 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held to maturity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agencies |
|
$ |
3,439 |
|
$ |
3,405 |
|
$ |
3,443 |
|
$ |
3,402 |
|
$ |
3,026 |
|
$ |
2,982 |
|
$ |
1,103 |
|
$ |
1,076 |
|
Tax-exempt municipal bonds |
|
|
78,567 |
|
|
79,771 |
|
|
78,598 |
|
|
79,661 |
|
|
80,195 |
|
|
82,440 |
|
|
83,779 |
|
|
85,570 |
|
Taxable municipal bonds |
|
|
1,674 |
|
|
1,663 |
|
|
1,677 |
|
|
1,660 |
|
|
1,174 |
|
|
1,152 |
|
|
1,185 |
|
|
1,218 |
|
Mortgage-backed securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal National Mortgage Association |
|
|
3,001 |
|
|
2,922 |
|
|
3,067 |
|
|
3,000 |
|
|
2,268 |
|
|
2,189 |
|
|
2,445 |
|
|
2,421 |
|
Other securities |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total held to maturity |
|
$ |
86,682 |
|
$ |
87,762 |
|
$ |
86,786 |
|
$ |
87,724 |
|
$ |
86,663 |
|
$ |
88,763 |
|
$ |
88,512 |
|
$ |
90,285 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78
The table below sets forth information regarding the carrying value, weighted average yields and maturities or call dates of First Savings Banks investment portfolio at March 31, 2007. Federal Home Loan Bank stock has no stated maturity and is included in the total column only.
|
|
At March 31, 2007
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
One Year or Less |
|
Over One to
|
|
Over Five to
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Weighted
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Weighted
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Weighted
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||
Available for sale: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agencies |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
$ |
2,006 |
|
|
5.25 |
% |
Mortgage-backed securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
5.52 |
|
|
44,197 |
|
|
4.25 |
|
Mutual funds |
|
|
5,749 |
|
|
5.16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total available for sale |
|
$ |
5,749 |
|
|
5.16 |
% |
$ |
93 |
|
|
5.52 |
% |
$ |
46,203 |
|
|
4.29 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held to maturity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agencies |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
$ |
1,967 |
|
|
4.57 |
% |
$ |
1,472 |
|
|
3.86 |
% |
Tax-exempt municipal bonds (1) |
|
|
625 |
|
|
7.34 |
|
|
7,957 |
|
|
5.66 |
|
|
17,623 |
|
|
6.05 |
|
Taxable municipal bonds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,019 |
|
|
3.87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,036 |
|
|
3.25 |
|
|
965 |
|
|
4.77 |
|
Other securities |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total held to maturity |
|
$ |
626 |
|
|
7.34 |
% |
$ |
12,979 |
|
|
4.98 |
% |
$ |
20,060 |
|
|
5.83 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At March 31, 2007
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Over Ten Years |
|
Totals |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Weighted
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Weighted
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||
Available for sale: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agencies |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
$ |
2,006 |
|
|
5.25 |
% |
Mortgage-backed securities |
|
|
89,994 |
|
|
4.30 |
|
|
134,284 |
|
|
4.28 |
|
Mutual funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,749 |
|
|
5.16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total available for sale |
|
$ |
89,994 |
|
|
4.30 |
% |
$ |
142,039 |
|
|
4.33 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held to maturity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government agencies |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
$ |
3,439 |
|
|
4.27 |
% |
Tax-exempt municipal bonds (1) |
|
|
52,362 |
|
|
6.32 |
|
|
78,567 |
|
|
6.20 |
|
Taxable municipal bonds |
|
|
655 |
|
|
5.61 |
|
|
1,674 |
|
|
4.55 |
|
Mortgage-backed securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,001 |
|
|
3.74 |
|
Other securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total held to maturity |
|
$ |
53,017 |
|
|
6.31 |
% |
$ |
86,682 |
|
|
6.01 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
$ |
4,671 |
|
|
0.43 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Yields on tax exempt obligations are computed on a tax equivalent basis. |
79
Deposit Activities and Other Sources of Funds
General . Deposits and loan repayments are the major sources of our funds for lending and other investment purposes. Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are influenced significantly by general interest rates and market conditions. Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle are used to supplement the availability of funds from other sources and also as a source of term funds to assist in the management of interest rate risk.
Our deposit composition reflects a mixture with certificates of deposit accounting for approximately one-half of the total deposits and interest and non-interest-bearing checking, savings and money market accounts comprising the balance of total deposits. We rely on marketing activities, convenience, customer service and the availability of a broad range of deposit products and services to attract and retain customer deposits.
Deposits. Substantially all of our depositors are residents of Washington State. Deposits are attracted from within our market area through the offering of a broad selection of deposit instruments, including checking accounts, money market deposit accounts, savings accounts and certificates of deposit with a variety of rates. Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the time periods the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate, among other factors. In determining the terms of our deposit accounts, we consider the development of long term profitable customer relationships, current market interest rates, current maturity structure and deposit mix, our customer preferences and the profitability of acquiring customer deposits compared to alternative sources.
At March 31, 2007, we had $325.9 million of jumbo ($100,000 or more) certificates of deposit of which $59.7 million were public funds, which represent 42.81% and 7.84%, respectively, of total deposits at March 31, 2007. First Savings Bank had no brokered deposits at March 31, 2007.
In the unlikely event we are liquidated after the conversion, depositors will be entitled to full payment of their deposit accounts prior to any payment being made to First Financial Northwest, as the sole shareholder of First Savings Bank.
Deposit Activities. The following table sets forth our total deposit activities for the periods indicated.
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, |
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
Beginning balance |
|
$ |
750,710 |
|
$ |
689,502 |
|
$ |
689,502 |
|
$ |
666,271 |
|
$ |
634,973 |
|
Net deposits before interest credited |
|
|
2,240 |
|
|
25,828 |
|
|
31,789 |
|
|
1,625 |
|
|
13,783 |
|
Interest credited |
|
|
8,285 |
|
|
6,504 |
|
|
29,419 |
|
|
21,606 |
|
|
17,515 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in deposits |
|
|
10,525 |
|
|
32,332 |
|
|
61,208 |
|
|
23,231 |
|
|
31,298 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance |
|
$ |
761,235 |
|
$ |
721,834 |
|
$ |
750,710 |
|
$ |
689,502 |
|
$ |
666,271 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
The following table sets forth information concerning our time deposits and other deposits at March 31, 2007.
Weighted
|
|
Term |
|
Category |
|
Amount |
|
Minimum
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
N/A |
|
|
Noninterest-bearing demand accounts |
|
$ |
4,666 |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
0.62 |
% |
0.65 |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
NOW accounts |
|
|
10,450 |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
1.37 |
|
1.75 |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
Passbook savings accounts |
|
|
14,020 |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
1.84 |
|
4.46 |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
Money market accounts |
|
|
205,097 |
|
|
|
|
|
26.94 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Time deposit certificates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.73 |
|
|
3 month |
|
|
|
|
|
599 |
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
4.93 |
|
|
6 month |
|
|
|
|
|
6,024 |
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
4.05 |
|
|
9 month |
|
|
|
|
|
244 |
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
Variable 12 month |
|
|
|
|
|
401 |
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
5.20 |
|
|
12 month |
|
|
|
|
|
232,984 |
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
4.48 |
|
|
18 month |
|
|
|
|
|
17,051 |
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
4.34 |
|
|
24 month |
|
|
|
|
|
28,650 |
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
4.63 |
|
|
30 month |
|
|
|
|
|
100,220 |
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
4.40 |
|
|
36 month |
|
|
|
|
|
8,038 |
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
4.87 |
|
|
48 month |
|
|
|
|
|
126,779 |
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
4.28 |
|
|
60 month |
|
|
|
|
|
6,012 |
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Certificates |
|
|
527,002 |
|
|
|
|
|
69.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
$ |
761,235 |
|
|
|
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Time Deposit Certificates. The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of time deposit certificates at March 31, 2007.
|
|
Amount Due |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Within
|
|
After 1 Year
|
|
After 2 Years
|
|
After 3 Years
|
|
Beyond
|
|
Total |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||
2.01 - 3.00% |
|
$ |
126 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
126 |
|
3.01 - 4.00% |
|
|
26,336 |
|
|
2,229 |
|
|
1,366 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,931 |
|
4.01 - 5.00% |
|
|
115,848 |
|
|
44,374 |
|
|
23,030 |
|
|
7,938 |
|
|
219 |
|
|
191,409 |
|
5.01 - 6.00% |
|
|
245,360 |
|
|
14,042 |
|
|
17,702 |
|
|
27,916 |
|
|
516 |
|
|
305,536 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
387,670 |
|
$ |
60,645 |
|
$ |
42,098 |
|
$ |
35,854 |
|
$ |
735 |
|
$ |
527,002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table indicates the amount of our jumbo certificates of deposit by time remaining until maturity as of March 31, 2007. Jumbo certificates of deposit are certificates in amounts of $100,000 or more.
Maturity Period |
|
Time Deposit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands) |
|
|
Three months or less |
|
$ |
63,718 |
|
Over three through six months |
|
|
77,222 |
|
Over six through twelve months |
|
|
95,132 |
|
Over twelve months |
|
|
89,842 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
325,914 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
Deposit Flow. The following table sets forth the balances of deposits in the various types of accounts we offered at the dates indicated.
|
|
At March 31,
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-bearing accounts |
|
$ |
4,666 |
|
|
0.62 |
% |
$ |
3,737 |
|
|
0.50 |
% |
$ |
1,204 |
|
|
0.17 |
% |
$ |
1,536 |
|
|
0.23 |
% |
NOW accounts |
|
|
10,450 |
|
|
1.37 |
|
|
10,104 |
|
|
1.34 |
|
|
13,140 |
|
|
1.91 |
|
|
12,208 |
|
|
1.83 |
|
Passbook savings accounts |
|
|
14,020 |
|
|
1.84 |
|
|
14,280 |
|
|
1.90 |
|
|
19,157 |
|
|
2.78 |
|
|
27,735 |
|
|
4.16 |
|
Money market accounts |
|
|
205,097 |
|
|
26.94 |
|
|
198,178 |
|
|
26.40 |
|
|
179,488 |
|
|
26.03 |
|
|
188,251 |
|
|
28.26 |
|
Time deposit certificates: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.01 - 2.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
735 |
|
|
0.11 |
|
|
28,421 |
|
|
4.27 |
|
2.01 - 3.00% |
|
|
126 |
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
2,446 |
|
|
0.33 |
|
|
26,701 |
|
|
3.87 |
|
|
112,782 |
|
|
16.93 |
|
3.01 - 4.00% |
|
|
29,931 |
|
|
3.93 |
|
|
46,760 |
|
|
6.23 |
|
|
203,438 |
|
|
29.51 |
|
|
164,825 |
|
|
24.73 |
|
4.01 - 5.00% |
|
|
191,409 |
|
|
25.14 |
|
|
219,413 |
|
|
29.23 |
|
|
227,660 |
|
|
33.01 |
|
|
106,684 |
|
|
16.01 |
|
5.01 - 6.00% |
|
|
305,536 |
|
|
40.14 |
|
|
255,792 |
|
|
34.07 |
|
|
16,526 |
|
|
2.40 |
|
|
21,695 |
|
|
3.26 |
|
6.01 - 7.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,453 |
|
|
0.21 |
|
|
2,134 |
|
|
0.32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total time deposit certificates |
|
|
527,002 |
|
|
69.23 |
|
|
524,411 |
|
|
69.86 |
|
|
476,513 |
|
|
69.11 |
|
|
436,541 |
|
|
65.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
761,235 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
750,710 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
689,502 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
666,271 |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
Borrowings. Customer deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities. We do, however, use advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle to supplement our supply of lendable funds to meet short-term deposit withdrawal requirements and also to provide longer term funding to better match the duration of selected loan and investment maturities.
As one of our capital management strategies, we have used advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle to fund loan originations in order to increase our net interest income. Depending upon the retail banking activity and the availability of excess post conversion capital that may be provided to us, we will consider and undertake additional leverage strategies within applicable regulatory requirements or restrictions. Such borrowings would be expected to primarily consist of Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle advances. We may also consider increasing our use of borrowed funds prior to the offering of First Financial Northwest capital stock in order to reduce the exposure of investing the sizable amount of the net proceeds from the conversion at single point in the interest rate cycle.
As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle, we are required to own capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle and are authorized to apply for advances on the security of that stock and certain of our mortgage loans and other assets (principally securities which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. Government) provided certain creditworthiness standards have been met. Advances are individually made under various terms pursuant to several different credit programs, each with its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are based on the financial condition of the member institution and the adequacy of collateral pledged to secure the credit. We maintain a committed credit facility with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle that provides for immediately available advances up to an aggregate of 35% of the prior quarters total assets of First Savings Bank, or $349.2 million. At March 31, 2007, outstanding advances to First Savings Bank from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle totaled $150.0 million.
The following table sets forth information regarding Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle advances by us at the end of and during the periods indicated. The table includes both long- and short-term borrowings.
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
Maximum amount of borrowing outstanding at any month end: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
$ |
158,000 |
|
$ |
90,000 |
|
$ |
147,000 |
|
$ |
90,000 |
|
$ |
17,000 |
|
Approximate average borrowing outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
$ |
152,231 |
|
$ |
90,018 |
|
$ |
119,966 |
|
$ |
12,616 |
|
$ |
8,154 |
|
Approximate weighted average rate paid on: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
|
5.43 |
% |
|
4.59 |
% |
|
5.22 |
% |
|
4.53 |
% |
|
5.27 |
% |
|
|
At
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
||||||||||
Balance outstanding at end of period: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
$ |
150,000 |
|
$ |
147,000 |
|
$ |
90,000 |
|
$ |
17,000 |
|
Weighted average rate paid on: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
|
5.58 |
% |
|
5.52 |
% |
|
4.29 |
% |
|
4.63 |
% |
83
Subsidiaries and Other Activities
First Financial of Renton. First Financial of Renton has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, First Savings Bank, and First Financial Diversified, which it received as a dividend from First Savings Bank in 2002. Upon completion of the conversion and reorganization, First Financial Diversified will become a subsidiary of First Financial Northwest. First Financial Diversified primarily provides escrow services to First Savings Bank, other major area lenders and some private individuals. First Financial Diversified also offers limited consumer loans to First Savings Banks customers, which consist of short-term unsecured loans, second mortgages and, to a lesser extent, home equity loans. At March 31, 2007, First Financial Diversified represented less than one percent of First Savings Banks loan portfolio.
At March 31, 2007, First Financial Northwests equity investment in First Financial Diversified was $4.4 million.
First Savings Bank. First Savings Bank has one wholly-owned subsidiary, Executive House, whose primary function is to provide mortgage banking services to First Savings Banks customers. Executive House was acquired by First Savings Bank on December 30, 2005 for the purpose of preserving a business relationship of over 30 years. Executive House is a mortgage banking company with a staff of 13 that primarily originates construction/land development loans. Prior to its acquisition in 2005, Executive House represented approximately $218.1 million and $58.7 million, or 71% and 47% of First Savings Banks loan production volume during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and serviced approximately $351.4 million and $188.8 million , or 57% and 46% of First Savings Banks loan portfolio at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. At March 31, 2007, Executive House represented approximately $67.8 million, or 79% of First Savings Banks loan production volume and was servicing approximately $216.7 million, or 39% of First Savings Banks loan portfolio.
At March 31, 2007, First Savings Banks equity investment in Executive House was $16.2 million.
Competition
We face intense competition in originating loans and in attracting deposits within our targeted geographic market. We compete by consistently delivering high-quality, personal service to our customers that result in a high level of customer satisfaction.
We currently rank eighth in terms of deposits, among the 59 federally insured depository institutions in King County, our primary market. Our key competitors are Banner Bank, Columbia State Bank, First Mutual Bank, Frontier Bank, US Bank and Washington Mutual. These competitors control approximately 34.5% of the King County deposit market with deposits of $16.4 billion, of the $47.3 billion total deposits in King County as of June 30, 2006. Aside from these traditional competitors, credit unions, insurance companies and brokerage firms are an increasingly competing challenge for consumer deposit relationships.
Our competition for loans comes principally from mortgage bankers, commercial banks, thrift institutions, credit unions and finance companies. Several other financial institutions, including those previously mentioned, have greater resources than we do and compete with us for banking business in our targeted market area. Among the advantages of some of these institutions are their ability to make larger loans, finance extensive advertising campaigns, access lower costs funding sources and allocate their investment assets to regions of highest yield and demand. Such competition for the origination of loans may limit our future growth and earnings prospects.
Charitable Foundation
General. In furtherance of our commitment to the communities we serve, we have voluntarily established a charitable foundation in connection with our conversion from the mutual to stock form of organization. The plan of conversion provides that the foundation will be established as a non-stock corporation and will be funded with an initial contribution of stock equal to 8.0% of the shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering. The
84
form of funding shall be 100% common stock, with the value of the contribution being $17.5 million based on the maximum of the offering range. The contribution of common stock to the foundation will be dilutive to the interests of shareholders. First Financial Northwest has no plans to provide additional funding beyond this initial contribution over the next three years. The contribution of common stock to the foundation will not be included in determining whether the minimum number of shares of common stock (14,875,000) has been sold in order to complete the offering.
Purpose of the Foundation. The purpose of the First Financial Northwest Foundation is to provide funding to support charitable causes and community development activities in the communities we serve. The First Financial Northwest Foundation is being formed as a complement to our existing community activities. We currently contribute funds to support local community activities and actively encourage our employees to volunteer their time, raise funds and contribute their personal funds to a wide range of local and national charitable organizations, including the United Way, the American Cancer Society, the Heart Association, Habitat for Humanity, local schools, and other community-oriented organizations. The foundation is completely dedicated to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support these activities in ways that are not currently available to us.
We believe the establishment of a charitable foundation is consistent with our long-term commitment to community service. The board of directors further believes that the funding of the foundation with common stock of First Financial Northwest is a means of enabling the communities served by us to share in the growth and success of First Financial Northwest long after completion of the conversion. The foundation will accomplish that goal by providing for continued ties between the foundation and First Savings Bank, thereby forming a partnership with our community. The establishment of the foundation will also enable First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank to develop a unified charitable donation strategy and will centralize the responsibility for administration and allocation of corporate charitable funds.
Structure of the First Financial Northwest Foundation. The foundation has been incorporated under Washington law as a non-stock corporation. Its initial board of directors will consist of persons who are directors or employees of First Savings Bank, as well as one independent director. Directors of the foundation who are affiliated with First Savings Bank are not expected to be paid additional compensation for their service on the foundations board. The articles of incorporation of the foundation will provide that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes, including development in the local community, as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The foundations articles of incorporation or bylaws also provide that no part of its earnings will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its directors, office members.
The authority for the affairs of the foundation will be vested in its board of directors. The directors of the foundation are responsible for establishing the foundations policies with respect to grants or donations by the foundation, consistent with the purpose for which the foundation was established. Although no formal policy governing the foundation grants exists at this time, the foundations board of directors will adopt such a policy prior to receiving the contribution. As directors of a not-for-profit corporation, directors of the foundation are at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the foundations charitable goals, to protect the assets of the foundation and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purpose for which the foundation was established. The directors of the foundation are also responsible for directing the foundations activities, including the management of the common stock of First Financial Northwest. The board of directors of the foundation will appoint such officers as may be necessary to manage its operation. The foundation may use employees of First Savings Bank as its volunteer support staff.
The foundation has committed to the Office of Thrift Supervision that all shares of common stock held by the foundation will be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of First Financial Northwests common stock on all proposals considered by shareholders of First Financial Northwest.
As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, the foundation is required to distribute annually in grants or donations, a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment
85
assets. One of the conditions imposed on the gift of common stock by First Financial Northwest is that the amount of common stock that may be sold by the foundation in any one year shall not exceed 5% of the average market value of the assets held by the foundation. This condition includes an exception where the board of directors of the foundation determines that the failure to sell an amount of common stock greater than such amount would result in a longer-term reduction of the value of the foundations assets and as such would jeopardize its capacity to carry out its charitable purposes.
Upon completion of the conversion and the contribution of shares to the foundation, First Financial Northwest would have 16,168,479, 19,021,739 and 21,875,000 shares issued and outstanding at the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the estimated valuation range. Because First Financial Northwest will have an increased number of shares outstanding, the voting and ownership interests of purchasers of common stock in the offering will be diluted by 8% at the minimum and maximum of the offering, respectively, as compared to their interests in First Financial Northwest if the foundation was not established. For additional discussion of the dilutive effect, see Pro Forma Data. If the foundation was not established and funded as part of the conversion, RP Financial estimates that the pro forma valuation of First Financial Northwest would be greater; and as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the offering. At the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the valuation range, the pro forma valuation of First Financial Northwest is $161.2 million, $190.2 million, and $218.8 million with the foundation, as compared with $178.5 million, $210.0 million, and $241.5 million, respectively, without the foundation. See Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without Charitable Foundation.
Regulatory Conditions Imposed on the First Financial Northwest Foundation. The Office of Thrift Supervision imposes numerous requirements on the establishment and operation of a charitable foundation. As a result, the First Financial Northwest Foundation is subject to these requirements, including but not limited to the following:
|
(a) |
examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision, at the foundations expense, and compliance with supervisory directives imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision; |
|
|
|
|
(b) |
the foundation must furnish a copy of its IRS annual report to the Office of Thrift Supervision; |
|
|
|
|
(c) |
as long as the foundation controls shares of First Financial Northwest, those shares must be voted in the same ratio as all other shares are voted on each proposal considered by the shareholders, subject to certain exceptions; |
|
|
|
|
(d) |
the foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy; and |
|
|
|
|
(e) |
the foundation must not engage in self-dealing, and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain the foundations tax-exempt status. |
Natural Disasters
King, Pierce and Snohomish counties, where substantially all of the real and personal properties securing our loans are located, is an earthquake-prone region. We have not suffered any losses in the last five years from earthquake damage to collateral secured loans, which include the February 2001 major earthquake in the region. Although we have experienced no losses related to earthquakes, a major earthquake could result in material loss to us in two primary ways. If an earthquake damages real or personal properties collateralizing outstanding loans to the point of insurable loss, material loss would be suffered to the extent that the properties are uninsured or inadequately insured. A substantial number of our borrowers do not have insurance which provides for coverage as a result of losses from earthquakes. In addition, if the collateralized properties are only damaged and not destroyed to the point of total insurable loss, borrowers may suffer sustained job interruptions or job loss, which may materially impair their ability to meet the terms of their loan obligations. While risk of credit loss can be insured against by, for example, job interruption insurance or umbrella insurance policies, such forms of insurance often are beyond the
86
financial means of many individuals. Accordingly, for most individuals, sustained job interruption or job loss would likely result in financial hardship that could lead to delinquency in their financial obligations or even bankruptcy. Accordingly, no assurances can be given that a major earthquake in our primary market area will not result in material losses to us.
Employees
At March 31, 2007, we had 69 full-time employees and no part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. We consider our employee relations to be good.
Properties
At March 31, 2007, we had one full service office, which we own. In October 2004, we began the renovation and expansion of our existing office with the construction of a new two-story office building on property adjacent to our existing office. The new building has approximately 49,500 square feet, including 47 underground garage parking spaces, and is located on 2 nd Street South between Wells Avenue and Williams Avenue in downtown Renton, Washington. This unique setting allows us to house each of our operations in adjoining offices, but with different addresses. The first phase of construction was completed in September 2005 and it is the site of First Financial Holdings, MHCs, First Financial Northwests and First Savings Banks offices at 201 Wells Avenue South. This location is also the site for the operations of First Financial Northwests subsidiary, First Financial Diversified, at the address of 208 Williams Avenue South. The final phase of construction, which included the renovation of our existing office, was completed in March 2006 and has approximately 6,400 square feet, plus 11 parking spaces. Beginning in January 2007, this space housed the operations of First Savings Banks subsidiary, Executive House, at 207 Wells Avenue South. The total investment for the renovation of our existing office, land purchases, construction of the new office building and equipment was approximately $14.1 million.
Legal Proceedings
First Financial Holdings, MHC and its subsidiary from time to time are involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. There are currently no matters that in the opinion of management, would have material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operation, or liquidity.
87
Management Structure
The board of directors of First Financial Northwest consists of the same individuals who currently serve as directors of First Savings Bank and First Financial Holdings, MHC. The composition of our board of directors and the board of First Savings Bank will remain unchanged following the conversion and reorganization. In addition, following the conversion and reorganization each of the executive officers of First Financial Northwest will continue to serve as an executive officer of First Savings Bank.
Currently, First Savings Bank compensates all of the executive officers and directors. First Financial of Renton and First Financial Holdings, MHC do not separately compensate the executive officers or pay directors fees. First Financial of Renton reimburses First Savings Bank on a quarterly basis for the time that executive officers of First Savings Bank spend on holding company matters. First Financial Holdings, MHC does not reimburse First Savings Bank as it does not engage in any significant activity. Following the conversion, we intend to continue these practices unless First Financial Northwest begins engaging in significant business apart from being the holding company of First Savings Bank, in which case, First Financial Northwest may begin compensating its officers and directors separately.
Our Directors
The directors of First Financial Northwest serve for three-year staggered terms so that only one-third of the directors are elected at each annual meeting of shareholders. The board of directors is divided into three classes. The initial term of each of the classes expire at the annual meeting of shareholders in the years identified in the table below. Currently, the directors of First Financial of Renton are elected annually by First Financial Holdings, MHC and the directors of First Savings Bank are elected annually by First Financial of Renton, as First Savings Banks sole shareholder. Following the conversion and reorganization, First Financial of Renton and First Financial Holdings, MHC will cease to exist and the directors of First Financial Northwest will be elected annually by its shareholders. However, First Financial Northwest will elect the directors of First Savings Bank, as its sole shareholder.
The table below sets forth certain information, as of March 31, 2007, regarding the members of the boards of directors, including the term of office for each board member.
Name |
|
Age |
|
Positions Held |
|
Director Since |
|
Current Term of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
|
52 |
|
President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director |
|
1998 |
|
2010 |
Harry A. Blencoe |
|
83 |
|
Director |
|
1959 |
|
2009 |
Joann E. Lee |
|
52 |
|
Director |
|
2005 |
|
2008 |
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
71 |
|
Director; Secretary of First Savings Bank |
|
1977 |
|
2008 |
Robert L. Anderson |
|
74 |
|
Director |
|
1980 |
|
2010 |
Gerald Edlund |
|
70 |
|
Director; Secretary of First Financial Holdings, MHC |
|
1985 |
|
2009 |
Robert W. McLendon |
|
83 |
|
Director; Secretary of First Financial of Renton |
|
1986 |
|
2010 |
Gary F. Faull |
|
62 |
|
Director |
|
1999 |
|
2009 |
The Business Background of Our Directors
The business experience of each director for at least the past five years is set forth below.
88
Victor Karpiak is Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial of Renton and First Savings Bank. Prior to his appointment as President of First Savings Bank in 1999, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Karpiak has served as President and Chief Financial Officer of First Financial Holdings, MHC and First Financial of Renton since they were established in 2002. In January 2005, he was appointed Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial of Renton and First Savings Bank. He has been with First Savings Bank for 30 years. Mr. Karpiak is a director of the Renton Community Foundation, a director and past Chairman of the Greater Renton Chamber of Commerce, a director and Resource Development Chairman of Renton River Days, a director and Secretary of the Senior Housing Assistance Group, a member of the Renton Rotary Club, and a member and past President of the Kiwanis Club of Renton.
Harry A. Blencoe is retired after serving as President of First Savings Bank from 1961 until 1999 and as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer from 1961 until 2005. Prior to his retirement, Mr. Blencoe also served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of First Financial Holdings, MHC and First Financial of Renton since they were established in 2002. He has been associated with First Savings Bank for 57 years. Mr. Blencoe is a past director of the Renton Community Foundation, and a past president and current member of the Renton Rotary Club and the Mayors CEO Committee.
Joann E. Lee is a certified public accountant and has been the owner of Joann Lee & Associates, CPAs since 2002. Prior to that, Ms. Lee had an eight year career with the independent public accounting firm of RSM McGladrey and served as the Director of the Small Business Division, Puget Sound Region. Ms. Lee is a past president and current member of the Renton Rotary Club, a current member of the Renton YMCA and the Renton Communities in Schools, and a director of the Renton Technical College Foundation and the Greater Renton Chamber of Commerce.
Gary F. Kohlwes has served as Secretary and Treasurer of First Savings Bank since 1977. He has been the owner/operator of a commercial fishing business in Naknek, Alaska since 1963. Dr. Kohlwes retired in 1997 after 40 years in education with the last 24 years as Superintendent of Public School for the Renton School District. Dr. Kohlwes is a past president and a current member of the Renton Rotary Club, past President and director of the Renton Community Foundation and an elected Commissioner of Valley Medical Center.
Robert L. Anderson is a retired attorney. Prior to his retirement in 1992, Mr. Anderson was a partner in the law firm of Anderson & Jackson & Stephens, Attorneys. Mr. Anderson is a director of the Ocean Shores Library Board, a member of the Ocean Shore Kiwanis and a member of the Associated Arts of Ocean Shores.
Gerald Edlund has served as the Secretary of First Financial Holdings, MHC since it was established in 2002. He has been President of Edlund Associates, Inc., a landscape architect firm, since 1980. Mr. Edlund is a member of the New Horizon School Board, a past president and current member of the Renton Rotary Club and a member of the Allied Arts City of Renton.
Robert W. McLendon has served as the Secretary of First Financial Northwest since it was established in 2002. He is President of McLendon Hardware, Inc., a retail and wholesale hardware business. Mr. McLendon is a member of the VFW, the American Legion and the University of Washington Alumni.
Gary F. Faull is an attorney and has been self-employed since 1974 in the law firm of Gary F. Faull Law Offices. Mr. Faull is a member of the Renton Rotary Club and a director of the Renton Community Foundation.
Directors Compensation
The following table shows the compensation paid to our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2006. Directors who are employees of First Savings Bank are not compensated for their services as directors; accordingly compensation information for Victor Karpiak, who is our President and Chief Executive Officer, is included in the section entitled Executive Compensation. We have not established any stock benefit
89
plans and do not offer any non-equity incentive compensation; therefore, these columns have been omitted from the table.
Name |
|
Fees Earned
|
|
Change in
|
|
All Other
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harry A. Blencoe |
|
27,000 |
|
|
|
53,725( |
1) |
80,725 |
Joann E. Lee |
|
25,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
25,125 |
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
24,750 |
|
|
|
|
|
24,750 |
Robert L. Anderson |
|
24,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
24,000 |
Gerald Edlund |
|
24,750 |
|
|
|
53,808( |
2) |
78,558 |
Robert W. McLendon |
|
27,375 |
|
|
|
|
|
27,375 |
Gary F. Faull |
|
25,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
25,125 |
|
|
(1) |
Reflects compensation received pursuant to Director Blencoes supplemental retirement agreement. |
(2) |
Director Edlund is a principal in Edlund Associates, Inc., a landscape architect firm; represents indirect compensation received through his firm, which consists of $12,890 pursuant to a landscape maintenance contract and $40,918 in connection with our recent redevelopment of our banking office. |
Non-employee directors of First Savings Bank receive a semi-annual retainer of $6,000, a fee of $750 for each board meeting attended and a fee of $375 per committee meeting attended.
First Savings Banks Compensation Committee recommends to the board of directors the amount of fees paid for service on the board. The committee did not recommend any changes in board fees during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. For 2007, the committee recommended increasing the directors fees to a $7,500 semi-annual retainer, and increasing the fee to $850 for each board meeting attended, while the fee per committee meeting remained at $375. These recommendations were approved by the board of directors of both First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank.
Director Blencoe is the former Chief Executive Officer of First Financial of Renton and First Savings Bank. In 1991, First Savings Bank entered into an Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement with him, which would provide certain benefits upon his normal retirement, early retirement or death prior to retirement. Director Blencoe retired effective as of December 31, 2004, which constituted normal retirement under the agreement. The agreement provides him with a monthly payment of $4,477 for a total of 180 months. As of December 31, 2006, payments will continue for 156 months, or 13 years. In the event of Director Blencoes death before all payments are made, First Savings Bank will continue making the payments to his designated beneficiary until a total of 180 payments have been made.
Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors
In connection with the completion of the conversion and reorganization, First Financial Northwest will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee, a compensation committee and an audit committee. All of the members of these committees will be independent directors as defined in the listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market. We plan to have written charters for each committee available on our website at www.fsbrenton.com.
The following is a summary of the current committees of the boards of directors of First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank.
90
First Financial Holdings, MHC. The board of directors meets on a semi-annual basis and met twice during the year ended December 31, 2006. First Financial Holdings, MHC currently has standing Executive and Nominating Committees. No director attended fewer than 75% of the total meetings of the board of directors and committees on which he or she served during this period.
The Executive Committee consists of Director Karpiak (Chairman) and any two non-employee directors. The Executive Committee meets on an as needed basis and is empowered to act on behalf of the full board. This committee did not meet during the year ended December 31, 2006.
The full board of directors acts as the Nominating Committee and is responsible for the annual selection of nominees for election as directors. The board met once in its capacity as the Nominating Committee during the year ended December 31, 2006.
First Financial of Renton. Our board of directors meets quarterly. During the year ended December 31, 2006, the board of directors held four meetings. No director attended fewer than 75% of the total meetings of the board of directors and committees on which he or she served during this period. We currently have standing Executive and Nominating Committees.
The Executive Committee consists of Director Karpiak (Chairman) and any two non-employee directors. The Executive Committee meets on an as needed basis and is empowered to act on behalf of the full board. This committee did not meet during the year ended December 31, 2006.
The full board of directors acts as the Nominating Committee and is responsible for the annual election of nominees for election as directors. The board met once in its capacity as the Nominating Committee during the year ended December 31, 2006.
First Savings Bank. The board of directors of First Savings Bank meets at least monthly. During the year ended December 31, 2006, the board of directors held 14 meetings. No director attended fewer than 75% of the total meetings of the board of directors and committees on which he or she served during this period. First Savings Bank currently has standing Executive, Loan, Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committees.
The Executive Committee consists of Director Karpiak (Chairman) and any two non-employee directors. The Executive Committee meets quarterly and as needed, and is empowered to act on behalf of the full board. The Executive Committee also serves as a loan committee for loan requests between $1.5 million and $3.0 million. This committee met 14 times during the year ended December 31, 2006.
The Loan Committee consists of the Chief Lending Officer, Robert H. Gagnier (Chairman), Victor Karpiak, Mark D. Fehr, Assistant Vice President-Loan Originations, and Lam Kikuchi, Loan Officer. The Loan Committee meets quarterly and as needed to monitor loan, investment and funding activities, and to establish, review and revise loan and investment policies and practices. This committee met 52 times during the year ended December 31, 2006.
The Audit Committee consists of Directors Dr. Gary F. Kohlwes (Chairman), Harry A. Blencoe, Robert W. McLendon, Robert L. Anderson, Gerald Edlund, Gary F. Faull and Joann E. Lee. The Audit Committee meets on an as needed basis. The Audit Committee evaluates the effectiveness of First Savings Banks internal controls for safeguarding its assets and ensuring the integrity of financial reporting. The committee hires the independent auditor and reviews the audit report prepared by the independent auditor. This committee met nine times during the year ended December 31, 2006.
The Compensation Committee consists of Directors Harry A. Blencoe (Chairman), Dr. Gary F. Kohlwes, Robert W. McLendon, Robert L. Anderson, Gerald Edlund, Gary F. Faull and Joann E. Lee. This committee meets on an as needed basis, and provides general oversight regarding the personnel, compensation and benefits matters of First Savings Bank. The Compensation Committee met once during the year ended December 31, 2006.
91
The full board of directors acts as the Nominating Committee and is responsible for the annual selection of nominees for election as directors. The board met once in its capacity as the Nominating Committee during the year ended December 31, 2006.
Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures
First Savings Bank has adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics Policy for Employees, Officers and Directors. Following the conversion and reorganization, First Financial Northwest will adopt a corporate governance policy and a code of business conduct and ethics. The corporate governance policy is expected to cover such matters as the following:
|
|
the duties and responsibilities of each director; |
|
|
the composition, responsibilities and operation of the board of directors; |
|
|
the establishment and operation of board committees, including audit, nominating and compensation committees; |
|
|
succession planning; |
|
|
convening executive sessions of independent directors; |
|
|
the board of directors interaction with management and third parties; and |
|
|
the evaluation of the performance of the board of directors and the Chief Executive Officer. |
The code of business conduct and ethics, which is expected to apply to all employees and directors, will address conflicts of interest, the treatment of confidential information, general employee conduct and compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. In addition, the code of business conduct and ethics will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct in every respect.
We currently do not have any shareholders. Following the conversion and reorganization, First Financial Northwest will establish a process for shareholders to communicate with the board of directors. A policy regarding board member attendance at annual meetings of shareholders will also be established.
Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors
The current executive officers of First Financial of Renton consist of the same individuals who are executive officers of First Savings Bank and First Financial Holdings, MHC. Each executive officer of First Savings Bank will retain his office following the conversion. The business experience for at least the past five years for the executive officers who do not serve as directors of First Financial of Renton, First Savings Bank or First Financial Holdings, MHC is set forth below.
John P. Mills , age 65, is President of Executive House, Inc., a subsidiary of First Savings Bank. Mr. Mills has held his current position at Executive House, Inc. since December 2005, when Executive House was acquired by First Savings Bank. Prior to that, Mr. Mills had served as a principal of Executive House, Inc. for 28 years.
David G. Kroeger , age 62, has been Executive Vice President of Executive House, Inc. since February 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Kroeger was Director of the Division of Banks of the Washington State Department of Financial Institutions from 1999 until 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Kroeger held a number of senior positions at the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Mr. Kroeger also serves on the board of directors of Bank of Fairfield, Fairfield, Washington.
Robert H. Gagnier , age 60, is Senior Vice President of First Financial Northwest and First Financial Holdings, MHC, and Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of First Savings Bank. Mr. Gagnier has held his current position at First Financial of Renton and First Financial Holdings, MHC since 2002, and at First Savings Bank since 2001. Prior to serving in his current position, Mr. Gagnier had served as Vice President, Loan Officer and Compliance Officer of First Savings Bank since 1986.
92
Roger Elmore is Vice President and Senior Operation Officer of First Savings Bank, a position he has held since 2004. Prior to that, Mr. Elmore was Vice President-Risk Operations Division Manager at Washington Mutual Bank from 1993 until 2004.
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
In this section, we will give an overview of our compensation program, the material compensation decisions we have made under the program and the material factors that we considered in making those decisions. Following this discussion, in the section entitled Executive Compensation, we provide a series of tables containing specific information about the compensation earned or paid in 2006 to the following officers, who are known as our named executive officers:
|
Victor Karpiak, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
John P. Mills, President of Executive House, Inc. |
|
David G. Kroeger, Executive Vice President of Executive House, Inc. |
|
Robert H. Gagnier, Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer |
|
Roger Elmore, Vice President and Senior Operations Officer |
The discussion below is intended to help you understand the detailed information provided in those tables and put that information into context within our overall compensation program.
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives. Our overall goal in compensating executive officers is to attract, retain and motivate key executives of proven ability who are critical to our future success. We believe that short-term incentive compensation paid to executive officers should be directly aligned with our performance and that compensation should be structured to ensure achievement of financial and operational goals along with other factors that impact corporate value. Our long-term incentive is in the form of a supplemental retirement plan, which is tied to longevity.
Our compensation decisions with respect to executive officer salaries and incentive compensation are influenced by (1) the executives level of responsibility and function within the organization, (2) the overall performance and profitability of First Savings Bank and (3) our assessment of the competitive marketplace, including other peer companies. Our philosophy is to focus on total direct compensation opportunities through a mix of base salary and annual incentive compensation.
Compensation Program Elements. The compensation program for executive officers consists of the elements described below.
Pay Element |
|
What It Rewards |
|
Purpose |
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary |
|
Core competence in the executives role relative to skills, experience and contributions to First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank |
|
Provide fixed compensation based on competitive market price |
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Incentive Compensation |
|
Contributions toward First Savings Banks achievement of specified pre-tax profit |
|
Provides annual performance based cash incentive compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement Benefits |
|
Executive officers are eligible to participate in employee benefit plans available to our eligible employees, including both tax-qualified and nonqualified retirement plans |
|
|
93
Pay Element |
|
What It Rewards |
|
Purpose |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Lending Officer have supplemental retirement agreements, which entitles each officer additional retirement benefits subject to meeting certain minimum age and service requirements |
|
Provides a long-term incentive for the retention of key officers |
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Benefits and Perquisites |
|
Executives participate in employee benefit plans generally available to our employees, including medical insurance |
|
These benefits are a part of our broad-based total compensation program |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President of Executive House receive a car allowance |
|
Assists in executive responsiveness for community based travel requirements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The President of Executive House receives unlimited use of a company car |
|
Provides for client relationships and property inspections |
The Compensation Committee of First Savings Bank has the responsibility for establishing and reviewing our compensation philosophy and objectives. In this role, the committee has sought to design a compensation structure that attracts and retains qualified and experienced officers and, at the same time, is reasonable and competitive. Although First Savings Bank became a stock savings bank as a result of the mutual holding company reorganization in 2002, compensation paid to employees, officers and directors of First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial of Renton and First Savings Bank has consisted primarily of cash compensation, salary and bonuses, and retirement benefits. In connection with the conversion and reorganization, we intend to offer stock-based benefit plans, subject to shareholder approval at a meeting no earlier than six months following completion of the conversion and reorganization. We intend to implement a stock option plan and a restricted stock plan after the conversion and reorganization and we expect that these stock-based plans will help us to attract and retain employees consistent with our growth plans. We expect that these proposed stock-based benefit plans will play a significant role in our future compensation considerations, particularly for our named executive officers.
Pay Philosophy and Competitive Standing. In general, we seek to provide competitive pay by targeting a range between the 50 th and 75 th percentiles relative to a peer group for total compensation opportunities, including salaries and incentive compensation. To achieve the percentile positioning for the total cash compensation component and yet maintain an effective efficiency ratio and excellent asset quality, we emphasis the fixed salary pay with less opportunity for performance-based bonuses.
With the assistance of Milliman, Inc. and in association with the Washington Financial League, the Washington Bankers Association and the Oregon Bankers Association, we receive and analyze competitive market data contained in the Northwest Financial Industry Salary Survey every year. The data is independently collected by Milliman and represents approximately 119 Northwest financial institutions ranging in asset size from $21 million to $6.1 billion. The data is then grouped by collective asset sizes with the information adequately reflecting the complexities and compensation levels of peer group institutions. We compare compensation paid to our named executive officers with compensation paid to executive officers in comparable positions at similar size institutions.
Base Salary. For 2007, the Compensation Committee determined the base salaries of Messrs. Karpiak, Mills, Kroeger, Gagnier and Elmore and submitted these determinations to the full board of directors for review. Mr. Karpiak, the only named executive officer who is also a member of the board, did not participate in discussions regarding his own compensation. In setting base salary, the Compensation Committee used the information provided by Milliman, and also considered each executives experience and tenure, our overall annual budget for merit increases, the executives individual performance and changes in responsibility. No particular weight is given to any single factor. The 2007 base salaries for Messrs Karpiak, Mills, Kroeger, Gagnier and Elmore are $250,000,
94
$225,000, $168,000, $135,000 and $115,000, respectively, reflecting increases of 28.2%, 0%, 5.0%, 12.5% and 9.52%, respectively from 2006 salaries. The Compensation Committee believes that the base salaries paid to each member of the senior management team is commensurate with the individuals duties, performance and range for the industry compared with financial institutions of similar size within First Savings Banks region. Salary levels are reviewed annually and base salary is not targeted at any particular percent of total compensation.
Annual Incentive Compensation. Our Annual Incentive Plan provides our executive officers and staff with an opportunity to earn annual cash bonuses based on our corporate performance. The annual cash bonuses are determined at the discretion of the Compensation Committee based on the individuals performance with percentages and dollar amounts set without guarantee or commitment. Annual bonuses for the named executive officers are determined by the Compensation Committee from a bonus pool for all employees that, for fiscal 2006, represented 5.7% of pre-tax income. The committee determines the aggregate amount from that pool that is paid to the name executive officers based on their base salary. As part of their determination, the Compensation Committee considered the external compensation surveys described above and determined that the aggregate and individual cash bonus amounts were commensurate with the performance of First Savings Bank and the named executive officers during the year. The cash bonuses paid for 2006 were 8.04% of total compensation as compared to 9.40% of total compensation in 2005.
Retirement Benefits. First Savings Bank maintains the First Savings Bank Profit Sharing 401(k) (the 401(k) plan) Savings for the benefit of all of its eligible employees, including the named executive officers. The 401(k) plan is intended to be a tax-qualified retirement plan under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Employees of First Savings Bank who have completed one year of service and who have attained age 18 are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan. Generally, participants direct the investment of the plan assets.
For 2007, participants may contribute up to $15,500 of their annual compensation through a pre-tax salary reduction election. Participants 50 years of age or more may elect to make an additional $5,000 pre-tax salary reduction election. First Savings Bank matches the first 6% of a participants pre-tax salary reduction contribution at the rate of 100%. To be eligible for a matching contribution, the participant must be actively employed on the pay period for which the match is allocated. Participants are at all times 100% vested in their salary reduction contributions; however, their related matching contributions are subject to a vesting period.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, First Savings Bank incurred a matching contribution-related expense of $118,000 in connection with the 401(k) plan. For the 401(k) plans fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, employees contributed $174,000 to the 401(k) plan.
First Savings Bank also maintains executive supplemental retirement agreements, in which Messrs. Karpiak and Gagnier participate. The agreements are intended to provide supplemental benefits upon the executives normal retirement, early retirement or death prior to retirement. The agreements provide a $25,000 annual base benefit. The annual base benefit increases at a rate of 4 percent for each year of participation. Benefits generally commence upon the later of the participants retirement or attainment of age 65, which is the normal retirement date. If the executive retires between age 55 and 65, he may be able to elect to have an actuarially reduced benefit that commences prior to age 65, to the extent permitted under the federal tax laws governing nonqualified deferred compensation plans. There is no benefit for retirement before age 55. The annual benefit is paid in monthly installments over 15 years. In the event of an executives death prior to retirement but while still employed by First Savings Bank, the executives designated beneficiary would receive a benefit equal to the normal retirement benefit, up to a maximum of $200,000.
Additional Benefits and Perquisites. At First Savings Bank, an important part of our total compensation plan is the employee benefits program. We offer a comprehensive and flexible benefits plan on a non-discriminatory basis to support the basic health, welfare and retirement needs of all of our employees, including our named executive officers. The primary elements of the benefits plan include medical/dental/vision plans, paid time off for vacation and illness (including vacation leave not taken), tuition reimbursement, bereavement leave, and training.
95
We also offer various fringe benefits to all of our employees, including our named executive officers, including group policies for medical insurance. We provide medical coverage at no cost to employees, with the employee being responsible for a portion of the dependents premium. Our Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President of Executive House receive an automobile allowance, and the President of Executive House has use of a company car. The Compensation Committee believes these benefits are appropriate and assist the officers in fulfilling their employment obligations.
Additional Considerations. Market data, individual performance, retention needs and internal pay equity have been the primary factors considered in decisions to adjust compensation materially.
The accounting and tax treatment of compensation generally has not been a factor in determining the amounts of compensation for our executive officers. However, the Compensation Committee and management have considered the accounting and tax impact of various program designs to balance the potential cost to First Savings Bank with the benefit/value to the employee.
Role of Executive Officers in Determining Compensation. Our Chief Executive Officer recommends to the Compensation Committee base salary and actual bonus payouts for our named executive officers and all other officers (other than himself). Mr. Karpiak makes these recommendations to the committee based on data and analysis provided by Milliman in association with the Washington Financial League, the Washington Bankers Association and the Oregon Bankers Association, and qualitative judgments regarding individual performance. Mr. Karpiak is not involved with any aspect of determining his own compensation as that function is performed by the Compensation Committee utilizing independent data.
Executive Compensation
Summary Compensation Table. The following table shows information regarding 2006 compensation for our named executive officers. We have not established any stock benefit plans and do not offer any equity incentive compensation; therefore, these columns have been omitted from the table.
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year |
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Change in
|
|
All Other
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
|
2006 |
|
195,000 |
|
80,000 |
|
70,000 |
|
29,136 |
|
374,136 |
President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John P. Mills |
|
2006 |
|
225,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
7,500 |
|
232,500 |
President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive House, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David G. Kroeger |
|
2006 |
|
160,000 |
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
14,159 |
|
214,159 |
Executive Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive House, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert H. Gagnier |
|
2006 |
|
120,000 |
|
30,000 |
|
51,000 |
|
15,645 |
|
216,645 |
Senior Vice President and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(table continued on following page)
96
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year |
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Change in
|
|
All Other
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Roger Elmore |
|
2006 |
|
105,000 |
|
25,000 |
|
3,000 |
|
17,099 |
|
150,099 |
Vice President and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Reflects the value of cash incentive bonuses paid out under our Annual Incentive Plan. |
(2) |
Reflects the increase during 2006 in actuarial present values of each executive officers accumulated benefits under our Pension Plan and with respect to Mr. Karpiak and Mr. Gagnier, our Supplemental Retirement Plan. |
(3) |
Includes employer matching contributions made to the 401(k) in the amounts of $11,384, $0, $5,769, $7,062 and $6,179 for Messrs. Karpiak, Mills, Kroeger, Gagnier and Elmore, respectively; paid medical premiums of $11,753, $0, $3,390, $8,583 and $10,920 for Messrs. Karpiak, Mills, Kroeger, Gagnier and Elmore, respectively; and for Mr. Karpiak and Mr. Kroeger, a car allowance if $6,000 and $5,000, respectively. The named executive officers did not receive other personal benefits or perquisites. |
Employment Agreement for Chief Executive Officer. In connection with the conversion and reorganization, First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank intend to enter into a three-year employment agreement with Victor Karpiak. Under the employment agreement, the initial base salary level for Mr. Karpiak will be $250,000, which amount will be paid by First Savings Bank and may be increased at the discretion of the board of directors or an authorized committee of the board. On each anniversary of the initial date of the employment agreement, the term of the agreement will be extended for an additional year unless notice is given by the board of directors to Mr. Karpiak at least 90 days prior to the anniversary date. The agreement may be terminated by First Savings Bank for cause, by Mr. Karpiak if he is assigned duties inconsistent with his initial position, duties, responsibilities, or upon the occurrence of certain events. In the event that Mr. Karpiaks employment is terminated without cause or upon Mr. Karpiaks voluntary termination following the occurrence of an event described in the preceding sentence, First Savings Bank would be required to honor the terms of the agreement through the expiration of the current term, including payment of the then current cash compensation and continuation of employee benefits.
The employment agreement will also provide for a severance payment and other benefits if Mr. Karpiak is involuntarily terminated because of a change in control of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank. The agreement authorizes severance payments on a similar basis if Mr. Karpiak voluntarily terminates his employment during the 12 months following a change in control because he is assigned duties inconsistent with his position, duties, responsibilities immediately prior to such change in control. The agreement will define the term change in control as having occurred when, among other things: (1) a person other than First Financial Northwest purchases shares of First Financial Northwests common stock under a tender or exchange offer for the shares; (2) any person, as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, is or becomes the beneficial owner of securities of First Financial Northwest representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of First Financial Northwests then outstanding securities; (3) a majority of the membership of the board of directors changes as the result of a contested election; or (4) shareholders of First Financial Northwest approve a merger, consolidation, sale or disposition of all or substantially all of First Financial Northwests assets, or a plan of partial or complete liquidation.
In the event of a change in control, the employment agreement provides that the value of the maximum benefit be distributed in the form of a lump sum cash payment equal to 2.99 times Mr. Karpiaks base amount, and
97
continued coverage under First Financial Northwests and First Savings Banks health, life and disability programs for a 36-month period following the change in control, the total value of which does not exceed 2.99 times Mr. Karpiaks base amount. Assuming that a change in control had occurred at March 31, 2007 and that Mr. Karpiak elected to receive a lump sum cash payment, he would be entitled to a payment of approximately $560,000. Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code provides that severance payments that equal or exceed three times the individuals base amount are deemed to be excess parachute payments if they are conditioned upon a change in control. Individuals are subject to a 20% excise tax on the amount of such excess parachute payments. If excess parachute payments are made, First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank would not be entitled to deduct the amount of such excess payments. The employment agreement will provide that severance and other payments that are subject to a change in control will be reduced to the extent necessary to ensure that no amounts payable to the executive will be considered excess parachute payments.
Severance Agreements for Executive Officer. In connection with the conversion and reorganization, First Savings Bank intends to enter into a three-year change in control severance agreements with Roger Elmore. On each anniversary of the initial date of the severance agreement, the term of the agreement may be extended for an additional year at the discretion of the board or an authorized committee of the board. The agreement may be terminated by First Savings Bank at any time, by the executive if he is assigned duties inconsistent with his initial position, duties, responsibilities and status, or upon the occurrence of certain events specified by federal regulations in connection with a change in control of First Financial Northwest or First Savings Bank. The severance agreement will define the term change in control in the same manner as Mr. Karpiaks employment agreement.
The severance agreement would provide for a severance payment and other benefits if the executive is involuntarily terminated because of a change in control of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank. The agreement will authorize severance payments on a similar basis where the executive voluntarily terminates employment following a change in control because of being assigned duties inconsistent with the executives position, duties, responsibilities and status immediately prior to such change in control.
The severance agreement will provide that the value of the maximum benefit be distributed in the form of a lump sum cash payment equal to 2.99 times the executives base amount, and continued coverage under First Financial Northwests and First Savings Banks health, life and disability programs for a 36-month period following the change in control, the total value of which does not exceed 2.99 times the executives base amount. Assuming that a change in control had occurred at March 31, 2007 and that Mr. Elmore elected to receive a lump sum cash payment, he would be entitled to a payment of approximately $327,000, subject to reduction pursuant to Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code to avoid excess parachute payments.
Employee Severance Compensation Plan. In connection with the reorganization and stock offering, First Savings Banks board of directors intends to establish the First Savings Bank Northwest Employee Severance Compensation Plan which will provide eligible employees with severance pay benefits in the event of a change in control of First Savings Bank or First Financial Northwest following the stock offering. The severance plan will define the term change in control in the same manner as Mr. Karpiaks employment agreement.
Management personnel with employment agreements or severance agreements will not be eligible to participate in the severance plan. Generally, employees will be eligible to participate in the severance plan if they have completed at least one year of service with First Savings Bank. Employees will be credited with service prior to adoption of the plan. The severance plan will vest in each participant a contractual right to the benefits the participant is entitled to thereunder. Under the plan, in the event of a change in control of First Savings Bank or First Financial Northwest, eligible employees who are terminated or who terminate their employment within one year for reasons specified under the severance plan will be entitled to receive a severance payment. If a participant whose employment has terminated has completed at least one year of service, the participant will be entitled to a cash severance payment equal to three months for service of one to two years, six months for service of two to three years, and six months plus one month for each year of continuous employment over three years up to a maximum of one and one-half times the participants annual compensation. A participant who is an assistant vice president of First Savings Bank prior to the change in control will receive a minimum payment equal to one-half of the participants
98
annual compensation. Individuals who are vice presidents and above of First Savings Bank prior to the change in control will receive a minimum payment equal to the participants annual compensation. These payments may tend to discourage takeover attempts by increasing costs to be incurred by First Savings Bank in the event of a takeover. If the provisions of the severance plan are triggered, the total amount of payments that would be due thereunder, based solely upon current salary levels, would be approximately $1.4 million. It is managements belief, however, that substantially all of First Savings Banks employees would be retained in their current positions in the event of a change in control, and that any amount payable under the severance plan would be considerably less than the total amount that could possibly be paid under the severance plan.
Pension Benefits. The following table provides information regarding participation in plans that provide specified retirement payments and benefits to the named executive offers.
Name |
|
Plan Name |
|
Number of
|
|
Present Value
|
|
Payments During
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
|
Pension Plan |
|
25.833 |
|
346,000 |
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Retirement Agreement |
|
15.000 |
|
373,139 |
|
|
John P. Mills |
|
Pension Plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Retirement Agreement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
David G. Kroeger |
|
Pension Plan |
|
0.000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Retirement Agreement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert H. Gagnier |
|
Pension Plan |
|
19.833 |
|
257,000 |
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Retirement Agreement |
|
15.000 |
|
418,249 |
|
|
Roger Elmore |
|
Pension Plan |
|
1.167 |
|
4,000 |
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Retirement Agreement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
For the Pension Plan, reflects years vested; Mr. Mills is not eligible for participation and Mr. Kroeger is not yet vested. For the supplemental retirement agreement, reflects period since participation; Messrs. Mills, Kroeger and Elmore do not participate. |
(2) |
Pension Plan accumulated benefits are based on the present value of accumulated future payments over an anticipated post retirement life of 20 years using a 5.0% discount rate. Supplemental retirement agreement accumulated benefits reflect the present value of 180 future annual payments at normal retirement using a 5.75% discount rate. |
First Savings Bank is a participant in a multiple-employer sponsored plan (the Pension Plan), which provides a benefit upon retirement to eligible employees of First Savings Bank. In general, all employees except those under specific agreement, who meet the minimum requirements of one year of service, attainment of age 21 and complete 1,000 hours of service in the 12 consecutive months following enrollment are eligible to participate. Upon completion of five years of employment with First Savings Bank, the employee is 100% vested. There is no provision for partial vesting. The service amounts shown in the table above represent actual years of service with First Savings Bank. No additional years of credited service have been granted to any named executive officer under the Pension Plan.
Several forms of benefit payments are available under the Pension Plan. The Pension Plan offers a life annuity option, a 100% joint and survivor option with a ten-year certain feature, a 50% joint and survivor benefit option and a customized option. The benefit option must be elected by the participant before benefit payments begin. Benefits are based upon 2% times the number of years of service with First Savings Bank times the average of the participants salary during the five years he or she was most highly compensated. Salary is defined as base rate of pay and does not include overtime, bonuses and other compensation. A participants full benefit under the
99
Pension Plan is payable at age 65 with at least five years of benefit service, which is considered normal retirement. Early retirement benefit payments are available under the Pension Plan to participants upon attainment of age 45 and completion of five years of benefit service. Annual benefits are reduced 3.0% for each year of payment before normal retirement based on the benefit formula described above. As of December 31, 2006, Messrs. Karpiak and Gagnier were eligible for early retirement benefits.
The executive supplemental retirement agreement provides benefits in addition to those provided by the Pension Plan. Benefits are calculated using a fixed annual base amount of $25,000 plus a 4.0% annual compounding rate from date of joining the agreement to retirement. Upon retirement, the compounded amount in effect represents the annual benefit payable. Benefit payments are paid monthly using the compounded amount in effect at retirement and are paid over a fixed 15-year period. A participants full benefit under the agreement is payable at age 65 which is considered normal retirement.
Early retirement benefit payments are available under the agreement to participants upon attainment of age 55 at a reduced level based on a specific formula. The actuarially reduced equivalent amount would begin at the early retirement date and continue for a period of 180 months. The actuarial reduction is computed by multiplying the amount payable at normal retirement by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of full years served since participation in this plan and the denominator is the number of full years served since participation in the agreement until age 65 which is considered normal retirement. The ability to elect an early retirement benefit may be limited by federal tax law governing nonqualified deferred compensation plans. As of December 31, 2006, Mr. Gagnier was eligible for early retirement benefits under the agreement. There is a pre-retirement death benefit to the participants estate in the amount of $200,000.
Benefits earned under the agreements are paid from First Savings Bank assets. It is managements intent to informally fund those payments with its bank-owned whole life insurance policies. The aggregate death benefit coverage from these policies is $2.8 million. First Savings Bank is the beneficiary of these policies, and no participants will derive any personal benefits as a result of these policies.
Benefits to Be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion and Reorganization
We intend to adopt and request shareholder approval of one or more stock-based incentive plans, including a stock option plan and a stock recognition and retention plan, no earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The stock option plan and stock recognition and retention plan may be established as separate plans or as part of a single plan.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan. The board of directors has authorized the adoption by First Savings Bank of an employee stock ownership plan for its eligible employees, subject to the completion of the conversion. The employee stock ownership plan will satisfy the requirements for an employee stock ownership plan under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Employees of First Savings Bank who have been credited with at least 1,000 hours of service during a designated 12-month period and who have attained age 18 will be eligible to participate in the employee stock ownership plan.
It is intended that the employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8.0% of the shares issued in the conversion. This would range between 1,293,478 shares, assuming 14,875,000 shares are sold in the offering and including shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation, and 1,750,000 shares, assuming 20,125,000 shares are sold in the offering and including shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation. We anticipate that the employee stock ownership plan will borrow funds from First Financial Northwest to purchase the shares. This loan will equal 100% of the aggregate purchase price of the common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. The employee stock ownership plan will repay the loan principally from the cash contributions from First Savings Bank and from dividends payable on the common stock held by the plan over the anticipated 15-year term of the loan. The interest rate for the plan loan is expected to be the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the closing date of the conversion or some other reasonable rate. See Pro Forma Data. To the extent that the employee stock ownership plan is unable to acquire 8.0% of the common stock
100
issued in the conversion, it is anticipated that it may acquire the shares following the conversion through open market purchases.
In any plan year, First Savings Bank may make additional discretionary contributions to the employee stock ownership plan for the benefit of participants. These contributions may be used to acquire shares of common stock through the purchase of outstanding shares in the market, from individual shareholders, or from shares which constitute authorized but unissued shares or shares held in trust by First Financial Northwest. Several factors will affect the timing, amount and manner of any such discretionary contributions, including applicable regulatory policies, the requirements of applicable laws and regulations, and market conditions.
The shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan with the proceeds of the loan will be held in a suspense account, and released for allocation among eligible participants as the loan is repaid. Discretionary contributions to the employee stock ownership plan and shares released from the suspense account will be allocated among participants on the basis of each eligible participants proportional share of total compensation. Forfeitures will be reallocated among the remaining plan participants.
Participants will vest in their employee stock ownership plan account at the rate of 20% per year, beginning upon the completion of one year of service, with full vesting occurring after five years of service. Employees will be credited for service prior to adoption of the employee stock ownership plan. A participant is fully vested at normal retirement (which is the attainment of age 65), in the event of death or disability while actively employed, or upon termination of the employee stock ownership plan. Benefits are distributable upon a participants normal retirement, death, disability or termination of employment. Contributions to the employee stock ownership plan are not fixed, so benefits payable under the employee stock ownership plan cannot be estimated.
The board of directors will select a trustee for the employee stock ownership plan. The trustee must vote all allocated shares held in the employee stock ownership plan in accordance with the instructions of plan participants and unallocated shares must be voted in the same ratio on any matter as those shares for which instructions are given. The trustee will vote the allocated shares for which no instructions are received as directed by the plan administrator.
Under applicable accounting requirements, compensation expense for a leveraged employee stock ownership plan is recorded at the fair market value of the employee stock ownership plan shares when committed to be released to participants accounts. See Pro Forma Data.
Stock Option Plan. We intend to adopt a stock option plan for our directors, officers and employees after the conversion and offering, subject to shareholder approval. Federal regulations prohibit us from implementing this plan until six months after the conversion and offering.
First Financial Northwest expects that the stock option plan will authorize a committee of non-employee directors or the full board of directors, to grant options to purchase up to 10% of the shares issued in the conversion. The stock option plan will have a term of ten years. The committee or the board will decide which directors, officers and employees will receive options and the terms of those options. Generally, no stock option will permit its recipient to purchase shares at a price that is less than the fair market value of a share on the date the option is granted, and no option will have a term that is longer than ten years. In addition, executive officers and directors would be required to exercise or forfeit their options if First Savings Bank becomes critically undercapitalized, is subject to enforcement action or receives a capital directive.
If we implement a stock option plan before the first anniversary of the conversion, current regulations will require that:
|
|
the total number of options available for grant to non-employee directors be limited to 30% of the options authorized under the plan; |
101
|
|
the number of options that may be granted to any one non-employee director be limited to 5% of the options authorized under the plan; |
|
|
|
|
|
the number of options that may be granted to any officer or employee be limited to 25% of the options authorized for the plan; |
|
|
|
|
|
the options may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of shareholder approval of the plan; and |
|
|
|
|
|
accelerated vesting not be permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of First Savings Bank or First Financial Northwest. |
We may obtain the shares needed for this plan by issuing additional shares or through stock repurchases.
Restricted Stock Plan. We also expect to implement a restricted stock plan for our directors, officers and employees after the conversion and offering. Federal regulations prohibit us from implementing this plan until six months after the conversion and offering. If the recognition plan is implemented within the first 12 months after the conversion and offering, federal regulations require that the plan be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of First Financial Northwest.
If the restricted stock plan is implemented within 12 months after the conversion and offering, First Financial Northwest expects that the plan will authorize a committee of non-employee directors or the full board of directors to make restricted stock awards of up to 4% of the shares issued in the offering. The committee of the board will decide which directors, officers and employees will receive restricted stock and the terms of those awards. First Financial Northwest may obtain the shares needed for this plan by issuing additional shares or through stock repurchases. If we implement a restricted stock plan before the first anniversary of the conversion and offering, current regulations will require that:
|
|
the total number of shares that are awarded to non-employee directors be limited to 30% of the shares authorized under the plan; |
|
|
|
|
|
the number of shares that are awarded to any one non-employee director be limited to 5% of the shares authorized under the plan; |
|
|
|
|
|
the number of shares that are awarded to any officer or employee be limited to 25% of the shares authorized under the plan; |
|
|
|
|
|
the awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of shareholder approval of the plan; and |
|
|
|
|
|
accelerated vesting not be permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of First Savings Bank or First Financial Northwest. |
Restricted stock awards under this plan may feature employment restrictions that require continued employment for a period of time for the award to be vested. Awards would not be vested unless the specified employment restrictions are met. However, pending vesting, the award recipient may have voting and dividend rights. Executive officers and directors would be required to forfeit the unvested portion of their restricted stock if First Savings Bank becomes critically undercapitalized, is subject to enforcement action or receives a capital directive.
Compensation Committee Report
The Compensation Committee of First Savings Banks board of directors has submitted the following report for inclusion in this prospectus:
102
We have reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis contained in this prospectus with management. Based on the committees review of and the discussion with management with respect to the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, we recommended to the board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this prospectus.
The foregoing report is provided by the following directors, who constitute the Committee:
The Compensation Committee:
Harry A. Blencoe (Chairman) |
Dr. Gary F. Kohlwes |
Robert W. McLendon |
Robert L. Anderson |
Gerald Edlund |
Gary F. Faull |
Joann E. Lee |
|
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Except for Mr. Harry A. Blencoe, who is the former Chief Executive Officer of First Savings Bank and retired effective December 31, 2004, none of the members of the Compensation Committee has served as an officer or employee of First Savings Bank or had any relationships otherwise requiring disclosure.
Transactions with Related Persons
First Savings Bank has followed a policy of granting loans to officers and directors, which fully complies with all applicable federal regulations. Loans to directors and executive officers are made in the ordinary course of business and on the same terms and conditions as those of comparable transactions with all customers prevailing at the time, in accordance with our underwriting guidelines, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
All loans made to our directors and executive officers are subject to federal regulations restricting loans and other transactions with affiliated persons of First Savings Bank. Loans and available lines of credit to all directors and executive officers and their associates totaled approximately $1.0 million at March 31, 2007, which was 0.94% of our equity at that date. All loans to directors and executive officers were performing in accordance with their terms at March 31, 2007. Total deposits of directors and executive officers were approximately $7.9 million at March 31, 2007.
We recognize that transactions between First Savings Bank and any of its directors or executive officers can present potential or actual conflicts of interest and create the appearance that these decisions are based on considerations other than the best interest of First Savings Bank. Therefore as a general matter and in accordance with our Code of Conduct and Ethics Policy for Employees, Officers and Directors, it is our preference to avoid such transactions. Nevertheless, we recognize that there are situations where such transactions may be in, or may not be inconsistent with, the best interests of First Savings Bank. Accordingly, First Savings Bank has adopted an informal policy which requires its Compensation Committee to review and, if appropriate, to approve or ratify any such transaction. In the event that a member of the committee is a participant in the transaction, then that member is required to abstain from the discussion, approval or ratification process. Pursuant to the policy, the committee will review any transaction in which First Savings Bank is or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any of the directors or executive officers had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. After its review, the committee will only approve or ratify those transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, the best interests of First Savings Bank, as the committee determines in good faith.
Director Edlund is a principal in the firm Edlund Associates, Inc. which is a landscape architecture company with design/building services. His company has a landscape maintenance contract with First Savings Bank under which they were paid $12,890 in 2006. In addition, his firm was the landscape contractor during our recent redevelopment of our banking office and was paid an additional amount of $40,918 in 2006.
103
The former principal of Executive House, John P. Mills, leased the Executive House office to First Savings Bank at a rate of $2,000 per month from January 2006 until December 31, 2006 at which time Executive House relocated to a site owned by First Savings Bank. First Savings paid fees of $24,000 to Mr. Mills for the lease of the Executive House office during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
The following is a brief description of certain laws and regulations which are applicable to First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank. The description of these laws and regulations, as well as descriptions of laws and regulations contained elsewhere in this prospectus, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations. We believe, however, that we have included all descriptions of laws and regulations applicable to First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank that an investor needs to consider in making an investment decision. Legislation is introduced from time to time in the United States Congress that may affect the operations of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank. In addition, the regulations governing us may be amended from time to time by the respective regulators. Any such legislation or regulatory changes in the future could adversely affect us. We cannot predict whether any such changes may occur.
First Financial of Renton and First Financial Holdings, MHC are registered as bank holding companies with a financial holding company election under the Bank Holding Company Act and are subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board and the Washington Department of Financial Institutions. First Financial of Renton and First Financial Holdings, MHC are each also required to file annually a report of operations with, and are subject to examination by, the Federal Reserve Board and the Washington Department of Financial Institutions. This regulation and oversight is generally intended to ensure that First Financial of Renton and First Financial Holdings, MHC limit their activities to those allowed by law and that they operate in a safe and sound manner without endangering the financial health of First Savings Bank.
As part of the conversion and reorganization, First Savings Bank is electing, pursuant to Section 10(l) of the Home Owners Loan Act, as amended, to be treated as a savings association. As a result, First Financial Northwest will be a registered savings and loan holding company subject to regulation of the Office of Thrift Supervision. First Savings Bank will continue to be regulated by the Washington Department of Financial Institutions and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Regulation of First Financial of Renton and First Financial Holdings, MHC
Bank Holding Company Act Activities and Other Limitations. Under the Bank Holding Company Act, First Financial of Renton and First Financial Holdings, MHC must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before they may acquire control of another bank or bank holding company, merge or consolidate with another bank holding company, acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company, or acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, First Financial of Renton and First Financial Holdings, MHC would directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of such shares.
Federal statutes impose restrictions on the ability of a bank holding company and its nonbank subsidiaries to obtain extensions of credit from the subsidiary bank, on the subsidiary banks investments in the stock or securities of the holding company, and on the subsidiary banks taking of the holding companys stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. A bank holding company and its subsidiaries are also prevented from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property, or furnishing of services by the subsidiary bank.
A bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. In addition, it is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the
104
financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding companys failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve Board to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve Board regulations, or both.
Non-Banking Activities. The business activities of First Financial of Renton and First Financial Holdings, MHC, as bank holding companies, are restricted by the Bank Holding Company Act. Under the Bank Holding Company Act and the Federal Reserve Boards bank holding company regulations, bank holding companies may only engage in, or acquire or control voting securities or assets of a company engaged in:
|
|
banking or managing or controlling banks and other subsidiaries authorized under the Bank Holding Company Act; and |
|
|
|
|
|
any Bank Holding Company Act activity the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be so closely related that it is incidental to banking or managing or controlling banks. |
The Federal Reserve Board has by regulation determined that certain activities are closely related to banking including: operating a mortgage company, finance company, credit card company, factoring company, trust company or savings association; performing certain data processing operations; providing limited securities brokerage services; acting as an investment or financial advisor; acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance; leasing personal property on a full-payout, non-operating basis; providing tax planning and preparation services; operating a collection agency; and providing certain courier services. As financial holding companies, First Financial of Renton and First Financial Holdings, MHC, however, also may engage in certain other activities as described below.
Financial Modernization. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 permits greater affiliation among banks, securities firms, insurance companies and other companies under a new type of financial services company known as a financial holding company. A financial holding company essentially is a bank holding company with significantly expanded powers. Financial holding companies are authorized by statute to engage in a number of financial activities previously impermissible for bank holding companies, including: securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; and merchant banking activities. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act also permits the Federal Reserve Board and the Department of the Treasury Department to authorize additional activities for financial holding companies if they are financial in nature or incidental to financial activities. A bank holding company may become a financial holding company if each of its subsidiary banks is well capitalized, well managed, and has at least a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act rating. A financial holding company must provide notice to the Federal Reserve Board within 30 days after commencing activities previously determined by statute or by the Federal Reserve Board and Department of the Treasury to be permissible.
Regulatory Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted capital adequacy guidelines pursuant to which it assesses the adequacy of capital in examining and supervising a bank holding company and in analyzing applications to it under the Bank Holding Company Act. The Federal Reserve Boards capital adequacy guidelines for First Financial of Renton, on a consolidated basis, are similar to those imposed on First Savings Bank by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. See Regulation and Supervision of First Savings Bank Capital Requirements." At March 31, 2007, First Financial of Renton met all applicable regulatory capital requirements.
Restrictions on Dividends . First Financial of Rentons ability to declare and pay dividends may depend in part on dividends received from First Savings Bank. The Revised Code of Washington regulates the distribution of dividends by savings banks and states, in part, that dividends may be declared and paid out of accumulated net earnings, provided that the bank continues to meet its surplus requirements. In addition, dividends may not be declared or paid if First Savings Bank is in default in payment of any assessment due the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
105
A Federal Reserve Board policy statement on the payment of cash dividends states that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding companys net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding companys capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board also has indicated that it would be inappropriate for a company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends.
Regulation and Supervision of First Savings Bank
General. As a state-chartered savings bank, First Savings Bank is subject to applicable provisions of Washington law and regulations of the Washington Department of Financial Institutions. State law and regulations govern First Savings Banks ability to take deposits and pay interest, to make loans on or invest in residential and other real estate, to make consumer loans, to invest in securities, to offer various banking services to its customers, and to establish branch offices. Under state law, savings banks in Washington also generally have all of the powers that federal savings banks have under federal laws and regulations. First Savings Bank is subject to periodic examination and reporting requirements by and of the Washington Department of Financial Institutions.
Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC. First Savings Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund, or DIF, which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insures deposits up to the applicable limits and this insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government. As insurer, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. It also may prohibit any institution insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation from engaging in any activity determined by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the institution. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against savings institutions and may terminate the deposit insurance if it determines that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.
Under regulations effective January 1, 2007, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation adopted a new risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments based on an insured institutions ranking in one of four risk categories based upon supervisory and capital evaluations. Well-capitalized institutions (generally those with capital adequacy, asset quality, management, earnings and liquidity, or CAMELS composite ratings of 1 or 2) are grouped in Risk Category I and assessed for deposit insurance at an annual rate of between five and seven basis points. The assessment rate for an individual institution is determined according to a formula based on a weighted average of the institutions individual CAMEL component ratings plus either five financial ratios or, in the case of an institution with assets of $10.0 billion or more, the average ratings of its long-term debt. Institutions in Risk Categories II, III and IV are assessed at annual rates of 10, 28 and 43 basis points, respectively.
Deposit Insurance Fund-insured institutions are required to pay a Financing Corporation assessment, in order to fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s. For the semi-annual period ended December 31, 2006, the Financing Corporation assessment equaled 1.25 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits. These assessments, which may be revised based upon the level of DIF deposits, will continue until the bonds mature in the years 2017 through 2019.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including First Savings Bank, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed by an agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible capital. If insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Management is aware of no existing circumstances which would result in termination of First Savings Banks deposit insurance.
106
Capital Requirements. Federally insured savings institutions, such as First Savings Bank, are required to maintain a minimum level of regulatory capital. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations recognize two types, or tiers, of capital: core (Tier 1) capital and supplementary (Tier 2) capital. Tier 1 capital generally includes common shareholders equity and noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, less most intangible assets. Tier 2 capital, which is limited to 100 percent of Tier 1 capital, includes such items as qualifying general loan loss reserves, cumulative perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible debt, term subordinated debt and limited life preferred stock; however, the amount of term subordinated debt and intermediate term preferred stock (original maturity of at least five years but less than 20 years) that may be included in Tier 2 capital is limited to 50 percent of Tier 1 capital.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation currently measures an institutions capital using a leverage limit together with certain risk-based ratios. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporations minimum leverage capital requirement specifies a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets. Most banks are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of at least 4% to 5% of total assets. At March 31, 2007, First Savings Bank had a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8.52%. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation retains the right to require a particular institution to maintain a higher capital level based on its particular risk profile.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations also establish a measure of capital adequacy based on ratios of qualifying capital to risk-weighted assets. Assets are placed in one of four categories and given a percentage weight based on the relative risk of that category. In addition, certain off-balance-sheet items are converted to balance-sheet credit equivalent amounts, and each amount is then assigned to one of the four categories. Under the guidelines, the ratio of total capital (Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets must be at least 8%, and the ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets must be at least 4%. In evaluating the adequacy of a banks capital, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may also consider other factors that may affect the banks financial condition, such as interest rate risk exposure, liquidity, funding and market risks, the quality and level of earnings, concentration of credit risk, risks arising from nontraditional activities, loan and investment quality, the effectiveness of loan and investment policies, and managements ability to monitor and control financial operating risks.
The Washington Department of Financial Institutions requires that net worth equal at least 5% of total assets. At March 31, 2007, First Savings Bank had Tier 1 risk-based capital of 13.91%. For a complete description of First Savings Banks required and actual capital levels on March 31, 2007, see First Savings Bank Exceeds All Regulatory Capital Requirements.
First Savings Banks management believes that, under the current regulations, First Savings Bank will continue to meet its minimum capital requirements in the foreseeable future. However, events beyond the control of First Savings Bank, such as a downturn in the economy in areas where it has most of its loans, could adversely affect future earnings and, consequently, the ability of First Savings Bank to meet its capital requirements.
Standards for Safety and Soundness. The federal banking regulatory agencies have prescribed, by regulation, guidelines for all insured depository institutions relating to: internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems; loan documentation; credit underwriting; interest rate risk exposure; asset growth; asset quality; earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation determines that First Savings Bank fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, it may require First Savings Bank to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.
Activities and Investments of Insured State-Chartered Financial Institutions. Federal law generally limits the activities and equity investments of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured, state-chartered banks to those that are permissible for national banks. An insured state bank is not prohibited from, among other things, (1) acquiring or retaining a majority interest in a subsidiary, (2) investing as a limited partner in a partnership the sole purpose of which is direct or indirect investment in the acquisition, rehabilitation or new construction of a
107
qualified housing project, provided that such limited partnership investments may not exceed 2% of the banks total assets, (3) acquiring up to 10% of the voting stock of a company that solely provides or reinsures directors, trustees and officers liability insurance coverage or bankers blanket bond group insurance coverage for insured depository institutions, and (4) acquiring or retaining the voting shares of a depository institution if certain requirements are met.
Washington State recently enacted a new law regarding financial institution parity. Primarily, the law affords Washington-chartered commercial banks the same powers as Washington-chartered savings banks. In order for a bank to exercise these powers, it must provide 30 days notice to the Director of Financial Institutions and the Director must authorize the requested activity. In addition, the law provides that Washington-chartered commercial banks may exercise any of the powers that the Federal Reserve has determined to be closely related to the business of banking and the powers of national banks, subject to the approval of the Director in certain situations. The law also provides that Washington-chartered savings banks may exercise any of the powers of Washington-chartered commercial banks, national banks and federally-chartered savings banks, subject to the approval of the Director in certain situations. Finally, the law provides additional flexibility for Washington-chartered commercial and savings banks with respect to interest rates on loans and other extensions of credit. Specifically, they may charge the maximum interest rate allowable for loans and other extensions of credit by federally-chartered financial institutions to Washington residents.
Environmental Issues Associated With Real Estate Lending. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) is a federal statute that generally imposes strict liability on, all prior and present owners and operators of sites containing hazardous waste. However, Congress asked to protect secured creditors by providing that the term owner and operator excludes a person whose ownership is limited to protecting its security interest in the site. Since the enactment of the CERCLA, this secured creditor exemption has been the subject of judicial interpretations which have left open the possibility that lenders could be liable for cleanup costs on contaminated property that they hold as collateral for a loan.
To the extent that legal uncertainty exists in this area, all creditors, including First Savings Bank, that have made loans secured by properties with potential hazardous waste contamination (such as petroleum contamination) could be subject to liability for cleanup costs, which costs often substantially exceed the value of the collateral property.
Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board requires that all depository institutions maintain reserves on transaction accounts or non-personal time deposits. These reserves may be in the form of cash or non-interest-bearing deposits with the regional Federal Reserve Bank. Negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) accounts and other types of accounts that permit payments or transfers to third parties fall within the definition of transaction accounts and are subject to the reserve requirements, as are any non-personal time deposits at a savings bank. As of March 31, 2007, First Savings Banks deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank and vault cash exceeded its reserve requirements.
Affiliate Transactions. Federal laws strictly limit the ability of banks to engage in certain transactions with their affiliates, including their bank holding companies. Transactions deemed to be a covered transaction under Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act and between a subsidiary bank and its parent company or the nonbank subsidiaries of the bank holding company are limited to 10% of the bank subsidiarys capital and surplus and, with respect to the parent company and all such nonbank subsidiaries, to an aggregate of 20% of the bank subsidiarys capital and surplus. Further, covered transactions that are loans and extensions of credit generally are required to be secured by eligible collateral in specified amounts. Federal law also requires that covered transactions and certain other transactions listed in Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act between a bank and its affiliates be on terms as favorable to the bank as transactions with non-affiliates.
Community Reinvestment Act. Banks are also subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, which requires the appropriate federal bank regulatory agency to assess a banks record in meeting the credit needs of the community serviced by the bank, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The
108
regulatory agencys assessment of the banks record is made available to the public. Further, an assessment is required of any bank which has applied to establish a new branch office that will accept deposits, relocate an existing office or merge or consolidate with, or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of, a federally regulated financial institution. First Savings Bank received a satisfactory rating during its most recent examination.
Dividends. Dividends from First Savings Bank constitute the major source of funds for dividends which may be paid by First Financial Northwest to shareholders after the conversion and reorganization. The amount of dividends payable by First Savings Bank to First Financial Northwest depends upon First Savings Banks earnings and capital position, and is limited by federal and state laws. According to Washington law, First Savings Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend on its capital stock if it would cause its net worth to be reduced below (1) the amount required for liquidation accounts or (2) the net worth requirements, if any, imposed by the Director of the Washington Department of Financial Institutions. Dividends on First Savings Banks capital stock may not be paid in an aggregate amount greater than the aggregate retained earnings of First Savings Bank, without the approval of the Director of the Washington Department of Financial Institutions.
The amount of dividends actually paid during any one period will be strongly affected by First Savings Banks policy of maintaining a strong capital position. Federal law further provides that no insured depository institution may pay a cash dividend if it would cause the institution to be undercapitalized, as defined in the prompt corrective action regulations. Moreover, the federal bank regulatory agencies also have the general authority to limit the dividends paid by insured banks if such payments are deemed to constitute an unsafe and unsound practice.
Privacy Standards. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act modernized the financial services industry by establishing a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms and other financial service providers. First Savings Bank is subject to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations implementing the privacy protection provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. These regulations require First Savings Bank to disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares non-public personal information, to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter.
Anti-Money Laundering and Customer Identification. Congress enacted the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the USA Patriot Act) on October 26, 2001 in response to the terrorist events of September 11, 2001. The USA Patriot Act gives the federal government new powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. In March 2006, Congress re-enacted certain expiring provisions of the USA Patriot Act.
Regulation and Supervision of First Financial Northwest
General. Upon consummation of the reorganization, First Financial Northwest will be subject to regulation as a savings and loan holding company under the Home Owners Loan Act, as amended, instead of being subject to regulation as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 because First Savings Bank is making an election under Section 10(l) of the Home Owners Loan Act to be treated as a savings association for purposes of Section 10 of the Home Owners Loan Act. As a result, First Financial Northwest will register with the Office of Thrift Supervision and will be subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements relating to savings and loan holding companies. First Financial Northwest will also be required to file certain reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. As a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, First Savings Bank will be subject to certain restrictions in its dealings with First Financial Northwest and affiliates thereof.
First Financial Northwest will be a nondiversified unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning of federal law. Generally, companies that become savings and loan holding companies following the
109
May 4, 1999 grandfather date in the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 may engage only in the activities permitted for financial institution holding companies under the law for multiple savings and loan holding companies.
Although savings and loan holding companies are not currently subject to specific capital requirements or specific restrictions on the payment of dividends or other capital distributions, federal regulations do prescribe such restrictions on subsidiary savings institutions as described below. First Savings Bank must notify the Office of Thrift Supervision 30 days before declaring any dividend to First Financial Northwest. In addition, the financial impact of a holding company on its subsidiary institution is a matter that is evaluated by the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Office of Thrift Supervision has authority to order cessation of activities or divestiture of subsidiaries deemed to pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the institution.
Acquisition of Control. Under the federal Change in Bank Control Act, a notice must be submitted to the Office of Thrift Supervision if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire control of a savings and loan holding company or savings association. An acquisition of control can occur upon the acquisition of 10% or more of the voting stock of a savings and loan holding company or savings institution or as otherwise defined by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, the Office of Thrift Supervision has 60 days from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquiror and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition. Any company that so acquires control would then be subject to regulation as a savings and loan holding company.
Qualified Thrift Lender Test. Under Section 2303 of the Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996, a savings association can comply with the Qualified Thrift Lender test by either meeting the Qualified Thrift Lender test set forth in the Home Owners Loan Act and implementing regulations or qualifying as a domestic building and loan association as defined in Section 7701(a)(19) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. A savings bank subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company that does not comply with the Qualified Thrift Lender test must comply with the following restrictions on its operations:
|
|
the institution may not engage in any new activity or make any new investment, directly or indirectly, unless the activity or investment is permissible for a national bank; |
|
|
|
|
|
the branching powers of the institution are restricted to those of a national bank; and |
|
|
|
|
|
payment of dividends by the institution are subject to the rules regarding payment of dividends by a national bank. |
Upon the expiration of three years from the date the institution ceases to meet the Qualified Thrift Lender test, it must cease any activity and not retain any investment not permissible for a national bank (subject to safety and soundness considerations).
As of March 31, 2007, First Savings Bank maintained 87.41% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments and, therefore, met the Qualified Thrift Lender test.
Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates. Transactions between savings institutions and any affiliate are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a savings institution is any company or entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the savings institution. In a mutual holding company context, the mutual holding company and mid-tier holding company of a savings institution (such as First Financial of Renton) and any companies which are controlled by such holding companies are affiliates of the savings institution. Generally, Section 23A limits the extent to which the savings institution or its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the institutions capital stock and surplus, and contain an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus. Section 23B applies to covered transactions as well as certain other transactions and requires that all transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the savings institution as those provided to a non-affiliate. The term covered transaction includes the making of loans
110
to, purchase of assets from and issuance of a guarantee to an affiliate and similar transactions. Section 23B transactions also include the provision of services and the sale of assets by a savings institution to an affiliate. In addition to the restrictions imposed by Sections 23A and 23B, Section 11 of the Home Owners Loan Act prohibits a savings institution from (1) making a loan or other extension of credit to an affiliate, except for any affiliate which engages only in certain activities which are permissible for bank holding companies or (2) purchasing or investing in any stocks, bonds, debentures, notes or similar obligations of any affiliate, except for affiliates which are subsidiaries of the savings institution.
In addition, Sections 22(g) and (h) of the Federal Reserve Act place restrictions on loans to executive officers, directors and principal shareholders. Under Section 22(h), loans to a director, executive officer or greater than 10% shareholder of a savings institution, and certain affiliated interests, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and affiliated interests, the savings institutions loans to one borrower limit (generally equal to 15% of the institutions unimpaired capital and surplus). Section 22(h) also requires that loans to directors, executive officers and principal shareholders be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons unless the loans are made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that (1) is widely available to employees of the institution and (2) does not give preference to any director, executive officer or principal shareholder, or certain affiliated interests, over other employees of the savings institution. Section 22(h) also requires prior board approval for certain loans. In addition, the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by a savings institution to all insiders cannot exceed the institutions unimpaired capital and surplus. Furthermore, Section 22(g) places additional restrictions on loans to executive officers. At December 31, 2006, First Savings Bank was in compliance with these restrictions.
Restrictions on Acquisitions. Except under limited circumstances, savings and loan holding companies are prohibited from acquiring, without prior approval of the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, (1) control of any other savings institution or savings and loan holding company or substantially all the assets thereof or (2) more than 5% of the voting shares of a savings institution or holding company thereof which is not a subsidiary. Except with the prior approval of the Director, no director or officer of a savings and loan holding company or person owning or controlling by proxy or otherwise more than 25% of such companys stock, may acquire control of any savings institution, other than a subsidiary savings institution, or of any other savings and loan holding company.
The Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision may only approve acquisitions resulting in the formation of a multiple savings and loan holding company which controls savings institutions in more than one state if: (1) the multiple savings and loan holding company involved controls a savings institution which operated a home or branch office located in the state of the institution to be acquired as of March 5, 1987; (2) the acquiror is authorized to acquire control of the savings institution pursuant to the emergency acquisition provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (3) the statutes of the state in which the institution to be acquired is located specifically permit institutions to be acquired by the state-chartered institutions or savings and loan holding companies located in the state where the acquiring entity is located (or by a holding company that controls such state-chartered savings institutions).
Federal Securities Laws. Upon completion of the offering, First Financial Northwests common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We will be subject to information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Following completion of the conversion, First Financial Northwest, as a public company, will be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which implements a broad range of corporate governance and accounting measures for public companies designed to promote honesty and transparency in corporate America and better protect investors from corporate wrongdoing. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 was signed into law by President Bush on July 30, 2002 in response to public concerns regarding corporate accountability in connection with several accounting scandals. The stated goals of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at
111
publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act includes very specific additional disclosure requirements and new corporate governance rules, requires the SEC and securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules and mandates further studies of certain issues by the SEC and the Comptroller General. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act represents significant federal involvement in matters traditionally left to state regulatory systems, such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and to state corporate law, such as the relationship between a board of directors and management and between a board of directors and its committees.
Federal Taxation
General . First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial Northwest or First Savings Bank. The income tax returns of First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank have not been audited in the past seven years.
First Financial Northwest anticipates that it will file a consolidated federal income tax return with First Savings Bank commencing with the first taxable year after completion of the conversion. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by First Financial Northwest to its shareholders would be considered to be taxable dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital to shareholders for federal and state tax purposes.
Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, First Financial Holdings, MHC currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a fiscal year ending on December 31 for filing its federal income tax return.
Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, called alternative minimum taxable income. The alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent such alternative minimum taxable income is in excess of an exemption amount. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. First Savings Bank has not been subject to the alternative minimum tax, nor does it have any such amounts available as credits for carryover.
Net Operating Loss Carryovers. A financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. This provision applies to losses incurred in taxable years beginning after August 6, 1997. At March 31, 2007, First Savings Bank had no net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes.
Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction. First Financial Northwest may eliminate from its income dividends received from First Savings Bank as a wholly-owned subsidiary of First Financial Northwest if it elects to file a consolidated return with First Savings Bank. The corporate dividends-received deduction is 100%, or 80%, in the case of dividends received from corporations with which a corporate recipient does not file a consolidated tax return, depending on the level of stock ownership of the payor of the dividend. Corporations which own less than 20% of the stock of a corporation distributing a dividend may deduct 70% of dividends received or accrued on their behalf.
112
The First Financial Northwest Foundation
Tax Considerations. First Financial Northwest has been advised by its outside tax advisors that an organization created and operated for charitable purposes would generally qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code, and that this type of an organization would likely be classified as a private foundation as determined in Section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code. The foundation will submit a request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization. As long as the foundation files its application for recognition of tax-exempt status within 15 months from the date of its organization, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, the effective date of the foundations status as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be retroactive to the date of its organization. First Financial Northwests outside tax advisor, however, has not rendered any advice on the regulatory condition to the contribution to require that all shares of common stock of First Financial Northwest held by the foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other outstanding shares of common stock of First Financial Northwest, on all proposals considered by shareholders of First Financial Northwest. In the event that First Financial Northwest or the foundation receives an opinion of its legal counsel that compliance with this voting restriction would have the effect of causing the foundation to lose its tax-exempt status or otherwise have a material and adverse tax consequence on the foundation, or subject the foundation to an excise tax under Section 4941 of the Internal Revenue Code, it is expected that the Office of Thrift Spervision would waive such voting restriction upon submission of a legal opinion(s) by First Financial Northwest or the foundation satisfactory to them. See Business of First Savings Bank Charitable Foundation Regulatory Conditions Imposed on the First Financial Northwest Foundation.
Under Washington law, First Financial Northwest is authorized by statute to make charitable contributions and by law has recognized the benefits of such contributions to a Washington corporation. In this regard, Washington law provides that a charitable gift must be within reasonable limits to be valid.
Under the Internal Revenue Code, First Financial Northwest is generally allowed a deduction for charitable contributions made to qualifying donees within the taxable year of up to 10% of its taxable income of the consolidated group of corporations (with certain modifications) for that year. Charitable contributions made by First Financial Northwest in excess of the annual deductible amount will be deductible over each of the five succeeding taxable years, subject to certain limitations. First Financial Northwest believes that the conversion presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised in the conversion. In making this determination, First Financial Northwest considered the dilutive impact of the contribution of common stock to the foundation on the amount of common stock available to be offered for sale in the stock offering. Based on this consideration, First Financial Northwest believes that the contribution to the foundation in excess of the 10% annual deduction limitation is justified given First Financial Northwests capital position and its earnings, the substantial additional capital being raised in the stock offering and the potential benefits of the foundation to the communities served by First Financial Northwest. In this regard, assuming the sale of shares at the maximum of the estimated offering range, First Financial Northwest would have pro forma shareholders equity of $284.0 million or 23.7% of pro forma consolidated assets. See Capitalization, First Savings Bank Exceeds All Regulatory Capital Requirements, Pro Forma Data and Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without Charitable Foundation.
First Financial Northwest anticipates receiving an opinion of its outside tax advisors, Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., that the contribution of its own stock to the foundation should not constitute an act of self-dealing. However, any opinion received from outside tax advisors is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or the State of Washington Department of Revenue. First Financial Northwest should also be entitled to a deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the stock at the time of the contribution less the nominal par value that the foundation may be required to pay to First Financial Northwest for such stock, subject to the annual deduction limitation described above. First Financial Northwest, however, would be able to carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the contribution, subject to certain limitations. First Financial Northwests outside tax advisors, however, have not rendered advice as to fair market value for purposes of determining the amount of the tax deduction. Assuming the close of the offering at the maximum of the estimated price range, First Financial Northwest estimates that all or a substantial portion of the contribution should be deductible over the six-
113
year period. First Financial Northwest may make further contributions to the foundation following the initial contribution. In addition, First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank may also continue to make charitable contributions to other qualifying organizations. Any of these future contributions would be based on an assessment of the financial condition of First Financial Northwest at that time, the interests of shareholders and depositors of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank, and the financial condition and operations of the foundation.
Although First Financial Northwest expects to receive an opinion of its outside tax advisors that it will more likely than not be entitled to a deduction for the charitable contribution, there can be no assurances that the Internal Revenue Service will recognize the foundation as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization or that a deduction for the charitable contribution will be allowed. In either case, First Financial Northwests contribution to the foundation would be expensed without tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes the determination.
As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are generally exempt from federal and state corporate income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, of a private foundation will generally be subject to a federal excise tax of 2.0%. The foundation will be required to make an annual filing with the Internal Revenue Service. The foundation also will be required to publish a notice that the annual information return will be available for public inspection for a period of 180 days after the date of the public notice. The information return for a private foundation must include, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundations managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant. Numerous other restrictions exist in the operation of the foundation including transactions with related entities, level of investment and distributions for charitable purposes.
Washington Taxation
First Savings Bank is subject to a business and occupation tax imposed under Washington law at the rate of 1.5% of gross receipts. Interest received on loans secured by mortgages or deeds of trust on residential properties and certain investment securities are exempt from this tax.
THE CONVERSION AND STOCK OFFERING
The boards of directors of First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial of Renton, First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank have adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization, and an application for approval of the plan has been filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Washington Department of Financial Institutions. The Office of Thrift Supervision has approved our application with the condition that the plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by our members and that certain other conditions imposed are satisfied. The Office of Thrift Supervisions approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization. We also must receive approval from the Washington Department of Financial Institutions and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to consummate the conversion.
General
On November 15, 2006, we adopted, and on April 18, 2007 we amended, a plan of conversion and reorganization, pursuant to which we will convert from the mutual holding company form of ownership to the stock form of ownership and we will sell shares of common stock to the public in our offering. On October 1, 2002, First Savings Bank reorganized into the mutual holding company form of organization by converting from a Washington-chartered mutual savings bank to a Washington-chartered stock savings bank and becoming the wholly-owned subsidiary of First Financial of Renton. At the same time, First Financial of Renton became the wholly-owned subsidiary of First Financial Holdings, MHC.
114
The plan of conversion and reorganization will result in the elimination of the mutual holding company, the creation of a new stock form holding company, First Financial Northwest, which will own all of the outstanding shares of First Savings Bank, and the issuance and sale of shares in First Financial Northwest to depositors of First Savings Bank and others in the offering. The conversion and reorganization will be accomplished through a series of substantially simultaneous and interdependent transactions as follows:
|
|
First Savings Bank will elect to be treated as a savings association pursuant to Section 10(1) of the Home Owners Loan Act and First Financial Holdings MHC and First Financial of Renton will convert to a Federal mutual holding company and Federal mid-tier holding company, respectively, pursuant to interim mergers; |
|
|
|
|
|
the resulting Federal mid-tier holding company will convert to a federal interim stock savings institution and simultaneously merge with and into First Savings Bank with First Savings Bank being the survivor and the resulting Federal mutual holding company will convert from mutual form to a federal interim stock savings institution and simultaneously merge with and into First Savings Bank, pursuant to which the mutual holding company will cease to exist and the shares of First Financial of Renton common stock held by the mutual holding company will be canceled; and |
|
|
|
|
|
an interim savings association will be formed as a wholly owned subsidiary of the newly formed Washington corporation, First Financial Northwest, and then will merge with and into First Savings Bank. |
As a result of the above transactions, First Savings Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the new holding company, First Financial Northwest.
When the conversion and reorganization are completed, all of the capital stock of First Savings Bank will be owned by First Financial Northwest and all of the outstanding common stock of First Financial Northwest will be owned by public shareholders. Under the plan, First Financial Northwest common stock is being offered to our eligible depositors, the employee stock ownership plan, other depositors, and then to the public. The conversion will be accounted for at historical cost in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations.
We intend to contribute 50% of the net proceeds of the offering to First Savings Bank and lend our employee stock ownership plan cash to enable the plan to buy up to 8% of the shares sold in the offering. We will retain the balance of the net proceeds. We also intend to establish our charitable foundation. The conversion will be completed only upon completion of the issuance of at least 14,875,000 shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization.
The shares of First Financial Northwest common stock are first being offered in a subscription offering to holders of subscription rights. To the extent shares of common stock remain available after the subscription offering, shares may be offered in a direct community offering on a best efforts basis through Keefe, Bruyette & Woods in such a manner as to promote a wide distribution of the shares. Shares not subscribed for in the subscription offering and direct community offering may be offered for sale on a best efforts basis in a syndicated community offering conducted by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods. We have the right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of common stock received in the direct community offering and the syndicated community offering. See Direct Community Offering and Syndicated Community Offering.
Subscriptions for shares will be subject to the maximum and minimum purchase limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and reorganization. See Limitations on Stock Purchases.
We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of First Financial Northwest. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. No commission will be charged to
115
purchasers. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of our common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See How We Determined Our Price and the Number of Shares to Be Issued in the Stock Offering.
The completion of the offering is subject to market conditions and other factors beyond our control. No assurance can be given as to the length of time following approval of the plan of conversion and reorganization by our members that will be required to complete the sale of shares. If we experience delays, significant changes may occur in the estimated offering range with corresponding changes in the offering price and the net proceeds to be realized by us from the sale of the shares. If the conversion is terminated, we will charge all related expenses against current income and any funds collected by us in the offering will be promptly returned, with interest, to each subscriber.
The following is a brief summary of the conversion and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable provision of the plan of conversion and reorganization. A copy of the plan of conversion and reorganization is available for inspection at First Savings Bank, at the Office of Thrift Supervision and at the Washington Department of Financial Institutions, Division of Banks, Department of Financial Institutions. The plan of conversion and reorganization is also filed as an exhibit to the application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this prospectus is a part, copes of which may be obtained from the Office of Thrift Supervision. See Where You Can Find More Information.
Our Reasons for the Conversion
Because it is a mutual holding company, First Financial Holdings, MHC has no authority to issue shares of capital stock and consequently has no access to market sources of equity capital. First Financial of Renton may issue shares but only to a limited extent, as First Financial Holdings, MHC must own a majority of its shares of common stock. This conversion is another step in our strategic plan to increase our capital and expand our operations.
Upon completion of the conversion, we will no longer be in the mutual holding company form of organization and First Savings Bank will be organized in the form used by commercial banks, most major corporations and a majority of savings institutions. The ability to raise new equity capital through the issuance and sale of capital stock of First Financial Northwest will allow First Savings Bank the flexibility to increase its capital position more rapidly than by accumulating earnings and at times deemed advantageous by the board of directors. It will also support future growth and expanded operations, including increased lending and investment activities, as business and regulatory needs require. The ability to attract new capital also will help better address the needs of the communities we serve and enhance our ability to make acquisitions or expand into new businesses. The acquisition alternatives available to First Financial Holdings, MHC are limited as a mutual holding company. However, after the conversion, we will have increased ability to merge with other institutions. Finally, the ability to issue capital stock will enable us to establish stock compensation plans for directors, officers and employees, giving them equity interests in First Financial Northwest and greater incentive to improve its performance. For a description of the stock compensation plans which will be adopted by us in connection with the conversion, see Management Benefits to Be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion and Reorganization."
After considering the advantages and disadvantages of the conversion, as well as applicable fiduciary duties and alternative transactions, the boards of directors of First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial of Renton and First Savings Bank approved the conversion as being in the best interests of our companies and equitable to the members of First Financial Holdings, MHC.
Effects of the Conversion
General. The conversion will have no effect on First Savings Banks present business of accepting deposits and investing its funds in loans and other investments permitted by law. Following completion of the conversion, First Savings Bank will continue to be subject to regulation by the Washington Department of Financial Institutions, and its accounts will continue to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, up to
116
applicable limits, without interruption. After the conversion, First Savings Bank will continue to provide services for depositors and borrowers under current policies and by its present management and staff.
Deposits and Loans. Each holder of a deposit account in First Savings Bank at the time of the conversion will continue as an account holder in First Savings Bank after the conversion, and the conversion will not affect the deposit balance, interest rate or other terms of the depositors accounts. Each account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors in First Savings Bank will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidence of their accounts. The conversion will not affect the loan terms of any borrower from First Savings Bank. The amount, interest rate, maturity, security for and obligations under each loan will remain as they existed prior to the conversion. See Voting Rights and Depositors Rights if We Liquidate below for a discussion of the effects of the conversion on the voting and liquidation rights of the depositors of First Savings Bank.
Continuity. The board of directors presently serving First Savings Bank will serve as the board of directors of First Savings Bank after the conversion. The board of directors of First Financial Northwest consists of the same individuals who serve as directors of First Savings Bank. After the conversion, the voting shareholders of First Financial Northwest will elect approximately one-third of its directors annually. All current officers of First Savings Bank will retain their positions with First Savings Bank after the conversion.
Voting Rights. Presently, all depositors are members of, and have voting rights in, First Financial Holdings, MHC as to all matters requiring membership action. Upon completion of the conversion, First Financial Holdings, MHC will cease to exist and depositors will no longer have voting rights unless they are shareholders of First Financial Northwest. After the conversion, voting rights in First Financial Northwest will be vested exclusively in the shareholders of First Financial Northwest. Each holder of common stock will be entitled to vote on any matter to be considered by the shareholders of First Financial Northwest. After completion of the conversion, voting rights in First Savings Bank will be vested exclusively in its sole shareholder, First Financial Northwest.
Depositors Rights if We Liquidate. We have no plans to liquidate. However, if there should ever be a complete liquidation of First Savings Bank, either before or after conversion, deposit account holders would receive the protection of insurance by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to applicable limits. In addition, liquidation rights before and after the conversion would be as follows:
|
Liquidation Rights Presently. Each depositor in First Savings Bank has both a deposit account in First Savings Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of First Financial Holdings, MHC based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositors account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of First Financial Holdings, MHC and First Savings Bank. |
|
|
|
Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in First Financial Holdings, MHC without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all, respectively, of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of First Financial Holdings, MHC, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed. Consequently, depositors in First Savings Bank normally have no way to realize the value of their ownership interest, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that the First Financial Holdings, MHC and First Savings Bank are liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of First Financial Holdings, MHC and First Savings Bank after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid. |
|
|
|
Liquidation Rights After the Conversion. In the unlikely event that First Savings Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid |
117
|
first, followed by distribution of the liquidation account (described below) to depositors as of June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2007 who continue to maintain their deposit accounts as of the date of liquidation, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to First Financial Northwest, as the holder of First Savings Banks capital stock. |
|
|
|
First Savings Bank will, at the time of the conversion, establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to its total equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition contained in the prospectus. The liquidation account will be a memorandum account on the records of First Savings Bank and there will be no segregation of assets of First Savings Bank related to it. |
|
|
|
The liquidation account will be maintained subsequent to the conversion for the benefit of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders who retain their deposit accounts in First Savings Bank. Each eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account holder will, with respect to each deposit account held, have a related inchoate interest in a portion of the liquidation account balance called a subaccount. |
|
|
|
The initial subaccount balance for a deposit account held by an eligible account holder or a supplemental eligible account holder will be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the liquidation account by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the holders qualifying deposit in the deposit account and the denominator is the total amount of the qualifying deposits of all such holders. The initial subaccount balance will not be increased, and it will be subject to downward adjustment as provided below. |
|
|
|
If the balance in any deposit account of an eligible account holder or supplemental eligible account holder at the close of business on any December 31 subsequent to [the effective date of the conversion] is less than the lesser of (1) the balance in the deposit account at the close of business on any other December 31 subsequent to June 30, 2005 or June 30, 2007, as applicable, or (2) the amount of the qualifying deposit in the deposit account on June 30, 2005 or June 30, 2007, as applicable, then the subaccount balance for the deposit account will be adjusted by reducing the subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in the deposit balance. In the event of a downward adjustment, the subaccount balance will not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related deposit account. If any such deposit account is closed, the related subaccount balance will be reduced to zero. |
|
|
|
In the event of a complete liquidation of First Savings Bank (and only in that event), each eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account holder will be entitled to receive a liquidation distribution from the liquidation account in the amount of the then current adjusted subaccount balance(s) for the deposit account(s) then held by the holder before any liquidation distribution may be made to shareholders. No merger, consolidation, bulk purchase of assets with assumptions of deposit accounts and other liabilities or similar transactions with another federally-insured institution in which First Savings Bank is not the surviving institution will be considered to be a complete liquidation. In any such transaction, the liquidation account will be assumed by the surviving institution. |
Tax Effects of the Conversion. We have received an opinion from our special counsel, Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., Washington, D.C. that the conversion will constitute a tax free reorganization under the Internal Revenue Code and that no gain or loss will be recognized for federal income tax purposes by First Savings Bank or First Financial Northwest as a result of the completion of the conversion. However, this opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or the State of Washington Department of Revenue.
If the liquidation rights in First Savings Bank or subscription rights to purchase First Financial Northwest common stock have a market value when received, or in the case of subscription rights, when exercised, then
118
depositors receiving or exercising these rights may have a taxable gain. Any gain will be limited to the fair market value of these rights.
Liquidation rights are the proportionate interest of certain depositors of First Savings Bank in the special liquidation account to be established by First Financial Northwest under the plan of conversion and reorganization. See Depositors Rights if We Liquidate. Special counsel has concluded that the liquidation rights will have nominal, if any, fair market value.
The subscription rights are the preferential rights of eligible subscribers to purchase shares of First Financial Northwest common stock in the conversion. See Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights. Because the subscription rights are acquired without cost, are not transferable, last for only a short time period and give the recipients a right to purchase stock in the conversion only at fair market value, special counsel believes these rights do not have any taxable value when they are granted or exercised. Special counsels opinion states that it is not aware of the Internal Revenue Service claiming in any similar conversion transaction that liquidation rights or subscription rights have any market value. Because there are no judicial opinions or official Internal Revenue Service positions on this issue, however, special counsels opinion relating to liquidation rights and subscription rights comes to a reasoned conclusion instead of an absolute conclusion on these issues. Special counsels conclusion is supported by a letter from RP Financial, LC. which states that the subscription rights do not have any value when they are distributed or exercised.
If the Internal Revenue Service disagrees and says the subscription rights have value, income may be recognized by recipients of these rights, in certain cases whether or not the rights are exercised. This income may be capital gain or ordinary income, and First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank could recognize gain on the distribution of these rights. Eligible subscribers are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisor regarding their own circumstances and any tax consequences if subscription rights are deemed to have value.
Special counsel has also concluded that there are no other material federal income tax consequences in connection with the conversion.
The opinion of special counsel makes certain assumptions consisting solely of factual matters that would be contained in a representation letter of First Savings Bank to the Internal Revenue Service if it were seeking a private letter ruling relating to the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. Special counsels opinion is based on the Internal Revenue Code, regulations now in effect or proposed, current administrative rulings and practice and judicial authority, all of which are subject to change. Any change may be made with retroactive effect. Unlike private letter rulings received from the Internal Revenue Service, special counsels opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will not take a position contrary to the positions reflected in special counsels opinion, or that special counsels opinion will be upheld by the courts if challenged by the Internal Revenue Service.
First Savings Bank has also obtained an opinion from Blado Kiger, P.S., Tacoma, Washington that the income tax effects of the conversion under Washington tax laws will be substantially the same as the federal income tax consequences described above.
How We Determined Our Price and the Number of Shares to Be Issued in the Stock Offering
The plan of conversion and reorganization requires that the purchase price of the common stock must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank, as determined on the basis of an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC., a financial services industry consulting firm with over 20 years of experience in valuing financial institutions for mutual to stock conversions, to make this valuation. We have no prior relationship with RP Financial, LC. For its services in making this appraisal, RP Financial, LC.s fees and out-of-pocket expenses are estimated to be $110,000. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and any employees of RP Financial, LC. who act for or on behalf of RP Financial, LC. in connection with the appraisal against any and all loss, cost, damage, claim, liability or expense of any kind, including claims
119
under federal and state securities laws, arising out of any misstatement, untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact in the information we supply to RP Financial, LC., unless RP Financial, LC. is determined to be negligent or otherwise at fault.
The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma impact of the offering. Consistent with the Office of Thrift Supervision appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC, subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial, LC to account for differences between First Financial Northwest and the peer group. RP Financial, LC placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-core earnings and price-to-tangible book value approaches in estimating pro forma market value.
The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial, LC in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements of First Financial Holdings, MHC. RP Financial, LC also considered the following factors, among others:
|
|
the present results and financial condition of First Savings Bank, and the projected results and financial condition of First Financial Northwest, a Washington corporation; |
|
|
|
|
|
the economic and demographic conditions in First Savings Banks existing market area; |
|
|
|
|
|
certain historical, financial and other information relating to First Savings Bank; |
|
|
|
|
|
a comparative evaluation of the operating and financial characteristics of First Savings Bank with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions located in the State of Washington, and other states in the other regions of the United States; |
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of the conversion and the offering on First Financial Northwests shareholders equity and earnings potential; |
|
|
|
|
|
the proposed dividend policy of First Financial Northwest; and |
|
|
|
|
|
the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities. |
Included in RP Financial, LCs independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of First Financial Northwest after the conversion and reorganization that were utilized in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net offering proceeds, the repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances by First Savings Bank, and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock issued in the offering by the restricted stock plan at the $10.00 purchase price. See Pro Forma Data for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.
The independent valuation states that as of May 25, 2007, the estimated pro forma market value of First Financial Northwest (inclusive of shares issued to the First Financial Northwest Foundation) ranged from $161.7 million to $218.8 million, with a midpoint of $190.2 million. The Board of Directors of First Financial Northwest decided to offer the shares of common stock for a price of $10.00 per share primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate pro forma market value of First Financial Northwest (excluding the First Financial Northwest Foundation shares) divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range will be 14,875,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range will be 17,500,000
120
shares and the maximum of the offering range will be 20,125,000 shares, or 23,143,750 if the maximum amount is adjusted because of demand for shares or changes in market conditions.
The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for First Financial Northwest as contained in the appriasal and our peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. These ratios are based on earnings for the 12 months ended March 31, 2007 and book value as of March 31, 2007 for us and the 12 months ended March 31, 2007 and as of March 31, 2007, or the latest date available for the peer group. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a premium of 15.4% on a price-to-earnings basis, a discount of 45.8% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 53.1% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. The pricing ratios result from our generally having higher levels of equity but lower earnings than the companies in the peer group on a pro forma basis. Our Board of Directors, in reviewing and approving the valuation, considered the range of price-to-core earnings multiples and the range of price-to-book value ratios and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different amounts of shares to be sold in the offering. The appraisal did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the other. Instead, the appraisal concluded that these ranges represented the appropriate balance of the two approaches to valuing First Financial Northwest, and the number of shares to be sold, in comparison to the identified peer group institutions. Specifically, in approving the valuation, the board believed that First Financial Northwest would not be able to sell its shares at a price-to-book value that was in line with the peer group without unreasonably exceeding the peer group on a price-to-core earnings basis. The estimated appraised value and the resulting premium/discount took into consideration the potential financial impact of the conversion and offering.
|
|
Pro Forma |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
Price-to-Earnings
|
|
Price-to-Book
|
|
Price-to-Tangible
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(x) |
|
|
(x) |
|
|
(%) |
|
First Financial Northwest, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
23.34 |
x |
|
77.04 |
% |
|
81.09 |
% |
Minimum |
|
|
18.50 |
x |
|
68.16 |
% |
|
72.50 |
% |
Valuation of peer group companies as of May 25, 2007: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
20.22 |
x |
|
142.07 |
% |
|
172.88 |
% |
Median |
|
|
16.97 |
x |
|
141.48 |
% |
|
176.62 |
% |
The Board of Directors of First Financial Northwest reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:
|
|
First Savings Banks financial condition and results of operations; |
|
|
|
|
|
comparison of financial performance ratios of First Savings Bank to those of other financial institutions of similar size; and |
|
|
|
|
|
market conditions generally and, in particular, for financial institutions. |
All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The Board of Directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial, LC in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, if required, as a result of subsequent developments in the financial condition of First Financial Northwest or First Savings Bank or market conditions generally.
121
The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. RP Financial, LC did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers First Savings Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of First Savings Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 offering price per share.
Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $251.6 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which will result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 23,143,750 shares, in addition to the 2,012,500 shares to be issued to the First Financial Northwest Foundation to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See Limitations on Common Stock Purchases as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares that may be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to fill unfilled orders in the offering.
If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $251.6 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 23,143,750 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $161.7 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 14,875,000 shares, then, with regulatory approval, we may terminate the offering and promptly return, with interest at First Savings Banks passbook savings rate, all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations, and, after consulting with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we may terminate the plan of conversion and the stock offering. Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range and extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of subscribers or take other actions as permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision in order to complete the conversion and the offering. In the event that a resolicitation is commenced, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to confirm, change or cancel their stock orders for a specified resolicitation period. If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel the stock order and return funds, as described above. Any resolicitation following the conclusion of the subscription and community offerings would not exceed 45 days.
An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscribers ownership interest and First Financial Northwests pro forma earnings and shareholders equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and shareholders equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscribers ownership interest and First Financial Northwests pro forma earnings and shareholders equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and shareholders equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see Pro Forma Data.
Copies of the appraisal report of RP Financial, LC., including any amendments, and the detailed report of the appraiser setting forth the method and assumptions for the appraisal are available for inspection at the office of First Savings Bank and as specified under Where You Can Find More Information. In addition, the appraisal report is an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The registration statement is available on the SECs website (http://www.sec.gov).
Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights
Under the plan of conversion and reorganization, rights to subscribe for the purchase of common stock have been granted to the following persons in the following order of descending priority:
122
All subscriptions received will be subject to the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the maximum and minimum purchase limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and reorganization and as described below under Limitations on Stock Purchases.
Preference Category No. 1: Eligible Account Holders. Each Eligible Account Holder shall receive, without payment, first priority, nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in an amount equal to the greater of:
|
(1) |
$250,000 or 25,000 shares of common stock; |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock; or |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by a fraction, of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all Eligible Account Holders in First Savings Bank in each case on the close of business on June 30, 2005 (the Eligibility Record Date), subject to the overall purchase limitations. |
See Limitations on Stock Purchases.
If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares first will be allocated among subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the lesser of the number of shares subscribed for or 100 shares. Thereafter, any shares remaining will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled pro rata in the proportion that the amounts of their respective qualifying deposits bear to the total amount of qualifying deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. For example, if an Eligible Account Holder with an unfilled subscription has qualifying deposits totaling $100, and the total amount of qualifying deposits for Eligible Account Holders with unfilled subscriptions was $1,000, then the number of shares that may be allocated to fill this Eligible Account Holders subscription would be 10% of the shares remaining available, up to the amount subscribed for.
To ensure proper allocation of stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her subscription order form all accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest. Failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. The subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also directors or officers of First Savings Bank or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits in the year preceding June 30, 2005.
123
Preference Category No. 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans . The plan of conversion and reorganization provides that our tax-qualified benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan shall receive nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to 8.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion. Our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 8.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion including shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation, or 1,293,478 shares and 1,750,000 shares based on the minimum and maximum of the estimated offering range, respectively. Subscription rights received pursuant to this category shall be subordinated to all rights received by Eligible Account Holders to purchase shares pursuant to Category No. 1. If the employee stock ownership plans subscription is not filled in its entirety, the plan may purchase shares in the open market. See Management Benefits to Be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion and Reorganization Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
Preference Category No. 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. To the extent that there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive, without payment therefore, third priority, nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in an amount equal to the greater of:
|
(1) |
$250,000 or 25,000 shares of common stock; |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock; or |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by a fraction, of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in First Savings Bank in each case on the close of business on June 30, 2007 (the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date), subject to the overall purchase limitations. |
See Limitations on Stock Purchases.
If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, available shares first will be allocated among subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation (including the number of shares, if any, allocated in accordance with Category No. 1) equal to the lesser of the number of shares subscribed for or 100 shares. Thereafter, any shares remaining available will be allocated among the Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled pro rata in the proportion that the amounts of their respective qualifying deposits bear to the total amount of qualifying deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.
Preference Category No. 4: Other Members. To the extent that there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each Other Member shall receive, without payment therefore, fourth priority, nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of First Financial Northwest common stock, up to the greater of:
|
(1) |
$250,000 or 25,000 shares of common stock; or |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock in the offerings, subject to the overall purchase limitations. |
See Limitations on Stock Purchases.
124
In the event the Other Members subscribe for a number of shares which, when added to the shares subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders, the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total number of shares of common stock offered in the conversion, available shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members pro rata on the basis of the amounts of their respective subscriptions.
Expiration Date for the Subscription Offering. The subscription offering will expire at 12:00 Noon, Washington time, on ________ __, 2007, unless extended for the full 45 day period and may be extended an additional 45 days to ________ __, 2007 without the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Any further extensions of the subscription offering must be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The subscription offering may not be extended beyond _________ __, 2009. Subscription rights which have not been exercised prior to _________ __, 2007 (unless extended) will become void.
First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares of common stock, 14,875,000 shares, have been subscribed for or otherwise sold. If all shares have not been subscribed for or sold by ________ __, 2007, unless this period is extended with the consent of the Office of Thrift Supervision, all funds delivered to First Savings Bank pursuant to the subscription offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest and all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond ________ __, 2007 is granted, First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of any rights of subscribers to confirm, modify or rescind their subscriptions. This is commonly referred to as a resolicitation offering.
In a resolicitation offering, First Financial Northwest would mail you a supplement to this prospectus if you subscribed for stock to let you confirm, modify or cancel your subscription. If you fail to respond to the resolicitation offering, it would be as if you had canceled your order and all subscription funds, together with accrued interest, would be returned to you. If you authorized payment by withdrawal of funds on deposit at First Savings Bank, that authorization would terminate. If you affirmatively confirm your subscription order during the resolicitation offering, First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank would continue to hold your subscription funds until the end of the resolicitation offering. Your resolicitation order would be irrevocable without the consent of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank until the conversion is completed or terminated.
Direct Community Offering
To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscription rights discussed above, we anticipate offering shares pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization to members of the general public who receive a prospectus, with a preference given to natural persons residing in King County. These natural persons are referred to as preferred subscribers. We may limit total subscriptions in the direct community offering to ensure that the number of shares available for the syndicated community offering may be up to a specified percentage of the number of shares of common stock. Finally, we may reserve shares offered in the direct community offering for sales to institutional investors. The opportunity to subscribe for shares of common stock in any direct community offering will be subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following _________ __, 2007. The direct community offering, if any, will begin at the same time as, during or promptly after the subscription offering and will not be for more than 45 days after the end of the subscription offering.
The price at which common stock is sold in the direct community offering will be the same price at which shares are offered and sold in the subscription offering. No person, by himself or herself, or with an associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than $500,000 of common stock in the direct community offering, subject to the maximum purchase limitations. See Limitations on Stock Purchases. In the event of an oversubscription for shares in the direct community offering, shares may be allocated, to the extent shares remain available, on a pro rata basis to such person based on the amount of their respective subscriptions.
125
Syndicated Community Offering
As a final step in the conversion, the plan of conversion and reorganization provides that, if feasible, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and direct community offering may be offered for sale to selected members of the general public in a syndicated community offering through a syndicate of registered broker-dealers managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods as agent of First Financial Northwest. We call this the syndicated community offering. We expect that the syndicated community offering will begin as soon as practicable after termination of the subscription offering and the direct community offering, if any. We, in our sole discretion, have the right to reject orders in whole or in part received in the syndicated community offering. Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods nor any registered broker-dealer shall have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering.
The price at which common stock is sold in the syndicated community offering will be the same price at which shares are offered and sold in the subscription offering and direct community offering. No person, acting alone, or with an associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than $500,000 of common stock in the syndicated community offering, subject to the maximum purchase limitations. See Limitations on Stock Purchases.
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods may enter into agreements with broker-dealers to assist in the sale of the shares in the syndicated community offering, although no such agreements currently exist. No orders may be placed or filled by or for a selected dealer during the subscription offering. After the close of the subscription offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will instruct selected dealers as to the number of shares to be allocated to each dealer. Only after the close of the subscription offering and upon allocation of shares to selected dealers may selected dealers take orders from their customers. During the subscription offering and direct community offering, selected dealers may only solicit indications of interest from their customers to place orders as of a certain order date for the purchase of shares of First Financial Northwest common stock. When, and if, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and First Savings Bank believe that enough indications of interest and orders have not been received in the subscription offering and direct community offering to consummate the conversion, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will request, as of the order date, selected dealers to submit orders to purchase shares for which they have previously received indications of interest from their customers. The dealers will send confirmations of the orders to their customers on the next business day after the order date. The dealers will debit the accounts of their customers on the settlement date, which will be three business days from the order date. Customers who authorize selected dealers to debit their brokerage accounts are required to have the funds for payment in their account on but not before the settlement date. On the settlement date, the dealers will deposit funds to the account established by First Savings Bank for each dealer. Each customers funds forwarded to First Savings Bank, along with all other accounts held in the same title, will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $100,000 in accordance with applicable Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations. After payment has been received by First Savings Bank from the dealers, funds will earn interest at First Savings Banks regular savings account rate until the completion or termination of the conversion. Funds will be promptly returned, with interest, in the event the conversion is not consummated as described above.
The syndicated community offering will be completed within 45 days after the termination of the subscription offering, unless extended by First Savings Bank with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, but in no event later than ________ __, 2007. The syndicated community offering may not be extended past _________ __, 2009. See How We Determined Our Price and the Number of Shares to Be Issued in the Stock Offering above for a discussion of rights of subscribers, if any, in the event an extension is granted.
Persons Who Are Not Permitted to Participate in the Stock Offering
We will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which persons entitled to subscribe for stock pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization reside. However, we are not required to offer stock in the subscription offering to any person who resides in a foreign country or resides in a state of the United States with respect to which:
126
|
|
the number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion and reorganization who reside in such state is small; |
|
|
|
|
|
the granting of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require any of us or our officers, directors or employees, under the laws of such state to register as a broker, dealer, salesperson or selling agent or to register or otherwise qualify the securities of First Financial Northwest for sale in such state; or |
|
|
|
|
|
such registration, qualification or filing in our judgment would be impracticable or unduly burdensome for reasons of cost or otherwise. |
Where the number of persons eligible to subscribe for shares in one state is small, we will base our decision as to whether or not to offer the common stock in that state on a number of factors, including but not limited to the size of accounts held by account holders in the state, the cost of registering or qualifying the shares or the need to register us or our officers, directors or employees as brokers, dealers or salespersons.
Limitations on Stock Purchases
The plan of conversion and reorganization includes the following limitations on the number of shares of First Financial Northwest common stock which may be purchased in the conversion:
|
(1) |
No fewer than 25 shares of common stock may be purchased, to the extent shares are available; |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
Each Eligible Account Holder may subscribe for and purchase in the subscription offering up to the greater of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
$250,000 or 25,000 shares of common stock; |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock; or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by a fraction, of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all Eligible Account Holders in First Savings Bank in each case as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the overall limitation in clause (7) below; |
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
The Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, including the employee stock ownership plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion, and including any additional shares issued in the event of an increase in the estimated offering range; at this time the employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase only 8.0% of such shares; |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder may subscribe for and purchase in the subscription offering up to the greater of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
$250,000 or 25,000 shares of common stock; |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock; or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by a fraction, of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account |
127
|
|
|
Holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in First Savings Bank in each case as of the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the overall limitation in clause (7) below; |
|
|
|
|
|
(5) |
Each Other Member may subscribe for and purchase in the subscription offering up to the greater of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
$250,000 or 25,000 shares of common stock; or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock, subject to the overall limitation in clause (7) below; |
|
|
|
|
|
(6) |
Persons purchasing shares of common stock in the direct community offering or syndicated community offering may purchase in the direct community offering or syndicated community offering up to $250,000 or 25,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall limitation in clause (7) below; and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7) |
Except for the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, and the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscription rights are based upon the amount of their deposits, as a result of (2)(c) and (4)(c) above the maximum number of shares of First Financial Northwest common stock subscribed for or purchased in all categories of the offerings by any person, together with associates of and groups of persons acting in concert with such persons, shall not exceed $500,000 or 50,000 shares of common stock. |
Subject to any required regulatory approval and the requirements of applicable laws and regulations, but without further approval of the members of First Financial Holdings, MHC, the boards of directors of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank may, in their sole discretion, increase the individual amount permitted to be subscribed for to a maximum of 9.99% of the number of shares sold in the conversion, provided that orders for shares exceeding 5% of the shares being offered in the conversion shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the shares being offered in the conversion. Requests to purchase additional shares of common stock will be allocated by the boards of directors on a pro rata basis giving priority in accordance with the preference categories set forth in this prospectus.
The term associate when used to indicate a relationship with any person means:
|
|
any corporation or organization (other than First Savings Bank, First Financial of Renton, First Financial Holdings, MHC or a majority-owned subsidiary of any of them) of which such person is an officer or partner or is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities; |
|
|
|
|
|
any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; |
|
|
|
|
|
any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a director or officer of First Savings Bank, First Financial of Renton, First Financial Holdings, MHC or any subsidiary of First Savings Bank, First Financial of Renton, First Financial Holdings, MHC; and |
|
|
|
|
|
any person acting in concert with any of the persons or entities specified above; |
provided, however, that Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be an associate of any director or officer of First Savings Bank, First Financial of Renton, First Financial Holdings, MHC. When used to refer to a
128
person other than an officer or director of First Savings Bank, the board of directors of First Savings Bank or officers delegated by the board of directors in their sole discretion may determine the persons that are associates of other persons.
The term acting in concert means knowing participation in a joint activity or parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, or a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any arrangement. A person or company which acts in concert with another person or company shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans will not be deemed to be acting in concert with their trustees or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by each plan will be aggregated. The determination of whether a group is acting in concert shall be made solely by the board of directors of First Savings Bank or officers delegated by the board of directors and may be based on any evidence upon which the board or delegatee chooses to rely.
Marketing Arrangements
We have retained Keefe, Bruyette & Woods to consult with and to advise First Savings Bank, and to assist First Financial Northwest, on a best efforts basis, in the distribution of the shares of common stock in the subscription offering and direct community offering. The services that Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will provide include:
|
|
training the employees of First Savings Bank who will perform certain ministerial functions in the offering regarding the mechanics and regulatory requirements of the stock offering process; |
|
|
|
|
|
managing the stock information center by assisting interested stock subscribers and by keeping records of all stock orders; |
|
|
|
|
|
preparing marketing materials; and |
|
|
|
|
|
assisting in the solicitation of proxies from First Savings Banks members for use at the special meeting. |
For its services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will receive a management fee of $50,000 and a success fee of 1.0% of the aggregate purchase price, less any shares of common stock sold to our directors, officers and employees (or members of their immediate family) and the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans. If selected dealers are used to assist in the sale of shares of First Financial Northwest common stock in the direct community offering, these dealers will be paid a fee of up to 5.5% of the total purchase price of the shares sold by the dealers. We have agreed to indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods against certain claims or liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will contribute to payments Keefe, Bruyette & Woods may be required to make in connection with any such claims or liabilities. In addition, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will be reimbursed for the fees of its legal counsel in an amount not to exceed $45,000 and other reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses not to exceed $40,000.
Sales of shares of First Financial Northwest common stock will be made by registered representatives affiliated with Keefe, Bruyette & Woods or by the broker-dealers managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods has undertaken that the shares of First Financial Northwest common stock will be sold in a manner which will ensure that the distribution standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market will be met. A stock information center will be established at First Savings Banks corporate office located at 208 Williams Avenue South in Renton, Washington. First Financial Northwest will rely on Rule 3a4-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and sales of First Financial Northwest common stock will be conducted within the requirements of this rule, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of First Financial Northwest common stock in those states where the law permits. No officer, director or employee of First Financial Northwest or First Savings Bank
129
will be compensated directly or indirectly by the payment of commissions or other remuneration in connection with his or her participation in the sale of common stock.
Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription Offering
To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before _______ __, 2007, the subscription expiration date, unless extended, in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to that date or hand delivered any later than two days prior to that date. Execution of the order form will confirm receipt or delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will only be distributed with a prospectus.
To purchase shares in the subscription offering, an executed order form with the required payment for each share subscribed for, or with appropriate authorization for withdrawal from a deposit account at First Savings Bank must be received by First Savings Bank by 12:00 Noon, Washington time, on _______ __, 2007, unless extended. In addition, First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank will require a prospective purchaser to execute a certification in the form required by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Order forms which are not received by this time or are executed defectively or are received without full payment, or appropriate withdrawal instructions, are not required to be accepted. In addition, First Savings Bank will not accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms nor order forms without an executed certification. First Savings Bank has the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed forms, but does not represent that it will do so. Once received, an executed order form may not be modified, amended or rescinded without the consent of First Savings Bank, unless the conversion has not been completed within 45 days after the end of the subscription offering, or this period has been extended.
In order to ensure that Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are properly identified as to their stock purchase priority, depositors as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, June 30, 2005, or the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, June 30, 2007, and depositors as of the close of business on the Voting Record Date, _______ __, 2007, must list all accounts on the stock order form giving all names in each account and the account numbers.
Payment for subscriptions may be made:
|
|
by check or money order; |
|
|
|
|
|
by authorization of withdrawal from deposit accounts maintained with First Savings Bank (including a certificate of deposit); or |
|
|
|
|
|
in cash, if delivered in person to the full-service banking office of First Savings Bank, although we request that you exchange cash for a check with any of our tellers. |
No wire transfers will be accepted. Interest will be paid on payments made by cash, check or money order at our then-current passbook rate from the date payment is received until completion of the conversion. If payment is made by authorization of withdrawal from deposit accounts, the funds authorized to be withdrawn from a deposit account will continue to accrue interest at the contractual rate, but may not be used by the subscriber until all of First Financial Northwests common stock has been sold or the plan of conversion and reorganization is terminated, whichever is earlier. If a subscriber authorizes First Savings Bank to withdraw the amount of the purchase price from his or her deposit account, First Savings Bank will do so as of the effective date of the conversion. First Savings Bank will waive any applicable penalties for early withdrawal from certificate accounts.
If any amount of a subscription order is unfilled, First Savings Bank will make an appropriate refund or cancel an appropriate portion of the related withdrawal authorization, after completion of the conversion. If the conversion is not consummated, purchasers will have refunded to them all payments made, with interest, and all
130
withdrawal authorizations will be canceled in the case of subscription payments authorized from accounts at First Savings Bank.
If any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans subscribe for shares during the subscription offering, these plans will not be required to pay for the shares subscribed for at the time they subscribe, but rather, may pay for shares of common stock subscribed for at the purchase price upon completion of the subscription offering and direct community offering, if all shares are sold, or upon completion of the syndicated community offering if shares remain to be sold in such offering. If, after the completion of the subscription offering, the amount of shares to be issued is increased above the maximum of the estimated valuation range included in this prospectus, the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans will be entitled to increase their subscriptions by a percentage equal to the percentage increase in the amount of shares to be issued above the maximum of the estimated valuation range, provided that such subscription will continue to be subject to applicable purchase limits and stock allocation procedures.
You may subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your Individual Retirement Account at First Savings Bank or elsewhere. However, common stock must be held in a self-directed retirement account. First Savings Banks IRAs are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in common stock. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your First Savings Bank IRA, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account reinvested by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing your stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee. Because individual circumstances differ and processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact the stock information center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the end of the offering period, for assistance with purchases using you IRA or other retirement account that you may have. Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and possible limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.
The records of First Savings Bank will control all matters related to the existence of subscription rights and/or ones ability to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering.
Should an oversubscription result in an allocation of shares, the allocation of shares will be completed in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of reorganization and of the acceptability of the order form will be final. If a partial payment for your shares is required, we will first take the funds from the cash or check you paid with and secondly from any account from which you wanted funds withdrawn.
Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares
No person with subscription rights may transfer or enter into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion and reorganization or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for that persons account. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that the person is purchasing shares solely for the persons own account and that such person has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. Regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock prior to the completion of the conversion.
First Savings Bank will refer to the Office of Thrift Supervision any situations that it believes may involve a transfer of subscription rights and will not honor orders believed by it to involve the transfer of such rights.
Issuance of First Financial Northwests Common Stock
Certificates representing shares of common stock issued in the conversion will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted on the order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of
131
the conversion. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held by us until claimed by persons legally entitled thereto or otherwise disposed of in accordance with applicable law. Until certificates for the shares of common stock are available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock which they ordered.
Required Approvals
In order to complete the conversion, we will need to receive the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Washington Department of Financial Institutions and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We also will need to have our members approve the plan of conversion and reorganization at a special meeting of members, which will be called for that purpose.
First Financial Northwest may be required to make certain filings with state securities regulatory authorities in connection with the issuance of First Financial Northwest common stock in the offerings.
Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Shares After the Conversion
All shares of common stock purchased in connection with the conversion by a director or an executive officer of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank will be subject to a restriction that the shares not be sold for a period of one year following the conversion except in the event of the death of the director or officer or pursuant to a merger or similar transaction approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within the first year of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date within this one year period as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the restricted stock will be subject to the same restrictions.
Purchases of common stock of First Financial Northwest by directors, executive officers and their associates during the three-year period following completion of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the SEC, except with the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of First Financial Northwests outstanding common stock or to certain purchases of stock pursuant to an employee stock benefit plan.
For information regarding the proposed purchases of common stock by officers and directors of First Savings Bank and First Financial Northwest, see Proposed Purchases by Management. Any purchases made by the officers and directors of First Savings Bank and First Financial Northwest are intended for investment purposes only, and not for resale, including any purchases made for the purpose of meeting the minimum of the offering range.
Pursuant to regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, First Financial Northwest may not, for a period of one year following completion of this offering, repurchase shares of the common stock except on a pro rata basis, pursuant to an offer approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision and made to all shareholders, or through open market purchases of up to five percent of the outstanding stock where extraordinary circumstances exist.
RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION
OF FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST AND FIRST SAVINGS BANK
The principal federal regulatory restrictions which affect the ability of any person, firm or entity to acquire First Financial Northwest, First Savings Bank or their respective capital stock are summarized below. Also discussed are certain provisions in First Financial Northwests articles of incorporation and bylaws which may be deemed to affect the ability of a person, firm or entity to acquire it. These provisions include a prohibition on any holder of common stock voting more than 10% of the outstanding common stock.
132
Change of Control Regulations
The Change in Bank Control Act, together with Washington regulations, requires the consent of the Washington Department of Financial Institutions and the Federal Reserve prior to any person or company acquiring control of a Washington-chartered savings bank or a Washington-chartered bank holding company. Upon acquiring control, the acquiror will be deemed to be a bank holding company. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if, among other things, an individual or company acquires the power to direct the management or policies of First Financial Northwest or First Savings Bank or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting stock. Control is rebuttably presumed to exist under the Change in Bank Control Act if, among other things, a person acquires more than 10% of any class of voting stock, and the issuers securities are registered under Section 12 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 or the person would be the single largest shareholder. Restrictions applicable to the operations of bank holding companies and conditions imposed by the Federal Reserve in connection with its approval of such acquisitions may deter potential acquirors from seeking to obtain control of First Financial Northwest. See How We Are Regulated Regulation and Supervision of First Financial Northwest.
Anti-takeover Provisions in First Financial Northwests Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
The articles of incorporation and bylaws of First Financial Northwest contain certain provisions that are intended to encourage a potential acquiror to negotiate any proposed acquisition of First Financial Northwest directly with its board of directors. An unsolicited non-negotiated takeover proposal can seriously disrupt the business and management of a corporation and cause it great expense. Accordingly, the board of directors believes it is in the best interests of First Financial Northwest and its shareholders to encourage potential acquirors to negotiate directly with management. The board of directors believes that the provisions in the articles of incorporation and bylaws will encourage negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. The board also believes that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or transaction at prices reflective of the true value of First Financial Northwest and that otherwise is in the best interests of all shareholders. However, these provisions may have the effect of discouraging offers to purchase First Financial Northwest or its securities that are not approved by the board of directors but which certain of First Financial Northwests shareholders may deem to be in their best interests or pursuant to which shareholders would receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, shareholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have an opportunity to do so. These provisions will also render the removal of the current board of directors and management more difficult. The boards of directors of First Savings Bank and First Financial Northwest believe these provisions are in the best interests of the shareholders because they will assist First Financial Northwests board of directors in managing the affairs of First Financial Northwest in the manner they believe to be in the best interests of shareholders generally and because a companys board of directors is often best able in terms of knowledge regarding the companys business and prospects, as well as resources, to negotiate the best transaction for its shareholders as a whole.
The following description of certain of the provisions of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of First Financial Northwest is necessarily general and reference should be made in each instance to such articles of incorporation and bylaws. See Where You Can Find More Information regarding how to obtain a copy of these documents.
Board of Directors. The articles of incorporation provide that the number of directors shall not be less than five nor more than 15. The initial number of directors is eight, but this number may be changed by resolution of the board of directors. The board of directors is divided into three groups, with each group containing one-third of the total number of directors, or as near as may be. This may make it more difficult for a person seeking to acquire control of First Financial Northwest to gain majority representation on the board of directors in a relatively short period of time. First Financial Northwest believes this is important in ensuring continuity in the composition and policies of the board of directors.
Cumulative Voting. The articles of incorporation specifically do not permit cumulative voting for the election of directors. Cumulative voting in election of directors entitles a shareholder to cast a total number of votes
133
equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of his or her shares and to distribute that number of votes among such number of nominees as the shareholder chooses. The absence of cumulative voting for directors limits the ability of a minority shareholder to elect directors. Because the holder of less than a majority of First Financial Northwests shares cannot be assured representation on the board of directors, the absence of cumulative voting may discourage accumulations of First Financial Northwests shares or proxy contests that would result in changes in First Financial Northwests management. The board of directors believes that elimination of cumulative voting will help to assure continuity and stability of management and policies; directors should be elected by a majority of the shareholders to represent the interests of the shareholders as a whole rather than be the special representatives of particular minority interests; and efforts to elect directors representing specific minority interests are potentially divisive and could impair the operations of First Financial Northwest.
Special Meetings. The articles of incorporation of First Financial Northwest provide that special meetings of shareholders of First Financial Northwest may be called only by the president or by a majority of the board of directors. If a special meeting is not called, shareholder proposals cannot be presented to the shareholders for action until the next annual meeting. Shareholders are not permitted to call special meetings.
Authorized Capital Stock. The articles of incorporation of First Financial Northwest authorize the issuance of 90,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The shares of common stock and preferred stock were authorized in an amount greater than that to be issued in the conversion to provide First Financial Northwests board of directors with flexibility to effect, among other transactions, financings, acquisitions, stock dividends, stock splits and employee stock options. However, these additional authorized shares may also be used by the board of directors consistent with its fiduciary duty to deter future attempts to gain control of First Financial Northwest. The board of directors also has sole authority to determine the terms of any one or more series of preferred stock, including voting rights, conversion rates and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock, the board of directors has the power, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock to persons friendly to management in order to attempt to block a post tender offer merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control, and thereby assist management to retain its position. First Financial Northwests board of directors currently has no plan to issue additional shares, other than the issuance of additional shares pursuant to stock benefit plans.
Director Nominations. The articles of incorporation of First Financial Northwest require a shareholder who intends to nominate a candidate for election to the board of directors at a shareholders meeting to give written notice to the secretary of First Financial Northwest at least 30 days (but not more than 60 days) in advance of the date of the meeting at which such nominations will be made. The nomination notice is also required to include specified information concerning the nominee and the proposing shareholder. The board of directors of First Financial Northwest believes that it is in the best interests of First Financial Northwest and its shareholders to provide sufficient time for the board of directors to study all nominations and to determine whether to recommend to the shareholders that any such nominees be considered.
Supermajority Voting Provisions. First Financial Northwests articles of incorporation require the affirmative vote of 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote to approve a merger, consolidation or other business combination, unless the transaction is approved, prior to consummation, by the vote of at least two-thirds of the number of the continuing directors (as defined in the articles of incorporation) on First Financial Northwests board of directors. Continuing directors generally includes all members of the board of directors who are not affiliated with any individual, partnership, trust or other person or entity (or the affiliates and associates of such person or entity) which is a beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting shares of First Financial Northwest. This provision could tend to make the acquisition of First Financial Northwest more difficult to accomplish without the cooperation or favorable recommendation of First Financial Northwests board of directors.
Amendment of Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. First Financial Northwests articles of incorporation may be amended by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of its common stock, except that the provisions of the articles of incorporation governing the duration of the corporation, the purpose and powers of the corporation, authorized capital stock, denial of preemptive rights, the number and
134
staggered terms of directors, removal of directors, shareholder nominations and proposals, approval of certain business combinations, the evaluation of certain business combinations, limitation of directors liability, indemnification of officers and directors, calling of special meetings of shareholders, the authority to repurchase shares and the manner of amending the bylaws and articles of incorporation may not be repealed, altered, amended or rescinded except by the vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of First Financial Northwest. This provision is intended to prevent the holders of a lesser percentage of the outstanding stock of First Financial Northwest from circumventing any of the foregoing provisions by amending the articles of incorporation to delete or modify one of such provisions.
First Financial Northwests bylaws may only be amended by a majority vote of the board of directors of First Financial Northwest or by the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding stock by First Financial Northwest.
Purpose and Takeover Defensive Effects of First Financial Northwests Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. The board of directors believes that the provisions described above are prudent and will reduce First Financial Northwests vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions that have not been negotiated with and approved by the board. These provisions will also assist in the orderly deployment of the conversion proceeds into productive assets during the initial period after the conversion. The board of directors believes these provisions are in the best interest of First Savings Bank, and First Financial Northwest and its shareholders. In the judgment of the board of directors, First Financial Northwests board will be in the best position to determine the true value of First Financial Northwest and to negotiate more effectively for what may be in the best interests of its shareholders. Accordingly, the board of directors believes that it is in the best interest of First Financial Northwest and its shareholders to encourage potential acquirors to negotiate directly with the board of directors of First Financial Northwest and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is also the view of the board of directors that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price reflective of the true value of First Financial Northwest and that is in the best interest of all shareholders.
Attempts to acquire control of financial institutions and their holding companies have recently become increasingly common. Takeover attempts that have not been negotiated with and approved by the board of directors present to shareholders the risk of a takeover on terms that may be less favorable than might otherwise be available. A transaction that is negotiated and approved by the board of directors, on the other hand, can be carefully planned and undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value of First Financial Northwest for its shareholders, with due consideration given to matters such as the management and business of the acquiring corporation and maximum strategic development of First Financial Northwests assets.
An unsolicited takeover proposal can seriously disrupt the business and management of a corporation and cause great expense. Although a tender offer or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially above the current market prices, these offers are sometimes made for less than all of the outstanding shares of a target company. As a result, shareholders may be presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise that is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to those of the remaining shareholders. The concentration of control, which could result from a tender offer or other takeover attempt, could also deprive First Financial Northwests remaining shareholders of benefits of certain protective provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, if the number of beneficial owners became less than 300, thereby allowing for deregistration.
Despite the belief of First Savings Bank and First Financial Northwest as to the benefits to shareholders of these provisions of First Financial Northwests articles of incorporation and bylaws, these provisions may also have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt that would not be approved by First Financial Northwests board of directors, but pursuant to which shareholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, shareholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have any opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also render the removal of First Financial Northwests board of directors and of management more difficult. The board of directors of First Savings Bank and First Financial Northwest, however, have concluded that the potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.
135
Following the conversion, pursuant to applicable law and, if required, following the approval by shareholders, First Financial Northwest may adopt additional anti-takeover charter provisions or other devices regarding the acquisition of its equity securities that would be permitted for a Washington business corporation.
The cumulative effect of the restriction on acquisition of First Financial Northwest contained in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of First Financial Northwest and in Federal and Washington law may be to discourage potential takeover attempts and perpetuate incumbent management, even though certain shareholders of First Financial Northwest may deem a potential acquisition to be in their best interests, or deem existing management not to be acting in their best interests.
Benefit Plans
In addition to the provisions of First Financial Northwests articles of incorporation and bylaws described above, benefit plans of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank intended to be adopted after completion of this offering contain provisions which also may discourage hostile takeover attempts which the board of directors of First Savings Bank might conclude are not in the best interests of First Financial Northwest, First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank or First Financial Northwests shareholders. For a description of the benefit plans and the provisions of these plans relating to changes in control of First Financial Northwest or First Savings Bank, see Management Benefits to Be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion and Reorganization.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST
General
First Financial Northwest is authorized to issue 90,000,000 shares of common stock having a par value of $0.01 per share and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock having a par value of $0.01 per share. First Financial Northwest currently expects to issue up to 21,875,000 shares of common stock (including shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation), subject to adjustment up to 25,156,250 shares (including shares contributed to the First Financial Northwest Foundation), and no shares of preferred stock in the conversion. Each share of First Financial Northwests common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects with, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the purchase price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, all such stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.
The common stock of First Financial Northwest represents nonwithdrawable capital. The common stock is not a savings or deposit account and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Common Stock Dividends. First Financial Northwest can pay dividends out of statutory surplus or from certain net profits if, as and when declared by its board of directors. The payment of dividends by First Financial Northwest is subject to limitations which are imposed by law and applicable regulation. See Our Policy Regarding Dividends and How We Are Regulated. The holders of common stock of First Financial Northwest will be entitled to receive and share equally in the dividends declared by the board of directors of First Financial Northwest out of funds legally available therefore. If First Financial Northwest issues preferred stock, the holders of preferred stock may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.
Stock Repurchases. Federal Reserve regulations place certain limitations on the repurchase of First Financial Northwests capital stock. See How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From this Offering.
Voting Rights. Upon conversion, the holders of common stock of First Financial Northwest will possess exclusive voting rights in First Financial Northwest. They will elect First Financial Northwests board of directors and act on such other matters as are required to be presented to them under Washington law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Except as discussed in Restrictions on Acquisition of First Financial
136
Northwest and First Savings Bank, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. If First Financial Northwest issues preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters require a vote of 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. See Restrictions on Acquisition of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank.
As a state-chartered stock savings bank that is the subsidiary of a holding company, voting rights are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of First Savings Bank, all of which will be owned by First Financial Northwest, and voted at the direction of First Financial Northwests board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock will not have direct control of First Savings Bank.
Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of First Savings Bank, First Financial Northwest, as holder of First Savings Banks capital stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of First Savings Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the special liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, all assets of First Savings Bank available for distribution. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of First Financial Northwest, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of First Financial Northwest available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.
Preemptive Rights. Holders of the common stock of First Financial Northwest will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued. The common stock is not subject to redemption.
Preferred Stock
None of the shares of First Financial Northwests authorized preferred stock will be issued in the conversion and there are no current plans to issue the preferred stock. Preferred stock may be issued with such designations, powers, preferences and rights as the board of directors may determine. The board of directors can, without shareholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.
Restrictions on Acquisition
Acquisitions of First Financial Northwest are restricted by provisions in its articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the rules and regulations of various regulatory agencies. See How We Are Regulated Regulation and Supervision of First Financial Northwest and Restrictions on Acquisition of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank.
The transfer agent and registrar for First Financial Northwest common stock is Registrar and Transfer Company, Cranford, New Jersey.
The consolidated financial statements of First Financial Holdings, MHC and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and for each of the three years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
137
RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to First Savings Bank setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock upon conversion and its letter with respect to subscription rights.
The legality of the common stock has been passed upon for First Savings Bank by Breyer & Associates PC, McLean, Virginia, special counsel to First Savings Bank and First Financial Northwest. The federal income tax consequences of the conversion have been passed upon for First Savings Bank by Silver, Freedman and Taff, L.L.P., Washington D.C. The Washington income tax consequences of the conversion have been passed upon for First Savings Bank by Blado Kiger, P.S., Tacoma, Washington. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. by Elias, Matz, Tiernan & Herrick, LLP, Washington, D.C.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
First Financial Northwest has filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. This information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of this material can be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC, including First Financial Northwest. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions thereof and are not necessarily complete; each statement is qualified by reference to the contract or document. We believe, however, that we have included the material information an investor needs to consider in making an investment decision. First Savings Bank also maintains a website (http://www.fsbrenton.com), which contains various information about First Savings Bank. In addition, First Savings Bank files quarterly call reports with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which are available at the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporations website (http://www.fdic.gov).
First Savings Bank has filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision an Application for Conversion, which includes proxy materials for the special meeting of members and certain other information. This prospectus omits certain information contained in the Application for Approval of Conversion. The Application for Approval of Conversion, including the proxy materials, exhibits and certain other information, may be inspected, without charge, at the office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, 1700 G Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552 and the office of Regional Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision at the West Regional office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, Pacific Plaza, 2001 Junipero Serra Boulevard, Suite 650, Daly City, California 94014. You may also inspect the Application, without charge, at the office of the Washington Department of Financial Institutions, Division of Banks, Department of Financial Institutions, 150 Israel Road SW, Tumwater, Washington 98501. A copy of the Application for Approval of Conversion has also been filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
In connection with the conversion, First Financial Northwest has registered its common stock with the SEC under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and, upon such registration, First Financial Northwest and the holders of its stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% shareholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion and reorganization, First Financial Northwest has undertaken that it will not terminate this registration for a period of at least three years following the conversion.
A copy of the plan of conversion and reorganization, the articles of incorporation and bylaws of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank are available without charge from First Savings Bank. Requests for such information should be directed to: Victor Karpiak, First Savings Bank, 201 Wells Avenue South, Renton, Washington 98055.
138
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC AND SUBSIDIARY
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-8 |
All schedules are omitted because the required information is not applicable or is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes.
The financial statements of First Financial Northwest, Inc. have been omitted because First Financial Northwest, Inc. has not yet issued any stock, has no assets or liabilities, and has not conducted any business other than that of an organizational nature.
F-1
|
KPMG LLP |
|
Suite 900 |
|
801 Second Avenue |
|
Seattle, WA 98104 |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
First Financial Holdings, MHC:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First Financial Holdings, MHC and subsidiary as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First Financial Holdings, MHC and subsidiary as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ KPMG LLP |
|
Seattle, Washington |
|
|
|
March 23, 2007, except as to note 18
|
|
F-2
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
|
|
March 31,
|
|
December 31 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash on hand and in banks |
|
$ |
4,552,143 |
|
|
12,134,435 |
|
|
4,568,691 |
|
Interest-bearing deposits |
|
|
4,217,253 |
|
|
7,238,244 |
|
|
12,304,422 |
|
Federal funds sold |
|
|
8,190,000 |
|
|
7,290,000 |
|
|
9,310,000 |
|
Mortgage servicing rights |
|
|
1,451,304 |
|
|
1,559,787 |
|
|
3,000,000 |
|
Investment securities available for sale |
|
|
142,039,215 |
|
|
149,051,378 |
|
|
184,278,833 |
|
Investment securities held to maturity (fair value of $87,762,302, $87,724,489 and $88,762,833) |
|
|
86,682,071 |
|
|
86,786,509 |
|
|
86,663,220 |
|
Loans receivable, net |
|
|
733,592,099 |
|
|
700,328,491 |
|
|
540,695,203 |
|
Premises and equipment, net |
|
|
13,806,171 |
|
|
13,736,902 |
|
|
13,782,610 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost |
|
|
4,670,600 |
|
|
4,670,600 |
|
|
4,670,600 |
|
Accrued interest receivable |
|
|
5,519,695 |
|
|
4,710,316 |
|
|
4,418,046 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
2,575,426 |
|
|
2,362,562 |
|
|
2,204,556 |
|
Federal income tax receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
635,459 |
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets, net |
|
|
385,026 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
|
14,205,854 |
|
|
14,205,854 |
|
|
13,753,736 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,021,886,857 |
|
|
1,004,710,537 |
|
|
879,649,917 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits |
|
$ |
761,234,733 |
|
|
750,710,022 |
|
|
689,502,432 |
|
Accrued interest payable |
|
|
103,906 |
|
|
176,430 |
|
|
124,830 |
|
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
|
150,000,000 |
|
|
147,000,000 |
|
|
90,000,000 |
|
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance |
|
|
1,958,890 |
|
|
1,105,141 |
|
|
667,477 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
1,716,277 |
|
|
1,621,453 |
|
|
2,022,018 |
|
Federal income tax payable |
|
|
598,278 |
|
|
|
|
|
527,372 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities, net |
|
|
|
|
|
55,979 |
|
|
452,807 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
915,612,084 |
|
|
900,669,025 |
|
|
783,296,936 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
108,511,614 |
|
|
106,753,209 |
|
|
99,665,445 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized loss on investment securities available for sale, net of tax |
|
|
(2,236,841 |
) |
|
(2,711,697 |
) |
|
(3,312,464 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity |
|
|
106,274,773 |
|
|
104,041,512 |
|
|
96,352,981 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,021,886,857 |
|
|
1,004,710,537 |
|
|
879,649,917 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Income
|
|
Three months ended March 31 |
|
Years ended December 31 |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Interest income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and fees on loans |
|
$ |
12,698,877 |
|
|
10,045,206 |
|
|
43,415,984 |
|
|
26,074,730 |
|
|
22,464,557 |
|
Interest on federal funds sold |
|
|
105,174 |
|
|
85,873 |
|
|
361,501 |
|
|
237,160 |
|
|
61,731 |
|
Investment securities available for sale |
|
|
1,603,841 |
|
|
1,877,803 |
|
|
7,233,791 |
|
|
9,568,068 |
|
|
10,243,403 |
|
Investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
73,329 |
|
|
53,217 |
|
|
225,144 |
|
|
119,695 |
|
|
74,119 |
|
Tax-exempt investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
882,025 |
|
|
893,527 |
|
|
3,593,630 |
|
|
3,720,126 |
|
|
3,204,040 |
|
Interest bearing deposits with banks |
|
|
106,267 |
|
|
193,437 |
|
|
425,644 |
|
|
546,063 |
|
|
284,696 |
|
Dividends on Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
|
4,671 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,670 |
|
|
19,059 |
|
|
130,936 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest income |
|
|
15,474,184 |
|
|
13,149,063 |
|
|
55,260,364 |
|
|
40,284,901 |
|
|
36,463,482 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense on deposits |
|
|
8,708,112 |
|
|
6,887,434 |
|
|
30,981,676 |
|
|
23,096,611 |
|
|
18,904,807 |
|
Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
|
2,065,694 |
|
|
1,033,054 |
|
|
6,266,356 |
|
|
571,774 |
|
|
429,961 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest expense |
|
|
10,773,806 |
|
|
7,920,488 |
|
|
37,248,032 |
|
|
23,668,385 |
|
|
19,334,768 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
4,700,378 |
|
|
5,228,575 |
|
|
18,012,332 |
|
|
16,616,516 |
|
|
17,128,714 |
|
Provision for loan losses |
|
|
600,000 |
|
|
160,000 |
|
|
320,000 |
|
|
137,228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income after provision for loan losses |
|
|
4,100,378 |
|
|
5,068,575 |
|
|
17,692,332 |
|
|
16,479,288 |
|
|
17,128,714 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest income (expense): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net gain (loss) on sale of investment securities available for sale |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,748 |
) |
|
(84,781 |
) |
|
55,935 |
|
Other |
|
|
30,537 |
|
|
(37,127 |
) |
|
(89,159 |
) |
|
439,065 |
|
|
344,047 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noninterest income (expense) |
|
|
30,537 |
|
|
(37,127 |
) |
|
(91,907 |
) |
|
354,284 |
|
|
399,982 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and employee benefits |
|
|
972,236 |
|
|
834,727 |
|
|
5,330,429 |
|
|
2,877,432 |
|
|
2,486,705 |
|
Occupancy and equipment |
|
|
248,411 |
|
|
291,645 |
|
|
1,092,415 |
|
|
472,251 |
|
|
193,048 |
|
Other general and administrative |
|
|
603,754 |
|
|
630,897 |
|
|
1,961,053 |
|
|
1,388,337 |
|
|
1,102,088 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noninterest expense |
|
|
1,824,401 |
|
|
1,757,269 |
|
|
8,383,897 |
|
|
4,738,020 |
|
|
3,781,841 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before federal income taxes |
|
|
2,306,514 |
|
|
3,274,179 |
|
|
9,216,528 |
|
|
12,095,552 |
|
|
13,746,855 |
|
Federal income tax expense |
|
|
548,109 |
|
|
988,900 |
|
|
2,128,764 |
|
|
3,021,092 |
|
|
3,692,027 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
1,758,405 |
|
|
2,285,279 |
|
|
7,087,764 |
|
|
9,074,460 |
|
|
10,054,828 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Equity and Comprehensive Income
|
|
Retained
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
Total |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2003 |
|
$ |
80,536,157 |
|
|
919,530 |
|
|
81,455,687 |
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
10,054,828 |
|
|
|
|
|
10,054,828 |
|
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in unrealized losses on securities, net of tax of $677,903 |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,272,290 |
) |
|
(1,272,290 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,272,290 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,782,538 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2004 |
|
|
90,590,985 |
|
|
(352,760 |
) |
|
90,238,225 |
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
9,074,460 |
|
|
|
|
|
9,074,460 |
|
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in unrealized losses on securities, net of tax of $1,534,484 |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,959,704 |
) |
|
(2,959,704 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,959,704 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,114,756 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2005 |
|
|
99,665,445 |
|
|
(3,312,464 |
) |
|
96,352,981 |
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
7,087,764 |
|
|
|
|
|
7,087,764 |
|
Other comprehensive gain, net of tax: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease in unrealized losses on securities, net of tax of $239,089 |
|
|
|
|
|
600,767 |
|
|
600,767 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive gain |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600,767 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,688,531 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2006 |
|
|
106,753,209 |
|
|
(2,711,697 |
) |
|
104,041,512 |
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (Unaudited) |
|
|
1,758,405 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,758,405 |
|
Other comprehensive gain, net of tax: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease in unrealized losses on securities, net of tax of $244,623 (Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
474,856 |
|
|
474,856 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive gain (Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
474,856 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income (Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,233,261 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) |
|
$ |
108,511,614 |
|
|
(2,236,841 |
) |
|
106,274,773 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
Three months ended
|
|
Years ended December 31 |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
1,758,405 |
|
|
2,285,279 |
|
|
7,087,764 |
|
|
9,074,460 |
|
|
10,054,828 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, net of effect of acquisition: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for loan losses |
|
|
600,000 |
|
|
160,000 |
|
|
320,000 |
|
|
137,228 |
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment |
|
|
179,524 |
|
|
214,915 |
|
|
748,775 |
|
|
215,657 |
|
|
84,813 |
|
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights |
|
|
108,483 |
|
|
188,796 |
|
|
755,185 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from disposal of premises and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
4,563 |
|
|
44,394 |
|
|
32,324 |
|
|
|
|
Net amortization of premiums and discounts on investment securities |
|
|
274,973 |
|
|
365,495 |
|
|
1,325,205 |
|
|
2,220,222 |
|
|
2,979,147 |
|
Net realized loss (gain) on investment securities available for sale |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,748 |
|
|
84,782 |
|
|
(55,935 |
) |
Mutual funds dividends |
|
|
(72,340 |
) |
|
(56,819 |
) |
|
(259,385 |
) |
|
(185,685 |
) |
|
(158,880 |
) |
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,000 |
) |
|
(130,800 |
) |
Deferred federal income taxes |
|
|
(685,628 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(403,007 |
) |
|
|
|
|
29,194 |
|
Cash provided by (used in) changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (increase) decrease in other assets |
|
|
(212,864 |
) |
|
108,636 |
|
|
(158,006 |
) |
|
(99,362 |
) |
|
(373,487 |
) |
Net (increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable |
|
|
(809,379 |
) |
|
(922,116 |
) |
|
(292,270 |
) |
|
(294,711 |
) |
|
(179,166 |
) |
Net increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable |
|
|
(72,524 |
) |
|
(27,109 |
) |
|
51,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in advance payments |
|
|
853,749 |
|
|
503,044 |
|
|
437,664 |
|
|
108,704 |
|
|
46,642 |
|
Net increase (decrease) increase in other liabilities |
|
|
94,824 |
|
|
(534,718 |
) |
|
(400,565 |
) |
|
875,432 |
|
|
149,217 |
|
Net (increase) decrease in federal income taxes payable and receivable |
|
|
1,233,737 |
|
|
382,198 |
|
|
(1,162,831 |
) |
|
296,092 |
|
|
(437,167 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
3,250,960 |
|
|
2,672,164 |
|
|
8,097,271 |
|
|
12,446,143 |
|
|
12,008,406 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities, net of affect of acquisition: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,505,323 |
|
|
21,557,403 |
|
|
27,502,778 |
|
Proceeds from principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities available for sale |
|
|
7,579,079 |
|
|
9,388,219 |
|
|
37,581,787 |
|
|
63,017,127 |
|
|
80,510,227 |
|
Proceeds from principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities and related securities held to maturity |
|
|
54,368 |
|
|
34,594 |
|
|
141,928 |
|
|
132,716 |
|
|
31,811 |
|
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
|
|
|
70,000 |
|
|
1,495,000 |
|
|
3,470,000 |
|
|
2,135,000 |
|
Purchases of investment securities available for sale |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,027,340 |
) |
|
(5,921,046 |
) |
|
(9,666,972 |
) |
|
(86,764,354 |
) |
Purchases of investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,927,538 |
) |
|
(1,950,900 |
) |
|
(29,865,161 |
) |
Origination and purchases of loans receivable, net of principal repayments |
|
|
(33,863,608 |
) |
|
(44,841,476 |
) |
|
(159,953,288 |
) |
|
(158,417,467 |
) |
|
(40,182,430 |
) |
Purchases of premises and equipment |
|
|
(248,793 |
) |
|
(496,841 |
) |
|
(747,461 |
) |
|
(9,562,932 |
) |
|
(2,204,606 |
) |
Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,423,046 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(26,478,954 |
) |
|
(37,872,844 |
) |
|
(125,825,295 |
) |
|
(105,844,071 |
) |
|
(48,836,735 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, carried forward |
|
|
(23,227,994 |
) |
|
(35,200,680 |
) |
|
(117,728,024 |
) |
|
(93,397,928 |
) |
|
(36,828,329 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continued
F-6
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, continued
|
|
Three months ended
|
|
Years ended December 31 |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Balance, brought forward |
|
$ |
(23,227,994 |
) |
|
(35,200,680 |
) |
|
(117,728,024 |
) |
|
(93,397,928 |
) |
|
(36,828,329 |
) |
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
|
17,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
72,000,000 |
|
|
80,000,000 |
|
|
10,000,000 |
|
Repayments of advances from Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
|
(14,000,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(15,000,000 |
) |
|
(7,000,000 |
) |
|
|
|
Net increase in deposits |
|
|
10,524,711 |
|
|
32,331,873 |
|
|
61,207,590 |
|
|
23,261,676 |
|
|
31,293,560 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
13,524,711 |
|
|
32,331,873 |
|
|
118,207,590 |
|
|
96,261,676 |
|
|
41,293,560 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash |
|
|
(9,703,283 |
) |
|
(2,868,807 |
) |
|
479,566 |
|
|
2,863,748 |
|
|
4,465,231 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
|
|
26,662,679 |
|
|
26,183,113 |
|
|
26,183,113 |
|
|
23,319,365 |
|
|
18,854,134 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
|
$ |
16,959,396 |
|
|
23,314,306 |
|
|
26,662,679 |
|
|
26,183,113 |
|
|
23,319,365 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest |
|
$ |
10,846,330 |
|
|
7,947,597 |
|
|
37,196,432 |
|
|
23,637,953 |
|
|
19,339,180 |
|
Federal income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
3,695,237 |
|
|
2,725,000 |
|
|
4,100,000 |
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-7
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
(1) |
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
Description of Business and Principles of Consolidation |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Financial Holdings, MHC and Subsidiary (the Company) is a mutual holding company incorporated in the State of Washington in June 2002. The Company is primarily engaged in the business of planning, directing and coordinating the business activities of its wholly owned subsidiary First Financial of Renton, Inc. a mid tier bank holding company. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Financial of Renton, Inc. is primarily engaged in the business of planning, directing and coordinating the business activities of its wholly owned subsidiaries: |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Savings Bank of Renton (FSBR or the Bank) is a Washington State chartered savings bank whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Fund (FDIC). It conducts business from its main office location in Renton which consists of attracting deposits from the general public and originating primarily single family mortgage loans for its own portfolio. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive House Inc (EH) is a Washington State chartered mortgage banking company and is a wholly owned subsidiary of FSBR since being acquired in December 2005. It conducts business from its main office in Renton which consists of originating construction and land development loans for its portfolio and other commercial real estate loans for investor purposes. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Financial Diversified (FFD) is a Washington State chartered multipurpose company with primary emphasis on escrow and mortgage broker activities. It conducts its business from its main office in Renton which consists of closing real estate transactions for the bank and its subsidiary and for the general public. Additional activities include mortgage broker services and some specialty lending for its own portfolio. |
(b) |
Basis of Presentation |
|
|
|
|
|
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to the generally accepted accounting principles of the United States (GAAP). In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expense during the reporting period. A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change relates to the determination of the allowance for loan losses. Actual results could differ from these estimates. |
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary. All significant inter-company balances and transactions among the Company and its subsidiary have been eliminated in consolidation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements for prior years have been reclassified to conform to the current consolidated financial statement presentation. |
(Continued)
F-8
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
(c) |
Unaudited Interim Financial Information |
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2007, the consolidated statements of net income, equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In the opinion of the Companys management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Companys statement of financial position as of March 31, 2007 and their results of operations and their cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ended December 31, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
(d) |
Cash and Cash Equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand and in banks, interest-bearing deposits, and federal funds sold. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Company is required to maintain an average reserve balance with the Federal Reserve Bank in the form of cash. For the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, and years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company maintained adequate levels of cash to meet the Federal Reserve Bank requirement. |
|
|
|
|
(e) |
Investment Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
The Company identifies investment securities as held to maturity or available for sale at the time of acquisition. Investment securities are classified as held to maturity when the Company has the ability and positive intent to hold them to maturity. Investment securities are classified as available for sale when the Company intends to use them for future liquidity requirements by selling prior to maturity. |
|
|
|
|
|
Investment securities held to maturity consist primarily of bank qualified tax exempt bonds with some Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) supported mortgage backed investments. They are recorded at cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts using the interest method. Investment securities available for sale consist primarily of mortgage backed securities (MBS) and are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on investment securities available for sale are excluded from earnings and are reported in other comprehensive income net of applicable taxes. Realized gains and losses on sale are computed on the specific identification method. |
|
|
|
|
|
The estimated fair value of investment securities is generally based on quoted market value prices for investment securities traded in the public marketplace. Certain investment securities are mortgage-backed securities and represent participation interest in pools of first mortgage loans originated and serviced by the issuers of investment securities. |
(Continued)
F-9
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
Premiums and discounts are amortized using a method that approximates the level yield method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for anticipated prepayments. To the extent the estimated lives of such investment securities change as a result of changes in prepayment rates, the adjustment is also included in net investment income. |
|
|
|
|
|
A below cost decline in the market value of any available for sale or held to maturity investment security that is deemed to be other than temporary results in a reduction in the carrying amount to that of fair value. A charge to earnings and an establishment of a new cost basis for the investment security is made. Unrealized investment securities losses are evaluated at least quarterly to determine whether such declines should be considered other than temporary and therefore be subject to immediate loss recognition in income. Although these evaluations involve significant judgment, an unrealized loss in the fair value of a debt security is generally deemed to be temporary when the fair value of the investment security is below the carrying value primarily due to changes in interest rates, there has not been significant deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, and the Company has the intent and ability to hold the investment security for a sufficient time to recover the carrying value. An unrealized loss in the value of an equity investment security is generally considered temporary when the fair value of the investment security is below the carrying value primarily due to current market conditions and not deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, and the Company has the intent and ability to hold the investment security for a sufficient time to recover the carrying value. Other factors that may be considered in determining whether a decline in the value of either a debt or an equity security is other than temporary include ratings by recognized rating agencies, and extent and duration of unrealized loss position. |
|
|
|
|
(f) |
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock is recorded at cost, is redeemable at par value and can be pledged as collateral for FHLB advances. |
|
|
|
|
(g) |
Loans Receivable and Loans Held for Sale |
|
|
|
|
|
Loans are generally recorded at their outstanding principal balance adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses and net deferred fees or costs. Interest on loans is calculated using the simple interest method based on the month end balance of the principal amount outstanding and is credited to income as earned. |
|
|
|
|
|
The accrual of interest on mortgage loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Consumer and other loans are typically managed in the same manner. In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is doubtful. |
|
|
|
|
|
All interest accrued but not collected on loans that are placed on non-accrual is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current or within 60 days of due date and future payments are reasonably assured. |
(Continued)
F-10
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of amortized cost or market value determined on an aggregate basis. Any loan that management determines will not be held to maturity is classified as held for sale at the time such decision is made. At March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and 2005, there were no loans classified as held for sale. |
|
|
|
|
(h) |
Allowance for Loan Losses |
|
|
|
|
|
The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. |
|
|
|
|
|
The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon managements periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, historical loss considerations, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. The evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. |
|
|
|
|
|
While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions or changes to the credit quality of the loan portfolio. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Banks allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to make adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations. |
|
|
|
|
(i) |
Impaired Loans |
|
|
|
|
|
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrowers, including length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrowers prior payment record and the amounts of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by the fair value of the collateral. |
(Continued)
F-11
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
We separately identify individual loans for impairment purposes. The remaining groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. |
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had no loans considered as impaired. |
|
(j) |
Loan Fees |
|
|
|
|
|
Loan origination fees and certain origination costs are deferred and amortized as an adjustment of the yields of the loans over their contractual lives, adjusted for prepayment of the loans, using the effective interest method. In the event loans are sold, the deferred net loan origination fees or costs are recognized as a component of the gains or losses on the sales of loans. |
|
|
|
|
(k) |
Mortgage Banking Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
The Company through its subsidiary Executive House Inc. sells mortgage loans on a servicing retained basis at par. Income from mortgage loans brokered to other lenders is recognized into income on date funding is received and assignment made. |
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments to sell mortgage loans are made primarily during the period between the taking of the loan application, and approval by investor Bank. The timing of fulfilling these sale commitments is dependent upon processing, borrower acceptance and closing of the loan. Most of these sale commitments are made on a best-efforts basis whereby the subsidiary is only obligated to sell the mortgage if the mortgage loan is approved by investor Bank and closed by the subsidiary. As a result, management believes that market risk is minimal. |
|
|
|
|
|
Loan servicing income is recorded when earned. Loan servicing costs are charged to expense as incurred. |
|
|
|
|
(l) |
Mortgage Servicing Rights |
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage servicing rights (MSR) are recorded as separate assets through the purchase of the rights or origination of mortgage loans that are sold with servicing rights retained. The Company records originated MSR based on quoted market prices, other observable market data, or on the estimated discounted cash flows if observed market prices are not available. |
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to, and over, the estimated period the net servicing income will be collected. The carrying value of MSR is periodically evaluated in relation to estimated future cash flows to be received, and such carrying value is adjusted for indicated impairments based on managements best estimate of the remaining cash flows. In addition, the Company periodically obtains third-party appraisals of the estimated fair value of the MSR portfolio. When estimating the cash flows and fair value using a discounted cash flow model, key assumptions included are prepayment and discount rates, estimated costs of servicing, other income, and other expenses. For purposes of measuring impairment, the Company has stratified its MSR based on the type and interest rate of the underlying loans. |
(Continued)
F-12
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
(m) |
Premises and Equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives used to compute depreciation and amortization for buildings and building improvements is 15 to 40 years; and for furniture, fixtures and equipment is 3 to 7 years. The Company reviews buildings, improvements and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in the circumstances indicate that the undiscounted cash flows for the property are less than its carrying value. If identified, an impairment loss is recognized through a charge to earnings based on the fair value of the property. |
|
(n) |
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill represents the costs in excess of net assets acquired arising from the purchase of Executive House, Inc. Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment and written down and charged to income during the periods in which the recorded value is more than its implied value. The Company evaluates any potential impairment of goodwill on an annual basis at the Executive House level. The Company has evaluated goodwill and concluded there is no goodwill impairment for the years ended December 31, 2006 or 2005. There were no triggering events during the three months ended March 31, 2007 or 2006 which would indicate an additional impairment analysis was necessary. |
|
|
|
|
(o) |
Federal Income Taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. |
|
|
|
|
(p) |
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements |
|
|
|
|
|
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainties in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As of March 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, we had an insignificant amount of unrecognized tax benefits. Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits in Federal income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The amount of interest and penalties for the three months ended March 31, 2007 was immaterial. The tax years subject to examination by the taxing authorities are the year end December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003. |
(Continued)
F-13
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
On February 15, 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statements of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , which allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. Subsequent changes in fair value of these financial assets and liabilities would be recognized in earnings when they occur. This statement further establishes certain additional disclosure requirements. This statement is effective for the Companys financial statements for the year beginning on January 1, 2008, with earlier adoption permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact and timing of the adoption of this statement of the Companys financial condition and results of operations. |
|
On September 15, 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. This statement is effective for the Companys financial statements issued for the year beginning on January 1, 2008, with earlier adoption permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact and timing of the adoption of this statement on the Companys financial condition and results of operations. |
|
|
|
On September 13, 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No.108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current year Financial Statements . This bulletin expresses the Securities and Exchange Commissions staffs views regarding the process of quantifying the financial statement misstatements. The bulletin states that in evaluating the materiality of financial statement misstatements, a company must quantify the impact of correcting misstatements, including both the carryover and reversing effects of prior year misstatements, on the current year financial statements. This bulletin is effective for the year ended December 31, 2006. The application of this bulletin did not have an impact on Companys financial condition and results of operations. |
|
|
|
On March 17, 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140, which permits, but does not require, an entity to account for one or more classes or servicing rights (i.e. mortgage servicing rights) at fair value, with the changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of income. Company elected to early adoption of the statement and to account for consumer-related mortgage servicing rights using the amortized cost method on January 1, 2006. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on Companys financial condition and results of operations. |
(Continued)
F-14
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
(2) |
Investment Securities Available for Sale |
|
|
|
Investment securities available for sale are summarized as follows: |
|
|
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited ) |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Gross
|
|
Gross
|
|
Fair value |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed and related securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FNMA certificates |
|
$ |
80,653,825 |
|
|
50,658 |
|
|
2,037,823 |
|
|
78,666,660 |
|
FHLMC certificates |
|
|
43,677,928 |
|
|
20,602 |
|
|
1,121,839 |
|
|
42,576,691 |
|
GNMA certificates |
|
|
13,193,102 |
|
|
5,329 |
|
|
157,462 |
|
|
13,040,969 |
|
U.S. government agencies |
|
|
2,012,185 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,565 |
|
|
2,005,620 |
|
Mutual funds |
|
5,891,329 |
|
|
|
142,054 |
|
5,749,275 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
145,428,369 |
|
|
76,589 |
|
|
3,465,743 |
|
|
142,039,215 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Gross
|
|
Gross
|
|
Fair value |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed and related securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FNMA certificates |
|
$ |
85,194,789 |
|
|
29,748 |
|
|
2,449,864 |
|
|
82,774,673 |
|
FHLMC certificates |
|
|
45,815,572 |
|
|
13,961 |
|
|
1,324,732 |
|
|
44,504,801 |
|
GNMA certificates |
|
|
14,314,925 |
|
|
118 |
|
|
223,586 |
|
|
14,091,457 |
|
U.S. government agencies |
|
|
2,015,737 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,357 |
|
|
2,009,380 |
|
Mutual funds |
|
|
5,818,987 |
|
|
|
|
|
147,920 |
|
|
5,671,067 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
153,160,010 |
|
|
43,827 |
|
|
4,152,459 |
|
|
149,051,378 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Continued)
F-15
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
|
December 31, 2005 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Gross
|
|
Gross
|
|
Fair value |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed and related securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FNMA certificates |
|
$ |
106,615,835 |
|
|
10,720 |
|
|
2,891,190 |
|
|
103,735,365 |
|
FHLMC certificates |
|
|
57,205,765 |
|
|
11,991 |
|
|
1,594,310 |
|
|
55,623,446 |
|
GNMA certificates |
|
|
19,846,119 |
|
|
828 |
|
|
349,874 |
|
|
19,497,073 |
|
Mutual funds |
|
|
5,559,602 |
|
|
|
|
|
136,653 |
|
|
5,422,949 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
189,227,321 |
|
|
23,539 |
|
|
4,972,027 |
|
|
184,278,833 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment and mortgage-backed and related securities available for sale at December 31, 2006, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. |
|
|
Amortized cost |
|
Fair value |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due within one year |
|
$ |
5,818,987 |
|
|
5,671,067 |
|
Due after one year through five years |
|
|
98,553 |
|
|
98,685 |
|
Due after five years through 10 years |
|
|
47,403,135 |
|
|
46,014,067 |
|
Due after ten years |
|
|
99,839,335 |
|
|
97,267,559 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
153,160,010 |
|
|
149,051,378 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incorporated within the above maturity schedule are mortgage-backed securities which are allocated using the contractual maturity as a basis. |
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of investment securities available for sale during the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 were $0, $0 and $3,505,323, $21,557,403, and $27,502,778, respectively. Gross gains of $0, $0, $0, $25,864, and $160,986 and gross losses of $0, $0, $2,748, $110,646, and $105,051 were realized on those sales during the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The reclassification adjustment for realized gains (losses) included in other comprehensive loss for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007 and years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $0, $0, $1,814, $55,956, and $(36,917), respectively, net of tax of $0, $0, $934, $28,826, and $19,018, respectively. |
(Continued)
F-16
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
(3) |
Investment Securities Held to Maturity |
|
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities held to maturity are as follows: |
|
|
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Gross
|
|
Gross
|
|
Fair value |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax-exempt municipal bonds |
|
$ |
78,566,760 |
|
|
1,436,148 |
|
|
231,709 |
|
|
79,771,199 |
|
Taxable muncipal bonds |
|
|
1,674,449 |
|
|
4,215 |
|
|
15,288 |
|
|
1,663,376 |
|
U.S. Government agencies |
|
|
3,439,061 |
|
|
4,410 |
|
|
38,310 |
|
|
3,405,161 |
|
Mortgage-backed and related securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FNMA certificates |
|
|
3,001,278 |
|
|
|
|
|
79,235 |
|
|
2,922,043 |
|
Other investments |
|
|
523 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
523 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
86,682,071 |
|
|
1,444,773 |
|
|
364,542 |
|
|
87,762,302 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Gross
|
|
Gross
|
|
Fair value |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax-exempt municipal bonds |
|
$ |
78,597,964 |
|
|
1,386,024 |
|
|
322,710 |
|
|
79,661,278 |
|
Taxable muncipal bonds |
|
|
1,677,749 |
|
|
4,052 |
|
|
20,655 |
|
|
1,661,146 |
|
U.S. Government agencies |
|
|
3,443,119 |
|
|
4,333 |
|
|
45,731 |
|
|
3,401,721 |
|
Mortgage-backed and related securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FNMA certificates |
|
|
3,067,154 |
|
|
|
|
|
67,333 |
|
|
2,999,821 |
|
Other investments |
|
|
523 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
523 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
86,786,509 |
|
|
1,394,409 |
|
|
456,429 |
|
|
87,724,489 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Continued)
F-17
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
|
December 31, 2005 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Gross
|
|
Gross
|
|
Fair value |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax-exempt municipal bonds |
|
$ |
80,195,222 |
|
|
2,539,052 |
|
|
293,926 |
|
|
82,440,348 |
|
Taxable muncipal bonds |
|
|
1,174,292 |
|
|
|
|
|
22,397 |
|
|
1,151,895 |
|
U.S. Government agencies |
|
|
3,026,198 |
|
|
|
|
|
44,047 |
|
|
2,982,151 |
|
Mortgage-backed and related securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FNMA certificates |
|
|
2,267,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
79,069 |
|
|
2,188,439 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
86,663,220 |
|
|
2,539,052 |
|
|
439,439 |
|
|
88,762,833 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities held to maturity at December 31, 2006, by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. |
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Fair value |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due within one year |
|
$ |
625,523 |
|
|
627,969 |
|
Due after one year through five years |
|
|
12,924,583 |
|
|
12,854,000 |
|
Due after five years through 10 years |
|
|
20,191,657 |
|
|
20,388,520 |
|
Due after ten years |
|
|
53,044,746 |
|
|
53,854,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
86,786,509 |
|
|
87,724,489 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There were no sales of investment securities held to maturity during the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004. |
(Continued)
F-18
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
(4) |
Other than Temporary Impairment of Investment Securities |
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time those investment securities have been continuously in an unrealized loss position: |
|
|
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Less than 12 months |
|
12 months or longer |
|
Total |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Fair value |
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair value |
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair value |
|
Unrealized
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FNMA certificates |
|
$ |
942,579 |
|
|
(22,972 |
) |
|
76,312,467 |
|
|
(2,094,085 |
) |
|
77,255,046 |
|
|
(2,117,057 |
) |
FHLMC certificates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,658,398 |
|
|
(1,121,838 |
) |
|
39,658,398 |
|
|
(1,121,838 |
) |
GNMA certificates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,609,274 |
|
|
(157,462 |
) |
|
11,609,274 |
|
|
(157,462 |
) |
Mutual funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,749,275 |
|
|
(142,054 |
) |
|
5,749,275 |
|
|
(142,054 |
) |
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,005,620 |
|
|
(6,565 |
) |
|
2,005,620 |
|
|
(6,565 |
) |
Municipal bonds |
|
|
4,822,506 |
|
|
(15,382 |
) |
|
12,148,579 |
|
|
(231,616 |
) |
|
16,971,085 |
|
|
(246,998 |
) |
U.S. Government agencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,968,440 |
|
|
(38,311 |
) |
|
2,968,440 |
|
|
(38,311 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
5,765,085 |
|
|
(38,354 |
) |
|
150,452,053 |
|
|
(3,791,931 |
) |
|
156,217,138 |
|
|
(3,830,285 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006 |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Less than 12 months |
|
12 months or longer |
|
Total |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Fair value |
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair value |
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair value |
|
Unrealized
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FNMA certificates |
|
$ |
6,338,952 |
|
|
(213,274 |
) |
|
74,740,428 |
|
|
(2,303,923 |
) |
|
81,079,380 |
|
|
(2,517,197 |
) |
FHLMC certificates |
|
|
4,358,875 |
|
|
(129,524 |
) |
|
37,909,898 |
|
|
(1,195,208 |
) |
|
42,268,773 |
|
|
(1,324,732 |
) |
GNMA certificates |
|
|
5,732,759 |
|
|
(93,562 |
) |
|
8,145,652 |
|
|
(130,024 |
) |
|
13,878,411 |
|
|
(223,586 |
) |
Mutual funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,671,067 |
|
|
(147,920 |
) |
|
5,671,067 |
|
|
(147,920 |
) |
Other |
|
|
2,009,380 |
|
|
(6,356 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,009,380 |
|
|
(6,356 |
) |
Municipal bonds |
|
|
8,251,180 |
|
|
(56,642 |
) |
|
12,292,096 |
|
|
(286,723 |
) |
|
20,543,276 |
|
|
(343,365 |
) |
U.S. Government agencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,965,000 |
|
|
(45,732 |
) |
|
2,965,000 |
|
|
(45,732 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
26,691,146 |
|
|
(499,358 |
) |
|
141,724,141 |
|
|
(4,109,530 |
) |
|
168,415,287 |
|
|
(4,608,888 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005 |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Less than 12 months |
|
12 months or longer |
|
Total |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Fair value |
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair value |
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair value |
|
Unrealized
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FNMA certificates |
|
$ |
40,326,790 |
|
|
(767,399 |
) |
|
64,194,079 |
|
|
(2,202,859 |
) |
|
104,520,869 |
|
|
(2,970,258 |
) |
FHLMC certificates |
|
|
11,826,104 |
|
|
(189,007 |
) |
|
41,895,419 |
|
|
(1,405,303 |
) |
|
53,721,523 |
|
|
(1,594,310 |
) |
GNMA certificates |
|
|
17,661,217 |
|
|
(327,422 |
) |
|
1,622,940 |
|
|
(22,452 |
) |
|
19,284,157 |
|
|
(349,874 |
) |
Mutual funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,422,950 |
|
|
(136,653 |
) |
|
5,422,950 |
|
|
(136,653 |
) |
Municipal bonds |
|
|
7,824,837 |
|
|
(110,495 |
) |
|
6,490,413 |
|
|
(205,828 |
) |
|
14,315,250 |
|
|
(316,323 |
) |
U.S. Government agencies |
|
|
1,950,900 |
|
|
(290 |
) |
|
1,031,250 |
|
|
(43,757 |
) |
|
2,982,150 |
|
|
(44,047 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
79,589,848 |
|
|
(1,394,613 |
) |
|
120,657,051 |
|
|
(4,016,852 |
) |
|
200,246,899 |
|
|
(5,411,465 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Continued)
F-19
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
Temporarily impaired investment securities are a result of market value changes and are expected to regain the lost value with market shifts; other-than-temporarily impaired investment securities are a result of contractual failure by the issuer and are not expected to rebound and are considered not collectable. The Company had no investment securities at March 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and 2005 with other-than-temporary impairments. |
|
|
|
Certain investment securities shown above currently have fair values less than amortized cost and therefore contain unrealized losses. The Company has evaluated these investment securities and has determined that the decline in value is temporary. For fixed income investment securities, the unrealized loss is related to the change in market interest rates since purchase. The decline in value is not related to any company or industry specific event. The Company anticipates full recovery of amortized cost with respect to these investment securities at maturity or sooner in the event of a more favorable market interest rate environment and has the ability to hold these investment securities until recovery. Given that the mutual fund invests primarily in mortgage-related investments with interest rate adjustment features and the rise in short-term rates, the Company does not believe the unrealized loss on the mutual fund is other than temporary. |
|
|
(5) |
Loans Receivable |
|
|
|
Loans receivable consist of the following: |
|
|
March 31,
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One to four family residential |
|
$ |
377,553,658 |
|
|
373,191,449 |
|
|
266,080,975 |
|
Multi-family residential |
|
|
81,993,151 |
|
|
79,701,401 |
|
|
68,266,966 |
|
Commercial real estate |
|
|
164,028,351 |
|
|
153,923,787 |
|
|
109,300,028 |
|
Construction and land development |
|
|
175,467,984 |
|
|
153,401,248 |
|
|
171,245,742 |
|
Home equity |
|
|
3,782,338 |
|
|
3,038,356 |
|
|
915,706 |
|
Savings account loans |
|
|
259,381 |
|
|
296,005 |
|
|
208,935 |
|
Other loans |
|
|
198,477 |
|
|
203,171 |
|
|
216,811 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
803,283,340 |
|
|
763,755,417 |
|
|
616,235,163 |
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans in process |
|
|
64,203,666 |
|
|
58,730,996 |
|
|
71,531,733 |
|
Deferred loan fees |
|
|
2,916,278 |
|
|
2,724,633 |
|
|
2,356,930 |
|
Allowance for loan losses |
|
|
2,571,297 |
|
|
1,971,297 |
|
|
1,651,297 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
733,592,099 |
|
|
700,328,491 |
|
|
540,695,203 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Continued)
F-20
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
The Company originates both adjustable and fixed interest rate loans. At March 31, 2007, and December 31, 2006 and 2005, the composition of loans receivable was as follows: |
March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Fixed rate |
|
Adjustable rate |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Term to maturity |
|
|
Book value |
|
|
Term to rate adjustment |
|
|
Book value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within one year |
|
$ |
23,623,956 |
|
|
Within one year |
|
$ |
189,310,493 |
|
After 1 year through 3 years |
|
|
11,514,880 |
|
|
After 1 year through 3 years |
|
|
897,600 |
|
After 3 years through 5 years |
|
|
28,911,628 |
|
|
After 3 years through 5 years |
|
|
29,872 |
|
After 5 years through 10 years |
|
|
354,192,662 |
|
|
After 5 years through 10 years |
|
|
4,994,989 |
|
Beyond 10 years |
|
|
188,791,073 |
|
|
Beyond 10 years |
|
|
1,016,187 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
607,034,199 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
196,249,141 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
December 31, 2006 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Fixed rate |
|
Adjustable rate |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Term to maturity |
|
|
Book value |
|
|
Term to rate adjustment |
|
|
Book value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within one year |
|
$ |
17,741,651 |
|
|
Within one year |
|
$ |
147,388,987 |
|
After 1 year through 3 years |
|
|
15,033,127 |
|
|
After 1 year through 3 years |
|
|
3,187,200 |
|
After 3 years through 5 years |
|
|
28,510,193 |
|
|
After 3 years through 5 years |
|
|
|
|
After 5 years through 10 years |
|
|
346,424,927 |
|
|
After 5 years through 10 years |
|
|
3,176,790 |
|
Beyond 10 years |
|
|
202,292,542 |
|
|
Beyond 10 years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
610,002,440 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
153,752,977 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Continued)
F-21
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
December 31, 2005 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Fixed rate |
|
Adjustable rate |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Term to maturity |
|
|
Book value |
|
|
Term to rate adjustment |
|
|
Book value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within one year |
|
$ |
127,146,124 |
|
|
Within one year |
|
$ |
57,581,639 |
|
After 1 year through 3 years |
|
|
15,798,254 |
|
|
After 1 year through 3 years |
|
|
34,951 |
|
After 3 years through 5 years |
|
|
16,368,470 |
|
|
After 3 years through 5 years |
|
|
|
|
After 5 years through 10 years |
|
|
230,314,291 |
|
|
After 5 years through 10 years |
|
|
3,374,069 |
|
Beyond 10 years |
|
|
165,613,510 |
|
|
Beyond 10 years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
555,240,649 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
60,990,659 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The adjustable rate loans have interest rate adjustment limitations and are generally indexed to either the national average mortgage contract interest rate for major lenders on the purchase of previously occupied homes or the monthly weighted average cost of funds for twelfth district savings institutions, both as published by the FHLB of Seattle. Future market factors may affect the correlation of the interest rate adjustment with the rates the Company pays on the short-term deposits that have been primarily utilized to fund these loans. |
|
|
|
The activity in the allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows: |
|
|
Three months ended March 31 |
|
Year ended December 31 |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Balance at beginning of period |
|
$ |
1,971,297 |
|
|
1,651,297 |
|
|
1,651,297 |
|
|
995,000 |
|
|
995,000 |
|
Acquisition of Executive House |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
546,297 |
|
|
|
|
Charge off |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27,228 |
) |
|
|
|
Provision for losses on loans |
|
|
600,000 |
|
|
160,000 |
|
|
320,000 |
|
|
137,228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period |
|
$ |
2,571,297 |
|
|
1,811,297 |
|
|
1,971,297 |
|
|
1,651,297 |
|
|
995,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-accrual loans were $281,428, $153,954 and $299,585 at March 31, 2007, December 31, 2006, and December 31, 2005, respectively. |
|
|
(a) |
Commitments and Guarantees |
|
|
|
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers in accordance with predetermined contractual provisions. These commitments are for specific periods or contain termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The total amounts of unused commitments do not necessarily represent future credit exposure or cash requirements, in that commitments can expire without being drawn upon. Unfunded commitments to extend credit totaled $53,370,934 at March 31, 2007 and $28,811,950 at December 31, 2006 the majority of which are fixed rate. |
(Continued)
F-22
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
Prior to being acquired, Executive House sold loans without recourse that may have to be subsequently repurchased due to defects in the origination process of the loan. The Company typically guarantees to cover investor losses should origination defects occur. The defects are categorized as willful misstatement and fraud. When a loan sold to an investor without recourse fails to perform, the investor will typically review the loan file to determine whether defects in the origination process occurred. If an origination defect is identified, the Company is required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the investor for losses sustained if the investor has sold the property. If there are no defects found in the origination process, the Company has no commitment to repurchase the loan. As of March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the total principal balance of loans serviced for others, without recourse under these guarantees totaled $52,123,778 and $49,717,218, respectively. The Company had no reserves as of March 31, 2007 or December 31, 2006 to cover its loss exposure to loans sold without recourse. Management considers the loss potential to be not probable and not estimatable as the sold loans are well seasoned and continue to perform in accordance with their contractual agreements. |
|
|
(6) |
Mortgage Servicing Rights |
|
|
March 31,
|
|
December 31 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance |
|
$ |
1,559,787 |
|
|
3,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Executive House and Adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
(685,028 |
) |
|
3,000,000 |
|
Amortization |
|
|
(108,483 |
) |
|
(755,185 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending Balance |
|
$ |
1,451,304 |
|
|
1,559,787 |
|
|
3,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2006, the expected weighted average life of the Companys mortgage servicing rights was 2.9 years. Projected amortization expense for the gross carrying value of mortgage servicing rights at December 31, 2006, is estimated to be as follows: |
2007 |
|
$ |
433,932 |
|
2008 |
|
|
337,909 |
|
2009 |
|
|
257,199 |
|
2010 |
|
|
190,761 |
|
2011 |
|
|
134,746 |
|
2012 |
|
|
205,240 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,559,787 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There were no loans held for sale at March 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. |
(Continued)
F-23
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
(7) |
Accrued Interest Receivable |
|
|
|
Accrued interest receivable consists of the following: |
|
|
|
|
December 31 |
|
|||||
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans receivable |
|
$ |
3,711,856 |
|
|
3,435,698 |
|
|
3,017,909 |
|
Investment securities |
|
|
1,215,683 |
|
|
651,063 |
|
|
590,276 |
|
Mortgage-backed and related securities |
|
|
592,156 |
|
|
623,555 |
|
|
809,861 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
5,519,695 |
|
|
4,710,316 |
|
|
4,418,046 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8) |
Premises and Equipment |
|
|
|
Premises and equipment consists of the following: |
|
|
March 31,
|
|
December 31 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land |
|
$ |
1,913,554 |
|
|
1,913,554 |
|
|
1,849,250 |
|
Buildings and improvements |
|
|
10,858,974 |
|
|
10,456,900 |
|
|
9,171,640 |
|
Construction in progress |
|
|
|
|
|
171,721 |
|
|
1,740,096 |
|
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment |
|
|
2,754,753 |
|
|
2,756,313 |
|
|
1,804,022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,527,281 |
|
|
15,298,488 |
|
|
14,565,008 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(1,721,110 |
) |
|
(1,561,586 |
) |
|
(782,398 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
13,806,171 |
|
|
13,736,902 |
|
|
13,782,610 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9) |
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock and Advances |
|
|
|
The Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle (FHLB) functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for member financial institutions. Advances are made pursuant to several different programs. Each credit program has its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are based either on a fixed percentage of an institutions equity or on the FHLBs assessment of the institutions creditworthiness. At March 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and 2005, our bank maintained credit facilities with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle for $349,179,600, $337,679,650 and $156,155,000 with an outstanding balance of $150,000,000, $147,000,000 and $90,000,000 respectively. |
(Continued)
F-24
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
During its corporate restructure the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle created an excess stock pool which reflects stock held by member institutions but unused to support their borrowings or other activities. This excess stock can then be drawn upon by member institutions to support short term borrowings without purchasing additional stock. |
|
|
|
At March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the FHLB advances consist of a $10,000,000 fixed rate note bearing interest at 4.04% due on November 19, 2009 and $140,000,000 and $137,000,000 in an adjustable rate note due on December 20, 2007. At December 31, 2005, the FHLB advances consisted of a $10,000,000 fixed rate note bearing interest at 4.04% due on November 19, 2009 and $80,000,000 in an adjustable rate note due by December 20, 2006. The principal amount of securities of $106,336,877, $112,139,119 and $124,264,202 were pledged, as securities for the notes at March 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and are in the custody of FHLB. |
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company was required to maintain $5,950,000, $5,830,000 and $4,393,800, respectively, of $100 par value Federal Home Loan Bank stock. The Company maintained $4,670,600 in FHLB stock at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and 2005 relying on the excess stock pool to support its cash management advance (CMA). |
|
|
(10) |
Borrowings |
|
|
|
The Company maintains a line of credit for $10,000,000 with Pacific Coast Bankers Bank (PCBB), which is renewed annually and currently matures in June 2007. As of March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, there was no balance outstanding on this line of credit. |
|
|
(11) |
Deposits |
|
|
|
Deposits consist of the following: |
|
|
March 31,
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest-bearing accounts |
|
$ |
4,665,911 |
|
|
3,737,500 |
|
|
1,203,881 |
|
NOW accounts |
|
|
10,449,453 |
|
|
10,103,751 |
|
|
13,140,184 |
|
Passbook savings accounts |
|
|
14,020,264 |
|
|
14,279,813 |
|
|
19,157,004 |
|
Money market accounts |
|
|
205,097,194 |
|
|
198,178,080 |
|
|
179,488,390 |
|
Time deposit certificates |
|
|
527,001,911 |
|
|
524,410,878 |
|
|
476,512,973 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
761,234,733 |
|
|
750,710,022 |
|
|
689,502,432 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Continued)
F-25
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
At December 31, 2006, scheduled maturities of time deposit certificates were as follows: |
2007 |
|
$ |
377,829,633 |
|
2008 |
|
|
64,957,795 |
|
2009 |
|
|
48,677,734 |
|
2010 |
|
|
32,363,001 |
|
2011 |
|
|
582,715 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
524,410,878 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and 2005, include public funds of $59,701,305 and $62,722,279 and $65,931,360, respectively. Investment securities with a market value of $10,656,499 and $10,656,499 and $10,485,076 were pledged as collateral on these deposits at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which exceeds the minimum collateral requirements established by the Washington Public Deposit Protection Commission. |
|
|
|
Time deposit certificates of $100,000 or more included in deposits at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and 2005, are $325,914,479, $325,169,179 and $301,142,035, respectively. Interest expense on certificates of $100,000 or more totaled $4,038,320 and $3,172,087, and $15,822,239, $12,334,749, and $9,969,157 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 and 2004, respectively. |
|
|
|
Interest expense on deposits for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 is as follows: |
|
|
Three months ended March 31 |
|
Years ended December 31 |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
NOW accounts |
|
$ |
16,457 |
|
|
19,628 |
|
|
79,303 |
|
|
85,402 |
|
|
72,717 |
|
Passbook savings accounts |
|
|
60,754 |
|
|
80,433 |
|
|
283,795 |
|
|
414,048 |
|
|
486,657 |
|
Money market accounts |
|
|
2,227,556 |
|
|
1,871,709 |
|
|
8,367,158 |
|
|
5,030,659 |
|
|
3,724,219 |
|
Time deposit certificates |
|
|
6,403,345 |
|
|
4,915,664 |
|
|
22,251,420 |
|
|
17,566,502 |
|
|
14,621,214 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
8,708,112 |
|
|
6,887,434 |
|
|
30,981,676 |
|
|
23,096,611 |
|
|
18,904,807 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Continued)
F-26
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
(12) |
Federal Taxes on Income |
|
|
|
The components of income tax (benefit) expense for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, and years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 are as follows: |
|
|
Three months ended March 31 |
|
Years ended December 31 |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Current tax expense |
|
$ |
1,233,737 |
|
|
1,016,414 |
|
|
2,531,771 |
|
|
3,021,092 |
|
|
3,662,833 |
|
Deferred tax (benefit) expense |
|
|
(685,628 |
) |
|
(27,514 |
) |
|
(403,007 |
) |
|
|
|
|
29,194 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
548,109 |
|
|
988,900 |
|
|
2,128,764 |
|
|
3,021,092 |
|
|
3,692,027 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of the tax provision based on the statutory corporate rate of 34% on pretax income and the provision for taxes as shown in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, and years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 is as follows: |
|
|
Three months ended March 31, |
|
Years ended December 31 |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Income tax expense at statutory rate |
|
$ |
784,215 |
|
|
1,113,221 |
|
|
3,133,619 |
|
|
4,112,488 |
|
|
4,673,931 |
|
Income tax effect of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax exempt interest, net |
|
|
(299,888 |
) |
|
(303,799 |
) |
|
(1,001,907 |
) |
|
(1,264,843 |
) |
|
(1,089,374 |
) |
Other, net |
|
|
63,782 |
|
|
179,478 |
|
|
(2,948 |
) |
|
173,447 |
|
|
107,470 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
548,109 |
|
|
988,900 |
|
|
2,128,764 |
|
|
3,021,092 |
|
|
3,692,027 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Continued)
F-27
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
At March 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and 2005, the net deferred tax asset (liability), included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, consisted of the following: |
|
|
March 31
|
|
December 31 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital loss carryforward |
|
$ |
3,815 |
|
|
3,815 |
|
|
33,640 |
|
Net unrealized loss on investment securities available for sale |
|
|
1,152,312 |
|
|
1,396,935 |
|
|
1,636,024 |
|
Allowance for loan losses |
|
|
874,241 |
|
|
670,241 |
|
|
561,441 |
|
Deferred compensation |
|
|
496,616 |
|
|
496,616 |
|
|
370,613 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
|
2,526,984 |
|
|
2,567,607 |
|
|
2,601,718 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends |
|
|
1,245,726 |
|
|
1,245,726 |
|
|
1,245,726 |
|
Loan origination fees and costs |
|
|
130,851 |
|
|
538,353 |
|
|
564,968 |
|
Mortgage servicing rights |
|
|
493,442 |
|
|
530,327 |
|
|
1,020,000 |
|
Other, net |
|
|
271,939 |
|
|
309,180 |
|
|
223,831 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
2,141,958 |
|
|
2,623,586 |
|
|
3,054,525 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net |
|
$ |
385,026 |
|
|
(55,979 |
) |
|
(452,807 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was not considered necessary at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and 2005. Management believes it is more likely then not that the Company will fully realize its total deferred income tax assets at December 31, 2006 based upon its total deferred income tax liabilities, taxes previously paid, and its current and expected future levels of taxable income. |
|
|
|
The Company has qualified under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code to compute federal income taxes after deductions of additions to the bad debt reserves. At March 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had a taxable temporary difference of approximately $4.5 million that arose before 1988 (base-year amount). In accordance with SFAS No. 109, a deferred tax liability has not been recognized for the temporary difference. Management does not expect this temporary difference to reverse in the foreseeable future. |
(13) |
Employee Benefit Plans |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
Pension Plans |
|
|
|
|
|
The Company participates in a multiemployer noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all employees after one year of continuous employment. Pension benefits vest over a period of five years of credited services. Total pension expense for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 were $119,395 and $88,556 and $416,871, $422,822, and $370,344, respectively. The Companys policy is to fund pension costs as accrued. |
(Continued)
F-28
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
|
The Company also has postemployment agreements with certain key officers to provide supplemental retirement benefits. For the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, the plan premium cost to the Company was $0 and $0, and $63,262, $60,161, and $64,938, respectively. Additionally, the Company recorded $17,180 and $0 of deferred compensation as of March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively and $311,755 of deferred compensation as of December 31, 2006. |
|
|
|
|
(b) |
Savings Plans |
|
|
|
|
|
In January 1995, the Company implemented a savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, covering substantially all employees after 90 days of continuous employment. Under the plan, employee contributions are fully matched up to 6% by the Company. Such matching becomes vested over a period of five years of credited service. Employees may make investments in various stock, money market, or fixed income plans. The Company contributed $29,784 and $23,292 and $118,055, $80,449, and $72,222 to the plan for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. |
|
|
|
(2) |
Regulatory Capital Requirements |
|
|
|
|
|
The Company is a bank holding company under the supervision of the Federal Reserve Bank. Bank holding companies are subjected to capital adequacy requirements of the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the regulations of the Federal Reserve. First Savings Bank of Renton is a federally insured institution and thereby is subject to the capital requirements established by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The Federal Reserve requirements generally parallel the FDIC requirements. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Companys financial statements. |
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to minimum capital requirements of the FDIC, First Savings Bank of Renton is required to maintain a leverage ratio (capital to assets ratio) of 3% and risk-based capital ratios of Tier 1 capital and total capital (to total risk-weighted assets) of 4% and 8% respectively. As of March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and 2005, First Savings Bank of Renton was classified as a well capitalized institution under the criteria established by the FDIC Act. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Banks classification as a well capitalized institution. |
(Continued)
F-29
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
The Companys and the Banks actual capital amounts (in thousands) and ratios are presented in the following table: |
|
|
Actual |
|
For capital adequacy
|
|
To be well capitalized
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2007: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company Consolidated (First Financial Holdings, MHC): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) (unaudited) |
|
$ |
96,589 |
|
|
15.57 |
% |
$ |
49,624 |
|
|
8.00 |
% |
$ |
62,030 |
|
|
10.00 |
% |
Core (Tier I) capital (to risk weighted assets) (unaudited) |
|
|
94,018 |
|
|
15.16 |
|
|
24,812 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
37,218 |
|
|
6.00 |
|
Core (Tier I) capital (to adjusted total assets) (unaudited) |
|
|
94,018 |
|
|
9.35 |
|
|
40,236 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
50,296 |
|
|
5.00 |
|
First Savings Bank of Renton: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) (unaudited) |
|
|
87,614 |
|
|
14.32 |
% |
|
48,933 |
|
|
8.00 |
% |
|
61,166 |
|
|
10.00 |
% |
Core (Tier I) capital (to risk weighted assets) (unaudited) |
|
|
85,073 |
|
|
13.91 |
|
|
24,466 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
36,700 |
|
|
6.00 |
|
Core (Tier I) capital (to adjusted total assets) (unaudited) |
|
|
85,073 |
|
|
8.52 |
|
|
39,962 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
49,953 |
|
|
5.00 |
|
December 31, 2006: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company Consolidated (First Financial Holdings, MHC): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) |
|
$ |
94,264 |
|
|
15.90 |
% |
$ |
47,430 |
|
|
8.00 |
% |
$ |
59,288 |
|
|
10.00 |
% |
Core (Tier I) capital (to risk weighted assets) |
|
|
92,293 |
|
|
15.57 |
|
|
23,715 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
35,573 |
|
|
6.00 |
|
Core (Tier I) capital (to adjusted total assets) |
|
|
92,293 |
|
|
9.52 |
|
|
38,796 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
48,495 |
|
|
5.00 |
|
First Savings Bank of Renton: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) |
|
|
85,385 |
|
|
14.56 |
% |
|
46,924 |
|
|
8.00 |
% |
|
58,656 |
|
|
10.00 |
% |
Core (Tier I) capital (to risk weighted assets) |
|
|
83,444 |
|
|
14.23 |
|
|
23,462 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
35,193 |
|
|
6.00 |
|
Core (Tier I) capital (to adjusted total assets) |
|
|
83,444 |
|
|
8.61 |
|
|
38,753 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
48,442 |
|
|
5.00 |
|
December 31, 2005: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company Consolidated (First Financial Holdings, MHC): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) |
|
$ |
87,125 |
|
|
17.63 |
% |
$ |
39,544 |
|
|
8.00 |
% |
$ |
49,431 |
|
|
10.00 |
% |
Core (Tier I) capital (to risk weighted assets) |
|
|
85,474 |
|
|
17.29 |
|
|
19,772 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
29,658 |
|
|
6.00 |
|
Core (Tier I) capital (to adjusted total assets) |
|
|
85,474 |
|
|
10.60 |
|
|
32,243 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
40,304 |
|
|
5.00 |
|
First Savings Bank of Renton: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) |
|
|
78,533 |
|
|
16.03 |
% |
|
39,187 |
|
|
8.00 |
% |
|
48,983 |
|
|
10.00 |
% |
Core (Tier I) capital (to risk weighted assets) |
|
|
76,892 |
|
|
15.70 |
|
|
19,593 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
29,390 |
|
|
6.00 |
|
Core (Tier I) capital (to adjusted total assets) |
|
|
76,892 |
|
|
9.70 |
|
|
31,704 |
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
39,630 |
|
|
5.00 |
|
(Continued)
F-30
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
Banking regulations generally restrict a depository institution from maturing any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. |
|
|
|
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the previous table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets (as defined) and Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, that the Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. |
|
|
(15) |
Fair Value of Financial Instruments |
|
|
|
The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is necessary to interpret market data in the development of the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. The estimated fair value of financial instruments is as follows: |
|
|
March 31, 2007 |
|
December 31, 2006 |
|
December 31, 2005 |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Estimated
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Estimated
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Estimated
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash on hand and in banks |
|
$ |
4,552,143 |
|
|
4,552,143 |
|
|
12,134,435 |
|
|
12,134,435 |
|
|
4,568,691 |
|
|
4,568,691 |
|
Interest-bearing deposits |
|
|
4,217,253 |
|
|
4,217,253 |
|
|
7,238,244 |
|
|
7,238,244 |
|
|
1,304,422 |
|
|
12,304,422 |
|
Federal funds sold |
|
|
8,190,000 |
|
|
8,190,000 |
|
|
7,290,000 |
|
|
7,290,000 |
|
|
9,310,000 |
|
|
9,310,000 |
|
Investment securities available for sale |
|
|
142,039,215 |
|
|
142,039,215 |
|
|
149,051,378 |
|
|
149,051,378 |
|
|
184,278,833 |
|
|
184,278,833 |
|
Investment securities held to maturity |
|
|
86,682,071 |
|
|
87,762,302 |
|
|
86,785,986 |
|
|
87,724,489 |
|
|
86,663,220 |
|
|
88,762,833 |
|
Loans receivable, net |
|
|
733,592,099 |
|
|
723,826,000 |
|
|
700,328,491 |
|
|
692,598,347 |
|
|
540,695,203 |
|
|
540,324,894 |
|
Mortgage service rights |
|
|
1,451,304 |
|
|
1,451,304 |
|
|
1,332,404 |
|
|
2,095,090 |
|
|
3,000,000 |
|
|
2,314,972 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
|
4,670,600 |
|
|
4,670,600 |
|
|
4,670,600 |
|
|
4,670,600 |
|
|
4,670,600 |
|
|
4,670,600 |
|
Accrued interest receivable |
|
|
5,519,695 |
|
|
5,519,695 |
|
|
4,710,316 |
|
|
4,710,316 |
|
|
4,418,046 |
|
|
4,418,046 |
|
Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits |
|
|
234,232,822 |
|
|
234,232,822 |
|
|
226,299,144 |
|
|
226,299,144 |
|
|
213,114,289 |
|
|
213,114,289 |
|
Accrued interest payable |
|
|
103,906 |
|
|
103,906 |
|
|
176,430 |
|
|
176,430 |
|
|
124,830 |
|
|
124,830 |
|
Time deposit certificates |
|
|
527,001,911 |
|
|
528,815,000 |
|
|
524,410,878 |
|
|
526,983,820 |
|
|
476,512,973 |
|
|
478,085,022 |
|
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
|
150,000,000 |
|
|
150,000,000 |
|
|
147,000,000 |
|
|
147,000,000 |
|
|
90,000,000 |
|
|
90,000,000 |
|
(Continued)
F-31
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
|
Fair value estimates, methods, and assumptions are set forth below for the Companys financial instruments. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments with book value equal to fair value: The fair value of financial instruments that are short-term or reprice frequently and that have little or no risk are considered to have a fair value equal to book value. |
|
|
|
|
|
Investment securities: The fair value of all investment securities excluding FHLB stock was based upon quoted market prices. FHLB stock is not publicly traded, however it may be redeemed on a dollar-for-dollar basis, for any amount the Company is not required to hold. The fair value is therefore equal to the book value. |
|
|
|
|
|
Loans receivable: For variable rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. The fair value of the performing loans that do not reprice frequently is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, using interest rates currently being offered or interest rates that would be offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. |
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities: The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as passbook, NOW, and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of time deposit certificates is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The fair value of the FHLB advances approximates book value as the interest rate is comparable to interest rates currently available for similar debt instruments at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and 2005. |
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage servicing rights: The estimated fair value of MSR is based on the estimated discounted cash flows to be received less estimated costs of servicing and credit losses, over the estimated lives of the underlying loans. When estimating the cash flows and fair value using a discounted cash flow model, key assumptions included are prepayment and discount rates, estimated costs of servicing, other income and other expenses. |
|
|
|
|
|
Off balance sheet commitments: No fair value adjustment is necessary for commitments made to extend credit, which represents commitments for loan originations or for outstanding commitments to purchase loans. These commitments are at variable rates, are for loans with terms of less then one year and have interest rates which approximate prevailing market rates, or are set at the time of loan closing. |
|
|
|
|
Fair value estimates are based on existing balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business. The fair value has not been estimated for assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments include premises, equipment, real estate held for sale, accrued interest receivable, and deferred taxes payable. |
(Continued)
F-32
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
(16) |
Parent Company Only |
|
|
|
Presented below are the condensed balance sheets, statements of income, and statements of cash flows for First Financial Holdings, MHC. |
Condensed Balance Sheets
|
|
March 31,
|
|
December 31 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
108,058 |
|
|
106,828 |
|
|
103,843 |
|
Investment in First Financial of Renton, Inc. |
|
|
106,167,060 |
|
|
103,934,579 |
|
|
96,249,138 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
106,275,118 |
|
|
104,041,407 |
|
|
96,352,981 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities |
|
$ |
345 |
|
|
(105 |
) |
|
|
|
Equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
106,274,773 |
|
|
104,041,512 |
|
|
96,352,981 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity |
|
$ |
106,275,118 |
|
|
104,041,407 |
|
|
96,352,981 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Continued)
F-33
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
Condensed Statements of Income
|
|
Three months ended March 31 |
|
Years ended December 31 |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Operating income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing deposit with First Savings Bank of Renton |
|
$ |
1,230 |
|
|
1,024 |
|
|
4,794 |
|
|
2,940 |
|
|
2,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating income |
|
|
1,230 |
|
|
1,024 |
|
|
4,794 |
|
|
2,940 |
|
|
2,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
59 |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
59 |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries |
|
|
1,230 |
|
|
1,024 |
|
|
4,735 |
|
|
2,881 |
|
|
1,996 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
450 |
|
|
250 |
|
|
1,645 |
|
|
1,100 |
|
|
1,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries |
|
|
780 |
|
|
774 |
|
|
3,090 |
|
|
1,781 |
|
|
296 |
|
Equity in undistributed earnings of First Financial of Renton, Inc. |
|
|
1,757,624 |
|
|
2,284,506 |
|
|
7,084,674 |
|
|
9,072,679 |
|
|
10,054,532 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
1,758,404 |
|
|
2,285,280 |
|
|
7,087,764 |
|
|
9,074,460 |
|
|
10,054,828 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Continued)
F-34
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
Three months ended March 31 |
|
Years ended December 31 |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
1,758,404 |
|
|
2,285,280 |
|
|
7,087,764 |
|
|
9,074,460 |
|
|
10,054,828 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in undistributed earnings of First Financial of Renton, Inc. |
|
|
(1,757,624 |
) |
|
(2,284,506 |
) |
|
(7,084,674 |
) |
|
(9,072,679 |
) |
|
(10,054,532 |
) |
Changes in other liabilities |
|
|
450 |
|
|
250 |
|
|
(105 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from operating |
|
|
1,230 |
|
|
1,024 |
|
|
2,985 |
|
|
1,781 |
|
|
296 |
|
Net change in cash and equivalents |
|
|
1,230 |
|
|
1,024 |
|
|
2,985 |
|
|
1,781 |
|
|
296 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
|
|
106,828 |
|
|
103,843 |
|
|
103,843 |
|
|
102,062 |
|
|
101,766 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
|
$ |
108,058 |
|
|
104,867 |
|
|
106,828 |
|
|
103,843 |
|
|
102,062 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17) |
Acquisition |
|
On November 16, 2005, the Company entered into a purchase agreement, effective December 30, 2005, with Executive House. In the Acquisition, the Company acquired all outstanding stock and all of the operating assets and employees. Executive House is a mortgage bank and loan servicing company that focuses primarily in construction and development loans. Prior to the Acquisition, in the normal course of business, the Company purchased loans from Executive House for which Executive House maintained the servicing rights and provided a bank line of credit to Executive House. Executive House is primarily focused on financially strong merchant builders and developers with proven track records. The acquisition gives the Company access to many customer relationships and servicing rights on loans previously purchased from Executive House. |
|
|
|
The initial aggregate purchase price was $15,220,000. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded on the Companys books at their respective fair values as of the date of Acquisition. Goodwill, the excess of the purchase price over the net fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, was initially established at $13,753,736. |
(Continued)
F-35
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
Included in the original purchase price allocation was an estimate for the value of the mortgage servicing asset of $3,000,000 which was adjusted to $2,314,972 after a third party valuation was obtained. The impact of that adjustment reduced the deferred tax liability by $232,909 for the tax effect and increased goodwill. | |
|
The following table summarizes the value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Acquisition of Executive House, Inc.: |
|
|
December 31, 2006 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
As adjusted |
|
As originally
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
796,954 |
|
|
796,954 |
|
Accrued interest |
|
|
775,738 |
|
|
775,738 |
|
Loans receivable, net |
|
|
70,268,704 |
|
|
70,268,704 |
|
Mortgage servicing rights |
|
|
2,314,972 |
|
|
3,000,000 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
14,205,854 |
|
|
13,753,736 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
25,871 |
|
|
25,871 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
88,388,093 |
|
|
88,621,003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank line of credit |
|
|
71,242,190 |
|
|
71,242,190 |
|
Interest payable |
|
|
739,272 |
|
|
739,272 |
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
|
585,282 |
|
|
585,282 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities, net |
|
|
601,349 |
|
|
834,259 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
73,168,093 |
|
|
73,401,003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
15,220,000 |
|
|
15,220,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Continued)
F-36
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Information as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 is unaudited)
(18) |
Plan of Reorganization |
|
|
|
On November 15, 2006 and subsequently amended on April 18, 2007 the Board of Directors of First Financial Holdings, MHC approved a plan of conversion and reorganization under which the First Financial Holdings, MHC would convert from a mutual holding company to a stock holding company. The conversion to a stock holding company is subject to approval of the depositors and borrowers of First Savings Bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) and the Washington Department of Financial Institutions and includes the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission. If such approvals are obtained, First Financial Holdings, MHC and First Financial of Renton, Inc. will cease to exist as separate legal entities and a stock holding company, First Financial Northwest, Inc. (of which First Savings Bank of Renton and First Financial Diversified will become wholly-owned subsidiaries) will issue and sell shares of capital stock to eligible depositors and borrowers of the First Savings Bank of Renton and the public. |
|
|
|
The cost of conversion and issuing the capital stock will be deferred and deducted from the proceeds of the offering. In the event the conversion and offering is not completed, any deferred costs will be charged to operations. Through March 31, 2007, First Financial Holdings, MHC had incurred approximately $442,224 (unaudited) in conversion costs which are included in other assets. |
|
|
|
As part of the conversion and reorganization, First Savings Bank of Renton is electing to be treated as a savings association. As a result, First Financial Northwest, Inc. will be subject to the regulations of the OTS. First Savings Bank of Renton will continue to be regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Washington Department of Financial Institutions. |
|
|
|
Additionally, in accordance with OTS regulations, at the time the of conversion from a mutual holding company to a stock holding company, First Savings Bank of Renton will substantially restrict retained earnings by establishing a liquidation account. The liquidation account will be maintained for the benefit of eligible holders who continue to maintain their accounts at the Bank after the conversion. The liquidation account will be reduced annually to the extent that eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits. Subsequent increases will not restore an eligible account holders interest in the liquidation account. In the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, and only in such event, each account holder will be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account in an amount proportionate to the adjusted qualifying account balances then held. The Bank may not pay dividends if those dividends would reduce equity capital below the required liquidation account amount. |
|
|
|
The Board of Directors also approved the establishment of a charitable foundation which will be funded with authorized but unissued shares equal to 8% of the common stock outstanding after the offering and the establishment of an employee stock ownership plan. |
F-37
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus in connection with the offering made hereby, and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by First Financial Northwest, Inc., First Savings Bank or Keefe, Bruyette & Woods. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of First Financial Northwest, Inc. or First Savings Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
Summary |
|
i |
Risk Factors |
|
1 |
Selected Financial and Other Data |
|
|
First Financial Northwest |
|
|
First Savings Bank |
|
|
How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From this Offering |
|
|
Our Policy Regarding Dividends |
|
|
Market for the Common Stock |
|
|
Capitalization |
|
|
First Savings Bank Exceeds All Regulatory Capital Requirements |
|
|
Pro Forma Data |
|
|
Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without Charitable Foundation |
|
|
Proposed Purchases by Management |
|
|
First Financial Northwest and Subsidiary Consolidated Statements of Income |
|
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
|
|
Business of First Financial Northwest |
|
|
Business of First Savings Bank |
|
|
Management |
|
|
How We Are Regulated |
|
|
Taxation |
|
|
The Conversion and Stock Offering |
|
|
Restrictions on Acquisition of First Financial Northwest and First Savings Bank |
|
|
Description of Capital Stock of First Financial Northwest |
|
|
Transfer Agent and Registrar |
|
|
Experts |
|
|
Legal and Tax Opinions |
|
|
Where You Can Find More Information |
|
|
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
F-1 |
Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
Until the later of _________ __, 2007 or 25 days after the commencement of the syndicated community offering, if any, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
UP TO
20,125,000 SHARES
FIRST FINANCIAL
NORTHWEST, INC.
(Holding Company for
First Savings Bank)
COMMON STOCK
PROSPECTUS
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS
___________ __, 2007
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. |
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution |
Legal fees and expenses |
|
$ |
225,000 |
|
Securities marketing legal fees |
|
|
50,000 |
|
EDGAR, copying, printing, postage and mailing |
|
|
100,000 |
|
Appraisal preparation fees and expenses |
|
|
110,000 |
|
Business plan preparation fees and expenses |
|
|
32,500 |
|
Accounting fees and expenses |
|
|
487,000 |
|
Accounting consulting fees |
|
|
130,000 |
|
Securities marketing fees and expenses |
|
|
1,551,326 |
|
Data processing fees and expenses |
|
|
35,000 |
|
SEC registration fee |
|
|
26,918 |
|
Blue Sky filing fees and expenses |
|
|
10,000 |
|
Office of Thrift Supervision filing fee |
|
|
17,000 |
|
NASDAQ listing fee |
|
|
125,000 |
|
Stock transfer agent and regular fees and expenses |
|
|
50,000 |
|
Other expenses - NASD filing fee, certificate printing, telephone/stock center |
|
|
82,692 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
3,032,436 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 14. |
Indemnification of Directors and Officers |
In accordance with the Washington Business Corporation Act (WBCA), R.C.W. § 23B.08.570, Article XIV of First Financial Northwests Articles of Incorporation provides as follows:
Indemnification . The corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to its directors, officers, agents and employees as follows:
A. Directors and Officers . In all circumstances and to the full extent permitted by the WBCA, the corporation shall indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer or agent of the corporation and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal (including an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was an agent of the corporation, against expenses, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement and incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. However, such indemnity shall not apply to: (a) acts or omissions of the director or officer finally adjudged to violate law; (b) conduct of the director or officer finally adjudged to violate RCW Chapter 23B.08.310 (relating to unlawful distributions by the corporation), or (c) any transaction with respect to which it was finally adjudged that such director and officer personally received a benefit in money, property, or services to which the director was not legally entitled. The corporation shall advance expenses incurred in a proceeding for such persons pursuant to the terms set forth in a separate directors resolution or contract.
B. Implementation . The board of directors may take such action as is necessary to carry out these indemnification and expense advancement provisions. It is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such bylaws, resolutions, contracts or further indemnification and expense advancement arrangements as may be permitted by law, implementing these provisions. Such bylaws, resolutions, contracts, or further arrangements shall include, but not be limited to, implementing the manner in which determinations as to any indemnity or advancement of expenses shall be made.
C. Survival of Indemnification Rights . No amendment or repeal of this Article XIV shall apply to or have any effect on any right to indemnification provided hereunder with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
II - 1
D. Service for Other Entities . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided under this Article XIV shall apply to directors, officers, employees, or agents of the corporation for both (a) service in such capacities for the corporation, and (b) service at the corporation s request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise. A person is considered to be serving an employee benefit plan at the corporations request if such persons duties to the corporation also impose duties on, or otherwise involve services by, the director to the plan or to participants in or beneficiaries of the plan.
E. Insurance . The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have had the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this bylaw and the WBCA.
F. Other Rights . The indemnification provided by this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which those indemnified may be entitled under any other bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders, or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such an office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person. Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, these Articles of Incorporation are subject to the requirements and limitations set forth in state and federal laws, rules, regulations, or orders regarding indemnification and prepayment of legal expenses, including Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Part 359 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporations Rules and Regulations or any successor regulations thereto.
Item 15. |
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities |
Not Applicable.
Item 16. |
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
The financial statements and exhibits filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:
(a) Exhibits |
||
|
||
1.1 |
|
Engagement Letter between First Financial Holdings, MHC and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
Form of proposed Agency Agreement among First Financial Northwest, Inc., and First Savings Bank Northwest and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (a) |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Amended Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial of Renton, Inc. and First Savings Bank of Renton |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
Articles of Incorporation of First Financial Northwest, Inc. |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
Bylaws of First Financial Northwest, Inc. |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Form of Certificate for Common Stock |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Opinion of Breyer & Associates PC regarding legality of securities registered |
|
|
|
8.1 |
|
Federal Tax Opinion of Silver Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
State Tax Opinion of Blado Kiger, P.S. |
II - 2
8.3 |
|
Opinion of RP Financial, LC. as to the value of subscription rights |
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
Form of Employment Agreement for President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement for Executive Officers |
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
Form of First Savings Bank Northwest Employee Severance Compensation Plan |
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement entered into by First Savings Bank with Victor Karpiak, Harry A. Blencoe and Robert H. Gangier |
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
Form of Financial Institutions Retirement Fund |
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
Form of 401(k) Retirement Plan |
|
|
|
21 |
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant |
|
|
|
23.1 |
|
Consent of KPMG LLP |
|
|
|
23.2 |
|
Consent of Breyer & Associates PC (contained in opinion included as Exhibit 5) |
|
|
|
23.3 |
|
Consent of Silver Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. as to its Federal Tax Opinion (contained in opinion included as Exhibit 8.1) |
|
|
|
23.4 |
|
Consent of Blado Kiger, P.S. as to its State Tax Opinion (contained in opinion included as Exhibit 8.2) |
|
|
|
23.5 |
|
Consent of RP Financial, LC. |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Power of Attorney (contained in signature page to the registration statement) |
|
|
|
99.1 |
|
Order and Certification Form |
|
|
|
99.2 |
|
Solicitation and Marketing Materials |
|
|
|
99.3 |
|
Engagement Letter between First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial of Renton, Inc. and First Savings Bank of Renton and RP Financial, LC. |
|
|
|
99.4 |
|
Engagement Letter between First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial of Renton, Inc. and First Savings Bank of Renton and Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc. |
|
|
|
99.5 |
|
Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC. (b) |
|
|
(a) |
To be filed by amendment. |
(b) |
Excludes certain tabular and statistical information pursuant to a hardship exemption request made under Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. |
II - 3
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and 2005 |
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) and the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 |
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Equity and Comprehensive Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 |
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) and the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 |
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
F-8 |
|
All schedules are omitted because the required information is not applicable or is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
The financial statements of First Financial Northwest, Inc. have been omitted because First Financial Northwest, Inc. has not yet issued any stock, has no assets or liabilities, and has not conducted any business other than that of an organizational nature. |
Item 17. |
Undertakings |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the Calculation of Registration Fee table in the effective registration statement;
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
II - 4
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrants annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of any employee benefit plans annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is therefore unenforceable.
II - 5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Renton, State of Washington on June 6, 2007.
|
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/Victor Karpiak |
|
|
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
|
|
Chairman of the Board, President and |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
We, the undersigned directors and officers of First Financial Northwest, Inc., do hereby severally constitute and appoint Victor Karpiak, our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things and acts in our names in the capacities indicated below and to execute all instruments for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Victor Karpiak may deem necessary or advisable to enable First Financial Northwest, Inc., to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of First Financial Northwest, Inc.s Common Stock, including specifically but not limited to, power and authority to sign, for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby ratify and confirm all that Victor Karpiak shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/Victor Karpiak |
|
Chairman of the Board, President, Chief
|
|
June 6, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/Harry A. Blencoe |
|
Director |
|
June 6, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
Harry A. Blencoe |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/Joann E. Lee |
|
Director |
|
June 6, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
Joann E. Lee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
Director |
|
June 6, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
|
|
|
II - 6
/s/Robert L. Anderson |
|
Director |
|
June 6, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
Robert L. Anderson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/Gerald Edlund |
|
Director |
|
June 6, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
Gerald Edlund |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/Robert W. McLendon |
|
Director |
|
June 6, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. McLendon |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/Gary F. Faull |
|
Director |
|
June 6, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
Gary F. Faull |
|
|
|
|
II - 7
Exhibit 1.1
June 26, 2006
Mr. Victor Karpiak
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
First Financial Holdings, MHC
201 Wells Ave. South
Renton, WA 98055
Dear Mr. Karpiak:
This proposal is in connection with the intention of First Financial Holdings, MHC, a state-chartered mutual holding company, including its wholly-owned subsidiaries First Financial of Renton, Renton, WA and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First Savings MHC of Renton (the MHC) (collectively referred to as the MHC) to reorganize its existing mutual holding company structure into a full stock company pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. (Plan of Conversion). In order to effect the Plan of Conversion, it is contemplated that a new stock holding company will be established by the MHC as part of the mutual to stock conversion (Company) and the Company will offer and sell shares of its common stock first to eligible persons in a Subscription and Community Offering as defined in the Plan of Conversion.
Keefe, Bruyette and Woods (KBW) will act as the MHCs and the Companys exclusive financial advisor and marketing agent in connection with the Conversion and stock issuance. This letter sets forth selected terms and conditions of our engagement.
1. Advisory/Conversion Services . As the MHCs and Companys financial advisor and marketing agent, KBW will provide the MHC and the Company with a comprehensive program of services designed to promote an orderly, efficient, cost-effective and long-term stock distribution. KBW will provide financial and logistical advice to the MHC and the Company concerning the Conversion and related issues. KBW will assist in providing Conversion enhancement services intended to maximize stock sales in the Subscription Offering and to residents of the Banks market area, if necessary, in the Community Offering.
KBW shall provide financial advisory services to the MHC and the Company which are typical in connection with an equity offering and include, but are not limited to, financial analysis of the MHC with a focus on identifying factors which impact the valuation of the common stock and provide the appropriate recommendations for the betterment of the equity valuation.
Additionally, post Conversion financial advisory services will include advice on shareholder relations, NASDAQ listing, after-market trading, dividend policy (for both regular and special dividends), stock repurchase strategy and communication with market makers. Prior to the closing of the Conversion, KBW shall furnish to MHC a Post-Conversion reference manual, which will include specifics relative to these items. (The nature of the services to be provided by KBW
Keefe. Bruyette & Woods 211 Bradenton Ave. Dublin. Ohio 43017
614.766.8400 Fax .614.766..8406
Mr. Victor Karpiak
June 26, 2006
Page 2 of 6
as the MHCs and the Companys financial advisor and marketing agent is further described in Exhibit A attached hereto.)
2. Preparation of Offering Documents . The MHC, the Company and their counsel will draft the Registration Statement, Application for Conversion, Prospectus and other documents to be used in connection with the Conversion. KBW will attend meetings to review these documents and advise you on their form and content. KBW and its counsel will draft an appropriate agency agreement and related documents as well as marketing materials other than the Prospectus.
3. Due Diligence Review and Confidentiality . Prior to filing the Registration Statement, Application for Conversion or any offering or other documents naming KBW as the MHCs and the Companys financial advisor and marketing agent, KBW and its representatives will undertake substantial investigations to learn about the MHCs business and operations (due diligence review) in order to confirm information provided to us and to evaluate information to be contained in the Companys offering documents. The MHC agrees that it will make available to KBW all relevant information, whether or not publicly available, which KBW reasonably requests, and will permit KBW to discuss with management the operations and prospects of the MHC. The MHC acknowledges that KBW will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of all information received from the MHC, its officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives, accountants and counsel including this letter to serve as the MHCs and the Companys financial advisor and marketing agent.
In connection with the engagement of KBW, it is contemplated that KBW will receive from the MHC certain information the MHC considers confidential. KBW agrees that it will keep confidential such information provided by and relating to the MHC. KBW shall use this confidential information solely for the purpose of rendering services to the MHC pursuant to this letter and shall not disclose any of such confidential information to any party (other than certain officers and employees of KBW providing services pursuant to this engagement letter) except with the prior written consent of the MHC; provided, however, that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through disclosure by KBW or that is required to be disclosed by KBW by judicial or administrative process in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation. Information shall be deemed publicly available if it becomes a matter of public knowledge or is contained in materials available to the public or is obtained by KBW from any source other than the MHC or its representatives, provided that such source was not to the actual knowledge of KBW subject to a confidentiality agreement with the MHC.
4. Regulatory Filings . The MHC and/or the Company will cause appropriate Conversion and offering documents to be filed with all regulatory agencies including, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD), FDIC, Washington Department of Financial Institutions (DFI), and such state banking and securities commissioners as may be determined by the MHC.
Mr. Victor Karpiak
June 26, 2006
Page 3 of 6
5. Agency Agreement . The specific terms of KBWs services, including stock offering enhancement and syndicated offering services contemplated in this letter shall be set forth in a mutually agreed upon Agency Agreement between KBW and the MHC and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the offering, and dated the date that the Companys Prospectus is declared effective and/or authorized to be disseminated by the appropriate regulatory agencies, the SEC, the NASD, the DFI, the FDIC and such state securities commissioners and other regulatory agencies as required by applicable law.
6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants . The Agency Agreement will provide for the final agreed upon representations, warranties and covenants by the MHC and KBW, and for the Company to indemnify KBW and its controlling persons (and, if applicable, the member of the selling group and their controlling persons), and for KBW to indemnify the MHC and the Company against certain liabilities, including, without limitation, liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
7. Fees . For the services hereunder, the MHC or the Company, or the MHC and the Company together, shall pay the following fees to KBW at closing unless stated otherwise:
(a) Management Fee. A Management Fee of $50,000 payable in five consecutive monthly installments of $12,500 commencing with the adoption of the Plan of Conversion. Such fees shall be deemed to have been earned when due. Should the Conversion be terminated for any reason not attributable to the action or inaction of KBW, KBW shall have earned and be entitled to be paid fees accruing through the stage at which point the termination occurred. The Management Fee will be credited against the Success Fee in (b).
(b) Success Fee: A Success Fee of 1.00% shall be charged based on the aggregate purchase price of common stock sold in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering excluding shares purchased by the MHCs officers, directors, or employees (or members of their immediate family) plus any ESOP, charitable foundations, tax-qualified or stock based compensation plans (except IRAs) or similar plan created by the MHC for some or all of its directors or employees.
(c) Broker-Dealer Pass-Through. If any shares of the Companys stock remain available after the Subscription Offering and Community Offering, at the request of the MHC, KBW will seek to form a syndicate of registered broker-dealers to assist in the sale of such common stock on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the selected dealers agreement. KBW will endeavor to distribute the common stock among dealers in a fashion which best meets the distribution objectives of the MHC and the Plan of Conversion. KBW will be paid a fee not to exceed 5.5% of the aggregate Purchase Price of the shares of common stock sold by them. From this fee, KBW will pass onto selected broker-dealers, who assist in the syndicated community, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discount charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment. Fees with respect to purchases affected with the assistance of a broker/dealer other than KBW shall be transmitted by KBW to such broker/dealer. The decision
Mr. Victor Karpiak
June 26, 2006
Page 4 of 6
to utilize selected broker-dealers will be made by the MHC upon consultation with KBW. In the event, with respect to any stock purchases, fees are paid pursuant to this subparagraph 7(c), such fees shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, payment pursuant to subparagraph 7(b).
8. Additional Services . KBW further agrees to provide financial advisory assistance to the Company and the MHC for a period of one year following completion of the Conversion, including formation of a dividend policy and share repurchase program, assistance with shareholder reporting and shareholder relations matters, general advice on mergers and acquisitions, and other related financial matters (e.g., evaluation of business strategies regarding the use of net proceeds), without the payment by the Company and the MHC of any fees in addition to those set forth in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company and the MHC to obtain such services from KBW.
9. Expenses . The MHC and the Company will bear those expenses of the proposed offering customarily borne by issuers, including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, SEC, DTC, Blue Sky, and NASD filing and registration fees; the fees of the MHCs accountants, attorneys, appraiser, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing and syndicate expenses associated with the Conversion; the fees set forth in Section 7; and fees for Blue Sky legal work.
KBW shall be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including costs of travel, meals and lodging, photocopying, telephone, facsimile and couriers not to exceed $40,000. The selection of KBWs counsel will be done by KBW, with the approval of the MHC. The MHC will reimburse KBW for the fees of its counsel which will not exceed $45,000.
10. Conditions . KBWs willingness and obligation to proceed hereunder shall be subject to, among other things, satisfaction of the following conditions in KBWs opinion, which opinion shall have been formed in good faith by KBW after reasonable determination and consideration of all relevant factors: (a) full and satisfactory disclosure of all relevant material, financial and other information in the disclosure documents and a determination by KBW, in its sole discretion, that the sale of stock on the terms proposed is reasonable given such disclosures; (b) no material adverse change in the condition or operations of the MHC subsequent to the execution of the agreement; and (c) no adverse market conditions at the time of offering which in KBWs opinion make the sale of the shares by the Company inadvisable.
11. Benefit . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and to the parties indemnified pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agency Agreement and their successors, and the obligations and liabilities assumed hereunder by the parties hereto shall be binding upon their respective successors provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by KBW.
12. Definitive Agreement . This letter reflects KBWs present intention of proceeding to work with the MHC on its proposed Conversion. It does not create a binding obligation on the part of the MHC, the Company or KBW except as to the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of non-public
Mr. Victor Karpiak
June 26, 2006
Page 5 of 6
information set forth in Section 3, the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 7(a) and the assumption of expenses as set forth in Section 9, all of which shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto and which shall survive the termination of this letter or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect. You further acknowledge that any report or analysis rendered by KBW pursuant to this engagement is rendered for use solely by the MHC and the Company and its agents in connection with the Conversion. Accordingly, you agree that you will not provide any such information to any other person without our prior written consent.
KBW acknowledges that in offering the Companys common stock no person will be authorized to give any information or to make any representation not contained in the offering prospectus and related offering materials filed as part of a registration statement to be declared effective in connection with the offering. Accordingly, KBW agrees that in connection with the offering it will not give any unauthorized information or make any unauthorized representation. We will be pleased to elaborate on any of the matters discussed in this letter at your convenience.
If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.
Sincerely,
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Patricia A. McJoynt |
|
|
|
|
|
Patricia A. McJoynt, Managing Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Victor Karpiak |
Date: July 10, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak, Chairman, President & CEO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIRST FINANCIAL OF RENTON, RENTON, WA |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Victor Karpiak |
Date: July 10, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak, Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIRST SAVINGS MHC OF RENTON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Victor Karpiak |
Date: July 10, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak, Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer |
EXHIBIT A
CONVERSION SERVICES
KBW provides thrift institutions converting from the mutual to stock form of ownership with a comprehensive program of proxy solicitation and stock issuance services designed to promote an orderly, efficient, cost-effective and long-term stock distribution. The following list is representative of the stock issuance services, if appropriate, we propose to perform on behalf of the MHC.
General Services
Assist management and legal counsel with the design of the transaction structure.
Analyze and make recommendations on bids from printing, transfer agent, and appraisal firms.
Assist in drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate.
Stock Offering Enhancement Services
Establish and manage Stock Information Center at the MHC. Stock Information Center personnel will track prospective investors; record stock orders; mail order confirmations; provide the MHCs senior management with daily reports; solicit and process proxies; answer customer inquiries; and handle special situations as they arise.
Assign KBWs personnel to be at the MHC through completion of the Subscription and Community Offerings to manage the Stock Information Center, meet with prospective shareholders at individual and community information meetings (if applicable), solicit local investor interest through a tele-marketing campaign, answer inquiries, and otherwise assist in the sale of stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings. This effort will be lead by a Principal of KBW.
Create target investor list based upon review of the Banks depositor base.
Provide intensive financial and marketing input for drafting of the prospectus.
Conversion Services- Continued
Prepare other marketing materials, including prospecting letters and brochures, and media advertisements.
Arrange logistics of community information meeting(s) as required.
Prepare audio-visual presentation by senior management for community information meeting(s).
Prepare management for question-and-answer period at community information meeting(s).
Attend and address community information meeting(s) and be available to answer questions.
Broker-Assisted Sales Services .
Arrange for broker information meeting(s) as required.
Prepare audio-visual presentation for broker information meeting(s).
Prepare script for presentation by senior management at broker information meeting(s).
Prepare management for question-and-answer period at broker information meeting(s).
Attend and address broker information meeting(s) and be available to answer questions.
Produce confidential broker memorandum to assist participating brokers in selling the MHCs common stock.
After-market Support Services .
KBW will use their best efforts to secure a trading commitment from at least three NASD firms, one of which will be Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
Exhibit 2
AMENDED PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION
of
FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC
FIRST FINANCIAL OF RENTON, INC.
and
FIRST SAVINGS BANK OF RENTON
Adopted by the Boards of Directors on November 15, 2006 and amended on April 18, 2007
AMENDED PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION
This PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION, dated as of November 15, 2006 and amended on April 18, 2007, is by and among First Financial Holdings, MHC, , a Washington-chartered mutual holding company, First Financial of Renton, Inc., a Washington corporation, and First Savings Bank of Renton, a Washington-chartered stock savings bank. For purposes of this Plan, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in Section II hereof.
I. Introductory Statement
The Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties have adopted this Plan to facilitate the reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company from mutual to stock form. On October 1, 2002, the Savings Bank reorganized into the mutual holding company form of organization by converting from a Washington-chartered mutual savings bank to a Washington-chartered stock savings bank and becoming the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company, which in turn became the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company. As of the date of adoption of this Plan, the Mutual Holding Company held all of the outstanding shares of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.
As part of the Reorganization provided for herein, the Savings Bank will take a 10(l) Election. As described in more detail in Section III , the Mutual Holding Company will convert from mutual to stock form through a series of simultaneous mergers pursuant to which (i) the Mutual Holding Company will cease to exist and a liquidation account will be established by the Savings Bank for the benefit of the holders of Deposit Accounts as of specialized dates, and (ii) the Savings Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company will offer shares of Conversion Stock in the Offerings as provided herein. At the discretion of the Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties, the Conversion and Reorganization may be effected in any other manner approved by the OTS that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations.
Pursuant to this Plan, shares of Conversion Stock will be offered in a Subscription Offering pursuant to Subscription Rights at the Purchase Price, first to Eligible Account Holders, second to Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, third to Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and fourth to Other Members. Concurrently with or immediately after the Subscription Offering, shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering will be offered as part of the Conversion to the general public in a Direct Community Offering. Shares remaining may then be offered to the general public in a Syndicated Community Offering or otherwise. The aggregate Purchase Price of the Conversion Stock will be based upon an independent appraisal of the Holding Companys Common Stock, giving effect to the completion of the Conversion and Reorganization.
The Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties believe that the conversion of the Mutual Holding Company to stock form is in the best interests of the Primary Parties, as well as the best interests of the Members. The Boards of Directors determined that this Plan equitably provides for the interests of the Members through the granting of Subscription Rights and the establishment of the Liquidation Account. The Conversion and Reorganization will result in the raising of additional capital for the Savings Bank and the Holding Company. In addition, the Reorganization has been structured to re-unite the accumulated earnings and profits retained by the Mutual Holding Company with the retained earnings of the Holding Company through a tax-free reorganization.
The Conversion and Reorganization are intended to provide an additional source of capital not now available in order to allow the Savings Bank and the Holding Company to better serve the needs of the community through increased lending to support continued growth in the Savings Banks residential, construction and commercial real estate loan portfolios, opening or acquiring additional branch offices, financing acquisitions of other financial institutions or other businesses related to banking (although no mergers or acquisitions are currently planned) and other general corporate purposes. In addition, opportunities for stock ownership by officers and other employees of the Savings Bank and the Holding Company will provide an effective performance incentive and means of attracting and retaining qualified personnel. Accordingly, the Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties believe that it is in the best interests of the companies and their respective constituencies to raise additional capital at this time.
Consummation of the Conversion and Reorganization are subject to the approval of this Plan and the Conversion and Reorganization by the OTS and must be adopted by a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast at a special meeting of the Members of the Mutual Holding Company to be called to consider and vote on the Conversion and Reorganization. In addition, in order to consummate the Conversion and Reorganization, this Plan must be filed with and approved by the OTS in accordance with the Regulations.
After the Conversion and Reorganization, the Savings Bank will continue to be regulated by the Division, as its chartering authority, and by the FDIC, which insures the Savings Banks deposits. After the Savings Bank takes the 10(l) Election, the Holding Company will be regulated by the OTS. In addition, all insured savings deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC up to the maximum amount provided by law. No change will be made in the Boards of Directors or management of the Savings Bank as a result of the 10(l) Election or the Conversion and Reorganization.
II. Definitions
As used in this Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:
A. 10(l) Election : The election by the Savings Bank to be treated as a savings association for holding company purposes pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1467a(l).
B. Acting in Concert : (1) Knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (2) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. Persons living at the same address as indicated on the records of the Savings Bank, whether or not related, will be deemed to be Acting in Concert, unless otherwise determined by the Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties. A Person who acts in concert with another Person (other party) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any Person who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a Person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated, and participants or beneficiaries of any such Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert solely as a result of their common interests as participants or beneficiaries. When Persons act together for such purpose, their group is deemed to have acquired their stock. The determination of whether a group is Acting in Concert shall be made solely by the Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties or Officers designated by such Boards and may be based on any evidence upon which the Board or such Officer chooses to rely, including, without limitation, the fact that such Persons have joint accounts at the Savings Bank or the fact that such Persons have filed joint Schedules 13D or Schedules 13G with the SEC with respect to other companies. Directors, Officers and employees of the Primary Parties shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert solely as a result of their capacities as such.
C. Application for Conversion : The Form AC and related application materials submitted to the Division and the OTS for approval of the Conversion and Reorganization.
D. Associate : When used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Primary Parties or a majority-owned subsidiary of any of the Primary Parties) of which such Person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities, (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, except a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan and (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such Person or who is a Director or Officer of any of the Primary Parties or their subsidiaries and (iv) any person acting in concert with any of the persons or entities specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above; provided, however, that any Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plan shall not be deemed to be an Associate of any Director or Officer of the Primary Parties solely as a result of their capacities as such. When used to refer to a Person other than an Officer of Director of the Savings Bank, the Savings Bank in its sole discretion may determine the Persons that are Associates of other Persons.
2
E. Capital Stock : Any and all authorized capital stock in the Savings Bank.
F. Conversion and Reorganization : Conversion and Reorganization means the series of transactions provided for in this Plan, including but not limited to (i) the mutual to stock conversion of the Mutual Holding Company and its subsequent merger pursuant to which it will cease to exist, (ii) the merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Savings Bank, pursuant to which it will cease to exist and the Savings Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and, (iii) the issuance of Conversion Stock by the Holding Company in the Offerings as provided herein. All such transactions shall occurred substantially simultaneously.
G. Conversion Stock : Holding Company Common Stock to be issued and sold by the Holding Company pursuant to this Plan.
H. Deposit Account : Any withdrawable account maintained at the Savings Bank, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.
I. Direct Community Offering : The offering for sale of Conversion Stock to the public.
J. Director : A member of the Board of Directors of any of the Primary Parties.
K. Division : The Washington Department of Financial Institutions, Division of Banks.
M. Eligible Account Holder : Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date.
N. Eligibility Record Date : The date for determining Qualifying Deposits of Eligible Account Holdings and the close of business on June 30, 2005.
O. Estimated Valuation Range : The range of the minimum and maximum estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock to be issued in the Offerings, as set forth in the independent valuation prepared by the Independent Appraiser in accordance with Section X hereof.
P. ESOP : The Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan adopted by the Holding Company or the Savings Bank in connection with the Conversion and Reorganization, the purpose of which shall be to acquire capital stock of the Holding Company, including Conversion Stock.
Q. FDIC : Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
R. Foundation : The charitable foundation to be established by the Holding Company and the Savings Bank that will qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.
S. Holding Company : First Financial Northwest, Inc., a stock corporation to be organized under the laws of the State of Washington. Such corporation will be initially formed as a first-tier, wholly owned subsidiary of the Savings Bank. Upon completion of the Conversion and Reorganization, the Holding Company shall own all of the outstanding capital stock of the Savings Bank.
T. Holding Company Application : The Holding Companys application to the OTS to become a savings and loan holding company.
U. Holding Company Common Stock : The authorized common stock of the Holding Company, par value $.01 per share.
V. Holding Company Stock : Any and all authorized capital stock of the Holding Company.
W. Independent Appraiser : The independent financial consulting firm retained by the Holding Company and the Savings Bank to prepare an appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock.
3
X. Interim Savings Bank : First Savings Interim Savings Bank, which will be formed as a first-tier, wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company to facilitate the Savings Bank Merger.
Y. Liquidation Account : The account to be established by the Savings Bank pursuant to Section XIV hereof.
Z. Local Community : King County of the State of Washington, the county in which the Savings Bank maintains its office.
AA. Market Maker : A dealer (i.e., any Person who engages directly or indirectly as agent, broker, or principal in the business of offering, buying, selling, or otherwise dealing or trading in securities issued by another Person) who, with respect to a particular security, (i) regularly publishes bona fide, competitive bid and offer quotations in a recognized inter-dealer quotation system or furnishes bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations on request or (ii) furnishes bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations on request and (iii) is ready, willing and able to effect transactions in reasonable quantities at his quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.
BB. Members : All Persons or entities who qualify as a member of the Mutual Holding Company in accordance with its mutual charter and bylaws and applicable laws and regulations and shall include any Person holding a Deposit Account and borrowers from the Savings Bank as of the close of business on the Record Date.
CC. Mid-Tier Holding Company : First Financial of Renton, Inc.
DD. Mid Tier Holding Company Merger : The merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company (following its conversion to a federal interim stock savings association) with and into the Savings Bank pursuant to the Plan of Merger attached as Annex A hereto.
EE. Mutual Holding Company : First Financial Holdings, MHC.
FF. Mutual Holding Company Merger : The merger of the Mutual Holding Company (following its conversion into a federal interim stock savings association) with and into the Savings Bank pursuant to the Plan of Merger attached as Annex B hereto.
GG. Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plan : Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan of the Savings Bank or the Holding Company, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit sharing plan or other plan, which with its related trust does not meet the requirements to be qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.
HH. Offering Range : The range of the minimum and maximum number aggregate values determined by the Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties within which the aggregate offering price of Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Conversion will fall. The Offering Range will be within the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock, as determined by the Independent Appraiser in accordance with Section X.B hereof. The maximum of the Offering Range shall be no more than 15% above the average of the minimum and maximum of such range and the minimum of which shall be no more than 15% below such average.
II. Offerings : The Subscription Offering, the Direct Community Offering and Syndicated Community Offering, if any.
JJ. Officer : An executive officer of any of the Primary Parties, which includes the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents in charge of principal business functions, the Secretary and the Treasurer as well as any other person performing similar functions.
KK. Order Forms : Forms to be used to order Conversion Stock provided to Participants in the Offerings pursuant to this Plan.
4
LL. Other Member : Holder of a Deposit Account (other than Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders) and borrowers from the Savings Bank as of the Record Date.
MM. OTS : The Office of Thrift Supervision of the United States Department of the Treasury.
NN. Participant : Any Eligible Account Holder, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member.
OO. Person : An individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, a limited liability partnership, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or any political subdivision thereof.
PP. Plan : This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization as adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties and any amendment hereto approved as provided herein. The Board of Directors of the Holding Company shall adopt this Plan as soon as practicable following its organization, and the Board of Directors of the Interim Savings Bank shall adopt the Plan of Merger attached hereto as Annex C as soon as practicable following its organization.
QQ. Primary Parties : The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid- Tier Holding Company and the Savings Bank.
RR. Prospectus : The one or more documents to be used in offering the Conversion Stock in the Offerings.
SS. Proxy Statement : The document describing the Conversion and Reorganization to be used in connection with the solicitation of votes for the Special Meeting of Members.
TT. Purchase Price : The price per share at which the Conversion Stock is ultimately sold by the Holding Company in the Offerings in accordance with the terms hereof.
UU. Qualifying Deposit : The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date and (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holding at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date; provided, however, in either case that no Deposit Account with a balance of less than $50 shall constitute a Qualifying Deposit.
VV. Record Date : Date which determines which Members are entitled to vote at the Special Meeting as determined by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company.
WW. Registration Statement : The registration statement on Form S-1 or other applicable forms filed by the Holding Company with the SEC for the purpose of registering the Conversion Stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
XX. Regulations : The rules and regulations of the OTS.
YY. Residence : The terms residence, reside, resided or residing as used herein with respect to any person shall mean any person who occupied a dwelling in the communities in which the Savings Bank does business, has an intent to remain with such communities for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within such communities together with an indication that such presence within such communities is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters shall be in these communities. To the extent a person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, the circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Primary Parties may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a person is a resident. Unless the Primary Parties determine otherwise, Persons having the same address and Persons exercising subscription rights through Qualifying Deposits at the same address will be subject to the overall purchase
5
limitation contained in Section X.E.1. Any such a determination as to Residence or the purchase limitations applicable to persons at the same address shall be in the sole discretion of the Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties.
ZZ. Savings Bank : First Savings Bank of Renton, a Washington-chartered stock savings bank.
AAA. Savings Bank Merger : The merger of Interim Savings Bank with and into the Savings Bank pursuant to the Plan of Merger attached as Annex C hereto.
BBB. SEC : U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
CCC. Special Meeting : The special meeting of Members of the Mutual Holding Company called for the purpose of considering and voting on this Plan, including any adjournments of such meeting.
DDD. Subscription Offering : The offering of Conversion Stock to Participants in accordance with this Plan.
EEE. Subscription Rights : Non-transferable, non-negotiable, personal rights granted to Participants pursuant to the terms of this Plan to purchase Conversion Stock.
FFF. Supplemental Eligibility Record Date : The date for determining Qualifying Deposits of Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding the approval of this Plan by the OTS.
GGG. Supplemental Eligible Account Holder : Any person holding a Qualifying Deposit (other than an Officer or Director or their Associates) on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date provided, however, that any Director or Officer of the Savings Bank employed, appointed or elected for the first time to such office after the Eligibility Record Date, and his or her Associates, shall not be precluded from being a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder solely by reason of holding such office.
HHH. Syndicated Community Offering : The offering for sale by a syndicate of broker-dealers to the general public of shares of Conversion Stock not purchased in the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering.
III. Tax Qualified-Employee Stock Benefit Plan : Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan of the Savings Bank or Holding Company, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which is established for the benefit of the employees of the Holding Company and/or the Savings Bank and which, with its related trust meets the requirements to be qualified under section 401of the Internal Revenue Code. A non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan that is not so qualified.
III. General Procedure For Conversion and Reorganization .
A. The Boards of Directors of each of the Primary Parties shall adopt this Plan by a vote of not less than two-thirds of its entire membership.
B. The Savings Bank will take a 10(l) Election and submit a Holding Company Application to the OTS.
C. An Application for Conversion, including this Plan, will be submitted, together with all requisite material, to the OTS and Division for approval. The Primary Parties also will cause notice of the adoption of this Plan by their respective Boards of Directors to be given by publication in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which an office of the Savings Bank is located; and will make available copies of this Plan at each office of the Primary Parties for inspection by Members. After receipt of notice from the OTS to do so, the Primary Parties will post the notice of the filing of the Application for Conversion in each of their offices and will again publish, in accordance with the requirements of the Regulations, a notice of the filing with the OTS of an application to convert the Mutual Holding Company from mutual to stock form.
6
D. The Holding Company shall file a Registration Statement with the SEC to register the Conversion Stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and shall further register the Conversion Stock under any applicable state securities laws, subject to the limitations set forth in Section X.J hereof. Upon registration and after the receipt of all required regulatory approvals, the Conversion Stock shall be first offered for sale in a Subscription Offering to Participants. It is anticipated that any shares of Conversion Stock remaining unsold after the Subscription Offering will be sold through a Direct Community Offering and/or a Syndicated Community Offering. The purchase price per share for the Conversion Stock shall be a uniform price determined in accordance with Section X hereof. The Holding Company shall contribute to the Savings Bank an amount of the net proceeds received by the Holding Company from the sale of Conversion Stock as shall be determined by the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Savings Bank and as shall be approved by the OTS.
E. Promptly following approval of the Application for Conversion by the OTS and the Division, this Plan will be submitted to the Members for their consideration and approval at the Special Meeting. The Mutual Holding Company shall mail to all Members as of the Record Date, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Savings Bank, the Proxy Statement describing this Plan which will be submitted to a vote of the Members at the Special Meeting. The Holding Company shall also mail to Participants either a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Conversion Stock or a letter informing them or their right to receive a Prospectus and Order Form and a postage prepaid card to request such materials, subject to the provisions of Section X hereof. In addition, Participants will receive, or be given the opportunity to request by either returning a postage prepaid card which will be distributed with the Proxy Statement or letter or sending another written communication, a copy of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Holding Company.
F. Subscription Rights will be issued without payment therefor to the Participants as set forth in Section X hereof.
G. This Plan must be approved by: (1) the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by Members of the Mutual Holding Company at the Special Meeting and (2) the Mutual Holding Company in its capacity as the sole stockholder of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.
H. The effective date of the Conversion and Reorganization shall be the date set forth in Section IX hereof. Upon the effective date, the following transactions shall occur:
(i) The Savings Banks election to be treated as a savings association pursuant to Section 10(1)of the HOLA shall become effective and the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company will adopt federal charters for a mutual holding company and mid-tier holding company, respectively, in accordance with the policies of the OTS through the following transactions: (i) a new federally chartered mutual holding company (Federal Mutual Holding Company) will be organized and the Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Federal Mutual Holding Company with the Federal Mutual Holding Company surviving (Federal Merger I), (ii) a new federally chartered mid-tier holding company (Federal Mid-Tier Company) will be organized and the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be merged with and into Federal Mid-Tier Company with Federal Mid-Tier Company surviving (Federal Merger II).
(ii) The Federal Mutual Holding Company shall convert from a mutual holding company to a federal interim stock savings association (Federal Association I). The Federal Mid-Tier Company shall convert into a federal interim stock savings association (Interim Association II) and simultaneously merge with and into the Savings Bank in the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, with the Savings Bank being the surviving institution. Immediately thereafter, the Federal Mutual Holding Company, as converted to Interim Association I, shall merge with and into the Savings Bank in the Mutual Holding Company Merger, with the Savings Bank being the surviving institution. As a result of the Mutual Holding Company Merger and the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, (x) the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock held by the Mutual Holding Company (following its conversion to Interim Association I) shall be extinguished and (y) certain holders of Deposit Accounts will be granted interests in the Liquidation Account to be established by the Savings Bank pursuant to Section XIV hereof.
7
(iii) Interim Savings Bank, a first-tier wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company, shall merge with and into the Savings Bank pursuant to the Savings Bank Merger, with the Savings Bank being the surviving institution. As a result of the Savings Bank Merger, (x) the shares of Holding Company Common Stock held by the Savings Bank shall be extinguished; (y) the shares of common stock of Interim Savings Bank held by the Holding Company shall be converted into shares of Savings Bank Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, with the result that the Savings Bank shall become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.
(iv) The Holding Company shall sell an amount of Conversion Stock determined in accordance with Section X hereof.
H. The office of the Savings Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion and Reorganization.
I. The Primary Parties shall obtain an opinion of their tax advisors or a favorable ruling from the United States Internal Revenue Service which shall state that the Conversion and Reorganization will not result in any gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes to the Primary Parties or the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members. Receipt of a favorable opinion or ruling is a condition precedent to the completion of the Conversion and Reorganization.
J. The Charter of the Savings Bank shall be amended upon consummation of the Conversion and Reorganization to reflect the Savings Banks Liquidation Account obligation pursuant to Section XIV hereof. The Bylaws of the Savings Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion and Reorganization.
K. The Primary Parties may retain and pay for the services of financial and other advisors and investment bankers to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion and Reorganization, including in connection with the Subscription Offering, Direct Community Offering and/or any Syndicated Community Offering, the payment of fees to brokers and investment bankers for assisting Persons in completing and/or submitting Order Forms.
IV. Meeting of Members
Upon receipt of approval of the Application for Conversion by the Division and the OTS, the Special Meeting shall be scheduled in accordance with the Mutual Holding Companys Bylaws. Promptly after receipt of approval from the Division and the OTS and at least 20 days but not more than 45 days prior to the Special Meeting, the Mutual Holding Company shall distribute proxy solicitation materials to all Members and beneficial owners of accounts held in fiduciary capacities where the beneficial owners possess voting rights as of the Record Date. The proxy solicitation materials shall include a copy of the Proxy Statement and other documents authorized for use by the regulatory authorities and may also include a copy of this Plan and/or the Prospectus. The Mutual Holding Company shall also advise each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder not entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of the proposed Conversion and Reorganization and the scheduled Special Meeting, and provide a postage prepaid card on which to indicate whether he wishes to receive the Prospectus, if the Subscription Offering is not held concurrently with the proxy solicitation.
At the Special Meeting, an affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the total outstanding votes of the Members is required for approval of this Plan. For purposes of voting at the Special Meeting, Members who are depositors of the Savings Bank shall be entitled to cast one vote for each $100, or fraction thereof, of the aggregate withdrawable value of all of the depositors Deposit Accounts as of the Record Date, Members who are borrowers shall be entitled to cast one vote, in addition to any votes they may also be entitled to cast as depositors, and no Member shall be entitled to cast more than 1,000 votes. Voting may be in person or by proxy. The OTS shall be notified promptly of the actions of the Members.
V. Summary Proxy Statement
The Proxy Statement furnished to Members may be in summary form, provided that a statement is made in bold-face type that a more detailed description of the Conversion and Reorganization may be obtained by returning an enclosed postage prepaid card or other written communication requesting supplemental information. Without prior
8
approval of the OTS, the Special Meeting shall not be held less than 20 days after the last day on which such supplemental information statement is mailed to requesting Members. The supplemental information statement may be combined with the Prospectus if the Subscription Offering is commenced concurrently with or during the proxy solicitation of Members for the Special Meeting.
VI. Timing of Subscription Offering
The Holding Company may commence the Subscription Offering and, provided that the Subscription Offering has commenced, may commence the Direct Community Offering concurrently with or during the proxy solicitation of Members. The Holding Company may close the Subscription Offering before the Special Meeting, provided that the offer and sale of the Conversion Stock shall be conditioned upon approval of this Plan by the Members at the Special Meeting.
The exact timing of the commencement of the Subscription Offering shall be determined by the Primary Parties in consultation with the Independent Appraiser and any financial or advisory or investment banking firm retained by them in connection with the Conversion and Reorganization. The Primary Parties may consider a number of factors in determining such timing, including, but not limited to, their current and projected future earnings, local and national economic conditions, and the prevailing market for stocks in general and stocks of financial institutions in particular. The Primary Parties shall have the right to withdraw, terminate, suspend, delay, revoke or modify any such Subscription Offering, at any time and from time to time, as they in their sole discretion may determine, without liability to any Person, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and any necessary regulatory approval or concurrence.
The Primary Parties shall, promptly after the OTS and Division has approved the Application for Conversion and authorized the Proxy Statement and Prospectus for use, the FDIC has approved the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger and the Mutual Holding Company Merger, the SEC has declared the Registration Statement, which includes the Prospectus, effective and all other required regulatory approvals have been obtained, distribute or make available the Prospectus, together with Order Forms for the purchase of Conversion Stock, to all Participants at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Savings Bank as of the Record Date for the purpose of enabling them to exercise their respective Subscription Rights.
VII. Offering Documents
The Mutual Holding Companys proxy solicitation materials may require Participants to return to the Savings Bank by a reasonable certain date a postage prepaid card or other written communication requesting receipt of a Prospectus with respect to the Subscription Offering, provided that if the Prospectus is not mailed concurrently with the proxy solicitation materials, the Subscription Offering shall not be closed until the expiration of 30 days after the mailing of the proxy solicitation materials. If the Subscription Offering is not commenced within 45 days after the Special Meeting, the Savings Bank may transmit, not more than 30 days prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, to each Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and other eligible subscribers who had been furnished with proxy solicitation materials a notice which shall state that the Savings Bank is not required to furnish a Prospectus to them unless they return by a reasonable date certain a postage prepaid card or other written communication requesting the receipt of the Prospectus.
Prior to commencement of the Offerings, the Holding Company shall file the Registration Statement. The Holding Company shall not distribute the final Prospectus until the Registration Statement containing same has been declared effective by the SEC.
VIII. Combined Subscription and Direct Community Offering
Instead of a separate Subscription Offering, all Subscription Rights may be exercised by delivery of properly completed and executed Order Forms to the Savings Bank or selling group utilized in connection with the Direct Community Offering and the Syndicated Community Offering. If a separate Subscription Offering is not held, orders for Conversion Stock in the Direct Community Offering shall first be filled pursuant to the priorities and limitations stated in Section X.C , below.
9
IX. Effective Date
The effective date of the Conversion and Reorganization shall be the date upon which the last of the following actions occurs: (i) the filing of Articles of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Washington with respect to the Mutual Holding Company Merger, or (ii) the closing of the issuance of the shares of Conversion Stock in the Offerings. The filing of Articles of Merger relating to the Mutual Holding Company Merger and the closing of the issuance of shares of Conversion Stock in the Offerings shall not occur until all requisite regulatory, and Member approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired and sufficient subscriptions and orders for the Conversion Stock have been received. It is intended that the closing of the Mutual Holding Company Merger and the sale of shares of Conversion Stock in the Offerings shall occur consecutively and substantially simultaneously. The closing of the sale of all shares of Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings shall occur simultaneously on the effective date of the Conversion and Reorganization.
X. Stock Offering
A. Number of Shares
The number of shares of Conversion Stock to be offered pursuant to this Plan shall be determined initially by the Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties in conjunction with the determination of the Estimated Valuation Range. The number of shares to be offered may be subsequently adjusted by the Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties prior to completion of the Offerings.
B. Independent Evaluation and Purchase Price of Shares
The aggregate price at which the Conversion Stock shall be sold shall be consistent with the estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock, based upon an independent valuation as provided for in this Section X.B . The Primary Parties shall cause the Independent Appraiser to prepare a pro forma valuation of the aggregate market value of the Holding Company Common Stock, giving effect to completion of the Conversion and Reorganization, which shall be submitted to the OTS as part of the Mutual Holding Companys Application for Conversion, such valuation to be expressed in terms of an Estimated Valuation Range.
Prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, an Estimated Valuation Range will be established, which shall be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock, as determined by the Independent Appraiser. The maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range shall be no more than 15% above the average of the minimum and maximum of such range and the minimum of which shall be no more than 15% below such average. The maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. From time to time, as appropriate or as required by applicable law or the OTS, the Mutual Holding Company shall cause the Independent Appraiser to review developments subsequent to its valuation to determine whether the Estimated Valuation Range should be revised.
Based on the Estimated Valuation Range, the Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties shall determine the Offering Range by fixing the Purchase Price and establishing a range of the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be offered. The total number of shares of Conversion Stock offered and the Purchase Price shall be subject to increase or decrease at any time prior to any Syndicated Community Offering or other method of sale to reflect changes in market and financial conditions. If the aggregate purchase price of the Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings is below the minimum of the Offering Range, or materially above the maximum of the Offering Range, resolicitation of purchasers may be required; provided, that up to a 15% increase in the number of shares to be issued which is supported by an appropriate change in the estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock, w ill not be deemed material so as to require a resolicitation. If a resolicitation of purchasers is required, it shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Primary Parties shall establish, with the approval of the OTS.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Conversion Stock will not be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Conversion and Reorganization, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Primary Parties and the OTS that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account
10
all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion and Reorganization multiplied by the Purchase Price is incompatible with the estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock. If such confirmation is not received, the Primary Parties may cancel the Offerings, extend the Conversion and Reorganization and establish a new Offering Range, hold new Offerings, or take such other action as the OTS may permit.
If subscriptions for shares of Conversion Stock are in excess of the maximum of the Offering Range, available shares shall be allocated in the following order of priority: (i) if there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder level, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders in accordance with Section X.C.1 ; (ii) to fill the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans subscriptions in accordance with Section X.C.2 ; and (iii) if there is an oversubscription at the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder level, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in accordance with Section X.C.3 and (iv) if there is an oversubscription at the Other Member level, to fill unfilled subscriptions of Other Members in accordance with Section X.C.4 .
The Holding Company Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Plan shall upon issuance be fully paid and non-assessable.
C. Method of Offering Shares
Subscription Rights shall be issued at no cost to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members pursuant to priorities established by this Plan and the Regulations. In order to effect the Conversion, all shares of Conversion Stock proposed to be issued in connection with the Conversion must be sold and, to the extent that shares are available, no subscriber shall be allowed to purchase less than 25 shares; provided, however, that if the purchase price is greater than $20 per share, the minimum number of shares which must be subscribed for shall be adjusted so that the aggregate actual purchase price required to be paid for such minimum number of shares does not exceed $500. The priorities established for the purchase of shares are as follows:
|
1. Category 1: Eligible Account Holders |
|
|
|
a. Each Eligible Account Holder shall receive, without payment, Subscription Rights entitling such Eligible Account Holder to purchase that number of shares of Conversion Stock which is equal to the greater of the maximum purchase limitation established for the Direct Community Offering, one-tenth of one percent of the total offering or 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case subject to Paragraphs X.E. and X.J., below. |
|
|
|
b. In the event of an oversubscription for shares of Conversion Stock pursuant to this Category, shares of Conversion Stock shall be allocated among subscribing Eligible Account Holders as follows: |
|
(1) Shares of Conversion Stock shall be allocated so as to permit each such Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares of Conversion Stock sufficient to make his total allocation equal to 100 shares of Conversion Stock or the total amount of his subscription, whichever is less. |
|
|
|
(2) Any shares of Conversion Stock not so allocated shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders on an equitable basis, related to the amounts of their respective Qualifying Deposits as compared to the total Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. |
11
|
c. Subscription Rights received by Officers and Directors of the Primary Parties and their Associates, as Eligible Account Holders, based on their increased deposits in the Savings Bank in the one-year period preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to all other subscriptions involving the exercise of Subscription Rights pursuant to this Category. |
|
|
|
|
|
2. Category 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans . |
|
|
|
|
|
a. Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall receive, without payment, non-transferable Subscription Rights to purchase in the aggregate up to10% of the Conversion Stock, including shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion as a result of an increase in the estimated price range after the commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to the completion of the Conversion. The Subscription Rights granted to Tax-Qualified Stock Benefit Plans shall be subject to the availability of shares of Conversion Stock after taking into account the shares of Conversion Stock purchased by Eligible Account Holders; provided, however, that in the event the number of shares offered in the Conversion is increased to an amount greater than the maximum of the estimated price range as set forth in the Prospectus (Maximum Shares), the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall have the priority right to purchase any such shares exceeding the Maximum Shares up to an aggregate of 8% of the Conversion Shares. Shares of Conversion Stock purchased by any individual participant in a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan using funds therein pursuant to the exercise of Subscription Rights granted to such participant in his individual capacity as an Eligible Account Holder and/or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and/or Other Member and/or purchases by such participant in the Direct Community Offering shall not be deemed to be purchases by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan for purposes of calculating the maximum amount of Conversion Stock that Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase pursuant to the first sentence of this subparagraph if the individual participant controls or directs the investment authority with respect to such account or subaccount. |
|
|
|
|
|
b. Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may use funds contributed or borrowed by the Holding Company or the Savings Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution to exercise such Subscription Rights, and the Holding Company and the Savings Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Savings Bank to fail to meet any applicable capital requirements. |
|
|
|
|
|
3. Category 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders |
|
|
|
|
|
a. In the event that the Eligibility Record Date is more than 15 months prior to the date of the latest amendment to the Application for Conversion filed prior to the OTSs approval, then, and only in that event, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall receive, without payment, Subscription Rights entitling such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase that number of shares of Conversion Stock which is equal to the greater of (i) the maximum purchase limitation established for the Direct Community Offering, (ii) one-tenth of one percent of the total offering or (iii) 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case subject to Paragraphs X.E. and X.J. below. |
|
|
|
|
|
b. Subscription Rights received pursuant to this category shall be subordinated to Subscription Rights granted to Eligible Account Holders and Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans; therefore, any Subscription Rights to purchase shares of Conversion Stock received by an Eligible Account Holder in accordance with Category Number 1 or by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan in accordance with Category Number 2 shall reduce to the extent thereof the Subscription Rights to be distributed pursuant to this Category. |
12
|
c. In the event of an oversubscription for shares of Conversion Stock pursuant to this Category, shares of Conversion Stock shall be allocated among subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Shares of Conversion Stock shall be allocated so as to permit each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares of Conversion Stock sufficient to make his total allocation (including the number of shares of Conversion Stock, if any, allocated in accordance with Category Number 1) equal to 100 shares of Conversion Stock or the total amount of his subscription, whichever is less. |
|
|
|
|
|
(2) Any shares of Conversion Stock not allocated in accordance with subparagraph (1) above shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders on an equitable basis, related to the amounts of their respective Qualifying Deposits as compared to the total Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. |
|
|
|
|
d. If a Person is an Eligible Account Holder and a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, such Persons allocation as an Eligible Account Holder shall be included in determining the number of shares of Conversion Stock that may be allocated to the Person as a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder. |
|
4. Category 4: Other Members . Other Members shall receive Subscription Rights to purchase shares of Conversion Stock, after satisfying the subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders pursuant to Category Nos. l, 2 and 3 above, subject to the following conditions: |
|
a. Each such Other Member shall be entitled to subscribe for the greater of the maximum purchase limitation established for the Direct Community Offering or one-tenth of one percent of the total offering. |
|
|
|
|
|
b. In the event of an oversubscription for shares of Conversion Stock pursuant to Category No. 4, the shares of Conversion Stock available shall be allocated among the subscribing Other Members pro rata on the basis of the amounts of their respective subscriptions. |
D. Direct Community Offering and Syndicated Community Offering
|
1. Any shares of Conversion Stock not purchased through the exercise of Subscription Rights set forth in Category Nos. 1 through 4 above may be sold by the Holding Company to Persons under such terms and conditions as may be established by the Primary Parties Boards of Directors with the concurrence of the OTS. The Direct Community Offering may commence concurrently with or as soon as possible after the completion of the Subscription Offering and must be completed within 45 days after completion of the Subscription Offering, unless extended with the approval of the OTS. No Person may purchase in the Direct Community Offering shares of Conversion Stock with an aggregate purchase price that exceeds $250,000. The right to purchase shares of Conversion Stock under the Direct Community Offering is subject to the right of the Primary Parties to accept or reject such subscriptions in whole or in part. In the event of an oversubscription for shares in the Direct Community Offering, the shares available shall be allocated among prospective purchasers pro rata on the basis of the amounts of their respective orders. The offering price for which such shares are sold to the general public in the Direct Community Offering shall be the Purchase Price. |
|
|
|
2. Orders received in the Direct Community Offering first shall be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the Conversion Stock and thereafter remaining shares shall be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all orders have been filled. |
13
|
3. The Conversion Stock offered in the Direct Community Offering shall be offered and sold in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution thereof. Preference shall be given in the Direct Community Offering to natural Persons residing in the Local Community. |
|
|
|
4. Subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Primary Parties, all shares of Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering or ordered in the Direct Community Offering may be sold by a syndicate of broker-dealers to the general public in a Syndicated Community Offering. Each order for Conversion Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering shall be subject to the absolute right of the Primary Parties to accept or reject any such order in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable after completion of the Syndicated Community Offering. No Person may purchase in the Syndicated Community Offering shares of Conversion Stock with an aggregate purchase price that exceeds $250,000. The Primary Parties may commence the Syndicated Community Offering concurrently with, at any time during, or as soon as practicable after the end of the Subscription Offering and/or Direct Community Offering, provided that the Syndicated Community Offering must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the Subscription Offering, unless extended by the Primary Parties with the approval of the OTS. |
|
|
|
5. If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering of shares of Conversion Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Conversion Stock is not sold in the Subscription Offering, Direct Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering, the Primary Parties shall use their best efforts to obtain other purchasers for such shares in such manner and upon such conditions as may be satisfactory to the OTS. |
|
|
|
6. In the event a Direct Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering does not appear to be feasible, the Primary Parties will immediately consult with the OTS to determine the most viable alternative available to effect the completion of the Conversion. Should no viable alternative exist, the Primary Parties may terminate the Conversion and Reorganization with the concurrence of the OTS. |
E. Limitations Upon Purchases
The following additional limitations and exceptions shall be imposed upon purchases of shares of Conversion Stock:
|
1. Purchases of shares of Conversion Stock in the Conversion, including purchases in the Direct Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering, by any Person, and Associates thereof, or a group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed an aggregate purchase price of $500,000, except that the ESOP may purchase up to 8% and all Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase up to 10% of the total Conversion Stock issued and shares held or to be held by the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans and attributable to a Person shall not be aggregated with other shares purchased directly by or otherwise attributable to such Person. |
|
|
|
2. Officers and Directors and Associates thereof may not purchase in the aggregate more than 25% of the shares sold in the Conversion. |
|
|
|
3. The members of the Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties will not be deemed to be Associates or a group of Persons Acting in Concert with other directors solely as a result of membership on the Board of Directors. |
|
|
|
4. The Primary Parties Boards of Directors, with the approval of the OTS and without further approval of Members, may, as a result of market conditions and other factors, increase or decrease the purchase limitation in paragraphs 1 and 2 above or the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be sold in the Conversion. If the Primary Parties increase the maximum purchase limitations or the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be sold in the Conversion, the Primary Parties are only required to resolicit Persons who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount and may, in the sole discretion of the Primary Parties, resolicit |
14
|
certain other large subscribers. If the Primary Parties decrease the maximum purchase limitations or the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be sold in the Conversion, the orders of any Person who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount shall be decreased by the minimum amount necessary so that such Person shall be in compliance with the then maximum number of shares permitted to be subscribed for by such Person. |
|
|
|
5. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, no person shall be entitled to purchase any Conversion Stock to the extent such purchase would be illegal under any federal law or state law or regulation or would violate regulations or policies of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. The Holding Company and/or its agents may ask for a legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of such purchase and may refuse to honor any purchase order if such opinion is not timely furnished or is not deemed acceptable in the sole discretion of the Holding Company. |
|
|
|
6. Prior to and during the Offerings, no Person shall (1) transfer, or enter into any agreement or understanding to transfer, the legal or beneficial ownership of any Subscription Rights or shares of Conversion Stock; (2) make any offer, or any announcement of an offer, to purchase any Conversion Stock from anyone but the Holding Company; or (3) knowingly acquire more than the maximum purchase allowable under this Plan. |
EACH PERSON PURCHASING CONVERSION STOCK IN THE OFFERINGS WILL BE DEEMED TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH PURCHASE DOES NOT CONFLICT WITH THE PURCHASE LIMITATIONS IN THIS PLAN. ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING WHETHER ANY PERSONS ARE ASSOCIATES OR A GROUP ACTING IN CONCERT OR WHETHER ANY PURCHASE CONFLICTS WITH THE PURCHASE LIMITATIONS IN THIS PLAN OR OTHERWISE VIOLATES ANY PROVISION OF THIS PLAN SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE PRIMARY PARTIES IN THEIR SOLE DISCRETION. SUCH DETERMINATION SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE, FINAL AND BINDING ON ALL PERSONS AND THE PRIMARY PARTIES MAY TAKE ANY REMEDIAL ACTION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION REJECTING THE PURCHASE OR REFERRING THE MATTER TO THE OTS FOR INVESTIGATION AND ACTION, AS IN THEIR SOLE DISCRETION THE PRIMARY PARTIES MAY DEEM APPROPRIATE.
F. Restrictions On and Other Characteristics of the Conversion Stock
|
1. Transferability . Conversion Stock purchased by Officers and Directors shall not be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year from the effective date of the Conversion and Reorganization, except for any disposition (i) following the death of the original purchaser or (ii) resulting from an exchange of securities in a merger or acquisition approved by the regulatory authorities having jurisdiction.. |
|
|
|
The Conversion Stock issued by the Holding Company to Officers and Directors shall bear a legend giving appropriate notice of the one-year holding period restriction. The legend shall state as follows: |
|
The shares evidenced by this certificate are restricted as to transfer for a period of one year from the date of this certificate pursuant to Part 563b of the Regulations. These shares may not be transferred prior thereto without a legal opinion of counsel that said transfer is permissible under the provisions of applicable laws and regulations. This restrictive legend shall be deemed null and void after one year from the date of this Certificate. |
|
|
In addition, the Holding Company shall give appropriate instructions to the transfer agent of the Holding Company Stock with respect to the foregoing restrictions. Any shares of Holding Company Stock subsequently issued as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise, with respect to any such restricted stock, shall be subject to the same holding period restrictions for such Persons as may be then applicable to such restricted stock. |
|
2. Subsequent Purchases by Officers and Directors . Without prior approval of the OTS, Officers and Directors, and their Associates, shall be prohibited for a period of three years following completion of the |
15
|
Conversion and Reorganization from purchasing outstanding shares of Holding Company Stock, except from a broker or dealer registered with the SEC and/or the Secretary of State of the State of Washington. Notwithstanding this restriction, purchases involving more than 1% of the total outstanding shares of Holding Company Stock and purchases made and shares held by a Tax-Qualified or non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan which may be attributable to such Directors and Officers may be made in negotiated transactions without the OTSs permission or the use of a broker or dealer. |
|
|
|
3. Repurchase and Dividend Rights . The Holding Company may repurchase Holding Company Stock subject to applicable laws and the Regulations. |
|
|
|
The Savings Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend on the Capital Stock if the result thereof would be to reduce the regulatory capital of the Savings Bank below (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account or (ii) the amount required by the OTS. |
|
|
|
Any dividend declared or paid on, or repurchase of, the Capital Stock shall be in compliance with the Regulations or other applicable regulations. The above limitations shall not preclude payment of dividends on, or repurchases of, Capital Stock in the event applicable regulatory limitations are liberalized subsequent to the Conversion and Reorganization. |
|
|
|
4. Voting Rights . After the Conversion and Reorganization, exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company shall be vested in the holders of Holding Company Stock and the Holding Company will have exclusive voting rights with respect to the Capital Stock. |
G. Mailing of Offering Materials and Collation of Subscriptions
The sale of all shares of Conversion Stock offered pursuant to this Plan must be completed within 24 months after approval of this Plan at the Special Meeting. After (i) approval of this Plan by the OTS, (ii) approval of this Plan by the OTS and (iii) the declaration of the effectiveness of the Prospectus, the Holding Company shall distribute Prospectuses and Order Forms for the purchase of shares of Conversion Stock in accordance with the terms of this Plan.
The recipient of an Order Form shall be provided not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days from the date of mailing, unless extended, to properly complete, execute and return the Order Form to the Primary Parties. Self-addressed, postage prepaid, return envelopes shall accompany all Order Forms when they are mailed. Failure of any eligible subscriber to return a properly completed and executed Order Form within the prescribed time limits shall be deemed a waiver and a release by such eligible subscriber of any rights to purchase shares of Conversion Stock under this Plan.
The sale of all shares of Conversion Stock proposed to be sold in connection with the Conversion must be completed within 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless extended by the Primary Parties with the approval of the OTS.
H. Method of Payment
Payment for all shares of Conversion Stock may be made in cash, by check or by money order, or if a subscriber has a Deposit Account in the Savings Bank such subscriber may authorize the Savings Bank to charge the subscribers Deposit Account. The Holding Company shall pay interest at not less than the passbook rate on all amounts paid in cash or by check or money order to purchase shares of Conversion Stock in the Subscription Offering from the date payment is received until the Conversion and Reorganization are completed or terminated. The Savings Bank is not permitted knowingly to loan funds and will use its best efforts to insure that credit is not extended to any Person for the purpose of purchasing Conversion Stock.
If a subscriber authorizes the Savings Bank to charge the subscribers Deposit Account, the funds shall remain in the subscribers Deposit Account and shall continue to earn interest, but may not be used by such subscriber until the Conversion and Reorganization are completed or terminated, whichever is earlier. The withdrawal shall be given effect
16
only concurrently with the sale of all shares of Conversion Stock proposed to be sold in the Conversion and only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription at a price equal to the Purchase Price. The Savings Bank shall allow subscribers to purchase shares of Conversion Stock by withdrawing funds from certificate accounts held with the Savings Bank without the assessment of early withdrawal penalties, subject to the approval, if necessary, of the applicable regulatory authorities. In the case of early withdrawal of only a portion of such account, the certificate evidencing such account shall be canceled if the remaining balance of the account is less than the applicable minimum balance requirement. In that event, the remaining balance shall earn interest at the passbook rate. This waiver of the early withdrawal penalty is applicable only to withdrawals made in connection with the purchase of Conversion Stock under this Plan.
In the event of an unfilled amount of any subscription order, the Savings Bank will make an appropriate refund or cancel an appropriate portion of the related withdrawal authorization, after consummation of the sale of the Conversion Stock. If for any reason the sale of the Conversion Stock is not consummated, purchasers will have refunded to them all payments made and all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled in the case of subscription payments authorized from accounts at the Savings Bank.
Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may subscribe for shares by submitting an Order Form, along with evidence of a loan commitment from a financial institution for the purchase of shares, if applicable, during the Subscription Offering and by making payment for the shares on the effective date of the Conversion and Reorganization.
I. Order Forms; Insufficient Payment
A single Order Form for all Deposit Accounts maintained with the Savings Bank by any Eligible Account Holder and any Supplemental Eligible Account Holder may be furnished, irrespective of the number of Deposit Accounts maintained with the Savings Bank on the Eligibility Record Date and Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively. No person holding a Subscription Right may exceed any otherwise applicable purchase limitation by submitting multiple orders for Conversion Stock. Multiple orders are subject to adjustment, as appropriate, on a pro rata basis and deposit balances will be divided equally among such orders in allocating shares in the event of an oversubscription.
The Primary Parties shall have the absolute right, in their sole discretion and without liability to any Participant or other Person, to reject any Order Form, including, but not limited to, any Order Form that is (i) improperly completed or executed; (ii) not timely received; (iii) not accompanied by the proper payment (or authorization of withdrawal from a Deposit Account with sufficient funds therein); or (iv) submitted by a Person whose representations the Primary Parties believe to be false or who they otherwise believe, either alone, or Acting in Concert with others, is violating, evading or circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent, the terms and conditions of this Plan. Furthermore, in the event Order Forms (i) are not delivered and are returned, or notice of non-delivery is given, to any of the Primary Parties by the United States Postal Service or (ii) are not mailed pursuant to a no mail order placed in effect by the account holder, the Subscription Rights of the Person to which such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the contemplated Order Form within the time period specified thereon. The Primary Parties may, but will not be required to, waive any irregularity on any Order Form or may require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for shares of Conversion Stock by such date as they may specify. Subscription orders once tendered are irrevocable. The interpretation of the Primary Parties of the terms and conditions of the Order Forms shall be final and conclusive, subject to the authority of the OTS.
J. Members in Non-Qualified States or in Foreign Countries
The Primary Parties shall make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states of the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Conversion Stock pursuant to this Plan reside. However, no such Person shall be offered or receive any such shares under this Plan who resides in a foreign country or who resides in a state of the United States with respect to which the following apply: (a) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares of Conversion Stock reside in such state; (b) the granting of Subscription Rights or offer or sale of shares of Conversion Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company or the Savings Bank or their officers, directors and employees to register, under the securities laws of such state, as a broker, dealer, salesperson or selling
17
agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; and (c) such registration or qualification in the judgment of the Primary Parties would be impractical for reasons of cost or otherwise.
XI. Establishment and Funding of Charitable Foundation
As part of the Conversion and Reorganization, the Holding Company and the Savings Bank intend to establish the Foundation and to donate to the Foundation cash or stock from authorized, but unissued, shares of Holding Company Common Stock not to exceed 8% of the number of shares of Common Stock sold in the Conversion. The Foundation is being formed in connection with the Conversion and Reorganization in order to complement the Savings Banks existing community reinvestment activities and to share with the Savings Banks local community a part of the Savings Banks financial success as a locally-headquartered, community-minded, financial services institution. The funding of the Foundation with Common Stock of the Holding Company accomplishes this goal as it enables the community to share in the growth and profitability of the Holding Company and the Savings Bank over the long term. The Foundation will be dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes including community development, grants or donations to support housing assistance, not-for-profit community groups and other types of organizations or civic-minded projects. The Foundation will annually distribute total grants to assist charitable organizations or to fund projects within its local community of not less than 5% of the average fair value of Foundation assets each year. In order to serve the purposes for which it was formed and maintain its 501(c)(3) qualification, the Foundation may sell, on an annual basis, a limited portion of its Holding Company Common Stock.
The Board of Directors of the Foundation will be comprised of individuals who are officers and/or directors of the Holding Company or the Savings Bank and, for at least five years after the Conversion and Reorganization, at least one member of the Savings Banks community who is not an officer or director of the Holding Company or the Savings Bank. Those directors of the Savings Bank or the Holding Company who will also serve on the Board of Directors of the Foundation will be identified prior to adoption of this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company. Those directors so identified will not participate in discussions concerning contributions to the Foundation and will not vote on such matters.
The Board of Directors of the Foundation will be responsible for establishing the polices of the Foundation with respect to grants or donations, consistent with the stated purposes of the Foundation. The establishment and funding of the Foundation as part of the Conversion and Reorganization is subject to the approval of the OTS.
XII. Post-Conversion Filing and Market Making
In connection with the Conversion and Reorganization the Holding Company shall register the Conversion Stock with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and shall undertake not to deregister the Conversion Stock for a period of three years thereafter. The Holding Company shall use its best efforts to encourage and assist various Market Makers to establish and maintain a market for the shares of its stock. The Holding Company shall also use its best efforts to list its stock through The Nasdaq Stock Market or on a national or regional securities exchange.
XIII. Status of Deposit Accounts and Loans Subsequent to Conversion and Reorganization
All Deposit Accounts shall retain the same status after Conversion and Reorganization (except as to voting and liquidation rights) as these accounts had prior thereto. Each Deposit Account holder shall retain, without payment, a withdrawable Deposit Account or accounts after the Conversion and Reorganization, equal in amount to the withdrawable value of such holders Deposit Account or accounts prior to Conversion and Reorganization as adjusted to give effect to any withdrawal made for the purchase of Conversion Stock. All Deposit Accounts will continue to be insured by the FDIC up to the applicable limits of insurance coverage. All loans shall retain the same status after the Conversion and Reorganization as they had prior thereto. See Section X.F.4 with respect to the termination of voting rights of Members.
18
XIV. Liquidation Account
At the time of the Conversion and Reorganization, the Savings Bank shall establish the Liquidation Account in an amount equal to the Savings Banks stockholders equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus utilized in the Conversion and Reorganization. The function of the Liquidation Account will be to preserve the rights of certain holders of Deposit Accounts who maintain such accounts in the Savings Bank following the Conversion and Reorganization to a priority in distributions in the unlikely event of a liquidation of the Savings Bank subsequent to the Reorganization.
The Liquidation Account shall be maintained for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who maintain their Deposit Accounts in the Savings Bank after the Reorganization. Each such account holder will, with respect to each Deposit Account held, have a related inchoate interest in a portion of the liquidation account balance, which interest will be referred to in this Section XIV as the subaccount balance. All Deposit Accounts having the same social security number will be aggregated for purposes of determining the initial subaccount balance with respect to such Deposit Accounts, except as set forth below.
In the event of a complete liquidation of the Savings Bank subsequent to the Reorganization at a time when the Savings Bank has a positive net worth (and only in such event), each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidation distribution from the Liquidation Account in the amount of the then current subaccount balances for Deposit Accounts then held (adjusted as described below) before any liquidation distribution may be made with respect to the Capital Stock.
In the event of a complete liquidation of the Savings Bank subsequent to the Reorganization at a time when (i) the Savings Bank has a positive net worth and (ii) the Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Savings Bank) to fund the obligation under the Liquidation Account, the Savings Bank shall fund such remaining obligation as if the Savings Bank had established the Liquidation Account rather than the Holding Company.
The Board of Directors of the Savings Bank shall adopt an amendment and restatement of the Charter of the Savings Bank to reflect this obligation with respect to the liquidation and to remove references to the Mutual Holding Company. A copy of the amended and restated Charter, as approved by the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank, is attached hereto as Annex D and is a part of this Plan.
No merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination transaction with another FDIC-insured institution in which the Savings Bank is not the surviving entity shall be considered a complete liquidation for this purpose. In any such transaction, the obligation of the Savings Bank hereunder with respect to the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving entity and in any such transaction involving the Holding Company in which the Holding Company is not the surviving entity the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving entity, except to the extent otherwise approved by the OTS.
The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, of which the numerator is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such account holder on the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as applicable, and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, as applicable, on the applicable date. If an account holder holds a Deposit Account on the Eligibility Record Date and a separate Deposit Account on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, separate initial subaccount balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Accounts on each such record date. Initial subaccount balances shall not be increased, and shall be subject to downward adjustment as follows: if the aggregate deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on any December 31, commencing on or after the effective date of the Conversion and Reorganization, is less than (a) the aggregate deposit balance in such Deposit Account at the close of business on any other December 31 subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as applicable, or (b) the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as applicable, then the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount
19
proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In the event of such a downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. The subaccount balance of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced to zero if the account holder ceases to maintain a Deposit Account at the Savings Bank that has the same social security number as appeared on his Deposit Account(s) at the Eligibility Record Date or the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.
Subsequent to the completion of the Conversion and Reorganization, the Savings Bank may not declare or pay cash dividends on, or repurchase any of, its Capital Stock, if such dividend or repurchase would reduce the Savings Banks regulatory capital below the amount then required for the Liquidation Account otherwise, the existence of the Savings Banks obligation hereunder with respect to the Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the capital accounts of the Savings Bank. The Savings Bank shall not be required to set aside funds in connection with its obligation hereunder with respect to the Liquidation Account. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders do not retain any voting rights in either the Holding Company or the Savings Bank based on their liquidation subaccounts.
For purposes of this Section XIV , a Deposit Account includes a predecessor or successor account which is held by the holder of a Deposit Account with the same social security number.
XV. Restrictions on Acquisition of Stock of the Holding Company
A. For a period of three years following completion of the Conversion and Reorganization, no Person may make directly, or indirectly, any offer to acquire or actually acquire Holding Company Common Stock if, after consummation of such acquisition, such person would be the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the Holding Companys Common Stock, without the prior approval of the OTS. However, approval is not required for purchases directly from the Holding Company or the underwriters or selling group acting on its behalf with a view towards public resale, or for purchases not exceeding one percent per annum of the shares outstanding. Civil penalties may be imposed by the OTS for willful violation or assistance of any violation. Where any Person, directly or indirectly, acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Holding Company within such three-year period, without the prior approval of the OTS, stock of the Holding Company beneficially owned by such Person in excess of 10% shall not be counted as shares entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any Person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote. The provisions of this regulation shall not apply to the acquisition of securities by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans provided that such plans do not have beneficial ownership of more than 25% of any class of equity security of the Holding Company.
B. The Holding Company may provide in its articles of incorporation a provision that, for a specified period of up to five years following the effective date of the Conversion and Reorganization, no Person shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or actually acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Holding Company. Such provisions would not apply to acquisition of securities by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans provided that such plans do not have beneficial ownership of more than 25% of any class of equity security of the Holding Company. The Holding Company may provide in its articles of incorporation for such other provisions affecting the acquisition of its stock as shall be determined by its Board of Directors, including a provision that no record owner of m ore than 10% of any class of equity security shall be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of 10%.
XVI. Directors and Officers of the Savings Bank
The Conversion and Reorganization are not intended to result in any change in the Directors or Officers. Each person serving as a Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Savings Bank at the time of the Conversion and Reorganization shall continue to serve as a Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Savings Bank, as the case may be, for the balance of the term for which the person was elected prior to the Conversion and Reorganization, and until a successor is elected and qualified. The number, names, business addresses and terms of the Directors of the Holding Company are set forth in the Plan of Merger included as Annex A hereto. In connection with the Conversion and Reorganization, the Savings Bank and the Holding Company may enter into
20
employment agreements and change of control agreements on such terms and with such officers as shall be determined by the Boards of Directors of the Savings Bank and the Holding Company.
XVII. Executive Compensation
A. The Holding Company and the Savings Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion and Reorganization, including without limitation an employee stock ownership plan.
B. Subsequent to the Conversion and Reorganization, the Holding Company and the Savings Bank are authorized to adopt executive compensation or other benefit programs, including but not limited to, compensation plans involving stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock plans, employee recognition programs and similar plans, provided however that, with respect to any such plan implemented during the one-year period subsequent to the date of consummation of the Conversion and Reorganization, any such plan: (i) shall be disclosed in the proxy solicitation materials for the Special Meeting of Members and in the Registration Statement; (ii) in the case of stock option plans, shall have a total number of shares of common stock for which options may be granted of not more than 10% of the amount of shares issued in the Conversion; (iii) in the case of management or employee recognition or grant plans, shall have a total number of shares of common stock of not more than 4% of the amount of shares issued in the Conversion and Reorganization; (iv) in the case of stock option plans and employee recognition or grant plans, shall be submitted for approval by the holders of the Holding Company Common Stock no earlier than six months following consummation of the Conversion and Reorganization; and (v) shall comply with all other applicable requirements of the OTS.
C. Existing, as well as any newly-created, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Conversion Stock in the Offerings, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.
D. The Holding Company and the Savings Bank are authorized to enter into employment or severance agreements with their executive officers.
XVIII. Amendment or Termination of Plan
If necessary or desirable, this Plan may be amended by a two-thirds vote of the Primary Parties Boards of Directors, at any time prior to submission of this Plan and proxy materials to the Members. At any time after submission of this Plan and proxy materials to the Members, this Plan may be amended by a two-thirds vote of the Boards of Directors only with the concurrence of the OTS. This Plan may be terminated by a two-thirds vote of the Boards of Directors at any time prior to the Special Meeting, and at any time following such Special Meeting with the concurrence of the OTS. In its discretion, the Boards of Directors may modify or terminate this Plan upon the order of the regulatory authorities without a resolicitation of proxies or another meeting of the Members.
In the event that mandatory new regulations pertaining to conversions are adopted by the OTS prior to the completion of the Conversion and Reorganization, this Plan shall be amended to conform to the new mandatory regulations without a resolicitation of proxies or another meeting of Members. In the event that new conversion regulations adopted by the OTS prior to completion of the Conversion and Reorganization contain optional provisions, this Plan may be amended to utilize such optional provisions at the discretion of the Boards of Directors without a resolicitation of proxies or another meeting of Members.
By adoption of this Plan, the Members authorize the Boards of Directors to amend and/or terminate this Plan under the circumstances set forth above.
XIX. Expenses of the Conversion and Reorganization
The Primary Parties shall use their best efforts to assure that expenses incurred in connection with the Conversion and Reorganization shall be reasonable.
21
XX. Contributions to Tax-Qualified Plans
The Holding Company and/or the Savings Bank may make discretionary contributions to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, provided such contributions do not cause the Savings Bank or the Holding Company to fail to meet their regulatory capital requirements.
XXI. Severability
If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Plan is held by a court or a federal or state regulatory agency of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained in this Plan shall remain in full force and effect, and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.
XXII. Miscellaneous
This Plan is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States. All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank and all such interpretations shall be final, subject to the authority of the Division and the OTS. Neither the cover page nor the section headings are to be considered a part of this Plan, but are included solely for convenience of reference and shall in no way define, limit, extend, or describe the scope or intent of any of the provisions hereof. Any reference to a Section or Paragraph shall refer to a Section or Paragraph of this Plan, unless otherwise stated. Except for such rights as are set forth herein for Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, this Plan shall create no rights in any Person. The terms defined in this Plan have the meanings assigned to them in this Plan and include the plural as well as the singular, and words of any gender shall include each other gender where appropriate.
22
ANNEX A
Agreement and Plan of Merger
by and among First Financial Federal of Renton, Inc.
First Savings Bank of Renton and
Interim One Savings Bank
This Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of ________ __, 2007, is made by and between First Financial Federal of Renton, Inc., a federal corporation (the Mid-Tier Holding Company), First Savings Bank of Renton, a Washington chartered savings bank (the Savings Bank or the Surviving Corporation), and Interim One Savings Bank, an interim federal savings bank (Interim One) (collectively, the Constituent Corporations).
WITNESSETH:
|
A. |
WHEREAS, First Financial Holdings, MHC, a Washington-chartered mutual holding company, the Savings Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the Plan) which will result in the elimination of First Financial Holdings, MHC, the creation of a new stock form holding company, First Financial Northwest, Inc., which will own all of the outstanding shares of the Savings Bank, and the issuance and sale of shares in First Financial Northwest to depositors of the Savings Bank and others in a stock offering (collectively, the Conversion and Reorganization); and |
|
|
|
|
B. |
WHEREAS, the Conversion and Reorganization will be accomplished through a series of substantially simultaneous and interdependent transactions as follows: (i) the Savings Bank will elect to be treated as a savings association pursuant to Section 10(1) of the Home Owners Loan Act and First Financial Holdings, MHC and the Mid-Tier Holding Company will convert to a Federal mutual holding company (MHC) and Federal mid-tier holding company, respectively, pursuant to interim mergers; (ii) the resulting Federal mid-tier holding company will convert to a federal interim stock savings institution and simultaneously merge with and into the Savings Bank with the Savings Bank as the survivor entity (the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger), and the resulting Federal mutual holding company will convert from mutual form to a federal interim stock savings institution and simultaneously merge with and into the Savings Bank (the MHC Merger), pursuant to which MHC will cease to exist and the shares of the Mid-Tier Holding Companys common stock held by MHC will be canceled; and (iii) a Washington chartered interim savings bank will be formed as a wholly owned subsidiary of the newly formed Washington corporation and then the Savings Bank and the newly formed Washington chartered interim savings bank will merge (the Holding Company Merger), pursuant to which the Savings Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of a newly formed stock corporation (the Holding Company); and (iv) the Holding Company will offer shares of its common stock in the manner set forth in the Plan; and |
|
|
|
|
C. |
WHEREAS, the Constituent Corporations desire to provide for the terms and conditions of the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger. |
NOW, THEREFORE, the Constituent Corporations hereby agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
1. EFFECTIVE DATE . The Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger shall become effective on the date specified in the endorsement of the Articles of Merger relating to the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger by the Washington Secretary of State pursuant to Section 32.32.500 of the Revised Code of Washington, or any successor thereto (the Effective Date).
2. CONVERSION OF MID-TIER HOLDING COMPANY . Immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will convert to Interim One, an interim federal savings bank. In that conversion, all the outstanding shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company shall be shares of Interim One (Interim One Shares).
A-1
3. THE MID-TIER HOLDING COMPANY MERGER AND EFFECT THEREOF . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and the prior approval of the OTS of the Conversion and Reorganization and the expiration of all applicable waiting periods, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall convert to Interim One and simultaneously merge with and into the Savings Bank, which shall be the Surviving Corporation. Upon consummation of the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, the Surviving Corporation shall be considered the same business and corporate entity as each of the Constituent Corporations and the Surviving Corporation shall be subject to and be deemed to have assumed all of the property, rights, privileges, powers, franchises, debts, liabilities, obligations, duties and relationships of each of the Constituent Corporations and shall have succeeded to all of each of their relationships, fiduciary or otherwise, as fully and to the same extent as if such property, rights, privileges, powers, franchises, debts, obligations, duties and relationships had been originally acquired, incurred or entered into by the Surviving Corporation. In addition, any reference to either of the Constituent Corporations in any contract or document, whether executed or taking effect before or after the Effective Date, shall be considered a reference to the Surviving Corporation, if not inconsistent with the other provisions of the contract or document; and any pending action or other judicial proceeding to which either of the Constituent Corporations is a party shall not be deemed to have abated or to have been discontinued by reason of the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, but may be prosecuted to final judgment, order or decree in the same manner as if the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger had not occurred or the Surviving Corporation may be substituted as a party to such action or proceeding, and any judgment, order or decree may be rendered for or against it that might have been rendered for or against either of the Constituent Corporations if the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger had not occurred.
|
4. |
COMMON STOCK OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION; CANCELLATION AND TREATMENT OF INTERIM ONE SHARES . |
(a) On the Effective Date, each Interim One Share held by the MHC, by virtue of the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, shall be exchanged for shares of the common stock of the Surviving Corporation.
(b) On the Effective Date, all shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall be deemed to be extinguished in the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger.
5. RIGHTS OF DISSENT AND APPRAISAL . MHC, as the sole stockholder of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock, shall not have any dissenter or appraisal rights in connection with the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger and the Holding Company Merger.
6. NAME OF SURVIVING CORPORATION . The name of the Surviving Corporation shall be First Savings Bank of Renton.
7. DEPOSITS . All deposit accounts of the Savings Bank shall become the deposit accounts of the Surviving Corporation without change in their respective terms, interest rates, maturities, minimum required balances or withdrawal values, and the Surviving Corporation will continue to issue deposit accounts on the same basis as immediately prior to Effective Date.
8. DIRECTORS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION . Upon and after the Effective Date, until changed in accordance with the Charter and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation and applicable law, the number of directors of the Surviving Corporation shall be eight. The names of those persons who, upon and after the Effective Date, shall be directors of the Surviving Corporation are set forth below. Each such director shall serve for the term that expires at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Surviving Corporation in the year set forth after his respective name, and until a successor is elected and qualified.
A-2
Name |
|
Term Expires |
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
|
2008 |
Robert L. Anderson |
|
2008 |
Robert W. McLendon |
|
2008 |
Joann E. Lee |
|
2009 |
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
2009 |
Harry A. Blencoe |
|
2009 |
Gerald Edlund |
|
2010 |
Gary F. Faull |
|
2010 |
The address of each director is 201Wells Avenue South, Renton, Washington 98057.
9. OFFICERS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION . Upon and after the Effective Date, until changed in accordance with the Charter and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation and applicable law, the officers of the Savings Bank immediately before the Effective Date shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation. The officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall become the officers of the Holding Company, and by participating in the Conversion and Reorganization, the Holding Company shall have approved adoption of any employment or severance agreements between those officers and the Mid-Tier Holding Company.
10. OFFICES . Upon the Effective Date, all offices of the Savings Bank shall be offices of the Surviving Corporation. As of the Effective Date, the home office of the Surviving Corporation shall remain at 201 Wells Avenue South, Renton, Washington 98057.
11. CHARTER AND BYLAWS . On and after the Effective Date, the Charter of the Savings Bank as in effect immediately before the Effective Date shall be the Charter of the Surviving Corporation until amended in accordance with the terms thereof and applicable law, except that the Charter shall be amended to provide for the establishment of a liquidation account in accordance with applicable law and the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. On and after the Effective Date, the Bylaws of the Savings Bank as in effect immediately before the Effective Date shall be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until amended in accordance with the terms thereof and applicable law.
12. SOLE STOCKHOLDER AND MEMBER APPROVALS . The affirmative vote of the sole stockholder of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock and of the Members of the MHC as set forth in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization shall be required to approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, of which this Agreement and Plan of Merger is a part, on behalf of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC, respectively. The approval of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, as the sole stockholder of the Savings Bank, shall be required to approve the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, of which this Agreement and Plan of Merger is a part, on behalf of the Savings Bank. The approval of the MHC, as the sole stockholder of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, shall be required to approve the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, of which this Agreement and Plan of Merger is a part, on behalf of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.
13. DIRECTOR APPROVAL . At least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors of each of the Constituent Corporations have approved this Agreement and Plan of Merger.
14. ABANDONMENT OF PLAN . This Agreement and Plan of Merger may be abandoned by either the Holding Company or the Savings Bank at any time before the Effective Date in the manner set forth in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.
15. AMENDMENTS . This Agreement and Plan of Merger may be amended in the manner set forth in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization by a subsequent writing signed by the parties hereto upon the approval of the Boards of Directors of the Constituent Corporations.
16. SUCCESSORS . This Agreement shall be binding on the successors of the Constituent Corporations.
17. GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, except to the extent superseded by the laws of the United States.
A-3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Constituent Corporations have caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
Attest: |
|
FIRST FINANCIAL FEDERAL OF RENTON, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. McLendon |
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
Corporate Secretary |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attest: |
|
FIRST SAVINGS BANK OF RENTON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
Corporate Secretary |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attest: |
|
INTERIM ONE SAVINGS BANK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
Corporate Secretary |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
A-4
ANNEX B
Agreement and Plan of Merger
by and among First Financial Federal Holdings, MHC,
First Savings Bank of Renton and
Interim Two Savings Bank
This Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of ________, 2007, is made by and between First Financial Federal Holdings, MHC (the MHC), a federal mutual holding company, First Savings Bank of Renton (the Savings Bank or the Surviving Corporation), a Washington chartered savings bank, and Interim Two Savings Bank, an interim federal savings bank (Interim Two) (collectively, the Constituent Corporations).
WITNESSETH:
|
A. |
WHEREAS, First Financial Holdings, MHC, a Washington-chartered mutual holding company, the Savings Bank and First Financial of Renton, Inc. have adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the Plan) which will result in the elimination of First Financial Holdings, MHC, the creation of a new stock form holding company, First Financial Northwest, Inc. which will own all of the outstanding shares of the Savings Bank, and the issuance and sale of shares in First Financial Northwest to depositors of the Savings Bank and others in a stock offering (collectively, the Conversion and Reorganization); and |
|
|
|
|
B. |
WHEREAS, the Conversion and Reorganization will be accomplished through a series of substantially simultaneous and interdependent transactions as follows: (i) the Savings Bank will elect to be treated as a savings association pursuant to Section 10(1) of the Home Owners Loan Act and First Financial Holdings, MHC and First Financial of Renton will convert to a Federal mutual holding company and Federal mid-tier holding company, respectively, pursuant to interim mergers; (ii) the resulting Federal mid-tier holding company will convert to a federal interim stock savings institution and simultaneously merge with and into the Savings Bank with the Savings Bank as the survivor entity (the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger), and the resulting Federal mutual holding company will convert from mutual form to a federal interim stock savings institution and simultaneously merge with and into the Savings Bank (the MHC Merger), pursuant to which MHC will cease to exist and the shares of First Financial of Rentons common stock held by MHC will be canceled; and (iii) a Washington chartered interim savings bank will be formed as a wholly owned subsidiary of the newly formed Washington corporation and then the Savings Bank and the newly formed Washington chartered interim savings bank will merge (the Holding Company Merger), pursuant to which the Savings Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of a newly formed stock corporation (the Holding Company); and (iv) the Holding Company will offer shares of its common stock in the manner set forth in the Plan; and |
|
|
|
|
C. |
WHEREAS, the MHC Merger will be effected after the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger; and |
|
|
|
|
D. |
WHEREAS, the Constituent Corporations desire to provide for the terms and conditions of the MHC Merger. |
NOW, THEREFORE, the Constituent Corporations hereby agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
1. EFFECTIVE DATE . The MHC Merger shall become effective on the date specified in the endorsement of the Articles of Merger relating to the MHC Merger by the Washington Secretary of State pursuant to Section 32.32.500 of the Revised Code of Washington, or any successor thereto (the Effective Date).
2. CONVERSION OF MHC . Immediately prior to the MHC Merger, the MHC will convert to Interim Two, an interim federal savings bank. In that conversion, all the shares of the Savings Bank held by the MHC will be held by Interim Two.
B-1
3. THE MHC MERGER AND EFFECT THEREOF . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and the prior approval of the OTS of the Conversion and Reorganization and the expiration of all applicable waiting periods, the MHC shall convert from the mutual form to a interim federal stock savings bank and simultaneously merge with and into the Savings Bank, which shall be the Surviving Corporation. Upon consummation of the MHC Merger, the Surviving Corporation shall be considered the same business and corporate entity as each of the Constituent Corporations and the Surviving Corporation shall be subject to and be deemed to have assumed all of the property, rights, privileges, powers, franchises, debts, liabilities, obligations, duties and relationships of each of the Constituent Corporations and shall have succeeded to all of each of their relationships, fiduciary or otherwise, as fully and to the same extent as if such property, rights, privileges, powers, franchises, debts, obligations, duties and relationships had been originally acquired, incurred or entered into by the Surviving Corporation. In addition, any reference to either of the Constituent Corporations in any contract or document, whether executed or taking effect before or after the Effective Date, shall be considered a reference to the Surviving Corporation, if not inconsistent with the other provisions of the contract or document; and any pending action or other judicial proceeding to which either of the Constituent Corporations is a party shall not be deemed to have abated or to have been discontinued by reason of the MHC Merger, but may be prosecuted to final judgment, order or decree in the same manner as if the MHC Merger had not occurred or the Surviving Corporation may be substituted as a party to such action or proceeding, and any judgment, order or decree may be rendered for or against it that might have been rendered for or against either of the Constituent Corporations if the MHC Merger had not occurred.
|
4. |
COMMON STOCK OF THE SAVING ASSOCIATION; CANCELLATION OF MEMBERS INTERESTS IN THE MHC; ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT . |
(a) On the Effective Date, each share of common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Savings Bank issued and outstanding immediately before the Effective Date and held by the MHC, by virtue of the MHC Merger, shall be cancelled in exchange for the interests granted to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the liquidation account as provided for in the Plan.
(b) On the Effective Date, the interests in the MHC of any person, firm or entity who or which qualified as a member of the MHC in accordance with its mutual charter and bylaws and the laws of the United States before the MHCs conversion from mutual to stock form in Conversion and Reorganization (Members) shall, by virtue of the MHC Merger, and without any action on the part of any Member, be canceled.
5. RIGHTS OF DISSENT AND APPRAISAL ABSENT . Holders of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock shall not have any dissenter or appraisal rights in connection with the MHC Merger.
6. NAME OF SURVIVING CORPORATION . The name of the Surviving Corporation shall be First Savings Bank of Renton.
7. DEPOSITS . All deposit accounts of the Savings Bank shall become the deposit accounts of the Surviving Corporation without change in their respective terms, interest rates, maturities, minimum required balances or withdrawal values, and the Surviving Corporation will continue to issue deposit accounts on the same basis as immediately prior to Effective Date.
8. DIRECTORS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION . Upon and after the Effective Date, until changed in accordance with the Charter and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation and applicable law, the number of directors of the Surviving Corporation shall be eight. The names of those persons who, upon and after the Effective Date, shall be directors of the Surviving Corporation are set forth below. Each such director shall serve for the term which expires at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Surviving Corporation in the year set forth after his respective name, and until a successor is elected and qualified.
B-2
Name |
|
Term Expires |
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
|
2008 |
Robert L. Anderson |
|
2008 |
Robert W. McLendon |
|
2008 |
Joann E. Lee |
|
2009 |
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
2009 |
Harry A. Blencoe |
|
2009 |
Gerald Edlund |
|
2010 |
Gary F. Faull |
|
2010 |
The address of each director is 201 Wells Avenue South, Renton, Washington 98057.
9. OFFICERS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION . Upon and after the Effective Date, until changed in accordance with the Charter and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation and applicable law, the officers of the Savings Bank immediately before the Effective Date shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation.
10. OFFICES . Upon the Effective Date, all offices of the Savings Bank shall be offices of the Surviving Corporation. As of the Effective Date, the home office of the Surviving Corporation shall remain at 201 Wells Avenue South, Renton, Washington 98057.
11. CHARTER AND BYLAWS . On and after the Effective Date, the Charter of the Savings Bank as in effect immediately before the Effective Date shall be the Charter of the Surviving Corporation until amended in accordance with the terms thereof and applicable law, except that the Charter shall be amended to provide for the establishment of a liquidation account in accordance with applicable law and the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. On and after the Effective Date, the Bylaws of the Savings Bank as in effect immediately before the Effective Date shall be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until amended in accordance with the terms thereof and applicable law.
12. STOCKHOLDER AND MEMBER APPROVALS . The affirmative vote of the sole stockholder of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock and the affirmative vote of the Members of MHC as set forth in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization shall be required to approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, of which this Agreement and Plan of Merger is a part, on behalf of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC, respectively. The approval of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, as the sole stockholder of the Savings Bank before the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, and the MHC, as the sole stockholder of the Savings Bank after the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, shall be required to approve the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, on behalf of the Savings Bank.
13. DIRECTOR APPROVAL . At least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors of each of the Constituent Corporations have approved this Agreement and Plan of Merger.
14. ABANDONMENT OF PLAN . This Agreement and Plan of Merger may be abandoned by either the MHC or the Savings Bank at any time before the Effective Date in the manner set forth in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.
15. AMENDMENTS . This Agreement and Plan of Merger may be amended in the manner set forth in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization by a subsequent writing signed by the parties hereto upon the approval of the Boards of Directors of the Constituent Corporations.
16. SUCCESSORS . This Agreement shall be binding on the successors of the Constituent Corporations.
17. GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, except to the extent superseded by the laws of the United States.
B-3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Constituent Corporations have caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
Attest: |
|
FIRST FINANCIAL FEDERAL HOLDINGS, MHC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Gerald Edlund |
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
Corporate Secretary |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attest: |
|
FIRST SAVINGS BANK OF RENTON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
Corporate Secretary |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attest: |
|
INTERIM TWO SAVINGS BANK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
Corporate Secretary |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
B-4
ANNEX C
Agreement and Plan of Merger
by and among First Savings Bank of Renton,
First Financial Northwest, Inc., and
Renton Interim Three Savings Bank
This Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of ________, 2007, is made by and among First Savings Bank of Renton (the Savings Bank or the Surviving Corporation), a federal savings bank; First Financial Northwest, Inc., a Washington corporation (the Holding Company), and Renton Interim Three Savings Bank (Interim Three), an interim Washington-chartered savings bank organized under Title 32 of the Revised Code of Washington (RCW) (collectively, the Constituent Corporations).
WITNESSETH:
|
A. |
WHEREAS, First Financial Holdings, MHC, a Washington-chartered mutual holding company, the Savings Bank and First Financial of Renton, Inc. have adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the Plan) which will result in the elimination of First Financial Holdings, MHC, the creation of a new stock form holding company, First Financial Northwest, Inc. which will own all of the outstanding shares of the Savings Bank, and the issuance and sale of shares in First Financial Northwest to depositors of the Savings Bank and others in a stock offering (the Conversion and Reorganization); and |
|
|
|
|
B. |
WHEREAS, the Conversion and Reorganization will be accomplished through a series of substantially simultaneous and interdependent transactions as follows: (i) the Savings Bank will elect to be treated as a savings association pursuant to Section 10(1) of the Home Owners Loan Act and First Financial Holdings, MHC and First Financial of Renton will convert to a Federal mutual holding company (MHC) and Federal mid-tier holding company, respectively, pursuant to interim mergers; (ii) the resulting Federal mid-tier holding company will convert to a federal interim stock savings institution and simultaneously merge with and into the Savings Bank with the Savings Bank as the survivor entity (the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger), and the resulting Federal mutual holding company will convert from mutual form to a federal interim stock savings institution and simultaneously merge with and into the Savings Bank (the MHC Merger), pursuant to which MHC will cease to exist and the shares of First Financial of Rentons common stock held by MHC will be canceled; and (iii) a Washington chartered interim savings bank will be formed as a wholly owned subsidiary of the newly formed Washington corporation and then the Savings Bank and the newly formed Washington chartered interim savings bank will merge (the Holding Company Merger), pursuant to which the Savings Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of a newly formed stock corporation (the Holding Company); and (iv) the Holding Company will offer shares of its common stock in the manner set forth in the Plan; and |
|
|
|
|
C. |
WHEREAS, the Savings Bank will reorganize into the stock holding company structure by causing the Holding Company to become the sole stockholder of Interim Three and then merging Interim Three with and into the Savings Bank in the Holding Company Merger; and |
|
|
|
|
D. |
WHEREAS, the Holding Company is being organized by the officers of the Savings Bank as a Washington corporation to effect the Conversion and Reorganization; and |
|
|
|
|
E. |
WHEREAS, Interim Three is being organized by the officers of the Savings Bank as a Washington interim savings bank with the Holding Company as its sole stockholder to effect the Holding Company Merger; and |
|
|
|
|
F. |
WHEREAS, the Holding Company Merger will be effected after the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger and MHC Merger; and |
C-1
|
G. |
WHEREAS, the Constituent Corporations desire to provide for the terms and conditions of the Holding Company Merger. |
NOW, THEREFORE, the Constituent Corporations hereby agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
1. EFFECTIVE DATE . The Holding Company Merger shall become effective on the date specified in the endorsement of the Articles of Merger relating to the Holding Company Merger by the Washington Secretary of State pursuant to Section 32.32.500 of the Revised Code of Washington, or any successor thereto (the Effective Date).
2. THE MERGER AND EFFECT THEREOF . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and the prior approval of the OTS of the Conversion and the Reorganization, as defined in the Plan, and the expiration of all applicable waiting periods, Interim Three shall merge with and into the Savings Bank, with the Savings Bank as the Surviving Corporation. Upon consummation of the Holding Company Merger, the Surviving Corporation shall be considered the same business and corporate entity as each of the Constituent Corporations and thereupon and thereafter all the property, rights, powers and franchises of each of the Constituent Corporations shall vest in the Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Corporation shall be subject to and be deemed to have assumed all of the property, rights, privileges, powers, franchises, debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of each of the Constituent Corporations and shall have succeeded to all of each of their relationships, fiduciary or otherwise, fully and to the same extent as if such property, rights, privileges, powers, franchises, debts, obligations, duties and relationships had been originally acquired, incurred or entered into by the Surviving Corporation. In addition, any reference to either of the Constituent Corporations in any contract or document, whether executed or taking effect before or after the Effective Date, shall be considered a reference to the Savings Bank, if not inconsistent with the other provisions of the contract or document; and any pending action or other judicial proceeding of which either of the Constituent Corporations is a party shall not be deemed to have abated or to have been discontinued by reason of the Holding Company Merger, but may be prosecuted to final judgment, order or decree in the same manner as if the Holding Company Merger had not occurred or the Surviving Corporation may be substituted as a party to such action or proceeding, and any judgment, order or decree may be rendered for or against it that might have been rendered for or against either of the Constituent Corporations if the Holding Company Merger had not occurred.
|
3. |
CONVERSION OF MINORITY STOCKHOLDERS INTEREST INTO HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK; COMMON STOCK OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION . |
(a) On the Effective Date:
|
(i) |
each share of Holding Company common stock held by the Savings Bank immediately before the Effective Date, if any, shall, by virtue of the Holding Company Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be canceled; and |
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
100% of the shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Interim Three issued and outstanding immediately before the Effective Date, by virtue of the Holding Company Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, shall be the common stock of the Surviving Corporation and be held by the Holding Company. |
(b) In accordance with the Plan and this Section 3, the Holding Company agrees (i) to issue shares of Holding Company common stock in accordance with the terms hereof and (ii) to cancel all previously issued and outstanding shares of Holding Company common stock upon the effectiveness of the Holding Company Merger.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, no fractional shares of Holding Company common stock shall be issued to holders of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock. In lieu thereof, the holder of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock entitled to a fraction of a share of Holding Company common stock shall, at the time of surrender of the certificate or certificates representing such holder shares, receive an amount of cash equal to the product arrived at by multiplying such fraction of a share of Holding Company common stock by
C-2
the Actual Purchase Price, as defined in the Plan. No such holder shall be entitled to dividends, voting rights or any other rights in respect of any fractional share.
4. RIGHTS OF DISSENT AND APPRAISAL . Holders of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock shall not have any dissenter or appraisal rights in connection with the Holding Company Merger and the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, or any successor thereto.
5. NAME OF SURVIVING CORPORATION . The name of the Surviving Corporation shall be First Savings Bank of Renton.
6. DIRECTORS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION . Upon and after the Effective Date, until changed in accordance with the Charter and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation and applicable law, the number of directors of the Surviving Corporation shall be eight. The names of those persons who, upon and after the Effective Date, shall be directors of the Surviving Corporation are set forth below. Each such director shall serve for the term which expires at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Surviving Corporation in the year set forth after his respective name, and until a successor is elected and qualified.
Name |
|
Term Expires |
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
|
2008 |
Robert L. Anderson |
|
2008 |
Robert W. McLendon |
|
2008 |
Joann E. Lee |
|
2009 |
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
2009 |
Harry A. Blencoe |
|
2009 |
Gerald Edlund |
|
2010 |
Gary F. Faull |
|
2010 |
The address of each director is 201 Wells Avenue South, Renton, Washington 98057.
7. OFFICERS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION . Upon and after the Effective Date, until changed in accordance with the Charter and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation and applicable law, the officers of the Savings Bank immediately before the Effective Date shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation. As of the Effective Date, the Holding Company adopts any employment or severance agreements between those officers and the Mid-Tier Holding Company officers as agreements between those officers and the Holding Company.
8. OFFICES . Upon the Effective Date, all offices of the Savings Bank shall be offices of the Surviving Corporation. As of the Effective Date, the home office of the Surviving Corporation shall remain at 201 Wells Avenue South, Renton, Washington 98057.
9. CHARTER AND BYLAWS . On and after the Effective Date, the Charter and Bylaws of the Savings Bank as in effect immediately before the Effective Date shall be the Charter and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until amended in accordance with the terms thereof and applicable law.
10. SAVINGS ACCOUNTS . Upon the Effective Date, any savings accounts of Interim Three, without reissue, shall be and become savings accounts of the Surviving Corporation without change in their respective terms, including, without limitation, maturity minimum required balances or withdrawal value.
11. STOCKHOLDER AND MEMBER APPROVALS . The affirmative vote of the sole stockholder of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock and the affirmative vote of the Members of MHC as set forth in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization shall be required to approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, of which this Agreement and Plan of Merger is a part, on behalf of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC, respectively. The approval of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, as the sole stockholder of the Savings Bank before the Mid-
C-3
Tier Holding Company Merger, and the MHC, as the sole stockholder of the Savings Bank after the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, shall be required to approve the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, on behalf of the Savings Bank.
12. DIRECTOR APPROVAL . At least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors of each of the Constituent Corporations have approved this Agreement and Plan of Merger.
13. REGISTRATION; OTHER APPROVALS . In addition to the approvals set forth in Sections 1, 11 and 12 hereof and in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, the obligations of the parties hereto to consummate the Holding Company Merger shall be subject to the Holding Company common stock to be issued hereunder in exchange for Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and registered or qualified under applicable state securities laws, as well as the receipt of all other approvals, consents or waivers as the parties may deem necessary or advisable.
14. ABANDONMENT OF PLAN . This Agreement and Plan of Merger may be abandoned by either the Constituent Corporations at any time before the Effective Date in the manner set forth in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.
15. AMENDMENTS . This Agreement and Plan of Merger may be amended in the manner set forth in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization by a subsequent writing signed by the parties hereto upon the approval of the Board of Directors of each of the parties hereto.
16. SUCCESSORS . This Agreement and Plan of Merger shall be binding on the successors of the parties hereto.
17. GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement and Plan of Merger shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, except to the extent superseded by the laws of the United States.
C-4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Constituent Corporations hereto have caused this Plan of Merger to be duly executed on its behalf by its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first above written.
Attest: |
|
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. McLendon |
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
Corporate Secretary |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attest: |
|
FIRST SAVINGS BANK OF RENTON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
Corporate Secretary |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attest: |
|
RENTON INTERIM THREE SAVINGS BANK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
Corporate Secretary |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
C-5
ANNEX D
AMENDED AND RESTATED CHARTER AND CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
FIRST SAVINGS BANK NORTHWEST
The following shall constitute the Amended and Restated Charter and Certificate of Incorporation of First Savings Bank Northwest, as defined under Title 32 of the Revised Code of Washington (hereinafter the RCW).
ARTICLE I
Name
The name of the savings bank is First Savings Bank Northwest (hereinafter the savings bank).
ARTICLE II
Office
The principal office of the savings bank shall be located at 201 Wells Avenue South, in the City of Renton and the County of King, State of Washington.
ARTICLE III
Duration
The duration of the savings bank is perpetual.
ARTICLE IV
Purpose and Powers
The nature of the business and the objects and purposes to be transacted, promoted or carried on by the savings bank are to engage in any lawful act of business for which savings banks may be organized under the laws of the State of Washington as now in existence or as such laws may hereafter be amended, or as may be preempted by Federal law.
ARTICLE V
Capital Stock
The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the savings bank has authority to issue is 10,000, of which 9,000 shall be common stock of par value of $1.00 per share, and of which 1,000 shall be preferred stock of par value of $1.00 per share. The shares may be issued from time to time as authorized by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders, except to the extent that such approval is required by governing law, rule or regulation. The consideration for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in full before their issuance and shall not be less than the par value per share. Neither promissory notes nor future services shall constitute payment or part payment for the issuance of shares of the savings bank. The consideration for the shares shall be cash, tangible or intangible property, labor, or services actually performed for the savings bank, or any combination of the foregoing. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the value of such property, labor or services, as determined by the Board of Directors of the savings bank, shall be conclusive. Upon payment of such consideration such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable. Upon authorization by its Board of Directors, the savings bank may issue its own shares in exchange for or in conversion of its outstanding shares or distribute its own shares, pro rata to its shareholders or the shareholders of one or more classes or series, to effectuate stock dividends or splits, and any such transaction shall not require consideration.
Nothing contained in this Article V shall entitle the holders of any class or series of capital stock to vote as a separate class or series or to more than one vote per share, with no cumulative voting in the election of directors.
A description of the different classes and series (if any) of the savings banks capital stock and a statement of the designations, and the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class and series (if any) of capital stock are as follows:
A. Common Stock . Except as provided in this Article V, the holders of the common stock shall exclusively possess all voting power. Each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder.
1
Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class of stock having preference over the common stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund, retirement fund or other retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the common stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends.
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the savings bank, the holders of the common stock (and the holders of any class or series of stock entitled to participate with the common stock in the distribution of assets) shall be entitled to receive, in cash or in kind, the assets of the savings bank available for distribution remaining after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the savings banks debts and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of its liquidation account; and (iii) distributions or provision for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having preference over the common stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the savings bank. Each share of common stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of common stock.
B. Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors of the savings bank is authorized by resolution or resolutions from time to time adopted to provide for the issuance of serial preferred stock in series and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, including, but not limited to, determination of any of the following:
(a) The distinctive serial designation and the number of shares constituting such series;
(b) The dividend rate or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, the payment date or dates for dividends, and the participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;
(c) The voting powers, full or limited, if any, of shares of such series;
(d) Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so, the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions on which, such shares may be redeemed;
(e) The amount or amounts payable upon the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the savings bank;
(f) Whether the shares or such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking or retirement fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares, and if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its application, including the price or prices at which such shares may be redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund;
(g) Whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the savings bank, and, if so convertible or exchangeable, the conversion price or prices, or the rate or rates of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;
(h) The price or other consideration for which the shares of such series shall be issued; and
(i) Whether the shares of such series which are redeemed or converted shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of serial preferred stock and whether such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other series of serial preferred stock.
Each share of each series preferred stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all other shares of the same series.
ARTICLE VI
Preemptive Rights
Holders of the capital stock of the savings bank shall not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares of the savings bank which may be issued.
2
ARTICLE VII
Directors
The savings bank shall be under the direction of a Board of Directors. The number of directors shall be as stated in the savings banks Bylaws, but in no event shall be fewer than five (5) nor more than fifteen (15).
ARTICLE VIII
Directors
The name, occupation and residential addresses of each persons who shall serve as the Board of Directors of the savings bank are as follows:
NAME |
|
OCCUPATION |
|
ADDRESS |
|
|
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
|
Chairman of the Board. President, Chief
|
|
201 Wells Avenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dr. Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
Retired Superintendent of
|
|
201 Wells Avenue South
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harry A. Blencoe |
|
Retired Banker |
|
201 Wells Avenue South
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert L. Anderson |
|
Retired Attorney |
|
201 Wells Avenue South.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gerald Edlund |
|
President, Edlund Associates, Inc.
|
|
201 Wells Avenue South
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. McLendon |
|
President, McLendon
|
|
201 Wells Avenue South
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gary F. Faull |
|
Attorney, Gary F. Faull Law Office |
|
201 Wells Avenue South
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joann E. Lee |
|
Certified Public Accountant
|
|
201 Wells Avenue South
|
ARTICLE IX
Removal of Directors
Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the savings banks Bylaws (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these amended and restated charter and certificate of incorporation or the savings banks Bylaws), any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed at any time, but only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting called expressly for such purpose.
ARTICLE X
Registered Office and Agent
The registered office of the savings bank shall be located at 201 Wells Avenue South, Renton, Washington. The registered agent of the savings bank at such address shall be Victor Karpiak.
ARTICLE XI
Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees
Any person against whom any action is brought or threatened by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer or employee of this savings bank shall be indemnified by the savings bank to the fullest extent authorized by Washington law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the savings bank to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted
3
prior thereto), for any amount for which such person becomes liable by reason of any judgment in such action; reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, actually paid or incurred by such person in connection with proceedings related to the defense or settlement of such action, and reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, actually paid or incurred in any action to enforce his rights under this Article XI that results in a final judgment in favor of such person. However, even if the proceedings do not result in a final judgment on the merits in favor of the director, officer or employee, the Board of Directors may make the indemnification provided in the preceding sentence, provided that a majority of disinterested directors determine that such director or officer was acting in good faith within the scope of his employment or authority as he could reasonable have perceived it under the circumstances and for purposes he could reasonable have believed under the circumstances were in the best interests of this savings bank or its stockholders. If a majority of the directors concludes that, in connection with an action, any person ultimately may become entitled to indemnification under this Article XI, the directors may authorize payment of reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, arising from the defense or settlement of such action; provided, however, that before making advance payment of expenses under this Article XI, the savings bank shall obtain an agreement that the savings bank will be repaid if the person on whose behalf payment is made is later determined not to be entitled to such indemnification. The Board of Directors may authorize the obtaining of insurance to protect against such losses.
The indemnification provided by this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which those indemnified may be entitled under any other bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders, or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such an office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person. Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, this Amended and Restated Charter and Certificate of Incorporation is subject to the requirements and limitations set forth in state and federal laws, rules, regulations, or orders regarding indemnification and prepayment of legal expenses, including Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Part 359 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporations Rules and Regulations or any successor regulations thereto.
ARTICLE XII
Limitation of Directors Liability
To the fullest extent permitted by Washington law, as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of this savings bank shall not be personally liable to the savings bank or its stockholders for monetary damages for conduct as a director, except for liability of the director for acts or omissions that involve: (i) intentional misconduct by the director; (ii) a knowing violation of law by the director; (iii) conduct violating Chapter 23B.08.310 of the RCW regarding unlawful distributions; or (iv) any transaction from which the director will personally receive a benefit in money, property or services to which the director is not legally entitled. An amendment or repeal of this Article XII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the savings bank existing at the time of such amendment or repeal.
ARTICLE XIII
Amendment of Charter
No amendment to these amended and restated charter and certificate of incorporation shall be made unless such is first approved by a majority of the directors of the savings bank and thereafter approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a lawful meeting. All amendments to these amended and restated charter and certificate of incorporation shall be subject to the approval of the Director of Banks, State of Washington.
ARTICLE XIV
Assets, Liabilities and Capital
The savings banks total assets, total liabilities and total capital as of September 30, 2007 was $______, $_________ and $___________, respectively.
ARTICLE XV
Liquidation Account
Pursuant to the requirements of RCW 32.32.090 and the Office of Thrift Supervisions s Regulations (12 C.F.R. Subchapter D), the savings bank shall establish and maintain a liquidation account for the benefit of its savings account holders as of June 30,2005 and June 30, 2007. In the event of a complete liquidation of the savings bank, it shall comply with such regulations with respect to the amount and the priorities on liquidation of each of the savings banks eligible savers inchoate interest in the liquidation account, to the extent it is still in existence: Provided, that an eligible savers inchoate interest in the liquidation account shall not entitle such eligible saver to any voting rights at meetings of the savings banks shareholders.
4
ARTICLE XV
I
Declaration of Signers
Each of the undersigned hereby declares that he will accept the responsibilities and faithfully discharge the duties of a Director of the savings bank, and that he is free from all disqualifications specified in the RCW applicable to savings banks.
* * *
5
Executed this ______ day of _______________, 2007
|
|
|
Harry A. Blencoe |
|
Victor Karpiak |
Director |
|
Chairman of the Board President,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dr. Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
Joann E, Lee |
Director |
|
Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert L. Anderson |
|
Gerald Edlund |
Director |
|
Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. McLendon |
|
Gary F. Faull |
Director |
|
Director |
6
Exhibit 3.1
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC.
Pursuant to the provisions of Title 23B of the Revised Code of Washington (RCW) (the Washington Business Corporation Act as now in existence or as may hereafter be amended, the WBCA), the following shall constitute the Articles of Incorporation of First Financial Northwest, Inc., a Washington corporation:
ARTICLE I
Name
The name of the corporation is First Financial Northwest, Inc. (the Corporation).
ARTICLE II
Duration
The duration of the Corporation is perpetual.
ARTICLE III
Purpose and Powers
The purpose for which the Corporation is organized is to act as a bank holding company and to transact all other lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the WBCA. The Corporation shall have all the powers of a corporation organized under the WBCA.
ARTICLE IV
Capital Stock
The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is 100,000,000, of which 90,000,000 shall be common stock of par value of $0.01 per share, and of which 10,000,000 shall be serial preferred stock of par value of $0.01 per share. The shares may be issued from time to time as authorized by the Board of Directors without further approval of the shareholders, except to the extent that such approval is required by governing law, rule or regulation. The consideration for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in full before their issuance and shall not be less than the stated par value per share. Upon payment of such consideration, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable. Upon authorization by its Board of Directors, the Corporation may issue its own shares in exchange for or in conversion of its outstanding shares or distribute its own shares, pro rata to its shareholders or the shareholders of one or more classes or series, to effectuate stock dividends or splits, and any such transaction shall not require consideration.
Except as expressly provided by applicable law, these Articles of Incorporation or by any resolution of the Board of Directors designating and establishing the terms of any series of preferred stock, no holders of any class or series of capital stock shall have any right to vote as a separate class or series or to vote more than one vote per share. The shareholders of the Corporation shall not be entitled to cumulative voting in any election of directors.
A description of the different classes and series (if any) of the Corporations capital stock and a statement of the designations, and the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class and series (if any) of capital stock are as follows:
A. Common Stock . On matters on which holders of common stock are entitled to vote, each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder.
Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class of stock having preference over the common stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund, retirement fund or other retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the common stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends, out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors.
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of the common stock (and the holders of any class or series of stock entitled to participate with the common stock in the distribution of assets) shall be entitled to receive, in cash or in kind, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution remaining after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporations debts and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of its liquidation account; and (iii) distributions or provision for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having preference over the common stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. Each share of common stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of common stock.
B. Serial Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized by resolution or resolutions from time to time adopted to provide for the issuance of preferred stock in series and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, including, but not limited to, determination of any of the following:
(a) The distinctive serial designation and the number of shares constituting such series;
(b) The dividend rate or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, the payment date or dates for dividends, and the participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;
(c) The voting powers, full or limited, if any, of shares of such series;
(d) Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so, the price(s) at which, and the terms and conditions on which, such shares may be redeemed;
(e) The amount(s) payable upon the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;
(f) Whether the shares or such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking or retirement fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares, and if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its application, including the price(s) at which such shares may be redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund;
(g) Whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation, and, if so convertible or exchangeable, the conversion price(s), or the rate or rates of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;
(h) The price or other consideration for which the shares of such series shall be issued; and
(i) Whether the shares of such series which are redeemed or converted shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of serial preferred stock and whether such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other series of serial preferred stock.
2
Each share of each series of preferred stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all other shares of the same series.
C. 1. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation, in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who, as of any record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (Limit), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit, unless a majority of the Whole Board (as hereinafter defined) shall have by resolution granted in advance such entitlement or permission. The number of votes which may be cast by any record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of common stock beneficially owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit shall be a number equal to the total number of votes which a single record owner of all common stock owned by such person would be entitled to cast, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series which are both beneficially owned by such person and owned of record by such record owner and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit.
2. The following definitions shall apply to this Section C of this Article VII.
(a) Affiliate shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on the date of filing of these Articles of Incorporation.
(b) Beneficial ownership shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on the date of filing of these Articles of Incorporation; provided, however , that a person shall, in any event, also be deemed the beneficial owner of any common stock:
(i) which such person or any of its Affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or
(ii) which such person or any of its Affiliates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction which is described in any one or more of subparagraphs A(1)(a) through (h) of Article X hereof or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options or otherwise), or (B) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of shareholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such person nor any such Affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or
(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such first mentioned person or any of its Affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however , that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any Affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors of officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any common stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any Affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation, nor any trustee with respect thereto or any Affiliate of such trustee (solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee), shall be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any common stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage beneficial ownership of common stock of a person, the outstanding common stock shall include shares deemed owned by such person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other common stock which may be
3
issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding common stock shall include only common stock then outstanding and shall not include any common stock which may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
(c) A person shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity.
(d) Whole Board shall mean the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors.
3. The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section C and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions, including but not limited to matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by any person, (ii) whether a person is an Affiliate of another, (iii) whether a person has an agreement, arrangement or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section C to the given facts or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section C.
4. The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any person who is reasonably believed to beneficially own common stock in excess of the Limit (or holds of record common stock beneficially owned by any person in excess of the Limit) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such person who is reasonably believed to own shares in excess of the Limit and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be required of such person.
5. Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in this Section C, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of this Section C) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders, and every reference in these Articles of Incorporation to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for shareholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.
6. Any constructions, applications or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section C in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its shareholders.
7. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section C shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section C shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its shareholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section C remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all shareholders, including shareholders owning an amount of stock over the Limit, notwithstanding any such finding.
ARTICLE V
Preemptive Rights
Holders of the capital stock of the Corporation shall not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares of the Corporation which may be issued.
4
ARTICLE VI
Initial Directors
The persons who shall serve as the initial directors of the Corporation are: Victor Karpiak, Harry A. Blencoe, Joann E. Lee, Dr. Gary F. Kohlwes, Robert L. Anderson, Gerald Edlund, Robert W. McLendon and Gary F. Faull. The address of each initial director is 201 Wells Avenue South, Renton, Washington 98057. The initial directors shall serve until the first annual meeting of shareholders, at which time they may stand for reelection.
ARTICLE VII
Directors
A. Number . The Corporation shall be under the direction of a Board of Directors. The number of directors shall be as stated in the Corporations Bylaws, but in no event shall be fewer than five nor more than 15.
B. Classified Board . The Board of Directors shall be divided into three groups, with each group containing one-third of the total number of directors, or as near as may be. The terms of the directors in the first group shall expire at the first annual shareholders meeting following their election, the terms of the second group shall expire at the second shareholders meeting following their election, and the terms of the third group shall expire at the third annual shareholders meeting following their election. At each annual shareholders meeting held thereafter, directors shall be chosen for a term of three years to succeed those whose terms expire.
C. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, whether or not there remains a quorum of the Board of Directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office, rather than the next annual meeting of shareholders. A directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be filled by election by the Board of Directors for a term continuing only until the next election of directors by the shareholders.
ARTICLE VIII
Removal of Directors
Notwithstanding any other provisions of these articles of incorporation or the Corporations Bylaws (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these articles of incorporation or the Corporations Bylaws), any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting called expressly for such purpose. For purpose of this Article VIII, cause shall mean fraudulent or dishonest acts, a gross abuse of authority in discharge of duties to the Corporation or acts that are detrimental or hostile to the interests of the Corporation.
ARTICLE IX
Registered Office and Agent
The registered office of the Corporation shall be located at 201 Wells Avenue South, Renton, Washington 98057. The initial registered agent of the Corporation at such address shall be Victor Karpiak.
ARTICLE X
Notice for Shareholder Nominations and Proposals
A. Nominations for the election of directors and proposals for any new business to be taken up at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be made by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or by any shareholder of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. In order for a shareholder of the
5
Corporation to make any such nominations and/or proposals, he or she shall give notice thereof in writing, that is received by the Secretary of the Corporation not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 31 days notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to shareholders. Each such notice given by a shareholder with respect to nominations for election of directors shall set forth (i) the name, age, business address and, if known, residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each such nominees, (iii) the number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by each such nominee, (iv) such other information as would be required to be included in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of the proposed nominee pursuant to Regulation 14A of the General Rules and Regulations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including, without limitation, such persons written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director, if elected, and (v) as to the shareholder giving such notice (a) his or her name and address as they appear on the Corporations books and (b) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by such shareholder. In addition, the shareholder making such nomination shall promptly provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation.
B. Each such notice given by a shareholder to the Secretary with respect to business proposals to bring before a meeting shall set forth in writing as to each matter: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting; (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporations books, of the shareholder proposing such business; (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the shareholder; and (iv) any material interest of the shareholder in such business. Notwithstanding anything in these Articles of Incorporation to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at the meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article.
C. The Chairman of the annual or special meeting of shareholders may, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination or proposal was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and, if the Chairman should so determine, the Chairman shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination or proposal shall be disregarded and laid over for action at the next succeeding adjourned, special or annual meeting of the shareholders taking place thirty days or more thereafter. This provision shall not require the holding of any adjourned or special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of considering such defective nomination or proposal.
ARTICLE XI
Approval of Certain Business Combinations
The shareholder vote required to approve Business Combinations (as hereinafter defined) shall be as set forth in this section.
A. 1. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article XI, the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon (and, if any class or series of shares is entitled to vote thereon separately, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of each such class or series), and (ii) at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, not including shares deemed beneficially owned by a Related Person (as hereinafter defined), shall be required to authorize any of the following:
(a) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into a Related Person;
(b) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition, including without limitation, a mortgage, or any other security device, of all or any Substantial Part (as hereinafter defined) of the assets of the Corporation (including without limitation any voting securities of a subsidiary) or of a subsidiary, to a Related Person;
(c) any merger or consolidation of a Related Person with or into the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation;
6
(d) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of all or any Substantial Part of the assets of a Related Person to the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation;
(e) the issuance of any securities of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation to a Related Person;
(f) the acquisition by the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation of any securities of a Related Person;
(g) any reclassification of the common stock of the Corporation, or any recapitalization involving the common stock of the Corporation;
(h) any liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation; and
(i) any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for any of the transactions described in this Article XI.
2. Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation, any provision of law, or any agreement with any regulatory agency or national securities exchange which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote.
3. The term Business Combination as used in this Article XI shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of subparagraphs (a) through (i) above.
B. The provisions of Part A of this Article XI shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, which shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation, any provision of law, or any agreement with any regulatory agency or national securities exchange, if such particular Business Combination shall have been approved by two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined); provided, however , that such approval shall only be effective if obtained at a meeting at which a Continuing Director Quorum (as hereinafter defined) is present.
C. For the purposes of this Article XI the following definitions apply:
1. The term Related Person shall mean and include (a) any individual, corporation, partnership or other person or entity which together with its affiliates (as that term is defined in Rule 12b_2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) ,that beneficially owns (as that term is defined in Rule 13d_3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act of 1934) in the aggregate 10% or more of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Corporation (excluding tax-qualified benefit plans of the Corporation); and (b) any affiliate (as that term is defined in Rule 12b_2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of any such individual, corporation, partnership or other person or entity. Without limitation, any shares of the common stock of the Corporation which any Related Person has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise or conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, shall be deemed beneficially owned by such Related Person.
2. The term Substantial Part shall mean more than 25% of the total assets of the Corporation as of the end of its most recent fiscal year prior to when the determination is made.
3. The term Continuing Director shall mean any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who is unaffiliated with the Related Person and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time the Related Person became a Related Person, and any successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with the Related Person and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors.
4. The term Continuing Director Quorum shall mean seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Directors capable of exercising the powers conferred on them.
7
D. Nothing contained in this Article XI shall be construed to relieve a Related Person from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law. In addition, nothing contained in the Article XI shall prevent any shareholders of the Corporation from objecting to any Business Combination and from demanding any appraisal rights which may be available to such shareholder.
E. No amendment, alteration, change or repeal of any provision of the Article XI may be effected unless it is approved at a meeting of the Corporations shareholders called for that purpose. Notwithstanding any other provision of this charter, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend, alter, change, or repeal, directly or indirectly, any provision of this Article XI; provided, however , that the preceding provisions of this Part E shall not be applicable to any amendment to this Article XI if such amendment receives this affirmative vote required by law and any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation and if such amendment has been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors.
ARTICLE XII
Evaluation of Business Combinations
In connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and of the shareholders, when evaluating a Business Combination (as defined in Article XI) or a tender or exchange offer, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in addition to considering the adequacy of the amount to be paid in connection with any such transaction, shall consider all of the following factors and any other factors which it deems relevant: (i) the social and economic effects of the transaction on the Corporation and its subsidiaries, employees, depositors, loan and other customers, creditors and other elements of the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (ii) the business and financial condition and earnings prospects of the acquiring person or entity, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the acquisition and other likely financial obligations of the acquiring person or entity and the possible effect of such conditions upon the Corporation and its subsidiaries and the other elements of the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; and (iii) the competence, experience, and integrity of the acquiring person or entity and its or their management.
ARTICLE XIII
Limitation of Directors Liability
To the fullest extent permitted by the WBCA, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for conduct as a director, except for liability of the director for acts or omissions that involve: (i) intentional misconduct by the director; (ii) a knowing violation of law by the director; (iii) conduct violating RCW Section 23B.08.310 (relating to unlawful distributions by the Corporation); or (iv) any transaction from which the director will personally receive a benefit in money, property or services to which the director is not legally entitled. If the WBCA is amended in the future to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the full extent permitted by the WBCA, as so amended, without any requirement or further action by shareholders. An amendment or repeal of this Article XIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment or repeal.
ARTICLE XIV
Indemnification
The Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to its directors, officers, agents and employees as follows:
A. Directors and Officers . In all circumstances and to the full extent permitted by the WBCA, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer or agent of the Corporation and who was or is
8
a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal (including an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was an agent of the Corporation, against expenses, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement and incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. However, such indemnity shall not apply to: (a) acts or omissions of the director or officer finally adjudged to violate law; (b) conduct of the director or officer finally adjudged to violate RCW Section 23B.08.310 (relating to unlawful distributions by the Corporation) or (c) any transaction with respect to which it was finally adjudged that such director and officer personally received a benefit in money, property or services to which the director was not legally entitled. The Corporation shall advance expenses incurred in a proceeding for such persons pursuant to the terms set forth in a separate directors resolution or contract.
B. Implementation . The Board of Directors may take such action as is necessary to carry out these indemnification and expense advancement provisions. It is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such bylaws, resolutions, contracts or further indemnification and expense advancement arrangements as may be permitted by law, implementing these provisions. Such bylaws, resolutions, contracts or further arrangements shall include, but not be limited to, implementing the manner in which determinations as to any indemnity or advancement of expenses shall be made.
C. Survival of Indemnification Rights . No amendment or repeal of this Article XIV shall apply to or have any effect on any right to indemnification provided hereunder with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
D. Service for Other Entities . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided under this Article XIV shall apply to directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation for both (a) service in such capacities for the Corporation and (b) service at the Corporationss request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. A person is considered to be serving an employee benefit plan at the Corporations request if such persons duties to the Corporation also impose duties on, or otherwise involve services by, the director to the plan or to participants in or beneficiaries of the plan.
E. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have had the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this bylaw and the WBCA.
F. Other Rights . The indemnification provided by this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which those indemnified may be entitled under any other bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such an office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs executors, and administrators of such person.
ARTICLE XV
Special Meeting of Shareholders
Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called only by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors. The right of shareholders of the Corporation to call special meetings is specifically denied.
9
ARTICLE XVI
Repurchase of Shares
The Corporation may from time to time, pursuant to authorization by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and without action by the shareholders, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any class, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip, warrants, obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of the Corporation in such manner, upon such terms, and in such amounts as the Board of Directors shall determine; subject, however, to such limitations or restrictions, if any, as are contained in the express terms of any class of shares of the Corporation outstanding at the time of the purchase or acquisition in question or as are imposed by law.
ARTICLE XVII
Amendment of Bylaws
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind the Bylaws of the Corporation by a majority vote of the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law), the Bylaws shall not be adopted, repealed, altered, amended or rescinded by the shareholders of the Corporation except by the vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) cast at a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose (provided that notice of such proposed adoption, repeal, alteration, amendment or rescission is included in the notice of such meeting), or, as set forth above, by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE XVIII
Amendment of Articles of Incorporation
The Corporation reserves the right to repeal, alter, amend or rescind any provision contained in the Articles of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights conferred on shareholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in Articles II, III, IV (other than a change to the number of authorized shares in connection with a split of, or stock dividend in, the Corporations own shares, provided the Corporation has only one class of shares outstanding or a change in the par value of such shares), V, VII, VIII, X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI, XVII and this Article XVIII of these Articles of Incorporation may not be repealed, altered, amended or rescinded in any respect unless the same is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by each separate voting group entitled to vote thereon, cast at a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose (provided that notice of such proposed adoption, repeal, alteration, amendment or rescission is included in the notice of such meeting).
ARTICLE XIX
Incorporator
The name and mailing address of the incorporator are Victor Karpiak, 201 Wells Avenue South, Renton, Washington 98057.
* * *
10
Executed this 25 th day of May 2007.
|
/s/ Victor Karpiak |
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
|
Incorporator |
11
CONSENT TO APPOINTMENT AS REGISTERED AGENT
I, Victor Karpiak, hereby consent to serve as Registered Agent in the State of Washington for First Financial Northwest, Inc. I understand that as agent for the Corporation, it will be my responsibility to accept Service of Process on behalf of the Corporation; to forward license renewals and other mail to the Corporation; and to immediately notify the Office of the Secretary of State in the event of my resignation or of any changes in the Registered Office address.
By: |
/s/Victor Karpiak |
|
Victor Karpiak, Incorporator |
|
May 25, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Signature of Registered Agent) |
|
(Print Name and Title) |
|
(Date) |
12
Exhibit 3.2
BYLAWS
OF
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC.
ARTICLE I
Principal Office
SECTION 1. Principal Office . The principal office and place of business of the corporation in the state of Washington shall be located in the City of Renton, King County.
SECTION 2. Other Offices . The corporation may have such other offices as the Board of Directors may designate or the business of the corporation may require from time to time.
ARTICLE II
Shareholders
SECTION 1. Place of Meetings . All annual and special meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the corporation or at such other place within the State of Washington as the Board of Directors may determine.
SECTION 2. Annual Meeting . A meeting of the shareholders of the corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of any other business of the corporation shall be held annually on the third Wednesday of January, if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next day following which is not a legal holiday, at 9:00 a.m., Pacific time, or at such other date and time as the Board of Directors may determine.
SECTION 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes shall be called in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.
SECTION 4. Conduct of Meetings . Annual and special meetings shall be conducted in accordance with rules prescribed by the presiding officer of the meeting, unless otherwise prescribed by these bylaws. The Board of Directors shall designate, when present, either the chairman of the board or the president to preside at such meetings.
SECTION 5. Notice of Meeting . Written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting of shareholders, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the chairman of the board, the president, the secretary, or the directors calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting; provided, however , that notice of a shareholders meeting to act on an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, a plan of merger or share exchange, a proposed sale of assets pursuant to Chapter 23B.12.020 of the Revised Code of Washington or its successor, or the dissolution of the corporation shall be given no fewer than 20 nor more than 60 days before the meeting date. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail, addressed to the shareholder at the address as it appears on the stock transfer books or records of the corporation as of the record date prescribed in Section 6 of this Article II, with postage thereon prepaid. When any shareholders meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned for 120 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time and place of any meeting adjourned for less than 120 days or of the business to be transacted at the meeting, other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.
SECTION 6. Fixing of Record Date . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors shall fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders. Such date in any case shall be not more than 60 days, and in case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than 10 days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the day before the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment.
SECTION 7. Voting Lists . At least 10 days before each meeting of the shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall make a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the
number of shares held by each. This list of shareholders shall be kept on file at the home office of the corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours, for a period of 10 days prior to such meeting. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder during the entire time of the meeting. The original stock transfer book shall be prima facie evidence of the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of shareholders. Failure to comply with the requirements of this bylaw shall not affect the validity of any action taken at the meeting.
SECTION 8. Quorum . A majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum. If a quorum is present or represented at a meeting, a majority of those present or represented may transact any business which comes before the meeting, unless a greater percentage is required by law. If less than a quorum of the outstanding shares is represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified, and in the case of any adjourned meeting called for the election of directors, those who attend the second of the adjourned meetings, although less than a quorum, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing directors.
SECTION 9. Proxies . At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney in fact. Proxies solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted as directed by the shareholder or, in the absence of such direction, as determined by a majority of the board of directors. All proxies shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation before or at the commencement of meetings. No proxy may be effectively revoked until notice in writing of such revocation has been given to the secretary of the corporation by the shareholder (or his duly authorized attorney in fact, as the case may be) granting the proxy. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution unless it is coupled with an interest.
SECTION 10. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders . Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by any officer, agent or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine. A certified copy of a resolution adopted by such directors shall be conclusive as to their action.
Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into his name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him without a transfer of such shares into his name.
Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer thereof into his name if authority so to do is contained in an appropriate order of the court or other public authority by which such receiver was appointed.
If shares are held jointly by three or more fiduciaries, the will of the majority of the fiduciaries shall control the manner of voting or giving of a proxy, unless the instrument or order appointing such fiduciaries otherwise directs.
A shareholder, whose shares are pledged, shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter, the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.
Neither treasury shares of its own stock held by the corporation, nor shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such other corporation held by the corporation, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.
SECTION 11. Voting . Every holder of outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to the number of votes (if any) as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation. Shareholders shall not be entitled to cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, by statute, or by these bylaws, a majority of those votes cast by shareholders at a lawful meeting shall be sufficient to pass on a transaction or matter.
SECTION 12. Informal Action by Shareholders . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting
2
if consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be given by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter.
ARTICLE III
Board of Directors
SECTION 1. General Powers . All corporate powers shall be exercised by, or under authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a chairman of the board and a president from among its members and shall designate, when present, either the chairman of the board or the president to preside at its meetings.
SECTION 2. Number, Term and Election . The Board of Directors shall consist of eight (8) members divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible. The member of each class shall be elected by ballot for a term of (3) years and shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualified. One class shall be elected by ballot each year at the annual meeting.
SECTION 3. Regular Meetings . A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders, and at the same place as other regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.
SECTION 4. Qualifications . A person shall not be a Director of the corporation if that individual: (i) is not a resident of a state of the United States; (ii) has been adjudicated a bankrupt or has taken the benefit of any insolvency law or has made a general assignment for the benefit or creditors; (iii) has suffered a judgment for a sum of money which has remained unsatisfied after all legal proceedings have been of record or unsecured on appeal for a period of more than three months; or (iv) is a director of a bank, trust company, or national banking association, a majority of the Board of Directors of which are directors of this corporation.
SECTION 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or one-third of the directors. The persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place, within the corporations normal lending territory, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by such persons.
Members of the Board of Directors may participate in special meetings by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation shall constitute attendance in person, but shall not constitute attendance for the purpose of compensation pursuant to Section 12 of this Article.
SECTION 6. Notice of Special Meetings . Written notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at least two days prior thereto, when delivered personally or by telegram, or at least five days prior thereto, when delivered by mail at the address at which the director is most likely to be reached. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid if mailed, or when delivered to the telegraph company if sent by telegram. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing filed with the secretary. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
SECTION 7. Quorum . A majority of the number of directors fixed by Section 2 of this Article III shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time. Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be given in the same manner as prescribed by Section 6 of this Article III.
SECTION 8. Manner of Acting . The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting or adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, unless a greater number is prescribed by these bylaws.
SECTION 9. Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors.
3
SECTION 10. Resignation . Any director may resign at any time by sending a written notice of such resignation to the home office of the corporation addressed to the chairman of the board or the president. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the chairman of the board or the president. More than three consecutive absences from regular meetings of the Board of Directors, unless excused by resolution of the Board of Directors, shall automatically constitute a resignation, effective when such resignation is accepted by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 11. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, although less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office. A directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be filled by election by the Board of Directors for a term continuing only until the next election of directors by the stockholders.
SECTION 12. Compensation . A director may receive, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors, reasonable compensation for (i) attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors; (ii) service as an officer of the corporation, provided his duties as officer require and receive his regular and faithful attendance at the corporation; and (iii) service as a member of a committee of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that a director receiving compensation for services as an officer pursuant to (ii) shall not receive any additional compensation for service under (I) and (iii)
SECTION 13. Presumption of Assent . A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on a corporation matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent or abstention shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he or she shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation within five (5) days after the date he receives a copy of the minutes of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.
SECTION 14. Performance of Duties. A director shall perform his or her duties as a director, including the duties as a member or any committee of the board upon which he or she may serve, in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonable believes to be in the best interest of the corporation, and with such care as an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. In performing such duties, a director shall be entitled to rely on information, opinion, reports or statements, including financial statements and other financial data, in each case prepared or presented by: (i) one or more officers or employees of the corporation whom the director reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented; (ii) counsel, public accountants or other persons as to matters which the director reasonably believes to be within such persons professional or expert competence; or (iii) a committee of the board upon which he or she does not serve, duly designated in accordance with a provision of these Bylaws, as to matters within it designated authority, which committee the director reasonable believes to merit confidence. However, a director shall not be considered to be acting in good faith if he or she has knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted.
ARTICLE IV
Committees of the Board of Directors
SECTION 1. Appointment . The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board, may designate an executive officer of the corporation who also serves as a director of the corporation and two (2) or more of the other directors, who do not serve as executive officers of the corporation, to constitute an executive committee. The designation of any committee pursuant to this Article IV, and the delegation of authority thereto, shall not operate to relieve the Board of Directors, or any director, of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.
SECTION 2. Authority . The executive committee, when the board of directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the board of directors, except to the extent, if any, that such authority shall be limited by the resolution appointing the executive committee; and except also that the executive committee shall not have the authority of the board of directors with reference to: the declaration of dividends; the amendment of the charter of the corporation or bylaws of the corporation, or recommending to the stockholders a plan of merger, consolidation, or conversion; the sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the corporation otherwise than in the usual and regular course of its business; a voluntary dissolution of the corporation; a revocation of any of the foregoing; or the approval of a transaction in which any member of the executive committee, directly or indirectly, has any material beneficial interest.
4
SECTION 3. Tenure . Subject to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article IV, each member of the executive committee shall hold office until the next regular annual meeting of the board of directors following his or her designation and until his or her successor is designated as a member of the executive committee.
SECTION 4. Meetings . Regular meetings of the executive committee may be held without notice at such times and places as the executive committee may fix from time to time by resolution. Special meetings of the executive committee may be called by any member thereof upon not less than one days notice stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting, which notice may be written or oral. Any member of the executive committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice of any meeting need be given to any member thereof who attends in person. The notice of a meeting of the executive committee need not state the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting.
SECTION 5. Quorum . A majority of the members of the executive committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business at a meeting thereof, and action of the executive committee must be authorized by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present.
SECTION 6. Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the executive committee at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the members of the executive committee.
SECTION 7. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the executive committee may be filled by a resolution adapted by a majority of the full Board of Directors.
SECTION 8. Resignations and Removal . Any member of the executive committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors. Any member of the executive committee may resign from the executive committee at any time by giving written notice to the president or secretary of the corporation. Unless otherwise specified thereon, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt. The acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
SECTION 9. Procedure. The executive committee shall elect a presiding officer from its members and may fix its own rules of procedure which shall not be inconsistent with these bylaws. It shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board of directors for its information at the meeting held next after the proceedings shall have occurred.
SECTION 10. Audit Committee. At each annual meeting of the Board of Directors, the chairman, with the approval of the Board, shall appoint from among members of the Board, an Audit Committee consisting of not less than three members of the Board, none of whom may be members of management, all of whom shall serve until the next annual meeting and until their successors are appointed and confirmed.
SECTION 11. Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, establish such other committees composed of directors as they may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the corporation and may prescribe the duties, constitution, and procedures thereof.
ARTICLE V
Officers
SECTION 1. Positions . The officers of the Corporation shall be a president, a secretary and a treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the board of directors. The board of directors may also designate the chairman of the board as an officer. The president shall be the chief executive officer unless the board of directors designates the chairman of the board as chief executive officer. The president shall be a director of the Corporation. The offices of the secretary and treasurer may be held by the same person and a vice president may also be either the secretary or the treasurer. The board of directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president or senior vice president. The board of directors may also elect or authorize the appointment of such other officers as the business of the Corporation may require. The officers shall have such authority and perform such duties as the board of directors may from time to time authorize or determine. In the absence of action by the board of directors, the officers shall have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices.
SECTION 2. Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at the first meeting of the board of directors held after each annual meeting of the shareholders. If the election of officers is not held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as possible. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Election or appointment of an officer, employee
5
or agent shall not of itself create contract rights. The board of directors may authorize the corporation to enter into an employment contract with any officer in accordance with applicable law.
SECTION 3. Removal . Any officer may be removed by vote of two-thirds of the board of directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby, but such removal, other than for cause, shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.
SECTION 4. Vacancies . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.
SECTION 5. Remuneration . The remuneration of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VI
Contracts, Loans, Checks and Deposits
SECTION 1. Contracts . Except as otherwise prescribed by these bylaws with respect to certificates for shares, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee, or agent of the bank to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
SECTION 2. Loans . No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name, unless authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
SECTION 3. Checks, Drafts, Etc . All checks, drafts, or other orders for the paym ent of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness in the name of the corporation shall be signed by one or more officer, employee, or agent of the corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4. Deposits . All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposits form time to time to the credit of the corporation in any of its duly authorized depositories as the Board of Directors may select.
SECTION 5. Contracts with Directors and Officers. To the fullest extent authorized by and in conformance with Washington law, the corporation may enter into contracts with and otherwise transact business as vendor, purchaser, or otherwise, with its directors, officers, employees and shareholders and with corporations, associations, firms, and entities in which they are or may become interested as directors, officers, shareholders, or otherwise, as freely as though such interest did not exist, except that no loans shall be made by the corporation secured by its shares. In the absence of fraud, the fact that any director, officer, employee, shareholder, or any corporation, association, firm or other entity of which any director, officer, employee or shareholder is interested, is in any way interested in any transaction or contract shall not make the transaction or contract void or voidable, or require the director, officer, employee or shareholder to account to this corporation for any profits therefrom if the transaction or contract is or shall be authorized, ratified, or approved by (i) the vote of a majority of the Board of Directors excluding any interested director or directors, (ii) the written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote, or (iii) a general resolution approving the acts of the directors and officers adopted at a shareholders meeting by vote of the holders of the majority of the shares entitled to vote. All loans to officers and directors shall be subject to Federal and state laws and regulations. Nothing herein contained shall create or imply any liability in the circumstances above described or prevent the authorization, ratification or approval of such transactions or contracts in any other manner.
SECTION 6. Shares of Another Corporation . Shares of another corporation held by this corporation may be voted by the president or any vice president, or by proxy appointment form by either of them, unless the directors by resolution shall designate some other person to vote the shares.
6
ARTICLE VII
Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer
SECTION 1. Certificates for Shares . Certificates representing shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of Directors. Such certificates shall be signed by the chief executive officer or by any other officer of the corporation authorized by the Board of Directors, attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary, and sealed with the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of such officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar, other than the corporation itself or one of its employees. Each certificate for shares of capital stock shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for the like number of shares has been surrendered and canceled, except that in case of a lost or destroyed certificate, a new certificate may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.
SECTION 2. Transfer of Shares . Transfer of shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be made only on its stock transfer books. Authority for such transfer shall be given only by the holder of record thereof or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of such authority, or by his attorney authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the corporation. Such transfer shall be made only on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares. The person in whose name of shares of capital stock stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.
SECTION 3. Certification of Beneficial Ownership . The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure whereby a shareholder of the bank may certify in writing to the corporation that all or a portion of the shares registered in the name of such shareholder are held for the account of a specified person or persons. Upon receipt by the corporation of a certification complying with such procedure, the persons specified in the certification shall be deemed, for the purpose or purposes set forth in the certification, to be the holders of record of the number os shares specified in place of the shareholder making the certification.
SECTION 4. Lost Certificates . The board of directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.
ARTICLE VIII
Fiscal Year; Annual Audit
The fiscal year of the corporation shall end on the last day of December of each year. The corporation shall be subject to an annual audit as of the end of its fiscal year by the independent public accountants appointed by and responsible to the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IX
Dividends
Subject to the terms of the corporations Articles of Incorporation and the laws of the State of Washington, the Board of Directors may, from time to time, declare, and the corporation may pay, dividends upon its outstanding shares of capital stock.
ARTICLE X
Corporate Seal
The corporation need not have a corporate seal. If the directors adopt a corporate seal, the seal of the corporation shall be circular in form and consist of the name of the corporation, the state and year of incorporation, and the words Corporate Seal.
7
ARTICLE XI
Amendments
In accordance with the corporations Articles of Incorporation, these bylaws may be repealed, altered, amended or rescinded by the shareholders of the corporation only by vote of not less than 80% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) cast at a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose (provided that notice of such proposed repeal, alteration, amendment or rescission is included in the notice of such meeting). In addition, the board of directors may repeal, alter, amend or rescind these bylaws by vote of two-thirds of the board of directors at a legal meeting held in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws.
* * *
Adopted this ___th day of _____________ 2007.
8
Exhibit 4
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON
COMMON STOCK |
CUSIP |
|
See Reverse For |
|
Certain Definitions |
|
|
THIS CERTIFIES THAT
is the owner of
FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF
First Financial Northwest, Inc. (Corporation), a stock corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Washington. The shares represented by this Certificate are transferable only on the stock transfer books of the Corporation by the holder of record hereof or by such holders duly authorized attorney or legal representative upon the surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. Such shares are non-withdrawable and not insurable. Such shares are not insured by the federal government. The Articles and shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Corporation and any amendments thereto (copies of which are on file with the Transfer Agent), to all of which provisions the holder by acceptance hereof, assents.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, First Financial Northwest, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.
CORPORATE SECRETARY |
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER |
|
|
|
TRANSFER AGENT |
|
|
[SEAL] |
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC.
The shares represented by this Certificate are issued subject to all the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of First Financial Northwest, Inc. (Corporation) as from time to time amended (copies of which are on file with the Transfer Agent and at the principal executive offices of the Corporation).
The shares represented by this Certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the Limit) be entitled or permitted to vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit, unless a majority of the whole Board of Directors, as defined in the Articles of Incorporation shall have by resolution granted in advance such entitlement or permission.
The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized by resolution(s), from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of preferred stock in series and to fix and state the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Corporation will furnish to any shareholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.
The shares represented by this Certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting stock of the Corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required to approve certain business combinations and other transactions, pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation, or to amend certain provisions of the Articles of Incorporation.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as through they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
For value received, ___________________________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Please print or typewrite name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
shares of the common stock evidenced by this Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________________________, Attorney, to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Corporation, with full power of substitution.
Dated _________________
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
|
NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. |
Exhibit 5
|
8180 Greensboro Drive |
|
Suite 785 |
|
McLean, Virginia 22102 |
|
Telephone (703) 883-1100 |
|
Facsimile (703) 883-2511 |
Breyer & Associates PC |
E-mail jbreyer@b-a.net |
|
|
ATTORNEYS AT LAW |
*Not admitted in Virginia |
June 6, 2007
Board of Directors
First Financial Northwest, Inc.
201 Wells Avenue South
Renton, Washington 98057
|
Re: |
First Financial Northwest, Inc. |
|
|
Registration Statement on Form S-1 |
To the Board of Directors:
You have requested our opinion as special counsel for First Financial Northwest, Inc., a Washington corporation, in connection with the above-referenced Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
In rendering this opinion, we understand that the common stock of First Financial Northwest, Inc. will be offered and sold in the manner described in the Prospectus, which is part of the Registration Statement. We have examined such records and documents and made such examination as we have deemed relevant in connection with this opinion.
Based upon the foregoing, it is our opinion that the shares of common stock of First Financial Northwest, Inc. will upon issuance be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
This opinion is furnished for use as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the heading Legal and Tax Opinions.
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
/s/ Breyer & Associates PC |
|
|
|
BREYER & ASSOCIATES PC |
Exhibit 8.1
Law Offices
Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
A Limited Liability Partnership Including Professional Corporations
|
1700 WISCONSIN AVENUE, N.W. |
|
TELECOPIER NUMBER |
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20007 |
WRITERS DIRECT DIAL # |
(202) 337-5502 |
(202) 295-4500 |
(202) 295-4503 |
|
WWW.SFTLAW.COM |
|
May 31, 2007
Board of Directors
First Financial Holdings, MHC
First Financial of Renton, Inc.
First Savings Bank of Renton
201 Wells Avenue South
Renton, Washington 98057-2131
Ladies and Gentlemen:
You have asked our opinion regarding certain federal income tax consequences of the proposed transactions (collectively, the Conversion and Reorganization), more fully described below, pursuant to which, in separate steps, (a) First Savings Bank of Renton, a Washington chartered stock savings bank (Savings Bank), which is currently held under a two tier mutual holding company structure, will make an election to be a savings association for savings and loan holding company purposes as opposed to being a bank for bank holding company purposes, and (b) Savings Bank in holding company form will complete a second step stock conversion followed by the issuance of holding company stock pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the Plan) adopted by the Board of Directors of First Financial Holdings, MHC, a Washington mutual corporation (MHC), First Financial of Renton, Inc., a Washington stock corporation (Mid-Tier Holding Company) and Savings Bank on November 15, 2006, as amended on April 18, 2007.
Currently, MHC owns all of the outstanding capital stock of Mid-Tier Holding Company, and Mid-Tier Holding Company owns all of the outstanding capital stock of Savings Bank. In order for Savings Bank to be treated as savings association for savings and loan holding company purposes, the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) requires that each of MHC and Mid-Tier Holding Company change its form of organization from a Washington corporation to a federal corporation. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this letter shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.
The Conversion and Reorganization will be effectuated pursuant to the Plan as follows:
|
1. |
Savings Bank will make a written election to be a savings association for savings and loan holding company purposes. |
First Financial Holdings, MHC
First Financial of Renton, Inc.
First Savings Bank of Renton
May 31, 2007
Page 2
|
2. |
MHC will change its form of organization by merging into newly formed First Financial Holdings, MHC, a federal mutual corporation (MHC Federal). |
|
|
|
|
3. |
Mid-Tier Holding Company will change its form organization by merging into newly formed First Financial of Renton, Inc., a federal stock corporation (Mid-Tier Federal). |
|
|
|
|
4. |
Savings Bank will form Holding Company as a first tier subsidiary. |
|
|
|
|
5. |
Holding Company will form Interim Savings Bank (Interim Three) as a first tier subsidiary. |
|
|
|
|
6. |
MHC Federal will convert to a federal interim stock savings bank (Interim Two). |
|
|
|
|
7. |
Mid-Tier Federal will convert to a federal interim stock savings bank (Interim One), and simultaneously merge with and into the Savings Bank (the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger). In the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, Interim Two (formerly MHC Federal) will receive in exchange for its shares of Interim One common stock ( i.e. , Mid-Tier Federal common stock), shares of common stock in Savings Bank. All shares of Mid-Tier Federal common stock owned by Interim Two (formerly MHC Federal) will be extinguished in the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger. |
|
|
|
|
8. |
Interim Two (formerly MHC Federal) will merge with and into Savings Bank (the Mutual Holding Company Merger). In the Mutual Holding Company Merger, the shares of Savings Bank common stock held by Interim Two (formerly MHC Federal) will be cancelled in exchange for interests granted to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Account Holders in the liquidation account to be established by Savings Bank pursuant to the Plan. |
|
|
|
|
9. |
Interim Three will merge with and into Savings Bank (the Savings Bank Merger). In the Savings Bank Merger, Interim Three common stock held by Holding Company will be converted into shares of common stock of Savings Bank, resulting in Holding Company owning 100 percent of the stock of Savings Bank. |
|
|
|
|
10. |
Holding Company will issue Conversion Stock in the Offerings. |
|
|
|
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion for federal income tax purposes, as follows: |
||
|
|
|
|
1. |
The merger of MHC into MHC Federal to enable Savings Bank to be treated as a savings association for savings and loan holding company purposes will qualify as a reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code; no gain or loss will be recognized by MHC or MHC Federal by reason of the merger; and the merger will not adversely affect the tax treatment of the other transactions described below. |
First Financial Holdings, MHC
First Financial of Renton, Inc.
First Savings Bank of Renton
May 31, 2007
Page 3
|
2. |
The merger of Mid-Tier Holding Company into Mid-Tier Federal to enable Savings Bank to be treated as a savings association for savings and loan holding company purposes will qualify as a reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code; no gain or loss will be recognized by Mid-Tier Holding Company or Mid-Tier Federal by reason of the merger; and the merger will not adversely affect the tax treatment of the other transactions described below. |
|
|
|
|
3. |
The conversion of MHC Federal from a federal mutual holding company to a federal interim stock savings institution will qualify as a reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code, and no gain or loss will be recognized by MHC Federal or Interim Two by reason of such conversion. |
|
|
|
|
4. |
The conversion of Mid-Tier Federal from a federal stock holding company to a federal interim stock savings institution will qualify as a reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code, and no gain or loss will be recognized by Mid-Tier Federal or Interim One by reason of such conversion. |
|
|
|
|
5. |
Each of the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger and Mutual Holding Company Merger will qualify as a reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code; Interim One (formerly Mid-Tier Federal) or Interim Two (formerly MHC Federal), as applicable, and Savings Bank will be a party to a reorganization as described in Section 368(b) of the Code; and no gain or loss will be recognized by any party to the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger or the Mutual Holding Company Merger by reason of such merger or to Eligible Account Holders or Supplemented Eligible Account Holders by virtue of the receipt by them of an interest in the liquidation account of Savings Bank. |
|
|
|
|
6. |
The Savings Bank Merger will qualify as a reorganization under 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code by virtue of Section 368(a)(2)(E) of the Code; each of Interim Three, Savings Bank and Holding Company will be a party to a reorganization as described in Section 368(b) of the Code; and no gain or loss will be recognized by Interim Three, Savings Bank or Holding Company by reason of such merger. |
|
|
|
|
7. |
No income will be recognized by Holding Company on the distribution of Subscription Rights unless the issuance of the Subscription Rights results in gain to recipients thereof. It is more likely than not that no income will be recognized by Holding Company on the distribution of Subscription Rights. |
|
|
|
|
8. |
It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the Subscription Rights is zero. Thus, it is more likely than not that no gain will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Account Holders or other Members upon their receipt of Subscription Rights. Gain, if any, realized by the aforesaid account holders and members will not exceed the fair market value of the Subscription Rights received. If gain is recognized by account holders and members upon the distribution to them of Subscription Rights, the Holding Company could also recognize income on the distribution of Subscription Rights. No gain will be recognized by the recipients of Subscription Rights or Holding Company upon the exercise of Subscription Rights. |
First Financial Holdings, MHC
First Financial of Renton, Inc.
First Savings Bank of Renton
May 31, 2007
Page 4
|
9. |
No gain will be recognized by Holding Company upon the issuance of Conversion Stock in exchange for cash in the Offerings. |
|
|
|
|
10. |
The holding period for shares of Conversion Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of Subscription Rights shall begin on the date of completion of the Offerings; and the holding period for other shares of Conversion Stock purchased in the Offerings will begin on the date of purchase. |
|
|
|
|
11. |
Our opinions in paragraphs 7 and 8 are based upon the conclusion that the Subscription Rights have a fair market value of zero, which is supported by the letter issued to you by RP Financial, LC. dated May 31, 2007 in connection with the Offerings. Independent of the letter referred to in the preceding sentence, we believe that the Subscription Rights do not have any market value because they are granted without cost to recipients, are non-transferable, of short duration, and only entitle recipients to purchase Conversion Stock at the same price to be paid by the general public in the Direct Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering. Although the Internal Revenue Service will not issue rulings on whether the Subscription Rights have a market value, we are not aware of the Internal Revenue Service claiming or asserting in any similar transaction that subscription rights of the type described above have any market value. Since there are no definitive judicial or administrative precedents or official Internal Revenue Service or Treasury position or guidance on this matter, our opinions in paragraphs 7 and 8 are reasoned conclusions instead of absolute conclusions. More likely than not means that there is a greater than fifty percent likelihood that our conclusions are correct. |
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to Holding Companys regulatory filings and applications seeking approval of the stock issuance from the OTS and to Holding Companys Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
|
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
|
|
SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BY: |
/s/ Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. |
|
|
|
Exhibit 8.2
|
June 1, 2007 |
Board of Directors |
|
First Financial Holdings, MHC |
|
First Financial of Renton, Inc. |
|
First Savings Bank of Renton |
|
201 Wells Avenue South |
|
Renton, Washington 98057-2131 |
|
|
RE: |
Washington Tax Consequences Relating to Proposed |
|
|
Conversion and Reorganization |
To the Board of Directors:
You have asked our opinion regarding the Washington tax consequences of the proposed transactions (collectively, the Conversion and Reorganization), pursuant to which, in separate steps, (a) First Savings Bank of Renton, a Washington chartered stock savings bank (Savings Bank), which is currently held under a two tier mutual holding company structure, will make an election to be a savings association for savings and loan holding company purposes as opposed to being a bank for bank holding company purposes, and (b) Savings Bank in holding company form will complete a second step stock conversion followed by the issuance of holding company stock pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the Plan) adopted by the Board of Directors of First Financial Holdings, MHC, a Washington mutual corporation, First Financial of Renton, Inc., a Washington stock corporation and Savings Bank on November 15, 2006, as amended on April 18, 2007.
You have received the May 31, 2007 opinion of Silver Freedman and Taff LLP regarding the federal income tax consequences of the Conversion and Reorganization to the corporate parties referred therein as well as the account holders and members of savings bank. The federal tax opinion concludes, inter alia , subject to certain assumptions and limitations expressed in paragraphs 7, 8 and 11, that each of the proposed transactions qualify as a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended.
The State of Washington does not have a state income tax per se, but relies instead for its revenue on other types of taxes. These other taxes primarily include property taxes, retail sales/use taxes, and business and occupation taxes. Although stocks constitute personal property for the purpose of taxation under RCW 84.08.080, money, credits, accounts, bonds, stocks, and shares of private corporation , along with various other intangibles, are expressly exempted from ad valorem (property) taxation, under RCW 84.36.070. Through reasoning similar to that employed by the federal taxing authority in the case of exchanges described in under Code Section 351, the State of Washington, Department of Revenue, takes the position, in WAC 458-20-106, that the retail sales/use tax does not apply to a transfer of capital to a corporation in exchange for stock therein.
Board of Directors |
First Financial Holdings, MHC |
First Financial of Renton, Inc. |
First Savings Bank of Renton |
June 1, 2007 |
Page 2 of 2 |
|
|
Likewise, the business and occupation (B&O) tax does not apply to casual or isolated sales under WAC 458-20-106, which are defined as sale[s] made by a person who is not engaged in the business of selling the type of property involved. Because First Financial Northwest, Inc. is not in the business of selling shares of stock in itself, we are of the opinion that issuance of shares of stock in exchange for capital contributions fits within this definition, and is, therefore, a casual or isolated sale not subject to the B&O tax.
Based upon the facts and circumstances attendant to the proposed transactions, as set forth in the Plan and the federal income tax opinion of Silver Freedman & Taff LLP dated May 31, 2007, it is our opinion that, under the laws of the State of Washington, no adverse tax consequences will be incurred by any of the corporate parties to the various reorganizations or to the account holders or members of savings bank.
No opinion is expressed on any matter other than Washington state tax consequences which might result from the implementation of the Stock Conversion referred to above.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Washington Department of Financial Institutions, Division of Banks, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as an exhibit to the Application for Approval of Conversion.
We also hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus, which is a part of the Registration Statement.
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
BLADO & KIGER, P.S. |
|
|
|
Jonathan W. Blado |
|
Attorney at Law |
JWB/kr
cc: Breyer & Associates PC
Exhibit 8.3
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. |
|
|
|
Financial Services Industry Consultants |
|
May 31, 2007
Board of Directors
First Financial Holdings, MHC
First Financial of Renton, Inc.
First Savings Bank of Renton
201 Wells Avenue South
Renton, Washington 98057
Re: |
Plan of Conversion Subscription Rights |
|
First Savings Bank of Renton |
Members of the Boards of Directors:
All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the plan of conversion and reorganization adopted by the Boards of Directors of First Financial Holdings, MHC, First Financial of Renton, Inc. and First Savings Bank of Renton, Renton, Washington (collectively First Savings or the Bank), whereby a newly-formed holding company, First Financial Northwest, Inc. (the Company) will hold all of the outstanding stock of the Bank, and the Company will issue shares of common stock.
We understand that in accordance with the plan of conversion, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community offering, but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:
|
(1) |
the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance. |
Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Companys value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.
|
Sincerely, |
|
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 10.1
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the Agreement) is made and entered into as of this _____ day of __________ 2007 by and between First Financial Northwest, Inc. (the Company), and its wholly owned subsidiary, First Savings Bank Northwest (the Savings Bank), and Victor Karpiak (the Employee).
WHEREAS, the Employee is currently serving as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and of the Savings Bank;
WHEREAS, the Employee has made and will continue to make a major contribution to the success of the Company and the Savings Bank in the position of President and Chief Executive Officer;
WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company and the board of directors of the Savings Bank (collectively, the Board of Directors) recognize that the possibility of a change in control of the Savings Bank or the Company may occur and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions which may arise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of key management to the detriment of the Company, the Savings Bank and their respective stockholders;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and the Savings Bank to enter into this Agreement with the Employee in order to assure continuity of management of the Company and its subsidiaries; and
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has approved and authorized the execution of this Agreement with the Employee;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:
1. Definitions .
(a) The term Change in Control means (1) an offeror other than the Company purchases shares of stock of the Company or the Savings Bank pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for such shares; (2) an event of a nature that results in the acquisition of control of the Company or the Savings Bank within the meaning of the Savings and Loan Holding Company Act under 12 U.S.C. Section 1467a and 12 C.F.R. Part 574 (or any successor statute or regulation) or requires the filing of a change of control notice with the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC); (3) any person (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act)) that is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly of securities of the Company or the Savings Bank representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Companys or the Savings Banks outstanding securities; (4) individuals who are members of the board of directors of the Company immediately following the Effective Date or who are members of the board of directors of the Savings Bank immediately following the Effective Date (in each case, the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequently whose election was approved by a vote of at least
three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Companys or the Savings Banks stockholders was approved by the nominating committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; or (5) consummation of a plan of reorganization, merger, acquisition, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a similar transaction in which the Company is not the resulting entity, provided that the term Change in Control shall not include an acquisition of securities by an employee benefit plan of the Savings Bank or the Company.
(b) The term Consolidated Subsidiaries means any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Company (or its successors) that are part of the affiliated group (as defined in Section 1504 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), without regard to subsection (b) thereof) that includes the Savings Bank, including but not limited to the Company.
(c) The term Date of Termination means the date upon which the Employee experiences a Separation from the Company or the Savings Bank or both, as specified in a notice of termination pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement or the date a succession becomes effective under Section 10.
(d) The term Effective Date means the date of this Agreement.
(e) The term Involuntary Termination means the Employees Separation from Service (i) by either the Company or the Savings Bank or both without the Employees express written consent; or (ii) by the Employee by reason of a material diminution of or interference with his duties, responsibilities or benefits, including (without limitation) any of the following actions unless consented to in writing by the Employee: (1) a requirement that the Employee be based at any place other than Renton, Washington, or within a radius of 35 miles from the location of the Companys administrative offices as of the Effective Date, except for reasonable travel on Company or Savings Bank business; (2) a material demotion of the Employee; (3) a material reduction in the number or seniority of personnel reporting to the Employee or a material reduction in the frequency with which, or in the nature of the matters with respect to which such personnel are to report to the Employee, other than as part of a Savings Bank- or Company-wide reduction in staff; (4) a reduction in the Employees salary or a material adverse change in the Employees perquisites, benefits, contingent benefits or vacation, other than as part of an overall program applied uniformly and with equitable effect to all members of the senior management of the Savings Bank or the Company; (5) a material permanent increase in the required hours of work or the workload of the Employee; or (6) the failure of the board of directors of the Company (or a board of directors of a successor of the Company) to elect him as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or a successor of the Company) or any action by the board of directors of the Company (or a board of directors of a successor of the Company) removing him from such office, or the failure of the board of directors of the Savings Bank (or any successor of the Savings Bank) to elect him as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Savings Bank (or any successor of the Savings Bank) or any action by such board (or a board of a successor of the Savings Bank) removing him from such office. The term Involuntary Termination does not include Termination for Cause, Separation from Service due to death or permanent disability pursuant to Section 7(f) of this Agreement, retirement or suspension
2
or temporary or permanent prohibition from participation in the conduct of the Savings Banks affairs under Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA).
(f) The term Section 409A shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
(g) The term Separation from Service shall have the same meaning as in Section 409A.
(h) The terms Termination for Cause and Terminated For Cause mean Employees Separation from Service with either the Company or the Savings Bank, as the case may be, because of the Employees personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or (except as provided below) material breach of any provision of this Agreement. No act or failure to act by the Employee shall be considered willful unless the Employee acted or failed to act with an absence of good faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company or the Savings Bank. The Employee shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Employee a copy of a resolution, duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board duly called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Employee and an opportunity for the Employee, together with the Employees counsel, to be heard before the Board), stating that in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors the Employee has engaged in conduct described in the preceding sentence and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
2. Term . The term of this Agreement shall be a period of three years commencing on the Effective Date, subject to earlier termination as provided herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Effective Date, and on each anniversary thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall be extended for a period of one year in addition to the then-remaining term, provided that (i) neither the Employee nor the Company has given notice to the other in writing at least 90 days prior to such anniversary that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended further; and (ii) prior to such anniversary, the Board of Directors, or a committee of the Board of Directors which has been delegated authority to act on such matters by the Board of Directors (Committee), explicitly reviews and approves the extension. Reference herein to the term of this Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such extended terms.
3. Employment . The Employee shall be employed as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Savings Bank. As such, the Employee shall render all services and possess the powers as are customarily performed by persons situated in similar executive capacities, and shall have such other powers and duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe from time to time. The Employee shall also render services to any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Company or the Savings Bank as requested by the Company or the Savings Bank from time to time consistent with his executive position. The Employee shall devote his best efforts and reasonable time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company
3
and the Savings Bank to the extent necessary to discharge his responsibilities hereunder. The Employee may (i) serve on charitable or civic boards or committees and, in addition, on such corporate boards as are approved in a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors or a Committee, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably and (ii) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere materially with performance of his responsibilities hereunder or give rise to violations of applicable securities laws.
4. Cash Compensation .
(a) Salary . The Company and the Savings Bank jointly agree to pay the Employee during the term of this Agreement a base salary (the Salary) the annualized amount of which in any year shall be not less than the annualized aggregate amount of the Employees base salary from the Company and any Consolidated Subsidiaries in effect at the Effective Date; provided that any amounts of salary actually paid to the Employee by any Consolidated Subsidiaries shall reduce the amount to be paid by the Company and the Savings Bank to the Employee. The Salary shall be paid no less frequently than monthly and shall be subject to customary tax withholding. The amount of the Employees Salary shall be increased (but shall not be decreased) from time to time in accordance with the amounts of salary approved by the Board of Directors or the Committee or the board of directors or the appropriate committee of any of the Consolidated Subsidiaries after the Effective Date. The amount of the Salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors or the Committee at least annually during the term of this Agreement.
(b) Bonuses . The Employee shall be entitled to participate in an equitable manner with all other executive officers of the Company and the Savings Bank in such performance-based and discretionary bonuses, if any, as are authorized and declared by the Board of Directors or the Committee for executive officers.
(c) Expenses . The Employee shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in performing services under this Agreement in accordance with the policies and procedures applicable to the executive officers of the Company and the Savings Bank, provided that the Employee accounts for such expenses as required under such policies and procedures.
5. Benefits .
(a) Participation in Benefit Plans . The Employee shall be entitled to participate, to the same extent as executive officers of the Company and the Savings Bank generally, in all plans of the Company and the Savings Bank relating to pension, retirement, thrift, profit-sharing, savings, group or other life insurance, hospitalization, medical and dental coverage, travel and accident insurance, education, cash bonuses, and other retirement or employee benefits or combinations thereof. In addition, the Employee shall be entitled to be considered for benefits under all of the stock, stock option, and equity-based plans in which the Companys or the Savings Banks executive officers are eligible or become eligible to participate.
4
(b) Fringe Benefits . The Employee shall be eligible to participate in, and receive benefits under, any other fringe benefit plans or perquisites which are or may become generally available to the Companys or the Savings Banks executive officers, including but not limited to supplemental retirement, deferred compensation program, supplemental medical or life insurance plans, company cars, club dues, physical examinations, financial planning and tax preparation services.
6. Vacations; Leave . The Employee shall be entitled (i) to annual paid vacation in accordance with the policies established by the Board of Directors or the Committee for executive officers, and (ii) to voluntary leaves of absence, with or without pay, from time to time at such times and upon such conditions as the Board of Directors or the Committee may determine in its discretion.
7. Termination of Employment .
(a) Involuntary Termination . The Board of Directors may terminate the Employees employment at any time, but, except in the case of Termination for Cause, termination of employment shall not prejudice the Employees right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. In the event of Involuntary Termination other than after a Change in Control which occurs during the term of this Agreement, the Company and the Savings Bank jointly shall (i) if the Involuntary Termination occurs prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, pay to the Employee a lump-sum severance amount equal to one years Salary as in effect prior to the Date of Termination, or (ii) if the Involuntary Termination occurs after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, pay to the Employee during the remaining term of this Agreement the Salary at the rate in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination, including the pro rata portion of any incentive award, payable in such manner and at such times as the Salary would have been payable to the Employee under Section 4(a) if the Employee had continued to be employed by the Company and the Savings Bank, and (iii) regardless of when the Involuntary Termination occurs, provide to the Employee during the remaining term of this Agreement substantially the same group life insurance, hospitalization, medical, dental, prescription drug and other health benefits, and long-term disability insurance (if any) for the benefit of the Employee and his dependents and beneficiaries who would have been eligible for such benefits if the Employee had not suffered Involuntary Termination, on terms substantially as favorable to the Employee, including amounts of coverage and deductibles and other costs to him, as if he had not suffered Involuntary Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (but for this sentence) (i) the taxable payments under this Section 7(a) would extend over a period of time sufficient for such payments not to be considered severance payments under Section 409A (and as such considered deferred compensation), then the final payment that could be made without causing the payments to be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A shall include the present value of the remaining payments, with such present value determined using the applicable discount rate used for purposes of determining present value under Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) if the sum of the taxable payments exceeds that amount which is permitted to be considered as severance pay under Section 409A (the excess being referred to herein as Excess Separation Payment), and if at the time of the Employees Separation from Service the Employee is a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A, then no portion of the Excess
5
Separation Payment shall be paid earlier than six months after the Employees Separation from Service.
(b) Termination for Cause . In the event of Termination for Cause, the Company and the Savings Bank shall pay to the Employee the Salary and provide benefits under this Agreement only through the Date of Termination, and shall have no further obligation to the Employee under this Agreement.
(c) Voluntary Termination . The Employees employment may be voluntarily terminated by the Employee at any time upon at least 90 days written notice to the Company and the Savings Bank or such shorter period as may be agreed upon between the Employee and the Board of Directors. In the event of such voluntary termination, the Company and the Savings Bank shall be obligated jointly to continue to pay to the Employee the Salary and provide benefits under this Agreement only through the Date of Termination, at the time such payments are due, and shall have no further obligation to the Employee under this Agreement.
(d) Change in Control . In the event of Employees Involuntary Termination after a Change in Control which occurs at any time following the first anniversary of the Effective Date while the Employee is employed under this Agreement, the Company and the Savings Bank jointly shall (i) pay to the Employee in a lump sum in cash within 25 business days after the Date of Termination an amount equal to 299% of the Employees base amount as defined in Section 280G of the Code; and (ii) provide to the Employee during the remaining term of this Agreement substantially the same group life insurance, hospitalization, medical, dental, prescription drug and other health benefits, and long-term disability insurance (if any) for the benefit of the Employee and his dependents and beneficiaries who would have been eligible for such benefits if the Employee had not suffered Involuntary Termination, on terms substantially as favorable to the Employee, including amounts of coverage and deductibles and other costs to him, as if he had not suffered Involuntary Termination.
(e) Death . In the event of the death of the Employee while employed under this Agreement and prior to any termination of employment, the Company and the Savings Bank jointly shall pay to the Employees estate, or such person as the Employee may have previously designated in writing, the Salary which was not previously paid to the Employee and which he would have earned if he had continued to be employed under this Agreement through the last day of the calendar month in which the Employee died, together with the benefits provided hereunder through such date.
(f) Disability . If the Employee becomes entitled to benefits under the terms of the then-current disability plan, if any, of the Company or the Savings Bank (the Disability Plan) or becomes otherwise unable to fulfill his duties under this Agreement, he shall be entitled to receive such group and other disability benefits, if any, as are then provided by the Company or the Savings Bank for executive employees. In the event of such disability, this Agreement shall not be suspended, except that (i) the obligation to pay the Salary to the Employee shall be reduced in accordance with the amount of disability income benefits received by the Employee, if any, pursuant to this paragraph such that, on an after-tax basis, the Employee shall realize from the sum of disability income benefits and the Salary the same amount as he would realize on an after-tax basis
6
from the Salary if the obligation to pay the Salary were not reduced pursuant to this Section 7(f); and (ii) upon a resolution adopted by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors or the Committee, the Company and the Savings Bank may discontinue payment of the Salary beginning six months following a determination that the Employee has become entitled to benefits under the Disability Plan or otherwise unable to fulfill his duties under this Agreement. If the Employees disability does not constitute a disability within the meaning of Section 409A, then payments under this Section 7(f) shall not commence until the earlier of the Employees death or the sixth month anniversary of the Employees Separation from Service, with any delayed payments being made with the first permissible payment.
(g) Temporary Suspension or Prohibition . If the Employee is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Savings Banks affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1), or pursuant to Section 32.16.090 of the Revised Code of Washington (R.C.W.), the Savings Banks obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Savings Bank may in its discretion (i) pay the Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its obligations under this Agreement were suspended and (ii ) reinstate in whole or in part any of its obligations which were suspended.
(h) Permanent Suspension or Prohibition . If the Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Savings Banks affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1), or pursuant to R.C.W. 32.16.090, all obligations of the Savings Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.
(i) Default of the Savings Bank . If the Savings Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIA), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this provision shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.
(j) Termination by Regulators . All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Savings Bank: (1) at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Savings Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the FDIA; or (2) by the FDIC or the OTS, at the time either agency approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Savings Bank or Holding Company, respectively. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by any such action.
(k) Reductions of Benefits . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if payments and the value of benefits received or to be received under this Agreement, together with any other amounts and the value of benefits received or to be received by the Employee, would cause any amount to be nondeductible by the Company or any of the Consolidated Subsidiaries for federal income tax purposes pursuant to or by reason of Section 280G of the Code, then payments and benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced (not less than zero) to the extent
7
necessary so as to maximize amounts and the value of benefits to be received by the Employee without causing any amount to become nondeductible pursuant to or by reason of Section 280G of the Code. The Employee shall determine the allocation of such reduction among payments and benefits to the Employee.
(l) Further Reductions . Any payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
8. Notice of Termination . In the event that the Company or the Savings Bank, or both, desire to terminate the employment of the Employee during the term of this Agreement, the Company or the Savings Bank, or both, shall deliver to the Employee a written notice of termination, stating whether such termination constitutes Termination for Cause or Involuntary Termination, setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances that are the basis for the termination, and specifying the date upon which employment shall terminate, which date shall be at least 30 days after the date upon which the notice is delivered, except in the case of Termination for Cause. In the event that the Employee determines in good faith that he has experienced an Involuntary Termination of his employment, he shall send a written notice to the Company and the Savings Bank stating the circumstances that constitute such Involuntary Termination and the date upon which his employment shall have ceased due to such Involuntary Termination. In the event that the Employee desires to effect a Voluntary Termination, he shall deliver a written notice to the Company and the Savings Bank, stating the date upon which employment shall terminate, which date shall be at least 90 days after the date upon which the notice is delivered, unless the parties agree to a date sooner.
9. Attorneys Fees . The Company and the Savings Bank jointly shall pay all legal fees and related expenses (including the costs of experts, evidence and counsel) incurred by the Employee as a result of (i) the Employees contesting or disputing any termination of employment, or (ii) the Employees seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement or by any other plan or arrangement maintained by the Company or the Savings Bank (or a successor) or the Consolidated Subsidiaries under which the Employee is or may be entitled to receive benefits; provided that the Companys and the Savings Banks obligation to pay such fees and expenses is subject to the Employees prevailing with respect to the matters in dispute in any action initiated by the Employee or the Employees having been determined to have acted reasonably and in good faith with respect to any action initiated by the Company or the Savings Bank.
10. No Assignments .
(a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto, and no party may assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the other parties; provided, however, that the Company and the Savings Bank shall require any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Employee, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company and/or the Savings Bank would be required to perform it, if no such succession or assignment had taken place. Failure to obtain such an assumption agreement prior to the
8
effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee to compensation and benefits from the Company and the Savings Bank in the same amount and on the same terms as the compensation pursuant to Section 7(d) of this Agreement. For purposes of implementing the provisions of this Section 10(a), the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.
(b) This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employees personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.
11. Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the Company and Savings Bank at their home offices, to the attention of the Board of Directors with a copy to the Secretary of the Company and the Secretary of the Savings Bank, or, if to the Employee, to such home or other address as the Employee has most recently provided in writing to the Company or the Savings Bank.
12. Amendments . No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise provided.
13. Headings . The headings used in this Agreement are included solely for convenience and shall not affect, or be used in connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement.
14. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.
15. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington.
16. Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court having jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, the Savings Bank, or both may resort to the Superior Court of King County, Washington for injunctive and such other relief as may be available in the event that the Employee engages in conduct, after termination of the Agreement that amounts to a violation of the Washington Trade Secrets Act or amounts to unlawful interference with the business expectancies of the Company or the Savings Bank.
17. Deferral of Non-Deductible Compensation . In the event that the Employees aggregate compensation (including compensatory benefits which are deemed remuneration for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code) from the Company and the Consolidated Subsidiaries for any calendar year exceeds the maximum amount of compensation deductible by the Company or any of the Consolidated Subsidiaries in any calendar year under Section 162(m) of the Code (the maximum
9
allowable amount), then any such amount in excess of the maximum allowable amount shall be mandatorily deferred with interest thereon at 8% per annum to a calendar year such that the amount to be paid to the Employee in such calendar year, including deferred amounts and interest thereon, does not exceed the maximum allowable amount. Subject to the foregoing, deferred amounts including interest thereon shall be payable at the earliest time permissible, and in no event later than required by Section 409A.
18. Knowing and Voluntary Agreement. Employee represents and agrees that he has read this Agreement, understands its terms, and that he has the right to consult counsel of choice and has either done so or knowingly waives the right to do so. Employee also represents that he has had ample time to read and understand the Agreement before executing it and that he enters into this Agreement without duress or coercion from any source.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS A BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION WHICH MAY BE ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.
Attest: |
|
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
, Secretary |
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attest: |
|
FIRST SAVINGS BANK NORTHWEST |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
, Secretary |
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
10
Exhibit 10.2
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (the Agreement) is made and entered into as of this ____ day of ________________, 2007 (the Commencement Date), by and between FIRST SAVINGS BANK NORTHWEST (which, together with any successor thereto which executes and delivers the assumption agreement provided for in Section 5(a) hereof or which otherwise becomes bound by all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law, is hereinafter referred to as the Savings Bank), and _______________________ (the Employee).
WHEREAS, the Employee is currently serving as _______________________________; and
WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Savings Bank (the Board) recognizes that the possibility of a change in control of the Savings Bank or of its holding company, First Financial Northwest, Inc. (the Company), may exist and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of key management to the detriment of the Savings Bank, the Company and its stockholders; and
WHEREAS, the Board believes it is in the best interests of the Savings Bank to enter into this Agreement with the Employee in order to assure continuity of management of the Savings Bank and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Employee to the Employees assigned duties without distraction in the face of potentially disruptive circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Company and/or the Savings Bank, although no such change is now contemplated; and
WHEREAS, the Board has approved and authorized the execution of this Agreement with the Employee;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:
1. Certain Definitions .
(a) The term Change in Control means (1) an offeror other than the Company purchases shares of stock of the Company or the Savings Bank pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for such shares; (2) an event of a nature that results in the acquisition of control of the Company or the Savings Bank within the meaning of the Savings and Loan Holding Company Act under 12 U.S.C. Section 1467a and 12 C.F.R. Part 574 (or any successor statute or regulation) or requires the filing of a notice with the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC); (3) any person (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act)) that is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly of securities of the Company or the Savings Bank representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Companys or the Savings Banks outstanding securities; (4) individuals who are members of the board of directors of the Company immediately following the Commencement Date or who are members of the Board immediately following the Commencement Date (in each case, theIncumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director
subsequent to the Commencement Date whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board or whose nomination for election by the Companys stockholders was approved by the nominating committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; or (5) consummation of a plan of reorganization, merger, acquisition, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a similar transaction in which the Company is not the resulting entity, provided that the term Change in Control shall not include an acquisition of securities by an employee benefit plan of the Savings Bank or the Company.
(b) The term Commencement Date means the date of this Agreement.
(c) The term Consolidated Subsidiaries means any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Company (or its successors) that are part of the affiliated group (as defined in Section 1504 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), without regard to subsection (b) thereof) that includes the Savings Bank, including but not limited to the Company.
(d) The term Date of Termination means the date upon which the Employee ceases to serve as an employee of the Savings Bank.
(e) The term Involuntary Termination means the termination of the employment of Employee (i) by the Savings Bank, without his express written consent; or (ii) by the Employee by reason of a material diminution of or interference with his duties, responsibilities or benefits, including (without limitation) any of the following actions unless consented to in writing by the Employee: (1) a requirement that the Employee be based at any place other than Renton, Washington, or within a radius of 35 miles from the location of the Savings Banks administrative offices as of the Commencement Date, except for reasonable travel on Company or Savings Bank business; (2) a material demotion of the Employee; (3) a material reduction in the number or seniority of personnel reporting to the Employee or a material reduction in the frequency with which, or in the nature of the matters with respect to which such personnel are to report to the Employee, other than as part of a Savings Bank- or Company-wide reduction in staff; (4) a reduction in the Employees salary or a material adverse change in the Employees perquisites, benefits, contingent benefits or vacation, other than as part of an overall program applied uniformly and with equitable effect to all members of the senior management of the Savings Bank; (5) a material permanent increase in the required hours of work or the workload of the Employee; or (6) any purported termination of the Employees employment, except for Termination for Cause (and, if applicable, the requirements of Section 1(f) hereof), which purported termination shall not be effective for purposes of this Agreement. The term Involuntary Termination does not include Termination for Cause, retirement or suspension or temporary or permanent prohibition from participation in the conduct of the Savings Banks affairs under Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
(f) The terms Termination for Cause and Terminated for Cause mean termination of the employment of the Employee because of the Employees personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or (except as provided below) material breach of any provision of this Agreement. No act or failure to act by the Employee shall be considered willful unless the Employee acted or failed to
2
act with an absence of good faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company or the Savings Bank. The Employee shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Employee a copy of a resolution, duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board duly called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Employee and an opportunity for the Employee, together with the Employees counsel, to be heard before the Board), stating that in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors the Employee has engaged in conduct described in the preceding sentence and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
2. Term . The term of this Agreement shall be a period of three years beginning on the Commencement Date, subject to earlier termination as provided herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and on each anniversary thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall be extended for a period of one year in addition to the then-remaining term, provided that prior to such anniversary, the Board of Directors explicitly reviews and approves the extension. Reference herein to the term of this Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such extended terms.
3. Severance Benefits .
(a) If after a Change in Control, the Savings Bank shall terminate the Employees employment other than Termination for Cause, or employment is terminated in the event of Involuntary Termination by the Employee, within 12 months following a Change in Control, the Savings Bank shall (i) pay the Employee his salary, including the pro rata portion of any incentive award, through the Date of Termination; (ii) continue to pay, for the remaining term of this Agreement, for the life, health and disability coverage that is in effect with respect to the Employee and his/her eligible dependents; and (iii) pay to the Employee in a lump sum in cash, within 25 days after the later of the date of such Change in Control or the Date of Termination, an amount equal to 299% of the Employees base amount as determined under Section 280G of the Code.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if payments and the value of benefits received or to be received under this Agreement, together with any other amounts and the value of benefits received or to be received by the Employee, would cause any amount to be nondeductible by the Company or any of the Consolidated Subsidiaries for federal income tax purposes pursuant to or by reason of Section 280G of the Code, then payments and benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced (not less than zero) to the extent necessary so as to maximize amounts and the value of benefits to be received by the Employee without causing any amount to become nondeductible pursuant to or by reason of Section 280G of the Code. The Employee shall determine the allocation of such reduction among payments and benefits to the Employee.
(b) The Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation earned by the Employee as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits after the Date of Termination or otherwise. This Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment or impose on the Company or the Savings Bank any obligation to retain the Employee,
3
to change the status of the Employees employment, or to change the Companys or the Banks policies regarding termination of employment
4. Attorneys Fees. If the Employee is purportedly Terminated for Cause and the Savings Bank denies payments and/or benefits under Section 3(a) of this Agreement on the basis that the Employee experienced Termination for Cause, but it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or by an arbitrator pursuant to Section 12 that cause as contemplated by Section 1(f) of this Agreement did not exist for termination of the Employees employment, or if in any event it is determined by any such court or arbitrator that the Savings Bank has failed to make timely payment of any amounts or provision of any benefits owed to the Employee under this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable costs, including attorneys fees, incurred in challenging such termination of employment or collecting such amounts or benefits. Such reimbursement shall be in addition to all rights to which the Employee is otherwise entitled under this Agreement.
5. No Assignments .
(a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto, and neither party may assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the other party; provided, however , that the Savings Bank shall require any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Savings Bank, by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Employee, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Savings Bank would be required to perform it if no such succession or assignment had taken place. Failure of the Savings Bank to obtain such an assumption agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee to compensation and benefits from the Savings Bank in the same amount and on the same terms that Employee would be entitled to hereunder if an event of Involuntary Termination occurred, in addition to any payments and benefits to which the Employee is entitled under Section 3 hereof. For purposes of implementing the provisions of this Section 5(a), the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.
(b) This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employees personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. In the event of the death of the Employee, unless otherwise provided herein, all amounts payable hereunder shall be paid to the Employees devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Employees estate.
6. Deferred Payments . If following a termination of the Employee, the aggregate payments to be made by the Savings Bank under this Agreement and all other plans or arrangements maintained by the Company or any of the Consolidated Subsidiaries would exceed the limitation on deductible compensation contained in Section 162(m) of the Code in any calendar year, any such amounts in excess of such limitation shall be mandatorily deferred with interest thereon at 8.0% per annum to a calendar year such that the amount to be paid to the Employee in such calendar year,
4
including deferred amounts, does not exceed such limitation, provided, however , that such deferral shall not extend past when the deferred amount must be paid pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
7. Delivery of Notices . For the purposes of this Agreement, all notices and other communications to any party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
|
If to the Employee: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At the address last appearing |
|
|
|
on the personnel records of |
|
|
|
the Employee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
If to the Savings Bank: |
First Savings Bank Northwest |
|
|
|
201 Wells Avenue South |
|
|
|
Renton, Washington 98057 |
|
|
|
Attention: Secretary |
|
or to such other address as such party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that a notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
8. Amendments . No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise provided.
9. Headings . The headings used in this Agreement are included solely for convenience and shall not affect, or be used in connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement.
10. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.
11. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington to the extent that federal law does not govern.
12. Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators in a location selected by the Employee within 100 miles of such Employees job location with the Savings Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court having jurisdiction.
* * * * *
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS A BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION WHICH MAY BE ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.
Attest: |
|
FIRST SAVINGS BANK NORTHWEST |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gerald Edlund, Secretary |
|
By: |
Victor Karpiak |
|
|
Its: |
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
Exhibit 10.3
FIRST SAVINGS BANK NORTHWEST
EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE COMPENSATION PLAN
PLAN PURPOSE
The purpose of the First Savings Bank Northwest Employee Severance Compensation Plan (the Plan) is to assure for First Savings Bank Northwest (the Savings Bank) the services of the Employees in the event of a Change in Control of First Financial Northwest, Inc. (the Holding Company) or the Savings Bank. The benefits contemplated by the Plan recognize the value to the Savings Bank of the services and contributions of the eligible Employees and the effect upon the Savings Bank resulting from uncertainties relating to continued employment, reduced employee benefits, management changes and employee relations that may arise if a Change in Control occurs or is threatened. The Savings Banks and the Holding Companys Boards of Directors believe that it is in the best interests of the Savings Bank and the Holding Company to provide eligible Employees with such benefits in order to defray the costs and changes in employee status that could follow a Change in Control. The Boards of Directors believe that the Plan will also aid the Savings Bank in attracting and retaining highly qualified individuals who are essential to its success and that the Plans assurance of fair treatment of the Savings Banks employees will reduce the distractions and other adverse effects on Employees performance if a Change in Control occurs or is threatened.
ARTICLE I
ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN
1.1 Establishment of Plan
As of the Effective Date, the Savings Bank hereby establishes a severance compensation plan to be known as the First Savings Bank Northwest Employee Severance Compensation Plan. The purposes of the Plan are as set forth above.
1.2 Applicability of Plan
The benefits provided by this Plan shall be available to all Employees, who, at or after the Effective Date, meet the eligibility requirements of Article III. The Plan shall not apply to any Employee whose employment was terminated prior to the Effective Date.
1.3 Contractual Right to Benefits
This Plan establishes and vests in each Participant a contractual right to the benefits to which each Participant is entitled hereunder, enforceable by the Participant against the Employer.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
2.1 Definitions
Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below.
(a) Annual Compensation of a Participant means and includes all wages, salary, bonus, and incentive compensation (other than stock based compensation), paid (including accrued amounts) by the Employer as consideration for the Participants services during the twelve (12) complete months ended the date as of which Annual Compensation is to be determined, which are or would (but for an election by the Participant to defer compensation) be includable in the gross income of the Participant receiving the same for federal income tax purposes.
(b) Bank means First Savings Bank Northwest or any successor as provided for in Article VII hereof.
(c) Change in Control means (1) an offeror other than the Holding Company purchases shares of stock of the Holding Company or the Savings Bank pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for such shares (2) an event of a nature that results in the acquisition of control of the Holding Company or the Savings Bank within the meaning of the Savings and Loan Holding Company Act under 12 U.S.C. Section 1467a and 12 C.F.R. Part 574 (or any successor statute or regulation) or requires the filing of a notice with the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC); (3) any person (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act)) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly of securities of the Holding Company or the Savings Bank representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Holding Companys or the Savings Banks outstanding securities; (4) individuals who are members of the board of directors of the Holding Company immediately following the Effective Date or who are members of the board of directors of the Savings Bank immediately following the Effective Date (in each case, the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequently whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Holding Companys or the Savings Banks stockholders was approved by the nominating committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; or (5) consummation of a plan of reorganization, merger, acquisition, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Holding Company or a similar transaction in which the Holding Company is not the resulting entity, provided that the term Change in Control shall not include an acquisition of securities by an employee benefit plan of the Savings Bank or the Holding Company.
2
(d) Continuous Employment means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee of the Savings Bank or an affiliate. Service shall not be considered interrupted in the case of sick leave, military leave or any other leave of absence approved by the Savings Bank or in the case of transfers between payroll locations of the Savings Bank or between the Savings Bank, its Parent, its Subsidiary or its successor.
(e) Effective Date, as to Employees of an Employer, means the date the Plan is approved by the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank, or such other date as the Board shall designate in its resolution approving the Plan.
(f) Employee means an individual employed by the Employer on a full-time basis, excluding any executive officer of the Employer who is covered by an employment contract or a change in control severance agreement with the Employer.
(g) Employer means the Savings Bank or a Subsidiary or a Parent which has adopted the Plan pursuant to Article VI hereof.
(h) Expiration Date means the date fifteen (15) years from the Effective Date unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 8.2 or extended pursuant to Section 8.1.
(i) Holding Company means First Financial Northwest, Inc., the Parent of the Savings Bank.
(j) Just Cause, with respect to termination of employment, means an act or acts of personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order. In determining incompetence, acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the financial services industry.
(k) Parent means any corporation which holds a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Savings Banks common stock.
(l) Participant means an Employee who meets the eligibility requirements of Article III.
(m) Payment means the payment of severance compensation as provided in Article IV hereof.
(n) Plan means the First Savings Bank Northwest Employee Severance Compensation Plan.
3
(o) Subsidiary means any corporation in which the Savings Bank, directly or indirectly, holds a majority of the voting power of its outstanding shares of capital stock.
2.2 Applicable Law
To the extent not preempted by the laws of the United States as now or hereafter in effect, the laws of the State of Washington shall be the controlling law in all matters relating to the Plan.
The Plan neither requires nor establishes an ongoing administrative system for its effect or operation. Payments under the Plan are precipitated by a single event, a Change in Control, which event is the sole focus of the Plan. Consequently, it is intended that the Plan shall not be covered by or be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA).
2.3 Severability
If a provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
ARTICLE III
ELIGIBILITY
3.1 Participation
Each Employee who has completed at least one (1) year of Continuous Employment as of the Effective Date shall become a Participant on the Effective Date. Thereafter, each Employee shall become a Participant on the day on which he or she completes one (1) year of Continuous Employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, persons who have entered into and continue to be covered by an employment or change in control severance agreement with the Employer shall not be entitled to participate in the Plan.
3.2 Duration of Participation
A Participant shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan when the Participant ceases to be an Employee of the Employer unless such Participant is entitled to a Payment as provided in the Plan. Furthermore, an Employee shall cease to be a Participant upon entering into an employment or change in control severance agreement with the Employer. A Participant entitled to receipt of a Payment shall remain a Participant in this Plan until the full amount of such Payment has been paid to the Participant.
4
ARTICLE IV
PAYMENTS
4.1 Right to Payment
A Participant shall be entitled to receive from his or her respective Employer a Payment in the amount provided in Section 4.3 if there has been a Change in Control of the Savings Bank or the Holding Company and if, within one (1) year thereafter, the Participants employment by an Employer shall terminate for any reason specified in Section 4.2, whether the termination is voluntary or involuntary. A Participant shall not be entitled to a Payment if termination occurs by reason of death, voluntary retirement, voluntary termination other than for reasons specified in Section 4.2, total and permanent disability, or for Just Cause.
4.2 Reasons for Termination
Following a Change in Control, a Participant shall be entitled to a Payment if his or her employment with an Employer is terminated, voluntarily or involuntarily, within one (1) year following such Change in Control, for any one or more of the following reasons:
(a) The Employer reduces the Participants base salary or rate of compensation as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, or as the same may have been increased thereafter.
(b) The Employer requires the Participant to change the location of the Participants job or office, so that such Participant will be based at a location more than thirty-five (35) miles from the location of the Participants job or office immediately prior to the Change in Control, provided that such new location is not closer to Participants home.
(c) The Employer materially reduces the benefits and perquisites, taken as a whole, available to the Participant immediately prior to the Change in Control; provided, however, that a material reduction or change on a nondiscriminatory basis in the benefits and perquisites generally provided to all employees of the Savings Bank that does not reduce a Participants taxable Annual Compensation shall not trigger a Payment.
(d) A successor bank or company fails or refuses to assume the Savings Banks obligations under this Plan, as required by Article VII.
(e) The Savings Bank or any successor company breaches any other provisions of the Plan.
(f) The Employer terminates the employment of a Participant at or after a Change in Control other than for Just Cause.
5
4.3 Amount of Payment
(a) Each Participant entitled to a Payment under this Plan shall receive from the Employer a lump sum cash payment equal to:
|
Participants
|
|
Amount of Monthly Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 to 1 year of service |
|
|
0 |
|
Over 1 year to 2 years |
|
|
3 months |
|
Over 2 years to 3 years |
|
|
6 months |
|
Over 3 years |
|
|
6 months plus one month for each year of Continuous Employment over three years |
For purposes of this Section 4.3(a): (i) the Participants years of service (including partial years rounded up to the nearest full month) are computed from the Employees date of hire through the date of termination and (ii) Monthly Compensation of a Participant means such Participants Annual Compensation (determined on the date of his or her termination of employment) divided by twelve (12).
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the following rules shall apply to the determination of any Payment due a Participant under this Plan: (i) a Participant entitled to a Payment under this Plan who was a vice president and above of the Savings Bank immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control shall receive a minimum Payment equal to one (1) times the Participants Annual Compensation; (ii) a Participant entitled to a Payment under this Plan who was an assistant vice president immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control shall receive a minimum Payment equal to one-half (1/2) the Participants Annual Compensation; and (iii) the maximum Payment to any Participant under the Plan shall not exceed one and one-half (1-1/2) times the Participants Annual Compensation.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of (a) above, if a Payment to a Participant who is a disqualified individual shall be in an amount which includes an excess parachute payment, the payment hereunder to that Participant shall be reduced to the maximum amount which does not include an excess parachute payment. The terms disqualified individual and excess parachute payment shall have the same meaning as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor section of similar import.
The Participant shall not be required to mitigate damages on the amount of the Payment by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of such Payment be reduced by any compensation earned by the Participant as a result of employment after termination of employment with an Employer.
6
4.4 Time of Payment
The Payment to which a Participant is entitled shall be paid to the Participant by the Employer or the successor to the Employer, in cash and in full, not later than twenty-five (25) business days after the termination of the Participants employment. If any Participant should die after termination of employment but before all amounts have been paid, such unpaid amounts shall be paid to the Participants surviving spouse, or if none, to the Participants named beneficiary, if living, otherwise to the personal representative on behalf of or for the benefit of the Participants estate.
ARTICLE V
OTHER RIGHTS AND BENEFITS NOT AFFECTED
5.1 Other Benefits
Neither the provisions of the Plan nor the Payment provided for hereunder shall reduce any amounts otherwise payable, or in any way diminish the Participants rights as an Employee of the Employer, whether existing now or hereafter, under any benefit, incentive, retirement, stock option, stock bonus, stock ownership or any employment agreement or other plan or arrangement.
5.2 Employment Status
This Plan does not constitute a contract of employment or impose on the Participant or the Participants Employer any obligation to retain the Participant as an Employee, to change the status of the Participants employment, or to change the Employers policies regarding termination of employment.
ARTICLE VI
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
Upon approval by the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank, this Plan may be adopted by any Subsidiary or Parent of the Savings Bank. Upon such adoption, the Subsidiary or Parent shall become an Employer hereunder and the provisions of the Plan shall be fully applicable to the Employees of that Subsidiary or Parent.
7
ARTICLE VII
SUCCESSOR TO THE SAVINGS BANK
The Savings Bank shall require any successor to or assignee of, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, all or substantially all the business or assets of the Savings Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Savings Banks obligations under the Plan.
ARTICLE VIII
DURATION, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
8.1 Duration
If a Change in Control has not occurred, the Plan shall expire fifteen (15) years from the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated as provided in Section 8.2, or unless extended for an additional period or periods by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control occurs, the Plan shall continue in full force and effect, and shall not terminate or expire until such date as all Participants who become entitled to Payments hereunder shall have received such Payments in full.
8.2 Amendment and Termination
The Plan may be terminated or amended in any respect by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank, unless (i) a Change in Control has previously occurred, (ii) the Savings Bank shall have in the previous year received a bona fide written offer, which was not subsequently withdrawn, from a third party to engage in a transaction which would involve a Change in Control or (iii) a third party shall have disclosed in a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) its intent to engage in a transaction which would result in a Change in Control and has not subsequently indicated in another SEC filing that it no longer had such intention. For so long as any of the events listed in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) persist, the Plan shall not be subject to amendment, change, substitution, deletion, revocation or termination in any respect whatsoever unless any acquiror of the Savings Bank shall agree in writing to provide benefits to covered employees which are at least as substantial as those set forth herein if such employees are terminated without cause within one year of a Change in Control of the Savings Bank.
8.3 Form of Amendment
The form of any proper amendment or termination of the Plan shall be a written instrument signed by the duly authorized officer or officers of the Savings Bank, certifying that the amendment or termination has been approved by the Board of Directors. A proper amendment of the Plan
8
automatically shall effect a corresponding amendment to all Participants rights hereunder, regardless of whether the Participants receive notice of such action. A proper termination of the Plan automatically shall effect a termination of all Participants rights and benefits hereunder, regardless of whether the Participants receive notice of such action.
ARTICLE IX
LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES
9.1 Subject to the notice provision in Section 9.2 hereof, the Savings Bank shall pay all reasonable legal fees, costs of litigation, and other expenses incurred by each Participant as a result of the Savings Banks refusal to make the Payment to which the Participant becomes entitled under this Plan as a result of a final determination by a court or pursuant to arbitration, or as a result of the Savings Banks unsuccessfully contesting the validity, enforceability or interpretation of the Plan.
9.2 A Participant must provide the Savings Bank with thirty (30) days notice of a complaint of entitlement under the Plan, and provide adequate documentation of the requested reimbursements, before the Savings Bank shall be liable for the payment of any legal fees, costs of litigation or other expenses referred to in Section 9.1 hereof.
ARTICLE X
ARBITRATION
10.1 Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with the Plan shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by the Participant within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Savings Bank, in accordance with rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the award of the arbitrator in any court having jurisdiction.
9
Having been adopted by its Board of Directors on _______ __, 2007, the Plan is executed by its duly authorized officers as of the ______ day of _______________, 2007.
Attest |
|
FIRST SAVINGS BANK NORTHWEST |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
|
|
Gary F. Kohlwes |
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
Secretary |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
Having been adopted by its Board of Directors on ____________ __, 2007, the Plan is executed by its duly authorized officers this _______ day of __________________, 2007.
Attest |
|
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
|
|
Gerald Edlund |
|
|
Victor Karpiak |
Secretary |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
10
Exhibit 10.4
REVISED
EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made and entered into as of the 18th day of December, 1991 by and between FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS OF RENTON (hereinafter referred to as the Bank) and ___________________ (hereinafter referred to as the Participant), pursuant to the Executive Supplemental Retirement Income Plan. This agreement modifies all other Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan Participant Agreements between the Bank and the Participant.
In consideration of past and future services of the Participant to the Bank, and of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Bank and the Participant agree as follows:
|
1. |
Benefits |
|
|
|
|
A. Normal Retirement : Upon the Participants retirement from full time service to the Bank at age 65 or later, the Bank shall pay to the Participant an annual pension of $10,000. payable in equal monthly installments on the first business day of each calendar month for 180 months. Prior to retirement, said $10,000. annual benefit shall be increased by 4% compounded annually for each year that a participant participates in the plan. (Original Plan Date October 30th 1985) Partial years of participation shall receive a pro-rata increase. Upon commencement of benefit payments, regardless of age, said benefit shall remain level except by modification of this agreement pursuant to Section 5, Paragraph D. herein. Said payments shall be reduced by any state or federal taxes payable on said amounts by the Bank. In the event that said Participant shall die following retirement but prior to receiving 180 monthly payments, the Bank will pay to the Participants beneficiary, designated on the attached Exhibit A, Beneficiary Designation Form, the balance of said payments until a total of 180 payments have been made by the Bank. The beneficiary designated by the Participant on the attached Beneficiary Designation Form shall be the Participants legal spouse, if married, unless such spouse shall consent in writing, to the designation of another beneficiary. If, at the time of the Participants death, there is no surviving spouse, or if the designation of beneficiary shall be ineffective for any reason, the beneficiary shall conclusively be deemed to be the Participants lineal descendents, per stirpes or, if none, those persons who would be entitled to share in the Participants estate if the Participant died intestate. Subject to the foregoing, the Participant may, at any time, change the beneficiary hereunder by filing a new Beneficiary Designation Form with the Secretary of the Bank. |
|
|
|
|
|
B. Early Retirement: In the event of early retirement prior to age 65, assuming the Participant has reached age 55 years, the Participant shall |
|
have the option to receive an actuarially reduced equivalent amount beginning at the date of early retirement and continuing for a period of 180 months. Such actuarial reduction shall be computed by multiplying the amount payable at normal retirement (age 65) by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of full years served since participation in this, or preceding plans, until the early retirement date. The denominator is the number of full years served since participation in this, or preceding plans, until age 65. There shall be no retirement benefit payable prior to age 55. |
|
|
|
|
|
C. Pre-Retirement Death: In the event the Participant dies prior to retirement while employed by the Bank, the Participants beneficiary as designated on the Beneficiary Designation Form (pursuant to the rules on beneficiary designations set forth in Sub-Paragraph 1.A.), shall receive a benefit payment hereunder for 120 months equal to the monthly amount payable at age 65 as specified in Paragraph 1.A. hereunder to a maximum of $200,000. Any beneficiary of the Plan may receive said payments in a single, unreduced, lump sum upon request to the Bank. |
|
|
|
|
|
2. Forfeiture or Suspension of Benefits: Notwithstanding any other provision of this plan to the contrary, supplemental retirement benefits shall be forfeited or suspended as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
A. No supplemental benefit shall be paid if the Participant commits suicide, while sane or insane, within two (2) years from the date he or she is enrolled under the Plan. |
|
|
|
|
|
B. No supplemental benefit shall be paid if a Participant is discharged for cause by reason of fraud, dishonesty, embezzlement or any other breach of trust. |
|
|
|
|
|
3. Ownership of Insurance: All rights and incidents of ownership in any life insurance policy that the Bank may purchase insuring the life of the Participant shall belong exclusively to the Bank, and neither the Participant or any beneficiary or other person claiming under or through him or her shall have any rights, title or interest in or to any such insurance policy. Neither the Participant nor any beneficiary under this Agreement shall have any power to transfer, assign, hypothecate or otherwise encumber, in advance any of the benefits payable hereunder, nor shall any benefits be subject to seizure for the benefit of any debts or judgments, or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise. |
|
|
|
|
|
4. Administration: The Bank shall have full power and authority to interpret, construe and administer this Plan, to adopt appropriate procedures and to make all decisions necessary or proper to carry out the terms of the Plan. The Banks interpretation and construction hereof, and actions hereunder, including any determination of benefit amount or designation of |
|
the person to receive supplemental payments, shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes. Neither the Bank, nor its officers, employees, or directors, nor any member thereof shall be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Plan. |
|
|
|
|
|
5. General Provisions: |
|
|
|
|
|
A. Retirement Plan: Nothing in this Agreement shall diminish or impair the Participants eligibility, participation or benefit entitlement under the qualified retirement plan for the employees of the Bank, or any other benefit, insurance or compensation plan or agreement of the Bank now or hereinafter in effect. |
|
|
|
|
|
B. No Effect on Employment: This Plan shall not be deemed to give any participant or other person in the employ of the Bank any right to be retained in the employment of the Bank, or to interfere with the right of the Bank to terminate any Participant or such other person at any time and to treat him or her without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant in this Plan. |
|
|
|
|
|
C. Legally Binding: The rights, privileges, benefits and obligations under this Plan are intended to be legal obligations of the Bank and binding upon the Bank, its successors and assigns. |
|
|
|
|
|
D. Modification: The Bank by action of the Board of Directors, reserves the exclusive right to amend, modify or terminate this Plan. Any such termination, modification or amendment shall not terminate or diminish any present or future rights or benefits. The Bank shall give thirty (30) days notice, in writing, to any Participant prior to the effective date of any such amendment, modification or termination of this Plan. |
In witness whereof, the Bank has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized office, duly attested by its Secretary, and the Participant has signed this Agreement as of the date first written set forth above.
|
Participant |
|
Bank |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Participant |
|
|
Bank Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spouse |
|
|
|
MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
OF THE
REVISED EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL
RETIREMENT PLAN PARTICIPANT AGREEMENT
DATED DECEMBER 18
TH
, 1991
This Modification Agreement is entered into this 1 st day of December 1999 in accordance with Section 5 (General Provisions) Paragraph D (Modification) contained within the above captioned agreement by and between First Federal Savings of Renton (which has since been succeeded in interest by First Savings Bank Of Renton) and ______________.
Section 1. Benefits Paragraph A. Normal Retirement: is herein modified to read as follows:
|
Upon the Participants retirement from full time service to the Bank at age 65 or later, the Bank shall pay to the Participant an annual pension of $15,000. payable in equal monthly installments on the first business day of each calendar month for 180 months. Prior to retirement, said $15,000. annual benefit shall be increased by 4% compounded annually for each year that a participant participates in the plan. (Original Plan Date October 30th, 1985) Partial years of participation shall receive a pro-rata increase. Upon commencement of benefit payments, regardless of age, said benefit shall remain level except by modification of this agreement pursuant to Section 5, Paragraph D. herein. Said payments shall be reduced by any state or federal taxes payable on said amounts by the Bank. In the event that said Participant shall die following retirement but prior to receiving 180 monthly payments, the Bank will pay to the Participants beneficiary, designated on the attached Exhibit A, Beneficiary Designation Form, the balance of said payments until a total of 180 payments have been made by the Bank. The beneficiary designated by the Participant on the attached Beneficiary Designation Form shall be the Participants legal spouse, if married, unless such spouse shall consent in writing, to the designation of another beneficiary. If, at the time of the Participants death, there is no surviving spouse, or if the designation of beneficiary shall be ineffective for any reason, the beneficiary shall conclusively be deemed to be the Participants lineal descendents, per stirpes or, if none, those persons who would be entitled to share in the Participants estate if the Participant died intestate. Subject to the foregoing, the Participant may, at any time, change the beneficiary hereunder by filing a new Beneficiary Designation Form with the Secretary of the Bank. |
|
Except as herein modified all other terms and conditions contained within the above referenced Participant Agreement shall remain in its entirety.
In witness whereof, the Bank has caused this Modification Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer and the Participant in acknowledgment has also signed this Modification as of the date first written set forth above.
Participant |
|
Bank |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BY: |
|
|
BY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
OF THE
REVISED EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL
RETIREMENT PLAN PARTICIPANT AGREEMENT
DATED DECEMBER 18
TH
, 1991
This Modification Agreement is entered into this 1 st day of November 2004 in accordance with Section 5 (General Provisions) Paragraph D (Modification) contained within the above captioned agreement which was previously modified by agreement dated December 1, 1999 by and between First Federal Savings of Renton (which has since been succeeded in interest by First Savings Bank Of Renton) and ______________.
Section 1. Benefits Paragraph A. Normal Retirement: is herein modified to read as follows:
|
Upon the Participants retirement from full time service to the Bank at age 65 or later, the Bank shall pay to the Participant an annual pension of $25,000. payable in equal monthly installments on the first business day of each calendar month for 180 months. Prior to retirement, said $25,000. annual benefit shall be increased by 4% compounded annually for each year that a participant participates in the plan. Partial years of participation shall receive a pro-rata increase. Upon commencement of benefit payments, regardless of age, said benefit shall remain level except by modification of this agreement pursuant to Section 5, Paragraph D. herein. Said payments shall be reduced by any state or federal taxes payable on said amounts by the Bank. In the event that said Participant shall die following retirement but prior to receiving 180 monthly payments, the Bank will pay to the Participants beneficiary, designated on the attached Exhibit A, Beneficiary Designation Form, the balance of said payments until a total of 180 payments have been made by the Bank. The beneficiary designated by the Participant on the attached Beneficiary Designation Form shall be the Participants legal spouse, if married, unless such spouse shall consent in writing, to the designation of another beneficiary. If, at the time of the Participants death, there is no surviving spouse, or if the designation of beneficiary shall be ineffective for any reason, the beneficiary shall conclusively be deemed to be the Participants lineal descendents, per stirpes or, if none, those persons who would be entitled to share in the Participants estate if the Participant died intestate. Subject to the foregoing, the Participant may, at any time, change the beneficiary hereunder by filing a new Beneficiary Designation Form with the Secretary of the Bank. |
|
Except as herein modified all other terms and conditions contained within the above referenced Participant Agreement shall remain in its entirety.
In witness whereof, the Bank has caused this Modification Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer and the Participant in acknowledgment has also signed this Modification as of the date first written set forth above.
Participant |
|
Bank |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BY: |
|
|
BY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 10.5
FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS RETIREMENT FUND
REGULATIONS
governing
THE COMPREHENSIVE RETIREMENT PROGRAM
25th Revision, Effective June 30, 2002
108 Corporate Park Drive |
|
P.O. Box 847 |
|
White Plains, NY 10604 |
FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS RETIREMENT FUND
Established December 1, 1943
A non-profit, IRS qualified, tax-exempt, pension plan and trust through which Federal Home Loan Banks, Savings and Loan Associations and similar institutions, or any other federally insured financial institutions (including those organizations serving them) may cooperate in providing for the retirement of their employees. These Regulations, including the Appendices attached hereto, contain the governing provisions of the Retirement Funds Comprehensive Retirement Program, a plan which provides retirement and death benefits. All contributions to the Retirement Fund are commingled, and all assets of the Retirement Fund are invested on a pooled basis, without allocation to individual employers or employees. All amounts payable by the Retirement Fund are a general charge upon all its assets.
Effective June 30, 2002 (including amendments through July 1, 2002), except as otherwise provided, the Financial Institutions Retirement Funds Comprehensive Retirement Program is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as follows:
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I |
|
1 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II |
|
13 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1. |
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2. |
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III |
|
17 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1. |
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2. |
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV |
|
19 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1. |
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2. |
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3. |
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4. |
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5. |
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V |
|
30 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1. |
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2. |
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3. |
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4. |
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5. |
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6. |
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7. |
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8. |
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI |
|
60 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1. |
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2. |
|
61 |
ARTICLE VII |
|
62 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII |
|
68 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX |
|
69 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1. |
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2. |
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3. |
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4. |
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5. |
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6. |
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7. |
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X |
|
74 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1. |
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2. |
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3. |
|
75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4. |
|
77 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5. |
|
78 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6. |
|
78 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI |
|
79 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1. |
|
79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2. |
|
84 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3. |
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4. |
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5. |
|
86 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6. |
|
86 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7. |
|
90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8. |
|
90 |
ARTICLE XII |
|
92 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1. |
|
92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2. |
|
95 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3. |
|
97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4. |
|
99 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5. |
|
99 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6. |
|
99 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIII |
|
102 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIV |
|
106 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1. |
|
106 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2. |
|
108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3. |
|
109 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4. |
|
112 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XV |
|
116 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XVI |
|
117 |
REGULATI ONS
As amended to July 1, 2002
The following words and phrases as used in these Regulations shall have the following meanings:
(2) |
Accumulated Contributions - The amount of benefit standing to the credit of a Member representing the contributions made by the Member together with Regular Interest thereon as determined in accordance with ERISA. |
|
|
(3) |
Actuarial Increase Adjustment Factor - The monthly increase to the Members Retirement Allowance beginning as of the Members Normal Retirement Date. Such monthly increase shall be determined as follows: |
Age |
|
Adjustment |
|
|
|
6570 |
|
.8% per month |
7075 |
|
1.0% per month |
7580 |
|
1.2% per month |
8085 |
|
1.5% per month |
8590 |
|
1.9% per month |
9095 |
|
2.5% per month |
95 and older |
|
3.4% per month |
(4) |
Beneficiary - In accordance with Article IV, Section 3 and applicable law, the person or persons, other than a Contingent Annuitant, designated to receive any amount payable upon the death of a Member or Retiree. Such designation may |
1
|
be made or changed only by the Member or Retiree on a form provided by, and filed with, the Retirement Fund prior to the Members death. If no Beneficiary is designated, or if the designated Beneficiary predeceases the Member or Retiree, then (except as provided in Article IV, Section 3(C) or Article VI, Section 1, Option 2) any such amount payable shall be paid to the estate of such Member or Retiree upon the Members or Retirees death. |
|
|
(5) |
Benefit Service - The period of Service counted in determining a Members benefits as described in Article III. |
|
|
(6) |
Board - The Board of Directors provided for in Article XIV to direct the operations of the Retirement Fund. |
|
|
(7) |
Break in Service - A Period of Severance of at least 12 consecutive months. |
|
|
(8) |
CCL - For purposes of Subsections (E), (F), (G), (H), (I), (J), (K), (L), (M), (N), (O), (P), (Q) and (S) of Article V, Section 1 (except as otherwise provided in the following paragraph), the average of the taxable wage bases in effect under Section 230 of the Social Security Act as of the beginning of each Plan Year included in the 35-year period ending with the last day of the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the Member attains (or will attain) his social security retirement age, as defined in Section 415(b)(8) of the IRC. However, commencing with the Plan Year beginning on July 1, 1995, CCL shall mean the average of the taxable wage bases in effect under Section 230 of the Social Security Act as of the beginning of each Plan Year included in the 35-year period ending with the last day of the calendar year in which the Member attains (or will attain) his social security retirement age, as defined in Section 415(b)(8) of the IRC. |
|
|
|
The taxable wage base for the current Plan Year and any subsequent Plan Year shall be assumed to be the same as the taxable wage base in effect as of the beginning of the Plan Year for which the determination is being made. In addition, a Members CCL for a Plan Year beginning before the 35-year period referred to in this paragraph shall be the taxable wage base in effect as of the beginning of such Plan Year. |
2
|
For purposes of Subsections (G), (H), (I), (J), (K), (L), (M), (N), (O), (P), (Q) and (S) of Article V, Section 1, in lieu of the foregoing definition of CCL, an Employer may elect, on a uniform basis for its Members, to define CCL as the greater of $10,000 or one-half of the covered compensation (as defined in Section 1.401(l)-1(c)(7) of the IRS Regulations) of an individual who attains his social security retirement age in the calendar year in which the Plan Year begins. |
|
|
(9) |
Career Average Salary - The average annual Salary during the period of Benefit Service. |
|
|
(10) |
Cash Balance Account - The Cash Balance Account as defined in Article V, Section 1(R). |
|
|
(11) |
Change of Control - A Buyout, Merger, or Substantial Change of Ownership. For this purpose, these terms shall have the following meaning: |
|
|
|
Buyout - A transaction or series of related transactions by which the Employer is sold, either through the sale of a Controlling Interest in the Employers voting stock or through the sale of all or substantially all of the Employers assets, to a party not having a Controlling Interest in the Employers voting stock. |
|
|
|
Merger - A transaction or series of transactions wherein the Employer is combined with another business entity, and after which the persons or entities who had owned, either directly or indirectly, a Controlling Interest in the Employers voting stock own less than a Controlling Interest in the voting stock of the combined entity. |
|
|
|
Controlling Interest - The ownership, either directly or indirectly, of more than 20% of the Employers voting stock. |
|
|
|
Substantial Change of Ownership - A transaction or series of transactions in which a Controlling Interest in the Employer is acquired by or for a person or persons or business entity, which person(s) or entity did not own, either directly or indirectly, a Controlling Interest in the Employer. |
|
|
(12) |
Commencement Date - The date on which an Employer begins to participate in the Retirement Funds Comprehensive Retirement Program. |
3
(13) |
Commuted Value - The present value of a series of future installment payments discounted at the rate of 7% per annum. |
|
|
(14) |
Contingent Annuitant - A person designated to receive a continuing allowance under one of the options of, and in accordance with, Article VI upon the death of a Retiree. |
|
|
(15) |
Disability Retirement Date - The first day of the month coincident with or next following the date on which the Member separates from active employment by reason of disability. |
|
|
(16) |
Early Retirement Date - The first day of the month coincident with or next following the Members termination of employment and the Members attainment of (i) age 45, (ii) age 55, or (iii) age 55 plus the completion of ten (10) years of Vesting Service, as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
(17) |
Effective Date - Except as otherwise noted herein, the effective date of the Regulations, as amended and restated, is June 30, 2002 (including amendments effective through July 1, 2002). |
|
|
(18) |
Employee - Unless an Employer elects otherwise or as necessary to satisfy the requirements of IRC Sections 410(b) and 401(a)(26) and the IRS Regulations thereunder, any person in the Service of an Employer who receives a Salary, and any Leased Employees. If an individual receives no income from an Employer other than commissions and such Employer does not elect to include commissions as Salary under Section (43) of this Article, then such individual shall not be treated as an Employee for purposes of the Regulations. |
|
|
|
Employees classified by the Employer as independent contractors who are subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be Employees shall not be Members of the Retirement Fund. |
|
|
(19) |
Employer - Any institution which has adopted the Regulations and participates in the Retirement Fund, having applied, qualified and been approved in accordance with Article II, Section 1. |
|
|
(20) |
Enrollment Date - The date on which an Employee becomes a Member. |
4
(21) |
Equivalent Value - A benefit of equivalent value when computed on the basis of tables, developed taking into account actuarial assumptions and interest rates, which tables were last adopted for this purpose by the Board and specified in Appendix A attached hereto or based upon an interest rate and mortality table designated by the Employer; provided, however, that the interest rate used to determine the Equivalent Value of a benefit for purposes of Article VII, Section 2(B) and Article XI, Section 2, shall not be greater than the rate prescribed under Article VII, Section 2(B). |
|
|
(22) |
High-5 Salary - The average annual Salary over the 5 consecutive years of highest Salary during Benefit Service (or during all the years of Benefit Service if less than 5). |
|
|
(23) |
High-3 Salary - The average annual Salary over the 3 consecutive years of highest Salary during Benefit Service (or during all the years of Benefit Service if less than 3). |
|
|
(24) |
Highly Compensated Employee - For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, an Employee or a Member (i) who is a five percent owner at any time during the look-back year or determination year, or (ii) (a) who is employed during the determination year and who during the look-back year received 415 Compensation (as defined in Article XI, Section 1(B)) from the Employer in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to the IRC and IRS Regulations thereunder for changes in the cost of living), and (b) if elected by the Employer (by formal adoption) was in the top-paid group of Employees for such look-back year. |
|
|
|
For this purpose, the determination year shall be the Plan Year. The look-back year shall be the calendar year ending within the determination year. |
|
|
|
The top-paid group shall consist of the top twenty percent of the Employees when ranked on the basis of compensation paid by the Employer. |
|
|
|
The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee will be made in accordance with Section 414(q) of the IRC and the IRS Regulations thereunder. |
5
|
For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the family member aggregation rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the IRC (as in effect prior to the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996) are eliminated. |
|
|
|
|
(25) |
Hour of Service - |
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for an Employer. These hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed; and |
|
|
|
|
(B) |
Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this Subsection (B) for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Hours under this Subsection (B) will be calculated and credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of the DOL Regulations which is incorporated herein by this reference; and |
|
|
|
|
(C) |
Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under Subsection (A) or (B), as the case may be, and under this Subsection (C). These hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other members of an affiliated service group (under IRC Section 414(m)), a controlled group of corporations (under IRC Section 414(b)), or a group of trades or businesses under common control (under IRC Section 414(c)), of which the Employer is a member, and any other entity required to be aggregated with such Employer pursuant to IRC Section 414(o). |
6
|
Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual considered an Employee for purposes of the Regulations under IRC Section 414(n) or Section 414(o). |
(26) |
Leased Employee - Effective July 1, 1997, any person (other than an employee of the recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person (leasing organization) has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the IRC) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under the primary direction or control by the recipient. Benefits provided a Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient employer. |
|
|
(27) |
Limitation Year - For purposes of applying the limitations of Section 415 of the IRC, the Limitation Year shall be the twelve consecutive month period beginning January 1 and ending December 31. |
|
|
(28) |
Member - An Employee enrolled in the membership of the Retirement Funds Comprehensive Retirement Program as provided in Article II, Section 2. |
|
|
(29) |
Non-highly Compensated Employee - An Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. |
|
|
(30) |
Normal Retirement Date - The first day of the month coincident with or next following the Members 65 th birthday or, if later, the date of his termination of employment; except that if the Member shall have attained age 65 before his Employers Commencement Date, than his Normal Retirement Date shall be such Members termination of employment. |
|
|
(31) |
PBGC Interest Rate - The interest rate used by the PBGC, as of the date of distribution, for purposes of determining the present value of a lump sum distribution on plan termination. |
|
|
(32) |
Pension Equity Benefit - The Pension Equity Benefit as defined in Article V, Section 1(S). |
7
(33) |
Period of Severance - A continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by an Employer and commences on an Employees severance from service date. An Employees severance from service date is the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged or, if earlier, the 12 month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from service. |
|
|
(34) |
Plan Year - A 12-month period ending June 30. |
|
|
(35) |
Qualified Domestic Relations Order - Any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which has been determined by the Board to constitute a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p)(1) of the IRC. |
|
|
(36) |
Regular Interest - Interest at the rate or rates adopted from time to time by the Board for the purpose of computing interest on the contributions made by a Member; provided, however, for Plan Years beginning on or after July 1, 1988 interest compounded annually at the rate of 120 percent of the applicable Federal mid-term rate as in effect under IRC Section 1274 for the first month of the Plan Year. |
|
|
(37) |
Regulations - The Regulations of the Retirement Fund, as the same may be amended from time to time. |
|
|
(38) |
Required Beginning Date - Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 1997, the Required Beginning Date shall be the later of the April 1 of the calendar year following (i) the calendar year in which the Member attains age 70½ or (ii) the calendar year in which the Member retires, except that the Required Beginning Date for a 5-percent owner shall be the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such Member attains age 70½. |
|
|
|
Any Member, other than a 5-percent owner, attaining age 70½ in years after 1995 who continues in service may elect by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Member attained age 70½ (or by December 31, 1997 in the case of a Member attaining age 70½ in 1996) to defer distributions until the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Member retires. If no such election is made, the Member will begin |
8
|
receiving distributions by the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Member attained age 70½ (or by December 31, 1997 in the case of a Member attaining age 70½ in 1996). |
|
|
|
Any Member attaining age 70½ in years prior to 1997 may elect to stop distributions and recommence distributions by the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Member retires. If such election is made, there is a new annuity starting date upon recommencement. |
|
|
|
A Member is treated as a 5-percent owner for purposes of this section if such Member is a 5-percent owner as defined in Section 416 of the IRC at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such 5-percent owner attains age 70½. |
|
|
|
Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent owner under this section, the distributions must continue, even if the Member ceases to be a 5-percent owner in a subsequent year. |
|
|
(39) |
Retiree - A former Member who has been retired under Article IV or XII (including one who terminated with a vested benefit and deferred commencement of his Retirement Allowance). |
|
|
(40) |
Retirement Allowance - The annual lifetime allowance payable to a Retiree under Articles IV and V. |
|
|
(41) |
Retirement Date - The date as of which a Member becomes a Retiree under Article IV or XII. |
|
|
(42) |
Retirement Fund - The Financial Institutions Retirement Fund (formerly known as Savings Associations Retirement Fund) consisting of and governed by the Regulations and Trust which together constitute a tax-qualified employee retirement benefit plan. |
|
|
(43) |
Salary - An Employer shall adopt, on a uniform basis for its Members and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the IRC and IRS Regulations, one of the following definitions of Salary: |
|
(A) |
(1) |
Regular, basic salary or wage rate as of January 1 of the calendar year or the Members date of employment, if later. |
9
|
(2) |
Regular, basic salary or wage rate as of January 1 of the calendar year or the Members date of employment, if later, plus overtime payments earned in the immediately preceding calendar year. |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
Regular, basic salary or wage rate as of January 1 of the calendar year, or the Members date of employment, if later, plus overtime payments and bonuses earned in the immediately preceding calendar year. |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Salary, as defined in Paragraph (1), (2) or (3) of this Subsection (A), plus commissions earned in the immediately preceding calendar year, but not to exceed such amount of commissions as the Employer shall designate. |
|
(B) |
(1) |
Regular, basic salary or wage rate as in effect for each month of the calendar year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
Regular, basic salary or wage rate as in effect for each month of the calendar year, plus overtime payments earned in each such month. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
Regular, basic salary or wage rate as in effect for each month of the calendar year, plus overtime payments and bonuses earned in each such month. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Salary, as defined in Paragraph (1), (2) or (3) of this Subsection (B), plus commissions earned in the current calendar year, but not to exceed such amount of commissions as the Employer shall designate. |
|
(C) |
Total taxable compensation as reported on a Members IRS Form W-2 (exclusive of any compensation deferred from a prior year) for the calendar year. |
|
For purposes of the definition of Salary under Subsection (B) or Subsection (C) of this Article I (43), Salary shall be deemed to be earned uniformly over each month of Benefit Service during the calendar year. |
|
|
|
For purposes of the definition of Salary, Special Payments and contributions by the Employer under this or any other plan (other than before-tax contributions made on behalf of a Member to a cafeteria plan under Section 125 of the IRC or, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1998, qualified |
10
|
transportation fringe benefits under Section 132(f) of the IRC unless the Employer specifically elects to exclude such contributions or benefits) shall be excluded. Amounts voluntarily deferred by a Member under Section 401(k) of the IRC shall be included as Salary. If an Employer elects to include commissions in the definition of Salary adopted under this Article I (43), the amount of commissions to be included shall, at the Employers option which shall be uniformly applied, be reduced, but not below zero, to an amount by which a fixed dollar amount specified by the Employer exceeds the Members Salary excluding commissions. Accordingly, if a Members Salary, excluding commissions, equals or exceeds the applicable fixed dollar amount, then no commissions will be included as Salary. |
|
|
|
For all purposes of this Article I (43), only a Members first $200,000 (adjusted for cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17) of the IRC) of Salary shall be taken into account. Effective July 1, 1994, Salary, as otherwise defined above, shall be limited to a Members first $150,000 (as adjusted for cost-of-living and otherwise limited or modified in accordance with Section 401(a)(17) of the IRC and applicable IRS rulings and IRS Regulations); provided, however that a Members accrued benefit determined in accordance with the Regulations shall not be less than the accrued benefit of such Member determined as of June 30, 1994. |
|
|
|
Subject to the IRC, any definition of Salary adopted by an Employer under Section (43) of this Article I shall be applied to all years of a Members Benefit Service; provided, however, if an Employer so elects, the definition of Salary adopted under this Section (43) shall be applied only to a Members years of Benefit Service completed subsequent to the effective date of the Employers adoption of such definition of Salary. |
|
|
(44) |
Service - Employment with an Employer. A period of employment shall commence or recommence as of the first day the Employee is credited with an Hour of Service. In accordance with DOL Regulations Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c), Service includes (i) periods of vacation, (ii) periods of layoff, (iii) periods of absence authorized by an employer for sickness, temporary disability or personal reasons, and (iv) if and to the extent required by federal law, service in the Armed Forces of the United States. |
11
|
In addition to the foregoing in this Section (44), Service shall include employment with other entities required to be aggregated with an Employer under IRC Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) and shall include an individuals employment with an Employer during the period for which such individual is not eligible for membership in the Retirement Funds Comprehensive Retirement Program pursuant to Article II, Section 2(B). |
|
|
(45) |
Special Payments - Deferred compensation in the year deferred and in the year paid, vacation pay, severance pay, moving expenses, and fringe benefits. |
|
|
(46) |
Spouse - Except as otherwise provided by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the individual to whom a Member or Retiree was married on the earlier of (i) the date of his death or (ii) the first date of the period for which his Retirement Allowance commences. |
|
|
(47) |
Straight Life Annuity - The normal Retirement Allowance elected by the Employer where all payments shall cease and no further amounts shall be due and payable upon the Retirees death. |
|
|
(48) |
Trust - The Trust established in respect of the Regulations under the Declaration of Trust made as of July 15, 1943, as amended, in which the Regulations are incorporated by reference. |
|
|
(49) |
Trustee - The Trustee of the Trust. |
|
|
(50) |
Vesting Service - The period of Service counted in determining a Members eligibility for early retirement as described in Article III. |
|
|
(51) |
The masculine pronoun wherever used shall include the feminine pronoun. |
12
ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION AND MEMBERSHIP
SECTION 1. EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION
Any federally insured financial institution or other organization serving it may apply to the Board for participation in the Retirement Funds Comprehensive Retirement Program if (A) as of its Commencement Date and in accordance with Section 410(b) of the IRC and the IRS Regulations (i) the percentage of Non-highly Compensated Employees who will benefit under the Regulations is at least 70% of the percentage of Highly Compensated Employees who will benefit under the Regulations (excluding such employees as are permitted to be excluded under IRS Regulations), or (ii) the average benefit percentage test (as defined in Section 410(b)(2) of the IRC and the IRS Regulations) will be satisfied with respect to the Employer, and (B) as of its Commencement Date and in accordance with Section 401(a)(26) of the IRC and the IRS Regulations, at least 50 (or, if a lesser number results, 40%) of the Employers Employees will benefit under the Retirement Fund. An Employer may, at its option, subject to the provisions of the Regulations and applicable law, adopt different features and provisions (a different basis of participation) for different definable groups of employees, including for employees acquired pursuant to a merger or acquisition. The Employer will be required to demonstrate that this Section 1 and all other applicable IRC and IRS Regulations continue to be satisfied following the adoption of a different basis of participation for separate and definable groups of employees. The applicant shall submit the formal application and all required information, and the Board, in its discretion, shall decide upon admittance and determine the Commencement Date. The Board may, in its discretion and at such times as it may determine, require an affirmative showing by an Employer of its continued compliance with the requirements of Sections 410(b), 401(a)(4), and Section 401(a)(26) of the IRC and IRS Regulations. Should an Employer determine that its basis of participation does not comply with the requirements of Section 410(b), 401(a)(4) or 401(a)(26) of the IRC and IRS Regulations, the Employer shall be permitted to expand membership in the Retirement Fund to satisfy such requirements as long as such amendment complies with applicable law. Initial and continued participation shall be subject to continued compliance with the IRC and IRS Regulations in order that the Retirement Fund be maintained as a trust qualified under Section 401(a) of the IRC. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1
13
to the contrary, any Member of the Retirement Funds Comprehensive Retirement Program who is transferred to a governmental or quasi-governmental agency serving the financial industry shall continue as a Member of the Retirement Funds Comprehensive Retirement Program provided that such Members employing agency has adopted the Regulations.
SECTION 2. EMPLOYEE MEMBERSHIP
(A) |
Every Employee, except as provided in Subsection (B) of this Section 2, shall be enrolled as a Member of the Retirement Funds Comprehensive Retirement Program on the latest of: |
|
(1) |
His Employers Commencement Date; or |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The first day of the month coincident with or next following the date he is hired by his Employer; or |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
The first day of the month coincident with or next following the expiration of any waiting period established with the Retirement Fund by his Employer and made uniformly applicable to its Employees, which period may not extend beyond the later of his completion of one year of Service or attainment of age 21. Such waiting period shall be inapplicable, however, in the cases of restoration and reinstatement of Service described in Article VIII and Article X, Section 2, respectively, except for those Employees who have received a complete distribution of their benefits on account of the withdrawal of their Employer from participation in the Retirement Fund under Article XII or who have elected to transfer their accrued benefits to a qualified successor plan on account of such withdrawal from participation in the Retirement Fund under Article XII; or |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
The first day of the month coincident with or next following the date he is no longer ineligible under Subsection (B) of this Section; or |
|
|
|
|
(5) |
In the case of an Employer with respect to whom Employees were excluded from eligibility for membership pursuant to Paragraph (1) of Subsection (B) of this Section 2, as in effect on June 30, 1988 (Employees hired on or after attainment of age 60 were ineligible), at such Employers |
14
|
|
option, with respect to any Employee who had attained age 60 prior to being hired and who has an Hour of Service on or after July 1, 1988 the applicable enrollment date otherwise provided under this Subsection (A) and determined without regard to Paragraph (1) of Subsection (B) of this Section 2 as in effect on June 30, 1988. |
(B) |
An Employee shall not be eligible for membership if he is in one of the following classes for which his Employer has requested, and the Retirement Fund has granted, subject to continuing compliance with applicable provisions of the IRC and ERISA, exclusion: |
|
(1) |
Those who are covered by another designated pension plan of their Employer. |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
Those who are compensated on an hourly basis - whereby compensation for each pay period (without regard to paid absences) is determined by multiplying the hourly wage rate by the actual number of Hours of Service completed. |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
Those who are hired under a written agreement which (i) precludes membership in the Retirement Fund and (ii) provides for a specific period of employment not in excess of one year. |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Those Employees of an entity, designated by the Employer, who were employed by the designated entity immediately prior to the Employers acquisition of such entity. |
|
|
|
|
(5) |
Those who are hired on or after a date specified by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
(6) |
Those who are Leased Employees. |
|
|
|
|
(7) |
Those who are employed at a bona-fide geographical location. |
(C) |
Every Employee, except as provided in Subsection (D) of this Section 2, shall, as a condition of his employment, agree to become a Member when eligible and shall be enrolled as a Member by his Employer as of the date he becomes eligible. However, no person shall under any circumstances become a Member unless and until his enrollment application is filed with, and accepted by, the Retirement Fund. |
15
(D) |
An Employee who is in Service on his Employers Commencement Date may elect not to become a Member by filing with the Retirement Fund, within 60 days after he becomes eligible, written notice of such election wherein he waives all present and prospective benefits which he would otherwise have as a Member. An Employee who files such notice shall be excluded from membership upon receipt by the Retirement Fund of such notice. Thereafter, he may become a Member only if he files an enrollment application within five years of the later of such Commencement Date or the date he becomes eligible for membership, and furnishes evidence of good health satisfactory to the Retirement Fund. |
|
|
(E) |
If, on the date a Member is enrolled, his Employer does not expect him to complete at least 1,000 Hours of Service in the next 12 consecutive month period, the Member shall be placed forthwith on inactive membership under Article X, Section 3. |
|
|
(F) |
Membership shall not confer any legal rights upon any Employee or other person against any Employer, nor shall it interfere with the right of any Employer to discharge any Employee. |
16
(A) |
Benefit Service is the period of Service counted in determining a Members benefits (subject to Articles IV and V). It is the sum of Membership Service and Prior Service. |
|
|
(B) |
Membership Service is the years and months of Service rendered by a Member from his Enrollment Date to the date of termination of his membership, which date shall be the date immediately preceding his applicable Retirement Date. Subject to Article X, a Member shall be credited with one month of Membership Service for each calendar month of enrolled membership during which an Hour of Service is credited. |
|
|
(C) |
Prior Service is the years and months of Service rendered by a Member through the day preceding his Employers Commencement Date, for which his Employer will allow credit on a uniform basis. At the Employers option (by formal adoption) and in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, an Employer shall have the right to count, as Prior Service under this Subsection (C), any period of Service not otherwise taken into account pursuant to this Article III. |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employer may, with the consent of the Retirement Fund, determine as Prior Service of any Employee a period of his continuous employment with (i) an organization which has been merged or consolidated with, or substantially all the assets of which have been acquired by, the Employer and (ii) the Federal Home Loan Bank Board which preceded employment with such Employer, provided that such determination be uniformly applicable to all continuing Employees who have been employed by such organization and enrolled in the membership of the Retirement Fund. |
|
|
|
An Employer may, upon such terms and conditions as the Retirement Fund and the IRS shall approve, provide benefits in respect of any person covered by a prior retirement plan of the Employer which was qualified under Section 401(a) of the IRC and in connection therewith transfer funds from such plan to the Retirement Fund so long as such transferred funds are applied so that each Member affected thereby would receive a benefit immediately after the transfer, |
17
|
if the Retirement Fund then terminated, at least equal to the benefit he would have received upon the termination of the prior plan immediately before such transfer. |
For purposes of determining an Employees eligibility for early retirement under Article IV, Section 2, and subject to any adjustment required by Article X, an Employee will receive credit for the aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with the Employees first day of employment or reemployment with an Employer and ending on the date a Break in Service begins, except as otherwise provided in this Section 2. The first day of employment or reemployment is the first day the Employee performs an Hour of Service. An Employee will also receive credit for any Period of Severance of less than 12 consecutive months. Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days.
If an Employer is a member of an affiliated service group (under IRC Section 414(m)), a controlled group of corporations (under IRC Section 414(b)), or a group of trades or businesses under common control (under IRC Section 414(c)), or any other entity required to be aggregated with the employer pursuant to IRS Section 414(o), Vesting Service will be credited for any employment for any period of time for any other member of such group. Vesting Service will also be credited for any individual required under IRC Section 414(n) or Section 414(o) to be considered an Employee of an employer aggregated under IRC Section 414(b), (c), or (m).
Should an Employer that has never maintained a defined benefit pension plan commence participation in the Retirement Fund, such Employer may elect (by formal adoption) not to grant to its Employees Vesting Service credit for any service preceding the Employers Commencement Date, except as required under Article X, Section 2. An Employers election not to provide prior Vesting Service credit shall not affect the Employers option to provide prior Benefit Service credit under Section 1 of this Article III for such Employees.
18
All the benefits described in Articles IV and V are provided on a uniform basis for the Members of an Employer, except as otherwise provided under Article II, Section 1 or under Article V, Section 8.
(A) |
Any Member who attains age 65 while in Service shall be fully vested and retired on his Normal Retirement Date. |
|
|
(B) |
The annual normal Retirement Allowance payable as of a Members Normal Retirement Date shall be determined under the benefit formula elected by the Employer under Article V, Section 1. In the case of a Member who retires after attaining age 65, such Members Retirement Allowance shall be the greater of (i) the Members Retirement Allowance based on his years of Benefit Service as of his Retirement Date, or (ii) the Members Retirement Allowance as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the later of (x) the Members attainment of age 65 or (y) the Members Employers Commencement Date, increased by the Actuarial Increase Adjustment Factor for benefit formulas defined in Article V, Sections 1(A) through 1(Q). |
|
|
(C) |
In lieu of having his normal Retirement Allowance commence as of his Normal Retirement Date, a Member may elect to have such allowance commence in an increased amount as of the first day of any month subsequent to his Normal Retirement Date but not later than his Required Beginning Date. For benefit formulas defined in Article V, Sections 1(A) through 1(Q), the regular Retirement Allowance of such a Member shall be increased by the Actuarial Increase Adjustment Factor. |
(A) |
Any Member whose Service is terminated before attainment of age 65 and who has a nonforfeitable right to all or a portion of the Retirement Allowance provided by his Employers contributions may, upon written application filed with the Retirement Fund, be retired as of his Early Retirement Date. |
19
(B) |
(i) |
With respect to the benefit formulas described in Article V, Sections 1(A), 1(B), 1(C), 1(F), 1(J), 1(K), 1(L), and 1(M), the annual early Retirement Allowance payable before age 65 shall be equal to a percentage of the annual Retirement Allowance otherwise payable as of the Members Normal Retirement Date, calculated on the basis of his Salary (career average, High-5 or High-3, whichever is applicable) and the Benefit Service as of his Early Retirement Date. |
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
With respect to the benefit formulas described in Article V, Sections 1(D), 1(E), 1(G), 1(H), 1(I), 1(N), 1(O), 1(P), and 1(Q) the annual early Retirement Allowance payable before age 65 shall be equal to, as adjusted pursuant to the following sentence, a percentage of the annual Retirement Allowance otherwise payable as of the Members Normal Retirement Date calculated on the basis of his Salary (High-5 or High-3, whichever is applicable) as of his Early Retirement Date and the Benefit Service he would have completed as of his Normal Retirement Date. The amount determined under the preceding sentence shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual years and months of Benefit Service the Member has completed as of his Early Retirement Date and the denominator of which is the number of years and months of Benefit Service which the Member would have completed as of his Normal Retirement Date. |
|
|
|
|
(iii) |
With respect to the Cash Balance Account formulas described in Article V, Section 1(R), the annual early Retirement Allowance payable before age 65 shall be equal to a percentage of the normal Retirement Allowance amount determined at the Members Retirement Date under Article V, Section 2(A). |
|
|
|
|
(iv) |
With respect to the Pension Equity Benefit formulas described in Article V, Section 1(S), the annual early Retirement Allowance payable before age 65 shall be equal to a percentage of the normal Retirement Allowance amount determined at the Members Retirement Date under Article V, Section 2(A). |
20
|
(v) |
The percentage applied in Subsection (B)(i) through (B)(iv) of this Section 2 shall be further adjusted by the Members vesting percentage at early retirement from the following tables, as adopted by his Employer: |
TABLE I
Completed Years of
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
|
Less than 5 |
|
0% |
5 or more |
|
100% |
TABLE II
Completed Years of
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
|
Less than 2 |
|
0% |
2 |
|
20% |
3 |
|
40% |
4 |
|
60% |
5 |
|
80% |
6 or more |
|
100% |
TABLE III
Completed Years of
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
|
Less than 2 |
|
0% |
2 |
|
20% |
3 |
|
40% |
4 |
|
60% |
5 or more |
|
100% |
TABLE IV
Completed Years of
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
|
Less than 3 |
|
0% |
3 or more |
|
100% |
21
TABLE V
Completed Years of
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
|
Less than 3 |
|
0% |
3 |
|
20% |
4 |
|
40% |
5 |
|
60% |
6 |
|
80% |
7 or more |
|
100% |
(C) |
In lieu of having his early Retirement Allowance commence at age 65 under Subsection (B) of this Section 2, a Member may elect to have such allowance commence in an increased amount as of the first day of any month subsequent to his attainment of age 65 but not later than his Required Beginning Date. The regular Retirement Allowance of such a Member shall be increased by the Actuarial Increase Adjustment Factor. |
|
|
(D) |
In lieu of the Retirement Allowance payable at age 65 under Section 1, a Member may elect to have his early Retirement Allowance commence in a reduced amount as of the first day of any month coincident with or subsequent to his Early Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the above, if a Member elects to terminate employment pursuant to Article V, Section 7, such Member may elect to have his early Retirement Allowance commence in a reduced amount as of the first day of any month subsequent to his termination of employment. If a Member so elects, his annual early Retirement Allowance shall be equal to a percentage of his annual early Retirement Allowance otherwise payable under Subsection (B) of this Section 2. Such percentage shall be determined by the Members age at commencement of his Retirement Allowance using the factors adopted by his Employer pursuant to Article V, Section 2. |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2 to the contrary, an Employer may elect to provide that any early Retirement Allowance which commences after a Members attainment of age 60 or 62, as designated by the Employer in its election, shall not be reduced because of the commencement of such allowance before the Members Normal Retirement Date; provided, however, an Employer may not elect to provide such an unreduced early Retirement Allowance if the Employer has elected to provide any of the normal retirement benefit formulas |
22
|
described in Article V, Section 1(E), (F), (G), (H), (I), (J), (K), (L), (M), (N),(O), (P), (Q), (R), or (S). In the case of an Employers election pursuant to this Subsection (D) to provide an unreduced early Retirement Allowance upon a Members attainment of age 60 or 62, as designated by the Employer, the early retirement factors adopted by the Employer shall apply to the commencement of the Members Retirement Allowance prior to the Members attainment of age 60 or 62, as applicable. |
|
|
(E) |
Notwithstanding anything in this Article IV to the contrary, in the case of a Member who has terminated Service with the Employer with a nonforfeitable interest in his Retirement Allowance (as determined in accordance with Article IV, Section 2(B)(iii)) and who is eligible for disability benefits under the Federal Social Security Act, such Member may elect to commence to receive his disability retirement benefits under this Section 2 regardless of the Members age at such time. In the event of the payment of such disability retirement benefits as provided in this Subsection (E), such benefits shall be the Equivalent Value of the disabled Members early Retirement Allowance as determined by the Retirement Fund in accordance with the IRC, ERISA and applicable governmental regulations to reflect the early commencement of the payment thereof. |
|
|
(F) |
Notwithstanding anything in this Article IV to the contrary, an Employer may, at its option, elect to fully vest the Retirement Allowances of Employees whose employment is terminated pursuant to a corporate transaction as long as such election does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. |
|
|
(G) |
No amendment to an Employers vesting schedule shall directly or indirectly deprive a Member of his nonforfeitable rights to benefits accrued to the date of such amendment. In the event that the Employer amends the vesting schedule adopted under this Article IV, or if the Employers basis of participation in the Retirement Fund is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of a Members nonforfeitable benefit (including a change to or from a Top-Heavy vesting schedule), any Member who has completed at least 3 Years of Employment may elect to have his nonforfeitable benefit computed without regard to such amendment under the Retirement Fund (a Vesting Election). Any Vesting Election shall be made by notifying the Board in writing |
23
|
within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment or change. The election period shall begin on the date such amendment is adopted or deemed to be made, as the case may be, and shall end no earlier than the latest of the following dates: (i) the date which is 60 days after the day such amendment is adopted; (ii) the date which is 60 days after the day such amendment or change becomes effective; or (iii) the date which is 60 days after the day the Member is given written notice of such amendment or change by the Retirement Fund Office. Any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable. |
|
|
|
To the extent permitted under the IRC and IRS Regulations, the Employer may, at its option, elect to treat all Members who are eligible to make a Vesting Election as having made such Vesting Election if the vesting schedule resulting from such an election is more favorable than the Vesting Schedule that would apply pursuant to the Plan amendment. Furthermore, subject to the requirements of the applicable Regulations, the Employer may elect to treat all Members, who were employed by the Employer on or before the effective date of the change or amendment, as subject to the prior vesting schedule, provided such prior schedule is more favorable. |
(A) |
Subject to the provisions of Subsections (B), (G) and (H) of this Section 3, upon the death of a Member who was survived by a Spouse and whose Employer has not elected a Straight Life Annuity as the payment form for the Members normal Retirement Allowance, the Equivalent Value of 120 monthly installments of his Retirement Allowance, determined as if he had retired as of the first day of the month during which he died, but not less than his Accumulated Contributions, if any, shall be paid in the form of a life annuity to such Spouse, as Beneficiary, unless such Spouse elects a lump sum or an installment form of payment under Subsection (D) of this Section 3; provided, however, that if such Members Spouse had consented in writing to the Members designation of a different Beneficiary, such death benefit will be paid to such designated Beneficiary. Any such non-spousal designation may be revoked by the Member without spousal consent at any time prior to the Members death. If a Member is not survived by a Spouse, such death benefit will be paid to his designated Beneficiary or, if there is no designated Beneficiary, to the Members estate. If the Member was not vested in all or a portion of his Retirement Allowance, no |
24
|
death benefit other than the refund of his Accumulated Contributions, if any, shall be payable. |
|
|
(B) |
Upon the death of a Member who has a nonforfeitable right to all or a portion of his Retirement Allowance and who was survived by a Spouse entitled to receive the death benefit determined under Subsection (A) of this Section 3 or under Article V, Section 4, whichever is applicable, such death benefit shall not be less than the Equivalent Value of one-half of the Option 3 allowance under Article VI, Section 1, as if such Spouse had been designated Contingent Annuitant. |
|
|
|
Upon the death of a Member who has a nonforfeitable right to all or a portion of his Retirement Allowance and who was survived by a Spouse not entitled to a death benefit under Subsection (A) of this Section 3 or under Article V, Section 4, due to the Employers adoption of a Straight Life Annuity as the payment form for the Members normal Retirement Allowance, such spousal death benefit shall be equal to the Equivalent Value of one-half of the Option 3 allowance under Article VI, Section 1, as if such Spouse had been designated Contingent Annuitant. |
|
|
(C) |
Upon the death of a Retiree who died before 120 monthly installments of his Retirement Allowance had been paid and was survived by a Spouse and at the time of his death no optional form of payment under Article VI was in effect, the Commuted Value of such unpaid installments shall be paid in a lump sum to his Spouse as Beneficiary; provided, however, that if such Retirees Spouse had consented in writing to the designation of a different Beneficiary, the death benefit will be paid to such designated Beneficiary. Any such non-spousal designation may be revoked by the Retiree without spousal consent at any time prior to the Retirees death. If a Retiree is not survived by a Spouse at the time of his death, the death benefit will be paid to his designated Beneficiary or, if there is no designated Beneficiary, to the Retirees estate. |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if an Employer elects a Straight Life Annuity as the payment form for the Members normal Retirement Allowance, upon the death of a Retiree who was not survived by a Spouse, no death benefit other than a refund of Accumulated Contributions, if any, shall be payable, unless the Employer elects to provide a death benefit prior to commencement of benefit payments equal to the present value of the Members Accrued Benefit, or unless an optional form of payment under Article VI was in effect at the time of the Retirees death. |
25
26
|
of distribution, distribution of the Members entire interest must be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Members death. For purposes of this paragraph (2), if the Members or Retirees surviving Spouse dies after the Member or Retiree, but before payments to such Spouse begin, the provisions of this paragraph (2), with the exception of subparagraph (b) thereof, shall be applied as if the surviving Spouse was the Member or Retiree. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any Retirement Allowance provides for payments after a Retirees death, such payments shall be made in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the IRC, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed IRS Regulations. |
|
|
(E) |
Special provisions: |
|
(i) |
If a Member who has a nonforfeitable right to all or a portion of his Retirement Allowance dies after termination of Service and prior to his Retirement Date, his death benefit shall be determined under Subsection (A) of this Section 3, or Article V, Section 4(A), whichever is applicable. If such a Member dies on or after his Retirement Date, the death benefit shall be determined under Subsection (B) of this Section 3 or Article V, Section 4(B), whichever is applicable. |
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
If a disability Retiree dies within 90 days after his separation from active employment, his death benefit, if any, shall be determined under Subsection (A) of this Section 3, or Article V, Section 4(A), whichever is applicable, and shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the sum of any retirement payments made. |
(F) |
Upon the death of a Retiree whose Retirement Allowance has commenced, any death benefit (if paid in installments) shall be distributed to his Beneficiary at least as rapidly as under the method being used as of the date of the Retirees death. |
|
|
(G) |
In lieu of any death benefit otherwise payable under this Section 3, the Beneficiary of a Member who has a vested Cash Balance Account shall be entitled to a death benefit under this paragraph if the Member dies prior to the Members Retirement Date. If the Members Beneficiary is not his surviving Spouse, payment of the death benefit shall be made in a single lump sum payment equal to the vested Cash Balance Account as soon as practicable after the death of the Member. If the Members Beneficiary is his surviving Spouse, payment shall be made as an annuity for the life of the surviving Spouse unless |
27
|
the surviving Spouse elects to receive the vested Cash Balance Account as a lump sum payment. If the death benefit is paid as an annuity, it shall be the actuarial equivalent of the Cash Balance Account using the actuarial equivalent basis, as provided under Article V, Section 1(R)(1). Any other provision of the Retirement Fund Regulations notwithstanding, if the value of the Members vested Cash Balance Account is not more than $3,500 at his date of death, payment of the death benefit, attributable to such vested Cash Balance Account, shall be made to the Beneficiary in a single lump sum payment as soon as practicable. |
|
|
(H) |
In lieu of any death benefit otherwise payable under this Section 3, the Beneficiary of a Member who has a vested Pension Equity Benefit shall be entitled to a death benefit under this paragraph if the Member dies prior to the Members Retirement Date. If the Members Beneficiary is not his surviving Spouse, payment of the death benefit shall be made in a single lump sum payment equal to the vested Pension Equity Benefit as soon as practicable after the death of the Member. If the Members Beneficiary is his surviving Spouse, payment shall be made as an annuity for the life of the surviving Spouse unless the surviving Spouse elects to receive the vested Pension Equity Benefit as a lump sum payment. If the death benefit is paid as an annuity, it shall be the actuarial equivalent of the Pension Equity Benefit using the actuarial equivalent basis, as provided under Article V, Section 1(R)(1). Any other provision of the Retirement Fund Regulations notwithstanding, if the value of the Members vested Pension Equity Benefit is not more than $3,500 at his date of death, payment of the death benefit, attributable to such vested Pension Equity Benefit, shall be made to the Beneficiary in a single lump sum payment as soon as practicable. |
|
|
(I) |
An Employer may at its option elect to provide a death benefit under this Section 3 (subject to the provisions of Subsection (B) of this Section 3) which is equal to the greater of (i) the death benefit payable under either Article IV, Section 3(A) or Article V, Section 4(B), if either death benefit is applicable, or (ii) the lump sum value of the Members vested Retirement Allowance calculated in accordance with Article VII, Section 2(B). Such death benefit shall be determined as if the Member had retired as of the first day of the month in which he died, but in no event shall be less than his Accumulated Contributions, if any. |
28
SECTION 4. POST-AGE 65 ACCRUALS
Effective July 1, 1988, an Employee who had attained age 65 prior to July 1, 1988 will continue to accrue benefits in accordance with the Regulations. No benefits shall accrue with respect to such Employees Service which occurred after the Employees attainment of age 65 but prior to July 1, 1988; provided, however, an Employer may elect to provide benefit accruals with respect to such pre-July 1, 1988 Service.
SECTION 5. EFFECT OF SOCIAL SECURITY ACT
Benefits being paid to a Retiree or a Beneficiary may not be decreased by reason of any post-separation Social Security benefit increase or by the increase of the Social Security Wage Base under Title II of the Federal Social Security Act. Benefits in which a former Member has a vested interest may not be decreased by reason of an increase in a benefit level or wage base under Title II of the Federal Social Security Act.
29
ARTICLE V BENEFIT FORMULAS AND ADDITIONAL BENEFITS
SECTION 1. NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT FORMULAS
An Employer may provide, on a uniform basis for its Members, one of the following normal retirement benefit formulas:
(A) |
Nonintegrated Benefit Formulas |
|
|
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
An annual accrual rate equal to any rate not less than .25% and not greater than 3% (determined in .25% increments), as designated by the Employer, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The Members (a) Career Average Salary, (b) High-5 Salary or (c) High-3 Salary, as designated by the Employer, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service. |
(B) |
Nonintegrated Benefit Formulas with a Benefit Service Cap |
|
|
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
An annual accrual rate equal to any rate not less than .25% and not greater than 3% (determined in .25% increments), as designated by the Employer, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The Members (a) High-5 Salary or (b) High-3 Salary, as designated by the Employer, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service up to a maximum of 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 years, as designated by the Employer. |
(C) |
Partial High-5 or High-3 Salary Benefit Formulas |
|
|
|
|
|
The greater of (1) or (2): |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The product of: |
|
(i) |
An annual accrual rate equal to any rate not less than .25% and not greater than 3% (determined in .25% increments), as designated by the Employer, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
The Members (a) High-5 Salary or (b) High-3 Salary, as designated by the Employer, multiplied by |
30
|
(iii) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(iv) |
Any percentage less than 100% but equal to or greater than 50%, as designated by the Employer. |
|
(2) |
The product of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
An annual accrual rate equal to any rate not less than .25% and not greater than 3% (determined in .25% increments), as designated by the Employer under Subsection (C)(1)(i) of this Section 1, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
The Members Career Average Salary, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service. |
(D) |
Nonintegrated Fixed Percentage Formulas |
|
|
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Any percentage not less than 10% and not greater than 80%, as designated by the Employer, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The Members (a) High-5 Salary or (b) High-3 Salary, as designated by the Employer, for each Member who completes a minimum number of years of Benefit Service equal to 25 or 30 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date, as designated by the Employer. |
|
If a Member does not complete the required minimum number of years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date, his Retirement Allowance under this Subsection (D) shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of years and months of Benefit Service completed as of his Normal Retirement Date and the denominator of which is the required minimum number of years of Benefit Service. |
(E) |
1.5% Integrated Benefit Formula With Career Average Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
1.0% of the Members High-5 (or High-3, as designated by the Employer) Salary up to the CCL, plus 1.5% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary above the CCL, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service. |
31
|
(a) |
In the event a Member has completed more than 35 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date, the Members Retirement Allowance, with respect to such years of Benefit Service in excess of 35, will be equal to 1.5% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. At the Employers election, with respect to Benefit Service completed prior to the Employers adoption of the integrated benefit formula in this Section 1(E), the Retirement Allowance computed with respect to such Benefit Service shall be determined by applying an annual accrual rate of 1.5% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. In no event will the Members normal Retirement Allowance computed under this Section 1(E) be less than the product of: |
|
|
|
|
(a) |
1.5%, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(b) |
The Members Career Average Salary, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(c) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service. |
(F) |
2% Integrated Benefit Formula With Career Average Minimum |
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
(a) |
1.5% of the Members High-5 (or High-3, as designated by the Employer) Salary up to the CCL, plus 2.0% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary above the CCL, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(b) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service. |
|
|
|
|
|
In the event a Member has completed more than 35 years of Benefit Service as of the date of his termination of employment, the Members Retirement Allowance, with respect to such years of Benefit Service in excess of 35, will be equal to 2.0% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. At the Employers election, with respect to Benefit Service completed prior to the Employers adoption of the integrated benefit formula in this Section 1(F), the Retirement Allowance computed with respect to such Benefit Service shall be determined by applying an annual accrual rate of 2.0% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. |
|
|
|
|
|
In no event will the Members normal Retirement Allowance computed under this Section 1(F) be less than the product of: |
32
|
(a) |
2.0%, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(b) |
The Members Career Average Salary, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(c) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service. |
(G) |
1.5% Integrated Benefit Formula Without Career Average Minimum |
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
(1) |
1.0% of the Members High-5 (or High-3, as designated by the Employer) Salary up to the CCL, plus 1.5% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary above the CCL, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service, up to a maximum, if any, specified by the Employer, of 20, 25, 30 or 35 years. In the event a Member has completed more than 35 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date and the Employer has not specified a maximum number of years of Benefit Service, the Members Retirement Allowance, with respect to Benefit Service in excess of 35 years, will be equal to 1.5% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. At the Employers election, with respect to Benefit Service completed prior to the Employers adoption of the integrated benefit formula in this Section 1(G), the Retirement Allowance computed with respect to such Benefit Service shall be determined by applying an annual accrual rate of 1.5% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. |
(H) |
1.75% Integrated Benefit Formula Without Career Average Minimum |
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
(1) |
1.25% of the Members High-5 (or High-3, as designated by the Employer) Salary up to the CCL, plus 1.75% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary above the CCL, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service, up to a maximum, if any, specified by the Employer, of 20, 25, 30 or 35 years. |
|
|
|
|
|
In the event a Member has completed more than 35 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date and the Employer has not specified a maximum number of years of Benefit Service, the Members Retirement Allowance, with respect to Benefit Service in excess of 35 years, will be equal to 1.75% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, |
33
|
|
both above and below the CCL. At the Employers election, with respect to Benefit Service completed prior to the Employers adoption of the integrated benefit formula provided in this Section 1(H), the Retirement Allowance computed with respect to such Benefit Service shall be determined by applying an annual accrual rate of 1.75% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. |
(I) |
1.85% Integrated Benefit Formula Without Career Average Minimum |
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
(1) |
1.25% of the Members High-5 (or High-3, as designated by the Employer) Salary up to the CCL, plus 1.85% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary above the CCL, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service, up to a maximum, if any, specified by the Employer, of 20, 25, 30 or 35 years. |
|
|
|
|
|
In the event a Member has completed more than 35 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date and the Employer has not specified a maximum number of years of Benefit Service, the Members Retirement Allowance, with respect to Benefit Service in excess of 35 years, will be equal to 1.85% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. At the Employers election, with respect to Benefit Service completed prior to the Employers adoption of the integrated benefit formula provided in this Section 1(I), the Retirement Allowance computed with respect to such Benefit Service shall be determined by applying an annual accrual rate of 1.85% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. |
(J) |
2% Integrated Benefit Formula Without Career Average Minimum |
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
(1) |
1.5% of the Members High-5 (or High-3, as designated by the Employer) Salary up to the CCL, plus 2.0% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary above the CCL, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service, up to a maximum, if any, specified by the Employer, of 20, 25, 30 or 35 years. |
|
|
|
|
|
In the event a Member has completed more than 35 years of Benefit Service as of the date of his termination of employment and the Employer |
34
|
has not specified a maximum number of years of Benefit Service, the Members Retirement Allowance, with respect to Benefit Service in excess of 35 years, will be equal to 2.0% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. At the Employers election, with respect to Benefit Service completed prior to the Employers adoption of the integrated benefit formula in this Section 1(J), the Retirement Allowance computed with respect to such Benefit Service shall be determined by applying an annual accrual rate of 2.0% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. |
(K) |
2.25% Integrated Benefit Formula Without Career Average Minimum |
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
(1) |
1.75% of the Members High-5 (or High-3, as designated by the Employer) Salary up to the CCL, plus 2.25% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary above the CCL, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service, up to a maximum, if any, specified by the Employer, of 20, 25, 30 or 35 years. |
|
|
|
|
|
In the event a Member has completed more than 35 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date and the Employer has not specified a maximum number of years of Benefit Service, the Members Retirement Allowance, with respect to Benefit Service in excess of 35 years will be equal to 2.25% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. At the Employers election, with respect to Benefit Service completed prior to the Employers adoption of the integrated benefit formula provided in this Section 1(K), the Retirement Allowance computed with respect to such Benefit Service shall be determined by applying an annual accrual rate of 2.25% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary both above and below the CCL. |
(L) |
2.5% Integrated Benefit Formula Without Career Average Minimum |
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
(1) |
2.0% of the Members High-5 (or High-3, as designated by the Employer) Salary up to the CCL, plus 2.5% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary above the CCL, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service, up to a maximum, if any, specified by the Employer, of 20, 25, 30 or 35 years. |
35
|
In the event a Member has completed more than 35 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date and the Employer has not specified a maximum number of years of Benefit Service, the Members Retirement Allowance, with respect to Benefit Service in excess of 35 years, will be equal to 2.5% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. At the Employers election, with respect to Benefit Service completed prior to the Employers adoption of the integrated benefit formula provided in this Section 1(L), the Retirement Allowance computed with respect to such Benefit Service shall be determined by applying an annual accrual rate of 2.5% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. |
(M) |
2.75% Integrated Benefit Formula Without Career Average Minimum |
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
(1) |
2.25% of the Members High-5 (or High-3, as designated by the Employer) Salary up to the CCL, plus 2.75% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary above the CCL, multiplied by |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service, up to a maximum, if any, specified by the Employer, of 20, 25, 30 or 35 years. |
|
|
|
|
|
In the event a Member has completed more than 35 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date and the Employer has not specified a maximum number of years of Benefit Service, the Members Retirement Allowance, with respect to Benefit Service in excess of 35 years will be equal to 2.75% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. At the Employers election, with respect to Benefit Service completed prior to the Employers adoption of the integrated benefit formula provided in this Section 1(M), the Retirement Allowance computed with respect to such Benefit Service shall be determined by applying an annual accrual rate of 2.75% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary both above and below the CCL. |
(N) |
3% Integrated Benefit Formula Without Career Average Minimum |
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
(1) |
2.5% of the Members High-5 (or High-3, as designated by the Employer) Salary up to the CCL, plus 3.0% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary above the CCL, multiplied by |
36
|
(2) |
The number of years and months of Benefit Service, up to a maximum, if any, specified by the Employer, of 20, 25, 30 or 35 years. |
|
|
|
|
|
In the event a Member has completed more than 35 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date and the Employer has not specified a maximum number of years of Benefit Service, the Members Retirement Allowance, with respect to Benefit Service in excess of 35 years will be equal to 3% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary, both above and below the CCL. At the Employers election, with respect to Benefit Service completed prior to the Employers adoption of the integrated benefit formula provided in this Section 1(N), the Retirement Allowance computed with respect to such Benefit Service shall be determined by applying an annual accrual rate of 3.0% of the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary both above and below the CCL. |
(O) |
Integrated Fixed Percentage Formulas with 25 Years of Benefit Service Requirement |
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
(1) |
Any percentage commencing with 25% and not exceeding 62.5% (in increments of 6.25%), as designated by the Employer, of the Members High-5 (or High-3, as designated by the Employer) Salary up to the CCL, plus |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The sum of (i) the percentage designated in paragraph (1) of this Subsection (O) and (ii) 12.5% multiplied by the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary above the CCL, for each Member who completes 25 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date. |
|
If a Member does not complete 25 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date, his Retirement Allowance under this Section 1(O) shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of years and months of Benefit Service completed as of his Normal Retirement Date and the denominator of which is 25. |
(P) |
Integrated Fixed Percentage Formulas with 30 Years of Benefit Service Requirement |
|
|
|
The product of: |
|
(1) |
Any percentage commencing with 30% and not exceeding 75% (in increments of 7.5%), as designated by the Employer, of the Members |
37
|
|
High-5 (or High-3, as designated by the Employer) Salary up to the CCL, plus |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The sum of (i) the percentage designated in paragraph (1) of this Subsection (P) and (ii) 15% multiplied by the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary above the CCL, for each Member who completes 30 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date. |
|
|
|
|
If a Member does not complete 30 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date his Retirement Allowance under this Section 1(P) shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of years and months of Benefit Service completed as of his Normal Retirement Date and the denominator of which is 30. |
(Q) |
Integrated Fixed Percentage Formulas with 35 Years of Benefit Service Requirement. The product of: |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Any percentage commencing with 35% and not exceeding 82.5% as designated by the Employer of the Members High-5 (or High-3, as designated by the Employer) Salary up to the CCL, |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The sum of (i) the percentage designated in paragraph (1) of this Subsection (Q) and (ii) 17.5% multiplied by the Members High-5 (or High-3) Salary above the CCL for each Member who completes 35 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date. |
|
|
|
|
|
If a Member does not complete 35 years of Benefit Service as of his Normal Retirement Date, his Retirement Allowance under this Section 1(Q) shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of years and months of Benefit Service completed as of his Normal Retirement Date and the denominator of which is 35. |
(R) |
Cash Balance Accounts |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
In lieu of the benefits provided under any other Section of this Subsection 1, an Employer may elect to provide, for its eligible Members, benefits under this Section 1(R). A Members accrued benefit under this Section 1(R) shall be his Cash Balance Account calculated hereunder with hypothetical interest allocations to normal retirement age and then converted to the normal Retirement Allowance, but subject to the additional and minimum benefit provisions of (3) below. The Cash Balance Account is not an actual account to which Retirement Fund |
38
|
assets and investment income are allocated. A Members Cash Balance Account balance shall be credited with interest at the rate specified in Subsection (2)(iv) to the Members Retirement Date. The normal Retirement Allowance at the Members normal retirement age shall be computed using the following actuarial basis: |
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
For Employers that offer a lump sum payment option under the Retirement Fund, the applicable mortality table under Section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) of the IRC and the interest rate which shall be the yield on 30-year Treasury Constant Maturities (or such other analogous rate prescribed by the IRS); or |
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
for Employers that do not offer a lump sum payment option under the Retirement Fund, the George B. Buck 1989 unisex mortality table and eight (8%) percent interest. |
|
|
|
|
No employee contributions shall be required or allowed to a Cash Balance Account. |
|
(2) |
A Members Cash Balance Account consists of the sum of the following hypothetical credits: a Basic Employer Allocation, a Supplemental Employer Allocation (if any), an Initial Employer Allocation (if any) and an Interest Allocation credited on the Cash Balance Account balance. These hypothetical allocations are determined as follows: |
|
(i) |
Basic Employer Allocation . For each calendar year in which the Member has Salary, his Cash Balance Account shall receive, as of the last day of the calendar year, an allocation equal to the product of Salary and a percentage determined under one of the schedules enumerated below, as designated by the Employer, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) |
Uniform Allocation Percentage . Any percentage between 4% and 15% (determined in 0.5% increments), as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
Graded Allocation Percentage Depending on Attained Age with Increases of 1% . An initial percentage of 3% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for ages 0 to 29, increasing by 1% for each n year age group thereafter but with no further increase after age 60. n may be 5 or 10 years as designated by the Employer. |
39
|
|
|
The attained age for this purpose will be determined as the Members age on his birthday in the year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) |
Graded Allocation Percentage Depending on Attained Age with Increases of 2% . An initial percentage of 6% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for ages 0 to 29, increasing by 2% for each 10 year age group thereafter but with no further increase after age 60. The attained age for this purpose will be determined as the Members age on his birthday in the year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
d) |
Graded Allocation Percentage Depending on Attained Age with Increases of 1%/2% . An initial percentage of 4% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for ages 0 to 29, increasing by 1% for each of the next four 5-year age groups and by 2% for each 10-year age group thereafter but with no further increase after age 60. The attained age for this purpose will be determined as the Members age on his birthday in the year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
e) |
Graded Allocation Percentage Depending on Years of Benefit Service, with Increases of 1% . An initial percentage of 3% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for the first n years of Benefit Service, increasing by 1% for each n years thereafter but with no further allocation after the mth year of Benefit Service. n may be 5 or 10 years, and m may be 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 or unlimited years of Benefit Service, both n and m as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
f) |
Graded Allocation Percentage Depending on Years of Benefit Service, with Increases of 2% . An initial percentage of 6% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for the first 10 Years of Benefit Service, increasing by 2% for each n years thereafter but with no further allocation after the mth year of Benefit Service. n may be 5 or 10 years and m may be 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 or unlimited years of Benefit Service, as designated by the Employer. |
40
|
|
g) |
Graded Allocation Percentage Depending on Years of Benefit Service with Increases of 1%/2% . An initial percentage of 4% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for the first 5 Years of Benefit Service, increasing by 1% for each 5 years thereafter up to 20 years of Benefit Service, and increasing by 2% for each 10 years thereafter, but with no further allocation after the mth year of Benefit Service. m may be 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40 or unlimited years of Benefit Service, as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
h) |
Graded Allocation Percentage Depending on Age-Service Points, with Increases of 1% . An initial percentage of 3% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for any year in which the Members points total 29 or less, plus 1% for each additional 10 points, up to a maximum of m points. A Members points in a Plan Year shall be the sum of his age on his birthday in the year plus his whole years of Benefit Service as of the end of the year. m may be 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100, as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
Graded Allocation Percentage Depending on Age-Service Points, with Increases of 2% . An initial percentage of 6% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for any year in which the Members points total 29 or less, plus 2% for each additional 10 points up to a maximum of m points. A Members points in a Plan Year shall be the sum of his age on his birthday in the year plus his whole years of Benefit Service as of the end of the year. m may be 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100, as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
j) |
Graded Allocation Percentage Depending on Age-Service Points, with Increases of 1%/2% . An initial percentage of 4% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for any year in which the Members points total 29 or less, plus 1% for each additional 10 points up to a |
41
|
|
|
total of 69 points, plus 2% for each additional 10 points up to a maximum of m points. A Members points in a Plan Year shall be the sum of his age on his birthday in the year plus his whole years of Benefit Service as of the end of the year. m may be 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100, as designated by the Employer. |
|
(ii) |
Supplemental Employer Allocation . For each Plan Year in which the Member has Salary in excess of the taxable wage base (as defined for purposes of the Old Age Survivor Disability Insurance portion of the Federal Insurance Contribution Act tax) for such year, his Cash Balance Account shall receive, as of the last day of the Plan Year, an additional 0% to 3% (in increments of 0.5%), as designated by the Employer, of the Members Salary in excess of the taxable wage base in the year, (provided the percentage chosen does not cause the Retirement Fund to violate the backloading rules in Section 411(b) of the IRC for any actual or potential Member). |
|
|
|
|
(iii) |
Initial Employer Allocation . If the Employer so elects, each Member who accrued a retirement benefit under the Retirement Fund at the date on which the Cash Balance Account becomes effective shall have his Cash Balance Account credited with an initial employer allocation equal to the actuarial equivalent lump sum present value of his accrued benefit under the Retirement Fund, reduced by the value of any Employee contributions, with such accrued benefit measured by the Members normal Retirement Allowance commencing at his Normal Retirement Date under the Retirement Fund. The initial employer allocation shall be credited to the Members Cash Balance Account on the first day of the first month in which his Employer elects to participate in this Cash Balance Account. For the purpose of this subparagraph, actuarial equivalent shall be based upon the actuarial equivalent basis as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
(iv) |
Interest Allocation . Each plan month beginning after the Employer elects to participate in the Cash Balance Account and prior to the date the Member commences distribution under the |
42
|
Retirement Fund, a Members Cash Balance Account shall receive an Interest Allocation calculated as set forth below. |
|
|
|
|
|
a) |
The annual interest rate used for a calendar year shall be determined as of the end of the prior calendar year and shall be one of the following, as designated by the Employer, or 4% if greater. |
|
(1) |
The discount rate on 3-month Treasury Bills with a margin of an additional amount of 0 to 175 basis points (in 25 basis point increments), as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The discount rate on 6-month or 12-month Treasury Bills with a margin of an additional amount of 0 to 150 basis points (in 25 basis point increments), both as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
The yield on 1-year Treasury Constant Maturities with a margin of an additional amount of 0 to 100 basis points (in 25 basis point increments), as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
The yield on 2-year or 3-year Treasury Constant Maturities with a margin of an additional amount of 0 to 50 basis points (in 25 basis point increments), both as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
(5) |
The yield on 5-year or 7-year Treasury Constant Maturities with a margin of an additional amount of 0 or 25 basis points, both as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
(6) |
The yield on 10-year or longer Treasury Constant Maturities as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
(7) |
The change in the annual rate of the Consumer Price Index from the preceding year with a margin of an additional amount of 0 to 3% (in 0.5% increments), as designated by the Employer. |
43
|
b) |
Interest will be credited monthly as of the last business day of each month. Each Members Cash Balance Account will be increased by the monthly interest equivalent of the annual interest rate selected above. |
|
(3) |
Additional and Minimum Benefits . A Member whose Employer does not elect to make an Initial Employer Allocation under (2)(iii) above shall have his accrued benefit increased by his accrued benefit immediately prior to the date on which the Cash Balance Account becomes effective, such additional accrued benefit being payable pursuant to the terms of his Employers agreement under the Retirement Fund in effect on said date. A Member whose Employer makes an Initial Employer Allocation under (2)(iii) shall be entitled to an accrued benefit at least equal to his accrued benefit immediately prior to the date on which the Cash Balance Account becomes effective, such benefit being paid pursuant to the terms of his Employers agreement under the Retirement Fund in effect on said date. |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Special Transition Benefit . Provided that the Special Transition Benefit does not cause the plan to discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees, the Employer may designate some or all of its Employees on the date the Cash Balance Account becomes effective to (i) continue to accrue benefits under the prior plan arrangement of the Employer for a designated period of time, (ii) provide an enhanced basis for determining the Initial Employer Allocation, or (iii) provide additional pay credits based upon a percentage of pay or based upon a percentage of pay for each year of Benefit Service. |
(S) |
Pension Equity Benefit |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
In lieu of the benefits provided under any other Section of this Section 1, an Employer may elect to provide, on a uniform basis for its Members, benefits under this Section 1(S). A Members accrued benefit under this Section 1(S) shall be his Pension Equity Benefit calculated hereunder, and then converted to the Members normal Retirement Allowance, but subject to the additional and minimum benefit provisions of (3) below. The normal Retirement Allowance at normal retirement age shall be computed on the basis in Article V, |
44
|
|
Section 1(R)(1). No employee contributions shall be required or allowed in determining the amount of a Pension Equity Benefit. |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
A Members Pension Equity Benefit consists of the sum of a Basic Employer Benefit, a Supplemental Employer Benefit (if any) and an Initial Employer Benefit (if any). These benefits are determined as follows: |
|
(i) |
Basic Employer Benefit . The Members High-5 Salary or High-3 Salary, as designated by the Employer, multiplied by the aggregate of the Members core percentages determined, for each year of Benefit Service of the Member, under one of the schedules below, as designated by the Employer. |
|
a) |
Uniform Core Percentage . Any percentage between 5% and 20% (determined in 0.25% increments), as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
b) |
Graded Core Percentage Depending on Attained Age with Increases of 1% . An initial percentage of 3% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for ages 0 to 29, increasing by 1% for each n year age group thereafter but with no further increase after age 60. n may be 5 or 10 years as designated by the Employer. The attained age for this purpose will be determined as the Members age on his birthday in the year. |
|
|
|
|
c) |
Graded Core Percentage Depending on Attained Age with Increases of 2% . An initial percentage of 6% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for ages 0 to 29, increasing by 2% for each 10 year age group thereafter but with no further increase after age 60. The attained age for this purpose will be determined as the Members age on his birthday in the year. |
|
|
|
|
d) |
Graded Core Percentage Depending on Attained Age with Increases of 1%/2% . An initial percentage of 4% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for ages 0 to 29, increasing by 1% for each of the next four 5-year age groups and by 2% for each 10-year age group |
45
|
|
|
|
|
thereafter but with no further increase after age 60. The attained age for this purpose will be determined as the Members age on his birthday in the year. |
|
|
|
|
e) |
Graded Core Percentage Depending on Years of Service with Increases of 1% . An initial percentage of 3% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for the first n years of Benefit Service, increasing by 1% for each n years thereafter but with no further allocation after the mth year of Benefit Service. n may be 5 or 10 years, and m shall be 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 or unlimited years of Benefit Service, both n and m as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
f) |
Graded Core Percentage Depending on Years of Service, with Increases of 2% . An initial percentage of 6% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for the first 10 years of Benefit Service, increasing by 2% for each 10 years thereafter but with no further allocation after the mth year of Benefit Service. m shall be 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 or unlimited years of Benefit Service, as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
g) |
Graded Core Percentage Depending on Years of Service, with Increases of 1%/2% . An initial percentage of 4% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for the first 5 years of Benefit Service, increasing by 1% for each 5 years thereafter up to 20 years of Benefit Service, and increasing by 2% for each 10 years thereafter, but with no further allocation after the mth year of Benefit Service. m shall be 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 or unlimited years of Benefit Service, as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
h) |
Graded Core Percentage Depending on Age-Service Points, with Increases of 1% . An initial percentage of 3% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for any year in which the Members points total 29 or less, plus 1% for each additional 10 points, up to a maximum of m points. A Members points in a Plan Year shall be the sum |
46
|
|
of his age on his birthday in the year plus his whole years of Benefit Service as of the end of the year. m shall be 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100, as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
i) |
Graded Core Percentage Depending on Age-Service Points, with Increases of 2% . An initial percentage of 6% or more (in increments of 1%), as designated by the Employer, for any year in which the Members points total 29 or less, plus 2% for each additional 10 points. A Members points in a Plan Year shall be the sum of his age on his birthday in the year plus his whole years of Benefit Service as of the end of the year. m shall be 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100, as designated by the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
j) |
Graded Core Percentage Depending on Age-Service Points, with Increases of 1%/2% . An initial percentage of 4% or more (in increments of 1.0%), as designated by the Employer, for any year in which the Members points total 29 or less, plus 1% for each additional 10 points up to a total of 69 points, plus 2% for each additional 10 points. A Members points in a Plan Year shall be the sum of his age on his birthday in the year plus his whole years of Benefit Service as of the end of the year. m shall be 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100, as designated by the Employer. |
|
(ii) |
Supplemental Employer Benefit . The excess of the Members High-5 Salary or High-3 Salary, as designated by the Employer under (2)(i) above, over the Members CCL multiplied by the Members Excess Percentage. The Members Excess Percentage shall be calculated as 0% to 3% (in increments of 0.5%), as designated by the Employer (provided the percentage chosen does not cause the Retirement Fund to violate the backloading rules of IRC Section 411(b) for any actual or potential Member), for each year of Benefit Service of the Member. |
|
|
|
|
(iii) |
Initial Employer Benefit . If the Employer so elects, each Member who accrued a retirement benefit under the Retirement Fund at the date on which the Pension Equity Benefit becomes effective |
47
|
shall have the aggregate of his Core Percentages and the aggregate of his Supplemental Percentages increased to reflect what the percentages would have been had the Pension Equity Benefit been in effect during all the Members years of Benefit Service. |
|
(3) |
Additional and Minimum Benefits . A Member whose Employer does not elect to make an initial employer benefit allocation under (2)(iii) above shall have his accrued benefit increased by his accrued benefit immediately prior to the date on which the Pension Equity Benefit becomes effective, such additional accrued benefit being payable pursuant to the terms of his Employers agreement under the plan on said date. A Member whose Employer makes an initial employer benefit allocation under (2)(iii) shall be entitled to an accrued benefit at least equal to his accrued benefit immediately prior to the date on which the Pension Equity Benefit becomes effective, such benefit being paid pursuant to the terms of his Employers agreement under the Retirement Fund in effect on said date. |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Special Transition Benefit . Provided that the Special Transition Benefit does not cause the Retirement Fund to discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees, the Employer may designate some or all of its Employees on the date the Pension Equity Benefit becomes effective to continue to accrue benefits under the prior plan arrangement of the Employer under the Retirement Fund for a designated period of time. |
For an Employer which had elected an integrated benefit formula prior to July 1, 1989, and which elects any of the integrated benefit formulas described in Subsection (E), (F), (G), (H), (I), (J), (K), (L), (M), (N), (O), (P), or (Q) of this Section 1, if a Members Retirement Allowance determined under the prior integration formula as of June 30, 1989 exceeds the Members Retirement Allowance determined under the applicable integration formula described in Subsection (E), (F), (G), (H), (I), (J), (K), (L), (M), (N), (O), (P), or (Q), then the higher Retirement Allowance will be payable.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1 to the contrary, in no event may an Employers election to provide any of the benefit formulas described in this Section 1 reduce a Members accrued benefit below the amount of such accrued benefit determined as of the day immediately preceding the effective date for the Employers election of such a benefit formula under this Section 1. In addition, a Members
48
Retirement Allowance determined under the applicable integration formula described in Subsection (E), (F), (G), (H), (I), (J), (K), (L), (M), (N), (O), (P), (Q), and (S) shall conform to the cumulative permitted disparity limit and the annual overall permitted disparity limit as provided under the IRS Regulations.
Should an Employer elect a benefit formula under this Section 1 which provides that its Members Retirement Allowance will be calculated based upon Career Average Salary, the Employer may, at its option, elect to recalculate the Members Salary under the Retirement Fund based upon the Members High-5 Salary or High-3 Salary, as designated by the Employer, for Benefit Service accrued to the effective date of such amendment, provided that in no event shall the Members recalculated benefit be less than the benefit calculated based upon the Members Career Average Salary for the benefit accrued to the date of such amendment.
SECTION 2. EARLY RETIREMENT FACTORS
(A) |
An Employer shall designate early retirement factors to determine a Members early retirement benefits or the Employer shall adopt one of the early retirement factor tables (with interpolation made to the nearest month) provided in Appendix E and attached hereto, except that if the Employer has adopted either the Cash Balance Account or the Pension Equity Benefit, the early retirement benefits shall be determined in accordance with the following paragraph. |
|
|
|
A Retirees Cash Balance Account or Pension Equity Benefit shall be paid in accordance with the normal Retirement Allowance designated by the Employer based upon the actuarial equivalent basis provided in Article V, Section 1(R)(1). |
|
|
|
If a Retiree is married at the time his Retirement Allowance commences under this Section, the Equivalent Value of his Retirement Allowance shall be paid as a qualified joint and survivor annuity with his spouse as Contingent Annuitant under Option 2 or 3 of Section 1 of Article VI as designated by the Retiree, unless such Spouse consents in writing to permit the Retiree to elect a different form of allowance. If a Retiree is not married at the time his Retirement Allowance commences, his Retirement Allowance shall be paid under the plans normal form of payment unless an optional form of allowance as described in Section 1 of Article VI is elected by the Retiree. Where an Employer has adopted a lump sum payment option and a Member elects to receive his Retirement Allowance attributable to his Cash Balance Account in the form of a lump sum payment, such payment shall be equal to the Retirees Cash Balance Account balance. Notwithstanding, in the event that the annual |
49
|
interest rate elected by the Employer under Article V, Section (1)(R)(2)(iv) falls below 4% in the year of the distribution, a Member shall be entitled to the greater of (1) his Cash Balance Account balance and, (2) the lump sum calculated by projecting his Cash Balance Account balance with a 4% interest to the Members Normal Retirement Date and discounted back to the date of distribution with such annual interest rate without regard to the 4% minimum. |
|
|
|
Where an Employer has adopted a lump sum payment option and a Member elects to receive his Retirement Allowance attributable to his Pension Equity Benefit in the form of a lump sum payment, such payment shall be equal to the Retirees Pension Equity Benefit. |
|
|
(B) |
If an Employer provides an integrated benefit formula, as described in Subsection (E), (F), (G), (H), (I), (J), (K), (L), (M), (N), (O), (P), or (Q) of Section 1 of this Article V, and adopts the early retirement factor table described in Table I(B) or (C), II(B) or (C) or III(B) or (C) of Appendix E, then the early retirement factor with respect to a Members Retirement Allowance attributable to Salary up to the CCL and computed in accordance with the accrual rate described in Subsection (E)(1), (F)(1), (G)(1), (H)(1), (I)(1), (J)(1), (K)(1), (L)(1), (M)(1), (N)(1), (O)(1), (P)(1), or Q(1) of Section 1 of this Article V (whichever shall apply), but only with respect to such Salary, shall be the applicable early retirement factor described in Appendix A. |
|
|
(C) |
Any Employer may, at its option, elect to provide enhanced early retirement factors effective upon a Change of Control of the Employer. |
SECTION 3. DISABILITY RETIREMENT BENEFIT
(A) |
If an Employer has provided this benefit since its Commencement Date, then each of its Members |
|
(i) |
who is not an inactive Member or is not on a leave of absence, and for whom contributions have not been discontinued, |
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
who is separated from active employment by reason of disability after the earlier of one year of Membership Service or five years of Benefit Service but before attainment of age 65, and |
|
|
|
|
(iii) |
who is certified by physicians designated by the Retirement Fund to have a physical or mental impairment which (a) prevents him from doing |
50
|
|
any substantial gainful activity for which he is fitted by education, training or experience, and (b) is expected to last at least 12 months from the date of such separation or to result in death, shall, upon notice to the Retirement Fund within 13 months of such separation date, be retired as of his Disability Retirement Date. (Receipt of proof satisfactory to the Retirement Fund within 13 months after the date of such separation that the Member is eligible for, or is receiving, disability insurance benefits under Title II of the Federal Social Security Act will be deemed presumptive evidence of entitlement to a disability Retirement Allowance under this Subsection (A).) |
|
If an Employer adopts this benefit subsequent to its Commencement Date, then it shall be effective for each of its Members, subject to the above conditions, no earlier than one year after notification to the Retirement Fund of its adoption. |
(B) |
The annual disability Retirement Allowance shall be the normal Retirement Allowance (determined under Article V, Section 1) on the basis of the Members Salary and Benefit Service to his Disability Retirement Date, but shall not be less than 30% of his High-5 Salary. |
|
|
|
In no event shall the disability Retirement Allowance exceed the Retirement Allowance that the disabled Member would have received if he had continued in Service to his Normal Retirement Date and his Salary at disability had continued to such date. |
|
|
(C) |
The Board may require any disability Retiree who has not attained age 65 to demonstrate continuing eligibility for disability retirement benefits as often as once a year. If such a Retiree refuses or cannot demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Board that he continues to be disabled within the definition of Subsection (A) of this Section 3, then his disability allowance shall be discontinued. The disability Retirees disability Retirement Allowance will also cease if and when he returns to substantial gainful activity for which he is fitted by education, training or experience. In either case, it may be resumed if it is subsequently determined by the Board that the conditions of Subsection (A) of this Section 3 are again satisfied. |
|
|
(D) |
If the Employer has adopted either the Cash Balance Account or the Pension Equity Benefit, then a Member who would otherwise qualify as disabled under (A) above shall not have his disability benefit calculated under subsection (B), |
51
|
but shall instead be treated as eligible for an early retirement benefit under Article V, Section 2. In lieu of the benefit described in the preceding sentence, an eligible Member may elect to receive the disability benefit to which he would have been entitled had he become disabled on the date his Employer adopted either the Cash Balance Account or the Pension Equity Benefit but without regard to the 30% of Salary minimum described in subsection (B) above. If the alternative benefit described in the preceding sentence is elected, the Cash Balance Account or the Pension Equity Benefit will continue to grow as if the Member had terminated with a vested benefit which he chose to defer. |
SECTION 4. ADDITIONAL DEATH BENEFITS
(A) |
In lieu of the basic death benefit, if any, provided under Article IV, Section 3(A), an Employer may adopt an active service death benefit which is payable upon the death of a Member in Service, for whom contributions have not been discontinued, to his Beneficiary in a lump sum equal to (i) plus (ii): |
|
(i) |
100% of the Members last 12 months Salary, plus an additional 10% of such Salary for each year of Benefit Service until a maximum of 300% is attained for 20 or more years of Benefit Service. If death occurs prior to the completion of one year of Benefit Service, this part of the benefit shall be 100% of the Members annual Salary as of his Enrollment Date if his Salary is determined under Section (43)(A) of Article I, or his annualized Salary based on all completed months of Benefit Service prior to death if Salary is determined under Section (43)(B) or Section (43)(C) of Article I. |
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
The Members Accumulated Contributions, if any. |
|
In no event shall such lump sum be less than the lump sum which would have been payable under either Article IV, Section 3(A) or Article V, Section 4(B), whichever is applicable. |
(B) |
In lieu of the basic death benefit, if any, provided under Article IV, Section 3(A), an Employer (or a successor to such Employer) which was participating in the Retirement Fund as of June 30, 1983 may adopt the 12 Times retirement benefit which is payable upon the death of a Retiree, who had not elected an optional form of payment under Article VI, in a lump sum equal to the excess, if any, of (i) over (ii): |
52
|
(i) |
An amount equal to 12 times the Retirees annual allowance immediately prior to the commencement of his Retirement Allowance, or as of the first day of the month in which his death occurred if he died before having received any payment of such allowance. |
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
The sum of the Retirement Allowance payments he had received, if any. |
|
|
|
|
This benefit shall also be payable upon the death of a Member who was eligible for early retirement at the time of death in lieu of the benefit which would have been payable under Article IV, Section 3(A). |
(C) |
In lieu of the basic death benefit, if any, provided under Article IV, Section 3(A), an Employer may adopt an active service death benefit which is payable upon the death of a Member in Service, for whom contributions have not been discontinued, to his Beneficiary in a lump sum equal to (i) a multiple of the Members projected monthly Retirement Allowance which shall be not less than 50 times and not greater than 100 times the projected monthly Retirement Allowance plus (ii) the Members Accumulated Contributions, if any. |
|
|
|
In no event shall such lump sum be less than the lump sum which would have been payable under either Article IV, Section 3(A) or Article V, Section 4(B), whichever is applicable. |
|
|
|
Should an Employer elect to provide the active service death benefit under this subsection (C) of Section 4, such provision shall not be effective until one (1) year following the adoption by the Employer unless the Employer provided such death benefit prior to the Employers Commencement Date. |
SECTION 5. RETIREMENT ADJUSTMENT PAYMENT
(A) |
An Employer which was participating as of June 30, 1983 may provide this benefit to those of its Members who (i) were enrolled prior to July 1, 1983 and (ii) retire after attainment of age 55. |
|
|
(B) |
The Retirement Adjustment Payment shall be a single lump sum equal to three monthly installments of his Retirement Allowance (before any optional modification) determined and payable as of the date his Retirement Allowance payments commence. If a Retiree, who would otherwise be eligible to receive such a payment, dies prior to such date, his Retirement Adjustment Payment |
53
|
shall be determined as though his Retirement Allowance payments had commenced as of the first day of the month in which his death occurred, and shall be payable to his Beneficiary. |
SECTION 6. POST-RETIREMENT SUPPLEMENTS
(A) |
Annual 1%, 2% or 3% Increment: |
|
|
|
Subject to Section 11.1, an Employer may provide an annual increment which shall be paid to each of its Retirees who has attained age 66 and is receiving his annual Retirement Allowance. Each annual increment shall be an amount equal to 1%, 2% or 3%, as the Employer may elect, of the Retirees annual Retirement Allowance multiplied by the number of years from the calendar year in which he attained age 65 to the current year at the end of which such increment is payable. Upon the Retirees death, no further amount shall be payable in respect of this benefit, except that if he had elected a Contingent Annuitant under Article VI who is alive on the later of (a) the date of the Retirees death or (b) the date the Retiree would have attained age 66, such Contingent Annuitant shall thereafter be entitled to an annual increment equal to 1%, 2% or 3%, as the case may be, of the Contingent Annuitants annual allowance multiplied by the number of years from the calendar year in which the Retiree had attained age 65 (or would have attained age 65 if he died prior thereto) to the current year at the end of which such increment is payable. Upon the Contingent Annuitants death, no further amount shall be payable in respect of this benefit. |
(B) |
Single Fixed Percentage Adjustment: |
|
|
|
|
|
Subject to Section 11.1, an Employer may provide, as of any January 1, a fixed percentage supplement for each of its then eligible Retirees, determined under one of the following formulas: |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
1% or more of the annual Retirement Allowance for each completed year of retirement after attainment of the minimum under one of the following formulas. |
|
|
|
|
(b) |
A single percentage uniformly applicable to all those eligible. |
|
For purposes of this Subsection (B), an eligible Retiree is one who (i) has retired prior to the effective date of the supplemental benefit described in this |
54
|
Subsection (B) and (ii) has attained the minimum age specified by his Employer. Such minimum age may be any age not less than 45 and not greater than 66, and shall apply uniformly to all Retirees of the Employer. The supplement shall be paid each January beginning with the effective date (providing the Retiree has begun receiving his annual allowance) and ending in the year in which the Retiree dies, except that if he had elected a Contingent Annuitant under Article VI who is alive on the date of the Retirees death, such Contingent Annuitant shall thereafter be entitled to an annual supplement determined by multiplying the fixed percentage by the Contingent Annuitants annual allowance and ending in the year in which the Contingent Annuitant dies. If the fixed percentage supplement provided for a Retiree is not paid due to the Retirees deferral of commencement of allowance payments, it shall be paid beginning with the January 1 coincident with or following the date his Retirement Allowance payments commence and shall be determined by multiplying the fixed percentage provided by the Employer by the annual Retirement Allowance determined at the time payments commence. |
SECTION 7. SUPPLEMENTAL EARLY RETIREMENT WINDOW BENEFIT
(A) |
Subject to the provisions of this Section 7 and Section 11.1, an Employer may provide for each Member who has satisfied the eligibility requirements specified in Subsection (D) of this Section 7, a supplemental early retirement window benefit determined pursuant to the formula elected in Subsection (E) of this Section 7 and payable in accordance with Articles IV and V. Any such supplemental early retirement window benefit shall not be deemed to be in lieu of any of the other additional benefits described in this Article V. A Member who does not meet the eligibility requirements of Subsection (D) of this Section 7 or who does not terminate employment within the time period described in Subsection (B) of this Section 7 will not be entitled to any additional benefits pursuant to this Section 7. |
|
|
(B) |
The Employer shall select a time period of not less than 45 days nor more than 90 days from the effective date of its adoption of the supplemental early retirement window benefit during which an eligible Member may elect such |
55
|
benefit. A Member must agree to retire during the period described in the preceding sentence in order to be eligible for the benefit, except that an Employer may, at its option, permit Employees who elect an early retirement window benefit to terminate employment at any time (or at any time during a period of time designated by the Employer) no later than six (6) months after the close of the window period described in the preceding sentence or, alternatively, to irrevocably designate a uniform termination date no later than six (6) months after the close of such window period. |
|
|
(C) |
In order for an Employer to provide a supplemental early retirement window benefit pursuant to this Section 7, the following conditions must be satisfied: |
|
(1) |
At least five (5) Members must be eligible for the supplemental early retirement window benefit during the election period described in Subsection (B) of this Section 7; |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
The Employer must comply with all procedural rules established by the Retirement Fund with regard to the implementation and operation of such supplemental early retirement window benefit; |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
The Employer must indemnify the Retirement Fund in a manner satisfactory to the Retirement Fund against any and all losses and expenses incurred by the Retirement Fund (including reasonable legal fees) arising out of the Employers adoption of the early retirement window benefit; and |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Any other conditions which the Retirement Fund, the IRS or any other governmental authority might require. |
(D) |
An Employer must establish an eligibility requirement, uniformly applicable to all of its Employees, which must be satisfied by a Member as of the effective date of the adoption of the supplemental early retirement window benefit in order for the Member to be eligible for such benefit. The eligibility requirement referred to in the preceding sentence can be: |
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
A minimum age of not less than 45; |
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
A minimum total of age and Vesting Service of not less than 70; or |
56
|
(iii) |
A minimum age of not less than 45 and a minimum number of years of Vesting Service where the specified years of Vesting Service of not less than five (5). |
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding anything in this Subsection (D) of this Section 7 to the contrary, an Employer may elect to restrict the eligibility for the supplemental early retirement window benefit under this Section 7 to (i) those Members who are Non-highly Compensated Employees, (ii) those Members who are not inactive Members, as described in Article X, Section 3, (iii) those Members employed at a bona-fide geographical location or in a certain job function or job classification designated by the Employer, (iv) those Highly Compensated Employees who are excluded by their title at the election of the Employer, or (v) those Members who provide the Employer with a valid waiver of certain legal rights of the Member, provided that in such case the Employer shall have the sole responsibility to determine whether any such waiver is valid and enforceable under applicable law. |
(E) |
Upon the termination of employment of an eligible Member who meets the eligibility requirements of Subsection (D) of this Section 7 within the period of time specified in Subsection (B) of this Section 7, the annual Retirement Allowance otherwise determined under Article IV and this Article V for such Member will be increased by the difference, if any, that results from determining such benefit based on one or more of the following: |
|
(1) |
the Benefit Service and Vesting Service credited to the Member as of his termination date, plus 1 to 10 years, as may be designated by the Employer in its election of this feature; |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
the early retirement reduction percentage (if any) based upon the Members actual age at commencement of his Retirement Allowance plus 1 to 10 years, as may be designated by the Employer in its election of this feature; |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
no early retirement reduction, or a 1.5% or 3% early retirement reduction percentage for each year the Retirement Allowance commences before the Members Normal Retirement Date, as may be designated by the Employer in its election of this feature; and/or |
57
|
(4) |
the addition of a fixed dollar amount, as may be designated by the Employer, to the Members normal Retirement Allowance payable at the Members age 65. |
|
|
|
|
The adoption by an Employer of any of the features described in this Subsection (E) of this Section 7 shall apply uniformly to all Members employed by such Employer who meet the eligibility requirements of Subsection (D) of this Section 7. In no event shall an increase in a Members Retirement Allowance under the provisions of this Section 7 be deemed to increase such Members Vesting Service or Benefit Service for any other purposes under the Comprehensive Retirement Program. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Subsection (E) of this Section 7, if an Employer has elected to provide normal retirement benefits on the basis of one of the integrated benefit formulas described in Subsection (E), (F), (G), (H), (I), (J), (K), (L), (M), (N), (O), (P), or (Q) of Section 1 of this Article V, the special early retirement reduction provided in Paragraph (2) of this Subsection (E) and the elimination of an early retirement reduction factor provided in Paragraph (3) of this Subsection (E) shall not apply; provided, however, such Employer may elect to provide any of such early retirement reductions but only with regard to a Members benefit which accrues with respect to the Members Salary up to the CCL. |
(F) |
The Retirement Fund reserves the right to deny an Employer the right to adopt the supplemental early retirement window benefit described in this Section 7 if it determines, in its sole discretion, that the adoption by such Employer would result in the provision of benefits that would not satisfy the requirements of IRC Section 401(a)(4) (or any applicable IRS Regulations thereunder) or which would in any other way adversely affect the tax-qualified status of the Regulations and the tax-exempt status of the Trust under IRC Sections 401(a) and 501(a), respectively. |
SECTION 8. REDUCTION IN ACCRUAL RATE FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
An Employer may elect, on a prospective basis only, to reduce the benefit accrual rate which shall apply to the calculation of the normal retirement benefit with respect to certain Members, designated by the Employer, who constitute Highly Compensated Employees, provided that (i) the Employer certifies to the Retirement Fund in writing that such a reduction in the benefit accrual rate is required by the Office of Thrift Supervision or such other regulatory authority and (ii) the IRS approves such a reduction in the benefit accrual rate. If an Employer elects, in accordance with this
58
Section 8, to reduce the accrual rate of certain Members, the Employer shall, to the extent a cessation of future benefit accruals is not required, select one of the benefit formulas provided in Article V, Section 1 to apply with respect to the future accrual of benefits for such Members.
59
ARTICLE VI OPTIONAL FORMS OF PAYMENT
Any Member or Retiree may elect, subject to Section 2 of this Article VI, to convert his Retirement Allowance and the death benefit, if applicable, described in Article IV, Section 3(A), Article IV, Section 3(B) or in Article V, Section 4(B), whichever is applicable, to a retirement benefit of Equivalent Value under one of the following options:
Option 1. |
A larger Retirement Allowance during the Retirees life, but at his death all payments shall cease and no further amounts shall be due or payable. This option shall not apply to Members whose Employer adopted the Straight Life Annuity as the payment form for the Members normal Retirement Allowance. |
|
|
Option 2. |
A modified Retirement Allowance to be paid to the Retiree for his life and, after his death, an allowance at the same rate to be paid to his Contingent Annuitant (should the latter survive the Retiree) for life commencing on the first day of the month in which the Retirees death occurs. If both the Retiree and his Contingent Annuitant die before 120 monthly installments have been paid, the Commuted Value of such unpaid installments shall be paid in a lump sum to a Beneficiary designated by the Retiree, or, if there is no designated Beneficiary, to the estate of the survivor of the Retiree and his Contingent Annuitant (presuming the Retiree to be the survivor if they die within 24 hours of each other). Upon the death of the survivor of the Retiree and his Contingent Annuitant after 120 monthly installments have been paid, all payments shall cease and no further amounts shall be due or payable. |
|
|
Option 3. |
A modified Retirement Allowance to be paid to the Retiree for his life and, after his death, an allowance at one-half the rate to be paid to his Contingent Annuitant (should the latter survive the Retiree) for life commencing on the first day of the month in which the Retirees death occurs. Upon the death of the survivor of the Retiree and his Contingent Annuitant, all payments shall cease and no further amounts shall be due or payable. |
|
|
Option 4. |
A revised Retirement Allowance during the Retirees life with some other benefit payable upon his death, provided that such benefit be |
60
|
approved by the Retirement Fund and be in compliance with the applicable provisions of the IRC, including Section 401(a)(9) thereof. |
SECTION 2. CONDITIONS OF ELECTION
(A) |
The procedure for making an election or revocation with respect to any of the options described in Section 1 of this Article VI shall be in compliance with ERISA, the IRC and, as applicable, Section 14.4 and shall be communicated by the Retirement Fund to the retiring Member. Thereafter the retiring Member shall have 90 days (or such longer period as may be required by ERISA) within which to make his election or revocation so long as it is filed with the Retirement Fund prior to the date on which his Retirement Allowance commences. |
|
|
(B) |
If a retiring Member or his Contingent Annuitant dies before the date his Retirement Allowance commences or before the date he receives a lump sum settlement pursuant to Article VII, the benefit payable shall be the death benefit under Article IV or Article V, whichever is applicable, provided that such benefit shall not be less than the death benefit attributable to the form of payment, including a lump sum, elected or the regular form of payment, whichever is greater. If a disability Retiree whose allowance has already commenced dies during the 90 day period following the date of his separation from active employment, the election of any option shall be inoperative. |
|
|
(C) |
No election under Option 2, 3 or 4 of Section 1 of this Article VI may be made which would result in an allowance to the Retiree of less than 50% of the Retirement Allowance he would have received under Article VI, Section 1, Option 1. |
61
SECTION 1.
If a Retiree is married at the time his Retirement Allowance commences, his Retirement Allowance shall be paid as a qualified joint and survivor annuity with his Spouse as Contingent Annuitant, as described in Article VI, Section 1, Option 2 or 3, as designated by the Retiree, unless such Spouse consents in writing to permit the Retiree to elect a different form of allowance. If a Retiree is not married at the time his Retirement Allowance commences, his Retirement Allowance shall be paid as a life annuity unless an optional form of allowance as described in Article VI is elected by the Retiree. If an optional form of allowance as described in Article VI is not in effect with respect to a Retiree, his Retirement Allowance shall be paid to him during his life. Upon his death, a death benefit shall be payable if a death benefit is provided in accordance with Article IV, Section 3(C) or, if adopted by such Retirees Employer, Article V, Section 4(B). For purposes of this Article VII, a Retiree is not married at the time that his Retirement Allowance commences if the Member or the Members Spouse has obtained a court order of legal separation which has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction prior to commencing payment of his Retirement Allowance.
SECTION 2.
(A) |
Unless a proper election is received by the Retirement Fund, all Retirement Allowances shall be payable in substantially equivalent monthly installments commencing as of his Required Beginning Date, except that: |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
A normal or early Retirement Allowance may be payable to a Retiree, by written election filed with the Retirement Fund, as of the first day of any month next following his Retirement Date, and |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
An early Retirement Allowance may not be commenced until the Retirees Early Retirement Date, except as may otherwise be provided under Section 2(D) or 2 (E) of Article IV. |
|
|
|
|
Such installments shall continue during the life of the Retiree (except as provided otherwise under Article V, Section 3(C)), and the last installment shall be due the first day of the month in which his death occurs; except that if optional modification under Article VI has become effective the provisions thereof shall apply, and the last installment payable to a surviving Contingent |
62
|
Annuitant designated under such Article shall be due the first day of the month in which such Contingent Annuitants death occurs. |
|
|
|
|
(B) |
Notwithstanding the preceding Subsection (A) of this Section 2, a Retirement Allowance may be converted to a single lump sum payment of the Equivalent Value of such allowance, if an eligible Retiree as described below so elects prior to receiving his first monthly retirement payment, in the following cases: |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
Where that portion of the regular Retirement Allowance which is attributable to the Employers contributions amounts to less than $600 per year on the date such Allowance would otherwise commence; or |
|
|
|
|
(b) |
Where the Employer has requested, and the Retirement Fund has approved, that a lump sum settlement be available and uniformly applicable upon attainment of any age between (and including) 45 and 65 as specified by the Employer (but not earlier than the minimum age specified in Article IV, Section 2(D) for the commencement of an early Retirement Allowance) to those of its Retirees who meet the following condition: |
|
|
(i) |
Receipt by the Retirement Fund of a consent (in the form prescribed by the Retirement Fund) of the Members Spouse, if any, that such lump sum settlement be paid to the Retiree. (In any case where an Employer adopts this option and subsequently ceases to exist as an independent entity, the Retirement Committee of the Board may, in its discretion, substitute itself for such Employer for the purposes of this Article VII.) |
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
Where the Employer has requested, and the Retirement Fund has approved, that a lump sum settlement be available as described in the preceding paragraph, the Member may elect to have a portion of his Retirement Allowance commence in the form of an annuity with the remaining portion of his Retirement Allowance paid in the form of a partial lump sum with the lump sum portion determined at the election of the Member to be the Equivalent Value of 25%, 50%, or 75% of the Members total Retirement Allowance. |
|
Effective October 1, 1995, the interest rate and mortality table used to calculate lump sum settlements shall be the applicable interest rate and |
63
|
mortality table as determined under Section 417(e) of the IRC and in accordance with the stability period and look-back month provisions described below, except that an Employer may elect to continue to apply the interest rate described in Subparagraphs (1) and (2) of the subsequent paragraph and the mortality assumptions which were in effect under the Regulations prior to October 1,1995, in which case such pre-October interest rate and mortality assumptions shall apply until June 30, 2000. |
|
|
|
For those Employers who elected not to apply the interest and mortality table prescribed under Section 417(e) of the IRC until July 1, 2000, in no event shall the interest rate used to calculate lump sum settlements prior to July 1, 2000 exceed: |
|
(1) |
The PBGC Interest Rate if the present value of the lump sum settlement using the PBGC Interest Rate is less than $25,000, or |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
120% of the PBGC Interest Rate if the present value of the lump sum settlement using the PBGC Interest Rate is $25,000 or greater; except that in no event shall such lump sum settlement computed pursuant to this Subparagraph (2) be reduced below $25,000. |
|
Effective July 1, 2000, the interest rate for all lump sum settlements shall be the applicable interest rate described in Section 417(e) of the IRC. The applicable interest rate is the rate of interest on 30-year Treasury Securities (or such other rate as may be prescribed by the Commissioner) for the third calendar month preceding the first day of the stability period. The stability period shall be the calendar month period that contains the annuity starting date for the distribution and for which the applicable interest rate remains constant. The applicable mortality table shall be the mortality table as set forth in IRS Revenue Ruling 95-6, 1995-1 C.B.80; provided, however, for distributions with annuity starting dates on or after December 31, 2002, the applicable mortality table shall be the mortality table as set forth in IRS Revenue Ruling 2001-62. |
|
|
|
Following the effective date of the amendment of the Regulations to replace the interest rate assumption that is based on the PBGC Interest Rate, and with respect to the calculation of lump sum settlements for which the annuity starting date occurs in the one-year period commencing at the time the plan amendment is effective, such lump sum value shall be determined using, whichever results in the larger distribution, the applicable interest rate (within |
64
|
the meaning of Section 417(e) of the IRC) determined for the second month preceding the month that contains the annuity starting date or the applicable interest rate for the third calendar month preceding the calendar month that contains the annuity starting date. |
|
|
(C) |
In no event shall the lump sum settlement payable to a Member under Subsection (B) be less than the lump sum settlement value of the Members accrued benefit as of September 30, 1995, if any, calculated using an interest rate, determined by the Retirement Fund by reference to the last month of a calendar quarter, which shall be the average of the 10 and 20-year U.S. Treasury Bond annual yields for such month, as reported in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release (H.15), rounded to the nearest .5%; provided, however, if the annual yield of 20-year U.S. Treasury Bonds is not published, such rate shall be the annual yield of 10-year U.S. Treasury Bonds. In the absence of the Federal Reserve Statistical Release, the Retirement Fund may obtain such annual yields from any other source it deems appropriate. The rate so determined shall be applicable to settlements to be paid in the calendar quarter beginning three months later. |
|
|
(D) |
A lump sum settlement under Subsection (B) or (C) will be the present value, calculated on the basis of the specified interest rate, of the regular form of allowance which would otherwise be payable to the Retiree under the Regulations. It will be calculated and payable as of the date on which payment of the corresponding Retirement Allowance would otherwise commence, except that no settlement under Paragraph (b) of Subsection (B) is payable prior to the age specified therein. |
|
|
(E) |
No Retirement Allowance or lump sum settlement shall be increased on account of any delay in payment beyond the date specified in this Article VII due to the Retirees failure to properly file the application form furnished by the Retirement Fund or to otherwise accept such payment. |
SECTION 3.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Equivalent Value of a Members vested benefit is zero, the Member shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such benefit upon termination of employment with his Employer and shall immediately forfeit the nonvested portion of his benefit.
65
SECTION 4.
This Section 4 applies to distributions made on or after January 1, 1993. Solely to the extent required under applicable law and IRS Regulations, and notwithstanding any provision of the Regulations to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributees election under this Section 4, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Board, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.
For purpose of this Section 4, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(A) |
Eligible Rollover Distribution: Solely to the extent required under applicable law and IRS Regulations, an Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributees designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the IRC; and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). |
|
|
(B) |
Eligible Retirement Plan: An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the IRC, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the IRC, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the IRC, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the IRC that accepts the Distributees Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. |
|
|
(C) |
Distributee: A Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employees or former Employees surviving Spouse and the Employees or former Employees Spouse or former Spouse who is an alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order are Distributees with regard to the interest of the Employee or former Employee. |
66
(D) |
Direct Rollover: A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Retirement Fund to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee. |
SECTION 5 .
Unless the Member elects otherwise, distribution of his Retirement Allowance will begin no later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:
|
(A) |
the Member attains age 65; |
|
|
|
|
(B) |
occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Member commenced participation in the Retirement Fund; or, |
|
|
|
|
(C) |
the Member terminates Service with his Employer. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Member and Spouse to consent to a distribution before the Member attains age 65 shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section 5.
67
ARTICLE VIII RESTORATION OF A RETIREE TO SERVICE
If a Retiree (or a terminated Member who is eligible for early retirement) is restored to Service at the rate of 1,000 or more Hours of Service a year, he shall be re-enrolled as an active Member as of his new employment date. If a Retiree returns to active membership he may, within six months following (i) his date of reemployment, or (ii) if such Retiree is first enrolled as an inactive Member pursuant to Article X, Section 3, his change in status to an active Member, make an irrevocable election to continue to receive the payment of his Retirement Allowance or to suspend the payment of his Retirement Allowance until his subsequent termination of Service or retirement in accordance with Section 2530.203-3 of the DOL Regulations; provided, however, if no such election is made, payment of such Members Retirement Allowance shall continue in the form of payment previously chosen. Upon subsequent retirement, (i) his benefit shall be based on his Benefit Service before and after his previous retirement and his Salary during such service, but shall be reduced by the Equivalent Value of the benefits provided by the Retirement Fund, and (ii) any Retirement Adjustment Payment for which he is then eligible shall be reduced by the amount of any such payment made in respect of his previous retirement.
If a Retiree (or terminated Member who is eligible for early retirement) is restored to Service at the rate of less than 1,000 Hours of Service a year, he shall be re-enrolled as an inactive Member as of his new employment date. If it is determined that a Retiree, who was restored to Service at a rate of less than 1,000 Hours of Service per year, has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service in any 12 consecutive month period, measured from the first day of such restoration to Service and then from each January 1 thereafter, Benefit Service shall be credited retroactively to the beginning of such period.
68
SECTION 1. ENGAGEMENT OF ACTUARY
The Board shall engage an enrolled actuary to (i) recommend the actuarial funding method and the actuarial assumptions, tables, interest rates and other factors to be used in determining the cost of participating in the Retirement Fund, (ii) perform an annual actuarial valuation of the liabilities to determine the minimum contributions required to be made in accordance with such valuation to avoid an accumulated funding deficiency and the maximum contributions permitted to be made without exceeding the full funding limitation under the IRC, and (iii) determine each Employers allocable share of the aggregate annual contribution to the Retirement Fund which is approved by the Board. The Board may adopt and modify from time to time any actuarially sound funding method which conforms with IRC and IRS Regulations as the funding method for the Retirement Fund.
The Retirement Fund is a single plan which provides benefits to Members of all Employers participating in the Retirement Fund and their Beneficiaries. It is intended to satisfy the requirements of IRC Section 413(c) and IRS Regulation Section 1.414(1)-1(b)(1). Accordingly, all Retirement Fund assets are available to pay benefits to all Members of the Retirement Fund and their Beneficiaries.
SECTION 3. CONTRIBUTIONS BY EMPLOYERS
(A) |
Each Employer shall contribute to the Retirement Fund the amount determined in accordance with the annual actuarial valuation of the Retirement Fund for such year, reflecting the benefits provided to its Employees under the Regulations. The contribution so determined may be proportionally increased as directed by the Board so that the total of all contributions remitted during the Plan Year from all participating Employers will not result in a funding deficiency under IRC Section 412. |
|
|
(B) |
In determining each Employers required contribution to the Retirement Fund, the actuary shall take into account each Employers normal cost for the benefits provided to such Employers Members under the Regulations, an annual amortization of any unfunded accrued actuarial liabilities and an annual amortization of actuarial experience gains and losses. In addition, the actuary may take into account such other factors which it deems relevant to determine |
69
|
the cost of an Employers participation in the Retirement Fund and which are otherwise in accordance with IRC Sections 412 and 413(c). |
|
|
(C) |
Effective for Plan Years commencing before July 1, 1989, during any period when the Retirement Fund is in full funding, the Board shall advise each Employer which is precluded from making contributions that would otherwise be required but for full funding, based on the advice of the actuary, of the amount of the contributions which would otherwise have been required. The future contribution requirements of each such Employer shall take into account an amortization of such unpaid contributions over such period of time and at such rate of interest as is determined by the Board. |
|
|
(D) |
Notwithstanding any provision of the Regulations to the contrary, an Employer that is exempt from taxation under the IRC may elect to make contributions to the Retirement Fund in excess of the deduction limits under Section 404 of the IRC. |
SECTION 4. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
Each Employers share of all proper charges and expenses of administering the Regulations, as determined by the Board in accordance with Section 1(I) of Article XIV shall be (i) charged against the assets of the Trust or (ii) remitted to the Retirement Fund based upon a schedule determined by the Board, but not less frequently than annually.
SECTION 5. CONTRIBUTIONS BY MEMBERS
(A) |
No Member shall contribute to the Retirement Fund unless his Employer elects to participate on a contributory basis thereby reducing its contributions under Section 3(A) of this Article IX. Each Member whose Employer does participate on such contributory basis shall contribute a level percentage of his Salary, as determined by the Board. The Board may modify contribution rates after any actuarial valuation, but any increase in contribution rates resulting therefrom shall apply only to Members enrolled subsequent to such increase. |
|
|
(B) |
The Retirement Fund shall certify to the Employer the contribution rate applicable to each of its enrolling Members, and the Employer shall deduct from the Members Salary his contribution based on such rate. All contributions of Members thus deducted shall be transmitted monthly by the Employer to the Retirement Fund and, upon receipt by the Retirement Fund, shall be credited to |
70
|
the individual accounts of the Members. Every Member shall be deemed to agree to the deductions provided for herein. |
|
|
(C) |
A Members Accumulated Contributions shall be fully vested but payable only in the form provided in the Regulations and in accordance with the spousal consent requirements of Article VII, Section 2 and IRC Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 and the IRS Regulations thereunder. For purposes of this provision, Accumulated Contributions as of any date may be commuted to a life annuity commencing on the Members Normal Retirement Date by multiplying such Accumulated Contributions by an appropriate conversion factor as determined by the Retirement Fund in accordance with ERISA and Section 411 (c)(2) of the IRC. |
|
|
(D) |
A person whose membership is terminated for any reason other than by death or disability retirement shall, upon filing with the Retirement Fund the designated form for giving notice thereof, be entitled to a refund of his Accumulated Contributions, if any, provided the spousal consent requirements are met as provided below: |
|
(1) |
In the case of a person whose membership is terminated by a Break in Service (prior to vesting under Article IV), such refund shall be in lieu of all other benefits otherwise payable on his account. If the Members Accumulated Contributions amount to $3,500 or less, such amounts will be paid in a lump sum upon such termination of Service. However, if the Members Accumulated Contributions amount to more than $3,500, then if the Member does not elect to receive a refund of his Accumulated Contributions, such contributions shall be paid upon his attainment of age 65 in a lump sum, provided the Retirement Fund receives the appropriate spousal consent therefor or, otherwise, in the form of a qualified joint and survivor annuity. If such a terminated Member dies before withdrawing his Accumulated Contributions, or receiving the first payment of such annuity, the amount of such Accumulated Contributions shall be paid to his Beneficiary. |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
In the case of a person whose membership is terminated upon early or normal retirement, such refund shall be payable only prior to the commencement of his Retirement Allowance and shall be in lieu of the actuarial equivalent of that portion of his retirement benefit which is attributable to such Accumulated Contributions. The remaining portion |
71
|
|
of such retirement benefit, if any, shall be calculated in accordance with ERISA and paid to him as provided in Article VII. |
SECTION 6. CONTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS FOR BENEFIT IMPROVEMENTS
Notwithstanding anything in the Regulations to the contrary, in the event an Employer elects a benefit improvement under the Regulations for which contributions may not be made by an Employer (subject to Section 404 of the IRC) on a tax-deductible basis, such election shall be effective only to the extent the Retirement Fund determines that such benefit improvement may be adequately funded by such Employer, and to the extent the Retirement Fund actuary determines it necessary (such determination being performed in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner), the Employer satisfies a creditworthiness test (as prescribed by the Retirement Fund) and executes a cash collateral agreement granting the Retirement Fund a security interest in such assets as the Retirement Fund may reasonably require.
SECTION 7. RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS TO EMPLOYER
(A) |
The Retirement Fund is created for the exclusive benefit of Members, their Beneficiaries and Contingent Annuitants. Except as provided in Subsections (B) and (C) of this Section 7, at no time prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Retirement Fund with respect to all Members and Retirees, their Beneficiaries and Contingent Annuitants shall any contributions to the Retirement Fund by an Employer be returned by the Retirement Fund to the Employer, subject to Article XIII(D)(2). |
|
|
(B) |
In the case of a contribution that is made by an Employer by reason of a mistake of fact as determined by the Board, such Employer may request the return to it of such contribution, provided such refund is made within one year after the payment of the contribution. In accordance with applicable law, earnings attributable to such contribution may not be returned to the Employer, but losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount to be returned to the Employer. |
|
|
(C) |
In the case of a contribution made by an Employer (other than an Employer that is exempt from taxation under the IRC), such contribution shall be conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution by the Employer under Section 404 of the IRC. To the extent the deduction for such contribution is disallowed, in accordance with IRS Regulations, the Employer may request the |
72
|
return to it of such contribution, provided such refund is made within one year after the disallowance of the deduction. In accordance with applicable law, earnings attributable to such contribution may not be returned to the Employer, but losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount to be returned to the Employer. |
73
ARTICLE X EFFECTS OF VARIOUS EVENTS ON MEMBERSHIP AND SERVICE
SECTION 1. TERMINATION OF MEMBERSHIP
Membership shall cease upon date of retirement, death, Break in Service, or withdrawal of the Employers participation. For purposes of this Article X, a Break in Service commences when a non-vested Members Service is terminated.
SECTION 2. REINSTATEMENT OF MEMBERSHIP AND SERVICE
If a Member had a vested interest in his Retirement Allowance at the time of his termination, his Vesting Service shall be reinstated upon his reemployment. If a person whose membership is terminated by a Break in Service is again employed by an Employer, he shall be re-enrolled as a Member as of his new employment date, subject to the provisions of this Section 2.
Further, (i) if a non-vested Members Service is terminated and his Break in Service did not exceed 60 consecutive months, then his previous Vesting Service (and pervious Service for determining eligibility to participate) shall be reinstated upon his reemployment, and if such Break in Service did not exceed 12 consecutive months, he shall also be credited with Vesting Service (and pervious Service for determining eligibility to participate) for the period of such break upon his reemployment; (ii) if a non-vested Members Service is terminated and his Break in Service did exceed 60 consecutive months but did not exceed his previous Vesting Service, then his previous Vesting Service (and pervious Service for determining eligibility to participate) shall be reinstated upon his reemployment; and (iii) if a non-vested Members Service is terminated and such Members Break in Service did equal or exceed the greater of (x) 60 consecutive months or (y) his previous Vesting Service, then upon his reemployment he shall be treated as a new Employee for all purposes under the Regulations.
If an Employee receives a distribution or is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to Article VII, Section 3 and the Employee is rehired by an Employer, he shall have the right to reinstate his Benefit Service and restore his retirement benefits (including all optional forms of benefits and subsidies relating to such benefits) to the extent forfeited upon the repayment to the Retirement Fund of the full amount of the distribution plus interest, compounded annually from the date of distribution at the rate determined under Section 411(c)(2)(C) of the IRC. Such repayment must be made before the earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the Member is
74
reemployed by an Employer, or the date the Member incurs a Break in Service of at least 60 consecutive months.
Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service has occurred, an individual who has a maternity or paternity absence, as determined by the Retirement Fund in accordance with the IRC and ERISA, that continues beyond the first anniversary of the first day of absence by reason of a maternity or paternity absence shall incur a Break in Service on the date of the second anniversary of the first day of such maternity or paternity absence; provided, that the individual timely provides the Retirement Fund with such information as it shall require. For purposes of the Regulations, maternity or paternity absence shall mean an absence from work by reason of the individuals pregnancy, the birth of the individuals child or the placement of a child with the individual in connection with adoption of the child by such individual, or for purposes of caring for a child for the period immediately following such birth or placement.
In the event a Member is no longer part of an eligible class of Employees and becomes ineligible to participate but has not incurred a Break in Service, such Employee will participate immediately upon returning to an eligible class of Employees. If such Member incurs a Break in Service, eligibility will be determined under the Break in Service rules of the Regulations.
In the event an Employee who is not part of an eligible class of Employee becomes a part of an eligible class, such Employee will participate immediately if such Employee has satisfied the minimum age and service requirements provided in Section 2.2 and would have otherwise previously become a Member.
In the event a Member terminates employment when his Employer participates under the Retirement Fund with a different basis of participation for employees hired on or after a specified date, such Member, upon reemployment, will participate under the Employers latest adopted basis of participation unless the Members Break in Service did not exceed 12 consecutive months. If the Members Break in Service did not exceed 12 consecutive months, such Member s basis of participation shall be the basis under which he was covered prior to his termination of employment.
SECTION 3. INACTIVE MEMBERSHIP
If an Employer certifies to the Retirement Fund that it expects a Member to complete less than 1,000 Hours of Service in the 12 consecutive month period commencing on
75
his Enrollment Date (or any January 1 thereafter), he shall be deemed an inactive Member. This does not constitute a Break in Service. During a period of inactive membership (a) Vesting Service shall accrue, (b) Benefit Service shall not accrue, and (c) no contributions may be made by such inactive Member. If it is later determined that such Member has completed, or is expected to complete, at least 1,000 Hours of Service in any such period, then his regular membership shall be restored, and his Benefit Service shall be credited retroactively for such period. Inactive membership shall also be deemed to occur whenever a Member (a) is transferred from regular membership to a class of employees for which the Employer has requested, and the Retirement Fund has granted, exclusion pursuant to Article II, or to a non-participating corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations of the Employer (within the meaning of Section 1563(a) of the IRC) or (b) receives no income from an Employer other than commissions and such Employer, which previously included commissions as Salary, elects not to include commissions as Salary under Article I, Section 42 of the Regulations.
No benefit other than the refund of the Members Accumulated Contributions, if any, is payable on account of disability or death incurred during inactive membership, except that if the Member is eligible for early retirement and dies during such period, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to the death benefit which would have been payable under Article IV, Section 3(B) or Article V, Section 4(B), whichever is applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under the Regulations, if a Member becomes an inactive Member, he shall be permitted to elect to commence the payment of his Retirement Allowance at any time after his attainment of age 65 while an inactive Member. If an inactive Member has elected to commence the payment of his Retirement Allowance and, subsequent to the commencement of such allowance, the Member returns to active membership status and thus is no longer an inactive Member, such Member may elect to continue to receive his Retirement Allowance or to suspend the payment of his Retirement Allowance. Any benefits which accrue subsequent to the Members return to active Member status shall be deemed to be provided to the extent of the Equivalent Value of any benefits paid (taking into account only those payments made in accordance with the applicable normal form of Retirement Allowance payable under the Regulations) to the Member; provided, however, in no event shall the Members accrued benefit be reduced below such Members accrued benefit as of the close of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year in which such additional benefits accrue.
76
(A) |
Service crediting and membership shall continue during any approved leave of absence, provided that the Employer notifies the Retirement Fund of its intention to grant to a specific Employee or Member, pursuant to the Employers policy which is uniformly applicable to all its Employees under similar circumstances, one of the leaves of absence described in Subsection (B) of this Section 4, and agrees to notify the Retirement Fund at the conclusion thereof. |
|
|
(B) |
For purposes of the Regulations, the following are the only types of approved leaves of absence: |
|
|
|
TYPE 1 |
|
|
|
Non-military leave granted to a Member for a period not in excess of one year during which contributions continue. Under this leave, Benefit Service continues to accrue and any benefit, except disability retirement, for which the Member is otherwise eligible may become payable during the period of the leave. Further, an Employer may elect that this leave be extended beyond the one-year period to cover a Member who is receiving payments under (i) a disability program of the Employer, or (ii) Title II of the Federal Social Security Act, but not beyond his Normal Retirement Date. |
|
|
|
TYPE 1A |
|
|
|
Special military leave granted to a Member who is required to report for military service pursuant to an involuntary call-up in the reserves. Under this leave, Benefit Service continues to accrue for the period of such military service and any benefit, except disability retirement, for which the Member is otherwise eligible may become payable during the period of the leave. This special military leave shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) the Members reemployment or (ii) 90 days after the Member completes such military service. |
|
|
|
TYPE 2 |
|
|
|
Non-military leave or layoff granted to a Member for a period not in excess of one year during which no contributions are made. Under this leave, Vesting Service continues to accrue, but Benefit Service ceases to accrue. Benefit Service shall recommence upon termination of the leave and resumption of contributions. |
77
|
TYPE 3 |
|
|
|
Military or other governmental service leave granted to a Member from which he returns directly to the Service of an Employer. Under this leave, Vesting Service continues to accrue, but Benefit Service ceases to accrue. Benefit Service shall recommence upon termination of the leave. However, such Benefit Service as did not accrue by reason of the absence may be credited retroactively to the Member at the election of the Employer on a uniform basis or as otherwise required by applicable law. |
|
|
|
No benefit, other than a refund of the Members Accumulated Contributions, if any, is payable on account of disability or death incurred during a Type 2 or Type 3 leave under this Subsection (B), except that if the Member is eligible for early retirement and dies during any leave, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to the death benefit which would have been payable under Article IV, Section 3(B) or Article V, Section 4(B), whichever is applicable. At the termination of any leave, a Break in Service shall occur unless the Member is then vested or hired by an Employer. |
(C) |
Notwithstanding any provision of the Regulations to the contrary, effective December 12, 1994, contributions, benefits and service credits with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414 (u) of the IRC. |
SECTION 5. SERVICE WITH A CONTROLLED CORPORATION
In determining an Employees Service for purposes of eligibility for membership under Article II and for vesting under Article IV, all Service with a corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations of the Employer (within the meaning of Section 1563(a) of the IRC) shall be taken into account.
SECTION 6. UNIFORM APPLICABILITY OF RULES
(D) |
Notwithstanding anything in the Regulations to the contrary, Service credited to each Employee and Member with respect to membership, vesting and benefits shall be determined by the Retirement Fund on a basis uniformly applicable to each Employee or Member similarly situated, in accordance with ERISA. |
78
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
SECTION 1. LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS REQUIRED BY THE IRC
(A) |
In order that the Retirement Fund be maintained as a qualified trust under the IRC, the benefits payable under the Regulations to or in respect of a Member shall be subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 1, notwithstanding any other provision of the Regulations. A Members benefits to which this Section 1 is applicable are those attributable to his Employers contributions (and contributions by Affiliates as defined in Article XI, Section 6(A)), but excluding to the maximum extent permissible under the IRC (i) any allowance payable under Article VI to his Spouse as Contingent Annuitant, and (ii) any benefit which is not directly related to his Retirement Allowance. All defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) of an Employer and its Affiliates (as defined in Article XI, Section 6(A)) are to be treated as one defined benefit plan for purposes of applying the limitations on benefits described in this Section 1. |
|
|
(B) |
The benefits to which this Section 1 is applicable may not for any Limitation Year exceed the actuarial equivalent (calculated as of the date of commencement of the Members Retirement Allowance or his death, if earlier) of an annual single life annuity payable to the Member in an amount equal to the lesser of: |
|
(i) |
$90,000 (the Dollar Limitation), or |
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
100 percent of the Members High-3 Year Average Compensation (the Compensation Limitation), subject, however, to the following provisions of this Article XI. For purposes of this Article XI, High-3 Year Average Compensation means a Members average annual salary for the three consecutive years of Benefit Service during which his salary was highest (or for all the years of Benefit Service if less than 3). For purposes of determining a Members High-3 Year Average Compensation under this Subsection (B), a Members salary shall be his/her 415 Compensation. |
|
|
|
|
|
For all purposes under the Regulations, 415 Compensation shall mean the compensation as required to be reported under Sections 6041, 6051, and 6052 of the IRC (Wages, tips and other compensation as |
79
|
|
reported on Form W-2). Compensation is defined as wages within the meaning of Section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an employee by the employer (in the course of the employers trade or business) for which the employer is required to furnish the employee a written statement under Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2)). Effective January 1, 1998, for purposes of determining 415 Compensation, such compensation shall include any elective deferral (as defined in Section 402(g) (3) of the IRC), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Members Employer at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employees by reason of Sections 125, 457, and effective January 1, 1999, Section 132(f) (4) of the IRC. |
(C) |
The limitations on the maximum amount of benefits contained in Subsection (B) of this Section 1 shall be adjusted as follows: |
||
|
|
||
|
(1) |
The Dollar Limitation shall be adjusted annually, for limitation years beginning after December 31, 1987, for increases in the cost-of-living on or after October 1, 1986 in accordance with the IRS Regulations. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
In the case of a benefit beginning prior to a Members social security retirement age, as defined in Section 415(b)(8) of the IRC, the Dollar Limitation applicable to such benefit shall be reduced in accordance with the IRS Regulations to an amount which is equal to a single life annuity commencing at the same time which is the actuarial Equivalent Value of a straight life annuity equal to the Dollar Limitation commencing at the Members social security retirement age. The adjustment referred to in the preceding sentence shall be determined as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
If the annual benefit commences before the Members social security retirement age, but on or after age 62, and the Members social security retirement age is 65, the dollar limitation for benefits commencing on or after age 62 is determined by reducing |
80
|
|
the defined benefit dollar limitation by 5/9 of one percent for each month by which benefits commence before the month in which the Member attains age 65. |
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
If the annual benefit commences before the Members social security retirement age, but on or after age 62, and the Members social security retirement age is greater than 65, the dollar limitation for benefits commencing on or after age 62 is determined by reducing the defined benefit dollar limitation by 5/9 of one percent for each of the first 36 months and 5/12 of one percent for each of the additional months (up to 24 months) by which benefits commence before the month of the Members social security retirement age. |
|
|
|
|
(iii) |
If the annual benefit of a Member commences prior to age 62, the defined benefit dollar limitation shall be the actuarial equivalent, determined in accordance with IRC Section 415 and IRS Regulations, of an annual benefit beginning at age 62, as determined in (i) or (ii) above, reduced for each month by which benefits commence before the month in which the Member attains age 62. For Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 1995, such benefit may not exceed the lesser of the equivalent amount computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or tabular factor) used in the plan for actuarial equivalence for early retirement benefits, and the amount computed using 5 percent interest and the applicable mortality table (to the extent that the mortality decrement is used prior to age 62), regardless of whether the benefit is or is not subject to Section 417(e)(3) of the IRC. |
|
(3) |
In the case of a benefit beginning after the Members social security retirement age, the Dollar Limitation shall be increased in accordance with the IRS Regulations to an amount which is equal to a single life annuity commencing at the same time which is the Equivalent Value of a single life annuity equal to the Dollar Limitation commencing at the social security retirement age. The maximum dollar limitation on benefits is the lesser of the equivalent amount computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or tabular factor) used in the |
81
|
|
Retirement Fund Regulations for actuarial equivalence for late retirement benefits, and the amount computed using 5 percent interest and the applicable mortality table, regardless of whether the benefit is or is not subject to Section 417(e)(3) of the IRC. |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection (B) and Paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) of this Subsection (C), the benefits payable to a Member from the Retirement Fund shall not be deemed to exceed the limitations of such provisions if (i) the retirement benefits payable with respect to such Member under the Retirement Fund and all other defined benefit plans of his Employer do not exceed $10,000 for the Plan Year, or for any prior Plan Year, and (ii) the Employer has not at any time maintained a defined contribution plan in which the Member participated. If the Member has fewer than 10 years of Service, the $10,000 benefit shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Members years of Service (computed to fractional parts of a year) and the denominator of which is 10. |
|
|
|
|
(5) |
In accordance with the IRC and the Regulations, if the Member has fewer than 10 years of membership in the Retirement Fund, the Dollar Limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of years (computed to fractional parts of a year) of membership in the Retirement Fund, and the denominator of which is 10. In the event a Member terminated employment with an Employer prior to August 3, 1992, the Dollar Limitation applicable to any amendment of the Regulations or election by the Employer under the Regulations, made on or after May 17, 1989 but before August 3, 1992, which improves benefits thereunder shall be subject to a separate 10 years of Retirement Fund membership requirement based only on years of Retirement Fund membership credited on or after the date of such amendment to, or election under, the Regulations; provided, however, an Employer may elect, no later than June 30, 1993, not to have a separate 10 years of Retirement Fund membership requirement apply to such benefit improvement; and provided, further, such election may not apply to any such benefit improvement provided pursuant to an early retirement window benefit under Article V, Section 7 unless (i) the amount of the benefit improvement would be provided under a nonqualified plan providing benefits which otherwise would be payable |
82
|
|
under the Retirement Fund but for certain legal restrictions, (ii) all such Members eligible for an early retirement window benefit under Article V, Section 7 are given notice that the portion of any such benefit which was restricted under the Retirement Fund would be provided through a nonqualified plan, and (iii) the Employer indemnifies the Board, the Retirement Fund, the employees of the Retirement Fund and such other person or persons as may be designated by the Board in such manner as shall be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion. In accordance with the IRC and the IRS Regulations, if the Member has fewer than 10 years of Service, the Compensation Limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Members years of Service (computed to fractional parts of a year) and the denominator of which is 10. |
|
|
|
|
(6) |
In no event shall Paragraph (5) of this Subsection (C) reduce the Dollar Limitation and the Compensation Limitation to an amount less than one-tenth of the applicable limitation (determined without regard to such Paragraph (5)). |
|
|
|
|
(7) |
For Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 1995, the actuarial equivalent straight life annuity for purposes of applying the limitations under Section 415(b) of the IRC to benefits that are not subject to Section 417(e)(3) of the IRC is equal to the greater of the equivalent annual benefit computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or tabular factor) specified in the Retirement Funds Regulations for actuarial equivalence for the particular form of benefit payable, and the equivalent annual benefit computed using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table. For benefits subject to Section 417(e)(3), the equivalent annual straight life annuity is equal to the greater of the equivalent annual benefit computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or tabular factor) specified in the Retirement Funds Regulations for actuarial equivalence for the particular form of benefit payable, or the equivalent annual benefit computed using the applicable interest rate and the applicable mortality table. Such applicable interest rate and the applicable mortality table shall be the interest rate and mortality table specified in Article VII, Section 2(B). |
|
|
|
(D) |
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article XI, if a Member also participates in any defined contribution plan (as defined in Sections 414(i) and |
83
|
and 415(k) of the IRC) maintained by the Employer (or any organization which is required to be aggregated with such Employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the IRC), the sum of the Members Defined Benefit Fraction (as defined in IRC Section 415(e)(2)) and the Members Defined Contribution Fraction (as defined in IRC Section 415(e)(3)) shall not exceed 1.0. If a Member makes contributions to the Retirement Fund, the amount of such contributions shall be treated as an annual addition to a qualified defined contribution plan for purposes of Section 415 of the IRC. |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the above, effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Section 415(e) of the IRC shall not apply. |
|
|
(E) |
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article XI, if the maximum limitation on Retirement Allowances with respect to any individual who was a Member prior to July 1, 1987 and whose Retirement Allowance (determined without regard to any changes in the Regulations after May 5, 1986 and without regard to cost of living adjustments occurring after May 5, 1986) exceeds the limitations set forth in Subsection (B) of this Section 1, then, for purposes of such Subsection (B) and Sections 415(b) and (e) of the IRC, the Dollar Limitation with respect to such Member shall be equal to such Members Retirement Allowance as of June 30, 1987; provided that, such Members Retirement Allowance did not exceed the maximum limitation as in effect for all Plan Years commencing prior to July 1, 1987. |
|
|
(F) |
The Retirement Fund may from time to time adjust or modify the maximum limitations applicable to a Members benefits under this Section 1 as may be required or permitted by the IRC or ERISA prior to the date that payment of any of such benefits commences. |
Following a Retirees termination of employment, the Retirement Fund shall pay a Retiree, who has not begun to receive his Retirement Allowance, a lump sum equal to the Equivalent Value of his regular Retirement Allowance if such lump sum does not exceed $3,500. Such lump sum shall be in lieu of the Retirement Allowance which otherwise would be payable. If the Equivalent Value of a Members vested accrued benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions exceeds (or at the time of any prior distribution exceeded) $3,500, and the accrued benefit is immediately distributable, the Member and the Members Spouse (or where either the Member or the Spouse has died, the survivor) must consent to any distribution of such accrued
84
benefit. The consent of the Member and the Members Spouse shall be obtained in writing within the 90-day period ending on the annuity starting date. The annuity starting date is the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form. The Retirement Fund shall notify the Member and the Members Spouse of the right to defer any distribution until the Members accrued benefit is no longer immediately distributable. Such notification shall include a general description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative values of, the optional forms of benefit available under the Retirement Fund in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of IRC Section 417 (a) (3), and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the annuity starting date. However, distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice described in the preceding sentence is given, provided the distribution is one to which Sections 401 (a) (11) and 417 of the IRC do not apply, the Retirement Fund clearly informs the Member that the Member has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and the Member, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Member need consent to the commencement of a distribution in the form of a qualified joint and survivor annuity while the accrued benefit is immediately distributable. Neither the consent of the Member nor the Members Spouse shall be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Section 401(a)(9) or Section 415 of the IRC.
SECTION 3. AMOUNTS PAYABLE TO INCOMPETENTS, MINORS OR ESTATES
If the Retirement Fund shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Regulations is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due him or his estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may be paid to his Spouse, relative or any other person deemed by the Board to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Retirement Fund therefor.
SECTION 4. NON-ALIENATION OF AMOUNTS PAYABLE
Except insofar as applicable law may otherwise require, or pursuant to the terms of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, no amount payable under the Regulations shall be subject in any manner to alienation by anticipation, sale, transfer, assignment, bankruptcy, pledge, attachment, charge or encumbrance of any kind, and any attempt
85
to so alienate shall be void; nor shall the Retirement Fund in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts or liabilities of any persons entitled to any such amount payable; and further if for any reason any amount payable under the Regulations would not devolve upon such person entitled thereto, then the Board, in its discretion, may terminate his interest and hold or apply such amount for the benefit of such person or his dependents as it may deem proper.
If the Retirement Fund cannot ascertain the whereabouts of any person to whom an amount is payable under the Regulations, and, if after 5 years from the date such payment is due, a notice of such payment is mailed to the address of such person, as last shown on the records of the Retirement Fund, and within 3 months after such mailing such person has not filed with the Retirement Fund written claim therefor, the Board may direct that such payment and all remaining payments and other benefits, if any, otherwise payable on his account be cancelled and, to the extent permitted by ERISA, be applied to reduce contributions. Upon cancellation, the Retirement Fund shall have no further liability therefor, provided that any such amount payable shall be reinstated if such person subsequently makes a valid claim therefor.
SECTION 6. TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS
The provisions of this Section 6 shall apply and supersede all other provisions in the Regulations inconsistent therewith during each Plan Year with respect to which an Employers plan constitutes a top heavy plan for purposes of the IRC.
(A) |
For purposes of this Section 6, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below: |
|
(1) |
Affiliate - Any entity affiliated with any Employer within the meaning of Section 414(b), 414(c) or 414(m) of the IRC, except that for purposes of applying the provisions hereof with respect to the limitation on contributions, Section 415(h) of the IRC shall apply. |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
Aggregation Group - The group composed of each qualified retirement plan of the Employer or an affiliate in which a key employee is a participant and each other qualified retirement plan of the Employer or an affiliate which enables a plan of the Employer or |
86
|
|
an affiliate in which a key employee is a participant to satisfy Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the IRC. In addition, the Board may choose to treat any other qualified retirement plan as a member of the aggregation group if such aggregation group will continue to satisfy Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the IRC with such plan being taken into account. |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
Determination Date - the last day of the preceding Plan Year or, in the case of the first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Key Employee - A key employee as defined in Sections 416(i)(1) and (5) of the IRC and IRS Regulations. For purposes of Section 416 of the IRC and for determining who is a Key Employee, an Employer which is not a corporation shall be deemed to have officers only for Plan Years beginning after June 30, 1985. For purposes of determining who is a key employee, compensation shall mean 415 Compensation (as defined in Section 1(B) of this Article XI). |
|
|
|
|
(5) |
Top Heavy Ratio - is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the present value of accrued benefits of all Key Employees as of the applicable Determination Date (including any part of any accrued benefit distributed in the five year period ending on the Determination Date), and the denominator of which is the sum of the present value of accrued benefits (including any part of any accrued benefits distributed in the five year period ending on the Determination Date). The accrued benefits of a Member who (i) is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in the prior year, or (ii) has not been credited with at least one hour of Service with his Employer at any time during the five year period ending on the determination date will be disregarded. The calculation of the Top Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Section 416 of the IRC and the IRS Regulations. |
(B) |
The Employers plan under the Retirement Fund will be considered a top heavy plan for any Plan Year if the Employers plan is determined to be a top heavy plan as of the last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year. For purposes of determining whether an Employer is maintaining a plan under the Retirement Fund which constitutes a top heavy plan, the present value of a Members Retirement Allowance shall be determined using 8% interest and the 1989 |
87
|
George B. Buck mortality table with a 50%/50% blend of the male and female mortality rates. |
|
|
|
The accrued benefit of a Member other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the IRC. |
|
|
|
For purposes of Subsection (E)(1) of this Section 6, the present value of a Members Retirement Allowance shall be determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year and shall include amounts distributed to or on behalf of the Member within the four immediately preceding Plan Years. |
|
|
(C) |
For any Plan Year that an Employers plan is determined to be a top heavy plan, only the first $200,000 (adjusted annually for years beginning on or after January 1, 1998, in accordance with IRS Regulations) (or, for Plan Years beginning on or after July 1, 1994, $150,000 (as adjusted for cost-of-living and otherwise limited or modified in accordance with Section 401(a)(17) of the IRC and applicable IRS rulings and IRS Regulations)) of compensation (as defined in Section 1.415-2(d) of the IRS Regulations) shall be credited to a Member for purposes of the Regulations. |
|
|
(D) |
If an Employers plan is a top heavy plan with respect to any Plan Year, the nonforfeitable percentage of the Retirement Allowance which is derived from Employer contributions on behalf of each Member who is credited with at least one Hour of Service on or after the date an Employers plan becomes top heavy shall not be less than the amount determined in accordance with Table II set forth in Article IV, Section 2(B)(v). |
(E) |
(1) |
Subject to the provisions of Subsection (F) of this Section 6, if an Employers plan constitutes a top heavy plan, the Retirement Allowance derived from Employer contributions for each Member of the Employer who has completed a year of Membership Service and who is not a Key Employee shall not, at such point, be less than the product of (a) such Members average 415 Compensation (as defined in Section 1(B) of this Article XI), multiplied by the (b) lesser of (i) 2% multiplied by the number of years (computed to fractional parts of a year) of Membership Service with the Employer or (ii) 20%. For purposes of the |
88
|
|
preceding sentence, years of Membership Service shall not include any year of Membership Service credited with respect to Plan Years which began prior to January 1, 1984, or any other year of Membership Service credited with respect to a Plan Year during which the an Employers plan did not constitute a top heavy plan. |
|
(2) |
For purposes of this Subsection (E), average 415 Compensation shall mean the average of a Members 415 Compensation for the period of five consecutive years of Service (or, if the Member does not have five consecutive years of Service, his actual number of consecutive years of Service) during which the Member had the greatest aggregate 415 Compensation. |
(F) |
(1) |
For each Plan Year that an Employers plan is a top heavy plan, 1.0 shall be substituted for 1.25 as the multiplicand of the Dollar Limitation in determining the denominator of the Defined Benefit Fraction and of the Defined Contribution Fraction for purposes of Section 415(e) of the IRC, except that this paragraph shall not apply effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000 due to the repeal of Section 415(e) of the IRC. |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
If, after substituting 90% for 60% wherever the latter appears in Section 416(g) of the IRC, an Employers plan is not determined to be a top heavy plan, the provisions of Paragraph (1) of this Subsection (F) shall not be applicable if the Retirement Allowance for each Member who is not a Key Employee is determined in accordance with Subsection (E)(1) of this Section 6, substituting 3% for 2% and 30% for 20% in this Subsection. |
(G) |
The Board shall, to the maximum extent permitted by the IRC and in accordance with the governmental regulations, apply the provisions of this Section 6 by taking into account the benefits payable and the contributions made under the Financial Institutions Thrift Plan or any other qualified plan maintained by an Employer, to prevent inappropriate omissions or required duplication of minimum contributions. |
89
SECTION 7. TRANSFER OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES FROM PRIOR PLAN
Provided that all benefits (including all optional forms of benefit) are protected in accordance with Section 411(d)(6) of the IRC (or any successor thereto) and the IRS Regulations thereunder, an Employer which adopts the Retirement Fund may, with the approval of the Board and in accordance with such administrative procedures as the Board may adopt, transfer the assets and liabilities under a tax-qualified retirement plan maintained by such Employer (the prior plan) to the Retirement Fund with respect to retirees currently receiving benefits and participants with deferred vested benefits under the prior plan. As a condition to the Retirement Funds acceptance of such assets and liabilities under the prior plan, the Employer shall provide, in a form and manner acceptable to the Board, (i) an indemnification agreement by the Employer providing for the indemnification of the Board, the Retirement Fund, employees of the Retirement Fund and such other person or persons as may be designated by the Board, (ii) a representation by the Employers counsel that, among other things, the prior plan satisfies the requirements for qualification under the IRC, including, but not limited to Section 401(a) thereunder, and (iii) evidence, satisfactory to the Board, that the Employer satisfies the appropriate capital requirements under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 or such other similar statutory or regulatory requirement.
In addition to protecting those prior retirement plan benefits as required in the preceding paragraph, an Employer may preserve any other retirement plan options which are not required to be protected under Section 411(d)(6) of the IRC which the Board, in its discretion, determines to be legal and administratively feasible.
SECTION 8. SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT ALLOWANCE
Each Member may elect to supplement his Retirement Allowance (the Supplemental Retirement Allowance) by electing to transfer assets held on the Members behalf in a defined contribution plan maintained by the Members Employer (or an Individual Retirement Account funded exclusively from a distribution from a qualified plan maintained (or previously maintained) by his Employer) to the Retirement Fund if such election is made within one (1) year of the Members commencement of benefit payments under the Retirement Fund and the Member did not elect to receive any portion of his Retirement Allowance in the form of a lump sum payment.
Upon receipt of the Members asset transfer, the Retirement Fund shall convert the amount transferred to the applicable normal retirement form, subject to the right to elect an optional form of payment with spousal consent, if applicable. The factor used
90
to convert the amount transferred to the applicable annuity payment form shall be determined by (i) the interest factor mandated by the Retirement Protection Act of 1994 which shall be the monthly average 30 Year Treasury rate (or such other analogous rate prescribed by the IRS) with a three month look back from the asset transfer date plus .75%, and (ii) the GAM 83 mortality table (or such other mortality table as required by the IRS).
Should a Member die after transferring assets to the Retirement Fund pursuant to this Section 8 but prior to commencing payment of his Supplemental Retirement Allowance, the death benefit attributable to such transfer amount shall be paid in one lump sum to the Members Spouse as Beneficiary; provided, however, that if such Retiree is not married or the Retirees Spouse had consented in writing to the designation of a different Beneficiary, the transferred benefit will be paid to such designated Beneficiary.
91
ARTICLE XII WITHDRAWAL OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER
(A) |
Any Employer may withdraw from the Retirement Fund by giving the Retirement Fund written notice specifying a withdrawal date which shall not be earlier than the first day of the calendar quarter coincident with or next following 30 days after such notice is received by the Retirement Fund. |
|
|
(B) |
The Retirement Fund may require any Employer to withdraw if the Retirement Fund determines that the Employer has failed to pay its contributions, charges or other assessments made by the Board, or to comply with any other provision of the Regulations or any other applicable provision of the IRC, ERISA, or the rulings and regulations promulgated thereunder. The withdrawal date specified by the Retirement Fund shall not be earlier than the first day of the calendar quarter coincident with or next following 30 days after it has given the Employer written notice. |
|
|
(C) |
Upon any such Employer withdrawal, contributions shall be made to the withdrawal date specified in Subsection (A) or (B) of this Section 1, whichever shall apply. Any unpaid Employer contributions, charges or other assessments and any unliquidated lump sum costs of the Employer referred to in Article IX, Section 3 shall become immediately due and payable. Such unliquidated lump sum costs shall not be subject to any market value adjustment or withdrawal charge specified in Section 2 of this Article XII. All such obligations shall constitute a first lien on the Employers assets and may be recorded by the Retirement Fund in any jurisdiction. |
|
|
(D) |
Upon any such Employer withdrawal, the Retirement Fund shall notify the IRS and any other appropriate governmental authority in such manner as applicable law may require. Subject to any conditions which the IRS or other appropriate governmental authority may impose, disposition shall be made in accordance with this Article XII. |
|
|
(E) |
In the event of an Employer withdrawal, no amount shall become payable by the Retirement Fund on or after such Employers withdrawal date to or in respect of any of its Members (including those on leave of absence and inactive as described in Article X) except as provided in this Article XII, and no amount shall be payable to the Employer. To the maximum extent permitted |
92
|
by ERISA, the rights of all Retirees (including those who become Retirees as of the withdrawal date in accordance with Subsection (G) of this Section 1) from the Service of such Employer on or prior to its withdrawal date, and of Beneficiaries or Contingent Annuitants, who are drawing allowances from the Retirement Fund on account of the death of a former Member or Retiree of such Employer, shall be unaffected by the withdrawal of such Employer. |
(F) |
If a qualified successor plan of the Employer, as defined below, is in effect on the withdrawal date, each Employee who is a Member on such date shall elect by written notice to the Retirement Fund either (i) to become an inactive Member as of that date, in which case his retirement benefit, if any, shall be based on Salary and Benefit Service to such date, or (ii) to be included in the computation of the distributable fund under Section 2 of this Article XII, in which case the amount representing the total present value of the retirement benefits of all such Members shall be transferred to the qualified successor plan pursuant to Section 3 of this Article XII. A Member who is not fully vested in his retirement benefit as of the transfer date and who elects inactive membership pursuant to this Subsection (F) shall continue to accrue Vesting Service for continued employment in accordance with Article X, Section 3. If a Members retirement benefit under the qualified successor plan of the Employer later becomes nonforfeitable by reason of a complete or partial termination, then such inactive Members retirement benefit with the Retirement Fund will also become nonforfeitable. For purposes of determining the vested interest of a Member who elects inactive membership pursuant to this Subsection (F), such Members retirement benefits shall become vested in accordance with the Table set forth under Article IV, Section 2(B)(iii) which had been adopted by his Employer; provided, however, if the Employer withdrew from the Retirement Fund prior to July 1, 1989 with a qualified successor plan and had adopted a vesting schedule which required 10 years of service for 100% vesting, the retirement benefits of a Member who elected inactive membership and was still employed by the Employer as of July 1, 1989 shall become vested in accordance with the schedule set forth in Table I under Article IV, Section 2(B)(iii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer does not certify to the Retirement Fund that the qualified successor plan provides retirement benefits comparable to those of the Retirement Fund as provided by the Employer under the Regulations, then each Members retirement benefit payable under the Retirement Fund shall become nonforfeitable as of the Employers withdrawal date. |
93
|
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1(F) to the contrary, the Retirement Fund shall permit the transfer of Employees accrued benefits under the Retirement Fund to a qualified successor plan without the consent of the Employees with respect to Employers which join the Retirement Fund on or after June 1, 1995 and thereafter withdraw from the Retirement Fund with a qualified successor plan, as defined below. Such Employers may elect at the time of withdrawal to give their Employees the option to keep their benefits with the Retirement Fund or transfer their benefits to the qualified successor plan. |
|
|
(G) |
If no qualified successor plan of the Employer, as defined below, is in effect as of the withdrawal date, (1) the provisions of Sections 2 and 3 of this Article XII (other than Sections 2(A)(1) and 2(B)) shall not apply, and (2) each Employee who is a Member on such date will become a Retiree, and his retirement benefit based upon Salary and Benefit Service to such date shall be nonforfeitable and payable in accordance with Article IV; provided, however, at the Employers irrevocable election, which election must be made by the later of (i) the date of withdrawal or (ii) 90 days following the receipt of IRS approval with respect to such provision, and which election shall be effective only upon receipt of IRS approval, such retirement benefit shall be payable only upon such Employees termination of employment. |
|
|
|
The Retirement Fund shall determine, as of the Employers withdrawal date, the actuarial liability of the Retirement Fund in respect of the Members of the withdrawing Employer. Such actuarial liability shall exclude all Retirees as of the date immediately preceding the withdrawal date and shall be computed in accordance with Sections 2(A)(1) and 2(B) of this Article XII. |
|
|
(H) |
For purposes of this Article XII, a qualified successor plan is a defined benefit pension plan established by the withdrawing Employer which (i) has been determined by the IRS to be a qualified and tax-exempt plan and trust within the meaning of the IRC, (ii) has provided the Retirement Fund with written certification by its appropriate fiduciaries that in the event of a transfer to such successor plan of the distributable fund described in Section 2 of this Article XII, the qualified successor plan shall be fully liable for the payment of the actuarial equivalent of all normal and early retirement benefits of the Members of such Employer (who consent to the transfer), had they elected instead to have become inactive Members as of the withdrawal date, and that the Retirement Fund shall not be liable for the payment of any part of such |
94
|
benefits, (iii) is intended to be maintained indefinitely and which will provide continuing benefit accruals at a rate at least equivalent to any of the benefit formulas available under the Regulations, as certified to the Retirement Fund by the Employer, on behalf of the participants thereunder, and (iv) meets such other requirements of the IRS, other appropriate governmental authority or of the Board which may apply. |
|
|
(I) |
The benefits of all Members who become inactive Members under this Section 1 will be payable upon termination of their Service with the Employer in accordance with Article IV. The benefits of the remaining Members will be included in the computation of the distributable fund under Section 2 of this Article XII. If no such Members remain, no distributable fund shall be determined. |
(A) |
In the event of a transfer to a qualified successor plan referred to in Section 1 of this Article XII, the Retirement Fund shall determine, as of the Employers withdrawal date, the actuarial liability of the Retirement Fund in respect of the Members who had elected such transfer. The computation of such liability shall exclude all Retirees and any Employees who became inactive Members as of the withdrawal date in accordance with Section 1(F) of this Article XII. Such actuarial liability shall be computed as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
with respect to withdrawal dates occurring on or after January 1, 1988, such actuarial liability shall be computed as the sum of the Members accrued actuarial liabilities, with Salary projection, less the present value of any unfunded accrued actuarial liabilities of the withdrawing Employer, plus the present value of any credits due the withdrawing Employer. This computation shall be made as of the withdrawal date based on the annual actuarial valuation of the Retirement Fund which is used to determine the Employer contribution requirements. |
|
|
|
(B) |
The actuarial liability determined under Section (1)(G) or Section (2)(A) of this Article XII shall be reduced as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
In the case of an Employer which commenced participation when the market value of the Retirement Funds assets was equal to or greater than the actuarial value if on the Employers withdrawal date the |
95
|
|
percentage of market to actuarial value is less than 100%, then the reduction shall be the difference between such percentage and 100%. |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
In the case of an Employer which commenced participation when the market value of the Retirement Funds assets was less than the actuarial value if on the Employers withdrawal date the percentage of market to actuarial value is less than such percentage at commencement, then the reduction shall be the relative difference between the percentage at the withdrawal date and the percentage at the Commencement Date. |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
In the case of an Employer which commenced participation when the market value of the Retirement Funds assets was equal to or greater than the actuarial value if on the Employers withdrawal date the ratio of the market value to actuarial value is greater than 100% but less than such ratio as of the Employers Commencement Date, the reduction in the actuarial liability shall be the relative difference between the ratio at the withdrawal date and the ratio at the Commencement Date. |
|
For purposes of this Subsection (B), the market and actuarial values of the Retirement Funds assets as of any date shall exclude the Cash Flow Match Portfolio (a fixed income portion of the Retirement Funds investments which is not affected, for purposes of the annual actuarial valuation, by fluctuations in market value) and shall be those values which have been determined by the Retirement Fund and shown on the Retirement Funds records. The actuarial value of the Retirement Funds assets shall be computed as of the withdrawal date in accordance with the asset valuation method used in the annual actuarial valuation of the Retirement Fund which determined the Employer contribution requirements. |
|
|
|
The withdrawal liability shall be adjusted based on a quarterly actuarial valuation of the Retirement Fund as of the withdrawal date if the ratio of the market value of the Retirement Funds assets to the actuarial value as of the withdrawal date was less than the ratio as of the July 1 immediately preceding the withdrawal date. The computation of the actuarial liability shall continue to be made as of the withdrawal date based on the annual actuarial valuation of the Retirement Fund which determined the Employer contribution for the Plan Year in which the withdrawal is effective if the ratio of the market value of the |
96
|
Retirement Funds assets to the actuarial value as of the withdrawal date is equal to or greater than the ratio as of the July 1 immediately preceding the withdrawal date. |
|
|
(C) |
A withdrawal charge shall thereafter be deducted in an amount equal to the greater of (i) 0.5% of the actuarial liability, or (ii) one years administrative fee for such withdrawing Employer. |
|
|
(D) |
The amount of the actuarial liability remaining after making the above adjustments is the distributable fund which shall be transferred to the successor plan in accordance with Section 3 of this Article XII. In no event will such total transfer be less than the present value of the retirement benefits payable at age 65, based upon Salary and Benefit Service to the withdrawal date, of all Members included in such transfer as a result of their election under Section 1(F) of this Article XII, using for the purpose of this computation the interest rates used by the PBGC to value deferred and immediate retirement benefits for terminating plans as of the withdrawal date. |
SECTION 3. PAYMENT OF DISTRIBUTABLE FUND
(A) |
The portion of the distributable fund representing the present value of each Members retirement benefit, as computed in accordance with the second sentence of Section 2(D) of this Article XII, but not less than 50% of the distributable fund, plus interest determined as described below from the withdrawal date to the date of transfer, shall be transferred in a lump sum to the qualified successor plan as soon as practicable (but no earlier than 30 days) following receipt by the Retirement Fund of (a) each Members written consent to the transfer and his release of all claims against the Retirement Fund arising out of his membership, (b) the qualified successor plans favorable determination letter from the IRS that such plan satisfies the then current qualification and tax-exemption requirements of the IRC or a representation from the Employer maintaining such qualified successor plan to the same effect, and (c) a copy of the Employers submission to the IRS of the successor plans Notice of Transfer (IRS Form 5310A) of the distributable fund. Upon the Retirement Funds receipt of the foregoing, it shall submit to the IRS notice of the Employers withdrawal. The remaining amount of the distributable fund, if any, shall be transferred to the qualified successor plan in approximately equal annual installments over a period of 3 years with the first payment being made on or about the first anniversary of the withdrawal date. Interest on all unpaid amounts will be credited to date of payment, but not less than once a year, |
97
|
based upon the Three Year Treasury Constant Maturity rate in effect on (a) the withdrawal date if the withdrawal date is on or after January 1, 1994 or (b) January 1, 1994 if the withdrawal date is prior to January 1, 1994. The Three Year Constant Maturity Rate in effect on a specific date shall be the rate published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release for the week ending on the Friday coinciding with or immediately preceding the specific date in the preceding sentence. In the absence of the Release, the Retirement Fund may obtain such rate from any other source it deems appropriate. In order that the Retirement Fund be maintained as a qualified trust under the IRC, no amount can be payable on or after the date of termination, within the meaning of the IRC, of the qualified successor plan. |
|
|
(B) |
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon receipt by the Retirement Fund of a request from a federal governmental entity, as statutory receiver for a withdrawn Employer (when such request is made after the initial lump sum transfer of the portion of the distributable fund representing the present value of each affected Members Retirement Allowance as provided for in subsection (A) of this Section 3 and following payment of the first installment), provided the federal governmental entity became statutory receiver for the withdrawn Employer following such Employers withdrawal from the Retirement Fund and establishment of a qualified successor plan, the Retirement Fund may, in its sole discretion and subject to any conditions provided herein or otherwise, accelerate the transfer of the remaining amount of the distributable fund, if any, to the qualified successor plan maintained by the Employer for which such governmental entity acts as receiver. The amount of any such accelerated lump sum payment of the distributable fund shall be adjusted to reflect the payment of such fund in advance of the installment payment dates. Any request by a federal governmental entity, as statutory receiver for a withdrawn Employer, to accelerate the transfer of the remaining amount of the distributable fund shall be accompanied by a certification to the effect that such governmental entity was duly appointed as receiver, citing the statutory authority therefor, and that such appointment continues in effect as of the date of the accelerated payment request. Prior to any such accelerated lump sum payment of the distributable fund, such governmental entity shall indemnify the Retirement Fund, in such form and manner as is acceptable to the Retirement Fund, for the full amount of all reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses (including damages) which arise from any claims made against the Retirement Fund by participants under the qualified successor plan of the Employer in receivership because of the lump sum payment by the Retirement |
98
|
Fund. If no payments have been made, the participating Employer will be deemed to have withdrawn from the Retirement Fund without a qualified successor plan, and all Members will become Retirees of the Retirement Fund. |
SECTION 4. PARTIAL TERMINATION
If a partial termination (within the meaning of the IRC or ERISA) of the Retirement Fund has occurred, then (i) the rights of all its affected Members to their retirement benefits accrued to the partial termination date shall be nonforfeitable, and (ii) the provisions of Article XII, which in the opinion of the Retirement Fund are necessary for the distribution of its assets, shall apply.
SECTION 5. TRANSFER TO QUALIFIED SUCCESSOR PLAN
No transfer of assets and liabilities of the Retirement Fund to a qualified successor plan (whether by merger or consolidation with such qualified successor plan or otherwise) shall be made unless each Member would, if either the Employers or Employers participation in the Retirement Fund or such qualified successor plan then terminated, receive a benefit immediately after such transfer which (after taking account of any distributions or payments to them as part of the same transaction) is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before such transfer if the Employers or Employers participation in the Retirement Fund had then been terminated. The Retirement Fund may also require appropriate indemnification from the Employer or Employers maintaining such qualified successor plan before making such a transfer.
SECTION 6. SPECIAL PROCEDURES UPON CONSERVATORSHIP OR RECEIVERSHIP
(A) |
Notwithstanding anything in the Regulations to the contrary and in accordance with such administrative procedures, requirements and conditions as the Board shall adopt, if an Employer participating in the Retirement Fund is placed into conservatorship or receivership by the Resolution Trust Corporation (RTC) (or such other appropriate governmental authority), the provisions of this Section 6 shall apply. |
(B) |
(i) |
If an Employer is placed into conservatorship by RTC, such Employers participation in the Retirement Fund will continue uninterrupted without any formal action by RTC or the Employer and retirement benefits will continue to accrue for its Members. |
99
|
(ii) |
If the Employer is placed into receivership by RTC, RTC will have sixty (60) days (unless within such 60-day period RTC requests an extension for up to thirty (30) days and the Retirement Fund in its sole discretion approves such request) from the date the Employer was placed into receivership to reaffirm the Employers participation in the Retirement Fund in which event benefits shall continue to accrue from the date the Employer was placed into receivership. Alternatively, RTC may elect to improve benefits as of the date of receivership in such manner as shall be prescribed by the Retirement Fund, provided in such case the Employer has a sufficient accounting credit under the Retirement Fund to offset the cost of such benefit improvements. The credit described in the preceding sentence, which for purposes of this Section 6 shall be referred to as FECO, represents with respect to an Employer an accounting credit entry on the books and records of the Retirement Fund which may be applied solely to offset an Employers contribution obligations to the Retirement Fund. FECO may not be transferred by the Retirement Fund for an Employers general corporate use or otherwise in contravention of applicable law. |
(C) |
If RTC, on behalf of an Employer which is placed in receivership, elects to improve benefits, such Employer will be deemed to have withdrawn from the Retirement Fund (following the election to improve benefits) without a qualified successor plan as of the date the Employer was placed into receivership. Alternatively, if RTC neither reaffirms (within the time prescribed in Subsection (B) of this Section 6) the participation in the Retirement Fund of an Employer which was placed into receivership nor elects to improve benefits, the Employer will be deemed to have withdrawn from the Retirement Fund without a qualified successor plan as of the date the Employer was placed into receivership. |
|
|
(D) |
If an Employer which has a FECO is placed into conservatorship or receivership by RTC and such Employer has not withdrawn (or has not been deemed to withdraw) from the Retirement Fund without a qualified successor plan, RTC |
100
|
may, in accordance with this Subsection (D) and such procedures as may be adopted by the Board, have the FECO made available under the Retirement Fund to another entity (referred to as an Acquirer) if such Acquirer, in accordance with the Regulations, adopts the Retirement Fund. The maximum amount of the FECO which RTC may make available to an Acquirer is a fraction of the available FECO, the numerator of which is the PBGC value of the accrued benefits of the Employees who are transferred to the Acquirer and the denominator of which is the PBGC value of the accrued benefits of all of the Employees of the Employer as of the date of the acquisition of such Employer by such Acquirer, inclusive of those Employees being transferred to the Acquirer. The available FECO is the total FECO attributable to the Employer as of the date of the acquisition, reduced by the amount of any FECO which could have been, but was not, made available to any previous Acquirer. The maximum amount of FECO that may be made available to an Acquirer shall not be reduced as a result of Employees being terminated by RTC on or after the date of conservatorship or receivership. If an Acquirer does not elect to participate in the Retirement Fund, there shall be deemed to occur a withdrawal by the Employer without a qualified successor plan with respect to the Employees who are transferred to the Acquirer and such Employees shall become 100% vested in their accrued benefit regardless of their number of years of Vesting Service. RTC may apply any portion of the FECO remaining after an acquisition to fund the normal cost or to improve benefits with respect to those Employees who have not been transferred to the Acquirer and who continue to be employed by the Employer. The amount of any FECO which could have been, but was not, transferred to any previous Acquirer will be the first amount to be applied to fund the normal cost or to improve benefits with respect to those Employees who continue to be employed by the Employer. Any FECO remaining after the FECO attributable to an Employers participation in the Retirement Fund is applied, as provided in this Subsection (D), shall remain in the Retirement Fund. |
101
ARTICLE XIII TERMINATION OF THE TRUST
(A) |
The Trust is the sole source of all benefits under the Regulations and shall continue, unless terminated as herein provided, until all assets of the Trust are distributed in accordance with the Regulations. The Trust and the benefit programs embodied in the Regulations may be terminated only upon a two-thirds vote of the Board and of the then participating Employers, in which event termination shall be effective on a date specified after at least 6 months notice to the Trustee and all members of the Board and Employers. In the event of such termination, (i) the rights of all Members to their Retirement Allowances accrued to the date of termination shall thereupon be nonforfeitable to the extent that such allowances have then been funded by such amount of assets determined by the Retirement Fund to be properly allocable to such Members allowances, and (ii) the Board shall direct the Trustee to liquidate the assets of the Trust as promptly as it deems prudent. The Board shall notify the IRS, the PBGC and any other appropriate governmental authority of such termination at least 30 days prior to the termination date or at such other date as applicable law may require, and no distribution of the Trusts assets shall be made until all applicable governmental approvals have been obtained by the Retirement Fund. |
|
|
(B) |
The Board shall determine the Trusts net funds remaining after providing for necessary expenses and shall then allocate such funds to the extent necessary and sufficient in the following order of priority: |
|
(1) |
Each Member, former Member, Retiree, and Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant shall be entitled to a share equal to his Accumulated Contributions (or the Accumulated Contributions of the Member on whose behalf the individual is entitled to benefits), if any, less the sum of any allowances received. |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
Next, each Retiree, Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant entitled to an immediate or deferred benefit on the termination date shall be entitled to a share equal to the actuarial liability attributable to his benefits reduced by his share under Paragraph (1) of this Subsection (B). |
(C) |
The Board shall then: |
102
|
(1) |
Determine as of the termination date, in the same manner as described in Article XII, Section 2, Subsection (A), the actuarial liability established by the Retirement Fund for each Employer group of Members as described in Article XII reduced by the amount of any allocations to such Members pursuant to Paragraph (1) of Subsection (B); |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
Determine the net funds remaining after providing for all allocations under Subsection (B) of this Article XIII; |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
Allocate such funds to all such groups of Members as of the termination date on the basis of the ratio of the actuarial liability computed for each group of Members to the total liability for such groups; and |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Allocate such amounts to the individual Members in each group in accordance with the procedure set forth in Article XII, Section 3. |
(D) |
(1) |
The amounts determined in accordance with Subsections (B) and (C) of this Article XIII shall, subject to the approval of the IRS, the PBGC and any other appropriate governmental authority, be distributed to the individuals described in such Subsections. Any surplus remaining in the Trust after such distribution shall then be distributed to the Employers in such manner as the Board shall deem equitable and appropriate. |
|
(2) |
Notwithstanding anything in the Retirement Fund Regulations to the contrary, before any distribution to Employers, if any surplus remains in the Trust after satisfaction of all liabilities, such remaining assets shall be equitably distributed to Members (or Beneficiaries) who made contributions to the Retirement Fund under Article IX, Section (5) in accordance with the following formula: |
|
The portion of the remaining assets which are attributable to Member contributions shall be equal to the product derived by multiplying (i) the market value of the total remaining assets, by (ii) a fraction where the numerator is the present value of all portions of the accrued benefits with respect to Members that are derived from Member contributions and the denominator is the present value of all benefits under the Retirement Fund. |
103
|
|
Each person who is, as of the termination date, a Member under the Retirement Fund, or an individual who has received, during the 3-year period ending with the termination date, a distribution from the Retirement Fund of such individuals entire nonforfeitable benefit in the form of a single sum distribution or in the form of irrevocable commitments purchased by the Retirement Fund from an insurer, shall be treated as a Member with respect to the termination, if all or part of the nonforfeitable benefit with respect to such person is or was attributable to Member mandatory contributions. |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
Upon completion of the foregoing distributions, the Trustee shall be relieved of all further obligations under the Trust, but its powers shall continue so long as any assets remain in the Trust. |
(E) |
No asset or liability of the Trust shall in any event be merged, consolidated with or transferred by the Trust to any other plan unless such person affected thereby would, if such plan then terminated immediately after such event, receive thereunder a benefit which is equal to or greater than the benefit to which he would have been entitled if the Retirement Fund had terminated immediately before such event. |
|
|
(F) |
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XIII, all allocations and distributions made pursuant to this Article XIII shall be made in accordance with Title IV of ERISA. |
|
|
(G) |
In the event of the termination of the Retirement Fund, the benefits of any Highly Compensated Employee (and any highly compensated former employee, as defined in Section 414(q) of the IRC and IRS Regulations thereunder), shall be limited to a benefit that is nondiscriminatory under Section 401(a)(4) of the IRC. |
|
|
|
The annual payments to a Restricted Employee (as defined below) may not exceed an amount equal to the payments that would be made on behalf of such Restricted Employee under a single life annuity that is the actuarial equivalent of the sum of the Restricted Employees accrued benefit and his other benefits under the Retirement Fund. However, the restriction described in the foregoing sentence shall not apply if: |
104
|
(a) |
after payment to a Restricted Employee of all Benefits (as defined below), the value of the assets of the Retirement Fund equals or exceed 110% of the value of current liabilities (as defined in Section 412(1)(7) of the IRC) under the Retirement Fund; or |
|
|
|
|
(b) |
the value of the Benefits for a Restricted Employee is less that 1% of the value of current liabilities (as defined in Section 412(1)(7) of the IRC) under the Retirement Fund; or |
|
|
|
|
(c) |
the value of the Benefits for a Restricted Employee does not exceed $3,500. |
|
For purposes of this Subsection (G), a Restricted Employee means a Member who is a Highly Compensated Employee (or highly compensated former employee of the Employer as defined in Section 414(q) of the IRC and the IRS Regulations thereunder). In any year, the total number of individuals who are subject to the restrictions described in Subsection (G) shall be limited to a group of not less than 25 Highly Compensated Employees and highly compensated former employees and the Employees included in the group shall be determined on the basis of such Employees with the greatest compensation. |
|
|
|
For purposes of this Subsection (G), the term Benefits includes loans in excess of amounts set forth in Section 72(p)(2)(A) of the IRC, any periodic income, any withdrawal values payable to a living Employee, and any death benefits not provided for by insurance on the Restricted Employees life. |
105
ARTICLE XIV ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT OF FUND
(A) |
The general administration of the Retirement Fund and the general responsibility for carrying out the provisions of the Regulations shall be placed in a Board of Directors who must be Members of the Retirement Fund. The President of the Retirement Fund shall be the chief administrative officer of the Retirement Fund, a member ex officio of the Board and, for purposes of ERISA, the plan administrator. The Board shall constitute the named fiduciary for purposes of ERISA. |
|
|
(B) |
The Board may adopt, and amend from time to time, by-laws not inconsistent with the Trust and the Regulations and shall have such duties and exercise such powers as are provided in the Regulations, Trust and by-laws. The number of Directors, their method of election and their terms of office shall be governed by such by-laws. The Board shall hold an annual meeting each year and may hold additional meetings from time to time. |
|
|
(C) |
The Board shall select the Trustee of the assets of the Retirement Fund and shall define the investment and other powers and duties of the Trustee and determine the terms and provisions of the Trust, and may, subject to the provisions of the Trust, appoint from time to time a successor trustee or trustees as the Board in its discretion shall determine. The Trust shall constitute a trust fund for the payment of benefits and expenses of the Retirement Fund. All contributions, other income and property received by the Trust shall be held by the Trustee and invested, reinvested and disbursed in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Trust and the Regulations. All benefits payable under the Regulations shall be payable from the Trust and from no other source. No person shall have interest in, or right to, any part of the corpus or income thereof, except to the extent expressly provided in the Regulations or the Trust. |
|
|
(D) |
The Board shall elect a chairman and a vice-chairman of the Board and such officers of the Retirement Fund as the Board deems desirable and shall define their duties. The Board shall elect annually from its membership an Executive Committee, a Retirement Committee, an Investment Committee, an Audit Committee, a Personnel Committee and a Nominating Committee and shall define their duties. It may appoint such other committees and arrange for and |
106
|
hire such actuarial, legal, accounting, auditing, investment manager or advisory, administrative, medical and other services as it deems appropriate to carry out the Regulations and may act in reliance upon the advice and actions of the persons or firms providing such services. The Board may establish, staff, equip and maintain a Retirement Fund Office to assist it in the administration of the Regulations. The Board may authorize the Trustee or any committee, officer, employee or agent of the Retirement Fund to perform any act pertaining to the Retirement Fund or the administration thereof. The Board shall cause to be maintained proper accounts and accounting procedures, and shall submit an Annual Report on the operations of the Retirement Fund to each Employer for the information of its Members. |
|
|
(E) |
The members of the Board shall use ordinary care and reasonable diligence in the performance of their duties and shall serve without compensation, but shall be reimbursed for any reasonable expenses incurred in their capacities as Board members. No bond or other security need be required of the Trustee or any Board member in any jurisdiction. |
|
|
(F) |
Each Employer, other than the Retirement Fund Office, by its participation in the Comprehensive Retirement Program, agrees that each Board member, officer and employee of the Retirement Fund shall be indemnified by the Employer for any liability, in excess of that which is covered by insurance, arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Regulations or the Trust except for fraud or willful misconduct. The obligation to pay any such expense shall be deemed an administrative expense of the Regulations and shall be allocated among the Employers, other than the Retirement Fund Office, by the Board as nearly as practicable in the same proportions as the then current administrative expenses of the Retirement Fund are borne by the Employers. No Board member or officer of the Retirement Fund shall be personally liable by virtue of any contract or other instrument executed by him or on his behalf in such capacity nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith. |
|
|
(G) |
No Employer shall under any circumstances or for any purpose be deemed an agent of the Board, the Trustee or the Retirement Fund. Neither the Board nor the Trustee shall be required to enforce payment of any contributions payable under the Regulations. |
107
(H) |
The Board shall adopt, and may change from time to time, actuarial or other tables and the interest rate or rates which shall be used in calculations under the Regulations, and shall establish the contribution rates as provided in Article IX. The actuary designated by the Board shall make an annual actuarial valuation of the Retirement Funds benefit programs, and on the basis thereof shall recommend to the Board such tables and interest and contribution rates for its adoption. |
|
|
(I) |
The expenses of administering the Regulations including (i) the fees and expenses of the Trustee for performance of its duties under the Trust, (ii) the expenses incurred by the Board and the Retirement Fund Office in the performance of their duties under the Regulations and the Trust, and (iii) all other proper charges and disbursements of the Trustee and the Retirement Fund Office, shall be borne by the Employers in such proportions as shall be determined by the Board, but until paid by the Employers, all of such expenses shall be a charge against the assets of the Trust. |
(A) |
The Board shall have the exclusive right and full discretionary authority to interpret the Regulations and any questions arising under or in connection with the administration of the Retirement Fund, including without limitation, the authority to determine eligibility for employer participation, eligibility for membership and benefits, and the amount and mode of all contributions, benefits and other payments under the Regulations. The decisions or actions of the Board in respect thereof shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Trust or under the Regulations or under any agreement with an insurance company or a financial institution constituting a part of the Regulations and the Trust. |
|
|
(B) |
The Board shall have full discretionary authority to delegate to the Retirement Committee, or any other committee of the Board or to the President, all or any part of the interpretative and decisional authority of the Board, described in Subsection (A) of this Section 2, with respect to the Regulations or the administration of the Retirement Fund. |
|
|
(C) |
All disputed claims with respect to contributions, benefit eligibility and payments arising under the Regulations shall be submitted in writing to the |
108
|
President of the Retirement Fund at the office of the Retirement Fund. Within 90 days after receipt of such claim, the decision of the President with respect thereto shall be mailed to the claimant and shall be final, binding and conclusive; provided, however, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, an additional 90 days from the end of the initial period shall be allowed for processing the claim, in which event the claimant shall be furnished with a written notice of the extension prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension. The claimant may appeal such decision in writing to the Retirement Committee of the Board, at the office of the Retirement Fund, within 60 days after the mailing to the claimant of such written decision of the President. Such written appeal shall contain all information which the claimant desires the Retirement Committee to consider and the Committees decision with respect thereto shall be mailed to the claimant within 60 days after its receipt of such appeal unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which event an additional 60 days shall be allowed for review and claimant shall be so notified in writing. The decision of the President, or in the case of an appeal, the decision of the Retirement Committee, in respect of such claim shall be final, binding and conclusive. |
(A) |
The Board shall also have the power, acting directly or through the Trustee: |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
To purchase, lease for any term, invest or otherwise acquire an interest in any property, real, personal or mixed, and wherever situated, including, but not by way of limitation, real property, whether improved or unimproved, common and preferred stocks, bonds, notes, debentures, mortgages, mutual fund shares, financial futures and options contracts, and certificates of deposit issued by any financial institution including an Employer, without being limited to the class of securities in which trustees are authorized by law or any rules of court to invest trust funds and without regard to the proportion any such property may bear to the entire amount of the Trust Retirement Fund; |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
To sell, exchange, manage, lend, lease for any term, improve, or otherwise dispose of, and grant options and security interests with respect to any such property of the Retirement Fund, and any sale or |
109
|
|
other disposition may be public or private and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may deem best; |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
To participate in any plan of reorganization, consolidation, merger, combination or other similar plan relating to such property, and to consent to or oppose any such plan and any action thereunder, or any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase, sale or other action by any legal entity; |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
To deposit any such property with any protective, reorganization or similar committee, to delegate discretionary power thereto and to pay part of its expenses and compensation and any assessments levied with respect to any such property so deposited; |
|
|
|
|
(5) |
To engage suitable employees, agents and professional consultants, and to pay their reasonable compensation and expenses; |
|
|
|
|
(6) |
To extend the time of payment of any obligations; |
|
|
|
|
(7) |
To enter into stand-by agreements for future investment of the Trust Fund, either with or without a stand-by fee; |
|
|
|
|
(8) |
To exercise all conversion and subscription rights and all voting rights with respect to such property and to grant proxies, discretionary or otherwise; |
|
|
|
|
(9) |
To cause any investments to be registered and held in the name of one or more nominees of the Board or any custodian of such property, with or without the addition of words indicating that such investments are held in a fiduciary capacity, and to cause any such investments to be held in bearer form; |
|
|
|
|
(10) |
To collect and receive any and all money and other property due to the Retirement Fund and to give full discharge and acquittance therefor; |
|
|
|
|
(11) |
To settle, compromise or submit to arbitration any claims, debts or damages due or owing to or from the Retirement Fund; to commence or defend suits or legal proceedings whenever, in its judgment, any interest of the Retirement Fund requires it; to represent the Retirement |
110
|
|
Fund in all suits or legal proceedings in any court of law or equity or before any other body or tribunal; to abstain from the enforcement of any right or claim in its absolute discretion and to abandon, if it shall deem it advisable, any property held by the Retirement Fund; |
|
|
|
|
(12) |
To hold uninvested, without liability for interest thereon, any money received by the Retirement Fund until the same shall be invested or disbursed; |
|
|
|
|
(13) |
For purposes of the Retirement Fund, to borrow money from others, to issue promissory notes of the Retirement Fund for the same and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging any property of the Retirement Fund and to enter into cash collateral agreements referred to in Article IX, Section 6; |
|
|
|
|
(14) |
To make any agency, trust, custodial, advisory, depository, management, administrative or other arrangement (i) with any bank or other financial institution for the deposit and safekeeping of the assets of the Retirement Fund, and (ii) with any investment advisor or manager for the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Retirement Fund; |
|
|
|
|
(15) |
To transfer for investment purposes any part of the assets of the Retirement Fund (i) to any group trust which meets the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the IRC, with the equitable share of the Retirement Fund in the commingled assets of such trust being part of the Retirement Fund under the Regulations, and (ii) to any group deposit administration annuity contract or other type of contract issued to the Retirement Fund by one or more insurance companies, utilizing under any such contract, general, commingled, or separate investment accounts as the Investment Committee in its discretion shall determine, all such contracts being part of the Retirement Fund under the Regulations; |
|
|
|
|
(16) |
To charge against and pay out of the Retirement Fund (in accordance with ERISA and the IRC) (i) taxes of any and all kinds whatsoever which are levied or assessed upon or become payable in respect of the Retirement Fund, the income from any property forming a part thereof, |
111
|
|
or any security transaction pertaining thereto, and (ii) the expenses incurred by the Board in the performance of its duties in respect of the Retirement Fund and all other proper charges and disbursements of the Retirement Fund; |
|
|
|
|
(17) |
To delegate powers, including, without limitation, discretionary powers with respect to any of the foregoing to any Committee of the Board or any officer or employee of the Retirement Fund or investment advisor or manager, custodian or other agent; |
|
|
|
|
(18) |
To appoint any bank or trust company, wherever domiciled, as successor trustee under the Declaration of Trust, upon such terms and conditions as the Board deems advisable; and |
|
|
|
|
(19) |
Generally to do all acts, whether or not expressly authorized, which the Board may deem necessary or desirable for the administration, management and protection of the Retirement Fund. |
(B) |
Persons dealing with the Board or the Trustee shall be under no obligation to see to the proper application of any money paid or property delivered to the Retirement Fund. |
SECTION 4. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS
(A) |
Each Employer, Member, Retirement and Beneficiary shall file with the Retirement Fund such pertinent information as the Retirement Fund may require, and no Employer, Member, Retiree, Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant shall have any rights or be entitled to any benefits from the Retirement Fund unless such information is filed in the manner and form specified by the Retirement Fund. The Retirement Fund shall be fully protected in acting upon any such information and shall be under no duty to inquire into the accuracy or truth thereof, and the payment of any amount by the Retirement Fund pursuant to such information shall constitute a complete discharge of the liability therefor. All notices, instructions and other communications shall be in writing and in such form as is prescribed from time to time by the Retirement Fund, shall be mailed by first class mail or delivered personally, and shall be deemed to have been duly given and delivered only upon actual receipt thereof by the Retirement Fund. |
112
(B) |
(1) |
In the case of a qualified joint and survivor annuity as described in Article VII, Section 1, the Retirement Fund shall provide each Member no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the annuity starting date a written explanation of: (i) the terms and conditions of a qualified joint and survivor annuity; (ii) the Members right to make and the effect of an election to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity form of benefit; (iii) the rights of a Members Spouse; (iv) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity; and (v) the relative values of the various optional forms of benefit under the Retirement Fund. |
|
|
|
|
(2) |
In the case of a preretirement survivor annuity as described in Article IV, Section 3(B), the Retirement Fund shall provide each Member within the applicable period for such Member, a written explanation of the preretirement survivor annuity in such terms and in such a manner as would be comparable to the explanation provided for meeting the requirements of Paragraph (1) of this Subsection (B) applicable to a qualified joint and survivor annuity. |
|
|
|
|
(3) |
The applicable period for a Member is whichever of the following periods ends last: (i) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Member attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Member attains age 35; (ii) a reasonable period ending after the individual becomes a Member; or (iii) a reasonable period ending after the preretirement survivor annuity first applies to the Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be provided within a reasonable period ending after separation of service in the case of a Member who separates from service before attaining age 35. |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
For purposes of the preceding paragraph, a reasonable period ending after the enumerated events described in (ii), (iii) and (iv) is the end of the two year period beginning one year prior to the date the applicable event occurs and ending one year after that date. In the case of a Member who separates from service before the plan year in which age 35 is attained, notice shall be provided within the two year period beginning one year prior to |
113
|
|
separation and ending one year after separation. If such a Member thereafter returns to employment with the employer, the applicable period for such Member shall be redetermined. |
(C) |
A Member may, in accordance with this Subsection (C) elect to receive his Retirement Allowance in one of the optional forms described in Article VI. Any waiver of a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a preretirement survivor annuity shall not be effective unless: (a) the Members Spouse consents in writing to the election; (b) the election designates a specific alternate Beneficiary, including any class of beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries. which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Member without any further spousal consent); (c) the Members Spouses consent acknowledges the effect of the election; and (d) the Spouses consent is witnessed by a notary public. Additionally, a Members waiver of the qualified joint and survivor annuity will not be effective unless the election designates a form of benefit payment which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Member without any further spousal consent.) If it is established to the satisfaction of the Retirement Fund that such written consent may not be obtained because there is no Spouse or the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a qualified election. |
|
Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment that the consent of a Spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such Spouse. A consent that permits designations by the Member without any requirement of further consent by such Spouse must acknowledge that the Spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Member without the consent of the Spouse at any time prior to the commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited. No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the Member has received notice as provided in Subsection (B) of this Article XIV, Section 4. |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding anything in the Regulations to the contrary, effective for distributions made on or after December 31, 1996, the 90-day period in which a Member may, with the written consent of his Spouse, elect in writing to |
114
|
receive his benefit in a single lump sum shall not end before the 30 th day after the date on which explanations of the qualified joint and survivor annuity and preretirement survivor annuity are provided. A Member may elect (with any applicable spousal consent) to waive any requirement that the written explanation be provided at least 30 days before the annuity starting date (or to waive the 30-day requirement under the preceding sentence) if the distribution commences more than seven days after such explanation is provided. |
115
The Board reserves and shall have the right to amend the Regulations or the Trust at any time in whole or in part, for any reason, and without the consent of any Employer, or any Member or other person having an interest in the Trust, or under the Regulations, and each Employer by its adoption of the Regulations shall be deemed to have delegated this authority to the Board; but no amendment shall be adopted which would:
(i) |
Raise the contribution rate of any Member since last becoming a Member unless he shall consent thereto; or |
|
|
(ii) |
Reduce the then accrued benefits of Members or Retirees, except to the extent necessary to maintain the Trust as a trust qualified under Section 401(a) of the IRC; or |
|
|
(iii) |
Permit any of the assets of the Trust (other than that required to pay taxes, if any, and the expenses described in Article XIV, Section 1(I) to the extent, if any, not paid by the Employers) to be used for or diverted to any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of Members, Retirees, and their Beneficiaries and Contingent Annuitants under the Regulations, prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect thereto. |
116
The Regulations shall be construed in accordance with ERISA and the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the principles of the conflicts of laws thereof).
117
|
Pentegra |
|
108 Corporate Park Drive |
|
White Plains, NY 10603-3805 |
|
Tel: 800-872-3473 |
|
Fax: 914-694-9384 |
118
Exhibit 10.6
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL GROUP
PROTOTYPE
FOR
SAVINGS PLANS
THIS IS A 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN.
|
|
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
NONSTANDARD
IRS SERIAL NO. K305394b
ADOPTION AGREEMENT PLAN NO. 001
TO BE USED WITH BASIC PLAN NO. 02
APPROVED: JULY 22, 2003
103
|
Principal Life |
|
Insurance Company |
|
Des Moines, Iowa 50392-0001 |
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20224
Plan Description: Prototype Non-standardized Profit Sharing Plan with CODA
FFN: 50307440002-001 Case: 200302005 EIN: 42-0127290
Letter Serial No: K305394b
|
Contact Person: Ms. Arrington 50-00197 |
PRINCIPAL LIFE INSURANCE CO |
Telephone Number: (202) 283-8811 |
710 9TH STREET |
In Reference to: T:EP:RA:T2 |
DES MOINES, IA 50309 |
Date: 07/22/2003 |
Dear Applicant:
In our opinion, the amendment to the form of the plan identified above does not in and of itself adversely affect the plans acceptability under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. This opinion relates only to the amendment to the form of the plan. It is not an opinion as to the acceptability of any other amendment or of the form of the plan as a whole, or as to the effect of other Federal or local statutes.
You must furnish a copy of this letter to each employer who adopts this plan. You are also required to send a copy of the approved form of the plan, any approved amendments and related documents to Employee Plans Determinations in Cincinnati at the address specified in section 9.11 of Rev. Proc. 2000-20, 2000-6 I.R.B. 553.
This letter considers the changes in qualifications requirements made by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (GATT), Pub. L. 103-465, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104-188, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, Pub. L. 103-353, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105-34, the Job Creation and Workers Assistance Act of 2002, Pub. L. 105-206 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, Pub. L. 106-554. These laws are referred to collectively as GUST.
Our opinion on the acceptability of the form of the plan is not a ruling or determination as to whether an employers plan qualifies under Code section 401(a). However, an employer that adopts this plan may rely on this letter with respect to the qualification of its plan under Code section 401(a), as provided for in Announcement 2001-77, 2001-30 I.R.B. and outlined below. The terms of the plan must be followed in operation.
Except as provided below, our opinion does not apply with respect to the requirements of: (a) Code sections 401(a)(4), 401(a)(26), (401(l), 410(b) and 414(s). Our opinion does not apply for purposes of Code section 401(a)(10)(B) and section 401 (a)(1 6) if an employer ever maintained another qualified plan for one or more employees who are covered by this plan. For this purpose, the employer will not be considered to have maintained another plan merely because the employer has maintained another defined contribution plan(s), provided such other plan(s) has been terminated prior to the effective date of this plan and no annual additions have been credited to the account of any participant under such other plan(s) as of any date within the limitation year of this plan. Likewise, if this plan is first effective on or after the effective date of the repeal of Code section 415(e), the employer will not be considered to have maintained another plan merely because the employer has maintained a defined benefit plan(s), provided the defined benefit plan(s) has been terminated prior to the effective date of this plan. Our opinion also does not apply for purposes of Code section 401 (a)(1 6) if, after December 31, 1985, the employer maintains a welfare benefit fund defined in Code section 419(e), which provides postretirement medical benefits allocated to separate accounts for key employees as defined in Code section 419 A(d)(3).
PRINCIPAL LIFE INSURANCE CO
FFN: 50307440002-001
Page 2
Our opinion applies with respect to the requirements of Code section 410(b) if 100 percent of all nonexcludable employees benefit under the plan. Employers that elect a safe harbor allocation formula and a safe harbor compensation definition can also rely on an opinion letter with respect to the nondiscriminatory amounts requirement under section 401(a)(4) and the requirements of sections 401(k) and 401(m) (except where the plan is a safe harbor plan under section 401(k)(12) that provides for the safe harbor contribution to be made under another plan).
An employer that elects to continue to apply the pre-GUST family aggregation rules in years beginning after December 31, 1996, or the combined plan limit of section 415(e) in years beginning after December 31, 1999, will not be able to rely on the opinion letter without a determination letter. The employer may request a determination letter by filing an application with Employee Plans Determinations on Form 5307, Application for Determination for Adopters of Master or Prototype of Volume Submitter Plans.
This letter with respect to the amendment to the form of the plan does not affect the applicability to the plan of the remedial amendment extension period of section 19 of Rev. Proc. 2000-20, 2000-6 I.R.B. 553. The applicability of such provisions may be determined by reference to the initial opinion letter issued with respect to the plan.
If you, the master or prototype sponsor, have any questions concerning the IRS processing of this case, please call the above telephone number. This number is only for use of the sponsor. Individual participants and/or adopting employers with questions concerning the plan should contact the master or prototype sponsor. The plans adoption agreement must include the sponsors address and telephone number for inquiries by adopting employers.
If you write to the IRS regarding this plan, please provide your telephone number and the most convenient time for us to call in case we need more information. Whether you call or write, please refer to the Letter Serial Number and File Folder Number shown in the heading of this letter.
You should keep this letter as a permanent record. Please notify us if you modify or discontinue sponsorship of this plan.
|
Sincerely yours, |
|
|
|
Paul T. Shultz |
|
|
|
Director |
|
Employee Plans Rulings & Agreements |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A. |
1 |
|
B. |
1 |
|
C. |
1 |
|
|
|
|
D. |
1 |
|
E. |
2 |
|
F. |
2 |
|
|
|
|
G. |
2 |
|
H. |
2 |
|
I. |
3 |
|
|
|
|
J. |
4 |
|
K. |
6 |
|
L. |
7 |
|
|
|
|
M. |
9 |
|
N. |
10 |
|
O. |
12 |
|
|
|
|
P. |
17 |
|
Q. |
19 |
|
R. |
26 |
|
|
|
|
S. |
27 |
|
T. |
29 |
|
U. |
30 |
|
|
|
|
V. |
33 |
|
W. |
35 |
|
X. |
36 |
|
|
|
|
Y. |
37 |
|
Z. |
38 |
|
AA. |
41 |
|
|
|
|
AB. |
42 |
i
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL GROUP PROTOTYPE
FOR SAVINGS PLANS
ADOPTION AGREEMENT - NONSTANDARDIZED FORM
(Use black ink to complete the Adoption Agreement.)
This ADOPTION AGREEMENT together with the PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL GROUP PROTOTYPE BASIC SAVINGS PLAN constitutes (Select (1), (2), or (3).) |
||
|
|
|
|
1) |
o a new plan. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
o a restatement of an existing plan (and trust). Such existing plan was qualifiable under 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The provisions of this restatement are effective on_______________________________________________. This is the RESTATEMENT DATE. (Select if not currently on this Plan No. 001, Basic Plan No. 02 with the approval date shown on the cover page.) |
|
|
|
|
3) |
x Amendment No. 1 to the Plan. It replaces all prior amendments to the Plan and the first Adoption Agreement. The provisions of this amendment are effective on February 20, 2007. (Select if currently on this Plan No. 001, Basic Plan No. 02 with the approval date shown on the cover page.) |
|
|
|
The terms we, us, and our, as they are used in this Plan, refer to the EMPLOYER. We, |
||
|
|
|
|
First Savings Bank of Renton |
|
|
|
|
|
____________________________________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
|
|
____________________________________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
|
|
are the Employer. (Fill in exact legal name.) |
|
|
|
|
The PLAN NAME is |
||
|
|
|
|
First Savings Bank of Renton Savings Plan |
|
|
____________________________________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
|
|
____________________________________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
|
|
____________________________________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
(For example: ABC, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan.) |
|
|
|
|
The Plans original effective date is January 1, 1995 . This is the EFFECTIVE DATE. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
1 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
The YEARLY DATE is the first day of each Plan Year. (Fill in the Effective Date. If this is not a new plan and the Yearly Date has changed more than once, fill in any Yearly Date that is not later than the Restatement Date or amendment effective date.) |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
The Yearly Date is January 1, 1995 and (Select one.) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
x the same day of each following year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
o each following __________________________________________. (The first Plan Year is short.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) |
o (a) each following ____________________________________________________ through |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) ________________________________________________and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) each following ________________________________________. (A later Plan Year is short. Complete (a) using the same month and day as in Yearly Date above, (b) using the same month and day as in (a) and the calendar year in which the short Plan Year begins, and (c) using the first day of the new Plan Year.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the first date in Item E is after the Effective Date, Yearly Dates before the first date in Item E above shall be determined under the provisions of the (Prior) Plan before that date. |
||
|
|
|
|
The FISCAL YEAR is our taxable year and ends on December 31 . (Month and day.) |
|||
|
|
|
|
We are the NAMED FIDUCIARY, unless otherwise specified in (1) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
o |
________________________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
________________________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
________________________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
is the Named Fiduciary. (Principal Life Insurance Company cannot be named.) |
|
|
|
|
We are the PLAN ADMINISTRATOR, unless otherwise specified in (1) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
o |
________________________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
________________________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
________________________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
is the Plan Administrator. (Principal Life Insurance Company cannot be named.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If (1) is selected, complete the address, phone number, and tax filing number of the Plan Administrator. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address _______________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
_______________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
_______________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Phone No. _____________________________________ Tax Filing No. _____________________________ |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
2 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
3 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
2) |
A PRIOR EMPLOYER is an Employees last employer immediately prior to us which is not a Predecessor Employer or a Controlled Group member, but for which service credit is granted under the Plan. Service with such Prior Employer shall be counted only if service continued without interruption. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) |
o (Select if you wish to count service with a Prior Employer.) The following are Prior Employers for which service credit is granted under the Plan: (Exact legal name(s).) |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
_______________________________________________________________________________________ |
||
|
|
|
_______________________________________________________________________________________ |
||
|
|
|
_______________________________________________________________________________________ |
||
|
|
|
_______________________________________________________________________________________ |
||
|
|
|
_______________________________________________________________________________________ |
||
|
|
|
_______________________________________________________________________________________ |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
b) |
Service with such Prior Employer shall be counted for purposes of determining: (If (a) above is selected, select (i), (ii), or both.) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o |
Entry Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: The Entry Date for an employee of such Prior Employer shall be the earliest Entry Date on or after he has both met the entry requirements and is an Eligible Employee. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o |
Vesting Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
An ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE is (Select (1) or (2).) |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
o an Employee of ours or of an Adopting Employer (See Item AB.). |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
x an Employee of ours or of an Adopting Employer (See Item AB.), provided the Employee meets the requirement(s) selected below. (Select requirement(s) in (a)-(e) that apply. Selections may affect testing done to determine if the minimum coverage requirement of Code Section 410(b) is met, unless otherwise indicated.) |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) |
x |
Employed in the following employment classification: (Select at least one.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o |
Paid on a salaried basis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o |
Paid on a commission basis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
o |
Paid on an hourly basis |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
4 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
|
iv) |
o Represented for collective bargaining purposes by (Select A or B.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
o any bargaining unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
o specific bargaining unit named below: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
__________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
|
|
__________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
|
|
__________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
v) |
x Not represented for collective bargaining purposes by (Select A or B.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
x any collective bargaining agreement between us and employee representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent or less of the Employees who are covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals defined in section 1.410(b)-9 of the regulations. For this purpose, the term employee representatives does not include any organization more than half of whose members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of ours. (This exclusion does not affect coverage testing.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
o a specific bargaining unit named below: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
__________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
|
|
__________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
|
|
__________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
|
|
(This exclusion does not affect coverage testing if requirements in (a)(v)A above are met.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vi) |
o Not a nonresident alien, within the meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B), who receives no earned income, within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2), from us which constitutes income from sources within the United States, within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3), or who receives such earned income but it is all exempt from income tax in the United States under the terms of an income tax convention. (This exclusion does not affect coverage testing.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vii) |
o Not a Leased Employee. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
viii) |
o Not an Employee who became an Employee as the result of a Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction. These Employees will be excluded during the period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date of the transaction. A Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business. (This exclusion does not affect coverage testing.) |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
5 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
|
ix) |
o Not an Employee considered by us to be an independent contractor, or the employee of an independent contractor, who is later determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be an Employee. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
If more than one employment classification is selected in (a) above, the Employee must meet (Select (i) or (ii).) |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
o |
all of the employment classifications selected. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o |
any one of the employment classifications selected. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) |
o |
Not covered under any other qualified (Select (i), (ii), or both.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o |
profit sharing plan (or) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o |
pension plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to which we contribute. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
d) |
o Employed at the following location(s) or division(s) or in the following position(s) or classification(s): (List those to be included.) |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
__________________________________________________________ |
||
|
|
|
__________________________________________________________ |
||
|
|
|
__________________________________________________________ |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
e) |
o Not employed at the following location(s) or division(s) or in the following position(s) or classification(s): (List those to be excluded. Cannot impose a service-based exclusion such as part-time employees.) |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
__________________________________________________________ |
||
|
|
|
__________________________________________________________ |
||
|
|
|
__________________________________________________________ |
||
|
|
|
|
||
K. |
HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE AND TESTING METHODS. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
1) |
HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE. The definition of Highly Compensated Employee in Plan Section 1.02 is modified below. (Select any that apply.) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o TOP-PAID GROUP ELECTION. (Select if you wish to limit the number of Highly Compensated Employees based on compensation to the top-paid group.) In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, we make a top-paid group election. The effect of this election is that an Employee (who is not a 5-percent owner at any time during the determination year or the look-back year) with compensation in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted) for the look-back year is a Highly Compensated Employee only if the Employee was in the top-paid group for the look-back year. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
6 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
b) |
o CALENDAR YEAR DATA ELECTION. (Select if you wish to change the look-back year for compensation determination. This election has no effect if the Plan Year begins on January 1.) In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee (other than as a 5-percent owner), we make a calendar year data election. The effect of this election is that the look-back year is the calendar year beginning with or within the look-back year. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
NOTE: These elections must apply consistently to the determination years of all plans of yours except as provided in the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in Plan Section 1.02. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
2) |
TESTING METHODS. This Plan shall use the prior year testing method for purposes of the ADP and ACP Tests, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o (Must be selected if 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan.) This Plan shall use the current year testing method for purposes of the ADP and ACP Tests. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
NOTE: The Plan cannot change from the current year testing method to the prior year testing method for a Plan Year unless (i) the Plan has been using the current year testing method for the preceding five Plan Years or, if less, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence or (ii) the Plan otherwise meets one of the conditions specified in Internal Revenue Service Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance) for changing from the current year testing method. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
b) |
If this is not a successor plan and the Plan is using the prior year testing method, for the first Plan Year this Plan permits any Member to make Elective Deferral Contributions, the prior years Nonhighly Compensated Employees ADP, as defined in Plan Section 3.07, shall be three percent, unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
o (Cannot be used with (a) above.) The Plan Years ADP, as defined in Plan Section 3.07, shall be used for the Nonhighly Compensated Employees ADP. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) |
If this is not a successor plan and the Plan is using the prior year testing method, for the first Plan Year this Plan permits any Member to make Voluntary Contributions, provides for Matching Contributions, or both, the prior years Nonhighly Compensated Employees ACP, as defined in Plan Section 3.07, shall be three percent, unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
o (Cannot be used with (a) above.) The Plan Years ACP, as defined in Plan Section 3.07, shall be used for the Nonhighly Compensated Employees ACP. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L. |
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
1) |
SERVICE REQUIRED to become an Active Member: (Select (a) or (b).) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o |
Service is not required. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
7 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
b) |
x Service requirement is (Select (i), (ii), or (iii). Up to one year may be used, 6 months if Entry Date is Yearly Date.) |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
o one year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
x 3 months. (Up to 12. Only available if (2)(a) below is selected.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
o __________ days. (Up to 120. Only available if (2)(a) below is selected.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
ENTRY SERVICE, subject to the provisions of Plan Section 1.02, shall be determined as follows: (Select (a) or (b) if service is required for entry.) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
x ELAPSED TIME METHOD. Entry Service is the total of an Employees Periods of Service without regard to Hours of Service. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
b) |
o HOURS METHOD. A year of Entry Service is an Entry Service Period in which an Employee has at least 1,000 Hours of Service, unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
o |
___________ (Up to 999.) Hours of Service. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
CREDITING DATE. A year of Entry Service shall be credited at the end of the Entry Service Period, unless otherwise specified in A below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
o A year of Entry Service shall be credited when the Employee has reached the specified number of Hours of Service during the Entry Service Period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
ENTRY SERVICE PERIOD is the consecutive 12-month period beginning on an Employees Hire Date and the consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of each following Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in A below. Following Plan Years shall include all Plan Years that begin after his Hire Date. (See Plan Section 1.02 for the crediting of Entry Service during the first two periods.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
o An Entry Service Period is the consecutive 12-month period beginning on an Employees Hire Date and each following consecutive 12-month period beginning on an anniversary of that Hire Date. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iv) |
An ENTRY BREAK, when the hours method is used, is an Entry Service Period in which an Employee is credited with not more than one-half of the Hours of Service required for a year of Entry Service, unless otherwise specified in A below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
o ___________or fewer Hours of Service (Fill in up to 500 hours but less than hours required for a year of Entry Service.) |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
8 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
3) |
AGE REQUIRED to become an Active Member: (Select (a) or (b).) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
x A minimum age is not required. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
b) |
o An Employee must be ____________ or older. (Not over age 21, 20 1/2 if Entry Date is Yearly Date.) |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
4) |
o DUAL ELIGIBILITY. (Only available if (1)(b) or (3)(b) above is selected. Cannot be used with Item O(8) or (9).) The service and age requirements selected in (1)(b) and (3)(b) above shall not apply for purposes of Elective Deferral Contributions. For purposes of Elective Deferral Contributions, an Employee shall first become an Active Member (begin active participation in the Plan) on the earliest Entry Date selected in Item M on which he is an Eligible Employee, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o IMMEDIATE ENTRY FOR ELECTIVE DEFERRALS. (Cannot be used with Item M(5) or O(7).) For purposes of Elective Deferral Contributions, an Employee shall first become an Active Member (begin active participation in the Plan) on the earliest date on which he is an Eligible Employee. This date is the Members Entry Date. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
NOTE: The earliest Entry Date shall be used to determine if a Member is an Active Member for purposes of any minimum contribution under Plan Section 11.04. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
5) |
x WAIVING ENTRY REQUIREMENTS. The requirements selected below shall be waived on January 1, 1995. This date shall be an Entry Date if the Eligible Employee has met all the other entry requirements. (Select (a), (b), or both.) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
x Service requirement |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
b) |
o Age requirement |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
NOTE: This waiver applies only (i) to the primary Employer in Item B and (ii) on the date you fill in. Must be the Effective Date or later. See Item AB for the waiver of entry requirements for an Adopting Employer. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
M. |
ENTRY DATE. An Eligible Employee shall enter the Plan as an Active Member on the earliest (Select one.) |
||||
|
|
||||
|
1) |
o Monthly Date |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
2) |
o Semi-yearly Date |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
3) |
o Quarterly Date |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
9 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
4) |
o Yearly Date (If selected, age and service required in Item L cannot be over 20 1/2 or more than 6 months, respectively.) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
5) |
x date |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
on or after the date on which he meets all the entry requirements. This date is his ENTRY DATE. |
||||
|
|
||||
N. |
PAY. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Pay is used for ADP and ACP Tests and for contribution determinations other than for top-heavy minimum contributions and 401(k) SIMPLE Plan contributions. Compensation, as defined in Plan Section 3.09, is used for 401(k) SIMPLE Plan contributions. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
1) |
Pay is the same as Compensation defined in Item S, subject to any modifications set forth in this Item N. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For years beginning before January 1, 1998, Compensation, as defined in Item S, does not include elective contributions, but Pay shall. For this purpose, elective contributions are amounts excludible from the gross income of the Employee under Code Sections 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 125, or 403(b), and contributed by us, at the Employees election, to a Code Section 401(k) arrangement, a simplified employee pension, cafeteria plan, or tax-sheltered annuity. Elective contributions also include amounts deferred under a Code Section 457 plan maintained by us and employee contributions picked up by a governmental entity and, pursuant to Code Section 414(h)(2), treated as our contributions. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
2) |
SAFE HARBOR FRINGE BENEFIT EXCLUSION. For the purpose of calculating Elective Deferral Contributions and Matching Contributions only, Pay shall not include reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation (other than elective contributions), and welfare benefits, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o (Exclude fringe benefits for all purposes.) Pay for all purposes under the Plan shall not include reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation (other than elective contributions), and welfare benefits. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
3) |
ANNUAL PAY for a Plan Year is an Employees Pay for the Pay Year ending with or within the consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of the Plan Year. (Annual Pay is used for calculating annual contributions and annual allocations of Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions, and Discretionary Contributions. Annual Pay is not used for the Qualified Nonelective Contributions used to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor described in Item O(8).) |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
10 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
The PAY YEAR is the consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of each Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) |
o The Pay Year is the consecutive 12-month period ending on each |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_______________________________. (Month and day.) For an Employee whose date of hire is less than 12 months before the end of the consecutive 12-month period designated, Pay shall be determined over the consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of the Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL PAY MODI FICATIONS: (Select any that apply.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o Annual Pay shall not include Pay over $ ____________. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) |
o (Cannot use with (a) above.) Annual Pay shall only include Pay received while an Active Member. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Including only Pay received while an Active Member may result in additional Contributions needed to satisfy the top-heavy requirements, described in Plan Section 11.04, during any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-heavy Plan. |
|
|
|
|
|
4) |
o Pay for purposes of determining the allocation or amount of: (Select at least one.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) |
o (Cannot use if 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan.) Elective Deferral Contributions and Matching Contributions (Exclusions for Matching Contributions only is not permitted.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o Qualified Nonelective Contributions (Cannot select if ADP Test Safe Harbor is satisfied using Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Item O(8)(b)(ii) or (c).) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) |
o Additional Contributions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
d) |
o Discretionary Contributions (Exclusions are not permitted if integrated allocation formula is used.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
excludes: (Select at least one.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e) |
o bonuses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
f) |
o commissions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
g) |
o overtime |
|
|
|
|
|
|
h) |
o other special pay (Specify type of pay.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
______________________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
______________________________________________________________________________________ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Exclusions for purposes of any contributions other than Elective Deferral Contributions and Matching Contributions will require Code Section 414(s) nondiscrimination testing. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
11 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
5) |
o For purposes of the ADP and ACP Tests, Pay shall be limited to Pay received while an Eligible Member, as defined in Plan Section 3.07. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
O. |
ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS for a Member are equal to a portion of Pay as specified in the elective deferral agreement. An Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan may file an elective deferral agreement with us. The Member shall modify or terminate the elective deferral agreement by filing a new elective deferral agreement. The elective deferral agreement may not be made retroactively and shall remain in effect until modified or terminated. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
BEGINNING OF FIRST PAY PERIOD. The elective deferral agreement to start or modify Elective Deferral Contributions shall be effective on the first day of the first pay period following the pay period in which the Members Entry Date (Reentry Date, if applicable) or any following change date occurs, unless otherwise specified in (1) or (2) below. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
1) |
o FOLLOWING PAY DATE. (Cannot be used with (7) below.) A Members elective deferral agreement shall become effective on the first day that pay is paid or made available following the date on which the Members Entry Date, (Reentry Date, if applicable) or any following change date occurs. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
2) |
o BEGINNING OF SECOND PAY PERIOD. A Members elective deferral agreement shall become effective on the first day of the second pay period following the pay period in which the Members Entry Date (Reentry Date, if applicable) or any following change date occurs. (Consider using this option if the Plan requires automatic deferrals.) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
The elective deferral agreement to start or modify Elective Deferral Contributions must be entered into on or before the date it is effective. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
The elective deferral agreement to stop Elective Deferral Contributions may be entered into on any date. If O(1) is not selected above, such elective deferral agreement shall be effective on the first day of the first pay period following the pay period in which the elective deferral agreement is entered into. If O(1) is selected above, such elective deferral agreement shall be effective on the first day that pay is paid or made available after the elective deferral agreement is entered into. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
3) |
The change date shall be each Semi-yearly Date, unless otherwise specified in (a), (b), (c), or (d) below. (Select one, if applicable.) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o Monthly Date. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
b) |
x Quarterly Date. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
c) |
o Yearly Date. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
d) |
o date. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
4) |
o (Cannot select if ADP Test Safe Harbor is satisfied using Qualified Matching Contributions.)_____________% of Pay is the minimum Elective Deferral Contribution. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
12 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
5) |
o Elective Deferral Contributions must be a whole percentage of Pay. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
6) |
o (Cannot select if ADP Test Safe Harbor is satisfied using Qualified Matching Contributions. )____________ % of Pay is the maximum Elective Deferral Contribution. (Consider using this option to limit Elective Deferral Contributions to avoid 415 excesses.) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
7) |
o AUTOMATIC DEFERRAL. (Cannot be used with Item M(5).) The Plan shall require an automatic Elective Deferral Contribution described in Plan Section 3.01. The automatic Elective Deferral Contribution shall be 4% of Pay, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. The Member may affirmatively elect a different percentage or elect not to make Elective Deferral Contributions. If the Member elects a different percentage, such percentage must comply with any limitations selected in (4), (5), or (6) above. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o ____________ % (Up to 6%.) of Pay shall be the automatic Elective Deferral Contribution. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
b) |
The automatic Elective Deferral Contribution shall apply to Members only at the time they enter or reenter the Plan, unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
o The automatic Elective Deferral Contribution shall also apply to all Active Members as of the effective date of the amendment to the Plan adding this provision who have not elected to make Elective Deferral Contributions of at least 4% (or the percentage in (a) above, if applicable). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8) |
o 401(k) SAFE HARBOR. We elect to have the 401(k) safe harbor provisions described in Plan Section 3.08 apply. (Select (b) or (c). Select (d), if applicable.) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
The Plan will satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor only, unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
o The Plan will satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor. (Only available if (8)(b)(i) or Item P is selected and the ACP Test Safe Harbor limits on Matching Contributions are met.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o CONTRIBUTIONS FOR ALL PLAN YEARS. (Any changes under this Item (8)(b), including electing to no longer have the provisions apply, must be effective at the beginning of the Plan Year, except as provided in (i)E below.) We elect to make the 401(k) safe harbor Contributions for all Plan Years. (Select (i) or (ii).) |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
o QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. The ADP Test Safe Harbor shall be satisfied using Qualified Matching Contributions. These Contributions are 100% vested and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Plan Section 5.04.) The amount of our Qualified Matching Contributions shall be equal to (Select A or B.) |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
13 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
A. |
o BASIC MATCHING FORMULA. 100% of Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over 3% of Pay, plus 50% of Elective Deferral Contributions which are over 3% but are not over 5% of Pay. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
B. |
o ENHANCED MATCHING FORMULA. 100% of Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over 4% of Pay, unless otherwise specified in (1) or (2) below. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
1) |
o STATED MATCH. (Complete (a) and (b). For example: 100% of Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over 5% of Pay.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) |
____________ % of Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
____________ % of Pay. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Must complete (a) using at least 100%. The product of the percentages in (a) and (b) must equal at least 4%. For example, 100%x5% = 5% or 150%x3% = 4.5%. If satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor, must complete (b) with a percentage not more than 6%. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
o STATED TIERED MATCH. (Complete (a) through (d). For example: 100% of Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over 4% of Pay, plus 50% of Elective Deferral Contributions which are over 4% but are not over 6% of Pay.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) |
____________ % of Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
____________ % of Pay, plus (First limit on Elective Deferral Contributions.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) |
____________ % (Must be less than (a).) of Elective Deferral Contributions which are over the percentage of Pay specified in (b) but are not over |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d) |
____________ % (Must be more than (b).) of Pay. (Second limit on Elective Deferral Contributions.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Must complete (a) using at least 100%. The product of the percentages in (a) and (b) must equal at least 3%. In addition, if the product of the percentages in (a) and (b) does not equal at least 4%, (c) must be completed using at least 50% and the product of the percentages in (c) and (d) when added to the product of the percentages in (a) and (b) must equal at least 4%. If satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor, must complete (b) with a percentage less than 6% and (d) with a percentage not more than 6%. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
14 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
|
|
C. |
CALCULATION PERIOD. Qualified Matching Contributions are calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Pay for the period specified below. (Refers to calculation of the amount of Qualified Matching Contributions, not when contributed. Select (1), (2), (3), or (4).) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
o PAY PERIOD. Qualified Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who were Active Members at any time during the pay period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
o PAY PERIODS ENDING WITH OR WITHIN EACH MONTH. Qualified Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who were Active Members at any time during the month. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) |
o PAY PERIODS ENDING WITH OR WITHIN EACH PLAN-YEAR QUARTER. Qualified Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who were Active Members at any time during the Plan-year Quarter. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: If (1), (2), or (3) is selected, Qualified Matching Contributions must be contributed to the Plan by the last day of the following Plan-year Quarter. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4) |
o PLAN YEAR. Qualified Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who were Active Members at any time during the Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. |
o Qualified Matching Contributions shall be made only for Nonhighly Compensated Employees. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E. |
o The 401(k) safe harbor election shall be revoked as of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_________________________________________________. Such date cannot be earlier than the later of (i) 30 days after the date Active Members are given the supplemental notice described in Plan Section 3.08(e) and (ii) the date the amendment revoking such provisions is adopted. Qualified Matching Contributions shall be made for the period prior to the revocation. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. The ADP Test Safe Harbor shall be satisfied using Qualified Nonelective Contributions. (These Contributions in excess of the amount needed to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor may be used to satisfy the ACP Test, if applicable.) These contributions are 100% vested and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Plan Section 5.04.) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amount of our Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be equal to ____________% (Must be at least 3%.) of Pay for the Plan Year for persons who were Active Members at any time during the Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in A and B below. (The Pay used for these Contributions is not necessarily the same as Annual Pay defined in Item N. Select any that apply.) |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
15 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
|
|
A. |
o Pay shall only include Pay received while an Active Member. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Including only Pay received while an Active Member may result in additional Contributions needed to satisfy the top-heavy requirements, described in Plan Section 11.04, during any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-heavy Plan. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
o Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be made only for Nonhighly Compensated Employees. |
|
|
c) |
o CONTRIBUTIONS FOR PLAN YEARS IN WHICH THE PLAN IS AMENDED. We elect the option of amending the Plan to provide a Qualified Nonelective Contribution to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor for a Plan Year. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d) |
o PLAN IS AMENDED. (Only available if (c) above is selected.) The Plan is amended to provide a Qualified Nonelective Contribution for the Plan Year beginning._____________________. (These Contributions in excess of the amount needed to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor may be used to satisfy the ACP Test, if applicable.) These Contributions are 100% vested and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Plan Section 5.04.) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
The amount of our Qualified Nonelective Contributions for such Plan Year shall be equal to ________________ % (Must be at least 3%.) of Pay for the Plan Year for persons who were Active Members at any time during the the Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in A and B below. (The Pay used for these Contributions is not necessarily the same as Annual Pay defined in Item N. Select any that apply.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
o Pay shall only include Pay received while an Active Member. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Including only Pay received while an Active Member may result in additional Contributions needed to satisfy the top-heavy requirements, described in Plan Section 11.04, during any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-heavy Plan. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
o Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be made only for Nonhighly Compensated Employees. |
|
|
|
|||
|
9) |
o 401(k) SIMPLE. (Only available if the Plan uses a calendar year Plan Year, you are an Eligible Employer, as defined in Plan Section 3.09, and the exclusive plan requirement of (a)(1)(ii) of Plan Section 3.09 is met. Cannot use if 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan.) We elect to have the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions described in Plan Section 3.09 apply to the Plan effective________________________________________________________ |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
An amendment to have 401(k) SIMPLE provisions no longer apply is effective the first January 1 following the date the amendment is adopted. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
16 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
NOTE: See Plan Section 3.09 for 401(k) SIMPLE provisions. If this is a new plan, the Effective Date (Item D) and the date in (9) above must be on or before October 1. Future Plan Years must begin on January 1. If this is a restatement (or amendment) adding this provision, the date in (9) above will be the same as the Restatement Date (or effective date of the amendment) which must be on a January 1 which is the first day of a Plan Year and future Plan Years must begin on a January 1. Such restatement (or amendment) must be adopted before the January 1 on which the provisions become effective. Elective Deferral Contributions and Rollover Contributions will be the only contributions reflected in the Adoption Agreement. Other Contributions shall only be permitted as specified in Plan Section 3.09. The Member may change the elective deferral agreement on any date. No selections can be made in (4), (5), or (6) above. Elective Deferral Contributions will be subject to the $6,000 (as adjusted) annual limit of Code Section 401(k)(11). |
|
|
|
|
|
x MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. (Cannot select if ADP Test Safe Harbor is satisfied using Qualified Matching Contributions.) Any percentage determined by us shall apply to all eligible persons for the entire Plan Year. (Select (1), (2), or (3).) |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
x STATED MATCH. We shall make Matching Contributions. The percentage of Elective Deferral Contributions matched is 100%. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
o STATED TIERED MATCH. We shall make Matching Contributions in an amount equal to (Complete (a) through (d). For example: 100% of Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over 3% of Pay, plus 50% of Elective Deferral Contributions which are over 3% but are not over 5% of Pay.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) |
_____________ % of Elective Deferral Contributions which are not over |
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
_____________ % of Pay, plus (First limit on Elective Deferral Contributions.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) |
_____________ % (Must be less than (a).) of Elective Deferral Contributions which are over the percentage of Pay specified in (b) but are not over |
|
|
|
|
|
|
d) |
_____________ % (Must be more than (b).) of Pay. (Second limit on Elective Deferral Contributions.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: If satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor, must complete (b) with a percentage less than 6% and (d) with a percentage not more than 6%. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) |
o DISCRETIONARY MATCH. (If selected and Plan is satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor, (b) must be selected.) We may make a discretionary Matching Contribution. The percentage of Elective Deferral Contributions matched, if any, shall be a percentage as determined by us. (Select any that apply.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) |
o We shall make a discretionary Matching Contribution. The percentage of Elective Deferral Contributions matched shall be at least _____________.%. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
17 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
b) |
o If we make a discretionary Matching Contribution, the percentage of Elective Deferral Contributions matched shall not be more than ________________ %. (If satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor, must complete with a percentage not more than 100%.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4) |
x LIMIT ON ELECTIVE DEFERRALS MATCHED. (Must select if (1) or (3) above is used and satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor. Cannot use with (2) above. Limit could help pass the ADP and ACP Tests for non-401 (k) Safe Harbor Plans.) Elective Deferral Contributions which are over the percentage of Pay below wont be matched. (Select (a) or (b).) |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
x 6% of Pay. (If satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor, must complete with a percentage not more than 6% (not more than 4% if (3) above is selected).) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o A percentage determined by us. (Select any that apply. Must select (ii) if satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o The percentage shall be at least ______________________ %. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o The percentage shall not be more than ____________________ %. (If satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor, must complete with a percentage not more than 6% (not more than 4% if (3) above is selected).) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5) |
CALCULATION PERIOD. Matching Contributions are calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Pay for the period specified below. (Refers to calculation of the amount of Matching Contribution, not when contributed. Select (a), (b), (c), or (d).) |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
x PAY PERIOD. Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who were Active Members at any time during that pay period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o PAY PERIODS ENDING WITH OR WITHIN EACH MONTH. Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who were Active Members at any time during the month. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) |
o PAY PERIODS ENDING WITH OR WITHIN EACH PLAN-YEAR QUARTER. Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who were Active Members at any time during the Plan-year Quarter. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d) |
o PLAN YEAR. Matching Contributions shall be made for all persons who were Active Members at any time during the Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o (Cannot use if satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor.) Matching Contributions shall be made for persons meeting the requirements in Item R. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
18 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
6) |
o ADDITIONAL MATCH. (Only available if (1) or (3) above is selected. Cannot use if satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor.) We may make additional Matching Contributions if the total Matching Contributions determined below are greater than the amount of Matching Contributions determined in (1) or (3) above for the Plan Year. Additional Matching Contributions, if any, shall be made for all persons who were Active Members at any time during the Plan Year, unless specified in (a) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
o Additional Matching Contributions shall be made for persons meeting the requirements in Item R. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
NOTE: If Item R is not active at any time during the Plan Year, selecting (a) will require testing to determine if the nondiscrimination requirement of Code Section 401(a) (4) is met, unless (5)(d)(i) above is also selected. |
|||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Total Matching Contributions for the Plan Year shall be a percentage of Elective Deferral Contributions and shall be calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Pay for the Plan Year. The percentage shall be determined by us. If (1) above is selected, the percentage determined must be equal to or greater than the percentage specified in (1). If (3) above is selected, the percentage determined must be equal to or greater than the percentage determined in (3). |
|||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
If (4) above is selected, Elective Deferral Contributions which are over a percentage of Pay wont be matched. The percentage is the percentage specified in (4)(a), determined in (4)(b), or a greater percentage as determined by us. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The amount of additional Matching Contributions, if any, shall be calculated by subtracting the Matching Contributions determined in (1) or (3) above for the Plan Year from total Matching Contributions for the Plan Year. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
7) |
o Matching Contributions shall be made only for Nonhighly Compensated Employees. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
8) |
o QUALIFIED MATCH. (Must be selected if Matching Contributions are to be tested in the ADP Test for a non-401(k) Safe Harbor Plan.) Matching Contributions are Qualified Matching Contributions. These Contributions are 100% vested and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Plan Section 5.04.) |
|||
|
|
|
|
||
|
9) |
o DOLLAR LIMIT. (Cannot use if satisfying ACP Test Safe Harbor.) Matching Contributions for a person shall not be more than $ for the Plan Year. |
|||
|
|
|
|
||
OTHER EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES. |
|||||
|
|
|
|
||
|
NOTE: If more than one Employer Contribution is selected in this Item Q, the requirements to receive each Contribution selected should be the same. Providing different requirements will require testing to determine if the nondiscrimination requirement of Code Section 401(a) (4) is met. For example, a Qualified Nonelective Contribution made to each person who is an Active Member on the last day of the pay period and a Discretionary Contribution allocated to each person who was an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year will require nondiscrimination testing. If the ADP Test Safe Harbor is satisfied using Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Item O(8)(b)(ii) or (c), the Additional Contributions and Discretionary Contributions selected under this item should be made for or allocated to each person who is an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year to avoid nondiscrimination testing. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
19 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
1) |
o QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRI BUTIONS. (Cannot select if ADP Test Safe Harbor is satisfied using Qualified Nonelective Contributions for all Plan Years, Item O(8)(b)(ii). If this is a 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan using Qualified Matching Contributions to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor, these Contributions may be used to satisfy the ACP Test, if applicable. These Contributions may be tested in the ADP or ACP Test for a non-401(k) Safe Harbor Plan.) These Contributions are 100% vested and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Plan Section 5.04. Select at least one of (a), (b), (c), or (e). Only one of (a), (b), or (c) may be selected. Select (d), if applicable.) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o SET AMOUNT. (Only available if Item O(8)(c) is not selected.) We shall make Qualified Nonelective Contributions equal to the following: (Select (i) or (ii).) |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
o PAY FORMULA. An amount equal to (Select one.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
o __________________ % of Pay for the pay period for each person who is an Active Member on the last day of that period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
o __________________ % of Annual Pay for the Plan Year for persons who meet the requirements in Item R. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. |
o __________________ % of Annual Pay for the Plan Year for persons who were Active Members at any time during the Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o SERVICE FORMULA. An amount equal to (Select one.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
o $ _________________ for the pay period for each person who is an Active Member on the last day of that period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
o $_________________for the Plan Year for persons who meet the requirements in Item R. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. |
o $_________________for the Plan Year for persons who were Active Members at any time during the Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o DISCRETIONARY, PAY FORMULA. (Only available if Item O(8)(c) is not selected.) Qualified Nonelective Contributions may be made for each Plan Year in an amount determined by us. The amount allocated to each eligible person shall be equal to our Qualified Nonelective Contributions multiplied by the ratio of such persons Annual Pay for the Plan Year to the total Annual Pay of all such persons. The Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to each person meeting the requirements in Item R, unless otherwise specified in (i) or (ii) below. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
o The Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to each person who was an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o The Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to each person who is an Active Member on the last day of the Plan Year. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
20 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
c) |
o DISCRETIONARY, SAME DOLLAR AMOUNT. (Only available if Item O(8)(c) is not selected.) Qualified Nonelective Contributions may be made for each Plan Year in an amount determined by us. The same dollar amount shall be allocated to each eligible person, subject to applicable limits of Plan Section 3.06. The Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to each person meeting the requirements in Item R, unless otherwise specified in (i) or (ii) below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o The Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to each person who was an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o The Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to each person who is an Active Member on the last day of the Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d) |
o (Only available if (a), (b), or (c) is selected above.) Qualified Nonelective Contributions in (a), (b), or (c) above shall be made only for, or allocated only to, Nonhighly Compensated Employees, unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o (Only available if (a)(i)A and (a)(ii)A above are not selected.) The Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be made only for, or allocated only to, the Nonhighly Compensated Employees whose Annual Pay for the Plan Year is not over $____________. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e) |
o DISCRETIONARY, BOTTOM UP. (Only available if Item K(2)(a) is selected and Item O(8)(b)(i) is not selected.) Qualified Nonelective Contributions may be made for each Plan Year in an amount determined by us. If Item O(8)(c) is selected, these Qualified Nonelective Contributions may only be made for Plan Years in which the Plan is not so amended. If (a), (b), or (c) above are selected, these Qualified Nonelective Contributions are in addition to those specified in (a), (b), or (c). If the Plan is treated as separate plans because it is mandatorily disaggregated under the regulations of Code Section 401(k), a separate Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be determined for each separate plan. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These Qualified Nonelective Contributions may be used to reduce the Excess Aggregate Contributions or Excess Contributions, as defined in Plan Section 3.07. Such Contributions shall be allocated first to the eligible person under the Plan (or separate plan) with the lowest Annual Pay for the Plan Year, then to the eligible person under the Plan (or separate plan) with the next lowest Annual Pay, and so forth, in each case subject to applicable limits of Plan Section 3.06. These Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated only to Nonhighly Compensated Employees who meet the requirements in Item R, unless otherwise specified in (i) or (ii) below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o These Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated only to Nonhighly Compensated Employees who were Active Members at any time during the Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o These Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated only to Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Active Members on the last day of the Plan Year. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
21 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
2) |
o ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTIONS. We shall make Additional Contributions equal to the following: (Select (a) or (b).) |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
o PAY FORMULA. An amount equal to (Select (i) or (ii).) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o __________________% of Pay for the pay period for each person who is an Active Member on the last day of that period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o __________________% of Annual Pay for the Plan Year for persons who meet the requirements in Item R. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o SERVICE FORMULA. An amount equal to (Select one.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o $ ______________ for the pay period for each person who is an Active Member on the last day of that period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o $______________ for the Plan Year for persons who meet the requirements in Item R. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
o $______________ for each Hour of Service he has performed during the pay period for each person who was an Active Member during that period. (No contribution for paid nonworking hours, such as vacation.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iv) |
o $______________ for each Hour of Service credited during the pay period for each person who was an Active Member during that period. (Contribution is made for paid nonworking hours, such as vacation.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) |
x DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS. Discretionary Contributions may be made for each Plan Year in an amount determined by us. Discretionary Contributions and Forfeitures, if applicable, shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year using Annual Pay for the Plan Year. The amount allocated shall be equal to the amount determined in (a) or (b) below. (Select (a) or (b).) |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
x PAY FORMULA. Discretionary Contributions and Forfeitures, if applicable, shall be allocated as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STEP ONE: This step one shall only apply in years in which the Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, as defined in Plan Section 11.02, and the minimum contribution under Plan Section 11.04 is not being provided by other contributions to this Plan or another plan of ours. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The allocation in this step one shall be made to each person meeting the requirements in Item R and each person who is entitled to a minimum contribution under Plan Section 11.04. Each such persons allocation shall be an amount equal to Discretionary Contributions and Forfeitures, if applicable, multiplied by the ratio of such persons Annual Pay to the total Annual Pay of all such persons. Such amount shall not exceed 3% of such persons Annual Pay. The allocation for any person who does not meet the requirements in Item R shall be limited to the amount necessary to fund the minimum contribution. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
22 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
|
STEP TWO: The allocation in this step two shall be made to each person meeting the requirements in Item R. Each such persons allocation shall be equal to any amount remaining after the allocation in step one multiplied by the ratio of such persons Annual Pay to the total Annual Pay of all such persons. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o INTEGRATED FORMULA. Subject to the overall permitted disparity limits, Discretionary Contributions and Forfeitures, if applicable, shall be allocated as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STEP ONE: This step one shall only apply in years in which the Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, as defined in Plan Section 11.02, and the minimum contribution under Plan Section 11.04 is not being provided by other contributions to this Plan or another plan of ours. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The allocation in this step one shall be made to each person meeting the requirements in Item R and each person who is entitled to a minimum contribution under Plan Section 11.04. Each such persons allocation shall be an amount equal to Discretionary Contributions and Forfeitures, if applicable, multiplied by the ratio of such persons Annual Pay to the total Annual Pay of all such persons. Such amount shall not exceed 3% of such persons Annual Pay. The allocation for any person who does not meet the requirements in Item R shall be limited to the amount necessary to fund the minimum contribution. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STEP TWO: This step two shall only apply in years in which step one applies. The allocation in this step two shall be made to each person meeting the requirements in Item R. Each such persons allocation shall be equal to any amount remaining after the allocation in step one multiplied by the ratio of such persons Annual Pay over the Integration Level to the total Annual Pay over the Integration Level of all such persons. Such amount shall not exceed 3% of such persons Annual Pay over the Integration Level. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For purposes of this step two, in the case of any person who has exceeded the cumulative permitted disparity limit described below, such persons total Annual Pay shall be taken into account and the applicable allocation limit for such person shall be 3% of such persons total Annual Pay. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STEP THREE: The allocation in this step three shall be made to each person meeting the requirements in Item R. Each such persons allocation shall be equal to any amount remaining after the allocation in step two multiplied by the ratio of the sum of such persons total Annual Pay and his Annual Pay over the Integration Level to the total of such sums for all such persons. Such amount shall not exceed an amount equal to a percentage (equal to the Maximum Integration Rate) of the sum of such persons total Annual Pay and his Annual Pay over the Integration Level. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
23 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
|
If steps one and two apply, the Maximum Integration Rate minus 3% shall be substituted for the Maximum Integration Rate wherever it appears in this step three. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For purposes of this step three, in the case of any person who has exceeded the cumulative permitted disparity limit described below, two times such persons total Annual Pay shall be taken into account and the applicable allocation limit for such person shall be a percentage (equal to the Maximum Integration Rate) of two times such persons total Annual Pay. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STEP FOUR: The allocation in this step four shall be made to each person meeting the requirements in Item R. Each such persons allocation shall be equal to any amount remaining after the allocation in step three multiplied by the ratio of such persons Annual Pay to the total Annual Pay of all such persons. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The INTEGRATION LEVEL is the Taxable Wage Base as in effect on the latest Yearly Date, unless otherwise specified in (i) or (ii) below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o $ ________________. (Must be less than such Taxable Wage Base.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o __________________ % of such Taxable Wage Base. (Must be more than 19% and less than 100%.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The MAXIMUM INTEGRATION RATE shall be determined according to the following schedule. |
|
INTEGRATION LEVEL |
|
MAXIMUM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% of TWB |
|
5.7% |
|
|
Less than 100% but more than 80% of TWB |
|
5.4% |
|
|
More than 20% of TWB but not more than 80% of TWB |
|
4.3% |
|
|
Not more than 20% of TWB |
|
5.7% |
|
|
|
|
TWB means the Taxable Wage Base as in effect on the latest Yearly Date. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On any date the portion of the rate of tax under Code Section 3111(a) (in effect on the latest Yearly Date) which is attributable to old age insurance exceeds 5.7%, such rate shall be substituted for 5.7%. 5.4% and 4.3% shall be increased proportionately. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
24 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
|
OVERALL PERMITTED DISPARITY LI MITS: |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
ANNUAL OVERALL PERMITTED DISPARITY LIMIT: Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs, for any Plan Year any person eligible for an allocation under this formula benefits under another qualified plan or simplified employee pension, as defined in Code Section 408(k), maintained by us or any other employer required to be aggregated with us under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) that provides for permitted disparity (or imputes disparity), Discretionary Contributions and Forfeitures, if applicable, shall be allocated using only step one, if applicable, and step four. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
CUMULATIVE PERMITTED DISPARITY LIMIT: Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1995, the cumulative permitted disparity limit for a person is 35 total cumulative permitted disparity years. Total cumulative disparity years means the number of years credited to the person for allocation or accrual purposes under this Plan, any other qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by us or any other employer required to be aggregated with us under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o). For purposes of determining the persons cumulative permitted disparity limit, all years ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same year. If the person has not benefited under a defined benefit or target benefit plan maintained for any year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the person has no cumulative permitted disparity limit. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4) |
FORFEITURES. |
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
If (3) above is selected, Forfeitures shall be allocated with Discretionary Contributions and shall be deemed to be Discretionary Contributions, unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o (Cannot use unless Item V(2) is completed.) Forfeitures shall not be allocated with Discretionary Contributions, but shall be used to offset our first Contribution made after the Forfeiture is determined. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
If (3) above is not selected, Forfeitures shall be used to offset our first Contribution made after the Forfeiture is determined, unless otherwise specified in (i) below |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o (Cannot use unless (2) above is selected and Item V(2) is completed.) Forfeitures shall not be used to offset our first Contribution, but shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year to those meeting the requirements in Item R using the allocation formula in (3)(a) above, and shall be deemed to be Additional Contributions. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
25 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
NET PROFITS AND CONTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS. |
|||||
|
|
||||
|
1) |
Our Contributions shall be made without regard to our current or accumulated NET PROFITS, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) |
o (Cannot use if 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan or 401(k) SIMPLE Plan.) Our Contributions, in excess of Elective Deferral Contributions, shall be made out of our current or accumulated Net Profits in excess of Elective Deferral Contributions. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRIBUTIONS. Our Contributions which are subject to the requirements of this Item R and Forfeitures, if applicable, shall be made for or allocated to each person who was an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in (a), (b), (c), or (d) below. (If annual contributions are subject to these requirements (or if Forfeitures are allocated under Item Q(4)(b)(i)), (a), (b), (c), or (d) may be selected. Select (e), if applicable.) |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Selections may affect testing done to determine if the minimum coverage requirement of Code Section 410(b) is met, unless otherwise indicated. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) |
o Such amounts shall be made for or allocated to each person who was an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year and who either is an Active Member on the last day of the Plan Year or has more than 500 Hours of Service during the latest Accrual Service Period ending on or before the last day of the Plan Year, unless a lesser number of Hours of Service is specified in (i) below. (This selection does not affect coverage testing if the Accrual Service Period is the Plan Year.) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o |
Has more than ___________ (Up to 499.) Hours of Service. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o Such amounts shall be made for or allocated to each person who is an Active Member on the last day of the Plan Year. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) |
x Such amounts shall be made for or allocated to each person who was an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the latest Accrual Service Period ending on or before the last day of the Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o |
Has at least ___________ (Up to 999.) Hours of Service. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d) |
o Such amounts shall be made for or allocated to each person who is an Active Member on the last day of the Plan Year and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the latest Accrual Service Period ending on or before that date, unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o |
Has at least _______________ (Up to 999.) Hours of Service. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
26 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
The requirements in (a), (b), (c), or (d) above are modified as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
e) |
o Such amounts shall also be made for or allocated to each person who was an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year and who has retired, become Totally Disabled, or died. |
|
3) |
The ACCRUAL SERVICE PERIOD is the consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of each Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o (Use only with (2)(a), (c), or (d) above.) The Accrual Service Period is the |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
consecutive 12-month period ending on each ______________________.
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Selecting (a) above will require nondiscrimination testing to determine if the nondiscrimination requirement of Code Section 401(a) (4) is met. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4) |
o (Cannot use with (1)(a) above.) We may make all or part of our annual Contributions before the end of the Plan Year. (Select (a) or (b).) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Such Contributions shall be |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o allocated when made. (Only available if Item Q(1)(b)(ii) and (c)(ii) are not selected, and (2)(a), (b), (c), and (d) above are not selected.) |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
b) |
o unallocated when made. |
CONTRIBUTION MODIFICATIONS. |
|||||
|
|
||||
|
CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS. The Annual Additions for a Member during a Limitation Year shall not be more than the Maximum Permissible Amount. (See Plan Sections 3.06 and 11.05.) |
||||
|
|
||||
|
1) |
The LIMITATION YEAR is the consecutive 12-month period ending on each December 31. (Month and day. Fill in the last day of the Limitation Year. Normally, the last day of the Plan Year is used. You must use the same limitation year in all your plans.) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
2) |
COMPENSATION. (Compensation for the Limitation Year is used to determine the limit on Annual Additions. Compensation for the Plan Year is used to determine the amount of top-heavy minimum contributions.) Compensation for purposes of Plan Section 3.06 is as defined therein, under Information Required to be Reported Under Code Sections 6041, 6051, and 6052 (Wages, Tips and Other Compensation box on Form W-2), which is actually paid or made available by us, unless otherwise specified in (a) or (b) below. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
27 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
a) |
o 415 Safe-Harbor Compensation as defined in Plan Section 3.06. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
b) |
o Code Section 3401(a) Wages (wages for purposes of income tax withholding) as defined in Plan Section 3.06. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
For years beginning after December 31, 1997, Compensation shall include elective contributions. For this purpose, elective contributions are elective deferrals (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) and amounts contributed or deferred by us at the election of the Employee which are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Section 125, 132(f)(4), or 457. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
3) |
MULTIPLE DEFINED CONTRIBUTIONS PLANS. (This item applies if you or an Employer, as defined in Plan Section 3.06, maintain another qualified defined contribution plan that is not a Master or Prototype Plan in which any Member in this Plan is or was or could become a member.) If the Member is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, as defined in Plan Section 3.06, the provisions of (f) through (k) of Plan Section 3.06 shall apply as if the other plan were a Master or Prototype Plan, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. (Plan Section 3.06 limits the last Annual Additions.) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o The method described on the attached page(s) shall be used to limit total Annual Additions to the Maximum Permissible Amount, and shall properly reduce the Excess Amounts, as defined in Plan Section 3.06, in a manner which precludes Employer discretion. (If selected, you will provide the method for limiting Annual Additions on the attached page(s).) |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
4) |
DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN. (This item applies if you or an Employer, as defined in Plan Section 3.06, maintain or ever maintained a qualified defined benefit plan in which any Member in this Plan is or was or could become a member. If this applies, you will provide the method used to satisfy the limitation on the attached page(s). No attachment is needed if the Effective Date (Restatement Date or amendment effective date, if applicable) is on or after the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 2000.) If the Member is or has ever been a member in a qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, as defined in Plan Section 3.06, the method described on the attached page(s) shall be used to satisfy the 1.0 limitation of Code Section 415, in a manner which precludes Employer discretion. This limitation shall not apply for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
5) |
o OTHER LIMITS. (Cannot use if 401(k) Safe Harbor Plan or 401(k) SIMPLE Plan.) The amount of our Contributions for any (Select (a) or (b).) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o |
Plan Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o |
Limitation Year |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
28 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
made for or allocated to a person shall not be more than (Select at least one.) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
c) |
o $ __________ (Up to the current Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation defined in Plan Section 3.06.) |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
d) |
o ____________% (Up to 25%.) of his Annual Pay for the Plan Year/Compensation for the Limitation Year. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
NOTE: If both (c) and (d) are selected, contributions shall be no more than the lesser of (c) and (d). |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS. The amount and allocation of Contributions shall be subject to the provisions of Article XI of the Basic Plan in Plan Years when this is a Top-heavy Plan, as defined in Plan Section 11.02. Special minimum and maximum contribution provisions will apply in such years. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
6) |
o MULTIPLE PLANS. (Use this item to specify which plan will provide the minimum contribution or benefit for members who are covered under this Plan and any other plan or plans of yours. If selected, you must provide wording on the attached page(s).) The method described on the attached page(s) shall be used to meet the minimum contribution and benefit requirements in Plan Years when this is a Top-heavy Plan, in a manner which precludes Employer discretion. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
7) |
PRESENT VALUE: (Applicable if Aggregation Group, as defined in Plan Section 11.02, contains a defined benefit plan. The interest and mortality in this item must match the interest and mortality used for this purpose in such defined benefit plan.) For purposes of establishing Present Value, as defined in Plan Section 11.02, of benefits under a defined benefit plan to compute the Top-heavy Ratio, as defined in Plan Section 11.02, any benefit shall be discounted only for 7 1/2% interest and mortality according to the 1971 Group Annuity Table (Male) without the 7% margin but with projection by Scale E from 1971 to the later of (i) 1974, or (ii) the year determined by adding the age to 1920, and wherein for females the male age six years younger is used, unless otherwise specified in (a) and (b) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o |
Interest rate __________ %. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o |
Mortality table: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS. |
|||||
|
|
||||
|
1) |
VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS are not permitted, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o (If selected, the Plan is subject to an ACP Test even if the Plan satisfies the ACP Test Safe Harbor.) Voluntary Contributions are permitted. (Select any that apply.) |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
o |
___________ % of Pay is the minimum Voluntary Contribution. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
29 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
|
ii) |
o |
Voluntary Contributions must be a whole percentage of Pay. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
o |
__________ % of Pay is the maximum Voluntary Contribution. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS are permitted, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o Rollover Contributions are not permitted. |
INVESTMENTS. |
|||||
|
|
||||
|
1) |
The Plan does not have a Trust Agreement in effect, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
x TRUST AGREEMENT. The Plan has a Trust Agreement. (Select at least one. Cannot select (ii) if (i) is selected. Cannot select (iv) if (iii) is selected.) |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
x We establish the Discretionary Trust Agreement (Attachment A of the Basic Plan). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o We establish the Corporate Directed Trust Agreement (Attachment B of the Basic Plan). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
o We establish the Corporate Custodial Trust Agreement (Attachment C of the Basic Plan). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iv) |
o We establish the Passive Trust Agreement (Attachment D of the Basic Plan). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
v) |
o We establish the Principal Trust Company Directed Trust Agreement (Attachment E of the Basic Plan). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
INVESTMENT DIRECTION. Subject to the provisions of Article IV of the Basic Plan, the Annuity Contract, and if applicable, the Trust Agreement, the investment of a Members Account shall be directed by (Select one.) |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
x the Member for all Contributions. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
b) |
o us for all Contributions. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
c) |
o the Member for Elective Deferral Contributions, Member Contributions, and Rollover Contributions. Us for Employer Contributions other than Elective Deferral Contributions. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
d) |
o the Member for Member Contributions and Rollover Contributions. Us for Employer Contributions including Elective Deferral Contributions. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
30 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
3) |
LOANS. Loans to a Member are not permitted, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
x (Only available if (1)(a) above is selected and the Trustee agrees to hold the promissory note.) Loans are available to a Member subject to the provisions of Plan Section 5.06. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
The Loan Administrator(s) is/are: (Fill in the person(s) or position(s) authorized to administer the Member loan program. Principal Life Insurance Company cannot be named.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Gagnier |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
x The minimum amount of any loan is $1,000 . (Up to $1,000.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
o The maximum amount of any loan is the lesser of 50% of the Members Vested Account, reduced by any outstanding loan balance or $ __________ (Up to $50,000.), reduced by the highest outstanding loan balance during the one-year period ending on the day before the loan is made. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: If not selected, the maximum is the lesser of (i) 50% of the Members Vested Account, reduced by any outstanding loan balance or (ii) $50,000, reduced by the highest outstanding loan balance during the one-year period ending on the day before the loan is made. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iv) |
The number of outstanding loans for a Member shall be limited to one, unless otherwise specified in A below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
x The number shall be limited to 2. (Up to 5.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
v) |
The number of loans approved for a Member in any 12-month period shall be limited to one, unless otherwise specified in A below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
o The number shall be limited to _________. (Up to 5.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vi) |
The term of the loan shall be limited to five years, unless otherwise specified in A below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
o The term of the loan shall not be limited to five years for the purchase of a Members principal residence. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
31 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
4) |
LIFE INSURANCE coverage is not provided under this Plan, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
||||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
a) |
o (Only available if (1)(a)(i), (ii), or (iv) above is selected.) Subject to the limits and provisions of Plan Section 4.02, an Active Member may elect to have part of his Account applied to purchase life insurance coverage on his life. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
5) |
QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES. Investment in Qualifying Employer Securities is not available, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) |
o (Only available if (1)(a)(i), (ii), (iii), or (v) above is selected.) Investment in Qualifying Employer Securities is allowed. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
i) |
The Members Account resulting from the following Contributions may be invested in Qualifying Employer Securities: (Select at least one.) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
A. |
o Elective Deferral Contributions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
o Employer Contributions other than Elective Deferral Contributions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. |
o Member Contributions and Rollover Contributions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
Voting rights for Qualifying Employer Securities will be passed through to Members and the Members will be allowed to direct the voting rights of Qualifying Employer Securities for any other matter put to the vote of the shareholders, unless otherwise specified in A, B, or C below. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
A. |
o The Members will be allowed to direct the voting rights for Significant Corporate Events only. The Employer (or the Named Fiduciary or the Investment Manager as designated by the Employer) will have the voting rights for all other matters, unless otherwise specified in (1) below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
o (Only available if (1)(a)(i) or (ii) above is selected.) The Trustee will have the voting rights for all other matters. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
o The Employer (or the Named Fiduciary or the Investment Manager as designated by the Employer) will have the voting rights for any matter put to the vote of the shareholders. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. |
o (Only available if (1)(a)(i) or (ii) above is selected.) The Trustee will have the voting rights for any matter put to the vote of the shareholders. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
32 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
|
iii) |
Tender rights or exchange offers for Qualifying Employer Securities will be passed through to the Members, unless otherwise specified in A or B below. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
A. |
o Tender rights or exchange offers for Qualifying Employer Securities will be determined by the Employer (or the Named Fiduciary or the Investment Manager as designated by the Employer). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
o (Only available if (1)(a)(i) or (ii) above is selected.) Tender rights or exchange offers for Qualifying Employer Securities will be determined by the Trustee. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iv) |
The optional forms of distribution provided in Plan Section 6.01 or 6A.01, whichever applies, shall include both a single sum payment and a distribution in kind for that portion of a Members Vested Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund, unless otherwise specified in A or B below. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
A. |
o |
No distribution in kind is permitted. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
o |
No single sum payment is permitted. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VESTING PERCENTAGE is used to determine the nonforfeitable percentage of a Members Account resulting from our Contributions. |
||||||
|
|
|||||
|
The Vesting Percentage for a Member who is an Employee on or after the date he reaches Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age shall be 100%. The Vesting Percentage for a Member who is an Employee on the date he becomes Totally Disabled or dies shall be 100%. |
|||||
|
|
|||||
|
1) |
FULLY VESTED CONTRIBUTIONS. Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions are 100% vested. The following Employer Contribution(s) are also 100% vested at all times. (Select any that apply.) |
||||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
a) |
o |
Matching Contributions |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
b) |
o |
Additional Contributions |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
c) |
o |
Discretionary Contributions |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
33 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
2) |
A Members Account resulting from our Contributions which are not 100% vested when made is subject to the vesting schedule selected below. (Select (a), (b), (c), (d), or (e) if some Employer Contributions are not 100% vested. If (e) is selected, fill in percentages.) |
VESTING SERVICE |
VESTING PERCENTAGE |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s |
(a) |
|
(b) |
|
(c) |
|
(d) |
|
(e) |
|
|
o |
|
o |
|
o |
|
o |
|
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than 1 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
20 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
100 |
|
40 |
|
0 |
|
20 |
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
0 |
|
40 |
|
80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
100 |
|
60 |
|
100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
|
NOTE: The schedule in (e) must provide full (100%) vesting after 5 years of Vesting Service or must at all times be as great as the Vesting Percentage which the schedule in (d) would provide. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Members Vesting Percentage determined above shall never be reduced in later years. If this Plan is or ever has been a Top-heavy Plan, the minimum vesting provisions of Plan Section 11.03 shall apply. |
|
3) |
TOP-HEAVY VESTING. A Members Account resulting from additional Employer Contributions made to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements of Plan Section 11.04 shall be subject to the vesting schedule selected below. (Select (a), (b), or (c) if the Plan is not a 401(k) SIMPLE Plan and does not allow any Employer Contributions other than Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions.) |
VESTING SERVICE |
|
VESTING PERCENTAGE |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
(b) |
|
(c) |
|
|
o |
|
o |
|
o |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than 1 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
|
100 |
1 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
|
|
2 |
|
20 |
|
0 |
|
|
3 |
|
40 |
|
100 |
|
|
4 |
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
80 |
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
100 |
|
|
|
|
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
34 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
VESTING SERVICE, subject to the provisions of Plan Section 1.02, shall be determined as follows: (Select (1) or (2) if some Employer Contributions are not 100% vested, if Item V(3)(a) or (b) is completed, or if Early Retirement Age is based on Vesting Service.) |
|||||
|
|
||||
|
1) |
o ELAPSED TIME METHOD. Vesting Service is the total of an Employees countable Periods of Service without regard to Hours of Service. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
2) |
x HOURS METHOD. A year of Vesting Service is a Vesting Service Period in which an Employee has at least 1,000 Hours of Service, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a) |
o |
_______________ (Up to 999.) Hours of Service. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
A VESTING SERVICE PERIOD is the consecutive 12-month period ending on the last day of each Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in (i) or (ii) below. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
o The consecutive 12-month period ending on each _______________________ (Month and day.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o (Vesting Service Period changes.) The consecutive 12-month period ending on |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
each __________________________________________ through |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
_____________________________________________________ and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. |
each following _______________________________________________________ (Complete A using month and day, B using the same month and day as in A and the calendar year in which the last day of the last period ending on this date falls, and C using the month and day on which the new period ends.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) |
A VESTING BREAK, when the hours method is used, is a Vesting Service Period in which an Employee is credited with not more than one-half of the Hours of Service required for a year of Vesting Service, unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
i) |
o ______________________________or fewer Hours of Service. (Fill in up to 500 hours but less than hours required for a year of Vesting Service.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: If the hours method is used, any date completed in (3), (4), or (5) below should be the first day of a Vesting Service Period. If the first day of such period is not used, service during the period in which the date occurs shall not be excluded because of these modifications. If both (3) and (5) are selected, the date in (5) must be before the date in (3). (3) and (5) cannot be used with (4). If the hours method is used and (6) is selected, service during the period in which the Employee attains the age completed in (6) shall not be excluded because of that modification. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
35 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
VESTING MODIFICATIONS: |
||
|
||
|
3) |
x Service before January 1, 1995 is the total of an Employees countable service with us, expressed in whole years and fractional parts of a year (counting a partial month as a complete month). |
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: If selected, fill in a date on or before the date the Plan became subject to ERISA. A new plan becomes subject to ERISA on its Effective Date. |
|
|
|
|
4) |
o Service before _______________________________________________________ shall be determined under the provisions of the (Prior) Plan in effect on the day before that date. |
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: If selected, fill in a date after the Effective Date. |
|
|
|
|
5) |
o Service before _______________________________________________________ shall not be counted. |
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: If selected, fill in a date on or before the date the Plan became subject to ERISA. A new plan becomes subject to ERISA on its Effective Date. |
|
|
|
|
6) |
o Service before an Employee attains age _____________________ (Up to 18.) shall not be counted. |
|
|
|
EQUIVALENCIES. Hours of Service shall be determined on the basis of actual Hours of Service for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment, unless otherwise specified in (1), (2), or (3) below. |
||
|
|
|
|
1) |
o DAYS. On the basis of days worked. An Employee shall be credited with 10 Hours of Service for each day in which he would otherwise be credited with at least one Hour of Service. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
o WEEKS. On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week in which he would otherwise be credited with at least one Hour of Service. |
|
|
|
|
3) |
o MONTHS. On the basis of months worked. An Employee shall be credited with 190 Hours of Service for each month in which he would otherwise be credited with at least one Hour of Service. |
|
|
|
|
NOTE: If selected, the equivalency shall be used for all Employees. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
36 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS. |
||||
|
|
|||
|
1) |
VOLUNTARY. A Member may withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Voluntary Contributions. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
A Member may make only two such withdrawals in any 12-month period, unless otherwise specified in (a) or (b) below. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
o A Member may make such a withdrawal at any time. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o A Member may make only _____________________ such withdrawal(s) in any 12-month period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
ROLLOVER. A Member may withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Rollover Contributions. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
A Member may make only two such withdrawals in any 12-month period, unless otherwise specified in (a) or (b) below. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
o A Member may make such a withdrawal at any time. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o A Member may make only _____________________ such withdrawal(s) in any 12-month period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) |
x 401(k) HARDSHIP. Unless otherwise specified in (a) below, a Member may withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching Contributions (other than Qualified Matching Contributions), Additional Contributions, and Discretionary Contributions in the event of undue financial hardship. Withdrawals from the Members Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions shall be limited to the amount of the Members Elective Deferral Contributions (and earnings thereon accrued as of December 31, 1988). The withdrawal is subject to the provisions of Plan Section 5.05. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
o Such withdrawal shall be limited to the amount of the Members Elective Deferral Contributions (and earnings thereon accrued as of December 31, 1988). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4) |
x AGE 59 1/2. A Member may withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions, and Discretionary Contributions any time after he attains age 59 1/2. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
A Member may make only two such withdrawals in any 12-month period, unless otherwise specified in (a) or (b) below. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
x A Member may make such a withdrawal at any time. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o A Member may make only _____________________ such withdrawal(s) in any 12-month period. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
37 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
5) |
o FIVE YEARS AS AN ACTIVE MEMBER. A Member may withdraw any part of his Vested Account resulting from Matching Contributions (other than Qualified Matching Contributions), Additional Contributions, and Discretionary Contributions at any time after he has been an Active Member for at least five years. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
NOTE: A Members earliest Entry Date shall be used to determine his eligibility for such a withdrawal. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
A Member may make only two such withdrawals in any 12-month period, unless otherwise specified in (a) or (b) below. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
o A Member may make such a withdrawal at any time. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o A Member may make only _____________________ such withdrawal(s) in any 12-month period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Withdrawals are subject to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA of the Basic Plan, whichever applies. |
|||
|
|
|||
RETIREMENT AND THE START OF BENEFITS. |
||||
|
|
|||
|
1) |
NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE is the age at which the Members Account shall become nonforfeitable if he is an Employee. A Members Normal Retirement Age is age 65, unless otherwise specified in (a) or (b) below. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
o Age ________________. (Less than 65.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o The older of age _______________________ (Up to 65.) or his age on the (Select (i) or (ii).) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o date ____________________ (Up to 5.) years after the first day of the Plan Year in which his earliest Entry Date occurred. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o earlier of the date _________________________ (Up to 5.) years after his Hire Date or the date 5 years after the first day of the Plan Year in which his earliest Entry Date occurred. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provisions of (b) are modified as follows: |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
c) |
o A Members Normal Retirement Age shall not be older than age _____________________. (Up to 70.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
START OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS. A Member may choose to have retirement benefits begin on or after his Normal Retirement Date and before he ceases to be an Employee, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
o A Member may not choose to have retirement benefits begin before he ceases to be an Employee. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
38 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
39 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
5) |
The REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE for a Member who is a 5-percent Owner, as defined in Plan Section 7.02, is the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
The Required Beginning Date for any Member who is not a 5-percent Owner, as defined in Plan Section 7.02, is the April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2 or the calendar year in which he retires, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
o LATER OF AGE 70 1/2 OR RETIRE FOR BENEFITS ACCRUED AFTER DATE. The Required Beginning Date is the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2, except that the Required Beginning Date for benefits accrued after the later of the adoption or effective date of the amendment to the Plan changing the Required Beginning Date is the April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2 or the calendar year in which he retires. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If (5)(a) is not selected and the Plan previously provided for a Required Beginning Date based on age 70 1/2 for all Members, the following shall apply to any Member who is not a 5-percent Owner, as defined in Plan Section 7.02. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
b) |
Any such Member attaining age 70 1/2 in years after 1995 may elect by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attained age 70 1/2 (or by December 31, 1997 in the case of a Member attaining age 70 1/2 in 1996) to defer distributions until the calendar year following the calendar year in which he retires, unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o NO DEFERRAL. (Only available if (5)(a) above is not selected.) The Member shall begin receiving distributions by the April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which he attained age 70 1/2 (or by December 31, 1997 in the case of a Member attaining age 70 1/2 in 1996). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) |
Any such Member attaining age 70 1/2 in years prior to 1997 may elect to stop distributions which are not purchased annuities and recommence by the April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which he retires, unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o NO STOPPING. (Only available if (5)(a) above is not selected.) The Member may not elect to stop distributions. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the Member is permitted to stop distributions, there shall be a new Annuity Starting Date upon recommencement, unless otherwise specified in (ii) below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
o NO NEW ANNUITY STARTING DATE. (Only available if (5)(a) and (5)(c)(i) above are not selected.) There shall be no new Annuity Starting Date. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
40 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
6) |
AUTOMATIC ROLLOVER OF SMALL AMOUNTS PAYMENT. If any part of a distribution made under Plan Section 10.11 is an Eligible Rollover Distribution which is equal to or more than $1,000 and for which the Distributee has not elected otherwise, such Eligible Rollover Distribution shall be rolled over to an Individual Retirement Account (IRA) with an affiliate of Principal Life Insurance Company, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. (See Plan Section 10.02.) |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
o Such Eligible Rollover Distribution shall be paid to the Distributee. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION FOR RETIREMENT BENEFITS. |
||||
|
|
|||
|
1) |
OPTIONS. The options available under the Plan shall be those specified in Plan Section 6.02 (includes life annuities) unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
NOTE: If this Plan is a direct or indirect transferee after December 31, 1984, of a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan, target benefit plan, stock bonus plan, or profit sharing plan which is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, (a) below cannot be selected. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
o The options available under the Plan shall be those specified in subparagraph (a)(2) of Plan Section 6A.02 (does not include life annuities or full flexibility option), unless otherwise specified in (i) below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o The only options available under the Plan shall be the options specified in subparagraph (a)(1) of Plan Section 6A.02 (single sum payment and distribution in kind). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: If the Plan later becomes a direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan, target benefit plan, stock bonus plan, or profit sharing plan which is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, then the options available under the Plan shall be those specified in Plan Section 6.02 and the selections in (1) above shall be void. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
2) |
The options specified in Plan Section 6.02 (includes life annuities) may be modified as provided below. (Select any that apply.) |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
o NO FULL FLEXIBILITY OPTION. (Only available if (1)(a) above is not selected.) The full flexibility option shall not be available. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
o SINGLE SUM LIMITED. (Only available if (1)(a) above is not selected; Item U(1)(a)(v) is not selected; Item U(5)(a) is not selected; and Items Y(3), (4), and (5) are not selected.) A Member may not receive a single sum payment of that part of his Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions, and Discretionary Contributions (Select (i) or (ii).) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
o at any time. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
41 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
|
ii) |
o before his Retirement Date or the date he becomes Totally Disabled, if earlier. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If (2)(a) is not selected, the full flexibility option shall not be available for that part of a Members Vested Account which he cannot receive in a single sum. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: A small Vested Account, as defined in Plan Section 10.11, shall be paid in a single sum. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) |
If the Plan is being amended to eliminate or restrict an optional form of distribution and the Plan provides a single sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of distribution eliminated or restricted, the amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an Annuity Starting Date earlier than the first day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the amendment is, adopted, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
o 90 DAYS AFTER SUMMARY. The amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an Annuity Starting Date earlier than the earlier of (i) the 90th day after the date the Member receiving the distribution has been furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and satisfies the ERISA requirements at 29 CFR 2520.104b-3 relating to a summary of material modifications or (ii) the first day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADOPTING EMPLOYERS. (Identify Adopting Employers below.) |
||||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: The Plan must meet the minimum coverage requirement of Code Section 410(b) taking into account all employees of Controlled Groups and Affiliated Service Groups. If you are a member of such a group, other employers in the group may need to adopt this Plan in order for your Plan to meet this requirement. Some employers of the group may also choose to adopt this Plan even though not required. Use this item to identify the other employers in the group whose employees may become Members. |
|||
|
|
|||
|
1) |
There are no Adopting Employers, unless otherwise specified in (a) below. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
x The Adopting Employers listed in (3) below establish a separate plan for the benefit of their Employees or participate with us in a single plan, as specified. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
Separate Plans or Single Plan. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
a) |
SEPARATE PLANS. Adopting Employers may establish a separate plan for the exclusive benefit of their Employees. The establishment of an Adopting Employers separate plan shall be evidenced in writing according to the provisions of Plan Section 2.04. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
42 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
|
|
|
NOTE: A separate plan should not be established unless (i) each plan can meet the minimum coverage requirement of Code Section 410(b) separately or (ii) the combined plans can meet the minimum coverage requirement of Code Section 410(b) and the nondiscrimination requirement of Code Section 401(a)(4). The combined plans may not meet the requirement of Code Section 401(a)(4) if the plans provide for a discretionary Matching Contribution or Discretionary Contribution which is determined separately for each Adopting Employer. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
SINGLE PLAN. Adopting Employers may participate with us in a single plan. An Adopting Employers agreement to participate in this Plan shall be evidenced in writing according to the provisions of Plan Section 2.05. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: The provisions of Plan Section 10.03 shall apply in the case of the merger of this Plan with any Prior Plan of an Adopting Employer participating with us in a single plan. |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
43 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
44 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
45 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
46 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
By executing this Adoption Agreement, we, the Employer, adopt the Principal Financial Group Prototype for Savings Plans for the exclusive benefit of our Employees. Our selections and specifications contained in this Adoption Agreement and the terms, provisions, and conditions provided in the Principal Financial Group Prototype Basic Savings Plan constitute our PLAN. No other basic plan may be used with this Adoption Agreement.
It is understood that Principal Life Insurance Company is not a party to our Plan and shall not be responsible for any tax or legal aspects of our Plan. We assume responsibility for these matters. We acknowledge that we have counseled, to the extent necessary, with selected legal and tax advisors. The obligations of Principal Life Insurance Company shall be governed solely by the provisions of its contracts and policies. Principal Life Insurance Company shall not be required to look into any action taken by the Plan Administrator, Named Fiduciary, Trustee, Investment Manager, or us and shall be fully protected in taking, permitting, or omitting any action on the basis of our actions. Principal Life Insurance Company shall incur no liability or responsibility for carrying out actions as directed by the Plan Administrator, Named Fiduciary, Trustee, Investment Manager, or us.
(Complete in black ink.)
This Adoption Agreement is executed _______________________________________________________________________
FOR THE EMPLOYER
By my signature, I certify that I have reviewed the terms of and the Items selected within this Adoption Agreement. If the Plan has a Trust Agreement in effect, I hereby certify that a copy of this Plan document shall be provided to each Trustee and proper signatures will be obtained on the appropriate attachment to the Basic Plan.
o (Only available if Item U(1)(a)(i) is selected.) By my signature, I hereby direct the Trustee under the Discretionary Trust Agreement to enter into the Principal Financial Group Electronic Linkage SM Group Custodial Agreement.
o (Only available if Item U(1)(a)(v) is selected.) By my signature, I hereby direct Delaware Charter Guarantee & Trust Company, conducting business under the trade name of Principal Trust Company, to enter into the Principal Financial Group Electronic Linkage SM Group Custodial Agreement.
o (Only available if Item U(1)(a)(v) is selected.) By my signature, I hereby direct Delaware Charter Guarantee & Trust Company, conducting business under the trade name of Principal Trust Company, to enter into the Principal Self-directed Brokerage Account. SM
By __________________________________________________________________________________________________
(Signature)
Business Title _________________________________________________________________________________________
o By my signature above, I hereby execute this Adoption Agreement on behalf of each Adopting Employer identified in Item AB.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT BY THE NAMED FIDUCIARY (Complete if other than the Employer.)
By __________________________________________________________________________________________________
(Signature)
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
47 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
This Plan is an important legal document. It may not fit your situation. You will want to consult with your lawyer on whether it does fit your situation and on its tax and legal implications, for which neither Principal Life Insurance Company, nor its agents, can assume responsibility.
Failure to properly fill out this Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of this Plan. Principal Life Insurance Company will inform you of any amendments made to the Plan or of the abandonment of the Plan. The address of Principal Life Insurance Company is 711 High Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50392-0001. When you first adopt the prototype, Principal Life will assign a contact person and give you a toll-free number. If you have not been assigned a contact person, call 1-800-543-4015, extension 88126, for assistance.
You may rely on an opinion letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under Code Section 401 only to the extent provided in Announcement 2001-77, 2001-30 I.R.B.
You may not rely on the opinion letter in certain other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the opinion letter issued with respect to the Plan and in Announcement 2001-77.
In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, application for a determination letter must be made to Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service.
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
48 |
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
Item S(3)(a): The method used to limit Annual Additions to the Maximum Permissible Amount:
Item S(4): For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2000, the method used to satisfy the 1.0 limitation of Code Section 415:
Item S(6): The method used to meet the minimum contribution and benefit requirements in Plan Years when this is a Top-heavy Plan:
Amend No. 1 Effective February 20, 2007 |
|
Annuity Contract No. GA 4-37339 |
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL GROUP
PROTOTYPE
BASIC SAVINGS PLAN
Basic Plan No.: 02
To be used with
Adoption Agreement Plan Nos.: 001 - 002
Approved: July 22, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Life |
|
|
Insurance Company |
|
|
Des Moines, Iowa 50392-0001 |
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
i
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATTACHMENTS |
|
|
|
|
Attachment A - Discretionary Trust Agreement |
|
Attachment B - Corporate Directed Trust Agreement |
|
Attachment C - Corporate Custodial Trust Agreement |
|
Attachment D - Passive Trust Agreement |
|
Attachment E - Principal Trust Company Directed Trust Agreement |
iii
The provisions of this Plan apply as of the Effective Date or such later date as may be specified in Item A of the Adoption Agreement, except as provided in any attached addendums.
ARTICLE I
FORMAT AND DEFINITIONS
Our retirement plan is set out in this document, the attached Adoption Agreement which we signed, and any amendments to these documents. If our Adoption Agreement indicates that a Trust Agreement has been set up, our retirement plan also includes the attached Trust Agreement(s) that we selected, and any amendments to these agreements.
Words and phrases defined in Section 1.02 shall have that defined meaning when used in this Plan, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. These words and phrases have initial capital letters to aid in identifying them as defined terms. References to Section are references to parts of this document; references to Item are references to parts of the Adoption Agreement.
Some of the defined terms and phrases in Section 1.02 and some of the provisions contained in the following articles do not apply to our Plan and shall not be used in our Plan. The provisions of the attached Adoption Agreement shall determine whether or not the terms and provisions apply.
Account means, for a Member, his share of the Plan Fund. Separate accounting records shall be kept for those parts of the Members Account resulting from the following:
a) |
Required Contributions. |
|
|
b) |
Nondeductible Voluntary Contributions. |
|
|
c) |
Deductible Voluntary Contributions. |
|
|
d) |
Rollover Contributions. |
|
|
e) |
Elective Deferral Contributions. |
|
|
f) |
Qualified Matching Contributions. |
|
|
g) |
Matching Contributions that are not Qualified Matching Contributions. |
|
|
h) |
Qualified Nonelective Contributions. |
|
|
i) |
All other Employer Contributions. |
If the Members Vesting Percentage is less than 100% as to any of these Contributions, a separate accounting record will be kept for any part of his Account resulting from such Contributions and, if there has been a prior Forfeiture Date, from such Contributions made before a prior Forfeiture Date.
1
A Members Account shall be reduced by any distribution of his Account and by any Forfeitures. The Members Account shall participate in the earnings credited, expenses charged, and any appreciation or depreciation of the Investment Fund. His Account is subject to any minimum guarantees or other interest crediting applicable under the Annuity Contract or other investment arrangement and to any expenses associated therewith.
Accrual Service Period means the period defined in Item R(3).
ACP Test means the nondiscrimination test described in Code Section 401 (m)(2) as provided for in subparagraph (d) of Section 3.07.
ACP Test Safe Harbor means the method described in subparagraph (c) of Section 3.08 for satisfying the ACP Test with respect to Matching Contributions.
Active Member means an Eligible Employee who is actively participating in the Plan according to the provisions of Section 2.01.
Additional Contributions means additional Employer Contributions. (See Item Q(2) and Sections 3.01 and 3.09.)
Adopting Employer means an employer which is a Controlled Group member and which is listed in Item AB of the Adoption Agreement. If the Adoption Agreement - Standard is used and the transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii) has ended with respect to the primary Employer in Item B, Adopting Employer shall also mean all other employers in the Controlled Group for which such transition period has ended, whether or not listed in Item AB.
Adoption Agreement means the attached document labeled Adoption Agreement which contains our selections and specifications for our Plan.
ADP Test means the nondiscrimination test described in Code Section 401 (k)(3) as provided for in subparagraph (c) of Section 3.07.
ADP Test Safe Harbor means the method described in subparagraph (b) of Section 3.08 for satisfying the ADP Test.
Affiliated Service Group means any group of corporations, partnerships or other organizations of which we are a part and which is affiliated within the meaning of Code Section 4 14(m) and regulations thereunder. Such a group includes at least two organizations one of which is either a service organization (that is, an organization the principal business of which is performing services), or an organization the principal business of which is performing management functions on a regular and continuing basis. Such service is of a type historically performed by employees. In the case of a management organization, the Affiliated Service Group shall include organizations related, within the meaning of Code Section 144(a)(3), to either the management organization or the organization for which it performs management functions. The term Controlled Group, as it is used in this Plan, shall include the term Affiliated Service Group.
Alternate Payee means any spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a Member who is recognized by a qualified domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefits payable under the Plan with respect to such Member.
Annual Pay means the Employees annual Pay defined in Item N(3).
Annuity Contract means the annuity contract or contracts into which we, and the Adopting Employers adopting this Plan as a separate plan enter, or the Trustee enters, whichever is appropriate, with the Insurer for guaranteed benefits, for the investment of Contributions in
2
separate accounts, and for the payment of benefits under this Plan. The term Annuity Contract as it is used in this Plan shall include the plural unless the context clearly indicates the singular is meant.
Annuity Starting Date means, for a Member, the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity or any other form.
Basic Plan means this document which contains the basic provisions of our Plan.
Beneficiary means the person or persons named by a Member to receive any benefits under the Plan when the Member dies. (See Section 10.07.)
Claimant means any person who makes a claim for benefits under this Plan. (See Section 9.05.)
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Contingent Annuitant means an individual named by a Member to receive a lifetime benefit under the terms of a survivorship life annuity after the Member dies.
Contributions means Elective Deferral, Matching, Qualified Nonelective, Additional, Discretionary, Required, Voluntary, and Rollover Contributions, unless the context clearly indicates only specific contributions are meant.
Controlled Group means any group of corporations, trades, or businesses of which we are a part that are under common control. A Controlled Group includes any group of corporations, trades, or businesses, whether or not incorporated, which is either a parent-subsidiary group, a brother-sister group, or a combined group within the meaning of Code Section 4 14(b), Code Section 414(c) and regulations thereunder and, for the purpose of determining contribution limitations under Section 3.06, as modified by Code Section 415(h) and, for the purpose of identifying Leased Employees, as modified by Code Section 144(a)(3). The term Controlled Group, as it is used in this Plan, shall include the term Affiliated Service Group and any other employer required to be aggregated with us under Code Section 4 14(o) and the regulations thereunder.
Direct Rollover means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.
Discretionary Contributions means discretionary Employer Contributions. (See Item Q(3) and Section 3.01.)
Distributee means an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employees (or former Employees) surviving spouse and the Employees (or former Employees) spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 4 14(p), are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.
Early Retirement Age means, for a Member, the age defined in Item Z(3).
Early Retirement Date means the date a Member selects for beginning his early retirement benefit after he reaches Early Retirement Age and has ceased to be an Employee. If a Member ceases to be an Employee before satisfying any age requirement for Early Retirement Age, but after satisfying any other requirements, the Member shall be entitled to elect an early retirement benefit upon satisfying such age requirement. (See Item Z(3).)
Earned Income means, for a Self-employed Individual, net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business for which this Plan is established if such Self-employed Individuals personal services are a material income producing factor for that trade or business. Net earnings shall be
3
determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions properly allocable to or chargeable against such items. Net earnings shall be reduced for our employer contributions to our qualified retirement plan(s) to the extent deductible under Code Section 404.
Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed to us by Code Section 164(f) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.
Effective Date means the date specified in Item D.
Elective Deferral Contributions means Employer Contributions which are made in accordance with elective deferral agreements between Eligible Employees and us.
Elective deferral agreements shall be made, changed, or terminated according to the provisions of Item O. (See Item O and Section 3.01.)
Elective Deferral Contributions shall be 100% vested and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Section 5.04.)
Eligible Employee means an Employee who meets the requirements specified in Item J.
Eligible Retirement Plan means an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the Distributees Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.
Eligible Rollover Distribution means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: (i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributees designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401 (a)(9); (iii) any hardship distribution described in Code Section 401 (k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) received after December 31, 1998; (iv) the portion of any other distribution(s) that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and (v) any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year.
Employee means an individual who is employed by us or any other employer required to be aggregated with us under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o). A Controlled Group member is required to be aggregated with us.
The term Employee shall include any Self-employed Individual treated as an employee of any employer described in the preceding paragraph as provided in Code Section 401 (c)(1). The term Employee shall also include any Leased Employee deemed to be an employee of any employer described in the preceding paragraph as provided in Code Section 414(n) or (o).
Employer means, except for purposes of Plan Section 3.06, the employer named in Item B and any successor corporation, trade or business which will, by written agreement, assume the obligations of this Plan or any Predecessor Employer which maintained this Plan. The terms we, us, and ours, as they are used in this Plan, refer to the Employer.
Employer Contributions means the contributions made by us to fund the Plan. (See Section 3.01 and 11.04.)
4
Entry Break means, when the elapsed time method is used to determine service, a one-year Period of Severance beginning on an Employees Severance Date. An Employee incurs an Entry Break on the last day of a one-year Period of Severance.
When the hours method is used to determine service, Entry Break is defined in Item L(2)(b)(iv). An Employee incurs an Entry Break on the last day of the Entry Service Period in which he has an Entry Break.
Entry Date means the date an Employee first enters the Plan as an Active Member. (See Item M and Section 2.01.)
Entry Service means an Employees service defined in Item L(2). Entry Service shall include service with a Controlled Group member while we are both members of the Controlled Group.
If Item I(1 )(a)(i) is selected, Entry Service shall include service with a Predecessor Employer which did not maintain this Plan. If Item I(2)(b)(i) is selected, Entry Service shall include service with a Prior Employer.
Entry Service shall include a Period of Military Duty. If the elapsed time method is used, the entire Period of Military Duty shall be included to the extent it has not already been counted as Entry Service. If the hours method is used, an Hour of Service shall be credited (without regard to the 501 Hours of Service limitation) for each hour the Employee would normally have been scheduled to work for us during such Period of Military Duty to the extent such hour has not already been counted for purposes of Entry Service.
If the elapsed time method is used, Entry Service shall be measured from his Hire Date to his most recent Severance Date. Entry Service shall be reduced by any Period of Severance that occurred prior to his most recent Severance Date, unless such Period of Severance is included under the service spanning rule below. This period of Entry Service shall be expressed as years (on the basis that 365 days equal one year), months (on the basis that 30 days equals one month) or days.
If the elapsed time method is used, Entry Service shall include a Period of Severance (service spanning rule) if:
a) |
the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is not absent from work and ends within 12 months, or |
|
|
b) |
the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is absent from work for any reason other than quitting, being discharged, or retiring (such as a leave of absence or layoff) and ends within 12 months of the date he was first absent. |
If the hours method is used and the Entry Service Period shifts to the Plan Year, an Employee will be credited with two years of Entry Service if he has the Hours of Service required for a year of Entry Service in both his first and second Entry Service Periods.
If the method of crediting Entry Service changes, the provisions of Section 10.13 shall apply.
Entry Service Period means the period defined in Item L(2)(b)(iii). If an Employee has a Rehire Date, a new Entry Service Period shall begin on that date in the same manner as if it were a Hire Date.
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
5
401(k) Safe Harbor Plan means a plan which satisfies the ADP Test Safe Harbor and to which the 401(k) safe harbor provisions of Section 3.08 apply as elected in Item O(8).
401(k) SIMPLE Plan means a plan to which the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions of Section 3.09 apply as elected in Item O(9).
Fiscal Year means our taxable year. (See Item F.)
Forfeiture means the part, if any, of a Members Account which is forfeited. (See Section 3.04.)
Forfeiture Date means, as to a Member, the date the Member incurs five consecutive Vesting Breaks.
Highly Compensated Employee means any Employee who:
a) |
was a 5-percent owner at any time during the year or the preceding year, or |
|
|
b) |
for the preceding year had compensation from us in excess of $80,000 and, if we so elect in Item K, was in the top-paid group for the preceding year. The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d), except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996. |
For this purpose the applicable year of the plan for which a determination is being made is called a determination year and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year. If we have made a calendar year data election in Item K(1 )(b), the look-back year shall be the calendar year beginning with or within the look-back year. The Plan may not use such election to determine whether Employees are Highly Compensated Employees on account of being a 5-percent owner.
Calendar year data elections and top-paid group elections, once made, apply for all subsequent years unless changed by us. If we make one election, we are not required to make the other. If both elections are made, the look-back year in determining the top-paid group must be the calendar year beginning with or within the look-back year. These elections must apply consistently to the determination years of all plans maintained by us which reference the highly compensated employee definition in Code Section 414(q), except as provided in Internal Revenue Service Notice 97-45 (or superseding guidance). The consistency requirement will not apply to determination years beginning with or within the 1997 calendar year, and for determination years beginning on or after January 1, 1998 and before January 1, 2000, satisfaction of the consistency requirement is determined without regard to any nonretirement plans of ours.
The determination of who is a highly compensated former Employee is based on the rules applicable to determining Highly Compensated Employee status as in effect for that determination year, in accordance with section 1.414(q)-1T, A-4 of the temporary Income Tax Regulations and Internal Revenue Service Notice 97-45.
In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for years beginning in 1997, the amendments to Code Section 414(q) stated above are treated as having been in effect for years beginning in 1996.
The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the top-paid group, the compensation that is considered, and the identity of the 5-percent owners, shall be made in accordance with Code Section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder.
Hire Date means the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service.
6
Hour of Service means, for the elapsed time method of crediting service in this Plan, each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performing duties for us. Hour of Service means, for the hours method of crediting service in this Plan, the following:
a) |
Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performing duties for us during the applicable service period. |
|
|
|
|
b) |
Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by us on account of a period of time in which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subparagraph (b) no credit shall be given to the Employee: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
for more than 501 Hours of Service under this subparagraph (b) on account of any single continuous period in which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single service period); or |
|
|
|
|
2) |
for an Hour of Service for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period in which no duties are performed if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers or workmens compensation, or unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws; or |
|
|
|
|
3) |
for an Hour of Service for a payment which solely reimburses the Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by him. |
|
|
|
|
For purposes of this subparagraph (b), a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from us regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from us directly or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund or insurer, to which we contribute or pay premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of particular employees or are on behalf of a group of employees in the aggregate. |
|
|
|
|
c) |
Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by us. The same Hour of Service shall not be credited under both this subparagraph (c) and under either subparagraph (a) or (b) above. Crediting of Hours of Service for back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to periods described in subparagraph (b) above shall be subject to the limitations set forth in that subparagraph. |
If elected by us in Item X, Hours of Service shall be determined using an equivalency based on periods of employment in lieu of actual Hours of Service.
The crediting of Hours of Service above shall be applied under the rules of paragraphs (b) and (c) of the Department of Labor Regulation 2530.200b-2 (including any interpretations or opinions implementing such rules); which rules, by this reference, are specifically incorporated in full within this Plan. The reference to paragraph (b) applies to the special rule for determining hours of service for reasons other than the performance of duties such as payments calculated (or not calculated) on the basis of units of time and the rule against double credit. The reference to paragraph (c) applies to the crediting of hours of service to service periods.
Hours of Service shall be credited for employment with any other employer required to be aggregated with us under Code Section 4 14(b), (c), (m), or (o) and the regulations thereunder for purposes of entry and vesting. Hours of Service shall also be credited for any individual who is considered an employee for purposes of this Plan pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or (o) and the regulations thereunder.
7
Solely for purposes of determining whether a one-year break in service has occurred for entry or vesting purposes, during a Parental Absence an Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to the Employee but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence. The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph shall be credited in the service period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a break in service in that period; or in all other cases, in the following service period.
Inactive Member means a former Active Member who has an Account. (See Section 2.02.)
Insurance Policy means, for trusteed plans, the life insurance policy or policies issued to the Trustee by the Insurer as provided in Item U(4)(a) and Article IV. The term Insurance Policy as it is used in this Plan shall include the plural unless the context clearly indicates the singular is meant.
Insurer means Principal Life Insurance Company and, if Item U(4)(a) is selected, the insurance company or companies named by the Trustee in its discretion or as directed under the Trust Agreement to issue Insurance Policies.
In addition, if this Plan is a restatement of a Prior Plan, Insurer shall also mean any life insurance company which has issued a group annuity contract to either the Employer or the Trustee and such contract remains in effect.
Integration Level means the Integration Level defined in Item Q(3)(b).
Investment Fund means the total of Plan assets, excluding the cash value of any Insurance Policy and the guaranteed benefit policy portion of any Annuity Contract. All or a portion of these assets may be held under, or invested pursuant to, the terms of a Trust Agreement if Item U(1 )(a) is selected.
The Investment Fund shall be valued at current fair market value as of the Valuation Date. The valuation shall take into consideration investment earnings credited, expenses charged, payments made, and changes in the values of the assets held in the Investment Fund.
The Investment Fund shall be allocated at all times to Members, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan. The Account of a Member shall be credited with its share of the gains and losses of the Investment Fund. That part of a Members Account invested in a funding arrangement which establishes one or more accounts or investment vehicles for such Member thereunder shall be credited with the gain or loss from such accounts or investment vehicles. That part of a Members Account which is invested in other funding arrangements shall be credited with a proportionate share of the gain or loss of such investments. The share shall be determined by multiplying the gain or loss of the investment by the ratio of the part of the Members Account invested in such funding arrangement to the total of the Investment Fund invested in such funding arrangement.
Investment Manager means any fiduciary (other than a Trustee or Named Fiduciary):
a) |
who has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of any assets of the Plan; |
|
|
b) |
who (i) is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; (ii) is not registered as an investment adviser under such Act by reason of paragraph (1) of section 203A(a) of such Act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, and, at the time it last filed the registration form most recently filed by it with such state in order to maintain its registration under the laws of such state, also filed a copy of such |
8
|
form with the Secretary of Labor; (iii) is a bank, as defined in that Act; or (iv) is an insurance company qualified to perform services described in subparagraph (a) above under the laws of more than one state; and |
|
|
c) |
who has acknowledged in writing being a fiduciary with respect to the Plan. |
Item means the specified item in the Adoption Agreement we signed.
Late Retirement Date means the first day of any month which is after a Members Normal Retirement Date and on which retirement benefits begin. If a Member continues to work for us after his Normal Retirement Date, his Late Retirement Date shall be the earliest first day of the month on or after the date he ceases to be an Employee. An earlier Retirement Date, if so permitted in Item Z(2), or a later Retirement Date may apply if the Member so elects. An earlier Retirement Date may apply if the Member is 70 1/2 or older. (See Section 5.04.)
Leased Employee means any person (other than an employee of the recipient) who, pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person (leasing organization), has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the recipient. Contributions or benefits provided by the leasing organization to a Leased Employee, which are attributable to service performed for the recipient employer, shall be treated as provided by the recipient employer.
A Leased Employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient if:
a) |
such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing (i) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, as defined in Code Section 41 5(c)(3), but for years beginning before January 1, 1998, including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludible from the employees gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b), (ii) immediate participation, and (iii) full and immediate vesting, and |
|
|
b) |
Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the recipients nonhighly compensated work force. |
Loan Administrator means the person(s) or position(s) named in Item U(3)(a)(i).
Matching Contributions means Employer Contributions which are contingent on a Members Elective Deferral Contributions. (See Items O(8) and P and Sections 3.01, 3.08 and 3.09.)
Maximum Integration Rate means the Maximum Integration Rate defined in Item Q(3)(b). Member means either an Active Member or an Inactive Member.
Member Contributions means Voluntary Contributions and Required Contributions, unless the context clearly indicates only one is meant.
Monthly Date means each Yearly Date and the same day of each following month during the Plan Year beginning on such Yearly Date.
Named Fiduciary means the person named in Item G.
9
Net Profits means our current or accumulated net earnings, determined according to generally accepted accounting practices, before any Contributions made by us under this Plan and before any deduction for Federal or state income tax, dividends on our stock, and capital gains or losses. If we are a nonprofit organization under Code Section 501 (c)(3), Net Profits means excess revenues (excess of receipts over expenditures).
Nonhighly Compensated Employee means an Employee of the Employer who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.
Nonvested Account means the excess, if any, of a Members Account over his Vested Account.
Normal Form means a single life annuity with installment refund.
Normal Retirement Age means, for a Member, the age defined in Item Z(1).
Normal Retirement Date means the earliest first day of the month on or after a Member reaches Normal Retirement Age. Retirement benefits shall begin on a Members Normal Retirement Date if he is not an Employee, has a Vested Account, and has not elected to have retirement benefits begin later. However, retirement benefits shall not begin before the later of age 62 or his Normal Retirement Age, unless the qualified election procedures of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies, are met. If permitted in Item Z(2), a Member may choose to have retirement benefits begin on his Normal Retirement Date, even if he is an Employee on such date. An earlier Retirement Date may apply if the Member is 70 1/2 or older. (See Section 5.04.)
Owner-employee means a Self-employed Individual who, in the case of a sole proprietorship, owns the entire interest in the unincorporated trade or business for which this Plan is established. If this Plan is established for a partnership, an Owner-employee means a Self-employed Individual who owns more than 10 percent of either the capital interest or profits interest in such partnership.
Parental Absence means an Employees absence from work:
a) |
by reason of pregnancy of the Employee, |
|
|
b) |
by reason of birth of a child of the Employee, |
|
|
c) |
by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with adoption of such child by such Employee, or |
|
|
d) |
for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. |
Pay means the pay defined in Item N(1).
For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1994, the annual Pay of each Member taken into account for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any determination period shall not exceed $150,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with Code Section 401 (a)(1 7)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any determination period beginning in such calendar year.
If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual limit multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the number of months in the short determination period and the denominator of the fraction is 12.
10
If Pay for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining a Members contributions or benefits for the current Plan Year, the Pay for such prior determination period is subject to the applicable annual pay limit in effect for that determination period. For this purpose, in determining contributions or benefits in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual Pay limit in effect for determination periods beginning before that date is $150,000.
Pay means, for a Self-employed Individual, Earned Income.
Pay means, for a Leased Employee, Pay for the services the Leased Employee performs for us, determined in the same manner as the Pay of Employees who are not Leased Employees, regardless of whether such Pay is received directly from us or from the leasing organization.
Pay Year means the consecutive 12-month period defined in Item N(3).
Period of Military Duty means, for an Employee
a) |
who served as a member of the armed forces of the United States, and |
|
|
b) |
who was reemployed by us at a time when the Employee had a right to reemployment in accordance with seniority rights as protected under Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code, |
the period of time from the date the Employee was first absent from work for us because of such military duty to the date the Employee was reemployed.
Period of Service means a period of time beginning on an Employees Hire or Rehire Date, whichever applies, and ending on his Severance Date.
Period of Severance means a period beginning on an Employees Severance Date and ending on the date he again performs an Hour of Service.
A one-year Period of Severance means a Period of Severance of 12 consecutive months.
Solely for purposes of determining whether a one-year Period of Severance has occurred for entry or vesting purposes, the consecutive 12-month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of a Parental Absence shall not be a one-year Period of Severance.
Plan means our retirement plan set forth in the attached Adoption Agreement and this document, including any later amendments to them. If our Adoption Agreement indicates that a Trust Agreement has been set up, the term Plan shall include the term Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
Plan Administrator means the person named in Item H.
Plan Fund means the total of the Investment Fund, the guaranteed benefit policy portion of any Annuity Contract, and the cash value of any Insurance Policy. The Investment Fund shall be valued as stated in its definition. The guaranteed benefit policy portion of any Annuity Contract shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the Annuity Contract and, to the extent that such Annuity Contract allocates contract values to Members, allocated to Members in accordance with its terms. The cash value of any Insurance Policy shall be stated in such policy. The total of all amounts held under the Plan Fund shall equal the value of the aggregate of Members Accounts under the Plan.
11
Plan Year means a consecutive 12-month period beginning on a Yearly Date and ending on the day before the next Yearly Date. If the Yearly Date changes, the change will result in a short Plan Year. If a service period or the Pay Year is based on the Plan Year, corresponding years before the Effective Date shall be included.
Plan-year Quarter means a period beginning on a Quarterly Date and ending on the day before the next Quarterly Date.
Predecessor Employer means a predecessor employer defined in Item I(1).
Prior Employer means a prior employer defined in Item I(2).
Prior Plan means a retirement plan of ours or of a Predecessor Employer which was qualifiable under Code Section 401(a), and of which this Plan is a restatement, as specified in the initial Adoption Agreement. If, because of a merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets or liabilities, this Plan is a continuation of a plan which was qualifiable under Code Section 401(a), that plan shall be a Prior Plan. If, with the approval of any governmental agency to which it is subject, the assets of a terminated plan of ours which was qualified under Code Section 401(a) are transferred to this Plan, that terminated plan shall be deemed to be the Prior Plan.
Prior Plan Assets means the assets accumulated under the Prior Plan which have not been distributed and which are held under this Plan.
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity means, for a Member who has a spouse, an immediate survivorship life annuity with installment refund, where the Contingent Annuitant is the Members spouse and the survivorship percentage is 50%. A former spouse will be treated as the spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code Section 414(p).
The amount of the benefit payable under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be the amount of benefit which may be provided by the Members Vested Account.
Qualified Matching Contributions means Matching Contributions which are 100% vested and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Section 5.04.) Our Matching Contributions shall be Qualified Matching Contributions if elected in Item O(8)(b)(i) or P(8).
Qualified Nonelective Contributions means Employer Contributions (other than Elective Deferral Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions) which are 100% vested and subject to the distribution restrictions of Code Section 401(k) when made. (See Items O(8)(b)(ii), O(8)(d), and Q(1) and Sections 3.01, 3.08, and 5.04.)
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity means a life annuity with installment refund payable to the surviving spouse of a Member who dies before his Annuity Starting Date. A former spouse will be treated as the surviving spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code Section 414(p).
Qualifying Employer Securities means any security which is issued by us or any Controlled Group member and which meets the requirements of Code Section 409(l) and ERISA Section 407(d)(5)(a). This shall also include any securities that satisfied the requirements of the definition when these securities were assigned to the Plan.
Qualifying Employer Securities Fund means that part of the assets of the Trust Fund that are designated to be held primarily or exclusively in Qualifying Employer Securities for the purpose of providing benefits for Members.
12
Quarterly Date means each Yearly Date and the third, sixth, and ninth Monthly Date after each Yearly Date which is within the same Plan Year.
Reentry Date means the date a former Active Member reenters the Plan. (See Section 2.01.)
Rehire Date means the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service following a Period of Severance when the elapsed time method is used, or an Entry Break when the hours method is used.
Required Contributions means nondeductible employee contributions required from an active member in order to participate in the Prior Plan.
Restatement Date means the date our retirement plan was last restated. (See Item A(2) of the initial Adoption Agreement.)
Retirement Date means the date a retirement benefit will begin and is a Members Early, Normal, or Late Retirement Date, as the case may be.
Rollover Contributions means the rollover contributions which are made by an Eligible Employee or an Inactive Member. (See Section 3.03.)
Self-directed Brokerage Account means that portion of a Members Account that is invested at the Members direction in the Principal Self-directed Brokerage Account. SM
Self-employed Individual means, with respect to any Fiscal Year, an individual who has Earned Income for the Fiscal Year (or who would have Earned Income but for the fact the trade or business for which this Plan is established did not have net profits for such Fiscal Year).
Semi-yearly Date means each Yearly Date and the sixth Monthly Date after each Yearly Date which is within the same Plan Year.
Severance Date means the earlier of:
a) |
the date on which an Employee quits, retires, dies, or is discharged, or |
|
|
b) |
the first anniversary of the date an Employee begins a one-year absence from service (with or without pay). This absence may be the result of any combination of vacation, holiday, sickness, disability, leave of absence, or layoff. |
Solely to determine whether a one-year Period of Severance has occurred for entry or vesting purposes for an Employee who is absent from service beyond the first anniversary of the first day of a Parental Absence, Severance Date is the second anniversary of the first day of the Parental Absence. The period between the first and second anniversaries of the first day of the Parental Absence is not a Period of Service and is not a Period of Severance.
Significant Corporate Event means any corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all assets of a trade or business, or such similar transaction as may be prescribed in regulations under Code Section 409(e)(3).
Taxable Wage Base means the contribution and benefit base under section 230 of the Social Security Act.
13
Totally Disabled means that a Member is disabled, as a result of sickness or injury, to the extent that he is prevented from engaging in any substantial gainful activity, and is eligible for and receives a disability benefit under Title II of the Federal Social Security Act.
If our Employees are not covered under Title II of the Federal Social Security Act, Totally Disabled means that a Member is disabled as a result of sickness or injury, to the extent that he is completely prevented from performing any work or engaging in any occupation for wage or profit, and has been continuously disabled for six months. Initial written proof that the disability exists and has continued for at least six months must be furnished to the Plan Administrator by the Member within one year after the date the disability begins. The Plan Administrator, upon receipt of any notice of proof of a Members total disability, shall have the right and opportunity to have a physician it designates examine the Member when and as often as it may reasonably require, but not more than once each year after the disability has continued uninterruptedly for at least two years beyond the date of furnishing the first proof.
Trust Agreement means, if we select Item U(1 )(a), whichever of the following attached agreements we selected: the Discretionary Trust Agreement labeled Attachment A, the Corporate Directed Trust Agreement labeled Attachment B, the Corporate Custodial Trust Agreement labeled Attachment C, the Passive Trust Agreement labeled Attachment D, or the Principal Trust Company Directed Trust Agreement, labeled Attachment E.
Trust Fund means the total funds held under an applicable Trust Agreement. The term Trust Fund when used within a Trust Agreement shall mean only the funds held under that Trust Agreement.
Trustee means, for trusteed plans, the party or parties named in the Trust Agreement(s)chosen in Item U(1). The term Trustee as it is used in this Plan shall include the plural unless the context clearly indicates the singular is meant.
Valuation Date means the date on which the value of the assets of the Investment Fund is determined. The value of each Account which is maintained under this Plan shall be determined on the Valuation Date. In each Plan Year, the Valuation Date shall be the last day of the Plan Year. At the discretion of the Plan Administrator, Trustee, or Insurer(whichever applies), assets of the Investment Fund may be valued more frequently. These dates shall also be Valuation Dates.
Vested Account means, on any date, the vested part of a Members Account. If all Employer Contributions are 100% vested, the Members Vested Account is equal to his Account. If not all Employer Contributions are 100% vested, and the Members Vesting Percentage is 100%, the Vested Account equals his Account. If not all Employer Contributions are 100% vested and the Members Vesting Percentage is not 100%, the Vested Account equals the sum of (a) and (b) below:
14
|
D |
The amount of the withdrawal resulting from our Contributions, other than our vested Contributions included in (a) above. |
Vesting Break means, when the elapsed time method is used, a one-year Period of Severance. An Employee incurs a Vesting Break on the last day of a one-year Period of Severance.
When the hours method is used, Vesting Break is defined in Item W(2)(c). An Employee incurs a Vesting Break on the last day of the Vesting Service Period in which he has a Vesting Break.
Vesting Percentage means the Members Vesting Percentage determined under Item V. If the computation of Vesting Percentage is changed, a Members Vesting Percentage as of the day before the change shall not be reduced due to the change. The provisions of Section 10.01 regarding changes in the computation of Vesting Percentage shall apply.
Vesting Service means an Employees service determined under Item W. Vesting Service is subject to the modifications selected under that item. Vesting Service shall include service with a Controlled Group member while we are both members of the Controlled Group.
If Item W(4) is selected, Vesting Service is determined under the Prior Plan provisions. Service before the date the Prior Plan became subject to ERISA may be disregarded if such service would have been disregarded under the Prior Plan break in service rules as in effect on the day before such date.
If Item I(1 )(a)(ii) is selected, Vesting Service shall include service with a Predecessor Employer which did not maintain this Plan. If Item I(2)(b)(ii) is selected, Vesting Service shall include service with a Prior Employer.
Vesting Service shall include a Period of Military Duty. If the elapsed time method is used, the entire Period of Military Duty shall be included to the extent it has not already been counted as Vesting Service. If the hours method is used, an Hour of Service shall be credited (without regard to the 501 Hours of Service limitation) for each hour the Employee would normally have been scheduled to work for us during such Period of Military Duty, to the extent such hour has not already been credited as Vesting Service.
If the elapsed time method is used, Vesting Service shall be measured from his Hire Date to his most recent Severance Date. Vesting Service shall be reduced by all or any part of a Period of Service that is not counted. Vesting Service shall also be reduced by any Period of Severance that occurred prior to his most recent Severance Date, unless such Period of Severance is included under the service spanning rule below. This period of Vesting Service shall be expressed as years and fractional parts of a year (to four decimal places) on the basis that 365 days equal one year.
If the elapsed time method is used, Vesting Service shall include a Period of Severance (service spanning rule) if:
a) |
the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is not absent from work and ends within 12 months, or |
|
|
b) |
the Period of Severance immediately follows a period during which an Employee is absent from work for any reason other than quitting, being discharged, or retiring (such as a leave of absence or layoff) and ends within 12 months of the date he was first absent. |
If the Prior Plan applied the rule of parity before the first Yearly Date in 1985, an Employees Vesting Service, accumulated before a Vesting Break which occurred before that date, shall be excluded according to the Prior Plan provisions if (i) his Vesting Percentage is zero, and (ii) his
15
latest period of consecutive Vesting Breaks equals or exceeds his prior Vesting Service (disregarding any Vesting Service that was excluded because of a previous period of Vesting Breaks).
For a Member who is not credited with an Hour of Service on or after the first Yearly Date in 1985, Vesting Service accrued before such date and before an age greater than 18 (before the beginning of the Vesting Service Period in which he attained that age, when the hours method is used) shall be excluded if the Prior Plan excluded such service.
If the method of crediting Vesting Service changes, the provisions of Sections 10.01 and 10.13 shall apply.
Vesting Service Period means the period defined in Item W(2)(b).
Voluntary Contributions means the Contributions by a Member that are not required as a condition of employment, of participation, or for obtaining additional benefits from our Contributions. (See Item T(1) and Section 3.02.)
Yearly Date means the Yearly Date defined in Item E.
Years of Service means an Employees Vesting Service defined in Item W, disregarding any modifications which exclude service.
If Vesting Service is not defined in Item W, Years of Service shall be determined as if Item W(1) was selected.
An Employee shall first become an Active Member (begin active participation in the Plan) on the earliest date specified in Item M on which he is an Eligible Employee and has met all of the entry requirements selected in Item L. This date is the Members Entry Date.
Each Employee who was an active member under the Prior Plan on the day before the Restatement Date shall continue to be an Active Member under this Plan on the Restatement Date if he is still an Eligible Employee and his Entry Date shall not change.
If service with a Predecessor Employer or a Prior Employer is counted for purposes of Entry Service in Item I, an Employee shall be credited with such service on the date he becomes an Employee and shall become an Active Member on the earliest date specified in Item M on which he is an Eligible Employee and has met all of the entry requirements selected in Item L. This date is the Members Entry Date.
If a person has been an Eligible Employee who has met all of the entry requirements selected in Item L but is not an Eligible Employee on the date which would have been his Entry Date, he shall become an Active Member on the date he again becomes an Eligible Employee. This date is the Members Entry Date.
In the event an Employee who is not an Eligible Employee becomes an Eligible Employee, such Eligible Employee shall become an Active Member immediately if such Eligible Employee has satisfied the entry requirements in Item L and would have otherwise previously become an Active Member had he met the definition of Eligible Employee. This date is the Members Entry Date.
16
An Inactive Member shall again become an Active Member (resume active participation in the Plan) on the date he again performs an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee. This date is his Reentry Date. Upon again becoming an Active Member, he shall cease to be an Inactive Member.
A former Member shall again become an Active Member (resume active participation in the Plan) on the date he again performs an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee. This date is his Reentry Date.
There shall be no duplication of benefits for a Member under this Plan because of more than one period as an Active Member.
SECTION 2.02 - INACTIVE MEMBER.
An Active Member shall become an Inactive Member (stop accruing benefits under the Plan) on the earlier of the following:
a) |
the date the Member ceases to be an Eligible Employee, or |
|
|
b) |
the effective date of complete termination of the Plan under Article VIII. |
An Employee or former Employee who was an inactive member under the Prior Plan on the day before the Restatement Date shall continue to be an Inactive Member under this Plan on the Restatement Date. Eligibility for any benefits payable to the Member or on his behalf and the amount of the benefits shall be determined according to the provisions of the Prior Plan, unless otherwise stated in this Plan.
SECTION 2.03 - CESSATION OF PARTICIPATION.
A Member shall cease to be a Member on the date he is no longer an Eligible Employee and his Account is zero.
SECTION 2.04 - ADOPTING EMPLOYERS - SEPARATE PLANS.
Each Adopting Employer identified as a separate plan in Item AB of the Adoption Agreement-Nonstandard maintains this Plan as a separate and distinct plan for the exclusive benefit of its Employees. An Adopting Employers adoption of the Plan shall be in writing. If the Adopting Employer did not maintain a Prior Plan, the date of adoption specified in Item AB is the Effective Date of its Plan. This date is the first Yearly Date for the Adopting Employers Plan and shall be the Entry Date for any of its Employees who have met the requirements in Section 2.01 as of that date. If the Adopting Employer did maintain a Prior Plan, the date of adoption is the Restatement Date of its Plan.
An Adopting Employer shall be deemed to be the Employer but only with respect to its Plan and for those Employees who are on its payroll. In interpreting the Adoption Agreement and this document as to an Adopting Employer, the terms Employer, we, us, and ours shall be deemed to refer to the Adopting Employer and the Adopting Employers fiscal year is deemed to be the Fiscal Year. The primary Employer in Item B is deemed to be an Adopting Employer for purposes of the following two paragraphs.
The Contributions made by an Adopting Employer, and Forfeitures arising from such Contributions, shall not be used to fund the benefits for Employees of any other Adopting Employer. Service with an Adopting Employer shall be included as service with all other Adopting Employers and transfer of employment, without interruption, between Adopting Employers shall not be an interruption of service. If an Active Member ceases to be an Eligible Employee of an Adopting Employer and immediately becomes an Eligible Employee of another Adopting Employer, for purposes of
17
Employer Contributions only, he shall be an Active Member under the first Adopting Employers Plan until the earlier of the end of the Plan Year or the date on which he is no longer an Eligible Employee under any Adopting Employers Plan. In determining his eligibility for, or the amount or allocation of, any Employer Contributions under each Plan, his service from all Adopting Employers shall be taken into account, but only his Pay from the Adopting Employer maintaining such Plan shall be taken into account. If Employer Contributions are made under a service formula, there shall be no duplication of benefits on account of active participation in more than one Plan and the Contribution for any period shall be prorated based on service with each Adopting Employer which maintained such Plans.
If an Integration Level is used to determine the amount or allocation of an Employer Contribution and a Member receives Pay from more than one Adopting Employer, the Integration Level used to determine the amount or allocation of an Adopting Employers Contribution is equal to the Integration Level multiplied by the ratio of (i) the Members Pay from the Adopting Employer used to determine the amount or allocation of such Contribution to (ii) such Pay from all Adopting Employers.
Any amendment to the Plan by the primary Employer in Item B shall be deemed to be an amendment to each Adopting Employers Plan. An Adopting Employer may not amend the Plan other than to restate its Plan in the form of a separate document and, in that event, it shall cease to be an Adopting Employer. An employer shall not be an Adopting Employer if it ceases to be a Controlled Group member. Such an employer may continue its Plan by restating it in the form of a separate document. This Plan shall be amended to delete a former Adopting Employer from Item AB.
If the Plan of the Adopting Employer terminates, the provisions of Article VIII shall apply to its Plan.
SECTION 2.05 - ADOPTING EMPLOYERS - SINGLE PLAN.
If the Adoption Agreement - Standard is used, each Adopting Employer listed in Item AB(1) shall be an Adopting Employer which participates with us in this Plan. If the Adoption Agreement-Standard is used and the transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii) has ended with respect to us, each Controlled Group member for which such transition period has ended, whether or not listed in Item AB(1), shall also be an Adopting Employer which participates with us in this Plan. An Adopting Employers agreement to participate in this Plan shall be in writing. If the Adopting Employer does not agree to participate in writing, we shall, by our signature on the Adoption Agreement, agree in writing for the Adopting Employer.
Each Adopting Employer identified as a single plan in Item AB of the Adoption Agreement-Nonstandard participates with us in this Plan. An Adopting Employers agreement to participate in this Plan shall be in writing.
We have the right to amend the Plan. An Adopting Employer does not have the right to amend the Plan.
If the Adopting Employer did not maintain a Prior Plan, the date of participation specified in Item AB (the day following the end of its transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii) for an Adopting Employer not listed in Item AB) shall be the Entry Date for any of its Employees who have met the requirements in Section 2.01 as of that date. Service with and Pay from an Adopting Employer shall be included as service with and Pay from us. Transfer of employment, without interruption, between an Adopting Employer and another Adopting Employer or us shall not be considered an interruption of service. Our Fiscal Year in Item F shall be the Fiscal Year used in interpreting this Plan for Adopting Employers.
18
Contributions made by an Adopting Employer shall be treated as Contributions made by us. Forfeitures arising from those Contributions shall be used for the benefit of all Members.
An employer shall not be an Adopting Employer if it ceases to be a Controlled Group member. Such an employer may continue a retirement plan for its Employees in the form of a separate document. This Plan shall be amended to delete a former Adopting Employer from Item AB.
If (i) an employer ceases to be an Adopting Employer or the Plan is amended to delete an Adopting Employer and (ii) the Adopting Employer does not continue a retirement plan for the benefit of its Employees, partial termination may result and the provisions of Article VIII shall apply.
SECTION 3.01 - EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.
Our Contributions are conditioned on initial qualification of the Plan. If the Plan is denied initial qualification, the provisions of Section 10.15 shall apply.
The amount of our Contributions is specified in the Adoption Agreement.
Our Contributions are made without regard to our current or accumulated Net Profits, unless otherwise specified in Item R(1 )(a). Elective Deferral Contributions shall in all events be made without regard to our current or accumulated Net Profits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall continue to be designed to qualify as a profit sharing plan for purposes of Code Sections 401(a), 402, 412, and 417.
No Member shall be permitted to have Elective Deferral Contributions, as defined in Section 3.07, made under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by us, during any taxable year in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect at the beginning of such taxable year.
If Item O(7) is selected, the Plan provides for an automatic election to have Elective Deferral Contributions made. Such automatic election shall apply when a Member first becomes eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions (or again becomes eligible after a period during which he was not an Active Member). If Item O(7)(b)(i) is selected, the automatic election shall also apply to certain Active Members as provided in Item O(7)(b)(i). The Member shall be provided a notice that explains the automatic election and his right to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions or no Elective Deferral Contributions. The notice shall include the procedure for exercising that right and the timing for implementing any such election. The Member shall be given a reasonable period thereafter to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions or no Elective Deferral Contributions.
If Item O(7) is selected, at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of each Plan Year, each Active Member shall be provided a notice which states his current rate of Elective Deferral Contributions, explains the automatic election and his right to elect a different rate of Elective Deferral Contributions or no Elective Deferral Contributions. The notice shall include the procedure for exercising that right and the timing for implementing any such election.
An elective deferral agreement (or change thereto) must be made in such manner and in accordance with such rules as we may prescribe (including by means of voice response or other electronic system under circumstances we permit) and may not be made retroactively.
19
If our Contributions are made from Net Profits in excess of Elective Deferral Contributions (Item R(1 )(a)), and such excess is not sufficient to provide our Matching Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions under Item Q(1 )(a) and Additional Contributions, if any, such Contributions shall be proportionately reduced.
Our Contributions are allocated according to the provisions of Section 3.05.
We may make all or any portion of our Matching Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions, or Discretionary Contributions, which are to be invested in Qualifying Employer Securities as specified in Item U(5)(a)(i) of the Adoption Agreement-Nonstandard, to the Trustee in the form of Qualifying Employer Securities.
If Item R(4) is selected, we may make all or a part of our annual Contributions before the end of the Plan Year. If Item R(4)(a) is selected, such Contributions shall be allocated when made in a manner which approximates the allocation which would otherwise have been made as of the last day of the Plan Year. Succeeding allocations shall take into account amounts previously allocated for the Plan Year. The percentage of our Contributions allocated to the Member for the Plan Year shall be the same percentage which would have been allocated to him if the entire allocation had been made as of the last day of the Plan Year. Excess allocations shall be forfeited and reallocated as necessary to provide the percentage applicable to each Member. If Item R(4)(b) is selected, such Contributions shall be held unallocated until the last day of the Plan Year. Then, as of the last day of the Plan Year, the advance Contributions shall be allocated according to the provisions of Section 3.05.
A portion of the Plan assets resulting from our Contributions (but not more than the original amount of those Contributions) may be returned if our Contributions are made because of a mistake of fact or are more than the amount deductible under Code Section 404 (excluding any amount which is not deductible because the Plan is disqualified). The amount involved must be returned to us within one year after the date our Contributions are made by mistake of fact or the date the deduction is disallowed, whichever applies. Except as provided under this paragraph and Articles VIII and X, the assets of the Plan shall never be used for our benefit and are held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Members and their Beneficiaries and for defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.
Prior Plan Assets which result from contributions made by us shall be treated in the same manner as Employer Contributions made under this Plan. If the Prior Plan Assets are transferred from a terminated plan, they shall be treated in the same manner as Employer Contributions made under this Plan before a Forfeiture Date.
SECTION 3.02 - VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS BY MEMBERS.
If permitted under Item T, an Active Member may make Voluntary Contributions in accordance with nondiscriminatory procedures set up by the Plan Administrator and subject to such limits as we have prescribed in Item T(1). Such Contributions shall be credited to the Members Account when made.
The Plan will not accept deductible Voluntary Contributions which are made for a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986. Such Contributions made prior to that date shall be maintained in a separate account which will be nonforfeitable at all times.
A Members participation in the Plan is not affected by stopping or changing Voluntary Contributions. An Active Members request to start, change, or stop Voluntary Contributions must be made in such manner and in accordance with such rules as we may prescribe (including by means of voice response or other electronic system under circumstances we permit).
20
The part of the Members Account resulting from Voluntary Contributions is fully (100%) vested and nonforfeitable at all times.
Prior Plan Assets which result from voluntary contributions made by the Member shall be treated in the same manner as Voluntary Contributions made under this Plan. These Prior Plan Assets may include deductible voluntary contributions which were made according to the provisions of the Prior Plan.
SECTION 3.03 - ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.
If permitted under Item T, a Rollover Contribution may be made by an Eligible Employee or an Inactive Member if the following conditions are met:
a) |
The Contribution is of amounts distributed from a plan that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a) or from a conduit individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(d)(3)(A). In the case of an Inactive Member, the Contribution must be of an amount distributed from another plan of ours, or a plan of a Controlled Group member, that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a). |
|
|
b) |
The Contribution is of amounts that the Code permits to be transferred to a plan that meets the requirements of Code Section 401(a). |
|
|
c) |
The Contribution is made in the form of a direct rollover under Code Section 401 (a)(31) or is a rollover made under Code Section 402(c) or 408(d)(3)(A) within 60 days after the Eligible Employee or Inactive Member receives the distribution. |
|
|
d) |
The Eligible Employee or Inactive Member furnishes evidence satisfactory to the Plan Administrator that the proposed rollover meets conditions (a), (b), and (c) above. |
A Rollover Contribution shall be allowed in cash only and must be made according to procedures set up by the Plan Administrator.
If the Eligible Employee is not an Active Member when the Rollover Contribution is made, he shall be deemed to be an Active Member only for the purpose of investment and distribution of the Rollover Contribution. Our Contributions shall not be made for or allocated to the Eligible Employee and he may not make Voluntary Contributions until the time he meets all of the requirements to become an Active Member.
Rollover Contributions made by an Eligible Employee or an Inactive Member shall be credited to his Account. The part of the Members Account resulting from Rollover Contributions is fully (100%) vested and nonforfeitable at all times. A separate accounting record shall be maintained for that part of his Rollover Contributions consisting of voluntary contributions which were deducted from the Members gross income for Federal income tax purposes.
Prior Plan Assets which result from the Members rollover contributions shall be treated in the same manner as Rollover Contributions made under this Plan.
The Nonvested Account of a Member shall be forfeited as of the earlier of the following:
a) |
the date the Member dies (if prior to such date he had ceased to be an Employee), or |
|
|
b) |
the Members Forfeiture Date. |
21
All or a portion of a Members Nonvested Account shall be forfeited before such earlier date if, after he ceases to be an Employee, he receives, or is deemed to receive, a distribution of his entire Vested Account or a distribution of his Vested Account derived from our Contributions which were not 100% vested when made, under Section 5.01, 5.03, or 10.11. The forfeiture shall occur as of the date the Member receives, or is deemed to receive, the distribution. If a Member receives, or is deemed to receive, his entire Vested Account, his entire Nonvested Account shall be forfeited. If a Member receives a distribution of his Vested Account from our Contributions which were not 100% vested when made, but less than his entire Vested Account from such Contributions, the amount to be forfeited shall be determined by multiplying his Nonvested Account from such Contributions by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the amount of the distribution derived from our Contributions which were not 100% vested when made and the denominator of the fraction is his entire Vested Account derived from such Contributions on the date of the distribution.
A Forfeiture shall also occur as provided in Section 3.07.
Forfeitures shall be determined at least once during each Plan Year. Forfeitures may first be used to pay administrative expenses. Forfeitures of Matching Contributions which relate to excess amounts as provided in Section 3.07, which have not been used to pay administrative expenses, shall be applied to reduce the earliest Employer Contributions made after the Forfeitures are determined. Any other Forfeitures which have not been used to pay administrative expenses shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which such Forfeitures are determined or shall be applied to reduce the earliest Employer Contributions made after the Forfeitures are determined as provided in Item Q(4). Upon their allocation to Accounts, or application to reduce Employer Contributions, Forfeitures shall be deemed to be Employer Contributions.
If a Member again becomes an Eligible Employee after receiving a distribution which caused all or a portion of his Nonvested Account to be forfeited, he shall have the right to repay to the Plan the entire amount of the distribution he received (excluding any amount of such distribution resulting from Contributions which were 100% vested when made). The repayment must be made in a single sum (repayment in installments is not permitted) before the earlier of the date five years after the date he again becomes an Eligible Employee or the end of the first period of five consecutive Vesting Breaks which begin after the date of the distribution.
If the Member makes the repayment provided above, the Plan Administrator shall restore to his Account an amount equal to his Nonvested Account which was forfeited on the date of distribution, unadjusted for any investment gains or losses. If no amount is to be repaid because the Member was deemed to have received a distribution or only received a distribution of Contributions which were 100% vested when made, and he again performs an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee within the repayment period, the Plan Administrator shall restore the Members Account as if he had made a required repayment on the date he performed such Hour of Service. Restoration of the Members Account shall include restoration of all Code Section 411 (d)(6) protected benefits with respect to the restored Account, according to applicable Treasury regulations. Provided, however, the Plan Administrator shall not restore the Nonvested Account if (i) a Forfeiture Date has occurred after the date of the distribution and on or before the date of repayment and (ii) that Forfeiture Date would result in a complete forfeiture of the amount the Plan Administrator would otherwise restore.
The Plan Administrator shall restore the Members Account by the close of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which repayment is made. The permissible sources for restoration of the Members Account are Forfeitures or special Employer Contributions. Such special Employer Contributions shall be made without regard to profits. The repaid and restored amounts are not included in the Members Annual Additions, as defined in Section 3.06.
22
Elective Deferral Contributions in Item O shall be allocated to the Members for whom such Contributions are made under Item O. Such Contributions shall be allocated when made and credited to the Members Account.
Matching Contributions in Item P shall be allocated to the persons for whom such Contributions are made under Item P. Such Contributions calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Pay for the pay period shall be allocated when made and credited to the persons Account. Such Contributions calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Pay for the Plan Year shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year and credited to the persons Account.
Qualified Nonelective Contributions in Item Q(1 )(a) and Additional Contributions in Item Q(2) shall be allocated to the persons for whom such Contributions are made under Item Q. Such Contributions based on Pay or a dollar amount for the pay period, or a dollar amount for Hours of Service during the pay period, shall be allocated when made and credited to the persons Account. Such Contributions based on Pay or a dollar amount for the Plan Year shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year and credited to the persons Account.
Qualified Nonelective Contributions in Item Q(1 )(b), (c) or (e), and Discretionary Contributions in Item Q(3) (and Forfeitures if allocated with Discretionary Contributions under Item Q(4)) shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year to each person eligible to share in the allocation under Item Q. The amount allocated to such person shall be determined under the allocation formula selected in Item Q. This amount shall be credited to the persons Account.
If Item Q(4)(b)(i) is selected, Forfeitures shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year to each person eligible to share in the allocation under Item Q. The amount allocated to such a person shall be determined under the allocation formula specified in Item Q. This amount shall be credited to the persons Account.
If Leased Employees are Eligible Employees, in determining the amount of our Contributions allocated to a person who is a Leased Employee, contributions provided by the leasing organization which are attributable to services such Leased Employee performs for us shall be treated as provided by us. Those contributions shall not be duplicated under this Plan.
SECTION 3.06 - CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION.
a) |
Definitions. For the purpose of determining the contribution limitation set forth in this section, the following terms are defined: |
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Additions means the sum of the following amounts credited to a Members account for the Limitation Year: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
employer contributions; |
|
|
|
|
2) |
employee contributions; and |
|
|
|
|
3) |
forfeitures. |
|
|
|
|
Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan shall also include the following: |
|
|
|
|
|
4) |
amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), which are part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, |
23
|
5) |
amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits, allocated to the separate account of a key employee, as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3), under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by the Employer; and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6) |
allocations under a simplified employee pension. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under (e) and (k) below in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer Contributions shall be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year. |
||
|
|
||
|
Compensation means one of the following as specified in Item S(2): |
||
|
|
||
|
1) |
Information Required to be Reported Under Code Sections 6041, 6051, and 6052 (Wages,Tips and Other Compensation box on Form W-2). Compensation is defined as wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employers trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051 (a)(3), and 6052. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401 (a)(2)). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
Code Section 3401(a) Wages. Compensation is defined as wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401 (a)(2)). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) |
415 Safe-Harbor Compensation. Compensation is defined as wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in section 1.62-2(c) of the regulations)), and excluding the following: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not included in the Employees gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or employer contributions under a simplified employee pension plan, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation; |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; |
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
iv) |
other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are actually excludible from the gross income of the Employee). |
24
|
For any Self-employed Individual, Compensation shall mean Earned Income. |
|
|
|
For purposes of applying the limitations of this section, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid or made available in gross income during such Limitation Year. |
|
|
|
For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997, for purposes of applying the limitations of this section, Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall include any elective deferral (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code Section 125, 1 32(f)(4), or 457. |
|
|
|
Defined Benefit Plan Fraction means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Members Projected Annual Benefits under all the defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of (i) 125 percent of the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year under Code Sections 41 5(b)(1)(A) and (d) or (ii) 140 percent of the Highest Average Compensation, including any adjustments under Code Section 415(b)(5). |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the above, if the Member was a member as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than 125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans which the Member had accrued as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code Section 415 for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987. |
|
|
|
Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation means, for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1994, $30,000, as adjusted under Code Section 415(d). |
|
|
|
Defined Contribution Plan Fraction means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Members account under all the defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior Limitation Years (including the Annual Additions attributable to the Members nondeductible employee contributions to all defined benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer, and the Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions, maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the current and all prior Limitation Years of service with the Employer (regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the Employer). The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the lesser of (i) 125 percent of the dollar limitation under Code Section 41 5(c)(1)(A) after adjustment under Code Section 415(d) or (ii) 35 percent of the Members Compensation for such year. |
|
|
|
If the Employee was a member as of the end of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (i) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (ii) the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is calculated |
25
|
using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the plan made after May 5, 1986, but using the Code Section 415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Annual Addition for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, shall not be recomputed to treat all employee contributions as Annual Additions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Employer means the employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b) as modified by Code Section 415(h)), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code Section 414(c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)) or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) of which the adopting employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the employer pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o). |
|
|
|
|
|
Excess Amount means the excess of the Members Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount. |
|
|
|
|
|
Highest Average Compensation means the average Compensation for the three consecutive Limitation Years while he was an Employee (actual consecutive Limitation Years while he was an Employee, if employed less than three years) that produces the highest average. |
|
|
|
|
|
Limitation Year means a calendar year or the consecutive 12-month period elected by the Employer in Item S(1). If the Limitation Year ends on the last day of the Fiscal Year and the Fiscal Year is a 52-53 week period, then the Limitation Year shall be such period. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different consecutive 12-month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made. |
|
|
|
|
|
Master or Prototype Plan means a plan, the form of which is the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service. |
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Permissible Amount means the maximum Annual Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Members Account under the Plan for any Limitation Year. This amount shall not exceed the lesser of: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
The Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or |
|
|
|
|
2) |
25 percent of the Members Compensation for the Limitation Year. |
|
|
|
|
The compensation limitation referred to in (2) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or 41 9A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under Code Section 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2). |
|
|
|
|
|
If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different consecutive 12-month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the following fraction: |
Number of months in the short Limitation Year |
|
|
|
12 |
26
|
Projected Annual Benefit means the annual retirement benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight life annuity or qualified joint and survivor annuity) to which the Member would be entitled under the terms of the plan assuming: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
the Member will continue employment until normal retirement age under the plan (or current age, if later), and |
|
|
|
|
2) |
the Members Compensation for the current Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years. |
|
|
|
b) |
If the Member does not participate in, and has never participated in, another qualified plan maintained by the Employer or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by the Employer, or an individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension, as defined in Code Section 408(k), maintained by the Employer, which provides an Annual Addition, the amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the Members Account for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Members Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or allocated shall be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. |
|
|
|
|
c) |
Prior to determining the Members actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Member on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Members Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Members similarly situated. |
|
|
|
|
d) |
As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Members actual Compensation for the Limitation Year. |
|
|
|
|
e) |
If as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Members Compensation for the Limitation Year, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or under other facts and circumstances allowed by the Internal Revenue Service, there is an Excess Amount, the excess will be disposed of as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
Any nondeductible Voluntary Contributions (plus attributable earnings), to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be returned (distributed, in the case of earnings) to the Member. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
If after the application of (1) above an Excess Amount still exists, any Elective Deferral Contributions that are not the basis for Matching Contributions (plus attributable earnings), to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be distributed to the Member. |
|
|
|
|
3) |
If after the application of (2) above an Excess Amount still exists, any Elective Deferral Contributions that are the basis for Matching Contributions (plus attributable earnings), to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be distributed to the Member. Concurrently with the distribution of such Elective Deferral Contributions, any Matching Contributions which relate to any Elective Deferral Contributions distributed in the preceding sentence, to the extent such application would reduce the Excess Amount, will be applied as provided in (4) or (5) below. |
27
|
4) |
If after the application of (3) above an Excess Amount still exists, and the Member is covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount in the Members Account will be used to reduce Employer Contributions (including any allocation of Forfeitures) for such Member in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary. |
|
|
|
|
5) |
If after the application of (3) above an Excess Amount still exists, and the Member is not covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer Contributions for all remaining Members in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary. |
|
|
|
|
6) |
If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a Limitation Year pursuant to this (e), it will participate in the allocation of investment gains or losses. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated and reallocated to Members Accounts before any Employer Contributions or any Voluntary Contributions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year. Excess amounts held in a suspense account may not be distributed to Members or former Members. |
|
|
|
f) |
This (f) applies if, in addition to this Plan, the Member is covered under another qualified defined contribution Master or Prototype Plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund maintained by the Employer, an individual medical account maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension maintained by the Employer which provides an Annual Addition during any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be credited to a Members Account under this Plan for any such Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Members account under the other qualified defined contribution Master or Prototype Plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Member under other qualified defined contribution Master or Prototype Plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount, and the Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Members Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Member under such other qualified defined contribution Master or Prototype Plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Members Account under this Plan for the Limitation Year. |
|
|
|
|
g) |
Prior to determining the Members actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Member in the manner described in (c) above. |
|
|
|
|
h) |
As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Members actual Compensation for the Limitation Year. |
|
|
|
|
i) |
If pursuant to (h) above or as a result of the allocation of forfeitures or as a result of a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, a Members Annual Additions under this Plan and such other plans would result |
28
|
in an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to a simplified employee pension will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by Annual Additions to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account, regardless of the actual allocation date. |
|
|
|
|
j) |
If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Member on an allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, times |
|
|
|
|
2) |
the ratio of (i) the Annual Additions allocated to the Member for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (ii) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Member for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and all the other qualified defined contribution Master or Prototype Plans. |
|
|
|
k) |
Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the manner described in (e) above. |
|
|
|
|
l) |
If the Member is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a Master or Prototype Plan, Annual Additions which may be credited to the Members Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with (f) through (k) above as though the other plan were a Master or Prototype Plan, unless the Employer provides other limitations in Item S(3)(a). |
|
|
|
|
m) |
If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified defined benefit plan covering any Member in this Plan, the sum of the Members Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions credited to the Members Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with Item S(4). This subparagraph shall cease to apply effective as of the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 2000. |
SECTION 3.07 - EXCESS AMOUNTS.
a) |
Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following terms are defined: |
||
|
|
||
|
ACP means the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Contribution Percentages of the Eligible Members in a group. |
||
|
|
||
|
ADP means the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Deferral Percentages of the Eligible Members in a group. |
||
|
|
||
|
Aggregate Limit means the greater of: |
||
|
|
||
|
1) |
The sum of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
125 percent of the greater of the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year or the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees under the plan subject to Code Section 401(m) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the prior Plan Year of the cash or deferred arrangement, and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
the lesser of 200 percent or 2 percent plus the lesser of such ADP or ACP. |
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
The sum of: |
29
|
|
i) |
125 percent of the lesser of the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year or the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees under the plan subject to Code Section 401(m) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the prior Plan Year of the cash or deferred arrangement, and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
the lesser of 200 percent or 2 percent plus the greater of such ADP or ACP. |
|
|
|
|
|
If we have elected in Item K(2)(a) to use the current year testing method, then, in calculating the Aggregate Limit for a particular Plan Year, the Nonhighly Compensated Employees ADP and ACP for that Plan Year, instead of the prior Plan Year, is used. |
||
|
|
||
|
Contribution Percentage means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the Eligible Members Contribution Percentage Amounts to the Eligible Members Pay for the Plan Year (whether or not the Eligible Member was an Eligible Member for the entire Plan Year). If selected in Item N(4) of the Adoption Agreement - Standard or N(5) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard and in modification of the foregoing, Pay shall be limited to the Pay received while an Eligible Member. For an Eligible Member for whom such Contribution Percentage Amounts for the Plan Year are zero, the percentage is zero. |
||
|
|
||
|
Contribution Percentage Amounts means the sum of the Member Contributions and Matching Contributions (that are not Qualified Matching Contributions taken into account for purposes of the ADP Test) made under the Plan on behalf of the Eligible Member for the Plan Year. Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or because the Contributions to which they relate are Excess Elective Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions. Under such rules as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe, in determining the Contribution Percentage we may elect to include Qualified Nonelective Contributions under this Plan which were not used in computing the Deferral Percentage. We may also elect to use Elective Deferral Contributions in computing the Contribution Percentage so long as the ADP Test is met before the Elective Deferral Contributions are used in the ACP Test and continues to be met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferral Contributions that are used to meet the ACP Test. |
||
|
|
||
|
Deferral Percentage means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of Elective Deferral Contributions under this Plan on behalf of the Eligible Member for the Plan Year to the Eligible Members Pay for the Plan Year (whether or not the Eligible Member was an Eligible Member for the entire Plan Year). If selected in Item N(4) of the Adoption Agreement - Standard or N(5) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard and in modification of the foregoing, Pay shall be limited to the Pay received while an Eligible Member. The Elective Deferral Contributions used to determine the Deferral Percentage shall include Excess Elective Deferrals (other than Excess Elective Deferrals of Nonhighly Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective Deferral Contributions made under this Plan or any other plans of ours or a Controlled Group member), but shall exclude Elective Deferral Contributions that are used in computing the Contribution Percentage (provided the ADP Test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these Elective Deferral Contributions). Under such rules as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe, we may elect to include Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions under this Plan in computing the Deferral Percentage. For an Eligible Member for whom such contributions on his behalf for the Plan Year are zero, the percentage is zero. |
||
|
|
||
|
Elective Deferral Contributions means any employer contributions made to a plan at the election of a member, in lieu of cash compensation, and shall include contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism. With respect to any taxable year, a members Elective Deferral Contributions are the sum of all employer contributions made on behalf of such member pursuant to an election to defer under any |
30
|
qualified cash or deferred arrangement described in Code Section 401(k), any salary reduction simplified employee pension plan described in Code Section 408(k)(6), any SIMPLE IRA plan described in Code Section 408(p), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, any plan described under Code Section 501 (c)(1 8), and any employer contributions made on behalf of a member for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. Elective Deferral Contributions shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as excess annual additions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Eligible Member means, for purposes of determining the Deferral Percentage, any Employee who is otherwise entitled to make Elective Deferral Contributions under the terms of the Plan for the Plan Year. Eligible Member means, for purposes of determining the Contribution Percentage, any Employee who is eligible (i) to make a Member Contribution or an Elective Deferral Contribution (if we take such contributions into account in the calculation of the Contribution Percentage), or (ii) to receive a Matching Contribution (including forfeitures) or a Qualified Matching Contribution. If a Member Contribution is required as a condition of participation in the Plan, any Employee who would be a Member in the Plan if such Employee made such a contribution shall be treated as an Eligible Member on behalf of whom no Member Contributions are made. |
|
|
|
|
|
Excess Aggregate Contributions means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in computing the numerator of the Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over |
|
|
|
|
2) |
The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by the ACP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on be half of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages). |
|
|
|
|
Such determination shall be made after first determining Excess Elective Deferrals and then determining Excess Contributions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Excess Contributions means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
The aggregate amount of employer contributions actually taken into account in computing the Deferral Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over |
|
|
|
|
2) |
The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in the order of the Deferral Percentages, beginning with the highest of such percentages). |
|
|
|
|
Such determination shall be made after first determining Excess Elective Deferrals. |
|
|
|
|
|
Excess Elective Deferrals means those Elective Deferral Contributions that are includible in a Members gross income under Code Section 402(g) to the extent such Members Elective Deferral Contributions for a taxable year exceed the dollar limitation under such Code section. Excess Elective Deferrals shall be treated as Annual Additions, as defined in Section 3.06, under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15 following the close of the Members taxable year. |
|
|
|
|
|
Matching Contributions means employer contributions made to this or any other defined contribution plan, or to a contract described in Code Section 403(b), on behalf of a member on account of a Member Contribution made by such member, or on account of a members Elective Deferral Contributions, under a plan maintained by us or a Controlled Group member. |
31
|
Member Contributions means contributions made to the plan by or on behalf of a member that are included in the members gross income in the year in which made and that are maintained under a separate account to which earnings and losses are allocated. |
|
|
|
|
|
Qualified Matching Contributions means Matching Contributions which are subject to the distribution and nonforfeitability requirements under Code Section 401(k) when made. |
|
|
|
|
|
Qualified Nonelective Contributions means any employer contributions (other than Matching Contributions) which an employee may not elect to have paid to him in cash instead of being contributed to the plan and which are subject to the distribution and nonforfeitability requirements under Code Section 401(k) when made. |
|
|
|
|
b) |
Excess Elective Deferrals. A Member may assign to this Plan any Excess Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of the Member by notifying the Plan Administrator in writing on or before the first following March 1 of the amount of the Excess Elective Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan. A Member is deemed to notify the Plan Administrator of any Excess Elective Deferrals that arise by taking into account only those Elective Deferral Contributions made to this Plan and any other plan of ours or a Controlled Group member. The Members claim for Excess Elective Deferrals shall be accompanied by the Members written statement that if such amounts are not distributed, such Excess Elective Deferrals will exceed the limit imposed on the Member by Code Section 402(g) for the year in which the deferral occurred. The Excess Elective Deferrals assigned to this Plan cannot exceed the Elective Deferral Contributions allocated under this Plan for such taxable year. |
|
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Elective Deferral Contributions in an amount equal to the Excess Elective Deferrals assigned to this Plan, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than April 15 to any Member to whose Account Excess Elective Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Excess Elective Deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss. The income or loss allocable to such Excess Elective Deferrals shall be equal to the income or loss allocable to the Members Elective Deferral Contributions for the taxable year in which the excess occurred multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Elective Deferrals. The denominator of the fraction is the closing balance without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable year (as of the end of such taxable year) of the Members Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Any Matching Contributions which were based on the Elective Deferral Contributions which are distributed as Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited. |
|
|
|
|
c) |
ADP Test. As of the end of each Plan Year after Excess Elective Deferrals have been determined, the Plan must satisfy the ADP Test. The ADP Test shall be satisfied using the prior year testing method, unless we have elected in Item K(2)(a) to use the current year testing method. |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
Prior Year Testing Method. The ADP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior years ADP for Eligible Members who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests: |
32
33
|
|
Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement. The foregoing notwithstanding, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the regulations of Code Section 401(k). |
|
|
|
|
|
In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(k), 401 (a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining the Deferral Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employee ADP for the prior year shall be made in accordance with Internal Revenue Service Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance), unless we have elected in Item K(2)(a) to use the current year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same plan year and use the same testing method for the ADP Test. |
|
|
|
|
|
For purposes of the ADP Test, Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions must be made before the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the contributions relate. |
|
|
|
|
|
We shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP Test and the amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in such test. |
|
|
|
|
|
If the Plan Administrator should determine during the Plan Year that the ADP Test is not being met, the Plan Administrator may limit the amount of future Elective Deferral Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employees. |
|
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Members to whose Accounts such Excess Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year. Excess Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest amounts of employer contributions taken into account in calculating the ADP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such employer contributions and continuing in descending order until all of the Excess Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the largest amount is determined after distribution of any Excess Contributions. If such excess amounts are distributed more than 2 1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10 percent excise tax shall be imposed on the employer maintaining the plan with respect to such amounts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Excess Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions, as defined in Section 3.06. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Excess Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss. The income or loss allocable to such Excess Contributions allocated to each Member shall be equal to the income or loss allocable to the Members Elective Deferral Contributions (and, if applicable, Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) for the Plan Year in which the excess occurred multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Contributions. The denominator of the fraction is the closing balance without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year (as of the end of such Plan Year) of the Members Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if such contributions are included in the ADP Test). |
34
|
|
Excess Contributions allocated to a Member shall be distributed from the Members Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions. If such Excess Contributions exceed the balance in the Members Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, the balance shall be distributed from the Members Account resulting from Qualified Matching Contributions (if applicable) and Qualified Nonelective Contributions, respectively. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
Any Matching Contributions which were based on the Elective Deferral Contributions which are distributed as Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited. |
||
|
|
|
||
d) |
ACP Test. As of the end of each Plan Year, the Plan must satisfy the ACP Test. The ACP Test shall be satisfied using the prior year testing method, unless we have elected in Item K(2)(a) to use the current year testing method. |
|||
|
|
|||
|
1) |
Prior Year Testing Method. The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior years ACP for Eligible Members who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests: |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
i) |
The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior years ACP for Eligible Members who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
shall not exceed the prior years ACP for Eligible Members who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2, and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B |
the difference between such ACPs is not more than 2. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If this is not a successor plan, for the first Plan Year the Plan permits any Member to make Member Contributions, provides for Matching Contributions, or both, for purposes of the foregoing tests, the prior years Nonhighly Compensated Employees ACP shall be 3 percent, unless we have elected in Item K(2)(c)(i) to use the Plan Years ACP for these Eligible Members. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
2) |
Current Year Testing Method. The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the ACP for Eligible Members who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests: |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
i) |
The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ACP for Eligible Members who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
The ACP for a Plan Year for Eligible Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
shall not exceed the ACP for Eligible Members who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B |
the difference between such ACPs is not more than 2. |
35
|
|
If we have elected in Item K(2)(a) to use the current year testing method, that election cannot be changed unless (i) the Plan has been using the current year testing method for the preceding five Plan Years, or if less, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence; or (ii) the Plan otherwise meets one of the conditions specified in Internal Revenue Service Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance) for changing from the current year testing method. |
|
|
|
|
A Member is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Member is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
|
Multiple Use. If one or more Highly Compensated Employees participate in both a cash or deferred arrangement and a plan subject to the ACP Test maintained by us or a Controlled Group member, and the sum of the ADP and ACP of those Highly Compensated Employees subject to either or both tests exceeds the Aggregate Limit, then the Contribution Percentage of those Highly Compensated Employees who also participate in a cash or deferred arrangement will be reduced in the manner described below for allocating Excess Aggregate Contributions so that the limit is not exceeded. The amount by which each Highly Compensated Employees Contribution Percentage is reduced shall be treated as an Excess Aggregate Contribution. The ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees are determined after any corrections required to meet the ADP Test and ACP Test and are deemed to be the maximum permitted under such tests for the Plan Year. Multiple use does not occur if either the ADP or ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the ADP and ACP, respectively, of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Contribution Percentage for any Eligible Member who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his account under two or more plans described in Code Section 401(a) or arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by us or a Controlled Group member shall be determined as if the total of such Contribution Percentage Amounts was made under each plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement. The foregoing notwithstanding, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the regulations of Code Section 401(m). |
|
|
|
|
|
In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(m), 401 (a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining the Contribution Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employee ACP for the prior year shall be made in accordance with Internal Revenue Service Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance), unless we have elected in Item K(2)(a) to use the current year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if they have the same plan year and use the same testing method for the ACP Test. |
|
|
|
|
|
For purposes of the ACP Test, Member Contributions are considered to have been made in the Plan Year in which contributed to the Plan. Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year if made no later than the end of the 12-month period beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year. |
36
|
We shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP Test and the amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in such test. |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if not vested, or distributed, if vested, no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Members to whose Accounts such Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year. Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in calculating the ACP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such Contribution Percentage Amounts and continuing in descending order until all of the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the largest amount is determined after distribution of any Excess Aggregate Contributions. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 2 1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10 percent excise tax will be imposed on the employer maintaining the plan with respect to such amounts. |
|
|
|
Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions, as defined in Section 3.06. |
|
|
|
The Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss. The income or loss allocable to such Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to each Member shall be equal to the income or loss allocable to the Members Contribution Percentage Amounts for the Plan Year in which the excess occurred multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Aggregate Contributions. The denominator of the fraction is the closing balance without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year (as of the end of such Plan Year) of the Members Account resulting from Contribution Percentage Amounts. |
|
|
|
Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to a Member shall be distributed from the Members Account resulting from Member Contributions that are not required as a condition of employment or participation or for obtaining additional benefits from Employer Contributions. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions exceed the balance in the Members Account resulting from such Member Contributions, the balance shall be forfeited, if not vested, or distributed, if vested, on a pro-rata basis from the Members Account resulting from Contribution Percentage Amounts. |
SECTION 3.08 - 401(k) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS.
a) |
Rules of Application. |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
If we have elected in Item O(8) to have the 401(k) safe harbor provisions apply and such provisions apply for the entire Plan Year, then the provisions of this section shall apply for the Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
|
If Item O(8)(b) is selected, any provisions relating to the ADP Test in Section 3.07 do not apply. If Item O(8)(d) is selected, any provisions relating to the ADP Test in Section 3.07 do not apply for the Plan Year specified in Item O(8)(d). |
|
|
|
|
|
If Items O(8) and O(8)(a)(i) are selected and Item O(8)(b) is selected, any provisions relating to the ACP Test in Section 3.07 with respect to Matching Contributions do not apply. If Items O(8) and O(8)(a)(i) are selected and Item O(8)(d) is selected, any provisions relating to the ACP Test in Section 3.07 with respect to Matching Contributions do not apply for the Plan Year specified in Item O(8)(d). |
37
|
2) |
The provisions of this section shall not apply unless (i) the Plan Year is 12 months long, or (ii) in the case of the first Plan Year of a newly established plan (other than a successor plan), the Plan Year is at least 3 months long (or any shorter period if we are a newly established employer that establishes the Plan as soon as administratively feasible after we come into existence). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) |
However, if a cash or deferred arrangement is added to an existing profit sharing, stock bonus, or pre-ERISA money purchase pension plan for the first time during a plan year, the requirements in (1) and (2) above will be treated as being satisfied for the entire Plan Year provided: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
the Plan is not a successor plan (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Service Notice 98-1 or superseding guidance), |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
the cash or deferred arrangement is made effective no later than 3 months prior to the end of the Plan Year, and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
the requirements of Internal Revenue Service Notice 98-52 are otherwise satisfied for the entire period from the effective date of the cash or deferred arrangement to the end of the Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, an existing calendar-year profit sharing plan that does not contain a cash or deferred arrangement may be amended as late as October 1 to add a cash or deferred arrangement and elect to apply the 401(k) safe harbor provisions for that Plan Year. The Pay that would be used to calculate the Qualified Matching Contributions or the Qualified Nonelective Contributions for such Plan Year will be the Members Pay received while the 401(k) safe harbor provisions apply, October 1 through December 31. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4) |
To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this section, the provisions of this section shall govern. |
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
ADP Test Safe Harbor. |
||
|
|
||
|
1) |
Contributions. If Item O(8)(b)(i) is selected, the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Matching Contributions as required in Item O(8)(b)(i). If Item O(8)(b)(ii) is selected, the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Nonelective Contributions as required in Item O(8)(b)(ii). If Item O(8)(d) is selected, the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Nonelective Contributions as required in Item O(8)(d) for the Plan Year specified. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
Notice Requirement. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
If Item O(8)(b) is selected, at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, we shall provide each Active Member a comprehensive notice of his rights and obligations under the Plan, including a description of the Qualified Matching Contributions or Qualified Nonelective Contributions that will be made to the Plan to satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
If Item O(8)(c) is selected, at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, we shall provide each Active Member a comprehensive notice of his rights and obligations under the Plan, including a statement that we may amend the Plan during the Plan Year to elect to make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution of at least 3% of a Members Pay. If Item O(8)(d) is selected and the Plan |
38
|
|
|
is so amended, a supplemental notice will be provided no later than 30 days before the end of the Plan Year specified in Item O(8)(d) informing the Member of such amendment. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
The notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Active Member. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If an Employee becomes an Active Member after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notices described above for that reason, the applicable notice must be provided no more than 90 days before he becomes an Active Member but not later than the date he becomes an Active Member. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For a Plan Year that begins on or before April 1, 1999, the notice requirement is satisfied if the notice in (i) above is given on or before March 1, 1999. For a Plan electing to apply the 401(k) safe harbor provisions for the first time in 2000, for a Plan Year that begins on or after January 1, 2000 and on or before June 1, 2000, the notice requirement is satisfied if the notice in (i) or (ii) above is given on or before May 1, 2000. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) |
Supplemental Notice. If Item O(8)(d) is selected, we shall provide each Active Member a supplemental notice no later than 30 days before the end of the Plan Year specified in Item O(8)(d). The supplemental notice shall state that a Qualified Nonelective Contribution will be made for such Plan Year and disclose the amount of such Qualified Nonelective Contribution. Such notice may be provided separately or as a part of the notice in (2) above for the following Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4) |
Election Periods. In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each Active Member may make or modify a deferral election during the 30-day period immediately following receipt of the notice described in (2)(i) or (ii) above. |
|
|
|
|
|
c) |
ACP Test Safe Harbor. |
||
|
|
||
|
1) |
Matching Contributions. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor, Matching Contributions shall be limited as provided in Items O(8)(b)(i) and P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Matching Contributions, all Matching Contributions shall be Qualified Matching Contributions. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Matching Contributions shall not be Qualified Matching Contributions unless Item P(8) is selected. |
|
|
|
|
d) |
ACP Test. |
||
|
|
||
|
1) |
Continued Application. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor, the Plan must still satisfy the ACP Test in the manner specified in (2) below with respect to Member Contributions. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor but not the ACP Test Safe Harbor, the Plan must satisfy the ACP Test in the manner specified in (2) below with respect to Voluntary Contributions and Matching Contributions. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
Special Rules. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the ACP Test Safe Harbor, all Matching Contributions with respect to all Eligible Members, as defined in Section 3.07, shall be disregarded. If the Plan is satisfying the ADP Test Safe Harbor using Qualified Nonelective Contributions, but is not satisfying the ACP Test Safe Harbor, such |
39
|
|
Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be disregarded. Qualified Matching Contributions shall not be treated as being taken into account for purposes of the ADP Test. Elective Deferral Contributions may not be taken into account for purposes of the ACP Test. |
|
|
|
|
3) |
Multiple Use. If this Plan is the only cash or deferred arrangement in which a Highly Compensated Employee participates, the provisions in Section 3.07 regarding the Aggregate Limit, as defined in Section 3.07, shall not apply. If this Plan satisfies the ACP Test Safe Harbor and provides for no Member Contributions, the provisions in Section 3.07 regarding the Aggregate Limit, as defined in Section 3.07, shall not apply. |
|
|
|
e) |
Revocation of 401(k) Safe Harbor Election. If the ADP Test Safe Harbor is satisfied using Qualified Matching Contributions, we may amend the Plan to revoke the 401(k) safe harbor election for the Plan Year. Active Members shall be provided a supplemental notice that explains the consequences of the amendment, informs them of the effective date of the elimination of the Qualified Matching Contributions and gives them a reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period) to change the amount of their Elective Deferral Contributions. The effective date of the revocation cannot be earlier than the later of (i) 30 days after the Active Members are given such notice, and (ii) the date the amendment revoking such provisions is adopted. |
|
|
|
|
|
If elected in Item O(8)(b)(i)E, we shall revoke the 401(k) safe harbor election for the Plan Year and perform the ADP Test and ACP Test, if applicable, for the entire Plan Year using the current year testing method described in Section 3.07. We shall make the Qualified Matching Contributions for the period prior to the effective date of the revocation. |
SECTION 3.09 - 401(k) SIMPLE PROVISIONS.
a) |
Rules of Application. |
||
|
|
||
|
1) |
If we have elected in Item O(9) to have the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions apply, then the provisions of this section shall apply for a Year only if: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
we are an Eligible Employer, and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
no contributions are made, or benefits are accrued for services during the Year, on behalf of any Eligible Employee under any other plan, contract, pension, or trust described in Code Section 219(g)(5)(A) or (B), maintained by us or a Controlled Group member. |
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this section, the provisions of this section shall govern. |
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
Definitions. For purposes of applying the provisions of this section, the following terms are defined: |
||
|
|
||
|
Compensation means the sum of the wages, tips, and other compensation from us subject to Federal income tax withholding (as described in Code Section 6051 (a)(3)) and the Employees salary reduction contributions made under this or any other Code Section 401(k) plan, and, if applicable, elective deferrals under a Code Section 408(p) SIMPLE IRA plan, a SARSEP, or a Code Section 403(b) annuity contract and compensation deferred under a Code Section 457 plan, required to be reported by us on Form W-2 (as described in Code Section 6051 (a)(8)). For Self-employed Individuals, Compensation means net earnings from self-employment determined under Code Section 1402(a) prior to subtracting any contributions made under this Plan on behalf of the individual. The provisions of the Plan implementing the limit on compensation under Code Section 401 (a)(1 7) apply to the Compensation under (c) below. |
40
|
Eligible Employer means, with respect to any Year, an employer that had no more than 100 employees who received at least $5,000 of Compensation from the employer for the preceding Year. In applying the preceding sentence, all employees of controlled groups of corporations under Code Section 414(b), all employees of trades or businesses (whether incorporated or not) under common control under Code Section 414(c), all employees of affiliated service groups under Code Section 414(m), and leased employees required to be treated as the employers employees under Code Section 414(n), are taken into account. |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
An Eligible Employer that elects to have the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions apply to the Plan and that fails to be an Eligible Employer for any subsequent Year, is treated as an Eligible Employer for the two Years following the last Year the Employer was an Eligible Employer. If the failure is due to any acquisition, disposition, or similar transaction involving an Eligible Employer, the preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i) are satisfied. |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Eligible Employee means any Employee who is entitled to make elective deferrals under the terms of the Plan. |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Year means the calendar year. |
||||||
|
|
||||||
c) |
Contributions. |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1) |
Salary Reduction Contributions. |
|||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
i) |
Each Eligible Employee may make a salary reduction election to have his Compensation reduced for the Year in any amount selected by the Employee subject to the limitation set forth in (ii) below. We will make a salary reduction contribution to the Plan, as an elective deferral, in the amount by which the Employees Compensation has been reduced. |
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
ii) |
The total salary reduction contribution for the Year cannot exceed $6,000 for any Employee. To the extent permitted by law, this amount will be adjusted to reflect any annual cost-of-living increases announced by the Internal Revenue Service. |
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
For purposes of the Plan, these contributions shall be Elective Deferral Contributions. |
|||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
2) |
Other Contributions. |
|||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
i) |
Matching Contributions. Each Year we will contribute a matching contribution to the Plan on behalf of each Employee who makes a salary reduction election under (c)(1)(i) above. The amount of the matching contribution will be equal to the Employees salary reduction contribution up to a limit of 3% of the Employees Compensation for the full Year. |
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
For purposes of the Plan, these contributions shall be Matching Contributions. |
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
ii) |
Nonelective Contributions. For any Year, instead of a matching contribution, we may elect to contribute a nonelective contribution of 2% of Compensation for the full Year for each Eligible Employee. |
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
For purposes of the Plan, these contributions shall be Additional Contributions. |
||||
41
|
3) |
Limitations on Other Contributions. No employer or employee contributions may be made to this Plan for the Year other than salary reduction contributions described in (c)(1) above, matching or nonelective contributions described in (c)(2) above, and rollover contributions described in Regulations section 1 .402(c)-2, Q&A-1 (a). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4) |
The provisions of the Plan implementing the limitations of Code Section 415 apply to contributions made pursuant to (c)(1) and (c)(2) above. |
|
|
|
|
|
d) |
Election and Notice Requirements. |
||
|
|
||
|
1) |
Election Period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make or modify a salary reduction election during the 60-day period immediately preceding each January 1. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
For the Year an Employee becomes eligible to make salary reduction contributions under the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions, the 60-day election period requirement of (i) above is deemed satisfied if the Employee may make or modify a salary reduction election during a 60-day period that includes either the date the Employee becomes eligible or the day before. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
Each Employee may terminate a salary reduction election at any time during the Year. |
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
Notice Requirements. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
We will notify each Eligible Employee prior to the 60-day election period described in (d)(1) above that he can make a salary reduction election or modify a prior election during that period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
The notification will indicate whether we will provide a 3% matching contribution described in (c)(2)(i) above or a 2% nonelective contribution described in (c)(2)(ii) above. |
|
|
|
|
e) |
Vesting Requirements. All benefits attributable to contributions described in (c)(1) and (c)(2) above are nonforfeitable at all times and all previous contributions made under the Plan are nonforfeitable as of the beginning of the Year the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions apply. If these provisions were previously adopted without a requirement that all previous contributions be nonforfeitable, this requirement will not apply until the date a plan that requires these contributions to be nonforfeitable is adopted. |
||
|
|
||
f) |
Top-heavy Rules. The Plan is not treated as a top-heavy plan under Code Section 416 for any Year for which this section applies. |
||
|
|
||
g) |
Nondiscrimination Tests. The ADP and ACP tests described in Section 3.07 are treated as satisfied for any Year for which this section applies. |
ARTICLE IV
INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS
SECTION 4.01 - INVESTMENT AND TIMING OF CONTRIBUTIONS.
a) |
Trusteed Plans. The provisions of this subparagraph apply to trusteed plans. |
42
|
The handling of Contributions is governed by the provisions of the Trust Agreement, the Annuity Contract, and any other funding arrangement in which the Plan Fund is or may be held or invested. To the extent permitted by the Trust Agreement, Annuity Contract, or other funding arrangement, the parties established by Item U(2) shall direct the Contributions to any Insurance Policy, the guaranteed benefit policy portion of the Annuity Contract, any of the investment options available under the Annuity Contract, or any of the investment vehicles available under the Trust Agreement and may request the transfer of amounts resulting from those Contributions between such investment options and investment vehicles or the transfer of amounts between the guaranteed benefit policy portion of the Annuity Contract and such investment options and investment vehicles. A Member may not direct the Trustee or Insurer to invest the Members Account in collectibles. Collectibles mean any work of art, rug or antique, metal or gem, stamp or coin, alcoholic beverage, or other tangible personal property specified by the Secretary of the Treasury. However, for tax years beginning after December 31, 1997, certain coins and bullion as provided in Code Section 408(m)(3) shall not be considered collectibles. To the extent that a Member who has investment direction fails to give timely direction, we shall direct the investment of his Account. If we have investment direction, such Account shall be invested ratably in the guaranteed benefit policy portion of the Annuity Contract, the investment options available under the Annuity Contract, or the investment vehicles available under the Trust Agreement in the same manner as the Accounts of all other Members who do not direct their investments. We shall have investment direction for amounts which have not been allocated to Members. To the extent an investment is no longer available, we may require that amounts currently held in such investment be reinvested in other investments. |
|
|
|
At least annually, the Named Fiduciary shall review all pertinent Employee information and Plan data in order to establish the funding policy of the Plan and to determine appropriate methods of carrying out the Plans objectives. The Named Fiduciary shall inform the Trustee and any Investment Manager of the Plans short-term and long-term financial needs so the investment policy can be coordinated with the Plans financial requirements. |
|
|
|
However, the Named Fiduciary may delegate to the Investment Manager investment direction for Contributions and amounts which are not subject to Member direction. |
|
|
b) |
Nontrusteed Plans. The provisions of this subparagraph apply to plans which are not trusteed. |
|
|
|
The handling of Contributions which are directed to the Annuity Contract is governed by the provisions of the Annuity Contract. To the extent permitted by the Annuity Contract, the parties established by Item U(2) shall direct the Contributions to the guaranteed benefit policy portion of the Annuity Contract or any of the investment options available under the Annuity Contract and may request the transfer of amounts resulting from those Contributions between such investment options or the transfer of amounts between the guaranteed benefit policy portion of the Annuity Contract and such investment options. To the extent that a Member who has investment direction fails to give timely direction, we shall direct the investment of his Account. If we have investment direction, such Account shall be invested ratably in the guaranteed benefit policy portion of the Annuity Contract or the investment options available under the Annuity Contract in the same manner as the Accounts of all other Members who do not direct their investments. We shall have investment direction for amounts which have not been allocated to Members. To the extent an investment is no longer available, we may require that amounts currently held in such investment be reinvested in other investments. |
|
|
|
At least annually, the Named Fiduciary shall review all pertinent Employee information and Plan data in order to establish the funding policy of the Plan and to determine appropriate methods of carrying out the Plans objectives. The Named Fiduciary shall inform any Investment Manager of the Plans short-term and long-term financial needs so the investment policy can be coordinated with the Plans financial requirements. |
43
|
However, the Named Fiduciary may delegate to the Investment Manager investment direction for Contributions and amounts which are not subject to Member direction, including any Contributions made by us before the end of the Plan Year which are not allocated when made. |
|
|
c) |
All Plans. The provisions of this subparagraph apply to all plans. |
|
|
|
We shall pay to the Insurer or Trustee, as applicable, the Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions for each Plan Year not later than the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year for which they are deemed to be paid. |
|
|
|
If Items O(8)(b)(i) and O(8)(b)(i)C(1), (2), or (3) are selected, we shall pay to the Insurer or Trustee, as applicable, the Qualified Matching Contributions calculated based on Elective Deferral Contributions and Pay for the pay period specified in Item O(8)(b)(i)C not later than the last day of the following Plan-year Quarter. |
|
|
|
All Contributions are forwarded by us to the Trustee to be deposited in the Trust Fund or to the Insurer to be deposited under the Annuity Contract, as applicable. Contributions that are accumulated through payroll deduction shall be paid to the Trustee or Insurer, as applicable, by the earlier of (i) the date the Contributions can reasonably be segregated from our assets, or (ii) the 15th business day of the month following the month in which the Contributions would otherwise have been paid in cash to the Member. |
SECTION 4.01A - INVESTMENT IN QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES.
The provisions of this section apply to plans which allow investment in Qualifying Employer Securities.
If permitted under Item U(5)(a) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard, all or some portion of the Members Account may be invested in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund. If the Member has investment control, once an investment in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund is made available to Members, it shall continue to be available unless the Adoption Agreement is amended to disallow such available investment. In the absence of an election to invest in Qualifying Employer Securities, Members shall be deemed to have elected to have their Accounts invested wholly in other investment options of the Investment Fund. Once an election is made, it shall be considered to continue until a new election is made.
For purposes of determining the annual valuation of the Plan, and for reporting to Members and regulatory authorities, the assets of the Plan shall be valued at least annually on the Valuation Date which corresponds to the last day of the Plan Year. The fair market value of Qualifying Employer Securities shall be determined on such Valuation Date. The prices of Qualifying Employer Securities as of the date of the transaction shall apply for purposes of valuing distributions and other transactions of the Plan to the extent such value is representative of the fair market value of such securities in the opinion of the Plan Administrator. The value of a Members Account held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may be expressed in units.
If the Qualifying Employer Securities are not publicly traded, or if an extremely thin market exists for such securities so that reasonable valuation may not be obtained from the market place, then such securities must be valued at least annually by an independent appraiser who is not associated with us, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, or any person related to any fiduciary under the Plan. The independent appraiser may be associated with a person who is merely a contract administrator with respect to the Plan, but who exercises no discretionary authority and is not a Plan fiduciary.
44
If there is a public market for Qualifying Employer Securities of the type held by the Plan, then the Plan Administrator may use as the value of the securities the price at which such securities traded in such market. If the Qualifying Employer Securities do not trade on the relevant date, or if the market is very thin on such date, then the Plan Administrator may use for the valuation the next preceding trading day on which the trading prices are representative of the fair market value of such securities in the opinion of the Plan Administrator.
Cash dividends payable on the Qualifying Employer Securities shall be reinvested in additional shares of such securities. In the event of any cash or stock dividend or any stock split, such dividend or split shall be credited to the Accounts based upon the number of shares of Qualifying Employer Securities credited to each Account as of the payable date of such dividend or split.
All purchases of Qualifying Employer Securities shall be made at a price, or prices, which, in the judgement of the Plan Administrator, do not exceed the fair market value of such securities.
In the event that the Trustee acquires Qualifying Employer Securities by purchase from a disqualified person as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(2) or from a party-in-interest as defined in ERISA Section 3(14), the terms of such purchase shall contain the provision that in the event there is a final determination by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor, or court of competent jurisdiction that the fair market value of such securities as of the date of purchase was less than the purchase price paid by the Trustee, then the seller shall pay or transfer, as the case may be, to the Trustee an amount of cash or shares of Qualifying Employer Securities equal in value to the difference between the purchase price and such fair market value for all such shares. In the event that cash or shares of Qualifying Employer Securities are paid or transferred to the Trustee under this provision, such securities shall be valued at their fair market value as of the date of such purchase, and interest at a reasonable rate from the date of purchase to the date of payment or transfer shall be paid by the seller on the amount of cash paid.
The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to sell, resell, or otherwise dispose of Qualifying Employer Securities to any person, including us, provided that any such sales to any disqualified person or a party-in-interest, including us, will be made at not less than the fair market value and no commission will be charged. Any such sale shall be made in conformance with ERISA Section 408(e).
We are responsible for compliance with any applicable Federal or state securities law with respect to all aspects of the Plan. If the Qualifying Employer Securities or interests in this Plan are required to be registered in order to permit investment in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund as provided in Item U(5)(a) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard, then such investment will not be effective until the later of the effective date of the Plan or the date such registration or qualification is effective. We, at our own expense, will take or cause to be taken any and all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such registration or qualification. Further, if the Trustee is directed to dispose of any Qualifying Employer Securities held under the Plan under circumstances which require registration or qualification of the securities under applicable Federal or state securities laws, then we will, at our expense, take or cause to be taken any and all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such registration or qualification. We are responsible for all compliance requirements under Section 16 of the Securities Act.
SECTION 4.02 - PURCHASE OF INSURANCE.
If permitted under Item U(4), the purchase of life insurance is available under this Plan for the purpose of providing incidental death benefits. If life insurance is available, an Active Member may elect to have any part of his Account which does not result from accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code Section 72(o)(5)(B), applied to purchase life insurance coverage on his life.
45
The Trustee shall apply for and will be the owner of any Insurance Policy purchased under the terms of this Plan. The purchase shall be subject to the provisions of this section, the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies, and the beneficiary provisions of Section 10.07.
If Item AA(1 )(a) is selected and the Member has a spouse, such spouse shall be his Beneficiary under the Insurance Policy, unless (i) a qualified election has been made according to the provisions of Section 6A.03, or (ii) the Trustee has been named as Beneficiary. If Item AA(1 )(a) is not selected and the Member has a spouse to whom he has been continuously married for at least one year, such spouse shall be his Beneficiary under the Insurance Policy, unless (i) a qualified election has been made according to the provisions of Section 6.03, or (ii) the Trustee has been named as Beneficiary.
If the Trustee is named as Beneficiary, upon the death of the Member, the Trustee shall be required to pay over all proceeds of the Insurance Policy to the Members Beneficiary or spouse, as the case may be, according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.
Under no circumstances shall the Trust Fund retain any part of the proceeds. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any Insurance Policy purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.
The purchase of insurance shall be subject to the limitations that may be imposed by the Insurer under the applicable Insurance Policy. The Insurance Policy may provide for waiver of premium for disability.
The total of all insurance premiums for insurance coverage on the life of a Member provided by our Contributions shall be limited to a percentage of all our Contributions made for that Member. All such ordinary life insurance premiums shall be limited to a percentage which is less than 50 percent. All such term life and universal life insurance premiums shall be limited to a percentage which is not more than 25 percent. If both ordinary life insurance and term life or universal life insurance are purchased, one-half of all such ordinary life insurance premiums and all such other life insurance premiums shall be limited to a percentage which is not more than 25 percent. Ordinary life insurance policies are policies with both nondecreasing death benefits and nonincreasing premiums.
Any dividends declared upon an amount of insurance in force on the life of a Member may, within the terms of the Insurance Policy, be applied to reduce the earliest premium due, purchase paid-up insurance coverage, accumulate under the policy to provide additional death benefit, or be credited to the Members Account which is included in the Plan Fund. In the absence of any direction, such dividends shall be applied to reduce the earliest premium due for such amount of insurance.
A Member may elect to have amounts deducted from his Account to pay insurance premiums. The total amount deducted cannot exceed the amount of Contributions credited to his Account which were not used to provide insurance, but could have been.
If a decrease in the amount of life insurance is necessary, any cash value of the terminated insurance shall be retained in the Members Account.
SECTION 4.03 - TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP.
Any transfer of ownership under this section shall be subject to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.
46
Upon the request of a Member, we may purchase for its cash value a personal life insurance policy issued to, and insuring the life of, the Member. Such policy shall be immediately transferred from us to the Trustee. The cash value of the purchased policy shall be a part of our Contribution for the Plan Year. Any such purchase shall be accomplished only under an appropriate written agreement between the Member, the Trustee, and us. In lieu of our purchase of such policy and at our direction, the Trustee may purchase the policy directly from the Member. These provisions shall not be available if the policy is subject to a policy loan or similar lien. The purchase of and future premiums for any such policy shall be subject to the limitations in Section 4.02.
If the Insurance Policy on a Members life allows transfer of ownership, he may pay the Trustee an amount equal to the cash value of such policy. Such payment shall become a part of his Account. Upon receiving the payment, the Trustee shall transfer ownership of the policy to the Member. This transfer of ownership is not a distribution from the Plan. This option shall only be available to a Member if the policy would, but for the sale, be surrendered by the Plan.
If the Insurance Policy on a Members life allows transfer of ownership and a distribution of his Vested Account would include the cash value of such policy, he may have ownership of such policy transferred to himself without paying the cash value to the Trustee. Any Insurance Policy transferred to the Member for which he has not paid the cash value to the Trustee is a distribution from the Plan.
In applying the provisions of this section, all Members in similar circumstances shall be treated in a similar manner. Members who are Highly Compensated Employees shall not be treated in a manner more favorable than that afforded all other Members.
SECTION 4.04 - TERMINATION OF INSURANCE.
The termination of insurance under this section shall be subject to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.
No premium payments shall be made under this Plan for an Inactive Member. If a Member becomes an Inactive Member before his Retirement Date, the Trustee may either use the cash value of the Insurance Policy on his life to provide paid-up insurance or may surrender the Insurance Policy. The cash value of a surrendered Insurance Policy is retained in the Members Account and added to the Investment Fund. The purchase of paid-up insurance shall be subject to the provisions of the Insurance Policy. If the Member ceases to be an Employee before his Retirement Date, he may elect to have the ownership of the Insurance Policy transferred as provided in Section 4.03.
On a Members Retirement Date, any Insurance Policy on his life, the ownership of which has not been transferred to him, shall terminate. The cash value shall be paid to the Member in cash or applied to provide an income for him according to the provisions of the Insurance Policy. In any event, no portion of the value of any Insurance Policy shall be used to continue life insurance protection under the Plan beyond actual retirement.
SECTION 5.01 - RETIREMENT BENEFITS.
On a Members Retirement Date, his Vested Account shall be distributed to him according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies, and the provisions of Section 10.11.
47
SECTION 5.02 - DEATH BENEFITS.
If a Member dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his Vested Account shall be distributed according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies, and the provisions of Section 10.11.
SECTION 5.03 - VESTED BENEFITS.
If an Inactive Members Vested Account is not payable under the provisions of Section 10.11, he may elect, but is not required, to receive a distribution of his Vested Account after he ceases to be an Employee. If Item Z(4)(a) is selected, distributions from the Members Vested Account which result from the designated Contributions shall not begin before the Member becomes Totally Disabled. If Item Z(4)(b) is selected, distributions from the Members Vested Account which result from the designated Contributions shall not be made until he has ceased to be an Employee for the period of time specified. If Item AA(1 )(a) is not selected, the Members election shall be subject to his spouses consent as provided in Section 6.03. A distribution under this paragraph shall be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Member according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.
A Member may not elect to receive a distribution under the provisions of this section after he again becomes an Employee until he subsequently ceases to be an Employee and again meets the requirements of this section.
If an Inactive Member does not receive an earlier distribution, upon his Retirement Date or death, his Vested Account shall be distributed according to the provisions of Section 5.01 or 5.02.
The Nonvested Account of an Inactive Member who ceases to be an Employee shall remain a part of his Account until it becomes a Forfeiture. However, if he again becomes an Employee so that his Vesting Percentage may increase, the Nonvested Account may become part of his Vested Account.
SECTION 5.04 - WHEN BENEFITS START.
a) |
Unless otherwise elected, benefits shall begin before the 60th day following the close of the Plan Year in which the latest date below occurs: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
The date the Member attains age 65 (or Normal Retirement Age, if earlier). |
|
|
|
|
2) |
The 10th anniversary of the Members Entry Date. |
|
|
|
|
3) |
The date the Member ceases to be an Employee. |
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Member and spouse, if applicable, to consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately distributable, within the meaning of Section 6.03 or 6A.03, whichever applies, shall be deemed to be an election to defer the start of benefits sufficient to satisfy this section. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Member may elect to have benefits begin after the latest date for beginning benefits described above, subject to the following provisions of this section. The Member shall make the election in writing. Such election must be made before his Normal Retirement Date or the date he ceases to be an Employee, if later. The Member shall not elect a date for beginning benefits or a form of distribution which would result in a benefit payable when he dies which would be more than incidental within the meaning of governmental regulations. |
48
|
Benefits shall begin on an earlier date if otherwise provided in the Plan. For example, the Members Retirement Date or Required Beginning Date, as defined in Section 7.02. |
|
|
|
|
b) |
The Members Vested Account which results from Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions may not be distributed to a Member or to his Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) in accordance with the Members or Beneficiarys (or Beneficiaries) election, earlier than separation from service, death, or disability. Such amount may also be distributed upon: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
Termination of the Plan as permitted in Article VIII. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
The disposition by us, if we are a corporation, to an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets, within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2), used in a trade or business of ours if we continue to maintain the Plan after the disposition, but only with respect to Employees who continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets. |
|
|
|
|
3) |
The disposition by us, if we are a corporation, to an unrelated entity of our interest in a subsidiary, within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3), if we continue to maintain the Plan, but only with respect to Employees who continue employment with such subsidiary. |
|
|
|
|
4) |
The attainment of age 59 1/2 as permitted in Section 5.05. |
|
|
|
|
5) |
The hardship of the Member as permitted in Section 5.05. |
|
|
|
|
All distributions that may be made pursuant to one or more of the foregoing distributable events will be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Member according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies. In addition, distributions that are triggered by any of the first three events enumerated above must be made in a lump sum. A lump sum shall include a distribution of an annuity contract. |
SECTION 5.05 - WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS.
a) |
Financial Hardship Withdrawals. If elected by us in Item Y(3), withdrawals of part of the Members Account as provided in Item Y(3) will be permitted in the event of hardship due to an immediate and heavy financial need. |
|
|
|
Immediate and heavy financial need shall be limited to: (i) expenses incurred or necessary for medical care, described in Code Section 213(d), of the Member, the Members spouse, or any dependents of the Member (as defined in Code Section 152); (ii) the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Member; (iii) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Member, his spouse, children, or dependents; (iv) the need to prevent the eviction of the Member from, or foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Members principal residence; or (v) any other distribution which is deemed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue to be made on account of immediate and heavy financial need as provided in Treasury regulations. |
|
|
|
No withdrawal shall be allowed which is not necessary to satisfy such immediate and heavy financial need. Such withdrawal shall be deemed necessary only if all of the following requirements are met: (i) the distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution); (ii) the Member has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by us; (iii) the Plan, and all other plans maintained by us, provide that the Members elective contributions and member contributions will be suspended |
49
|
for at least 12 months after receipt of the hardship distribution; and (iv) the Plan, and all other plans maintained by us, provide that the Member may not make elective contributions for the Members taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Code Section 402(g) for such next taxable year less the amount of such Members elective contributions for the taxable year of the hardship distribution. The Plan will suspend elective contributions and member contributions for 12 months and limit elective deferrals as provided in the preceding sentence. A Member shall not cease to be an Eligible Member, as defined in Section 3.07, merely because his elective contributions or member contributions are suspended. |
|
|
b) |
Other Withdrawals. A Member may withdraw any part of his Account resulting from his Voluntary Contributions subject to the limitations provided in Item Y(1). A Member may withdraw any part of his Account resulting from his Rollover Contributions subject to the limitations provided in Item Y(2). If elected by us in Item Y(4), withdrawals of part of the Members Account as provided in Item Y(4) will be permitted at any time after he attains age 59 1/2 subject to the limitations provided in Item Y(4). If elected by us in Item Y(5), withdrawals of part of the Members Account as provided in Item Y(5) will be permitted after he has been an Active Member for at least five years subject to the limitations provided in Item Y(5). |
A request for withdrawal shall be made in such manner and in accordance with such rules as we will prescribe for this purpose (including by means of voice response or other electronic means under circumstances we permit). Withdrawals shall be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Member according to the distribution of benefits provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies. A forfeiture shall not occur solely as a result of a withdrawal.
SECTION 5.06 - LOANS TO MEMBERS.
If permitted under Item U(3)(a), loans shall be made available to all Members on a reasonably equivalent basis. For purposes of this section, and unless otherwise specified, Member means any Member or Beneficiary who is a party-in-interest as defined in ERISA. Loans shall not be made to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Members.
No loans shall be made to any shareholder-employee or Owner-employee. For purposes of this requirement, a shareholder-employee means an employee or officer of an electing small business (Subchapter S) corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318(a)(1)), on any day during the taxable year of such corporation, more than 5 percent of the outstanding stock of the corporation.
A loan to a Member shall be a Member-directed investment of his Account. The portion of the Members Account held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may be redeemed for purposes of a loan only after the amount held in other investment options has been depleted. The loan is a Trust Fund investment but no Account other than the borrowing Members Account shall share in the interest paid on the loan or bear any expense or loss incurred because of the loan.
The number of outstanding loans shall be limited to one, unless otherwise specified in Item U(3)(a)(iv). No more than one loan shall be approved for any Member in any 12-month period, unless otherwise specified in Item U(3)(a)(v). If Item U(3)(a)(ii) is selected, the minimum amount of any loan shall be the amount specified in that item.
Loans must be adequately secured and bear a reasonable rate of interest.
The amount of the loan shall not exceed the maximum amount that may be treated as a loan under Code Section 72(p) (rather than a distribution) to the Member and shall be equal to the lesser of (a) or (b) below:
50
a) |
$50,000, reduced by the highest outstanding loan balance of loans during the one-year period ending on the day before the new loan is made. |
|
|
|
|
b) |
The greater of (1) or (2), reduced by (3) below: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
One-half of the Members Vested Account. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
$10,000. |
|
|
|
|
3) |
Any outstanding loan balance on the date the new loan is made. |
For purposes of this maximum, a Members Vested Account does not include any accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code Section 72(o)(5)(B), and all qualified employer plans, as defined in Code Section 72(p)(4), of ours and any Controlled Group member shall be treated as one plan.
The foregoing notwithstanding, the amount of such loan shall not exceed 50 percent of the amount of the Members Vested Account reduced by any outstanding loan balance on the date the new loan is made. In addition, the amount of the loan may be further limited to a specified dollar amount, if Item U(3)(a)(iii) so indicates. For purposes of this maximum, a Members Vested Account does not include any accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code Section 72(o)(5)(B). No collateral other than a portion of the Members Vested Account (as limited above) shall be accepted. The Loan Administrator shall determine if the collateral is adequate for the amount of the loan requested.
A Member must obtain the consent of his spouse, if any, to the use of the Vested Account as security for the loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than the beginning of the 90-day period that ends on the date on which the loan to be so secured is made. The consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a plan representative or a notary public. Such consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting spouse or any subsequent spouse with respect to that loan. A new consent shall be required if the Vested Account is used for collateral upon renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan. If Item AA(1 )(a) is selected, no consent shall be required. If AA(1 )(a) is not selected and subparagraph (d) of Section 6.03 applies, no consent shall be required.
If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in accordance with the above, or spousal consent is not required, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the portion of the Members Vested Account used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Member shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of the Vested Account payable at the time of death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If spousal consent is required and less than 100 percent of the Members Vested Account (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the surviving spouse, then the Vested Account shall be adjusted by first reducing the Vested Account by the amount of the security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving spouse.
Each loan shall bear a reasonable fixed rate of interest to be determined by the Loan Administrator. In determining the interest rate, the Loan Administrator shall take into consideration fixed interest rates currently being charged by commercial lenders for loans of comparable risk on similar terms and for similar durations, so that the interest will provide for a return commensurate with rates currently charged by commercial lenders for loans made under similar circumstances. The Loan Administrator shall not discriminate among Members in the matter of interest rates; but loans granted at different times may bear different interest rates in accordance with the current appropriate standards.
51
The loan shall by its terms require that repayment (principal and interest) be amortized in level payments, not less frequently than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five years from the date of the loan. If Item U(3)(a)(vi)A is selected and the loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit, which within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made) will be used as the principal residence of the Member, the repayment period may extend beyond five years from the date of the loan. The period of repayment for any loan shall be arrived at by mutual agreement between the Loan Administrator and the Member and if the loan is for a principal residence, shall not be for a period longer than the repayment period consistent with commercial practices.
The Member shall make an application for a loan in such manner and in accordance with such rules as we will prescribe for this purpose (including by means of voice response or other electronic means under circumstances we permit). The application must specify the amount and duration requested.
Information contained in the application for the loan concerning the income, liabilities, and assets of the Member will be evaluated to determine whether there is a reasonable expectation that the Member will be able to satisfy payments on the loan as due. Additionally, the Loan Administrator will pursue any appropriate further investigations concerning the creditworthiness and credit history of the Member to determine whether a loan should be approved.
Each loan shall be fully documented in the form of a promissory note signed by the Member for the face amount of the loan, together with interest determined as specified above.
There will be an assignment of collateral to the Plan executed at the time the loan is made.
In those cases where repayment through payroll deduction is available, installments are so payable, and a payroll deduction agreement shall be executed by the Member at the time the loan is made. Loan repayments that are accumulated through payroll deduction shall be paid to the Trustee by the earlier of (i) the date the loan repayments can reasonably be segregated from our assets, or (ii) the 15th business day of the month following the month in which such amounts would otherwise have been paid in cash to the Member.
Where payroll deduction is not available, payments in cash are to be timely made. Any payment that is not by payroll deduction shall be made payable to us or the Trustee, as specified in the promissory note, and delivered to the Loan Administrator, including prepayments, service fees and penalties, if any, and other amounts due under the note. The Loan Administrator shall deposit such amounts into the Plan as soon as administratively practicable after they are received, but in no event later than the 15th business day of the month after they are received.
The promissory note may provide for reasonable late payment penalties and service fees. Any penalties or service fees shall be applied to all Members in a nondiscriminatory manner. If the promissory note so provides, such amounts may be assessed and collected from the Account of the Member as part of the loan balance.
Each loan may be paid prior to maturity, in part or in full, without penalty or service fee, except as may be set out in the promissory note.
The Plan shall suspend loan payments for a period not exceeding one year during which an approved unpaid leave of absence occurs other than a military leave of absence. The Loan Administrator shall provide the Member a written explanation of the effect of the suspension of payments upon his loan.
52
If a Member separates from service (or takes a leave of absence) from the Employer because of service in the military and does not receive a distribution of his Vested Account, the Plan shall suspend loan payments until the Members completion of military service or until the Members fifth anniversary of commencement of military service, if earlier, as permitted under Code Section 414(u). The Loan Administrator shall provide the Member a written explanation of the effect of his military service upon his loan.
If any payment of principal and interest, or any portion thereof, remains unpaid for more than 90 days after due, the loan shall be in default. For purposes of Code Section 72(p), the Member shall then be treated as having received a deemed distribution regardless of whether or not a distributable event has occurred.
Upon default, the Plan has the right to pursue any remedy available by law to satisfy the amount due, along with accrued interest, including the right to enforce its claim against the security pledged and execute upon the collateral as allowed by law. The entire principal balance, whether or not otherwise then due, along with accrued interest, shall become immediately due and payable without demand or notice, and subject to collection or satisfaction by any lawful means, including specifically, but not limited to, the right to enforce the claim against the security pledged and to execute upon the collateral as allowed by law.
In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment of security or use of amounts pledged to satisfy the amount then due shall not occur until a distributable event occurs in accordance with the Plan, and shall not occur to an extent greater than the amount then available upon any distributable event which has occurred under the Plan.
All reasonable costs and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys fees, incurred by the Plan in connection with any default or in any proceeding to enforce any provision of a promissory note or instrument by which a promissory note for a Member loan is secured, shall be assessed and collected from the Account of the Member as part of the loan balance.
If payroll deduction is being utilized, in the event that a Members available payroll deduction amounts in any given month are insufficient to satisfy the total amount due, there will be an increase in the amount taken subsequently, sufficient to make up the amount that is then due. If any amount remains past due more than 90 days, the entire principal amount, whether or not otherwise then due, along with interest then accrued, shall become due and payable, as above.
If no distributable event has occurred under the Plan at the time that the Members Vested Account would otherwise be used under this provision to pay any amount due under the outstanding loan, this will not occur until the time, or in excess of the extent to which, a distributable event occurs under the Plan. An outstanding loan will become due and payable in full 60 days after a Member ceases to be an Employee and a party-in-interest as defined in ERISA or after complete termination of the Plan.
SECTION 5.07 - DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS.
The Plan specifically permits distributions to an Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 4 14(p), at any time, irrespective of whether the Member has attained his earliest retirement age, as defined in Code Section 414(p), under the Plan. A distribution to an Alternate Payee before the Member has attained his earliest retirement age is available only if the order specifies that distribution shall be made prior to the earliest retirement age or allows the Alternate Payee to elect a distribution prior to the earliest retirement age.
Nothing in this section shall permit a Member to receive a distribution at a time otherwise not permitted under the Plan nor shall it permit the Alternate Payee to receive a form of payment not permitted under the Plan.
53
The benefit payable to an Alternate Payee shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.11 if the value of the benefit does not exceed $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997).
The Plan Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order. Upon receiving a domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall promptly notify the Member and the Alternate Payee named in the order, in writing, of the receipt of the order and the Plans procedures for determining the qualified status of the order. Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall determine the qualified status of the order and shall notify the Member and each Alternate Payee, in writing, of its determination. The Plan Administrator shall provide notice under this paragraph by mailing to the individuals address specified in the domestic relations order, or in a manner consistent with Department of Labor regulations. The Plan Administrator may treat as qualified any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985, irrespective of whether it satisfies all the requirements described in Code Section 414(p).
If any portion of the Members Vested Account is payable during the period the Plan Administrator is making its determination of the qualified status of the domestic relations order, a separate accounting shall be made of the amount payable. If the Plan Administrator determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order within 18 months of the date amounts are first payable following receipt of the order, the payable amounts shall be distributed in accordance with the order. If the Plan Administrator does not make its determination of the qualified status of the order within the 18-month determination period, the payable amounts shall be distributed in the manner the Plan would distribute if the order did not exist and the order shall apply prospectively if the Plan Administrator later determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order.
The Plan shall make payments or distributions required under this section by separate benefit checks or other separate distribution to the Alternate Payee(s).
ARTICLE VI
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS FOR PLANS WHICH PROVIDE FOR LIFE ANNUITIES
The provisions of this article shall apply if Item AA(1 )(a) is not selected. The provisions of Article VIA shall apply if Item AA(1 )(a) is selected.
The provisions of this article shall apply to any Member who is credited with at least one Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984, and to such other Members as provided in Section 6.05.
SECTION 6.01 - AUTOMATIC FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.
Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified election within the election period (see Section 6.03), the automatic form of benefit payable to or on behalf of a Member is determined as follows:
a) |
Retirement Benefits. The automatic form of retirement benefit for a Member who does not die before his Annuity Starting Date shall be: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
The Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity for a Member who has a spouse. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
The Normal Form for a Member who does not have a spouse. |
|
|
|
b) |
Death Benefits. The automatic form of death benefit for a Member who dies before his Annuity Starting Date shall be: |
54
|
1) |
A Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity for a Member who has a spouse to whom he has been continuously married throughout the one-year period ending on the date of his death. The spouse may elect to start receiving the death benefit on any first day of the month on or after the Member dies and by the date the Member would have been 70 1/2. If the spouse dies before benefits start, the Members Vested Account, determined as of the date of the spouses death, shall be paid to the spouses Beneficiary. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
A single sum payment to the Members Beneficiary for a Member who does not have a spouse who is entitled to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. |
|
|
|
|
Before a death benefit shall be paid on account of the death of a Member who does not have a spouse who is entitled to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, it must be established to the satisfaction of a plan representative that the Member does not have such a spouse. |
SECTION 6.02 - OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.
a) |
Retirement Benefits. The optional forms of retirement benefit shall be the following: (i) a straight life annuity; (ii) single life annuities with certain periods of 5, 10, or 15 years; (iii) a single life annuity with installment refund; (iv) survivorship life annuities with installment refund and survivor percentages of 50%, 66 2/3% or 100%; (v) fixed period annuities for any period of whole months which is not less than 60 and does not exceed the Life Expectancy, as defined in Article VII, of the Member where the Life Expectancy, as defined in Article VII, is not recalculated; (vi) a full flexibility option; and (vii) a single sum payment. That portion of a Members Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may be distributed in kind. That portion of a Members Account which is held in the Self-directed Brokerage Account may be distributed in kind. The optional forms shall be modified as provided below: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
If Item AA(2)(a) is selected, the full flexibility option shall not be available. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
If Item AA(2)(b)(i) is selected, a single sum payment shall not be available for that part of a Members Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions and Discretionary Contributions. If Item AA(2)(a) is not selected, the full flexibility option shall not be available for that part of a Members Vested Account which he cannot receive in a single sum. |
|
|
|
|
3) |
If Item AA(2)(b)(ii) is selected, a single sum payment shall not be available for that part of a Members Vested Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Additional Contributions and Discretionary Contributions before his Retirement Date or the date he becomes Totally Disabled, if earlier. If Item AA(2)(a) is not selected, the full flexibility option shall not be available for that part of a Members Vested Account which he cannot receive in a single sum. |
|
|
|
|
4) |
If Item U(5)(a)(iv)A of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard is selected, a distribution in kind shall not be available for that portion of a Members Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund. |
|
|
|
|
5) |
If Item U(5)(a)(iv)B of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard is selected, a distribution in a single sum payment shall not be available for that portion of a Members Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund. |
55
|
The full flexibility option is an optional form of benefit under which the Member receives a distribution each calendar year, beginning with the calendar year in which his Annuity Starting Date occurs. The Member may elect the amount to be distributed each year (not less than $1,000). The amount payable in his first Distribution Calendar Year, as defined in Article VII, must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of Article VII for such year. Distributions for later Distribution Calendar Years, as defined in Article VII, must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of Article VII for such years. If the Members Annuity Starting Date does not occur until his second Distribution Calendar Year, as defined in Article VII, the amount payable for such year must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of Article VII for both the first and second Distribution Calendar Years, as defined in Article VII. |
|
|
|
Election of an optional form is subject to the qualified election provisions of Section 6.03 and the distribution requirements of Article VII. |
|
|
|
Any annuity contract distributed shall be nontransferable. The terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Member or spouse shall comply with the requirements of this Plan. |
|
|
b) |
Death Benefits. The optional forms of death benefit are a single sum payment and any annuity that is an optional form of retirement benefit. However, the full flexibility option shall not be available if the Beneficiary is not the spouse of the deceased Member. |
|
|
|
Election of an optional form is subject to the qualified election provisions of Section 6.03 and the distribution requirements of Article VII. |
SECTION 6.03 - ELECTION PROCEDURES.
The Member, Beneficiary, or spouse shall make any election under this section in writing. The Plan Administrator may require such individual to complete and sign any necessary documents as to the provisions to be made. Any election permitted under (a) and (b) below shall be subject to the qualified election provisions of (c) below.
a) |
Retirement Benefits. A Member may elect his Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant and may elect to have retirement benefits distributed under any of the optional forms of retirement benefit available in Section 6.02. |
|
|
b) |
Death Benefits. A Member may elect his Beneficiary and may elect to have death benefits distributed under any of the optional forms of death benefit available in Section 6.02. |
|
|
|
If the Member has not elected an optional form of distribution for the death benefit payable to his Beneficiary, the Beneficiary may, for his own benefit, elect the form of distribution, in like manner as a Member. |
|
|
|
The Member may waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity by naming someone other than his spouse as Beneficiary. |
|
|
|
In lieu of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity described in Section 6.01, the spouse may, for his own benefit, waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity by electing to have the benefit distributed under any of the optional forms of death benefit available in Section 6.02. |
|
|
c) |
Qualified Election. The Member, Beneficiary, or spouse may make an election at any time during the election period. The Member, Beneficiary, or spouse may revoke the election made (or make a new election) at any time and any number of times during the election period. An election is effective only if it meets the consent requirements below. |
56
|
1) |
Election Period for Retirement Benefits. The election period as to retirement benefits is the 90-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date. An election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may not be made before the date the Member is provided with the notice of the ability to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. If the Member elects a full flexibility option, he may revoke his election at any time before his first Distribution Calendar Year, as defined in Article VII. When he elects to have benefits begin again, he shall have a new Annuity Starting Date. His election period for this election is the 90-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date for the optional form of retirement benefit elected. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
Election Period for Death Benefits. A Member may make an election as to death benefits at any time before he dies. The spouses election period begins on the date the Member dies and ends on the date benefits begin. The Beneficiarys election period begins on the date the Member dies and ends on the date benefits begin. |
|
|
|
|
|
An election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity may not be made by the Member before the date he is provided with the notice of the ability to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. A Members election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity which is made before the first day of the Plan Year in which he reaches age 35 shall become invalid on such date. An election made by a Member after he ceases to be an Employee will not become invalid on the first day of the Plan Year in which he reaches age 35 with respect to death benefits from that part of his Account resulting from Contributions made before he ceased to be an Employee. |
|
|
|
|
3) |
Consent to Election. If the Members Vested Account exceeds $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997), any benefit which is (i) immediately distributable or (ii) payable in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, requires the consent of the Member and the Members spouse (or where either the Member or the spouse has died, the survivor). Such consent shall also be required if the Members Vested Account at the time of any prior distribution exceeded $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997). The rule in the preceding sentence shall not apply effective October 17, 2000. However, consent will still be required if the Member had previously had an Annuity Starting Date with respect to any portion of such Vested Account. |
|
|
|
|
|
The consent of the Member or spouse to a benefit which is immediately distributable must not be made before the date the Member or spouse is provided with the notice of the ability to defer the distribution. Such consent shall be in writing. |
|
|
|
|
|
The consent shall not be made more than 90 days before the Annuity Starting Date. Spousal consent is not required for a benefit which is immediately distributable in a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Furthermore, if spousal consent is not required because the Member is electing an optional form of retirement benefit that is not a life annuity pursuant to (d) below, only the Member need consent to the distribution of a benefit payable in a form that is not a life annuity and which is immediately distributable. Neither the consent of the Member nor the Members spouse shall be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code Section 401 (a)(9) or 415. |
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, upon termination of this Plan, if the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider), and if we (or any entity within the same Controlled Group) do not maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)), the Members Account balance will, without the Members consent, be distributed to the Member. However, if any entity within the same Controlled Group maintains another defined |
57
|
|
contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) then the Members Account will be transferred, without the Members consent, to the other plan if the Member does not consent to an immediate distribution. |
|
|
|
|
|
A benefit is immediately distributable if any part of the benefit could be distributed to the Member (or surviving spouse) before the Member attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the older of Normal Retirement Age or age 62. |
|
|
|
|
|
If the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is waived, the spouse has the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary or a specific form of benefit. The spouse can relinquish one or both such rights. Such consent shall be made in writing. The consent shall not be made more than 90 days before the Annuity Starting Date. If the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity is waived, the spouse has the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary. Such consent shall be in writing. The spouses consent shall be witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. The spouses consent must acknowledge the effect of the election, including that the spouse had the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary or a specific form of benefit, if applicable, and that the relinquishment of one or both such rights was voluntary. Unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Member without a requirement of further consent by the spouse, the spouses consent must be limited to the form of benefit, if applicable, and the Beneficiary (including any Contingent Annuitant), class of Beneficiaries, or contingent Beneficiary named in the election. |
|
|
|
|
|
Spousal consent is not required, however, if the Member establishes to the satisfaction of the plan representative that the consent of the spouse cannot be obtained because there is no spouse or the spouse cannot be located. A spouses consent under this paragraph shall not be valid with respect to any other spouse. A Member may revoke a prior election without the consent of the spouse. Any new election will require a new spousal consent, unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits such election by the Member without further consent by the spouse. A spouses consent may be revoked at any time within the Members election period. |
|
|
|
d) |
Special Rule for Profit Sharing Plans. This subparagraph (d) applies if the Plan is not a direct or indirect transferee after December 31, 1984, of a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan, target benefit plan, stock bonus plan, or profit sharing plan which is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401 (a)(1 1) and 417. If the above condition is met, spousal consent is not required for electing an optional form of retirement benefit that is not a life annuity. If such condition is not met, such consent requirements shall be operative. |
SECTION 6.04 - NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.
a) |
Optional Forms of Retirement Benefit and Right to Defer. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Member and the Members spouse a written explanation of the optional forms of retirement benefit in Section 6.02, including the material features and relative values of these options, in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 41 7(a)(3) and the right of the Member and the Members spouse to defer distribution until the benefit is no longer immediately distributable. |
|
|
|
The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the Member and the Members spouse no less than 30 days, and no more than 90 days, before the Annuity Starting Date. |
|
|
|
The Member (and spouse, if applicable) may waive the 30-day election period if the distribution of the elected form of retirement benefit begins more than 7 days after the Plan Administrator provides the Member (and spouse, if applicable) the written explanation provided that: (i) the |
58
|
Member has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Member has at least 30 days to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution and a particular distribution option, (ii) the Member is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation is provided to the Member, and (iii) the Annuity Starting Date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided to the Member. |
|
|
|
|
b) |
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Member a written explanation of the following: the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; the Members right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; the rights of the Members spouse; and the right to revoke an election and the effect of such a revocation. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the Member no less than 30 days, and no more than 90 days, before the Annuity Starting Date. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Member (and spouse, if applicable) may waive the 30-day election period if the distribution of the elected form of retirement benefit begins more than 7 days after the Plan Administrator provides the Member (and spouse, if applicable) the written explanation provided that: (i) the Member has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Member has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent, if applicable) a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, (ii) the Member is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Member, and (iii) the Annuity Starting Date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided to the Member. |
|
|
|
|
|
After the written explanation is given, a Member or spouse may make a written request for additional information. The written explanation must be personally delivered or mailed (first class mail, postage prepaid) to the Member or spouse within 30 days from the date of the written request. The Plan Administrator does not need to comply with more than one such request by a Member or spouse. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Plan Administrators explanation shall be written in nontechnical language and will explain the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the financial effect upon the Members benefit (in terms of dollars per benefit payment) of electing not to have benefits distributed in accordance with the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. |
|
|
|
|
c) |
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Member a written explanation of the following: the terms and conditions of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity; the Members right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity; the rights of the Members spouse; and the right to revoke an election and the effect of such a revocation. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the Member within the applicable period. The applicable period for a Member is whichever of the following periods ends last: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
the period beginning one year before the date the individual becomes a Member and ending one year after such date; or |
|
|
|
|
2) |
the period beginning one year before the date the Members spouse is first entitled to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and ending one year after such date. |
59
|
If such notice is given before the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Member attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Member attains age 35, an additional notice shall be given within such period. If a Member ceases to be an Employee before attaining age 35, an additional notice shall be given within the period beginning one year before the date he ceases to be an Employee and ending one year after such date. |
|
|
|
After the written explanation is given, a Member or spouse may make a written request for additional information. The written explanation must be personally delivered or mailed (first class mail, postage prepaid) to the Member or spouse within 30 days from the date of the written request. The Plan Administrator does not need to comply with more than one such request by a Member or spouse. |
|
|
|
The Plan Administrators explanation shall be written in nontechnical language and will explain the terms and conditions of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and the financial effect upon the spouses benefit (in terms of dollars per benefit payment) of electing not to have benefits distributed in accordance with the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. |
SECTION 6.05 - TRANSITIONAL RULES.
a) |
Any living Member not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed by the previous sections of this article, must be given the opportunity to elect to have the prior sections of this article apply if such Member is credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan, or a predecessor plan, in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such Member had at least ten Years of Service when he separated from service. |
||
|
|
||
b) |
Any living Member not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan, or a predecessor plan, on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to elect to have his benefits paid in accordance with (d) below. |
||
|
|
||
c) |
The respective opportunities to elect (as described in (a) and (b) above) must be afforded to the appropriate Members during the period beginning on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise begin to such Members. |
||
|
|
||
d) |
Any Member who has elected according to (b) above and any Member who does not elect under (a) above or who meets the requirements of (a) above except that such Member does not have at least ten Years of Service when he separates from service, shall have his benefits distributed in accordance with all of the following requirements if benefits would have been payable in the form of a life annuity: |
||
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
Automatic Joint and Survivor Annuity. If benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married Member who: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after his Normal Retirement Age; or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
dies on or after his Normal Retirement Age while still working for us; or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
begins to receive payments on or after his qualified early retirement age; or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
iv) |
separates from service on or after attaining his Normal Retirement Age (or his |
60
|
|
|
qualified early retirement age) and after satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive such benefits; |
|
then such benefits shall be paid under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Member has elected otherwise during the election period. The election period must begin at least six months before the Member attains his qualified early retirement age and end not more than 90 days before benefits begin. Any election hereunder shall be in writing and may be changed by the Member at any time. |
||
|
|
||
|
2) |
Election of Early Survivor Annuity. A Member who is employed after attaining his qualified early retirement age shall be given the opportunity to elect, during the election period, to have a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity payable on death. If the Member elects the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than the payments which would have been made to the spouse under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Member had retired on the day before his death. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any election under this provision shall be in writing and may be changed by the Member at any time. The election period begins on the later of (i) the 90th day before the Member attains his qualified early retirement age, or (ii) the date on which participation begins, and ends on the date he terminates employment. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) |
For purposes of this subparagraph (d), qualified early retirement age is the latest of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the Member may elect to receive retirement benefits, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
the first day of the 120th month beginning before the Member reaches his Normal Retirement Age, or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
the date the Member begins participation. |
ARTICLE VIA
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS FOR PLANS WHICH DO NOT PROVIDE FOR LIFE ANNUITIES
The provisions of this article shall apply if Item AA(1 )(a) is selected. The provisions of Article VI shall apply if Item AA(1 )(a) is not selected.
SECTION 6A.01 - AUTOMATIC FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.
Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified election within the election period (see Section 6A.03), the automatic form of benefit payable to or on behalf of a Member is determined as follows:
a) |
Retirement Benefits. The automatic form of retirement benefit for a Member who does not die before his Annuity Starting Date shall be a single sum payment except as provided in the following sentence. If Items U(5)(a) and U(5)(a)(iv)B of the Adoption Agreement- Nonstandard are selected, the automatic form of retirement benefit for that portion of a Members Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund shall be a distribution in kind. |
|
|
b) |
Death Benefits. The automatic form of death benefit for a Member who dies before his Annuity Starting Date shall be a single sum payment to the Members Beneficiary. |
61
SECTION 6A.02 - OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION.
a) |
Retirement Benefits. |
||
|
|
||
|
1) |
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is selected, the only form of retirement benefit is a single sum payment except as provided below: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
If Items U(5)(a) and U(5)(a)(iv)B of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard are selected, the only form of retirement benefit for that portion of a Members Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund is a distribution in kind. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
If Item U(5)(a) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard is selected and Items U(5)(a)(iv)A and B of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard are not selected, the optional forms of retirement benefit for that portion of a Members Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund are a single sum payment and a distribution in kind. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
The optional forms of retirement benefit for that portion of a Members Account which is held in the Self-directed Brokerage Account are a single sum payment and a distribution in kind. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Election of an optional form is subject to the qualified election provisions of Section 6A.03 and the distribution requirements of Article VII. |
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is not selected, the optional forms of retirement benefit shall be the following: (i) a single sum payment and (ii) fixed period annuities for any period of whole months which is not less than 60 and does not exceed the Life Expectancy, as defined in Article VII, of the Member where the Life Expectancy, as defined in Article VII, is not recalculated. That portion of a Members Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund may be distributed in kind. That portion of a Members Account which is held in the Self-directed Brokerage Account may be distributed in kind. The optional forms shall be modified as provided below: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i) |
If Item U(5)(a)(iv)A of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard is selected, a distribution in kind shall not be available for that portion of a Members Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
If Item U(5)(a)(iv)B of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard is selected, a distribution in a single sum payment shall not be available for that portion of a Members Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
The optional forms of retirement benefit for that portion of a Members Account which is held in the Self-directed Brokerage Account are a single sum payment and a distribution in kind. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Election of an optional form is subject to the qualified election provisions of Section 6A.03 and the distribution requirements of Article VII. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any annuity contract distributed shall be nontransferable. The terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Member or spouse shall comply with the requirements of this Plan. |
|
|
||
b) |
Death Benefits. 1) If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is selected, the only form of death benefit is a single sum payment. |
62
|
2) |
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is not selected, the optional forms of death benefit are a single sum payment and any annuity that is an optional form of retirement benefit. |
|
|
|
|
|
Election of an optional form is subject to the qualified election provisions of Section 6A.03 and the distribution requirements of Article VII. |
SECTION 6A.03 - ELECTION PROCEDURES.
The Member or Beneficiary, if applicable, shall make any election under this section in writing. The Plan Administrator may require such individual to complete and sign any necessary documents as to the provisions to be made. Any election permitted under (a) and (b) below shall be subject to the qualified election provisions of (c) below.
a) |
Retirement Benefits. |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is selected, no election can be made. However, if Item U(5)(a) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard is selected and Items U(5)(a)(iv)A and B of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard are not selected, a Member may elect to have retirement benefits from that portion of his Account which is held in the Qualifying Employer Securities Fund distributed under any of the optional forms of retirement benefit available in Section 6A.02. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is not selected, a Member may elect his Beneficiary and may elect to have retirement benefits distributed under any of the optional forms of retirement benefit available in Section 6A.02. |
|
|
|
|
3) |
In addition, a Member may elect to have retirement benefits from his Self-directed Brokerage Account distributed under any of the optional forms of retirement benefit available in Section 6A.02. |
|
|
|
b) |
Death Benefits. |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is selected, a Member may elect his Beneficiary. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
If Item AA(1)(a)(i) is not selected, a Member may elect his Beneficiary and may elect to have death benefits distributed under any of the optional forms of death benefit available in Section 6A.02. |
|
|
|
|
|
If the Member has not elected an optional form of distribution for the death benefit payable to his Beneficiary, the Beneficiary may, for his own benefit, elect the form of distribution, in like manner as a Member. |
|
|
|
c) |
Qualified Election. The Member or Beneficiary, if applicable, may make an election at any time during the election period. The Member or Beneficiary, if applicable, may revoke the election made (or make a new election) at any time and any number of times during the election period. An election is effective only it if meets the consent requirements below. |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
Election Period for Retirement Benefits. The Member, if applicable, may make an election as to retirement benefits at any time before the Annuity Starting Date. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
Election Period for Death Benefits. A Member may make an election as to death benefits at any time before he dies. The Beneficiarys election period, if applicable, begins on the date the Member dies and ends on the date benefits begin. |
63
3) |
Consent to Election. If the Members Vested Account exceeds $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997), any benefit which is immediately distributable requires the consent of the Member. Such consent shall also be required if the Members Vested Account at the time of any prior distribution exceeded $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997). However, for distributions made after March 21, 1999 and before October 17, 2000, such consent shall only be required if the Members Vested Account exceeds $5,000 or the Member had previously had an Annuity Starting Date with respect to any portion of such Vested Account. For distributions made on or after October 17, 2000, such consent shall only be required if the Members Vested Account exceeds $5,000. |
|
|
|
|
|
The consent of the Member to a benefit which is immediately distributable must not be made before the date the Member is provided with the notice of the ability to defer the distribution. Such consent shall be made in writing. |
|
|
|
|
|
The consent shall not be made more than 90 days before the Annuity Starting Date. The consent of the Member shall not be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) or 415. |
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, upon termination of this Plan, if the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider), and if we (or any entity within the same Controlled Group) do not maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)), the Members Account balance will, without the Members consent, be distributed to the Member. However, if any entity within the same Controlled Group maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) then the Members Account will be transferred, without the Members consent, to the other plan if the Member does not consent to an immediate distribution. |
|
|
|
|
|
A benefit is immediately distributable if any part of the benefit could be distributed to the Member before the Member attains the older of Normal Retirement Age or age 62. |
|
|
|
|
|
Spousal consent is needed to name a Beneficiary other than the Members spouse. If the Member names a Beneficiary other than his spouse, the spouse has the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary. The spouse can relinquish such right. Such consent shall be made in writing. The spouses consent shall be witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. The spouses consent must acknowledge the effect of the election, including that the spouse had the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary and that the relinquishment of such right was voluntary. Unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Member without a requirement of further consent by the spouse, the spouses consent must be limited to the Beneficiary, class of Beneficiaries, or contingent Beneficiary named in the election. |
|
|
|
|
|
Spousal consent is not required, however, if the Member establishes to the satisfaction of the plan representative that the consent of the spouse cannot be obtained because there is no spouse or the spouse cannot be located. A spouses consent under this paragraph shall not be valid with respect to any other spouse. A Member may revoke a prior election without the consent of the spouse. Any new election will require a new spousal consent, unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits such election by the Member without further consent by the spouse. A spouses consent may be revoked at any time within the Members election period. |
64
SECTION 6A.04 - NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.
If Item AA(1 )(a)(i) is selected, the provisions of (a) below apply unless Item U(5)(a) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard is selected and Items U(5)(a)(iv)A and B of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard are not selected. In that case, the provisions of (b) below apply. If Item AA(1 )(a)(i) is not selected, the provisions of (b) below apply.
a) |
Right to Defer. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Member a written explanation of the right of the Member to defer distribution until the benefit is no longer immediately distributable. |
|
|
|
The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the Member no less than 30 days, and no more than 90 days, before the Annuity Starting Date. |
|
|
|
However, distribution may begin less than 30 days after the notice described in this subparagraph is given, provided the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Member that he has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution, and the Member, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. |
|
|
b) |
Optional Forms of Retirement Benefit and Right to Defer. The Plan Administrator shall furnish to the Member a written explanation of the optional forms of retirement benefit in Section 6A.02, including the material features and relative values of these options, in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 41 7(a)(3) and the right of the Member to defer distribution until the benefit is no longer immediately distributable. |
|
|
|
The Plan Administrator shall furnish the written explanation by a method reasonably calculated to reach the attention of the Member no less than 30 days, and no more than 90 days, before the Annuity Starting Date. |
|
|
|
However, distribution may begin less than 30 days after the notice described in this subparagraph is given, provided the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Member that he has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and if applicable, a particular distribution option), and the Member, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. |
ARTICLE VII
DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
The optional forms of distribution are only those provided in Article VI and VIA, whichever applies. An optional form of distribution shall not be permitted unless it meets the requirements of this article. The timing of any distribution must meet the requirements of this article.
For purposes of this article, the following terms are defined:
Applicable Life Expectancy means Life Expectancy (or Joint and Last Survivor Expectancy) calculated using the attained age of the Member (or Designated Beneficiary) as of the Members (or Designated Beneficiarys) birthday in the applicable calendar year reduced by one for each calendar year which has elapsed since the date Life Expectancy was first calculated. If Life
65
Expectancy is being recalculated, the Applicable Life Expectancy shall be the Life Expectancy as so recalculated. The applicable calendar year shall be the first Distribution Calendar Year, and if Life Expectancy is being recalculated, such succeeding calendar year.
Designated Beneficiary means the individual who is designated as the beneficiary under the Plan in accordance with Code Section 401 (a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder.
Distribution Calendar Year means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Members death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Members Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Members death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to subparagraph (e) of Section 7.03.
5-percent Owner means a 5-percent owner as defined in Code Section 416. A Member is treated as a 5-percent Owner for purposes of this article if such Member is a 5-percent Owner at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70 1/2.
In addition, a Member is treated as a 5-percent Owner for purposes of this article if such Member becomes a 5-percent Owner in a later Plan Year. Such Members Required Beginning Date shall not be later than the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such later Plan Year ends.
Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent Owner under this article, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Member ceases to be a 5-percent Owner in a subsequent year.
Joint And Last Survivor Expectancy means joint and last survivor expectancy computed using the expected return multiples in Table VI of section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.
Unless otherwise elected by the Member by the time distributions are required to begin, life expectancies shall be recalculated annually. Such election shall be irrevocable as to the Member and shall apply to all subsequent years. The life expectancy of a nonspouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.
Life Expectancy means life expectancy computed using the expected return multiples in Table V of section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.
Unless otherwise elected by the Member (or spouse, in the case of distributions described in (e)(2)(ii) of Section 7.03) by the time distributions are required to begin, life expectancy shall be recalculated annually. Such election shall be irrevocable as to the Member (or spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent years. The life expectancy of a nonspouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.
Members Benefit means:
a) |
The Account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions or forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of the dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date. |
66
b) |
Exception For Second Distribution Calendar Year. For purposes of (a) above, if any portion of the minimum distribution for the first Distribution Calendar Year is made in the second Distribution Calendar Year on or before the Required Beginning Date, the amount of the minimum distribution made in the second Distribution Calendar Year shall be treated as if it had been made in the immediately preceding Distribution Calendar Year. |
Required Beginning Date means the date specified in Item Z(5).
If Item Z(5)(a) is not selected and the Plan previously provided for a Required Beginning Date based on age 70 1/2 for all Members, the preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution option is only eliminated with respect to Members who reach age 70 1/2 in or after a calendar year that begins after the later of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of the amendment which eliminated such option. The preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution option is an optional form of benefit under which benefits payable in a particular distribution form (including any modifications that may be elected after benefits begin) begin at a time during the period that begins on or after January 1 of the calendar year in which the Member attains age 70 1/2 and ends April 1 of the immediately following calendar year.
If Item Z(5)(a) is not selected and the Plan previously provided for a Required Beginning Date based on age 70 1/2 for all Members, the options available for Members who are not 5-percent Owners and attained age 70 1/2 in calendar years before the calendar year that begins after the later of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of the amendment which eliminated the preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution shall be those provided in Items Z(5)(b) and (c).
SECTION 7.03 - DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.
a) |
General Rules. |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
Subject to Section 6.01, joint and survivor annuity requirements, if applicable, the requirements of this article shall apply to any distribution of a Members interest and shall take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan. Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this article apply to calendar years beginning after December 31, 1984. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
All distributions required under this article shall be determined and made in accordance with the proposed regulations under Code Section 401 (a)(9), including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of section 1.401 (a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations. |
|
|
|
|
3) |
With respect to distributions under the Plan made on or after June 14, 2001, for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401 (a)(9) in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 401 (a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001 (the 2001 Proposed Regulations), notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. If the total amount of required minimum distributions made to a Member for 2001 prior to June 14, 2001, are equal to or greater than the amount of required minimum distributions under the 2001 Proposed Regulations, then no additional distributions are required for such Member for 2001 on or after such date. If the total amount of required minimum distributions made to a Member for 2001 prior to June 14, 2001, are less than the amount determined under the 2001 Proposed Regulations, then the amount of required minimum distributions for 2001 on or after such date will be determined so that the total amount of required minimum distributions for 2001 is the amount determined under the 2001 Proposed Regulations. These provisions shall continue in effect until the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final regulations under Code Section 401 (a)(9) or such other date as may be published by the Internal Revenue Service. |
67
b) |
Required Beginning Date. The entire interest of a Member must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the Members Required Beginning Date. |
|||
|
|
|||
c) |
Limits on Distribution Periods. As of the first Distribution Calendar Year, distributions, if not made in a single sum, may only be made over one of the following periods (or combination thereof): |
|||
|
|
|||
|
1) |
the life of the Member, |
||
|
|
|
||
|
2) |
the life of the Member and a Designated Beneficiary, |
||
|
|
|
||
|
3) |
a period certain not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the Member, or |
||
|
|
|
||
|
4) |
a period certain not extending beyond the Joint and Last Survivor Expectancy of the Member and a Designated Beneficiary. |
||
|
|
|
||
d) |
Determination of Amount To Be Distributed Each Year. If the Members interest is to be distributed in other than a single sum, the following minimum distribution rules shall apply on or after the Required Beginning Date: |
|||
|
|
|||
|
1) |
Individual Account. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
i) |
If a Members Benefit is to be distributed over |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
a period not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the Member or the Joint and Last Survivor Expectancy of the Member and the Members Designated Beneficiary, or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
a period not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the amount required to be distributed for each calendar year beginning with the distributions for the first Distribution Calendar Year, must be at least equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Members Benefit by the Applicable Life Expectancy. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
For calendar years beginning before January 1, 1989, if the Members spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the method of distribution selected must assure that at least 50 percent of the present value of the amount available for distribution is paid within the Life Expectancy of the Member. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, the amount to be distributed each year, beginning with distributions for the first Distribution Calendar Year shall not be less than the quotient obtained by dividing the Members Benefit by the lesser of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. |
the Applicable Life Expectancy, or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
if the Members spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined from the table set forth in Q&A-4 of section 1.401 (a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions after the death of the Member shall be distributed using the Applicable Life Expectancy in (1)(i) above as the relevant divisor without regard to section 1.401 (a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations. |
68
|
|
iv) |
The minimum distribution required for the Members first Distribution Calendar Year must be made on or before the Members Required Beginning Date. The minimum distribution for other calendar years, including the minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Members Required Beginning Date occurs, must be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year. |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
2) |
Other Forms. If the Members Benefit is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401 (a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
e) |
Death Distribution Provisions. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
1) |
Distribution Beginning Before Death. If the Member dies after distribution of his interest has begun, the remaining portion of such interest shall continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the Members death. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
2) |
Distribution Beginning After Death. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
i) |
If the Member dies before distribution of his interest begins, distribution of the Members entire interest shall be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Members death except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with A or B below: |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
A. |
if any portion of the Members interest is payable to a Designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made over the life or over a period certain not greater than the Life Expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary beginning on or before December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Member died; |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
if the Designated Beneficiary is the Members surviving spouse, the date distributions are required to begin in accordance with A above shall not be earlier than the later of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Member died, or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
December 31 of the calendar year in which the Member would have attained age 70 1/2. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
If the Member has not made an election pursuant to this (e)(2) by the time of his death, the Members Designated Beneficiary must elect the method of distribution no later than the earlier of: |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
A. |
December 31 of the calendar year in which distributions would be required to begin under this subparagraph, or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
December 31 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of death of the Member. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii) |
If the Member has no Designated Beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not elect a method of distribution, distribution of the Members entire interest must be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Members death. |
69
|
3) |
For purposes of (e)(2) above, if the surviving spouse dies after the Member, but before payments to such spouse begin, the provisions of (e)(2) above, with the exception of (e)(2)(i)B therein, shall be applied as if the surviving spouse were the Member. |
|
|
|
|
4) |
For purposes of this (e), distribution of a Members interest is considered to begin on the Members Required Beginning Date (or if (e)(3) above is applicable, the date distribution is required to begin to the surviving spouse pursuant to (e)(2) above). If distribution in the form of an annuity irrevocably begins to the Member before the Required Beginning Date, the date distribution is considered to begin is the date distribution actually begins. |
SECTION 7.04 - TRANSITIONAL RULE.
a) |
Notwithstanding the other requirements of this article and subject to the joint and survivor annuity requirements of Article VI, if applicable, distribution on behalf of any Member, including a 5-percent Owner, may be made in accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution begins): |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
The distribution by the Plan is one which would not have disqualified such Plan under Code Section 401 (a)(9) as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Member whose interest in the Plan is being distributed or, if the Member is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Member. |
|
|
|
|
3) |
Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Member or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984. |
|
|
|
|
4) |
The Member had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983. |
|
|
|
|
5) |
The method of distribution designated by the Member or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will begin, the period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Members death, the Beneficiaries of the Member listed in order of priority. |
|
|
|
b) |
A distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the required information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the Member. |
|
|
|
|
c) |
For any distribution which begins before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Member, or Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements in (a)(1) and (5) above. |
|
|
|
|
d) |
If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401 (a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder. If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs, the total amount not yet distributed which would have been required to have been distributed to satisfy Code Section 401 (a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder, but for the section 242(b)(2) election. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements in section 1.401 (a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not |
70
|
named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered a revocation of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life). In the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan, the rules in Q&A J-2 and J-3 in section 1.401 (a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations shall apply. |
ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
We expect to continue the Plan indefinitely, but reserve the right to terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time upon giving written notice to all parties concerned. Complete discontinuance of Contributions constitutes complete termination of the Plan.
The Account of each Member shall be fully (100%) vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective date of complete termination of the Plan. The Account of each Member who is included in the group of Members deemed to be affected by the partial termination of the Plan shall be fully (100%) vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective date of the partial termination of the Plan. The Members Vested Account shall continue to participate in the earnings credited, expenses charged, and any appreciation or depreciation of the Investment Fund until his Vested Account is distributed.
A Members Account which does not result from Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions may be distributed to the Member after the effective date of the complete termination of the Plan. A Members Account resulting from such Contributions may be distributed upon complete termination of the Plan, but only if neither we nor any Controlled Group member maintain or establish a successor defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7), a simplified employee pension plan as defined in Code Section 408(k) or a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code Section 408(p)) and such distribution is made in a lump sum. A distribution under this article shall be a retirement benefit and shall be distributed to the Member according to the provisions of Article VI or VIA, whichever applies.
The Members entire Vested Account shall be paid in a single sum to the Member as of the effective date of complete termination of the Plan if (i) the requirements for distribution of Elective Deferral Contributions in the above paragraph are met and (ii) consent of the Member is not required in Plan Section 6.03 or 6A.03, whichever is applicable, to distribute a benefit which is immediately distributable. This is a small amounts payment. The small amounts payment is in full settlement of all benefits otherwise payable.
Upon complete termination of the Plan, no more Employees shall become Members and no more Contributions shall be made.
The assets of this Plan shall not be paid to us at any time, except that, after the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan, any assets remaining may be paid to us. The payment may not be made if it would contravene any provision of law.
71
ARTICLE IX
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
SECTION 9.01 - ADMINISTRATION.
Subject to the provisions of this article, the Plan Administrator has complete control of the administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator has all the powers necessary for it to properly carry out its administrative duties. Not in limitation, but in amplification of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator has complete discretion to construe or interpret the provisions of the Plan, including ambiguous provisions, if any, and to determine all questions that may arise under the Plan, including all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate in the Plan and the amount of benefit to which any Member, Beneficiary, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant may become entitled. The Plan Administrators decisions upon all matters within the scope of its authority are final.
Unless otherwise set out in the Plan or Annuity Contract, the Plan Administrator may delegate recordkeeping and other duties which are necessary to assist it with the administration of the Plan to any person or firm which agrees to accept such duties. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates, and reports furnished by the consultant or actuary appointed by the Plan Administrator and upon all opinions given by any counsel selected or approved by the Plan Administrator.
The Plan Administrator shall receive all claims for benefits by Members, former Members, Beneficiaries, spouses, and Contingent Annuitants. The Plan Administrator shall determine all facts necessary to establish the right of any Claimant to benefits and the amount of those benefits under the provisions of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may establish rules and procedures to be followed by Claimants in filing claims for benefits, in furnishing and verifying proofs necessary to determine age, and in any other matters required to administer the Plan.
Expenses of the Plan, to the extent that we do not pay such expenses, may be paid out of the assets of the Plan provided that such payment is consistent with ERISA. Such expenses include, but are not limited to, expenses for bonding required by ERISA; expenses for recordkeeping and other administrative services; fees and expenses of the Trustee or Annuity Contract; expenses for investment education service; and direct costs that we incur with respect to the Plan.
All acts and determinations of the Plan Administrator shall be duly recorded. All these records, together with other documents necessary for the administration of the Plan, shall be preserved in the Plan Administrators custody.
Writing (handwriting, typing, printing), photostating, photographing, micro-filming, magnetic impulse, mechanical or electrical recording, or other forms of data compilation shall be acceptable means of keeping records.
SECTION 9.04 - INFORMATION AVAILABLE.
Any Member in the Plan or any Beneficiary may examine copies of the Plan description, latest annual report, any bargaining agreement, this Plan, the Annuity Contract, or any other instrument under which the Plan was established or is operated. The Plan Administrator shall maintain all of the items listed in this section in its office, or in such other place or places as it may designate in order to comply with governmental regulations. These items may be examined during reasonable
72
business hours. Upon the written request of a Member or Beneficiary receiving benefits under the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall furnish him with a copy of any of these items. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge to the requesting person for the copy.
SECTION 9.05 - CLAIM AND APPEAL PROCEDURES.
A Claimant must submit any required forms and pertinent information when making a claim for benefits under the Plan.
If a claim for benefits under the Plan is denied, the Plan Administrator shall provide adequate written notice to any Claimant whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied. The notice must be furnished within 90 days of the date that the claim is received by the Plan Administrator. The Claimant shall be notified in writing within this initial 90-day period if special circumstances require an extension of time needed to process the claim and the date by which the Plan Administrators decision is expected to be rendered. The written notice shall be furnished no later than 180 days after the date the claim was received by the Plan Administrator.
The Plan Administrators notice to the Claimant shall specify the reason for the denial; specify references to pertinent Plan provisions on which denial is based; describe any additional material and information needed for the Claimant to perfect his claim for benefits; explain why the material and information is needed; inform the Claimant that any appeal he wishes to make must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within 60 days after receipt of the Plan Administrators notice of denial of benefits and that failure to make the written appeal within such 60-day period renders the Plan Administrators determination of such denial final, binding and conclusive.
If the Claimant appeals to the Plan Administrator, the Claimant (or his authorized representative) may submit in writing whatever issues and comments the Claimant (or his authorized representative) feels are pertinent. The Claimant (or his authorized representative) may review pertinent Plan documents. The Plan Administrator shall reexamine all facts related to the appeal and make a final determination as to whether the denial of benefits is justified under the circumstances. The Plan Administrator shall advise the Claimant of its decision within 60 days of his written request for review, unless special circumstances (such as a hearing) would make rendering a decision within the 60-day limit unfeasible. The Claimant shall be notified within the 60-day limit if an extension is necessary. The Plan Administrator shall render a decision on a claim for benefits no later than 120 days after the request for review is received.
SECTION 9.06 - DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.
All or any part of the administrative duties and responsibilities under this article may be delegated by the Plan Administrator to a retirement committee. The duties and responsibilities of the retirement committee shall be set out in a separate written agreement.
SECTION 9.07 - EXERCISE OF DISCRETIONARY AUTHORITY.
The Employer, Plan Administrator, and any other person or entity who has authority with respect to the management, administration, or investment of the Plan may exercise that authority in its/his full discretion, subject only to the duties imposed under ERISA. This discretionary authority includes, but is not limited to, the authority to make any and all factual determinations and interpret all terms and provisions of the Plan documents relevant to the issue under consideration. The exercise of authority will be binding upon all persons; will be given deference in all courts of law to the greatest extent allowed under law; and will not be overturned or set aside by any court of law unless found to be arbitrary and capricious or made in bad faith.
73
SECTION 9.08 - TRANSACTION PROCESSING.
Transactions (including, but not limited to, investment directions, trades, loans, and distributions) shall be processed as soon as administratively practicable after proper directions are received from the Member or such other parties. No guarantee is made by the Plan, Plan Administrator, Trustee, Insurer, or us that such transactions will be processed on a daily or other basis, and no guarantee is made in any respect regarding the processing time of such transactions.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, we, the Plan Administrator, or the Trustee reserve the right to not value an investment option on any given Valuation Date for any reason deemed appropriate by us, the Plan Administrator, or the Trustee.
Administrative practicality will be determined by legitimate business factors (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, force majeure, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider) and in no event will be deemed to be less than 14 days. The processing date of a transaction shall be binding for all purposes of the Plan and considered the applicable Valuation Date for any transaction.
SECTION 9.09 - VOTING AND TENDER OF QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES.
Voting rights with respect to Qualifying Employer Securities shall be exercised in the manner specified in Item U(5)(a)(ii) and (iii) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard. Before each meeting of shareholders, we shall cause to be sent to each person with power to control such voting rights a copy of any notice and other information provided to shareholders and, if applicable, a form for instructing the Trustee how to vote at such meeting (or any adjournment thereof) the number of full and fractional shares subject to such persons voting control. The Trustee may establish a deadline in advance of the meeting by which such forms must be received in order to be effective.
If Members control voting rights, each Member shall be entitled to one vote for each share credited to his Account.
If Members control voting rights, and if some or all of the Members have not directed or have not timely directed the Trustee on how to vote, then the Trustee shall vote such Qualifying Employer Securities in the same proportion as those shares of Qualifying Employer Securities for which the Trustee has received proper direction for such matter.
The decision whether to tender Qualifying Employer Securities in response to a tender or exchange offer for such Qualifying Employer Securities shall be made in the manner specified in Item U(5)(a)(iii) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard. As soon as practicable after the commencement of a tender or exchange offer for Qualifying Employer Securities, we shall cause each person with power to control the response to such tender or exchange offer to be advised in writing the terms of the offer and, if applicable, to be provided with a form for instructing the Trustee, or for revoking such instruction, to tender or exchange shares of Qualifying Employer Securities, to the extent permitted under the terms of such offer. In advising such persons of the terms of the offer, we may include statements from the board of directors setting forth its position with respect to the offer.
If Members control tender decisions, and if some or all of the Members have not directed or have not timely directed the Trustee on how to tender, then the Trustee shall tender such Qualifying Employer Securities in the same proportion as those shares of Qualifying Employer Securities for which the Trustee has received proper direction for such matter.
74
If the tender or exchange offer is limited so that all of the shares that the Trustee has been directed to tender or exchange cannot be sold or exchanged, the shares that each Member directed to be tendered or exchanged shall be deemed to have been sold or exchanged in the same ratio that the number of shares actually sold or exchanged bears to the total number of shares that the Trustee was directed to tender or exchange.
If Members control voting rights or tender decisions, the Trustee shall hold their individual directions in confidence and, except as required by law, shall not divulge or release such individual directions to anyone associated with us. We may require verification of the Trustees compliance with the directions received from Members by any independent auditor selected by us, provided that such auditor agrees to maintain the confidentiality of such individual directions.
We may develop procedures to facilitate the exercise of votes or tender rights, such as the use of facsimile transmissions for the Members located in physically remote areas.
SECTION 9.10 - VOTING AND TENDER OF SELF-DIRECTED BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS.
Rights of ownership of securities held in the Self-directed Brokerage Account, including voting rights, tender rights, and rights to exercise exchange offers, shall be passed through to the Member with respect to whom the Self-directed Brokerage Account was established. These rights shall be exercised by the Member through the mechanism (including the course of dealing and practices and procedures) established by the Trustee under the Principal Trust Company Directed Trust Agreement for the exercise of such rights and in accordance with the Self-directed Brokerage Account documents.
We may amend a selection or specification in the Adoption Agreement at any time, including any remedial retroactive changes (within the time specified by Internal Revenue Service regulation), to comply with any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which the Plan is subject.
An amendment may not diminish or adversely affect any accrued interest or benefit of Members or their Beneficiaries nor allow reversion or diversion of Plan assets to us at any time, except as may be required to comply with any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which the Plan is subject.
No amendment to this Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Members accrued benefit. However, a Members Account may be reduced to the extent permitted under Code Section 41 2(c)(8). For purposes of this paragraph, a Plan amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Members Account with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit. Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of the Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee who is a Member as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employees right to his employer-derived accrued benefit shall not be less than his percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.
No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment except as provided in Section 10.03 and below:
75
a) |
The Plan is amended to eliminate or restrict the ability of a Member to receive payment of his Account balance under a particular optional form of benefit and the amendment satisfies the conditions in (1) and (2) below: |
|||
|
|
|||
|
1) |
The amendment provides a single sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit eliminated or restricted. For purposes of this condition (1), a single sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if it is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the Member) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
2) |
The amendment is not effective unless the amendment provides that the amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an Annuity Starting Date earlier than the earlier of: |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
i) |
the 90th day after the date the Member receiving the distribution has been furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and that satisfies the ERISA requirements at 29 CFR 2520.1 04b-3 relating to a summary of material modifications, or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii) |
the first day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) |
The Plan is amended to eliminate or restrict in-kind distributions and the conditions in Q&A 2(b)(2)(iii) in section 1.411 (d)-4 of the regulations are met. |
|||
We may amend the Plan by adding overriding plan language to the Adoption Agreement in order to satisfy Code Sections 415 and 416 because of the required aggregation of multiple plans under those sections. We may amend the Plan by adding certain model amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed. An amendment to this Plan will be forwarded to Principal Life Insurance Company, the prototype plan sponsor.
We may attach an addendum which lists the Code Section 411 (d)(6) protected benefits that must be preserved due to a restatement or amendment of the Plan. Such a list would not be considered an amendment to the Plan and will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed. We may attach an addendum which identifies those provisions which are not amended retroactively when the Plan is amended retroactively due to changes in the Code. This would apply when the Plan is amended for the law changes through the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998. This would include a snap-off addendum which reflects the operation of the Plan between the earliest effective date and the date the Plan reflecting such changes is adopted.
If we amend the Plan for any reason other than those set out above, our Plan shall no longer participate in this prototype plan and shall be considered an individually designed plan. As the Employer, we reserve the right to continue our retirement program under a document separate and distinct from this Plan. In such event, all rights and obligations of ours, or of any Member or Beneficiary, under this document, shall cease. Assets held in support of this Plan will be transferred to the designated funding medium under the new or restated plan and, if applicable, Trust Agreement, in the manner permitted under, and subject to the provisions of, the Annuity Contract.
If, as a result of an amendment, an Employer Contribution is removed that is not 100% immediately vested when made, the vesting schedule in effect as of the last day such Contributions were permitted shall remain in effect with respect to that part of his Account resulting from such Contributions. The Member shall not become immediately 100% vested in such Contributions as a result of the elimination of such Contribution except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan.
76
We delegate authority to amend this Plan to Principal Life Insurance Company as the prototype plan sponsor. We hereby consent to any such amendment. However, no such amendment shall increase the duties of the Named Fiduciary without his consent. Such an amendment shall not deprive any Member or Beneficiary of any accrued benefit except to the extent necessary to comply with any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to which this Plan is subject. Such an amendment shall not provide that the Plan Fund be used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of Members or their Beneficiaries or that such Plan Fund ever revert to or be used by us.
Any amendment to this Plan by Principal Life Insurance Company, as the prototype plan sponsor, shall be deemed to be an amendment to this Plan by us. The effective date of any amendment shall be specified in the written instrument of amendment.
An amendment shall not decrease a Members vested interest in the Plan. If an amendment to the Plan, or a deemed amendment in the case of a change in top-heavy status of the Plan as provided in Section 11.03, changes the computation of the percentage used to determine that portion of a Members Account attributable to our Contributions which is nonforfeitable (whether directly or indirectly), each Member or former Member
c) |
who has completed at least three Years of Service on the date the election period described below ends (five Years of Service if the Member does not have at least one Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988) and |
|
|
d) |
whose Vesting Percentage will be determined on any date after the date of the change |
|
|
|
may elect, during the election period, to have the nonforfeitable percentage of his Account which results from our Contributions determined without regard to the amendment. This election may not be revoked. If after the Plan is changed, the Members nonforfeitable percentage will at all times be as great as it would have been if the change had not been made, no election needs to be provided. The election period shall begin no later than the date the Plan amendment is adopted, or deemed adopted in the case of a change in the top-heavy status of the Plan, and end no earlier than the 60th day after the latest of the date the amendment is adopted (deemed adopted) or becomes effective, or the date the Member is issued written notice of the amendment (deemed amendment) by us or the Plan Administrator. |
SECTION 10.02 - DIRECT ROLLOVERS.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributees election under this section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.
If Item Z(6)(a) is not selected, any part of a distribution made under Section 10.11 (or which is a small amounts payment made under Article VIII at complete termination of the Plan) which is an Eligible Rollover Distribution, which is equal to or more than $1,000, and for which the Distributee has not elected to either have such distribution paid to him or to an Eligible Retirement Plan shall be rolled over to an Individual Retirement Account (IRA) with an affiliate of Principal Life Insurance Company. Such amounts shall be initially invested in the Principal Investor Funds Money Market Fund. The Distributee shall have the option to change the investment after the IRA has been established.
77
If Item Z(6)(a) is not selected, any part of a distribution made under Section 10.11 (or which is a small amounts payment made under Article VIII at complete termination of the Plan) which is an Eligible Rollover Distribution, which is less than $1,000, and for which the Distributee has not elected to either have such distribution paid to him or to an Eligible Retirement Plan shall be paid to the Distributee.
If Item Z(6)(a) is selected, any distributions made under Section 10.11 (or which are small amounts payments made under Article VIII at complete termination of the Plan) which are Eligible Rollover Distributions and for which the Distributee has not elected to either have such distribution paid to him or to an Eligible Retirement Plan shall be paid to the Distributee.
SECTION 10.03 - MERGERS AND DIRECT TRANSFERS.
The Plan may not be merged or consolidated with, nor have its assets or liabilities transferred to, any other retirement plan, unless each Member in the Plan would (if the plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit the Member would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if this Plan had then terminated). We may enter into merger agreements or direct transfer of assets agreements with the employers under other retirement plans which are qualifiable under Code Section 401(a), including an elective transfer, and may accept the direct transfer of plan assets, or may transfer plan assets, as a party to any such agreement. We shall not consent to, or be a party to a merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets with a defined benefit plan if such action would result in a defined benefit feature being maintained under this Plan.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent any optional form of benefit under this Plan permits a distribution prior to the Employees retirement, death, disability, or severance from employment, and prior to plan termination, the optional form of benefit is not available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code Section 4 14(l), to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) (other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to voluntary employee contributions).
The Plan may accept a direct transfer of plan assets on behalf of an Eligible Employee. If the Eligible Employee is not an Active Member when the transfer is made, the Eligible Employee shall be deemed to be an Active Member only for the purpose of investment and distribution of the transferred assets. Our Contributions shall not be made for or allocated to the Eligible Employee and he may not make Member Contributions, until the time he meets all of the requirements to become an Active Member.
The Plan shall hold, administer, and distribute the transferred assets as a part of the Plan. The Plan shall maintain a separate account for the benefit of the Employee on whose behalf the Plan accepted the transfer in order to reflect the value of the transferred assets.
Unless a transfer of assets to the Plan is an elective transfer, as described below, the Plan shall apply the optional forms of benefit protections described in Section 10.01 to all transferred assets.
A Members protected benefits may be eliminated upon transfer between qualified defined contribution plans if the conditions in Q&A 3(b)(1) in section 1.411 (d)-4 of the regulations are met. The transfer must meet all of the other applicable qualification requirements.
A Members protected benefits may be eliminated upon transfer between qualified plans (both defined benefit and defined contribution) if the conditions in Q&A 3(c)(1) in section 1.411 (d)-4 of the regulations are met. Beginning January 1, 2002, if the Member is eligible to receive an immediate distribution of his entire nonforfeitable accrued benefit in a single sum distribution that
78
would consist entirely of an eligible rollover distribution under Code Section 401 (a)(31), such transfer will be accomplished as a direct rollover under Code Section 401 (a)(31). The rules applicable to distributions under the plan would apply to the transfer, but the transfer would not be treated as a distribution for purposes of the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401 (a)(9).
SECTION 10.04 - PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE INSURER AND OTHER PARTIES.
The obligations of an Insurer shall be governed solely by the provisions of the Annuity Contract or Insurance Policy. The Insurer shall not be required to perform any act not provided in or contrary to the provisions of the Annuity Contract or Insurance Policy. Each Annuity Contract and Insurance Policy when purchased will comply with the Plan. See Section 10.09.
Any issuer or distributor of investment contracts or securities is governed solely by the terms of its policies, written investment contract, prospectuses, security instruments, and any other written agreements entered into with the Trustee with regard to such investment contracts or securities.
Such Insurer, issuer, or distributor is not a party to the Plan, nor bound in any way by the Plan provisions. Such parties shall not be required to look to the terms of this Plan, nor to determine whether we, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, or the Named Fiduciary have the authority to act in any particular manner or to make any contract or agreement.
Until notice of any amendment or termination of this Plan, or of a change in Trustee, has been received by the Insurer at its home office or an issuer or distributor at their principal address, they are and shall be fully protected in assuming that the Plan has not been amended or terminated and in dealing with any party acting as Trustee according to the latest information which they have received at their home office or principal address.
SECTION 10.05 - EMPLOYMENT STATUS.
Nothing contained in this Plan gives any Employee the right to be retained in our employ or to interfere with our right to discharge any Employee.
SECTION 10.06 - RIGHTS TO PLAN ASSETS.
An Employee shall not have any right to or interest in any assets of the Plan upon termination of employment or otherwise except as specifically provided under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the benefits payable to such Employee according to the Plan provisions.
Any final payment or distribution to a Member or his legal representative or to any Beneficiaries, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant of such Member under the Plan provisions shall be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Plan, the Named Fiduciary, the Plan Administrator, the Insurer, the Trustee, and us arising under or by virtue of the Plan.
Each Member may name a Beneficiary to receive any death benefit (other than any income payable to a Contingent Annuitant) which may arise out of his participation in the Plan. The Member may change his Beneficiary from time to time. If Item AA(1 )(a) is selected, unless a qualified election has been made, for purposes of distributing any death benefits before the Members Retirement Date, the Beneficiary of a Member who has a spouse shall be the Members spouse. If Item AA(1 )(a) is not selected, unless a qualified election has been made, for purposes of distributing any death benefits before the Members Retirement Date, the Beneficiary of a Member who has a spouse who is entitled to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be the Members spouse. The Members Beneficiary designation and any change of Beneficiary shall be
79
subject to the provisions of Section 6.03 or 6A.03, whichever applies. It is the responsibility of the Member to give written notice to the Insurer of the name of the Beneficiary on a form furnished for that purpose.
With our consent, the Plan Administrator may maintain records of Beneficiary designations for Members before their Retirement Dates. In that event, the written designations made by Members shall be filed with the Plan Administrator. If a Member dies before his Retirement Date, the Plan Administrator shall certify to the Insurer the Beneficiary designation on its records for the Member.
If there is no Beneficiary named or surviving when a Member dies, the Members Beneficiary shall be the Members surviving spouse, or where there is no surviving spouse, the executor or administrator of the Members estate.
SECTION 10.08 - NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS.
Benefits payable under the Plan are not subject to the claims of any creditor of any Member, Beneficiary, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant. A Member, Beneficiary, spouse, or Contingent Annuitant does not have any rights to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign such benefits except in the case of a loan as provided in Section 5.06. The preceding sentences shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Member according to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), or any domestic relations order entered into before January 1, 1985. The preceding sentences shall not apply to any offset of a Members benefits provided under the Plan against an amount the Member is required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgement, order, or decree issued, or a settlement entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, which meets the requirements of Code Sections 401 (a)(1 3)(C) or (D).
The validity of the Plan or any of its provisions is determined under and construed according to Federal law and, to the extent permissible, according to the laws of the state in which we have our principal office. In case any provision of this Plan is held illegal or invalid for any reason, such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included.
In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the terms of any Annuity Contract or Insurance Policy issued hereunder, the provisions of the Plan control.
SECTION 10.10 - LEGAL ACTIONS.
No person employed by us; no Member, former Member, or their Beneficiaries; nor any other person having or claiming to have an interest in the Plan is entitled to any notice of process. A final judgment entered in any such action or proceeding shall be binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming to have an interest in the Plan.
If consent of the Member is not required for a benefit which is immediately distributable in Plan Section 6.03 or 6A.03, whichever applies, a Members entire Vested Account shall be paid in a single sum as of the earliest of his Retirement Date, the date he dies, or the date he ceases to be an Employee for any other reason (the date we provide notice to the record keeper of the Plan of such event, if later). For purposes of this section, if the Members Vested Account is zero, the Member shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested Account. If a Member would have received a distribution under the first sentence of this paragraph but for the fact that
80
the Members consent was needed to distribute a benefit which is immediately distributable, and if at a later time consent would not be needed to distribute a benefit which is immediately distributable and such Member has not again become an Employee, such Vested Account shall be paid in a single sum. This is a small amounts payment.
If Item Z(4)(b) is selected, the Member shall not be treated as ceasing to be an Employee for any reason other than retirement or death before the period of time specified has elapsed, and no small amounts payment shall be made if he again becomes an Employee before such period of time has elapsed.
If a small amounts payment is made as of the date the Member dies, the small amounts payment shall be made to the Members Beneficiary (spouse if the death benefit is payable to the spouse). If a small amounts payment is made while the Member is living, the small amounts payment shall be made to the Member. The small amounts payment is in full settlement of all benefits otherwise payable.
No other small amounts payment shall be made.
The masculine gender, where used in this Plan, shall include the feminine gender and singular words, as used in this Plan, may include the plural, unless the context indicates otherwise. The words in writing and written, where used in this Plan, shall include any other forms (such as voice response or other electronic system) as permitted by any governmental agency to which the Plan is subject.
SECTION 10.13 - CHANGE IN SERVICE METHOD.
a) |
Change of Service Method Under This Plan. If this Plan is amended to change the method of crediting service from the elapsed time method to the hours method for any purpose under this Plan, the Employees service shall be equal to the sum of (1), (2), and (3) below: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
The number of whole years of service credited to the Employee under the Plan as of the date the change is effective. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
One year of service for the applicable service period in which the change is effective if he is credited with the required number of Hours of Service. If we do not have sufficient records to determine the Employees actual Hours of Service in that part of the service period before the effective date of the change, the Hours of Service shall be determined using an equivalency. For any month in which he would be required to be credited with one Hour of Service, the Employee shall be deemed for purposes of this section to be credited with 190 Hours of Service. |
|
|
|
|
3) |
The Employees service determined under this Plan using the hours method after the end of the service period in which the change in service method was effective. |
|
|
|
|
If this Plan is amended to change the method of crediting service from the hours method to the elapsed time method for any purpose under this Plan, the Employees service shall be equal to the sum of (4), (5), and (6) below: |
|
|
|
|
|
4) |
The number of whole years of service credited to the Employee under the Plan as of the beginning of the service period in which the change in service method is effective. |
81
|
5) |
The greater of (i) the service that would be credited to the Employee for that entire service period using the elapsed time method or (ii) the service credited to him under the Plan as of the date the change is effective. |
|
|
|
|
6) |
The Employees service determined under this Plan using the elapsed time method after the end of the applicable service period in which the change in service method was effective. |
|
|
|
b) |
Transfers Between Plans with Different Service Methods. If an Employee has been a member in another plan of ours which credited service under the elapsed time method for any purpose which under this Plan is determined using the hours method, then the Employees service shall be equal to the sum of (1), (2), and (3) below: |
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
The number of whole years of service credited to the Employee under the other plan as of the date he became an Eligible Employee under this Plan. |
|
|
|
|
2) |
One year of service for the applicable service period in which he became an Eligible Employee if he is credited with the required number of Hours of Service. If we do not have sufficient records to determine the Employees actual Hours of Service in that part of the service period before the date he became an Eligible Employee, the Hours of Service shall be determined using an equivalency. For any month in which he would be required to be credited with one Hour of Service, the Employee shall be deemed for purposes of this section to be credited with 190 Hours of Service. |
|
|
|
|
3) |
The Employees service determined under this Plan using the hours method after the end of the service period in which he became an Eligible Employee. |
|
|
|
|
If an Employee has been a member in another plan of ours which credited service under the hours method for any purpose which under this Plan is determined using the elapsed time method, then the Employees service shall be equal to the sum of (4), (5), and (6) below: |
|
|
|
|
|
4) |
The number of whole years of service credited to the Employee under the other plan as of the beginning of the service period under that plan in which he became an Eligible Employee under this Plan. |
|
|
|
|
5) |
The greater of (i) the service that would be credited to the Employee for that entire service period using the elapsed time method or (ii) the service credited to him under the other plan as of the date he became an Eligible Employee under this Plan. |
|
|
|
|
6) |
The Employees service determined under this Plan using the elapsed time method after the end of the applicable service period under the other plan in which he became an Eligible Employee. |
If an Employee has been a member in a Controlled Group members plan which credited service under a different method than is used in this Plan, in order to determine entry and vesting, the provisions in (b) above shall apply as though the Controlled Group members plan were our plan.
Any modification of service contained in this Plan shall be applicable to the service determined pursuant to this section.
82
SECTION 10.14 - MILITARY SERVICE.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall provide contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service in accordance with Code Section 4 14(u). Loan repayments shall be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code Section 4 14(u).
SECTION 10.15 - QUALIFICATION OF PLAN.
If the Plan is denied initial qualification upon timely application, it will be treated as void from the beginning. It will be terminated and all amounts contributed to the Plan, less expenses paid, shall be returned to us within one year after the date of denial. If amounts have been contributed by Employees, we shall refund to each Employee the amount made by him or, if less, the amount then in his Account resulting from such amounts. The Insurer and Trustee shall be discharged from all further obligations.
If the Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, it shall no longer participate in this prototype plan and shall be considered an individually designed plan.
ARTICLE XI
TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS
The provisions of this article shall supersede all other provisions in the Plan to the contrary.
For the purpose of applying the Top-heavy Plan requirements of this article, all members of the Controlled Group shall be treated as one Employer. The terms we, us, and our, as they are used in this article, shall be deemed to include all members of the Controlled Group, unless the terms as used clearly indicate only the Employer is meant.
The accrued benefit or account of a member which results from deductible employee contributions shall not be included for any purpose under this article.
The minimum vesting and contribution provisions of Sections 11.03 and 11.04 shall not apply to any Employee who is included in a group of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers, including us, if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such representatives. For this purpose, the term employee representatives does not include any organization more than half of whose members are employees who are owners, officers, or executives.
For purposes of this article, the following terms are defined:
Aggregation Group means:
a) |
each of our qualified plans in which a Key Employee is a member during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date (regardless of whether the plan has terminated) or one of the four preceding Plan Years, |
|
|
b) |
each of our other qualified plans which allows the plan(s) described in (a) above to meet the nondiscrimination requirement of Code Section 401 (a)(4) or the minimum coverage requirement of Code Section 410, and |
83
c) |
any of our other qualified plans not included in (a) or (b) above which we desire to include as part of the Aggregation Group. Such a qualified plan shall be included only if the Aggregation Group would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401 (a)(4) and 410. |
The plans in (a) and (b) above constitute the required Aggregation Group. The plans in (a), (b), and (c) above constitute the permissive Aggregation Group.
Compensation means compensation as defined in Item S(2) for purposes of Section 3.06. For purposes of determining who is a Key Employee in years beginning before January 1, 1998, Compensation shall include, in addition to compensation as defined in Item S(2) for purposes of Section 3.06, elective contributions. Elective contributions are amounts excludible from the gross income of the Employee under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1 )(B), or 403(b), and contributed by us, at the Employees election, to a Code Section 401(k) arrangement, a simplified employee pension, cafeteria plan, or tax-sheltered annuity. Elective contributions also include amounts deferred under a Code Section 457 plan maintained by us.
Determination Date means as to any plan, for any plan year subsequent to the first plan year, the last day of the preceding plan year. For the first plan year of the plan, the last day of that year.
Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time during the determination period was:
a) |
an officer of ours if such individuals annual Compensation exceeds 50 percent of the dollar limitation under Code Section 41 5(b)(1)(A), |
|
|
b) |
an owner (or considered an owner under Code Section 318) of one of the ten largest interests in us if such individuals annual Compensation exceeds 100 percent of the dollar limitation under Code Section 41 5(c)(1)(A), |
|
|
c) |
a 5-percent owner of us, or |
|
|
d) |
a 1-percent owner of us who has annual Compensation of more than $150,000. |
The determination period is the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the four preceding Plan Years.
The determination of who is a Key Employee shall be made according to Code Section 41 6(i)(1) and the regulations thereunder.
Non-key Employee means any Employee who is not a Key Employee.
Present Value means the present value of a members accrued benefit under a defined benefit plan based only on the interest and mortality rates specified in Item S(6) of the Adoption Agreement - Standard or Item S(7) of the Adoption Agreement- Nonstandard.
Top-heavy Plan means a plan which is top-heavy for any plan year beginning after December 31, 1983. This Plan shall be top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:
a) |
The Top-heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent and this Plan is not part of any required Aggregation Group or permissive Aggregation Group. |
|
|
b) |
This Plan is a part of a required Aggregation Group, but not part of a permissive Aggregation Group, and the Top-heavy Ratio for the required Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent. |
84
c) |
This Plan is a part of a required Aggregation Group and part of a permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-heavy Ratio for the permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent. |
Top-heavy Ratio means:
a) |
If we maintain one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and we have not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for the required or permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s) (including any part of any account balance distributed in the five-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)), and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed in the five-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)), both computed in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the Determination Date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. |
|
|
b) |
If we maintain one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and we maintain or have maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-heavy Ratio for the required or permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans of all Key Employees determined in accordance with (a) above, and the Present Value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all members, determined in accordance with (a) above, and the Present Value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all members as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top-heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the five-year period ending on the Determination Date. |
|
|
c) |
For purposes of (a) and (b) above, the value of account balances and the Present Value of accrued benefits shall be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a member (i) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year or (ii) who has not been credited with at least one hour of service with any employer maintaining the plan at any time during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date will be disregarded. The calculation of the Top-heavy Ratio and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the Top-heavy Ratio. When aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year. |
|
|
|
The accrued benefit of a member other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by us, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code Section 411 (b)(1)(C). |
85
SECTION 11.03 - MODIFICATION OF VESTING REQUIREMENTS.
If a Members Vesting Percentage is determined under the vesting schedule selected in Item V(2), and such Vesting Percentage is not as great as the Vesting Percentage would be if it were determined under a schedule permitted in Code Section 416, the following shall apply. During any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, the Members Vesting Percentage shall be the greater of the Vesting Percentage determined under the schedule selected in Item V(2) or,
a) |
if the vesting schedule selected in Item V(2) provides for partial vesting between 0% and 100%, the schedule below. |
VESTING SERVICE |
|
VESTING |
(whole years) |
|
PERCENTAGE |
|
|
|
Less than 2 |
|
0 |
2 |
|
20 |
3 |
|
40 |
4 |
|
60 |
5 |
|
80 |
6 or more |
|
100 |
b) |
if the vesting schedule selected in Item V(2) provides for only 0% or 100% vesting, the schedule below. |
VESTING SERVICE |
|
VESTING |
(whole years) |
|
PERCENTAGE |
|
|
|
Less than 3 |
|
0 |
3 or more |
|
100 |
The applicable schedule above shall not apply to Members who are not credited with an Hour of Service after the Plan first becomes a Top-heavy Plan. The Vesting Percentage determined above applies to the portion of the Members Account which is multiplied by a Vesting Percentage to determine his Vested Account, including benefits accrued before the effective date of Code Section 416 and benefits accrued before this Plan became a Top-heavy Plan.
If, in a later Plan Year, this Plan is not a Top-heavy Plan, a Members Vesting Percentage shall be determined according to the provisions of Item V. A Members Vesting Percentage determined under either Item V or the applicable schedule above shall never be reduced and the election procedures of Section 10.01 shall apply when changing to or from the above schedule as though the automatic change were the result of an amendment.
The part of the Members Vested Account resulting from the minimum contributions required pursuant to Section 11.04 (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code Section 411 (a)(3)(B) or (D).
SECTION 11.04 - MODIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS.
During any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, we shall make a minimum contribution as of the last day of the Plan Year for each Non-key Employee who is an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year and who was an Active Member at any time during the Plan Year. A Non-key Employee is not required to have a minimum number of Hours of Service or minimum amount of Compensation in order to be entitled to this minimum. A Non-key Employee who fails to
86
be an Active Member merely because his Compensation is less than a stated amount or merely because of a failure to make mandatory member contributions or, in the case of a cash or deferred arrangement, elective contributions shall be treated as if he were an Active Member. The minimum is the lesser of (a) or (b) below:
a) |
3 percent of such persons Compensation for such Plan Year. |
|
|
b) |
The highest percentage of Compensation for such Plan Year at which our Contributions are made for or allocated to any Key Employee. The highest percentage shall be determined by dividing our Contributions made for or allocated to each Key Employee during the Plan Year by the amount of his Compensation for such Plan Year, and selecting the greatest quotient (expressed as a percentage). To determine the highest percentage, all our defined contribution plans within the Aggregation Group shall be treated as one plan. The minimum shall be the amount in (a) above if this Plan and a defined benefit plan of ours are required to be included in the Aggregation Group and this Plan enables the defined benefit plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410. |
For purposes of (a) and (b) above, Compensation shall be limited by Code Section 401 (a)(1 7).
If our contributions and allocations otherwise required under the defined contribution plan(s) are at least equal to the minimum above, no additional contribution shall be required. If our total contributions and allocations are less than the minimum above, we shall contribute the difference for the Plan Year.
The minimum contribution applies to all of our defined contribution plans in the aggregate which are Top-heavy Plans. A minimum contribution under a profit sharing plan shall be made without regard to whether or not we have profits.
To the extent a member covered under this Plan can be covered under any other plan or plans of ours, we may provide in Item S(5) of the Adoption Agreement - Standard or S(6) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard that the minimum contribution or benefit requirement applicable to Top-heavy Plans shall be made in only one of the plans.
For purposes of this section, any employer contribution made according to a salary reduction or similar arrangement and employer contributions which are matching contributions, as defined in Code Section 401(m), shall not apply in determining if the minimum contribution requirement has been met, but shall apply in determining the minimum contribution required.
The requirements of this section shall be met without regard to any Social Security contribution.
SECTION 11.05 - MODIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION.
If the provisions of subparagraph (m) of Section 3.06 are applicable for any Limitation Year during which this Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, the contribution limitations shall be modified. The definitions of Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction in Section 3.06 shall be modified by substituting 100 percent in lieu of 125 percent. In addition, an adjustment shall be made to the numerator of the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction. The adjustment is a reduction of that numerator similar to the modification of the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction described in Section 3.06 and shall be made with respect to the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1984.
87
The modifications in the paragraph above shall not apply with respect to a Member so long as employer contributions, forfeitures, or nondeductible employee contributions are not credited to his account under this or any of our other defined contribution plans and benefits do not accrue for such Member under our defined benefit plan(s), until the sum of his Defined Contribution and Defined Benefit Plan Fractions is less than 1.0.
The modification of the contribution limitation shall not apply if both of the following requirements are met:
a) |
This Plan would not be a Top-heavy Plan if 90 percent were substituted for 60 percent in the definition of Top-heavy Plan. |
|
|
b) |
A Non-key Employee who is covered only under a defined benefit plan of ours, accrues a minimum benefit on, or adjusted to, a straight life basis equal to the lesser of (i) 3 percent of his average compensation multiplied by his years of service or (ii) 30 percent of his average compensation. Average compensation and years of service shall have the meaning set forth in such defined benefit plan for this purpose. |
|
|
|
The account of a Non-key Employee who is covered only under one or more defined contribution plans of ours, is credited with a minimum employer contribution under such plan(s) equal to 4 percent of the persons Compensation for each plan year in which the plan is a Top-heavy Plan. |
|
|
|
If a Non-key Employee is covered under both defined contribution and defined benefit plans of ours, (i) a minimum accrued benefit for such person equal to the amount determined above for a person who is covered only under a defined benefit plan is accrued in the defined benefit plan(s) or (ii) a minimum contribution equal to 7.5 percent of the persons Compensation for a plan year in which the plans are Top-heavy Plans will be credited to his account under the defined contribution plans. |
If a member can be covered under this Plan and a defined benefit plan of ours, we may provide in Item S(5) of the Adoption Agreement - Standard or S(6) of the Adoption Agreement - Nonstandard for an increased minimum contribution or benefit so that the modification of the contribution limitation provided in this section shall not apply.
This section shall cease to apply effective as of the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 2000.
88
UNILATERAL AMENDMENT - MODEL AMENDMENTS TO COMPLY WITH THE 401(a)(9)
FINAL AND TEMPORARY REGULATIONS AND TO USE THE ALTERNATIVE DEFINITION OF
COMPENSATION AS SET FORTH IN REVENUE RULING 2002-27
Principal Life Insurance Company hereby amends the following prototype plans and by such amendment, amends each retirement plan set forth on any such prototype by an adopting employer:
The Principal Financial Group Prototype for Savings Plans: |
|||
Nonstandardized |
Letter Serial No. K305394b |
Plan No.: 001 |
Basic Plan No.: 02 |
Standardized |
Letter Serial No. K205395b |
Plan No.: 002 |
Basic Plan No.: 02 |
|
|
|
|
The Principal Financial Group Prototype for Money Purchase Plans: |
|||
Nonstandardized |
Letter Serial No. K305390b |
Plan No.: 001 |
Basic Plan No.: 01 |
Standardized |
Letter Serial No. K205391 b |
Plan No.: 002 |
Basic Plan No.: 01 |
|
|
|
|
The Principal Financial Group Prototype for Profit Sharing Plans: |
|||
Nonstandardized |
Letter Serial No. K305392b |
Plan No.: 003 |
Basic Plan No.: 01 |
Standardized |
Letter Serial No. K205393b |
Plan No.: 004 |
Basic Plan No.: 01 |
MODEL AMENDMENT TO COMPLY WITH THE 401(a)(9) FINAL AND TEMPORARY
REGULATIONS
The plans existing minimum distribution provisions are superseded to the extent they are inconsistent with the provisions of this model amendment, but those provisions that are not inconsistent (such as the plans definition of required beginning date) shall be retained. The plans minimum distribution provisions are amended as follows:
ARTICLE VII. MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.
Section 1. General Rules
1.1. |
Effective Date. The provisions of this article will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year. |
|
|
1.2. |
Coordination with Minimum Distribution Requirements Previously in Effect. This amendment is not effective until calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year, therefore, no coordination is required. |
|
|
1.3. |
Precedence. The requirements of this article will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the plan. |
|
|
1.4. |
Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this article will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under section 401 (a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code. |
|
|
1.5. |
TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this article, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the plan that relate to section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA. |
1
Section 2. Time and Manner of Distribution.
2.1. |
Required Beginning Date. The participants entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the participant no later than the participants required beginning date. |
|
|
|
|
2.2. |
Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the participant dies before distributions begin, the participants entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
If the participants surviving spouse is the participants sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the participant would have attained age 70 1/2 if later, except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with the 5-year rule. Under the 5-year rule, the participants entire interest will be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participants death. |
|
|
|
|
(b) |
If the participants surviving spouse is not the participants sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with the 5-year rule. Under the 5-year rule, the participants entire interest will be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participants death. |
|
|
|
|
(c) |
If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the participants death, the participants entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participants death. |
|
|
|
|
(d) |
If the participants surviving spouse is the participants sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this section 2.2, other than section 2.2(a), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant. |
|
|
|
|
For purposes of this section 2.2 and section 4, unless section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the participants required beginning date. If section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under section 2.2(a). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the participant before the participants required beginning date (or to the participants surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under section 2.2(a)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence. |
|
|
|
|
2.3. |
Forms of Distribution. Unless the participants interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with sections 3 and 4 of this article. If the participants interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of section 401 (a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations. |
2
Section 3. Required Minimum Distributions During Participants Lifetime.
3.1. |
Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the participants lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of: |
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
the quotient obtained by dividing the participants account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401 (a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the participants age as of the participants birthday in the distribution calendar year; or |
|
|
|
|
(b) |
if the participants sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the participants spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the participants account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in section 1.401 (a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the participants and spouses attained ages as of the participants and spouses birthdays in the distribution calendar year. |
|
|
|
3.2. |
Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participants Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this section 3 beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the participants date of death. |
Section 4. Required Minimum Distributions After Participants Death.
4.1. |
Death On or After Date Distributions Begin. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participants death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participants account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the participant or the remaining life expectancy of the participants designated beneficiary, determined as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The participants remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
If the participants surviving spouse is the participants sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participants death using the surviving spouses age as of the spouses birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouses death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouses birthday in the calendar year of the spouses death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
If the participants surviving spouse is not the participants sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiarys remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the participants death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. |
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
No Designated Beneficiary. If the participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the participants death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participants death is the quotient |
3
|
|
obtained by dividing the participants account balance by the participants remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. |
4.2. Death Before Date Distributions Begin.
|
(a) |
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participants death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participants account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the participants designated beneficiary, determined as provided in section 4.1, except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with the 5-year rule. Under the 5-year rule, the participants entire interest will be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participants death. |
|
|
|
|
(b) |
No Designated Beneficiary. If the participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the participants death, distribution of the participants entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participants death. |
|
|
|
|
(c) |
Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the participant dies before the date distributions begin, the participants surviving spouse is the participants sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before the distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under section 2.2(a), this section 4.2 will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant. |
Section 5. Definitions.
5.1. |
Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under Plan Section 10.07 and is the designated beneficiary under section 401 (a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and section 1.401 (a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations. |
|
|
5.2. |
Distribution Calendar Year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the participants death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the participants required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the participants death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under section 2.2. The required minimum distribution for the participants first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the participants required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution year in which the participants required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year. |
|
|
5.3. |
Life Expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in section 1.401 (a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations. |
|
|
5.4. |
Participants Account Balance. The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the |
4
|
valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts Rolled over or transferred to the plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year. |
|
|
5.5. |
Required Beginning Date. The date specified in Plan Section 7.02. |
Section 6. Election to Allow Participants or Beneficiaries to Elect 5-Year Rule.
|
Participants or beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule or the life expectancy rule in sections 2.2 and 4.2 of Article VII of the plan applies to distributions after the death of a participant who has a designated beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under section 2.2 of Article VII of the plan, or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the participants (or, if applicable, surviving spouses) death. If neither the participant nor beneficiary makes an election under this paragraph, distributions will be made in accordance with the life expectancy rule under sections 2.2 and 4.2 of Article VII of the plan. |
Section 7. Election to Allow Designated Beneficiary Receiving Distributions Under 5-Year Rule to Elect Life Expectancy Distributions.
|
A designated beneficiary who is receiving payments under the 5-year rule may make a new election to receive payments under the life expectancy rule until December 31, 2003, provided that all amounts that would have been required to be distributed under the life expectancy rule for all distribution calendar years before 2004 are distributed by the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the end of the 5-year period. |
MODEL AMENDMENT TO USE THE ALTERNATIVE DEFINITION OF COMPENSATION AS
SET FORTH IN REVENUE RULING 2002-27
The plans definition of compensation is amended as follows:
1. |
Effective Date. This amendment shall apply to plan years and limitation years beginning on or after January 1, 1998. |
|
|
2. |
For purposes of the definition of compensation under Item Q(2) and Plan Section 3.07 (Item S(2) and Plan Section 3.06, if Savings Plan), amounts under section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code include any amounts not available to a participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the participant is unable to certify that he has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under section 125 of the Code only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the participants other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan. |
Executed by Principal Life Insurance Company on August 6, 2003 by
|
|
Officer |
|
5
UNILATERAL GOOD FAITH COMPLIANCE AMENDMENT
TO COMPLY WITH CODE SECTION 401(a)(31)(B) AS AMENDED BY THE
ECONOMIC GROWTH AND TAX RELIEF RECONCILIATION ACT OF 2001 (EGTRRA)
Principal Life Insurance Company hereby amends the following prototype plans and by such amendment, amends each retirement plan set forth on any such prototype by an adopting employer.
The Principal Financial Group Prototype for Savings Plans: |
|
||
With an approval date of July 22, 2003 |
|
||
Nonstandardized |
Letter Serial No.: K305394b |
Plan No.: 001 |
Basic Plan No.: 02 |
Standardized |
Letter Serial No.: K205395b |
Plan No.: 002 |
Basic Plan No.: 02 |
|
|
|
|
The Principal Financial Group Prototype Version III for Savings Plans: |
|
||
With an approval date of September 16, 2003 |
|
||
Nonstandardized |
Letter Serial No.: K377150a |
Plan No.: 001 |
Basic Plan No.: 05 |
|
|
|
|
The Principal Financial Group Prototype for Profit Sharing Plans: |
|
|
|
With an approval date of July 22, 2003 |
|
|
|
Nonstandardized |
Letter Serial No.: K305392b |
Plan No.: 003 |
Basic Plan No.: 01 |
Standardized |
Letter Serial No.: K205393b |
Plan No.: 004 |
Basic Plan No.: 01 |
|
|
||
The Principal Financial Group Prototype Version III for Profit Sharing |
|
||
With an approval date of September 16, 2003 |
|
||
Nonstandardized |
Letter Serial No.: K377149a |
Plan No.: 002 |
Basic Plan No.: 04 |
|
|
|
|
The Principal Financial Group Prototype for Money Purchase Plans: |
|
|
|
With an approval date of July 22, 2003 |
|
|
|
Nonstandardized |
Letter Serial No.: K305390b |
Plan No.: 001 |
Basic Plan No.: 01 |
Standardized |
Letter Serial No.: K205391 b |
Plan No.: 002 |
Basic Plan No.: 01 |
|
|
|
|
The Principal Financial Group Prototype Version III for Money Purchase Plans: |
|
||
With an approval date of September 16, 2003 |
|
||
Nonstandardized |
Letter Serial No.: K377148a |
Plan No.: 001 |
Basic Plan No.: 04 |
This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA). This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. This amendment shall be effective as of March 28, 2005.
This amendment shall continue to apply to the Plan, including the Plan as later amended, until such provisions are integrated into the Plan or the good faith compliance EGTRRA amendment provisions are specifically amended.
This amendment shall supersede any previous good faith compliance EGTRRA amendment and the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.
1
AUTOMATIC ROLLOVERS
In the event of a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 in accordance with the small amounts payment provisions of Article VIII or Plan Section 10.11, if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Plan Section 10.02, then the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution in a Direct Rollover to an individual retirement plan with an affiliate of Principal Life Insurance Company.
In the event of any other small amounts payment to a Distributee in accordance with the small amounts payment provisions of Article VIII or Plan Section 10.11, if the Distributee does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Plan Section 10.02, then the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution to the Distributee.
Executed by Principal Life Insurance Company on February 15, 2005 by
Officer
2
UNILATERAL GOOD FAITH COMPLIANCE AMENDMENT TO COMPLY WITH THE
2004 FINAL REGULATIONS UNDER CODE SECTIONS 401(k) AND 401(m)
AND TO COMPLY WITH CODE SECTION 402A
Principal Life Insurance Company hereby amends the following prototype plans and by such amendment, amends each retirement plan set forth on any such prototype by an adopting employer.
The Principal Financial Group Prototype for Savings Plans with an approval date of July 22, 2003: |
|
||
Nonstandardized |
Letter Serial No.: K305394b |
Plan No.: 001 |
Basic Plan No.: 02 |
Standardized |
Letter Serial No.: K205395b |
Plan No.: 002 |
Basic Plan No.: 02 |
|
|
|
|
The Principal Financial Group Prototype Version III for Savings Plans with an approval date of September 16, 2003: |
|||
Nonstandardized |
Letter Serial No.: K377150a |
Plan No.: 001 |
Basic Plan No.: 05 |
This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the 2004 final regulations under Code Sections 401(k) and 401(m) and the law under Code Section 402A as added by section 617(a) of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA). This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of the 2004 final regulations and EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with such regulations and EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder.
This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.
Any election made by the Employer regarding the provisions added to the Adoption Agreement shall continue to apply to all Adoption Agreements signed by the Employer until such provisions are integrated into the Adoption Agreement or such election is superseded by another election.
2004 FINAL REGULATIONS UNDER CODE SECTIONS 401(k) AND 401(m)
Except as otherwise provided, the provisions of this section of the amendment shall be effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2006.
QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
The Other Employer Contributions and Forfeitures item in the Adoption Agreement is amended to no longer allow the following Qualified Nonelective Contribution choices:
|
|
Set amount, service formula |
|
|
Discretionary, same dollar amount |
|
|
Qualified Nonelective Contributions made for, or allocated only to, Nonhighly Compensated Employees whose Annual Pay for the Plan Year is not over a specified dollar amount |
The Other Employer Contributions and Forfeitures item in the Adoption Agreement is amended to modify the discretionary, bottom up Qualified Nonelective Contribution to limit the allocation to any eligible person to 5% of such persons Pay. For purposes of this limit, Pay shall be the Pay used for purposes of the ADP Test for the Plan Year.
1
AUTOMATIC DEFERRAL LIMIT
The Elective Deferral Contributions item in the Adoption Agreement is amended to allow automatic Elective Deferral Contributions of more than 6% of Pay.
EXCESS AMOUNTS
This section amends Section 3.07 of the Plan.
Modification of the Deferral Percentage Calculation. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements of the Employer that have different plan years, all cash or deferred arrangements for the 12-month plan year of the plan being tested shall be treated as a single arrangement.
Modification of the Contribution Percentage Calculation. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more plans of the Employer that include Contribution Percentage Amounts and such plans have different plan years, all Contribution Percentage Amounts for the 12-month plan year of the plan being tested shall be treated as a single plan.
Income on Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions (Gap Period Income). This section applies for purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions beginning with the 2006 Plan Year.
Any Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions, in addition to any adjustment for income or loss for the Plan Year in which the excess occurred, shall be adjusted for income or loss for the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution. Such income or loss allocable to the gap period shall be equal to 10% of the income or loss allocable to the applicable excess for the Plan Year multiplied by the number of complete months (counting 16 days or more as a complete month) in the gap period.
401(k) SAFE HARBOR
This section amends the rules of application provision of Section 3.08 of the Plan.
Change of Plan Year. A Plan is not required to have a Plan Year that is 12 months long if the Plan has a short Plan Year as a result of changing its Plan Year, provided that:
|
(i) |
the Plan satisfied the 401(k) safe harbor requirements for the immediately preceding Plan Year; and |
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
the Plan satisfies the 401(k) safe harbor requirements (determined without regard to the revocation of 401(k) safe harbor election section) for the immediately following Plan Year (or for the immediately following 12 months if the immediately following Plan Year is less than 12 months). |
Final Plan Year. A Plan is not required to have a Plan Year that is 12 months long if the Plan has a short Plan Year due to Plan termination, provided that the Plan satisfies the 401(k) safe harbor provisions through the date of termination and either:
|
(i) |
the Plan would satisfy the requirements of the revocation of 401(k) safe harbor election section, treating the termination of the Plan as a reduction or suspension of the Qualified Matching Contributions, other than the requirement that Active Participants have a reasonable opportunity to change the amount of their Elective Deferral Contributions and, if applicable, Participant Contribution elections; or |
2
|
(ii) |
the Plan termination is in connection with a transaction described in Code Section 41 0(b)(6)(C) or the Employer incurs a substantial business hardship comparable to a substantial business hardship described in Code Section 412(d). |
HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS
This section amends the financial hardship withdrawal provisions of Section 5.05 of the Plan.
Modification of the list of events for immediate and heavy financial needs. An immediate and heavy financial need shall be limited to: (i) expenses incurred or necessary for medical care that would be deductible under Code Section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income); (ii) the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; (iii) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Section 1 52(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1 )(B)); (iv) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from, or foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Participants principal residence; (v) payments for funeral or burial expenses for the Participants deceased parent, spouse, child, or dependent (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Code Section 1 52(d)(1 )(B)); (vi) expenses to repair damage to the Participants principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); or (vii) any other distribution which is deemed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue to be made on account of immediate and heavy financial need as provided in Treasury regulations.
TERMINATION OF THE PLAN - SUCCESSOR DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
For purposes of Article VIII of the Plan, the term successor defined contribution plan shall not include a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 403(b) or a plan described in Code Sections 457(b) or (f).
CODE SECTION 402A
The provisions of this section of the amendment shall apply to Contributions received on or after January 1, 2006.
ROTH ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 3.01 of the Basic Plan is amended as follows:
A Participant is not permitted to designate a portion of his Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, unless the Employer elects otherwise in the Adoption Agreement. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, all Participants who are eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions under this Plan may elect to designate all or any portion of their Elective Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions, as permitted under EGTRRA section 617 and Code Section 402A. Such Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are includible in the Participants gross income.
Section 3.07 of the Basic Plan is amended as follows:
Distributions of Excess Amounts from the portion of the Participants Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions shall be made on a pro rata basis from the Participants Account
3
resulting from Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions in the same proportion that such Contributions were made for the applicable year, unless the Participant is permitted in the Adoption Agreement to elect a different order of distribution.
The Elective Deferral Contributions item in the Adoption Agreement is amended to add the following choices:
The provisions allowing Roth Elective Deferral Contributions shall not apply, except as otherwise specified in (a) or (b) below.
a) |
The provisions allowing Roth Elective Deferral Contributions shall apply to |
Contributions received on or after _____________________________ , _________________ .
(Must be January 1, 2006 or later.)
(Select (b) to amend the selection in (a) above.)
b) |
Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are not permitted on or after |
___________________________ , _________ . (Must be January 1, 2006 or later.)
Distributions of Excess Amounts described in Section 3.07 from the portion of the Participants Account resulting from Elective Deferral Contributions shall be made on a pro rata basis from the Participants Account resulting from Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions in the same proportion that such Contributions were made for the applicable year, except as otherwise specified in (c) or (d) below.
c) |
The Participant may elect a different order of distribution for distributions made on or |
after _____________________ , ___________ . (Must be January 1, 2006 or later.)
(Select (d) to amend the selection in (c) above.)
d) |
The Participant is not permitted to elect a different order of distribution for |
distributions made on or after _________________________ , ____________ .
(Must be January 1, 2006 or later.)
Executed by Principal Life Insurance Company on October 21, 2005 by
Officer
4
UNILATERAL GOOD FAITH COMPLIANCE AMENDMENT TO COMPLY WITH THE
2004 FINAL REGULATIONS UNDER CODE SECTIONS 401(k) AND 401(m)
AND THE 2005 FINAL AND 2006 PROPOSED REGULATIONS
UNDER CODE SECTION 402A
Principal Life Insurance Company hereby amends the following prototype plans and by such amendment, amends each retirement plan set forth on any such prototype by an adopting employer.
The Principal Financial Group Prototype for Savings Plans with an approval date of July 22, 2003: |
|
||
Nonstandardized |
Letter Serial No.: K305394b |
Plan No.: 001 |
Basic Plan No.: 02 |
Standardized |
Letter Serial No.: K205395b |
Plan No.: 002 |
Basic Plan No.: 02 |
|
|||
The Principal Financial Group Prototype Version III for Savings Plans with an approval date of September 16, 2003: |
|||
Nonstandardized |
Letter Serial No.: K377150a |
Plan No.: 001 |
Basic Plan No.: 05 |
This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the 2004 final regulations under Code Sections 401(k) and 401(m) and the final and proposed regulations under Code Section 402A. This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of the final and proposed regulations and is to be construed in accordance with such regulations.
This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan and any previous good faith compliance amendment to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.
This amendment shall continue to apply to the Plan, including the Plan as later amended, until such provisions are integrated into the Plan or the good faith compliance provisions of this amendment are specifically amended.
2004 FINAL REGULATIONS UNDER CODE SECTIONS 401(k) AND 401(m)
Except as otherwise provided, the provisions of this section of the amendment shall be effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2006.
EXCESS AMOUNTS
The provisions of Section 3.07 of the Basic Plan are modified as follows:
Income on Excess Elective Deferrals (Gap Period Income). This section applies for purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Elective Deferrals for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2006.
Any Excess Elective Deferrals, in addition to any adjustment for income or loss for the taxable year in which the excess occurred, shall be adjusted for income or loss for the gap period between the end of such taxable year and the date of distribution. Such income or loss allocable to the gap period shall be equal to 10% of the income or loss allocable to the Excess Elective Deferrals for the taxable year multiplied by the number of complete months (counting 16 days or more as a complete month) in the gap period.
1
Income on Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions (Gap Period Income). This section applies for purposes of determining income or loss on Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions beginning with the 2006 Plan Year.
Any Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions, in addition to any adjustment for income or loss for the Plan Year in which the excess occurred, shall be adjusted for income or loss for the gap period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of distribution. Such income or loss allocable to the gap period shall be equal to 10% of the income or loss allocable to the applicable excess for the Plan Year multiplied by the number of complete months (counting 16 days or more as a complete month) in the gap period.
ELIMINATION OF POST-HARDSHIP CONTRIBUTION LIMIT REDUCTION
The financial hardship withdrawal suspension period provisions of Section 5.05 of the Basic Plan are modified as follows:
The reduction in the applicable limit under Code Section 402(g) for the next taxable year following a hardship withdrawal is removed for distributions to which the suspension period reduction from 12 to 6 months applies.
2005 FINAL REGULATIONS AND 2006 PROPOSED REGULATIONS
UNDER CODE SECTION 402A
DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS
This section shall apply to distributions made after December 31, 2005.
Modification of the definition of Eligible Retirement Plan. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan is modified as follows:
Eligible Retirement Plan means an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), or a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the Distributees Eligible Rollover Distribution. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).
If any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution is attributable to payments or distributions from a designated Roth account, an Eligible Retirement Plan with respect to such portion shall include only another designated Roth account of the individual from whose Account the payments or distributions were made under an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a) or a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a), or a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A of such individual.
Modification of the definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution. The definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution is modified as follows:
Eligible Rollover Distribution means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: (i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life
2
expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributees designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401 (a)(9); (iii) any hardship distribution; (iv) the portion of any other distribution(s) that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and (v) any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year.
A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions that are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of the portion of a designated Roth account that is not includible in a Participants gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A or to a designated Roth account under a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
If the distribution includes any portion of a designated Roth account, in determining if (v) above applies: (i) any portion of the distribution from the designated Roth account shall not be treated as an Eligible Rollover Distribution if it is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year and (ii) the balance of the distribution, if any, shall not be treated as an Eligible Rollover Distribution if it is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. However, all Eligible Rollover Distributions are combined in determining a mandatory distribution of an Eligible Rollover Distribution greater than $1,000 in Section 10.02 of the Basic Plan.
The provisions of this section of the amendment shall apply on or after January 1, 2006.
ROTH ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS
The following definitions are added:
Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions means a Participants Elective Deferral Contributions that are not includible in the Participants gross income at the time deferred.
Roth Elective Deferral Contributions means a Participants Elective Deferral Contributions that are includible in the Participants gross income at the time deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferral Contributions by the Participant in his elective deferral agreement. A separate accounting record is kept for that part of a Participants Account resulting from Roth Elective Deferral Contributions.
The provisions of Section 3.06 of the Basic Plan are modified as follows:
Distributions of any Elective Deferral Contributions (plus attributable earnings), to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be distributed from the Participants Account resulting from Pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions and Roth Elective Deferral Contributions on the same basis as the distribution of Excess Amounts in Section 3.07 of the Basic Plan.
3
ROLLOVERS FROM OTHER PLANS
If Rollover Contributions are allowed, the following provisions are effective for distributions made after December 31, 2005.
Direct Rollovers. The Plan will accept a direct rollover of an Eligible Rollover Distribution from a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a), including after-tax employee contributions and, if Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are permitted under the Plan, any portion of a designated Roth account.
Participant Rollover Contributions from Other Plans. The Plan will accept a Participant contribution of an Eligible Rollover Distribution from a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) including, if Roth Elective Deferral Contributions are permitted under the Plan, any portion of a designated Roth account to the extent the portion of the designated Roth account distributed would otherwise be includible in a Participants gross income.
Executed by Principal Life Insurance Company on May 26, 2006 by
Officer
4
Pension Protection Act
Summary of 2007 Operational Changes
It is your responsibility to operate your plan in accordance with the Pension Protection Act rules that become effective in 2007 especially in the absence of a formal plan amendment. Here is a summary of the provisions that will be included in the unilateral amendment to help you operate your plan correctly.
|
|
Revised Vesting Schedule for Employer Contributions (other than Matching Contributions) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Faster minimum vesting schedules for matching contributions were contained in the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act. The Pension Protection Act requires that these new minimum vesting schedules also apply to all contributions made by you. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the vesting schedule currently selected in your Adoption Agreement is not as fast as either of these two schedules: |
|
|
3-year cliff |
|
6-year graded |
Years of Service |
|
Vesting% |
|
Vesting% |
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
0% |
|
0% |
1 |
|
0% |
|
0% |
2 |
|
0% |
|
20% |
3 |
|
100% |
|
40% |
4 |
|
|
|
60% |
5 |
|
|
|
80% |
6 |
|
|
|
100% |
|
|
|
the vesting schedule will be changed as follows: |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
5-year cliff (100% vesting after 5 years) will change to 3-year cliff (see above) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4-year cliff (100% vesting after 4 years) will change to 3-year cliff (see above) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7-year graded (0% vesting until year 3, then 20% per year) will change to 6-year graded (see above) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any other schedule will change to a blended schedule that provides the better of the percentage in the current vesting schedule or the 6-year graded schedule for each year of service. Here is an example: |
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
Blended |
Years of Service |
|
Schedule |
|
6-year graded |
|
Schedule |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
0% |
|
0% |
|
0% |
1 |
|
0% |
|
0% |
|
0% |
2 |
|
33% |
|
20% |
|
33% |
3 |
|
33% |
|
40% |
|
40% |
4 |
|
66% |
|
60% |
|
66% |
5 |
|
66% |
|
80% |
|
80% |
6 |
|
100% |
|
100% |
|
100% |
The new vesting schedule will be effective as of the first day of your plan year that begins on or after January 1, 2007, and will apply to those plan participants who complete one hour of service on or after that date.
1
|
|
IRA Rollover by Nonspouse Beneficiary |
|
|
|
|
|
Currently, your plan only provides for a rollover of a death benefit that is an eligible rollover distribution to an IRA by a surviving spouse. The unilateral amendment will add wording to the Basic Plan to provide this option for a beneficiary who is not a surviving spouse. However, the nonspouse beneficiary can only do the rollover to an IRA in a direct rollover and the IRA must be an inherited IRA. |
|
|
|
|
|
This change will apply to distributions made on or after January 1, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
Expanded Rollover for After-tax Contributions |
|
|
|
|
|
The Pension Protection Act expanded the portability of after-tax employee contributions and the types of plans that can now be involved in a direct rollover. |
|
|
|
|
|
Currently, your plan allows a participant to make a direct rollover (trustee-to-trustee transfer) of a distribution that includes after-tax employee contributions from your plan to another defined contribution plan. The unilateral amendment will amend the Basic Plan to provide for the direct rollover of after-tax employee contributions to any qualified plan (defined contribution or defined benefit) or a 403(b) plan that is written to accept such a transfer. |
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, the unilateral amendment will amend the Rollover Contributions section of the Basic Plan to allow after-tax employee contributions to be included in a direct rollover to the plan from a 403(b) plan. This will only apply to your plan if your plan allows rollover contributions. |
|
|
|
|
|
This change will be effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
Notice and Consent Requirements |
|
|
|
|
|
Certain notices must be provided to participants at least 30 days but not more than 90 days before the date of a distribution. The Pension Protection Act extended this notice period to 180 days. The wording in the Notice Requirements section of the Basic Plan will be changed from 90 days to 180 days. |
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, the notice provided to the participant of the right to defer a distribution until normal retirement age was expanded to include the consequences of taking a distribution before reaching normal retirement age. The wording in the Notice Requirements section of the Basic Plan will be changed to include this additional requirement. |
|
|
|
|
|
This longer period and the additional notice requirement will apply to distributions made on or after January 1, 2007. |
2
Exhibit 21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Parent
First Financial Northwest, Inc.
Subsidiaries |
|
Percentage
|
|
Jurisdiction or
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Savings Bank of Renton |
|
100% |
|
Federal |
|
|
|
|
|
First Financial Diversified, Inc. |
|
100% |
|
Washington |
|
|
|
|
|
Executive House, Inc. (1) |
|
100% |
|
Washington |
|
(1) Wholly-owned subsidiary of First Savings Bank of Renton. |
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
First Financial Holdings, MHC:
We consent to the use of report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the headings First Financial Holdings, MHC and Subsidiary Consolidated Statements of Income, and Experts.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Seattle, Washington
June 4, 2007
Exhibit 23.5
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. |
|
|
|
Financial Services Industry Consultants |
|
June 6, 2007
Board of Directors
First Financial Holdings, MHC
First Financial of Renton, Inc.
First Savings Bank of Renton
201 Wells Avenue South
Renton, Washington 98057
Members of the Boards of Directors:
We hereby consent to the use of our firms name in the Form AC Application for Conversion, and any amendments thereto to be filed with Office of Thrift Supervision, the Washington Department of Financial Institutions and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Pro Forma Valuation Report and any Valuation Report Updates in such filings including the prospectus of First Financial Northwest, Inc. and to the reference to our firm under the heading Experts in the prospectus.
|
Sincerely, |
|
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. |
|
|
|
/s/ RP Financial, LC. |
|
|
Washington Headquarters |
|
Rosslyn Center |
Telephone: (703) 528-1700 |
1700 North Moore Street, Suite 2210 |
Fax No.: (703) 528-1788 |
Arlington, VA 22209 |
Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594 |
Exhibit 99.1
First Financial Holdings, MHC |
REVOCABLE PROXY |
Any member giving a proxy may revoke it at any time before it is voted by delivering to the Secretary of First Financial Holdings, MHC either a written revocation of the proxy, or a duly executed proxy bearing a later date, or by voting in person at the Special Meeting.
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a Notice of Special Meeting of Members to be held on the __th day of September, 2007 and a Proxy Statement for the Special Meeting prior to the signing of this proxy.
IMPORTANT: Please Detach, Sign and Return ALL proxies from ALL packets received in the enclosed postage paid envelope. |
FAILURE TO VOTE HAS THE SAME EFFECT AS AN AGAINST VOTE. |
|
|
STOCK ORDER FORM |
|
|
|
SEND OVERNIGHT PACKAGES TO: |
|
First Financial Northwest, Inc. |
|
Attn: Stock Information Center |
|
208 Williams Avenue South |
|
Renton, Washington 98057 |
|
(425) 254-2094 |
Deadline: The Subscription Offering ends at 12:00 Noon, Pacific time, on September __, 2007. Your original Stock Order and Certification Form, properly executed and with the correct payment, must be received (not postmarked) at the address on the top of this form or at our branch by the deadline, or it will be considered void. Faxes or copies of this form will not be accepted. First Financial Northwest, Inc. reserves the right to accept or reject improper order forms.
(1) Number of Shares |
|
x $10.00 = |
(2) Total Amount Due |
|
The minimum purchase is 25 shares ($250). Generally, no person may purchase more than 25,000 shares ($250,000), and no person together with his or her associates or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 50,000 shares ($500,000). |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6) Stock Registration - Please Print Legibly and Fill Out Completely (Note: The stock certificate and all correspondence related to this stock order will be mailed to the address provided below.) |
o |
Individual |
o |
Individual Retirement Account (IRA) |
o |
Corporation |
o |
Joint Tenants |
o |
Uniform Transfer to Minors Act |
o |
Partnership |
o |
Tenants in Common |
o |
Uniform Gift to Minors Act |
o |
Trust - Under Agreement Dated______________ |
(7) Qualifying Accounts You should list any accounts that you may have or had with First Savings Bank of Renton in the box below. SEE THE STOCK ORDER FORM INSTRUCTIONS SHEET FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. All subscription orders are subject to the provisions of the stock offering.
Qualifying Accounts
Names on Accounts |
|
Account Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Please Note: Failure to list all of your accounts may result in the loss of part or all of your subscription rights.
Acknowledgment: By signing below, I acknowledge receipt of the prospectus dated August __, 2007 and understand I may not change or revoke my order once it is received by First Financial Northwest, Inc. I also certify that this stock order is for my account and there is no agreement or understanding regarding any further sale or transfer of these shares. Federal regulations prohibit any person from transferring or entering into any agreement directly or indirectly to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of conversion subscription rights, or the underlying securities, to the account of another. Under penalty of perjury, I certify that I am purchasing shares solely for my account and that there is no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares, or my rights to subscribe for shares. First Financial Northwest, Inc. will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event it becomes aware of the transfer of subscription rights and will not honor orders known by it to involve such transfer. Under penalties of perjury, I further certify that: (1) the social security number or taxpayer identification number given above is correct; and (2) I am not subject to backup withholding. You must cross out this item (2) in this acknowledgement if you have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that you are subject to backup withholding because of under-reporting interest or dividends on your tax return. By signing below, I also acknowledge that I have not waived any rights under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, both as amended. The Subscription rights are non-transferable and are void at the end of the subscription period. Signature: THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED AND DATED BELOW AND ON THE BACK OF THIS FORM . This order is not valid if the Stock Order and Certification Form are not both signed and properly completed. Your order will be filled in accordance with the provisions of the amended Plan of Conversion and Reorganization as described in the prospectus. An additional signature is required only if payment is by withdrawal from an account that requires more than one signature to withdraw funds.
Signature _________________________ |
Date _____________ |
|
Signature _________________________ |
Date _____________ |
Office Use Only: Date Recd _____ / ______ Check# _____________$_____________ Check#____________ $______________ Batch# _________ Order # ___________ Category _____
First Financial Holdings, MHC |
REVOCABLE PROXY |
THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF FIRST FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, MHC FOR USE AT A SPECIAL MEETING OF MEMBERS TO BE HELD ON SEPTEMBER __, 2007, AND ANY ADJOURNMENTS OF THAT MEETING, FOR THE PURPOSES SET FORTH IN THE FOREGOING NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING. YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS YOU TO VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE AMENDED PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION.
The undersigned, being a member of First Financial Holdings, MHC, hereby authorizes the Board of Directors of First Financial Holdings, MHC or any successors in their respective positions, as proxy, with full powers of substitution, to represent the undersigned at the Special Meeting of Members of First Financial Holdings, MHC to be held at ___________________________, on September __, 2007 at ______, Pacific time, and at any adjournment of said meeting, to act with respect to all votes that the undersigned would be entitled to cast, if then personally present, as set forth below:
|
1. |
The approval of an amended plan of conversion and reorganization providing for the conversion of First Financial Holdings, First Financial of Renton, Inc. and First Savings Bank of Renton from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company form including (i) First Savings Bank of Renton (First Savings Bank) electing to be treated as a savings association pursuant to Section 10(1) of the Home Owners Loan Act; (ii) the establishment of a charitable foundation to be known as the First Financial Northwest Foundation, Inc. (First Financial Northwest Foundation) and (iii) the performance of other transactions provided for in the plan of conversion and reorganization, including the formation of a new holding company, First Financial Northwest, Inc. and the sale of shares of its common stock to eligible depositors, borrowers and other members of the public; |
|
o |
FOR |
o |
AGAINST |
|
|
2. |
The contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation of stock equal to 8% of the gross proceeds of the sale by First Financial Northwest of its shares of common stock to the public; and |
|
o |
FOR |
o |
AGAINST |
|
|
|
Any other matters that may lawfully come before the special meeting. |
This proxy, if properly executed, will be voted in accordance with your instructions. If no instructions are given, this proxy will be voted FOR adoption of the amended plan of conversion and reorganization, FOR the contribution to the First Finanical Northwest Foundation, and if necessary, FOR adjournment of the Special Meeting. Please date and sign this proxy on the reverse side and return it in the enclosed envelope. |
|
NASD Affiliation - If you have an NASD affiliation, you must report this subscription in writing to your applicable compliance officer within one day of the payment therefor. You are considered a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD) if you are a person associated with an NASD member, a member of the immediate family of any such person to whose support such person contributes, directly or indirectly, or the holder of an account in which an NASD member or person associated with an NASD member has a beneficial interest.
CERTIFICATION FORM
I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SECURITY IS NOT A DEPOSIT OR ACCOUNT AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, AND IS NOT GUARANTEED BY FIRST SAVINGS BANK OF RENTON, FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC., OR BY THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT. IF ANYONE ASSERTS THAT THIS SECURITY IS FEDERALLY INSURED OR GUARANTEED, OR IS AS SAFE AS AN INSURED DEPOSIT, I SHOULD CALL THE OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION WEST REGIONAL DIRECTOR, MICHAEL FINN, AT 650-746-7000.
I further certify that, before purchasing the common stock of First Financial Northwest, Inc., I received a copy of the Prospectus dated August __, 2007, which discloses the nature of the common stock being offered and describes the following risks involved in an investment in the common stock under the heading Risk Factors beginning on page 1 of the prospectus:
Risks Related to Our Business
1. |
Our business strategy may result in increased volatility of earnings. |
|
|
2. |
Our business strategy includes significant growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively. |
|
|
3. |
We need to add additional executive officers and integrate these executive officers into our current operations. |
|
|
4. |
The loss of our current President and Chief Executive officer may hurt First Financial Northwests and First Savings Banks operations because it may be difficult to hire qualified replacements. |
|
|
5. |
Our business is subject to various lending risks which could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. |
|
|
6. |
If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual losses, our earnings could be reduced. |
|
|
7. |
We may be unable to successfully integrate and grow the operations of Executive House. |
|
|
8. |
Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance. |
|
|
9. |
Our business is subject to general economic risks that could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. |
|
|
10. |
We face strong competition from other financial institutions, financial service companies and other organizations offering services similar to those offered by us, which could limit our growth and profitability. |
|
|
11. |
We continually encounter technological change, and we may have fewer resources than many or our competitors to continue to invest in technological improvements. |
|
|
12. |
We are subject to extensive regulation which could adversely affect our business. |
|
|
13. |
Earthquakes in our primary market area may result in material losses because of damage to collateral properties and our borrowers inability to repay loans. |
Risks Related to this Offering
1. |
After this offering, our compensation expenses will increase and our return on equity will be low compared to other companies. These factors could negatively impact the price of our stock. |
|
|
2. |
The cost of additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses. |
|
|
3. |
Your subscription funds could be held for an extended time period and will be unavailable to you for other investments if completion of the conversion is delayed. |
|
|
4. |
Management and the board of directors have significant discretion over the investment of the offering proceeds and may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on the proceeds from the offering. |
|
|
5. |
Holders of First Financial Northwest common stock may not be able to sell their shares when desired if a liquid trading market does not develop, or for $10.00 or more per share even if a liquid trading market develops. |
|
|
6. |
The amount of common stock we will control, our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and state and federal law could discourage hostile acquisitions of control of First Financial Northwest. |
|
|
7. |
We intend to grant stock options and restricted stock to the board of directors and certain employees following the conversion which will likely reduce your ownership interest. |
Risks Related to the Formation of Our Charitable Foundation
1. |
The contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation, Inc. will hurt our profits for fiscal year 2007 and dilute your ownership interest. |
|
|
2. |
Our contribution to the First Financial Northwest Foundation, Inc. may not be tax deductible, which could hurt our profits. |
Signature _________________________ |
Date _____________ |
|
Signature _________________________ |
Date _____________ |
(Note: If shares are to be held jointly, both parties must sign)
EXECUTION OF THIS CERTIFICATION FORM WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY RIGHTS THAT A PURCHASER MAY HAVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, BOTH AS AMENDED. THESE SECURITIES BEING OFFERED ARE NOT SAVINGS ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
First Financial Northwest, Inc. |
Stock Ownership Guide and Stock Order Form Instructions |
Stock Order Form Instructions All subscription orders are subject to the provisions of the stock offering. |
|
Item 1 and 2 - Fill in the number of shares that you wish to purchase and the total payment due. The amount due is determined by multiplying the number of shares ordered by the subscription price of $10.00 per share. The minimum purchase is 25 shares. Generally, the maximum purchase for any person is 25,000 shares (25,000 shares x $10.00 per share = $250,000). No person, together with associates, as defined in the prospectus, and persons acting in concert may purchase more than 50,000 shares (50,000 shares x $10.00 per share = $500,000) of the common stock offered in the stock offering. For additional information, see The Conversion and Stock Offering- Limitations on Stock Purchases in the prospectus.
Item 3 - Payment for shares may be made in cash (only if delivered by you in person, although we request you to exchange the cash for a check with any of the tellers at our First Savings Bank of Renton branch) or by check, bank draft or money order payable to First Financial Northwest, Inc. DO NOT MAIL CASH . Your funds will earn interest at the Banks passbook savings annual percentage yield until the stock offering is completed.
To pay by withdrawal from a deposit account or certificate of deposit at First Savings Bank of Renton insert the account number(s) and the amount(s) you wish to withdraw from each account. If more than one signature is required for a withdrawal, all signatories must sign in the signature box on the front of the Stock Order form. To withdraw from an account with checking privileges, please write a check. First Savings Bank of Renton will waive any applicable penalties for early withdrawal from certificate of deposit accounts (CDs). A hold will be placed on the account(s) for the amount(s) you indicate to be withdrawn. Payments will remain in account(s) until the Stock Offering closes and earn their respective rate of interest.
Item 4 - Please check the appropriate box to tell us the earliest of the three dates that applies to you.
Item 5 - Please check one of these boxes if you are a director, officer or employee of First Savings Bank of Renton, or a member of such persons household.
Item 6 - The stock transfer industry has developed a uniform system of shareholder registrations that we will use in the issuance of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock. Please complete this section as fully and accurately as possible, and be certain to supply your social security or Tax I.D. number(s) and your daytime and evening phone numbers. We will need to call you if we cannot execute your order as given. If you have any questions regarding the registration of your stock, please consult your legal advisor or contact the Stock Information Center at (425) 254-2094. Subscription rights are not transferable . If you are an eligible or supplemental eligible account holder or other depositor, to protect your priority over other purchasers as described in the prospectus, you must take ownership in at least one of the account holders names.
Item 7 You should list any qualifying accounts that you may have or had with First Savings Bank of Renton in the box located under the heading Qualifying Accounts. For example, if you are ordering stock in just your name, you should list all of your account numbers as of the earliest of the three dates that you were a depositor. Similarly, if you are ordering stock jointly with another depositor, you should list all account numbers under which either of you are owners, i.e. individual accounts, joint accounts, etc. If you are ordering stock in your minor childs or grandchilds name under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act , the minor must have had an account number on one of the three dates and you should list only their account number(s). If you are ordering stock corporately, you need to list just that corporations account number, as your individual account number(s) do not qualify. Failure to list all of your qualifying depositor numbers may result in the loss of part or all of your subscription rights .
NOTE: The order form is to be received (not postmarked) at 208 Williams Avenue South, Renton, WA by the end of the subscription offering on September __, 2007 at 12:00 Noon, Pacific Time.
(See Reverse Side for Stock Ownership Guide)
First Financial Northwest, Inc. |
Stock Ownership Guide and Stock Order Form Instructions |
Stock Ownership Guide |
|
Individual - The stock is to be registered in an individuals name only. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.
Joint Tenants - Joint tenants with rights of survivorship identifies two or more owners. When stock is held by joint tenants with rights of survivorship, ownership automatically passes to the surviving joint tenant(s) upon the death of any joint tenant. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.
Tenants in Common - Tenants in common may also identify two or more owners. When stock is to be held by tenants in common, upon the death of one co-tenant, ownership of the stock will be held by the surviving co-tenant(s) and by the heirs of the deceased co-tenant. All parties must agree to the transfer or sale of shares held by tenants in common. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.
Uniform Transfers To Minors Act - For residents of Washington and many states, stock may be held in the name of a custodian for the benefit of a minor under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act . For residents in other states, stock may be held in a similar type of ownership under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act of the individual state. For either ownership, the minor is the actual owner of the stock with the adult custodian being responsible for the investment until the child reaches legal age. Only one custodian and one minor may be designated.
Instructions: On the first name line, print the first name, middle initial and last name of the custodian, with the abbreviation CUST after the name. Print the first name, middle initial and last name of the minor on the second name line followed by the notation UTMA-WA or UGMA-Other State. List only the minors social security number.
Corporation/Partnership Corporations/Partnerships may purchase stock. Please provide the Corporation/Partnerships legal name and Tax I.D. To have depositor rights, the Corporation/Partnership must have an account in the legal name. Please contact the Stock Information Center to verify depositor rights and purchase limitations.
Individual Retirement Account - Individual Retirement Account (IRA) holders may potentially make stock purchases from their existing IRA if it is a self-directed IRA or through a prearranged trustee-to-trustee transfer if their IRA is currently at First Savings Bank of Renton. The stock cannot be held in your First Savings Bank of Renton account. Please contact your broker or self-directed IRA account provider as quickly as possible to explore this option, as it may take a number of days to complete a trustee-to-trustee transfer .
Registration for IRAs: |
On Name Line 1 - list the name of the broker or trust department followed by CUST or TRUSTEE. |
|
On Name Line 2 - FBO (for benefit of) YOUR NAME [IRA a/c #______]. |
|
Address will be that of the broker / trust department to where the stock certificate will be sent. |
|
The Social Security / Tax I.D. number(s) will be either yours or your trustees, as the trustee directs . |
|
Please list your phone numbers. |
Fiduciary/Trust - Generally, fiduciary relationships (such as Trusts, Estates, Guardianships, etc.) are established under a form of trust agreement or pursuant to a court order. Without a legal document establishing a fiduciary relationship, your stock may not be registered in a fiduciary capacity.
Instructions: On the first name line, print the first name, middle initial and last name of the fiduciary if the fiduciary is an individual. If the fiduciary is a corporation, list the corporate title on the first name line. Following the name, print the fiduciary title, such as trustee, executor, personal representative, etc. On the second name line, print the name of the maker, donor or testator or the name of the beneficiary. Following the name, indicate the type of legal document establishing the fiduciary relationship (agreement, court order, etc.). In the blank after Under Agreement Dated, fill in the date of the document governing the relationship. The date of the document need not be provided for a trust created by a will.
(See Reverse Side for Stock Order Form Instructions)
Exhibit 99.2
August __, 2007
Dear Friend:
We are pleased to announce that First Financial Holdings, MHC is converting to stock form and First Savings Bank of Renton is reorganizing as a wholly-owned subsidiary of a newly formed stock holding company to be known as First Financial Northwest, Inc. In connection with the conversion and reorganization, First Financial Northwest, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock in a subscription and community offering pursuant to an amended Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.
Because we believe you may be interested in learning more about the merits of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock as an investment, we are sending you the following materials which describe the offering.
|
PROSPECTUS : This document provides detailed information about First Savings Bank of Rentons operations and the proposed offering of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock. |
|
|
|
STOCK ORDER AND CERTIFICATION FORM : This form is used to purchase stock by returning it with your payment in the enclosed business reply envelope. The deadline for ordering stock is 12:00 Noon, Pacific time, on September __, 2007. |
As a friend of First Savings Bank of Renton, you will have the opportunity to buy common stock directly from First Financial Northwest, Inc. in the offering without paying a commission or fee. If you have additional questions regarding the conversion and reorganization, and the stock offering, please call us at (425) 254-2094, Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., or stop by the Stock Information Center located at 208 Williams Avenue South, Renton, Washington.
We are pleased to offer you this opportunity to become a shareholder of First Financial Northwest, Inc.
Sincerely,
Victor Karpiak
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
August __, 2007
Dear Member:
We are pleased to announce that First Financial Holdings, MHC is converting to stock form and First Savings Bank of Renton is reorganizing as a wholly-owned subsidiary of a newly formed stock holding company to be known as First Financial Northwest, Inc. In connection with the conversion, First Financial Northwest, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock in a subscription and community offering pursuant to an amended Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.
To accomplish the conversion and reorganization, we need your participation in an important vote. Enclosed is a proxy statement describing the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and your voting and subscription rights. YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT .
Enclosed, as part of the proxy materials, is your proxy card, the detachable section on top of the order form bearing your name and address. This proxy card should be signed and returned to us prior to the Special Meeting of Members to be held on September __, 2007. Please take a moment now to sign the enclosed proxy card and return it to us in the postage-paid envelope provided. FAILURE TO VOTE HAS THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING AGAINST THE CONVERSION.
The Board of Directors believes the conversion and reorganization will offer a number of advantages, such as an opportunity for depositors of First Savings Bank of Renton to become shareholders of First Financial Northwest, Inc. Please remember:
|
|
Your deposit accounts will continue to be insured up to the maximum legal limit by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). |
|
|
|
|
|
There will be no change in the balance, interest rate or maturity of any deposit account or loan because of the conversion. |
|
|
|
|
|
Members have a right, but not an obligation, to buy First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock and may do so without the payment of a commission or fee before it is offered to the general public. |
|
|
|
|
|
Like all stock, shares of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock issued in this offering will not be insured by the FDIC. |
Enclosed is a prospectus containing a complete discussion of the stock offering. We urge you to read this material carefully. If you are interested in purchasing the common stock of First Financial Northwest, Inc., you must submit your Stock Order and Certification Form and payment prior to 12:00 Noon, Pacific time, on September __, 2007.
If you have additional questions regarding the offering, please call us at (425) 254-2094, Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., or stop by our Stock Information Center located at 208 Williams Avenue South, Renton, Washington.
Sincerely,
Victor Karpiak
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
August __, 2007
Dear Prospective Investor:
We are pleased to announce that First Financial Holdings, MHC is converting to stock form and First Savings Bank of Renton is reorganizing as a wholly-owned subsidiary of a newly formed stock holding company to be known as First Financial Northwest, Inc. In connection with the conversion and reorganization, First Financial Northwest, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock in a subscription and community offering pursuant to an amended Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.
We have enclosed the following materials that will help you learn more about the merits of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock as an investment. Please read and review the materials carefully.
|
PROSPECTUS : This document provides detailed information about the operations at First Savings Bank of Renton and a complete discussion on the proposed stock offering. |
|
|
|
STOCK ORDER AND CERTIFICATION FORM : This form is used to purchase stock by returning it with your payment in the enclosed business reply envelope. The deadline for ordering stock is 12:00 Noon, Pacific time, on September __, 2007. |
We invite you and other local community members to become shareholders of First Financial Northwest, Inc. Through this offering, you have the opportunity to buy stock directly from First Financial Northwest, Inc. without a commission or a fee.
If you have additional questions regarding the conversion and reorganization, please call us at (425) 254-2094, Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., or stop by our Stock Information Center located at 208 Williams Avenue South, Renton, Washington.
Sincerely,
Victor Karpiak
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
|
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC. |
August __, 2007
To Members and Friends
Of First Savings Bank of Renton
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., is assisting First Financial Holdings, MHC in converting from the mutual to the stock form of organization. Upon completion of the conversion, First Savings Bank of Renton will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of a new stock holding company, First Financial Northwest, Inc. In connection with the conversion, First Financial Northwest, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock in a subscription and community offering pursuant to an amended Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.
At the request of First Financial Northwest, Inc., we are enclosing materials explaining this process and your options, including an opportunity to invest in the shares of First Financial Northwest, Inc. common stock being offered to customers of First Savings Bank of Renton and various other persons until 12:00 Noon, Pacific time, on September __, 2007. Please read the enclosed offering materials carefully, including the prospectus, for a complete description of the stock offering. First Financial Northwest, Inc. has asked us to forward these documents to you in view of certain requirements of the securities laws in your state.
If you have any questions, please visit our Stock Information Center located at 208 Williams Avenue South, Renton, Washington, Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., or feel free to call the Stock Information Center at (425) 254-2094.
Very truly yours,
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
F
ACTS
A
BOUT
C
ONVERSION
AND
R
EORGANIZATION
The Board of Directors of First Financial Holdings, MHC unanimously adopted an amended Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the Plan) to convert from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company form of structure.
This brochure answers some of the most frequently asked questions about the conversion and about your opportunity to invest in the common stock of First Financial Northwest, Inc. (First Financial Northwest), the newly-formed corporation that will become the holding company for First Savings Bank of Renton following the conversion. In connection with the conversion, First Savings Bank of Renton is changing its name to First Savings Bank Northwest.
Investment in the common stock of First Financial Northwest involves certain risks. For a discussion of these risks and other factors, including a complete description of the offering, investors are urged to read the accompanying prospectus, especially the discussion under the heading Risk Factors.
W
HY IS
F
IRST
F
INANCIAL
H
OLDINGS
, MHC
|
|
A conversion to a stock holding company will enable First Financial Holdings, MHC to access additional capital through the sale of common stock. This additional capital will support future growth in deposits and loans, allow for expansion in commercial real estate and construction lending programs, support future expansion of operations through the establishment or acquisition of banking offices or other financial service providers and allow for the repayment of borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank. |
W HAT EFFECT WILL THE CONVERSION HAVE ON EXISTING DEPOSIT AND LOAN ACCOUNTS AND CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS? |
|
The conversion will have no effect on existing deposit or loan accounts and customer relationships. Deposits will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the maximum legal limit. Interest rates and existing terms and conditions on deposit accounts will remain the same upon completion of the conversion. Contractual obligations of borrowers of First Savings Bank of Renton will not change and there will be no change in the amount, interest rate, maturity, security or any other condition relating to the respective loans of customers. |
|
W ILL F IRST S AVINGS B ANK OF R ENTONS DEPOSITORS BE REQUIRED TO PURCHASE STOCK IN THE CONVERSION? |
|
No depositor or other person is required to purchase stock. However, depositors and other eligible persons will be provided the opportunity to purchase stock consistent with the established priority of subscription rights, should they so desire. The decision to purchase stock will be exclusively that of each person. Whether an individual decides to purchase stock or not will have no positive or negative impact on his or her standing as a customer of First Savings Bank of Renton. The conversion will allow depositors of First Savings Bank of Renton an opportunity to buy common stock and become shareholders of First Financial Northwest. |
|
W HAT IS A CHARITABLE FOUNDATION AND WHY IS F IRST F INANCIAL H OLDINGS CONSIDERING INCLUDING THIS IN ITS CONVERSION? |
|
In its Plan, First Financial Holdings has indicated its intent to establish a charitable foundation with a portion of the proceeds from the conversion. We anticipate the establishment of the foundation will enable us to increase our annual charitable giving to the communities we serve. This foundation will provide financial support that is consistent with First Savings Bank of Rentons values, is a reflection of First Savings Bank of Rentons heritage as a community-based enterprise, and is a tangible expression of First Savings Bank of Rentons commitment to its community. |
W HO IS ELIGIBLE TO PURCHASE COMMON SHARES IN THE SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING? |
|
Certain past and present depositors of First Savings Bank of Renton are eligible to purchase common stock in the subscription offering. |
|
H OW MANY COMMON SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED AND AT WHAT PRICE? |
|
First Financial Northwest, Inc. is offering up to 20,125,000 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment as described in the prospectus, at a price of $10.00 per share, through the prospectus. |
|
H OW MANY SHARES MAY I BUY ? |
|
The minimum order is 25 shares. The maximum individual purchase is 25,000 shares. No person, together with associates of, and persons acting in concert with such person, may purchase more than 50,000 shares of common stock, as further discussed in the prospectus. |
|
W ILL THE COMMON STOCK BE INSURED? |
|
No. Like any other common stock, First Financial Northwests common stock will not be insured. |
|
H OW DO I ORDER THE COMMON STOCK? |
|
You must complete the enclosed Stock Order and Certification Form. Instructions for completing your Stock Order and Certification Form are contained in this packet. Your order must be received by 12:00 Noon, Pacific time, on September __, 2007. |
|
H OW MAY I PAY FOR MY COMMON STOCK? |
|
First, you may pay for common stock by cash, or by check or money order made payable to First Financial Northwest, Inc. Interest will be paid by First Savings Bank of Renton on these funds at the passbook savings rate from the day the funds are received until the completion or termination of the conversion. Second, you may authorize us to withdraw funds from your deposit account or certificate of deposit at First Savings Bank of Renton for the amount of funds you specify for payment. You will not have access to these funds from the day we receive your order until completion or |
termination of the conversion.
There is no penalty for withdrawal from
a certificate of deposit.
|
|
Potentially. However, you must establish a self-directed IRA account at a brokerage firm or trust department to which you can transfer a portion or all of your IRA account at First Savings Bank of Renton that will enable this purchase. Please contact your broker or self-directed IRA provider as soon as possible if you want to explore this option, as such transactions take time. |
W ILL DIVIDENDS BE PAID ON THE COMMON STOCK? |
|
The Board of Directors of First Financial Northwest anticipates paying a cash dividend in the future. However, the timing and amount of such dividends is currently undetermined. |
H OW WILL THE COMMON STOCK BE TRADED? |
|
First Financial Northwests stock is expected to trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the ticker symbol FFNW. However, no assurance can be given that an active and liquid market will develop. |
A RE EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF F IRST S AVINGS B ANK OF R ENTON PLANNING TO PURCHASE STOCK? |
|
Yes! The executive officers and directors of First Savings Bank of Renton plan to purchase, in the aggregate, $4.6 million worth of stock or approximately 3.13% of the common stock offered at the maximum of the offering range. |
M UST I PAY A COMMISSION? |
|
No. You will not be charged a commission or fee on the purchase of common stock in the conversion. |
S HOULD I VOTE TO APPROVE THE P LAN OF C ONVERSION AND R EORGANIZATION? |
|
Yes. Your YES vote is very important! |
PLEASE VOTE, SIGN AND RETURN ALL PROXY CARDS!
W HY DID I GET SEVERAL PROXY CARDS? |
|
If you have more than one account, you could receive more than one proxy card, depending on the ownership structure of your accounts. Please vote all of your proxy cards. |
H OW MANY VOTES DO I H AVE? |
|
Your proxy card(s) show(s) the number of votes you have. Every depositor is entitled to cast one vote for each $100 on deposit as of the voting record date, up to 1,000 votes. |
M AY I VOTE IN PERSON AT THE SPECIAL MEETING? |
|
Yes, but we would still like you to sign and mail your proxy today. If you decide to revoke your proxy, you may do so at any time before such proxy is exercised by executing and delivering a later dated proxy or by giving notice of revocation in writing or by voting in person at the special meeting. Attendance at the special meeting will not, of itself, revoke a proxy. |
For additional information you may visit or call our stock information center Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. located in First Savings Bank of Rentons office at 208 Williams Avenue South in Renton, Washington.
STOCK INFORMATION CENTER
(425) 254-2094
First Savings Bank of Renton
201Wells Avenue South
Renton, Washington 98057
QUESTIONS
AND
ANSWERS
{ Holding Company Logo }
Holding Company for
First Savings Bank of Renton
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
{logo} |
First Savings Bank of Renton |
August __, 2007
Dear Valued First Savings Bank of Renton Member:
We recently forwarded you a proxy statement and related materials regarding a proposal to convert First Financial Holdings, MHC from a mutual to stock holding company. This conversion will allow us to operate in essentially the same manner as we currently operate, but provides us with the flexibility to add capital, continue to grow and expand our operations by adding new products and services and increasing our lending capability.
As of today, your vote on our amended Plan of Conversion and Reorganization has not yet been received. Your Board of Directors unanimously recommends a vote FOR the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. If you mailed your proxy, please accept our thanks and disregard this request.
We would sincerely appreciate you signing the enclosed proxy card and returning it promptly in the enclosed postage-paid envelope or dropping it off at your First Savings Bank office. Our meeting on September __ th is fast approaching and wed like to receive your vote as soon as possible.
Voting FOR the conversion does not affect the terms or insurance on your accounts. For further information call our Information Center at (425) 254-2094.
Best regards and thank you,
Victor Karpiak
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
PROXY GRAM
PLEASE VOTE TODAY...
We recently sent you a proxy statement and related materials regarding a proposal to convert First Financial Holdings, MHC from a mutual to a stock holding company.
Your vote on the amended Plan of Conversion and Reorganization has not yet been received .
Voting for the Conversion does not obligate you to purchase stock and will not affect your accounts or FDIC Insurance.
Not Returning Your Proxy Cards has the Same Effect as Voting Against the Conversion and
Your Board of Directors Unanimously Recommends a Vote FOR the Conversion.
Your Vote Is Important To Us!
Please sign the enclosed proxy card and return it in the postage-paid envelope provided TODAY ! If you received more than one proxy card, please be sure to sign and return all cards you received.
Thank you,
Victor Karpiak
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
First Savings Bank of Renton
Renton, Washington
If you have already mailed your proxy card(s), please accept our thanks and disregard this notice.
For further information call (425) 254-2094.
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
PROXY GRAM II
PLEASE VOTE TODAY...
We recently sent you a proxy statement and related materials regarding a proposal to convert First Financial Holdings, MHC from a mutual to stock holding company.
Your vote on the amended Plan of Conversion and Reorganization has not yet been received .
Voting for the Conversion does not obligate you to purchase stock and will not affect your accounts or FDIC Insurance.
Not Returning Your Proxy Cards has the Same Effect as Voting Against the Conversion and
Your Board of Directors Unanimously Recommends a Vote FOR the Conversion.
Our Reasons for the Corporate Change
As a Stock Institution we will be able to : |
- Be organized in the form used by commercial banks and most savings institutions and allow us to access the capital markets. |
- Better serve our customers in our market area. |
- Have the financial strength to continue to grow our bank. |
- Increase lending limits and support our emphasis on commercial real estate and construction lending and the development of new products and services. |
- Retain and attract qualified management through stock-based compensation plans. |
- Form a charitable foundation to benefit the communities in which we do business. |
Your Vote Is Important To Us!
Please sign the enclosed proxy card and return it in the postage-paid envelope provided TODAY ! If you received more than one proxy card, please be sure to sign and return all cards you received.
Thank you,
Victor Karpiak
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
First Savings Bank of Renton
Renton, Washington
If you have already mailed your proxy card(s), please accept our thanks and disregard this notice.
For further information call (425) 254-2094
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
First Savings Bank of Renton Website Message:
Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
and
Stock Offering
Information
First Financial Holdings, MHC is pleased to announce that materials were mailed on August __, 2007 regarding its amended Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, including its stock offering. If you were a depositor as of June 30, 2005, June 30, 2007 or _________ __, 2007, you should be receiving a packet of materials soon. We encourage you to read the information carefully.
If you were a Depositor or Borrower of First Savings Bank of Renton as of the Voting Record Date, _________ __, 2007 a proxy card(s) is included. We encourage you to return ALL proxy cards as promptly as possible and THANK YOU!
Information, including a prospectus, regarding First Financial Northwest, Inc.s stock offering was also enclosed. The subscription offering has commenced and continues until 12:00 noon, Pacific time, on September __, 2007, at which time all orders must be received if you want to subscribe for stock.
Depending upon the outcome of the Subscription Offering on September __, 2007 our best estimate at this time for trading of the First Financial Northwest, Inc. stock on the NASDAQ Global is late September. The stock will trade under the ticker symbol FFNW. As described in the prospectus, it could be later. We will keep you as informed as possible on this site.
Our telephone number at the Stock Information Center number is (425) 254-2094.
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
End of Offering First Savings Bank of Renton Website Message
Stock Issuance Information
The First Financial Northwest, Inc. stock offering closed on September __, 2007. The results of the offering are as follows:
________________________________________________.
Interest and refund checks [if applicable] will be mailed on ________, 2007 by regular mail. No special mailing instructions will be accepted.
Allocations will be made available beginning at ____ on ____________, 2007. [If applicable]
Notice to Subscribers not receiving all shares: Please be aware that while we believe this to be a final allocation, we reserve the right to amend this amount up to the time of trading and recommend you verify the number of shares you received on the face of the certificate you will receive prior to trading your shares. [if applicable]
The transfer agent for First Financial Northwest, Inc. will be Registrar and Transfer Company in Cranford, New Jersey and the phone number for their Investor Relations Department is 1-800-368-5948.
We anticipate trading to begin on ____________, 2007 on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol FFNW.
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
Exhibit 99.3
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. |
|
|
|
Financial Services Industry Consultants |
|
|
March 14, 2007 |
Mr. Victor Karpiak |
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
First Savings Bank of Renton |
201 Wells Avenue South |
Renton, Washington 98055 |
Dear Mr. Karpiak:
This letter sets forth the agreement between First Savings Bank of Renton, Washington (the Bank), a wholly-owned subsidiary of First Financial Holdings, MHC, and RP ® Financial, LC. (RP Financial) for conversion appraisal services in conjunction with the proposed stock offering (the Stock Offering) concurrent with the conversion of the Bank from a no-stock mutual holding company to a 100% publicly-held stock holding company. The specific appraisal services to be rendered by RP Financial are described below. These appraisal services will be rendered by a team of two to three consultants on staff and will be directed by the undersigned.
Description of Conversion Appraisal Services
Prior to preparing the valuation report, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of financial and other documents and records, to gain insight into the Banks operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors which impact the pro forma value of the Bank. RP Financial will prepare a written detailed valuation report of the Bank that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. The appraisal report will include an in-depth analysis of the Banks financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Banks interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will describe the Banks business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds both in the short term and over the longer term. A peer group analysis relative to publicly-traded savings institutions will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments relative to the group.
We will review pertinent sections of the applications and offering documents to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal, including the impact of key deal elements on the appraised value, such as dividend policy, use of proceeds and reinvestment rate, tax rate, conversion expenses and characteristics of stock plans. The appraisal report will conclude with a midpoint pro forma value which will establish the range of value, and reflect the Stock Offering size determined by the Banks Board of Directors. The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the conversion process and there will be at least one updated valuation prepared at the time of the closing of the Stock Offering.
Mr. Victor Karpiak
March 14, 2007
Page 2
RP Financial agrees to deliver the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Bank at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory application. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such valuation updates. Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates.
Fee Structure and Payment Schedule
The Bank agrees to pay RP Financial a fixed fee of $100,000 for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report, a fee upon delivery of each appraisal update as described below, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:
|
|
$10,000 upon execution of the letter of agreement engaging RP Financials appraisal services; |
|
|
|
|
|
$90,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and |
|
|
|
|
|
$10,000 upon delivery of each updated appraisal (there will be at least one updated appraisal prepared concurrent with the end of the offering). |
The Bank will reimburse RP Financial for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the valuation. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, telephone, facsimile, shipping, computer and data services. RP Financial will agree to limit reimbursable expenses in connection with this engagement to $10,000, subject to written authorization from the Bank to exceed such level.
In the event the Bank shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed Stock Offering prior to delivery of the completed documents set forth above and payment of the respective progress payment fees, the Bank agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financials standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after giving full credit to the initial retainer fee. RP Financials standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $350 per hour for managing directors.
If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Bank and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, major changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to appraisals, major changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension
Mr. Victor Karpiak
March 14, 2007
Page 3
of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.
Representations and Warranties
The Bank and RP Financial agree to the following:
1. The Bank agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Bank to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the Stock Offering is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall upon request promptly return to the Bank the original and any copies of such information.
2. The Bank hereby represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Banks knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.
3. (a) The Bank agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective directors, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as RP Financial), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Bank to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Bank to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Bank, or the Banks respective officers, Directors, employees or agents which action or omission is willful or negligent. The Bank will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Any time devoted by employees of RP Financial to situations for which indemnification is provided hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Bank at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.
(b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Bank of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder. In the event the Bank elects,
Mr. Victor Karpiak
March 14, 2007
Page 4
within ten business days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Bank hereunder within five days after the final determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Bank or a final judgment (including all appeals therefrom) of a court of competent jurisdiction. If the Bank does not so elect, RP Financial shall be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Bank of the notice of the claim.
(c) The Bank shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including attorneys fees (with such fees limited to one attorney or firm), incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Bank: (1) a written statement of RP Financials good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; and (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification. The Bank may assume the defense of any claim (as to which notice is given in accordance with 3(b)) with counsel reasonably satisfactory to RP Financial, and after notice from the Bank to RP Financial of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Bank will not be liable to RP Financial for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by RP Financial (other than reasonable costs of investigation and assistance in discovery and document production matters). Notwithstanding the foregoing, RP Financial shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any action or proceeding if RP Financial shall have concluded that a conflict of interest exists between the Bank and RP Financial which would materially affect the effective representation of RP Financial. In the event that RP Financial concludes that a conflict of interest exists, RP Financial shall have the right to select counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Bank which will represent RP Financial in any such action or proceeding and the Bank shall reimburse RP Financial for the reasonable legal fees and expenses of such counsel and other expenses reasonably incurred by RP Financial. In no event shall the Bank be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel, separate from its own counsel, for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same allegations or circumstances. The Bank will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision in respect of any compromise or settlement of any action or proceeding made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(d) In the event the Bank does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.
It is understood that, in connection with RP Financials above-mentioned engagement, RP Financial may also be engaged to act for the Bank in one or more additional capacities, and that the terms of the original engagement may be incorporated by reference in one or more separate agreements. The provisions of Paragraph 3 herein shall apply to the original engagement, any such additional engagement, any modification of the original engagement or such additional engagement and shall remain in full force and effect following the completion or termination of RP Financials engagement(s). This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Bank and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. This
Mr. Victor Karpiak
March 14, 2007
Page 5
agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.
The Bank and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Bank nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other.
* * * * * * * * * *
Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $10,000.
|
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
Ronald S. Riggins |
|
President and Managing Director |
Agreed To and Accepted By: |
Victor Karpiak
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
Upon Authorization by the Board of Directors For: |
First Savings Bank of Renton |
|
Renton, Washington |
Date Executed: 3-29-07
Exhibit 99.4
F ELDMAN F INANCIAL A DVISORS , I NC . |
|
|
|
|
1725 K S TREET , NW SUITE 205 |
|
W ASHINGTON , DC 20006 |
|
(202) 467-6862, FAX (202) 467-6963 |
|
|
|
|
|
March 14, 2007 |
Confidential
Mr. Victor Karpiak
President and Chief Executive Officer
First Savings Bank of Renton
201 Wells Avenue South
Renton, Washington 98057
Dear Mr. Karpiak:
This letter agreement (Agreement) describes the terms under which Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc. (Feldman Financial) will assist First Savings Bank of Renton (First Savings Bank) with the business plan (Business Plan) to be submitted to regulators in conjunction with First Savings Banks initial public offering. The services we will provide and our fees for this proposal are explained in this Agreement.
Description of Engagement
Under First Savings Banks direction, we will prepare the text to be submitted in support of the Business Plan. We will prepare demographic, economic, or geographic data needed for the Business Plan. The Business Plan that we will provide will include the text and other information as required. We also will provide the financial projections and other financial information for the Business Plan. Our preparation of the Business Plan will be based on information First Savings Bank provides to us regarding First Savings Banks future business. After submission of the Business Plan and, as part of our services under this Agreement, we will be available to provide additional services in relation to the Business Plan, including assisting with preparation of your responses to questions or comments from the regulators while the regulators evaluate the Business Plan. First Savings Bank will be responsible for final approval of the Business Plan and other information before submission to applicable regulators.
Fees and Expenses
Our professional fee for assisting with the development and submission of the Business Plan will be $32,500, payable in two installments:
|
(i) |
$5,000 retainer fee due upon acceptance and execution of this Agreement; |
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
$27,500 due upon filing the Business Plan with the applicable regulators. |
F ELDMAN F INANCIAL A DVISORS , I NC .
Mr. Victor Karpiak
First Savings Bank of Renton
March 14, 2007
Page 2
If, after submission of the Business Plan, further services are required of Feldman Financial by First Savings Bank with respect to the Business Plan, Feldman Financial will perform such services at our hourly rates that correspond to the attached fee schedule. This work, if required, will be capped at $2,500. In addition, we will invoice you for actual out-of-pocket expenses for data purchases, copying, express mail, travel, and other costs incurred in connection with providing the professional consulting services under this Agreement. Out-of-pocket expenses will not exceed $4,000 without First Savings Banks prior approval.
Termination
First Savings Bank may terminate this Agreement at any time by providing notice of such termination to Feldman Financial. The Termination Date shall be either: (i) the date oral notice of such termination is provided to Feldman Financial, as long as written notice is received within three business days thereafter, or (ii) if oral notice is not provided, the date Feldman Financial receives the written notice of termination.
In the event of termination prior to submission of the Business Plan, First Savings Bank will pay Feldman Financial for all time incurred in preparing the Business Plan through the Termination Date at an hourly rate that corresponds with the aforementioned fee schedule. Such charges shall not exceed $32,500. In addition, First Savings Bank will pay Feldman Financial for all expenses incurred through the Termination Date.
Financial Information and Confidentiality
First Savings Bank will use its best efforts to assure Feldman Financial that First Savings Bank will provide such information as Feldman Financial may reasonably request to prepare the Business Plan. First Savings Bank acknowledges that in performing services hereunder, Feldman Financial will be relying on the information furnished by First Savings Bank, and First Savings Bank further acknowledges that Feldman Financial will not independently verify the accuracy and completeness of such information.
First Savings Bank agrees that the intended use of the Business Plan is only for submission with the appropriate regulatory authorities and for other internal purposes. First Savings Bank will not use the product of Feldman Financials services under this Agreement in any other manner, including references within a proxy statement or offering circular, without the express written consent of Feldman Financial.
F ELDMAN F INANCIAL A DVISORS , I NC .
Mr. Victor Karpiak
First Savings Bank of Renton
March 14, 2007
Page 3
Feldman Financial agrees to hold in confidence all information First Savings Bank provides pursuant to this Agreement, other than information which is or becomes publicly available, unless such disclosure is approved by First Savings Bank or otherwise required by law. Similarly, First Savings Bank agrees to hold in confidence all information provided by Feldman Financial pursuant to this Agreement, other than information that is or becomes publicly available, unless such disclosure is approved by Feldman Financial or otherwise required by law.
Sole Terms of Agreement
This Agreement embodies the sole terms of agreement between First Savings Bank and Feldman Financial with respect to the engagement of Feldman Financial to prepare the Business Plan. This Agreement can be modified only if such modification is stated in writing and signed by both First Savings Bank and Feldman Financial.
* * *
To indicate your acceptance of the terms in this Agreement, please sign below and return one original of this letter to me with a check for $5,000, such payment to be credited as the retainer fee.
|
|
|
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trent R. Feldman |
|
|
|
President |
Attachment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIRST SAVINGS BANK OF RENTON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
/s/ Victor Karpiak |
|
|
Title: |
CEO |
|
|
Date: |
3-29-07 |
|
|
Exhibit 99.5
PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT
FIRST FINANCIAL NORTHWEST, INC.
PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR
FIRST SAVINGS BANK NORTHWEST
R enton, Washington
Dated as Of:
M
ay 25, 2007
RP
®
Financial, LC.
1700 North Moore Street
Suite 2210
Arlington, Virginia 22209
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. |
|
|
|
Financial Services Industry Consultants |
|
|
May 25, 2007 |
Board of Directors |
First Financial Holdings, MHC |
First Financial of Renton, Inc. |
First Savings Bank of Renton |
201 Wells Avenue South |
Renton, Washington 98057 |
Members of the Board of Directors:
At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (Appraisal) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be offered in connection with the plan of conversion and reorganization described below. This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the conversion regulations promulgated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS). Specifically, this Appraisal has been prepared in accordance with the Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization as set forth by the OTS, and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.
Description of Plan of Conversion
In 2002, First Savings Bank of Renton (First Savings or the Bank) reorganized into a two tier mutual holding company structure. As part of that reorganization, First Savings formed First Financial Holdings, MHC (the MHC), a Washington-chartered mutual holding company, and First Financial of Renton, Inc., (the Mid-Tier), a mid-tier holding company incorporated in Washington and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the MHC. Both of these companies are regulated by the Federal Reserve Board (FRB) and the Washington Department of Financial Institutions (DFI). At such time, First Savings became a 100% Washington chartered stock savings bank and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Mid-Tier. No shares were publicly issued at the time of the MHC reorganization.
The respective Boards of Directors of the MHC, the Mid-Tier and the Bank adopted a plan of conversion and reorganization on November 15, 2006, and amended such plan on April 18, 2007. Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, the organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the full stock form and will sell shares of common stock to the public in a stock offering. The plan of conversion and reorganization will result in the elimination of the mutual holding company and the creation of a new stock holding company, First Financial Northwest, Inc. (First Financial Northwest or the
Board of Directors |
May 25, 2007 |
Page 2 |
Company). The Company will own all of the outstanding shares of the Bank. First Financial Northwest will offer shares of common stock to depositors of First Savings, to certain newly-formed stock benefit plans for officers, directors and employees and others. Following the completion of the offering, First Financial Northwest will be a savings and loan holding company, and its primary regulator will be the OTS.
Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, the Company will offer its stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Other Members. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale in a direct or syndicated community offering.
The plan of conversion and reorganization provides for the establishment of The First Financial Northwest Foundation, Inc. (the Foundation). The Foundation will be funded with common stock contributed by First Financial Northwest in an amount equal to 8% of the shares to be outstanding. The Foundation will be dedicated to assist the communities within First Savings market area beyond community development and lending and will enhance the Banks current activities under the Community Reinvestment Act.
At this time, no other activities are contemplated for First Financial Northwest other than the ownership of the Bank, ownership of First Financial Diversified (currently a wholly owned subsidiary of the Mid-Tier), a loan to the newly-formed ESOP and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, First Financial Northwest may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends to shareholders and/or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.
RP ® Financial, LC.
RP ® Financial, LC. (RP Financial) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. For its appraisal services, RP Financial is being compensated on a fixed fee basis for the original appraisal and for any subsequent updates, and such fees are payable regardless of the valuation conclusion or the completion of the conversion offering transaction. We believe that we are independent of the Company, the Bank, the MHC and the other parties engaged by the Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.
Valuation Methodology
In preparing the Appraisal, we have reviewed First Financial Northwests, MHCs, the Mid-Tiers and the Banks regulatory applications, including the prospectus as filed with the
Board of Directors |
May 25, 2007 |
Page 3 |
Office of Thrift Supervision, the Washington Department of Financial Institutions and the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). We have conducted a financial analysis of the MHC, on a consolidated basis, that has included due diligence related discussions with First Savings management; KPMG LLP, the Banks independent auditor; Breyer and Associates, P.C., First Savings conversion counsel; and Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc., which has been retained as the financial and marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering. All conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.
We have investigated the competitive environment within which First Savings operates and have assessed the Banks relative strengths and weaknesses. We have monitored all material regulatory and legislative actions affecting financial institutions generally and analyzed the potential impact of such developments on First Savings and the industry as a whole to the extent we were aware of such matters. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on the Banks operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of the First Financial Northwest. We have reviewed the economy and demographic characteristics of the primary market area in which the Bank currently operates. We have compared First Savings financial performance and condition with publicly-traded thrift institutions evaluated and selected in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrifts and thrift holding companies, including the market for new issues. We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, and/or institutions that exhibit other unusual characteristics.
The Appraisal is based on First Savings representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by the Bank and its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by the Bank, or its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of the Bank. The valuation considers First Savings only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the Banks liquidation or control value.
Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for the Bank and the Company and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local, state and national economy, the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability, and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Banks value alone. It is our understanding that First Savings intends to remain an independent institution and there are no current plans for selling control as a converted institution. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.
Board of Directors |
May 25, 2007 |
Page 4 |
The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which the Companys stock, immediately upon completion of the offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.
Valuation Conclusion
It is our opinion that, as of May 25, 2007, the aggregate market value of First Financial Northwests common stock to be outstanding at the midpoint of the valuation range, assuming a full conversion offering and inclusive of shares to be issued to the Foundation, is $190,217,390. The shares will be issued at a price of $10.00 per share. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the offering and reorganization will thus incorporate the following range of value of stock issuance.
|
|
|
|
|
Total Shares By Category |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
Total Shares |
|
Sold in the
|
|
Foundation
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supermaximum |
|
|
25,156,250 |
|
|
23,143,750 |
|
|
2,012,500 |
|
Maximum |
|
|
21,875,000 |
|
|
20,125,000 |
|
|
1,750,000 |
|
Midpoint |
|
|
19,021,739 |
|
|
17,500,000 |
|
|
1,521,739 |
|
Minimum |
|
|
16,168,479 |
|
|
14,875,000 |
|
|
1,293,479 |
|
Distribution of Shares(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supermaximum |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
92.00 |
% |
|
8.00 |
% |
Maximum |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
92.00 |
% |
|
8.00 |
% |
Midpoint |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
92.00 |
% |
|
8.00 |
% |
Minimum |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
92.00 |
% |
|
8.00 |
% |
Aggregate Market Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supermaximum |
|
$ |
251,562,500 |
|
$ |
231,437,500 |
|
$ |
20,125,000 |
|
Maximum |
|
$ |
218,750,000 |
|
$ |
201,250,000 |
|
$ |
17,500,000 |
|
Midpoint |
|
$ |
190,217,390 |
|
$ |
175,000,000 |
|
$ |
15,217,390 |
|
Minimum |
|
$ |
161,684,790 |
|
$ |
148,750,000 |
|
$ |
12,934,790 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Based on offering price of $10.00 per share. |
(2) |
Assumes that 8% of the total shares to be outstanding are issued to the Foundation. |
Limiting Factors and Considerations
The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines and is necessarily
Board of Directors |
May 25, 2007 |
Page 5 |
based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of First Financial Northwest immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the public stock offering.
The valuation prepared by RP Financial in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines was based on the consolidated financial condition and operations of First Financial Holdings, MHC as of or for the periods ended March 31, 2007, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus.
RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its financial institution clients.
The valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of First Savings, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift stocks, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update.
|
Respectfully submitted, |
|
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald S. Riggins |
|
President and Managing Director |
|
|
|
|
|
James J. Oren |
|
Senior Vice President |
RP ® Financial, LC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FIRST SAVINGS BANK NORTHWEST
Renton, Washington
DESCRIPTION |
|
PAGE
|
||
|
|
|
||
CHAPTER ONE |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.1 |
||
|
|
1.1 |
||
|
|
1.2 |
||
|
|
1.5 |
||
|
|
1.6 |
||
|
|
1.11 |
||
|
|
1.14 |
||
|
|
1.15 |
||
|
|
1.18 |
||
|
|
1.18 |
||
|
|
1.19 |
||
|
|
1.20 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER TWO |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
||
|
|
2.2 |
||
|
|
2.3 |
||
|
|
2.4 |
||
|
|
2.6 |
||
|
|
2.9 |
||
|
|
2.11 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER THREE |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
||
|
|
3.6 |
||
|
|
3.9 |
||
|
|
3.12 |
||
|
|
3.14 |
||
|
|
3.14 |
||
|
|
3.17 |
RP ® Financial, LC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FIRST SAVINGS BANK NORTHWEST
Renton, Washington
(continued)
DESCRIPTION |
|
PAGE
|
|||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER FOUR |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
4.1 |
|||||
|
|
4.1 |
|||||
|
|
4.1 |
|||||
|
|
4.2 |
|||||
|
|
1. |
|
4.3 |
|||
|
|
2. |
|
4.4 |
|||
|
|
3. |
|
4.5 |
|||
|
|
4. |
|
4.6 |
|||
|
|
5. |
|
4.7 |
|||
|
|
6. |
|
4.8 |
|||
|
|
7. |
|
4.8 |
|||
|
|
|
|
A. |
|
4.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
B. |
|
4.14 |
|
|
|
|
|
C. |
|
4.15 |
|
|
|
8. |
|
4.18 |
|||
|
|
9. |
|
4.18 |
|||
|
|
4.19 |
|||||
|
|
4.19 |
|||||
|
|
1. |
|
4.21 |
|||
|
|
2. |
|
4.23 |
|||
|
|
3. |
|
4.23 |
|||
|
|
4.24 |
|||||
|
|
4.24 |
RP ® Financial, LC.
LIST OF TABLES
FIRST SAVINGS BANK NORTHWEST
Renton, Washington
|
|
|
|
|
TABLE
|
|
DESCRIPTION |
|
PAGE |
|
|
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
1.7 |
|
1.2 |
|
|
1.12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
2.5 |
|
2.2 |
|
|
2.7 |
|
2.3 |
|
|
2.8 |
|
2.4 |
|
|
2.9 |
|
2.5 |
|
|
2.10 |
|
2.6 |
|
|
2.11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
3.3 |
|
3.2 |
|
|
3.7 |
|
3.3 |
|
Income as a Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads |
|
3.10 |
3.4 |
|
|
3.13 |
|
3.5 |
|
|
3.15 |
|
3.6 |
|
Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility |
|
3.16 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
4.7 |
|
4.2 |
|
|
4.16 |
|
4.3 |
|
|
4.17 |
|
4.4 |
|
|
4.19 |
|
4.5 |
|
|
4.21 |
|
4.6 |
|
|
4.22 |
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.1 |
I. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
The MHC, the Mid-Tier, and First Savings (collectively First Savings, or the Bank), comprise the assets and operations of the state-chartered savings bank and related holding companies. First Savings serves the greater Seattle-Tacoma-Bellevue, Washington metropolitan statistical area (the Seattle MSA) through a single office location in Renton, King County, Washington. Substantially all of the Banks business activities are conducted within the Seattle MSA, although the Banks stated market area is the entire state of Washington. A map of the Banks branch office location is provided in Exhibit I-1. First Savings is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system, and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). At March 31, 2007, First Savings (consolidated) had $1.0 billion in assets, $761.2 million in deposits and total equity of $106.3 million, equal to 10.4% of total assets. The discussion contained herein reflects the assets and liabilities of the Bank, inclusive of the MHC and the Mid-Tier, which will be consolidated into the Bank as part of the full stock conversion transaction. The MHCs audited financial statements are included by reference as Exhibit I-2.
First Savings has operated in the two-tiered MHC form of organization since 2002, regulated by the Federal Reserve Board (FRB) and the Washington Department of Financial Institutions (DFI). No shares were publicly issued at the time of the MHC reorganization. The respective Boards of Directors of the MHC, the Mid-Tier and the Bank adopted a plan of conversion and reorganization on November 15, 2006, and amended such plan on April 18, 2007. Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, the organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the full stock form and will sell shares of common stock to the public in a stock offering. The plan of conversion and reorganization will result in the elimination of the mutual holding company and the creation of a new stock holding company, First Financial Northwest, Inc. (First Financial Northwest or the Company). The
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.2 |
Company will own all of the outstanding shares of the Bank and the Bank will change its name to First Savings Bank Northwest. First Financial Northwest will offer shares of common stock to depositors of First Savings, to certain newly-formed stock benefit plans for officers, directors and employees and others. Following the completion of the offering, First Financial Northwest will be a savings and loan holding company, and its primary regulator will be the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS).
The plan of conversion and reorganization provides for the establishment of The First Financial Northwest Foundation, Inc. (the Foundation). The Foundation will be funded with common stock contributed by First Financial Northwest in an amount equal to 8% of the shares to be outstanding. The Foundation will be dedicated to assist the communities within First Savings market area beyond community development and lending and will enhance the Banks current activities under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA).
At this time, no other activities are contemplated for First Financial Northwest other than the ownership of the Bank, ownership of First Financial Diversified (currently a wholly owned subsidiary of the Mid-Tier), a loan to the newly-formed ESOP and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, First Financial Northwest may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends to shareholders and/or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.
Chartered in 1923, First Savings has historically operated as a community-based savings institution serving the local retail and business community through a single office location in Renton. Through the end of the 1990s, the Bank pursued a strategy of limited diversification of operations, with lending activities primarily consisting of: (1) loans secured by 1-4 family residential property; and, (2) diversification into construction/land development and commercial real estate/multi-family real estate secured lending. A sizeable investment securities portfolio was maintained, with investments primarily limited to mortgage-backed securities (MBS) and municipal bonds. Funding of assets was achieved primarily through certificates of deposit (CDs). Maintaining the single office location, the Bank operated very efficiently in terms of
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.3 |
personnel and office occupancy and equipment costs. The investment securities portfolio approximated 33% of assets at December 31, 2001, requiring limited personnel and expense to manage and maintain. The deposit base (93% of deposits were CDs or money market accounts (MMAs) at December 31, 2001) required limited overhead expense in terms of customer service, data processing resources and product/services design. This deposit base also resulted in minimal deposit account fee income. Low levels of problem assets also reduced the need for loan monitoring personnel and other related asset resolution expenses. Internal back-office operations such as accounting, compliance, loan review, file maintenance, etc. were limited, further minimizing the expense base.
The loan department operations were also simplified through the use of an external origination source for essentially all construction/land development, commercial real estate and multi-family loans. This origination source, Executive House, Inc. (EH), was a privately-held mortgage banking company operating in the Seattle MSA. The Bank maintained a long-term relationship with EH, in excess of 30 years, whereby First Savings both (1) funded residential construction/land development loans originated by EH, and (2) purchased whole loans (commercial real estate and multi-family secured) from EH for portfolio. This arrangement greatly reduced the need for in-house loan origination staff, with the exception of ongoing credit quality oversight. Both the purchased and funded loans were serviced by EH. Loan fee income was generated from the construction/land development loan portfolio. Loan portfolio yields were enhanced due to the higher yields earned on the commercial real estate/multi-family secured loans and the construction lending had shorter terms, thus increasing profitability and shortening portfolio duration.
The combination of the above strategies resulted in an institution, as of fiscal year 2002, with a very low operating expense ratio (0.57% of average assets), minimal non-interest income (0.05% of average assets), and a modest net interest income ratio due to the high funding costs of CDs and MMAs. For fiscal 2002, return on average assets (ROAA) was 1.33%, and return on average equity (ROAE) was 10.60%, indicating a strong financial performance in comparison to industry averages. An equity base in excess of 11% of assets further assisted in enhancing profitability and providing financial strength.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.4 |
Since the late 1990s, with few exceptions, the Bank has continued to follow the above described strategies, and balance sheet growth has been pursued in order to leverage the equity base and existing infrastructure. Asset growth has been funded through continued increases in non-core deposit accounts (CDs and MMAs), as well as a significant increase in borrowed funds primarily from the FHLB (another higher cost funding source). The loan portfolio has expanded at twice the rate of assets, increasing the loans/asset ratio with additional funds for lending obtained from maturing investments. The balances of loans originated by, or purchased from, EH have increased substantially, in particular construction/land development loans. Average loan sizes within these loan types have increased, assisting with maintaining efficient lending operations but also raising the credit risk profile.
To address the Banks growth there have been a number of organizational, staffing, operational and technological changes in the last three to four years. The Bank recently moved into a new, modern office building that was constructed in 2004 at the same site as the prior structure. To date, no branch offices have been opened, although the Bank will examine the potential to open one or two branches in the regional area in the next couple of years. Such branch expansion would initially increase overhead, but such expansion is viewed as essential to be able to continue to grow the deposit base at a rate consistent with the last five years. While the Bank has increased its management and staffing, there are certain key vacancies for an institution of this size which will be a publicly-traded company most noticeably a Chief Financial Officer (CFO). The Bank has historically operated with a combined CEO/CFO position, but recent growth of the Bank, along with the post-conversion need for public reporting, has necessitated the search for a CFO.
The most significant addition to the Banks operations was the December 2005 purchase of EH. The Bank currently holds EH as a separate subsidiary in order to maintain the culture, expertise and focus of EH intact so that the loan generation process will continue. Purchased for approximately $15 million in cash, First Savings determined that purchasing this lending operation provided assurance that such production would continue to benefit the Bank, particularly in the face of the aging principals of EH and the Banks concern that EH could have been sold to a competitor. The longer-term focus will be to upgrade the operations and systems
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.5 |
of EH, to more fully integrate EH with the Bank and to develop adequate management and staff succession.
EH currently accounts for the majority of the loan originations of the Bank. Prior to its acquisition, EH represented approximately $218.1 million in loan production for the Bank, or 71% of the Banks origination volume; also, EH was servicing approximately $351.4 million, or 57% of the Banks loan portfolio. For 2007 to date, EH accounted for 79% of the Banks loan production volume and EH was servicing approximately $216.7 million at March 31, 2007, or 39% of the loan portfolio. During 2006, EHs lending declined as evidenced by the Banks construction/land development lending of $118.4 million, partially reflecting a general decline in new home construction in the region. The Bank has taken steps to address EHs succession issues, but it is uncertain if the current builder relationships can be maintained to the degree as before once the one remaining EH principal fully retires.
In addition to the risk in maintaining EHs volume, it is critical to point out that EHs customer base is relatively concentrated in a few (approximately five to seven) large regional developer/builders, who maintain multiple loans with large balances with EH. In this regard, the loans outstanding to the top five borrowers at March 31, 2007, totaled $120.6 million, or 16% of the Banks loan portfolio. Such concentration raises the credit risk profile of EHs lending niche. At the same time, these builders are believed to have very strong financial positions, the average new home value is in the middle range and they have not experienced any delinquencies to date.
Post-Offering Business Plan and Use of Proceeds
The post-offering business plan is expected to continue to focus on products and services which have facilitated First Savings recent growth and lending initiatives. The equity realized from the stock offering will increase the financial strength of First Savings, including the repayment of the substantial majority of the current borrowings, and provide capital for future growth and branch expansion. The higher capital position resulting from the infusion of stock proceeds will also serve to reduce interest rate risk, particularly through enhancing the interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities (IEA/IBL) ratio. Overall, it is the Banks objective to pursue growth that will serve to increase earnings, profitability and shareholder returns. Such growth is not expected to dramatically compromise the risk profile of current operations.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.6 |
The intended use of proceeds is highlighted below.
|
|
First Financial Northwest, Inc. The Company intends to retain up to 50% of the remaining net offering proceeds. At present, the remaining cash funds retained at the Company level, net of the loan to the ESOP, are expected to be invested into liquid deposit accounts at the Bank in an amount sufficient for the Bank to pay off the current balance of short-term borrowed funds (approximately $140 million at March 31, 2007). Based on the actual amount of proceeds from the stock offering, any additional funds retained by the Company are expected to be reinvested into liquid investments. Over time, any funds held at the holding company level may be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock, and the payment of regular and/or special cash dividends. |
|
|
|
|
|
First Savings. Approximately 50% of the net stock proceeds will be infused into the Bank as cash and equity in exchange for all of the Banks newly issued stock. In addition, the Company is expected to downstream additional cash to the Bank in the form of deposit funds. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank are expected to be used to payoff a substantial portion of the balance of short-term borrowed funds currently held by the Bank (when coupled with the proceeds deposited in the Bank by the Company). Based on the actual amount of proceeds from the stock offering the amount of funds used to payoff borrowings may equal all of the net cash proceeds of the offering. |
Table 1.1 shows the Banks historical balance sheet data for the past five and one quarter years. From fiscal year end 2002 through March 31, 2007, First Savings assets increased at an 11.1% annual rate. By comparison, loans increased at a 22.1% annual rate over the same period, reflecting the lending initiatives and EH related production. Loan growth has been funded with a combination of deposits, borrowings and equity, as well as redeployment of cash and investments. A summary of First Savings key operating ratios for the past five years are presented in Exhibit I-3.
Loans receivable increased at a 22.1% annual rate from year end 2002 through March 31, 2007, twice the asset growth rate. Accordingly, the loans-to-assets ratio increased from 48.0% at fiscal year end 2002 to 71.8% at March 31, 2007. Such rapid loan growth indicates less portfolio seasoning in comparison to institutions with slower growth rates. Over that time period, the concentration of 1-4 family residential loans has declined from 64% to 47% of loans, while
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.7 |
Table 1.1
First Financial Holdings, MHC
Historical Balance Sheets
(Amount and Percent of Assets)
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
2002 |
|
2003 |
|
2004 |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Pct |
|
Amount |
|
Pct |
|
Amount |
|
Pct |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
||||||
Total Amount of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets |
|
$ |
653,664 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
726,876 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
776,363 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
Cash and Cash Equivalents |
|
|
28,157 |
|
|
4.31 |
% |
|
18,854 |
|
|
2.59 |
% |
|
23,319 |
|
|
3.00 |
% |
Investment Securities (AFS) |
|
|
243,128 |
|
|
37.19 |
% |
|
291,391 |
|
|
40.09 |
% |
|
265,557 |
|
|
34.21 |
% |
Investment Securities (HTM) |
|
|
57,704 |
|
|
8.83 |
% |
|
60,942 |
|
|
8.38 |
% |
|
88,512 |
|
|
11.40 |
% |
FHLB Stock |
|
|
4,728 |
|
|
0.72 |
% |
|
4,521 |
|
|
0.62 |
% |
|
4,652 |
|
|
0.60 |
% |
Loans Receivable (net) |
|
|
313,787 |
|
|
48.00 |
% |
|
343,945 |
|
|
47.32 |
% |
|
384,128 |
|
|
49.48 |
% |
Fixed Assets |
|
|
1,553 |
|
|
0.24 |
% |
|
2,319 |
|
|
0.32 |
% |
|
4,438 |
|
|
0.57 |
% |
Goodwill |
|
|
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
Mortgage Servicing Rights |
|
|
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
Bank Owned Life Insurance |
|
|
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
1,605 |
|
|
0.21 |
% |
Other Assets |
|
|
4,607 |
|
|
0.70 |
% |
|
4,904 |
|
|
0.67 |
% |
|
4,152 |
|
|
0.53 |
% |
Deposits |
|
|
568,054 |
|
|
86.90 |
% |
|
634,973 |
|
|
87.36 |
% |
|
666,271 |
|
|
85.82 |
% |
Borrowed Funds |
|
|
7,000 |
|
|
1.07 |
% |
|
7,000 |
|
|
0.96 |
% |
|
17,000 |
|
|
2.19 |
% |
Other Liabilities |
|
|
4,073 |
|
|
0.62 |
% |
|
3,447 |
|
|
0.47 |
% |
|
2,854 |
|
|
0.37 |
% |
Total Equity |
|
|
74,537 |
|
|
11.40 |
% |
|
81,456 |
|
|
11.21 |
% |
|
90,238 |
|
|
11.62 |
% |
Tangible Equity |
|
|
74,537 |
|
|
11.40 |
% |
|
81,456 |
|
|
11.21 |
% |
|
90,238 |
|
|
11.62 |
% |
AFS Adjustment |
|
|
NA |
|
|
|
|
|
NA |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(353 |
) |
|
|
|
Loans/Deposits |
|
|
|
|
|
55.24 |
% |
|
|
|
|
54.17 |
% |
|
|
|
|
57.65 |
% |
IEA/IBL (Average) |
|
|
|
|
|
113.74 |
% |
|
|
|
|
111.28 |
% |
|
|
|
|
111.38 |
% |
Non-Performing Assets/Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
0.11 |
% |
|
|
|
|
0.09 |
% |
|
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
Allow. for Loan Losses as a% of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Loans Receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
0.22 |
% |
|
|
|
|
0.28 |
% |
|
|
|
|
0.24 |
% |
Non-Performing Loans |
|
|
|
|
|
97.87 |
% |
|
|
|
|
146.32 |
% |
|
|
|
|
375.47 |
% |
Number of Full Service Offices |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
As of:
|
|
Compounded
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Pct |
|
Amount |
|
Pct |
|
Amount |
|
Pct |
|
Pct |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
|||||||
Total Amount of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets |
|
$ |
879,650 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
1,004,711 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
1,021,887 |
|
|
100.00 |
% |
|
11.09 |
% |
Cash and Cash Equivalents |
|
|
26,183 |
|
|
2.98 |
% |
|
26,663 |
|
|
2.65 |
% |
|
16,959 |
|
|
1.66 |
% |
|
-11.24 |
% |
Investment Securities (AFS) |
|
|
184,279 |
|
|
20.95 |
% |
|
149,051 |
|
|
14.84 |
% |
|
142,039 |
|
|
13.90 |
% |
|
-11.88 |
% |
Investment Securities (HTM) |
|
|
86,663 |
|
|
9.85 |
% |
|
86,787 |
|
|
8.64 |
% |
|
86,682 |
|
|
8.48 |
% |
|
10.05 |
% |
FHLB Stock |
|
|
4,671 |
|
|
0.53 |
% |
|
4,671 |
|
|
0.46 |
% |
|
4,671 |
|
|
0.46 |
% |
|
-0.29 |
% |
Loans Receivable (net) |
|
|
540,695 |
|
|
61.47 |
% |
|
700,328 |
|
|
69.70 |
% |
|
733,592 |
|
|
71.79 |
% |
|
22.12 |
% |
Fixed Assets |
|
|
13,783 |
|
|
1.57 |
% |
|
13,737 |
|
|
1.37 |
% |
|
13,806 |
|
|
1.35 |
% |
|
67.20 |
% |
Goodwill |
|
|
13,754 |
|
|
1.56 |
% |
|
14,206 |
|
|
1.41 |
% |
|
14,206 |
|
|
1.39 |
% |
|
NM |
|
Mortgage Servicing Rights |
|
|
3,000 |
|
|
0.34 |
% |
|
1,560 |
|
|
0.16 |
% |
|
1,451 |
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
NM |
|
Bank Owned Life Insurance |
|
|
1,731 |
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
1,814 |
|
|
0.18 |
% |
|
1,813 |
|
|
0.18 |
% |
|
NM |
|
Other Assets |
|
|
4,891 |
|
|
0.56 |
% |
|
5,894 |
|
|
0.59 |
% |
|
6,667 |
|
|
0.65 |
% |
|
9.09 |
% |
Deposits |
|
|
689,502 |
|
|
78.38 |
% |
|
750,710 |
|
|
74.72 |
% |
|
761,235 |
|
|
74.49 |
% |
|
7.13 |
% |
Borrowed Funds |
|
|
90,000 |
|
|
10.23 |
% |
|
147,000 |
|
|
14.63 |
% |
|
150,000 |
|
|
14.68 |
% |
|
105.67 |
% |
Other Liabilities |
|
|
3,795 |
|
|
0.43 |
% |
|
2,959 |
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
4,377 |
|
|
0.43 |
% |
|
1.71 |
% |
Total Equity |
|
|
96,353 |
|
|
10.95 |
% |
|
104,042 |
|
|
10.36 |
% |
|
106,275 |
|
|
10.40 |
% |
|
8.70 |
% |
Tangible Equity |
|
|
82,599 |
|
|
9.39 |
% |
|
89,836 |
|
|
8.94 |
% |
|
92,069 |
|
|
9.01 |
% |
|
5.10 |
% |
AFS Adjustment |
|
$ |
(3,312 |
) |
|
|
|
$ |
(2,712 |
) |
|
|
|
$ |
(2,237 |
) |
|
|
|
|||
Loans/Deposits |
|
|
|
|
|
78.42 |
% |
|
|
|
|
93.29 |
% |
|
|
|
|
96.37 |
% |
|
|
|
IEA/IBL (Average) |
|
|
|
|
|
109.94 |
% |
|
|
|
|
106.05 |
% |
|
|
|
|
107.45 |
% |
|
|
|
Non-Performing Assets/Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
|
Allow. for Loan Losses as a% of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Loans Receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
0.27 |
% |
|
|
|
|
0.26 |
% |
|
|
|
|
0.32 |
% |
|
|
|
Non-Performing Loans |
|
|
|
|
|
550.33 |
% |
|
|
|
|
1279.87 |
% |
|
|
|
|
914.95 |
% |
|
|
|
Number of Full Service Offices |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
Source: First Financial Holdings, MHCs audited and unaudited financial statements.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.8 |
construction/land development, commercial real estate and multi-family loans have increased from 35% to 52% of total loans. Construction/land development loans increased at the highest rate in percentage terms, from 2.4% to 21.8% of loans over the time period shown in Table 1.1. The change in concentration of loans is a result of the increased emphasis of loans originated by EH, both prior to and after the acquisition by First Savings. There are currently minimal levels of consumer and commercial business loans (0.53% of total loans combined at March 31, 2007).
The objectives of the Banks investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity, generate a favorable return and assist in reducing the corporate tax liability within the context of supporting asset/liability objectives, profitability objectives and interest rate risk objectives. Over the review period, the Banks level of cash and investments (inclusive of FHLB stock) has trended lower, decreasing from 51.1% of assets at year end 2002 to 24.5% of assets at March 31, 2007, reflecting the strategic initiative to increase asset yields through the increased proportion of loans/assets. Agency-issued MBS totaled $137.3 million at March 31, 2007, comprising the most significant component of the investment portfolio. Essentially all of the MBS are classified as available-for-sale (AFS), and approximately 80% consists of fixed rate securities, primarily issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. The remaining MBS are primarily adjustable rate securities issued by Ginnie Mae. The second largest segment of the investment portfolio are tax-exempt municipal bonds totaling $78.6 million at March 31, 2007. This municipal portfolio contains approximately 140 bonds from entities located in Washington, including cities and towns, utilities, school districts and other similar issuers. The tax exempt municipal bond portfolio is classified as held-to-maturity (HTM) given their illiquid nature and the intent to hold these long-term securities until maturity. Other investments at March 31, 2007 consisted of U.S. Government and agency obligations ($5.5 million), mutual funds ($5.9 million), FHLB stock ($4.7 million) and taxable municipal bonds ($1.7 million). As of March 31, 2007, there was a realized pre-tax loss of $3.3 million in the AFS portfolio. First Savings also maintained cash and cash equivalents of $17.0 million at March 31, 2007, equal to 1.7% of assets, used for daily operating needs. Exhibit I-4 provides historical detail of the investment portfolio.
First Savings maintains an investment in bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) policies, which cover the lives of a number of the Banks senior officers. The purpose of the BOLI investment is to provide funding for the benefit plans of the covered individuals, while at the
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.9 |
same time providing for tax-advantaged investment returns for the Bank. The life insurance policies earn tax-exempt income through cash value accumulation and death proceeds. As of March 31, 2007, the cash surrender value of the Banks BOLI equaled $1.8 million, or 0.2% of assets.
First Savings historically maintained a minimal investment in fixed assets, given the one office location in Renton. Fixed assets increased substantially in fiscal 2004 as the Bank built a new office building/branch facility on the same site as the previous office. The new building provides for more office space for employees and a higher level of service to customers. At the same time, the Bank purchased and renovated an adjoining building in order to house the operations of EH. Fixed assets totaled $13.8 million, or 1.4% of assets, at March 31, 2007. Since the completion of the construction/renovation activities, the Bank has experienced increased operating and depreciation expenses.
As a result of the acquisition of EH in December 2005, and subsequent adjustments of the purchase price, the Bank recorded $14.2 million of non-amortizable goodwill. In addition, a mortgage loan servicing asset was recorded at the time of acquisition, and reflects the loans serviced by EH. This servicing asset totaled $1.5 million at March 31, 2007, and is being amortized through 2012. The current balance of loans serviced for others equals $52.1 million. These loans were typically sold without recourse, but with a provision that EH would repurchase the loans or indemnify the investor for losses sustained if willful misstatement and fraud origination defects occur. EH has not established reserves to cover any recourse losses, but management considers the loss potential to be not probable and not estimable as the sold loans are well seasoned and continue to perform in accordance with their contractual agreements.
Over the review period, First Savings funding needs have been substantially met through retail deposits, borrowings, internal cash flows and retained earnings. From year end 2002 through March 31, 2007, the Banks deposits increased at an annual rate of 7.1%. Deposits have continuously trended upward over that time period, as the Bank has emphasized CDs and MMAs in order to raise additional funds. Core deposit accounts (savings and NOW accounts) have remained a small portion of the deposit base, and equaled 3.8% of total deposits at March 31, 2007. Jumbo CDs (greater than $100,000 in balance) totaled $325.9 million, or 42.8% of total deposits at March 31, 2007. The Banks deposit base thus contains a relatively substantial
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.10 |
wholesale component, whereby such deposits are attracted through offering competitive rates. The deposit base provides little in fee income. Deposits declined from 86.9% of assets at year end 2002 to 74.5% at March 31, 2007, as the Bank made additional use of borrowed funds to support its growth and lending objectives.
As noted above, borrowings have become a more prominent funding source, increasing from 1.1% of assets at fiscal year end 2002 to 14.7% of assets at March 31, 2007. Borrowings have served as an alternative funding source to address funding needs for growth, primarily FHLB advances. At March 31, 2007, the $150.0 million of borrowings held by the Bank consisted of $140.0 million of overnight daily rate credit FHLB advances, and $10.0 million of a fixed rate advance with a maturity date of November 2009. At March 31, 2007, the relative costs of these borrowed funds were higher than the deposit base, thereby raising overall funding costs. As discussed earlier, it is the Banks intention to repay the short-term advances upon receipt of the offering proceeds.
Since year end 2002, the retention of earnings, net of the adjustment for the net unrealized loss or gain on AFS securities, have translated into an annual equity growth rate of 8.7% for the Bank. The acquisition of EH in December 2005 resulted in a reduction of tangible equity by approximately $14 million, and as of March 31, 2007 tangible equity totaled $92.1 million, or 9.0% of assets. Since asset growth outpaced growth in equity over the review period, First Savings tangible equity-to-assets ratio decreased from 11.4% at year end 2002 to 9.01% at March 31, 2007. The equity growth rate has been adversely impacted by the net unrealized loss on AFS securities. The Bank maintained capital surpluses relative to all of its regulatory capital requirements at March 31, 2007, resulting in well capitalized status. The addition of stock proceeds will serve to strengthen First Savings capital position, support growth objectives, and improve First Savings competitive posture within its primary market area, as well as possibly support expansion into other nearby markets if favorable growth opportunities are presented. At the same time, as the result of the Banks higher pro forma equity position, First Savings ROE can be expected to initially be below industry averages following its stock offering.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.11 |
Table 1.2 shows the Banks historical income statements for the review period. Profitability and reported earnings generally declined since the 2004 peak current 12 month profitability is at a low for the review period at 0.67% of average assets, as compared to a high of 1.35% during 2004 and 1.33% during 2002. The lower current earnings and profitability are primarily attributable to a reduced net interest income ratio and a higher operating expense ratio. Non-interest income has generally been limited, and primarily represents loan and deposit customer service fees. Loan loss provisions have increased in recent periods due to growth in the size of the loan portfolio. Non-operating income or expense has been limited to gains and losses on the sale of investments and the writedown on the mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) obtained with the acquisition of EH.
A principal factor leading to diminished profitability has been the decline in the net interest income ratio from 2.44% to 1.80% between fiscal 2002 and March 31, 2007. This compression trend reflects the higher cost CDs and MMAs, and the increased utilization of borrowed funds despite the shift in the asset mix towards higher yielding loans and a more leveraged equity ratio. A contributing factor to the compression has been the recent increases in short-term rates and the resulting inverted yield curve. The Banks strategic lending initiatives to support the yield-cost spread have been insufficient to offset the rising cost of funding and the unfavorable yield curve. For the 12 months ended March 31, 2007, the Bank maintained an interest rate spread of 1.63%, which represented a decline from the prior periods. The Banks historical net interest rate spreads and yields and costs are set forth in Exhibits I-3 and I-5.
Non-interest operating income has been a very limited contributor to the earnings over the review period, ranging between 0.05% and 0.07% of average assets. Non-interest income is low due to the low proportion of fee-generating retail deposit accounts. In addition, the Bank does not actively pursue other revenue generating business lines such as insurance sales or offering other financial services products. Loan service fees (particularly from EH-generated construction/land development loans) constitute the largest sources of non-interest operating income, representing approximately 60% of total non-interest income. The level of such income remains low by industry standards. It is significant that the level of such income as a percent of
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.12 |
Table 1.2
First Financial Holdings, MHC
Historical Income Statements
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
2002 |
|
2003 |
|
2004 |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
||||||
Interest Income |
|
$ |
34,589 |
|
|
6.16 |
% |
$ |
33,904 |
|
|
4.87 |
% |
$ |
36,464 |
|
|
4.90 |
% |
Interest Expense |
|
|
(20,900 |
) |
|
-3.72 |
% |
|
(20,762 |
) |
|
-2.98 |
% |
|
(19,335 |
) |
|
-2.60 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Interest Income |
|
$ |
13,689 |
|
|
2.44 |
% |
$ |
13,142 |
|
|
1.89 |
% |
$ |
17,129 |
|
|
2.30 |
% |
Provision for Loan Losses |
|
|
(59 |
) |
|
-0.01 |
% |
|
(305 |
) |
|
-0.04 |
% |
|
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Interest Income after Provisions |
|
$ |
13,630 |
|
|
2.43 |
% |
$ |
12,837 |
|
|
1.84 |
% |
$ |
17,129 |
|
|
2.30 |
% |
Other Operating Income |
|
$ |
281 |
|
|
0.05 |
% |
$ |
335 |
|
|
0.05 |
% |
$ |
344 |
|
|
0.05 |
% |
Operating Expense |
|
|
(3,208 |
) |
|
-0.57 |
% |
|
(3,235 |
) |
|
-0.46 |
% |
|
(3,782 |
) |
|
-0.51 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Operating Income |
|
$ |
10,703 |
|
|
1.91 |
% |
$ |
9,937 |
|
|
1.43 |
% |
$ |
13,691 |
|
|
1.84 |
% |
Non Operating Income(Exp.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Gain(Loss) on Sale of Investments |
|
$ |
(63 |
) |
|
-0.01 |
% |
$ |
276 |
|
|
0.04 |
% |
$ |
56 |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
Writedown of Mortgage Servicing Rights |
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
Net Income Before Tax |
|
$ |
10,640 |
|
|
1.89 |
% |
$ |
10,213 |
|
|
1.47 |
% |
$ |
13,747 |
|
|
1.85 |
% |
Income Taxes |
|
|
(3,172 |
) |
|
-0.56 |
% |
|
(2,760 |
) |
|
-0.40 |
% |
|
(3,692 |
) |
|
-0.50 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (Loss) Before Extraord. Items |
|
$ |
7,468 |
|
|
1.33 |
% |
$ |
7,453 |
|
|
1.07 |
% |
$ |
10,055 |
|
|
1.35 |
% |
Estimated Core Net Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income |
|
$ |
7,468 |
|
|
1.33 |
% |
$ |
7,453 |
|
|
1.07 |
% |
$ |
10,055 |
|
|
1.35 |
% |
Addback(Deduct): Non-Recurring (Inc)/Exp |
|
|
63 |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
(276 |
) |
|
-0.04 |
% |
|
(56 |
) |
|
-0.01 |
% |
Tax Effect (1) |
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
94 |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
19 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Core Net Income |
|
$ |
7,510 |
|
|
1.34 |
% |
$ |
7,271 |
|
|
1.04 |
% |
$ |
10,018 |
|
|
1.35 |
% |
Memo: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expense Coverage Ratio (2) |
|
|
426.71 |
% |
|
|
|
|
406.24 |
% |
|
|
|
|
452.92 |
% |
|
|
|
Efficiency Ratio (3) |
|
|
22.96 |
% |
|
|
|
|
24.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
21.64 |
% |
|
|
|
Effective Tax Rate |
|
|
29.81 |
% |
|
|
|
|
27.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
26.86 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 Months Ended,
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
2005 |
|
2006 |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
||||||
Interest Income |
|
$ |
40,285 |
|
|
5.06 |
% |
$ |
55,260 |
|
|
5.85 |
% |
$ |
57,585 |
|
|
5.91 |
% |
Interest Expense |
|
|
(23,668 |
) |
|
-2.97 |
% |
|
(37,248 |
) |
|
-3.94 |
% |
|
(40,101 |
) |
|
-4.12 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Interest Income |
|
$ |
16,617 |
|
|
2.09 |
% |
$ |
18,012 |
|
|
1.91 |
% |
$ |
17,484 |
|
|
1.80 |
% |
Provision for Loan Losses |
|
|
(137 |
) |
|
-0.02 |
% |
|
(320 |
) |
|
-0.03 |
% |
|
(760 |
) |
|
-0.08 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Interest Income after Provisions |
|
$ |
16,479 |
|
|
2.07 |
% |
$ |
17,692 |
|
|
1.87 |
% |
$ |
16,724 |
|
|
1.72 |
% |
Other Operating Income |
|
$ |
439 |
|
|
0.06 |
% |
$ |
596 |
|
|
0.06 |
% |
$ |
664 |
|
|
0.07 |
% |
Operating Expense |
|
|
(4,738 |
) |
|
-0.60 |
% |
|
(8,384 |
) |
|
-0.89 |
% |
|
(8,451 |
) |
|
-0.87 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Operating Income |
|
$ |
12,181 |
|
|
1.53 |
% |
$ |
9,905 |
|
|
1.05 |
% |
$ |
8,937 |
|
|
0.92 |
% |
Non Operating Income(Exp.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Gain(Loss) on Sale of Investments |
|
$ |
(85 |
) |
|
-0.01 |
% |
$ |
(3 |
) |
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
(3 |
) |
|
0.00 |
% |
Writedown of Mortgage Servicing Rights |
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
(685 |
) |
|
-0.07 |
% |
$ |
(685 |
) |
|
-0.07 |
% |
Net Income Before Tax |
|
$ |
12,096 |
|
|
1.52 |
% |
$ |
9,217 |
|
|
0.98 |
% |
$ |
8,249 |
|
|
0.85 |
% |
Income Taxes |
|
|
(3,021 |
) |
|
-0.38 |
% |
|
(2,129 |
) |
|
-0.23 |
% |
|
(1,688 |
) |
|
-0.17 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (Loss) Before Extraord. Items |
|
$ |
9,075 |
|
|
1.14 |
% |
$ |
7,088 |
|
|
0.75 |
% |
$ |
6,561 |
|
|
0.67 |
% |
Estimated Core Net Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income |
|
$ |
9,075 |
|
|
1.14 |
% |
$ |
7,088 |
|
|
0.75 |
% |
$ |
6,561 |
|
|
0.67 |
% |
Addback(Deduct): Non-Recurring (Inc)/Exp |
|
|
85 |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
688 |
|
|
0.07 |
% |
|
688 |
|
|
0.07 |
% |
Tax Effect (1) |
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
(234 |
) |
|
-0.02 |
% |
|
(234 |
) |
|
-0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Core Net Income |
|
$ |
9,131 |
|
|
1.15 |
% |
$ |
7,542 |
|
|
0.80 |
% |
$ |
7,015 |
|
|
0.72 |
% |
Memo: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expense Coverage Ratio (2) |
|
|
350.74 |
% |
|
|
|
|
214.84 |
% |
|
|
|
|
206.89 |
% |
|
|
|
Efficiency Ratio (3) |
|
|
27.78 |
% |
|
|
|
|
45.05 |
% |
|
|
|
|
46.57 |
% |
|
|
|
Effective Tax Rate |
|
|
24.98 |
% |
|
|
|
|
23.10 |
% |
|
|
|
|
20.46 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Reflects an effective tax rate of 34%. |
(2) |
Net interest income divided by operating expenses. |
(3) |
Operating expenses as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income (excluding gains on sale). |
(4) |
Reflects pre-tax net income adjusted to excluded non-operating income tax-effected at a 34% rate. |
Source: First Financial Holdings, MHCs audited and unaudited financial statements.
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.13 |
average assets has not grown since fiscal 2002, during which CDs have increased by 34% overall.
Operating expenses have steadily increased and peaked at 0.89% of average assets during fiscal year 2006, up from a low of 0.46% of average assets during fiscal year 2003. The operating expense ratio, still quite low by industry standards due to factors discussed earlier, increased in fiscal 2006, primarily due to: (1) the additional expenses incurred through the acquisition of EH; (2) the additional operating and depreciation expense related to the new office building; and (3) the addition of personnel in the areas of information technology, compliance and other back-office areas (the Banks non-EH employee count has increased from 37 at December 31, 2004 to 56 at March 31, 2007). As of March 31, 2007, the Banks ratio of assets per full time equivalent employee equaled $14.8 million, versus a median comparable ratio of $5.6 million for all publicly-traded thrifts. As the Bank enhances its management team, including adding a Chief Financial Officer, it is expected that operating expenses will jump. The de novo branching initiative will also increase operating expenses. Also, upward pressure will be placed on the operating expense ratio following the stock offering, due to expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company, including expenses related to the stock benefit plans. At the same time, the increase in equity realized from the stock offering will increase the Banks capacity to leverage the increase in operating expenses through continued growth.
Net interest income compression and the higher operating expenses have both led to a diminished expense coverage ratio (net interest income divided by operating expenses), from 4.26 times in fiscal 2002 to 2.07 times for the 12 months ended March 31, 2007. Comparatively, First Savings efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income) has moved in an unfavorable trend from 23% in fiscal 2002 to 47% for the most recent 12 month period. Nevertheless, the efficiency ratio remains favorable in comparison to typical industry levels.
The level of loan loss provisions has fluctuated over the review period, but remained at relatively low levels. Provisions equaled $0.76 million, or 0.08% of average assets for the 12 months ended March 31, 2007. The higher loan loss provisions established during the most recent two periods shown in Table 1.2 were largely related to the growth in the loan portfolio, and not as a result of loan quality issues. As of March 31, 2006, the Bank maintained valuation
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.14 |
allowances of $2.6 million, equal to 0.35% of net loans receivable and 914.95% of non-performing loans. Exhibit I-6 sets forth the Banks loan loss allowance activity during the past five years.
Non-operating income over the review period has consisted solely of relatively small gains realized from the sale of securities. In addition, the Bank wrote down the value of mortgage servicing rights that was booked as part of the acquisition of EH in 2005, following the receipt of a third party valuation. Such net non-recurring expense will be excluded from the valuation earnings base.
The Banks effective tax rate ranged from a low of 20.5% for the most recent 12 month period to a high of 29.8% in 2002. The lower effective tax rate has been largely the result of tax advantaged income from the municipal bond investment portfolio. As set forth in the prospectus, the Banks marginal effective statutory tax rate for the conversion proceeds approximates 34%.
First Savings monitors interest rate risk on a quarterly basis using proprietary software as provided by an external vendor. The Banks balance sheet is liability-sensitive in the short-term (less than one year) and, thus, the net interest margin will typically be adversely affected during periods of rising and higher interest rates, as well as during periods when the yield curve becomes flatter due to short-term interest rates rising faster than long-term interest rates. The Bank utilizes the interest rate risk model to also calculate the change in net portfolio value (NPV) to monitor and analyze the effects that interest rate movements will have on the balance sheet and net interest income. The internal analysis, as of March 31, 2007, indicated that First Savings net portfolio value under a 200 basis point instantaneous and sustained rise in interest rates would decline by 36% (see Exhibit I-7). The excess of repricing liabilities were concentrated in CDs and borrowed funds in the one year period, while the asset base contains assets that reprice over a longer period of time.
The Bank pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to seeking to limit the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The Bank manages interest rate risk from the asset side of the balance sheet through purchasing adjustable rate MBS, originating and holding in portfolio short term construction land
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.15 |
development loans and adjustable rate residential and commercial real estate loans. As of March 31, 2007 ARM loans comprised 24.4% of total loans (see Exhibit I-8). On the liability side of the balance sheet, management of interest rate risk has been pursued through attempts to extend the term-to-maturity of the CD portfolio.
The infusion of stock proceeds will have an important impact on the Banks interest rate risk, as the net proceeds are expected to be used to payoff a large portion of the short-term overnight FHLB advances (maximum of $140 million), with the funding replaced with interest-free capital. The increase in the Banks capital position will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.
Lending Activities and Strategy
First Savings lending activities traditionally and currently have emphasized 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans, with diversification into commercial real estate/multi-family and construction/land development loans. Going forward, the Bank intends to continue the current focus in these lending areas. Exhibit I-9 provides historical detail of First Savings loan portfolio composition over the past five and one-quarter years and Exhibit I-10 provides the contractual maturity of the Banks loan portfolio by loan type as of March 31, 2007.
First Savings originates both fixed rate and adjustable rate 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans with maturities of up to 30 years although customer preference in recent periods has been for fixed rate loans. As of March 31, 2007, the Banks outstanding balance of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans equaled $377.6 million, million or 47.0% of total loans outstanding. As of the same date, fixed rate residential first mortgage loans totaled $365.9 million, or 97% of total residential mortgage loans. For owner-occupied residential mortgage loans, the Bank will lend up to a 95% loan-to-value (LTV), with private mortgage insurance required for the amount above 80% of the appraised value of the property. For non-owner occupied property, the maximum LTV is generally 80%. Residential loans are generally underwritten in accordance with guidelines established by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. With limited exceptions, the Bank has not historically sold loans into the secondary market. As a result of past loan sales and the acquisition of EH, the Bank maintained a loans-serviced-for-
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.16 |
others portfolio of $52.1 million as of March 31, 2007, with most of this servicing related to EH originated loans.
The second largest segment of the loan portfolio consisted of loans secured by commercial real estate and multi-family properties in the greater Seattle MSA. Such loans totaled $246.0 million, or 30.6% of total loans as of March 31, 2007, which increased from $105.6 million as of December 31, 2002. Multi-family loans comprise $82.0 million of the current total. Properties securing the commercial real estate loan portfolio include industrial properties, small office buildings, retail facilities, warehouses and owner-occupied properties used for businesses, while multi-family properties are generally limited to medium sized buildings. First Savings has originated such loans for over 35 years, using EH as the primary source of such loans. Commercial real estate and multi-family loans are generally originated on a fixed rate basis with terms of up to ten years and amortization periods of up to 30 years. Commercial real estate loans are generally originated with LTV ratios of no more than 80%. The average size of the commercial real estate and multi-family loan portfolio was $788,000 and $846,000 as of March 31, 2007. Going forward, the Bank will continue to emphasize the origination of commercial real estate loans secured by local or regional properties, supported by the higher pro forma capital position and higher loans-to-one borrower limit.
As of March 31, 2007, First Savings outstanding balance of construction/land development loans totaled $175.5 million, or 21.8% of total loans, up from $7.7 million, or 2.4% of loans as of June 30, 2002. Of this total, $100.7 million consisted of residential construction loans, $67.6 million consisted of land development loans, and $5.9 million consisted of multi-family construction loans. Essentially all of these loans were originated by EH. The Bank has substantially increased this lending portfolio through EH, which includes the construction of single family residences, condominiums, townhouses and residential developments. EH maintains relationships with a number of large, experienced developers in the Seattle MSA, including a few very large developers that construct and complete several hundred houses each year. EH serves as a financing arm of these developers, providing the land acquisition, development and property construction loans. The five largest developers/builders typically provide 75% of EHs annual origination volume, and total loans outstanding to these borrowers was $120.6 million at March 31, 2007, indicating a sizeable loan concentration. The Bank
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.17 |
believes the credit quality of such lending to these large developers is limited given their relatively strong housing-related assets that would provide financial backing in case of a downturn in the housing market. Construction loans are generally offered up to an LTV ratio of 80% and require payment of interest only during the construction period, which is generally no more than 12 months. Land development loans generally have terms of no more than 24 months. Yields earned on construction/land development loans are subject to market competition, but generally are based on a spread above the prime rate of interest and are adjustable. As of March 31, 2007, the largest construction/land development loan had a balance of $8.3 million. EH does not make the permanent loan at the end of the construction or land development phase, preferring to turn the funds back into another construction or land development loan which will earn additional fee income in addition to the then prevailing interest rate. Commercial real estate construction loans are subject to the same underwriting criteria as required for permanent mortgage loans, as well as submission of completed plans, specifications and cost estimates related to the proposed construction. This type of lending is expected to continue to be an area of growth for the Bank.
Consumer lending has been limited to home equity loans (currently $3.8 million) and savings/other loans (currently $0.5 million). Home equity loans are made with a maximum LTV of 95% on a combined basis with the first mortgage. Home equity lines of credit can be drawn on for a 10 year period and the interest rate on home equity loans generally adjust based on the month end prime rate of interest. Similar to the recent past, home equity or other consumer lending is not expected to be a growth area for the Bank. The Bank does not actively engage in commercial business lending.
Exhibit I-11 provides a summary of the Banks lending activities over the past three and one-quarter fiscal years. The lending volume, particularly for construction/land development and commercial real estate/multi-family, includes the loans purchased from EH prior to fiscal 2006. For the three months ended March 31, 2007, EH originations totaled $68.9 million, or 79% of the Banks total loan originations. For fiscal 2005, EH loan originations (shown as loan purchases by First Savings), totaled $218.2 million, or 71% of total loan originations. A portion of the residential loan volume during recent periods consisted of loans to refinance existing mortgages, as borrowers took advantage of historically low mortgage rates to refinance into
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.18 |
lower rate loans. Loan originations in fiscal 2006 reached a high of $346.3 million, including the EH volume.
First Savings has not engaged in material levels of loan sales over the time period shown in Exhibit I-11, with the only loan sales occurring in fiscal 2006, equal to $4.2 million. The Bank prefers to retain loans in portfolio, minimizing the back-office servicing operations and maintaining customer contact. Loan purchases have primarily been from EH.
Historically, First Savings has recorded relatively modest levels of non-performing assets (NPAs). As shown in Exhibit I-12, First Savings NPAs ranged from a high of $680,000 at December 31, 2003 to a low of $154,000 at December 31, 2006, and totaled $281,000, or 0.03% of assets at March 31, 2007. NPAs have been favorably low, and factors that may contribute to this position is the strong economy in the local market area and the financial strength of the large builders but perhaps also due to the limited seasoning of the rapidly growing portfolio. To track the Banks asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, First Savings has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures which are consistent with regulatory guidelines. Detailed asset classifications are reviewed quarterly by senior management and the Board. Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Bank establishes additional allowance for loan losses to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets. As of March 31, 2007, the Bank maintained allowances for loan losses of $2.6 million, equal to 0.35% of net loans receivable and 914.95% of total NPAs. The allowances for loan losses has been increased in recent periods in order to maintain targeted balance as a percentage of the overall loan portfolio, and not as a result of a decline in asset quality ratios.
Funding Composition and Strategy
Deposits have consistently accounted for the substantial portion of the Banks IBL composition, equal to 83.5% of total interest-bearing funds at March 31, 2007. Exhibit I-13 sets forth the Banks deposit composition for the past three fiscal years and as of March 31, 2007 and Exhibit I-14 provides the interest rate and maturity composition of the CD portfolio at the same date. The Bank operates with a relatively large proportion of CD and MMA accounts, a result of
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.19 |
the one-branch operation which restricts the Banks ability to attract core deposit funds from retail and business customers. Over the period shown in Exhibit I-13, Cds and MMAs increased from 93.8% to 96.2% of deposits. Thus, the deposit base has a wholesale funding aspect to it. Given the deposit mix, the Bank does not have the infrastructure and operating costs of banking companies with lower deposit costs. Transaction and savings account deposits equaled $29.1 million, or 3.8% of total deposits, at March 31, 2007, versus $41.5 million, or 6.2% of total deposits, at December 31, 2004. As shown in Exhibit I-15, the weighted average costs of the MMA and CDs funds were 4.46%, and 4.91%, respectively. First Savings current CD composition reflects a higher concentration of short-term maturities, with 73.6% scheduled to mature in one year or less.
At March 31, 2007, the Bank had $325.9 million of jumbo CDs ($100,000 or more), of which $59.7 million were public funds. At the same date, the Bank did not have any brokered deposits in portfolio.
Borrowings have served as an alternative funding source to address funding needs for growth, managing funding costs and managing interest rate risk, and have become more prominent during the recent periods. The Banks use of borrowings has generally been limited to FHLB advances and at March 31, 2007 the $150.0 million of borrowings held by the Bank consisted of $140.0 million of overnight daily rate credit FHLB advances, while the remaining $10.0 million consisted of a fixed rate advance with a maturity date of November 2009. Exhibit I-16 provides further detail of First Savings borrowing activities during the past three and one-quarter years. Following the stock offering, the Bank intends to repay, based on the amount of net proceeds of the offering, a substantial portion of the borrowings with conversion proceeds.
The Mid-Tier currently has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, First Savings and First Financial Diversified, which the Mid-Tier received as a dividend from First Savings in 2002. Upon completion of the conversion and reorganization, First Financial Diversified will become a subsidiary of First Financial Northwest. First Financial Diversified primarily provides escrow services to the Bank, other major area lenders and some private individuals. First Financial Diversified also offers limited consumer loans to Bank customers, which consist of short-term
RP ® Financial, LC. |
Page 1.20 |
unsecured loans, second mortgages and home equity loans. At March 31, 2007, First Financial Diversified represented less than 1% of First Savings loan portfolio. At the same date, the Companys equity investment in First Financial Diversified was $4.4 million.
First Savings has one wholly-owned subsidiary, EH, described earlier, which provides mortgage banking services to the Banks customers. EH was acquired on December 30, 2005 for the purposes of preserving a business relationship of over 30 years. EH operates with a staff of 13 that primarily originates construction/land development loans. At March 31, 2007, the Banks equity investment in EH was $16.2 million.
First Savings is not currently party to any pending legal proceedings that the Banks management believes would have a material adverse effect on the Banks financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
RP Financial, LC.
Page 2.1
First Savings conducts operations out of a single headquarters office and branch location in Renton, King County, Washington. The Banks market area for business operations includes the remaining two counties of the Seattle-Tacoma-Bellevue WA metropolitan statistical area (the Seattle MSA), Pierce County to the south and Snohomish County to the north. This market area spans the large metropolitan area extending from the city of Everett in the north to Tacoma in the south, with King County home to the largest, oldest, and most developed urban area and city, Seattle. The total population of the three county market area was 3.3 million as of 2006, approximately one-half of the states population, representing a large population base for potential business. The region has a well-developed urban area in the western portion along Puget Sound Bay, with the central and eastern portions remaining undeveloped, rural and mountainous. The region has long experienced a relatively steady economy, not experiencing boon and bust time periods as has been common in other areas of the country. The regional economy has had a historical dependence on the aerospace industry which has had periods of strong growth and alternatively, reductions in activity. In the recent past, the region has been impacted by adverse trends in several of its major industries including electronics, aerospace and shipping/transportation (particularly Asia-related trade). However, over the past few years growth rates have been steady and long-term growth trends are favorable as the market area continues to maintain a highly educated and motivated workforce, and the Seattle metropolitan area remains a relatively desirable place to live for many.
A map showing the Banks office coverage is set forth in Exhibit I-1. Future growth opportunities for First Savings depend on the growth and stability of the regional economy, demographic growth trends, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment. These factors have been briefly examined in the following pages to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Bank and the relative economic health of First Savings market area. The growth potential and the stability provided by the market area have a direct bearing on the market value of the Bank, and will be factored into our valuation analysis accordingly.
RP Financial, LC.
Page 2.2
The business potential of a financial institution is partially dependent on the future operating environment and growth opportunities for the banking industry and the economy as a whole. Trends in the national economy, such as employment and gross national product growth, improved during the 12 month period ending March 2007, as total U.S. employment increased by 2.6 million jobs, although there remains uncertainty about the near term future, particularly in the areas of the unknown resolution of the war in Iraq, the current unstable prices of oil and gasoline, the near-term future performance of the real estate industry, including both residential and commercial real estate prices, and other world-wide tensions, all of which have the potential to impact future economic growth. Annualized growth in gross domestic product was 2.5% for the fourth quarter of 2006, compared to a revised 2.0% in the third quarter and 1.8% in the year ago fourth quarter. The inflation rate increased modestly during the first eleven months of 2006, in part because of the varying effect of energy costs. Inflation totaled 3.2% for all of 2006, and was 2.3% on an annualized basis for the first two months of 2007. The growth in employment also led to fears that wages could increase if shortfalls of available labor appear. The unemployment rate declined to 4.4% as of March 2007, a decline from 4.5% in February 2007 and down from 4.7% in March 2006, all of which represent relatively low levels in comparison to recent historical averages. The current and projected size of government spending and deficits also has the ability to impact the longer-term economic performance of the country. Various other indicators show the economy performing relatively well, such as consumer spending and improving industrial capacity utilization.
The major stock exchange indices have shown relatively strong increases during the most recent twelve month period (although such indices were relatively stable during the most three month period), with the positive performance due in part to continued low evidence of inflation, economic growth, and the perception that the Federal Reserve likely will not raise interest rates in the near term future. As an indication of the changes in the nations stock markets over the last twelve months, as of March 31, 2007, the Dow Jones Industrial Average closed at 12354.4, an increase of 10.8% from March 31, 2007, while the NASDAQ Composite Index stood at 2421.6, an increase of 11.5% over the same time period. The Standard & Poors 500 Index totaled 1420.9 as of March 31, 2007, an increase of 11.9% from one year ago.
RP Financial, LC.
Page 2.3
Regarding factors that most directly impact the banking and financial services industries, in the past year certain data has indicated that the relatively strong housing market that existed in the early part of this decade has cooled down, as the level of existing and new home sales and housing starts have shown fluctuations, including decreases in some recent months, the number of homes for sale has increased in many regions, and the median home price for the nation has recorded a modest decline from one year ago. Most recently, the issue of subprime loans, and the recent rise in delinquency rates of these types of loans, has created a high level of uncertainty in the housing market. Should residential mortgage loan delinquency rates rise, continue to remain elevated, and cause a high level of borrower defaults, the spring 2007 residential housing market performance is likely to suffer. This uncertainty has to some extent also affected other housing related sectors of the economy, such as building materials. Thus, many analysts are expressing uncertainty as to when the housing market will bottom-out, nationally, and resume an upward trend as far as home values. The 2007 spring home real estate sales will provide additional indications as to whether the housing market has begun to recover in terms of pricing and demand, or whether additional time will be required for a shake-out of the inflated housing market of 2004 and 2005. Overall, housing prices and land values remain well above the levels of the late 1990s, providing continued support for most traditional loan values. Commercial development trends are also showing some signs of weakness in certain areas of the country, while at the same time other areas are reporting relatively strong sales activity and prices.
Through the first half of 2004, in a reaction to try to avoid a significant slowdown of the economy, the Federal Reserve lowered key market interest rates to historical lows not seen since the 1950s, with the federal funds rate equal to 1.00% and the discount rate equal to 2.00%. Beginning in June 2004, the Fed began slowly, but steadily increasing the federal funds and overnight interest rates in order to ward off any possibility of inflation. Through June 2006, the Fed had increased interest rates a total of 17 times, and as of the latest Fed rate increase, effective in June 2006, the Fed Funds rate was 5.25%, up from 1.00% in early 2004, but down from 6.50% at the beginning of 2001, while the Discount Rate stood at 6.25%, up from 2.00% in early 2004. Since the June 2006 meeting, the Fed has not changed interest rates, and economists are studying various news releases and minutes of Fed board meetings in order to determine the likelihood of
RP Financial, LC.
Page 2.4
interest rate increases or decreases by the Fed. As detailed in the minutes of the March 2007 Fed board meeting, the Fed held interest rates steady but noted it was still wary of inflation - a sign the Fed may increase rates in order to avoid further increases in inflation rates. In addition, the Fed dropped language that would indicate that rates would be raised to avoid an overheated economy. Thus, the Fed continues to closely monitor the U.S. economy and trends, with the potential to change interest rates based on a combination of factors. The effect of the interest rate increases since 2004 has been most evident in short term rates, which increased more than longer term rates. In 2006, the yield curve became inverted, with long term rates modestly lower than short term rates. As of March 31, 2007, one- and ten-year U.S. government bonds were yielding 4.90% and 4.65%, respectively, compared to 5.21% and 5.15%, respectively, as of March 31, 2006. This has negatively impacted the performance of many financial institutions, as they rely on a spread between the yields on longer term assets and the costs of shorter term funding sources. Exhibit II-2 provides historical interest rate trends.
Table 2.1 presents information regarding the demographic and economic trends for the Banks market area from 2000 to 2006 and projected through 2011, with additional data shown in Exhibit II-3. Data for the nation and the State of Washington is included for comparative purposes. The size and scope of the market area is evidenced by the demographic data, which shows that as of 2006 the total population of the MSA was 3.273 million, approximately 51% of the state population. Most of the population base is concentrated along the western border of the region, against Puget Sound Bay, resulting in a relatively urban market area for First Savings. Between 2000 and 2006 the population growth rate of the Seattle MSA was slightly lower than the state and national rates, indicating a moderately growing area, with King County reporting the slowest growth rate and the more suburban counties of Pierce and Snohomish reporting higher growth rates. Growth in households has paralleled trends with respect to population, as household growth rates for King County increased at a 0.9% annual rate compared to higher rates for Pierce and Snohomish Counties. The slower growth in King County reflects the more developed characteristic of western King County, which is one of the older regions in the state.
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 2.5
Table 2.1
First Savings Bank of Renton
Summary Demographic Data
|
|
Year |
|
Annual Growth Rate |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2000 |
|
2006 |
|
2011 |
|
2000-2006 |
|
2006-2011 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Population (000) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
|
281,422 |
|
|
303,582 |
|
|
323,786 |
|
|
1.3 |
% |
|
1.3 |
% |
Washington |
|
|
5,894 |
|
|
6,397 |
|
|
6,803 |
|
|
1.4 |
% |
|
1.2 |
% |
Seattle-Tacoma-Bellevue MSA |
|
|
3,044 |
|
|
3,273 |
|
|
3,446 |
|
|
1.2 |
% |
|
1.0 |
% |
King County |
|
|
1,737 |
|
|
1,832 |
|
|
1,898 |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
0.7 |
% |
Pierce County |
|
|
701 |
|
|
768 |
|
|
818 |
|
|
1.5 |
% |
|
1.3 |
% |
Snohomish County |
|
|
606 |
|
|
673 |
|
|
729 |
|
|
1.8 |
% |
|
1.6 |
% |
Households (000) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
|
105,480 |
|
|
114,050 |
|
|
121,863 |
|
|
1.3 |
% |
|
1.3 |
% |
Washington |
|
|
2,271 |
|
|
2,466 |
|
|
2,627 |
|
|
1.4 |
% |
|
1.3 |
% |
Seattle-Tacoma-Bellevue MSA |
|
|
1,197 |
|
|
1,290 |
|
|
1,362 |
|
|
1.3 |
% |
|
1.1 |
% |
King County |
|
|
711 |
|
|
752 |
|
|
781 |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
0.8 |
% |
Pierce County |
|
|
261 |
|
|
288 |
|
|
308 |
|
|
1.7 |
% |
|
1.4 |
% |
Snohomish County |
|
|
225 |
|
|
251 |
|
|
273 |
|
|
1.8 |
% |
|
1.7 |
% |
Median Household Income ($) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
$ |
42,164 |
|
$ |
51,546 |
|
$ |
60,704 |
|
|
3.4 |
% |
|
3.3 |
% |
Washington |
|
|
45,770 |
|
|
56,473 |
|
|
66,834 |
|
|
3.6 |
% |
|
3.4 |
% |
Seattle-Tacoma-Bellevue MSA |
|
|
51,488 |
|
|
64,361 |
|
|
77,952 |
|
|
3.8 |
% |
|
3.9 |
% |
King County |
|
|
53,383 |
|
|
68,249 |
|
|
83,039 |
|
|
4.2 |
% |
|
4.0 |
% |
Pierce County |
|
|
45,197 |
|
|
55,321 |
|
|
65,294 |
|
|
3.4 |
% |
|
3.4 |
% |
Snohomish County |
|
|
53,219 |
|
|
65,385 |
|
|
78,082 |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
3.6 |
% |
Per Capita Income ($) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
$ |
21,587 |
|
$ |
27,084 |
|
$ |
32,982 |
|
|
3.9 |
% |
|
4.0 |
% |
Washington |
|
|
22,973 |
|
|
29,061 |
|
|
36,155 |
|
|
4.0 |
% |
|
4.5 |
% |
Seattle-Tacoma-Bellevue MSA |
|
|
26,332 |
|
|
33,764 |
|
|
42,784 |
|
|
4.2 |
% |
|
4.8 |
% |
King County |
|
|
29,521 |
|
|
38,364 |
|
|
49,616 |
|
|
4.5 |
% |
|
5.3 |
% |
Pierce County |
|
|
20,948 |
|
|
26,379 |
|
|
32,446 |
|
|
3.9 |
% |
|
4.2 |
% |
Snohomish County |
|
|
23,417 |
|
|
29,666 |
|
|
36,602 |
|
|
4.0 |
% |
|
4.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 HH Net Income Dist. (%) |
|
$ 0 to
|
|
$ 25,000-
|
|
$ 50,000-
|
|
$ 100,000+ |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
United States |
|
|
22.68 |
% |
|
25.75 |
% |
|
31.77 |
% |
|
19.80 |
% |
|
|
|
Washington |
|
|
18.62 |
% |
|
25.22 |
% |
|
34.27 |
% |
|
21.89 |
% |
|
|
|
Seattle-Tacoma-Bellevue MSA |
|
|
14.95 |
% |
|
22.63 |
% |
|
35.39 |
% |
|
27.03 |
% |
|
|
|
King County |
|
|
14.24 |
% |
|
21.32 |
% |
|
34.04 |
% |
|
30.40 |
% |
|
|
|
Pierce County |
|
|
18.29 |
% |
|
26.50 |
% |
|
35.70 |
% |
|
19.51 |
% |
|
|
|
Snohomish County |
|
|
13.23 |
% |
|
22.11 |
% |
|
39.08 |
% |
|
25.58 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 Age Distribution(%) |
|
0-14 Yrs. |
|
15-34 Yrs. |
|
35-54 Yrs. |
|
55-69 Yrs. |
|
70+ Yrs. |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
|
20.4 |
% |
|
27.5 |
% |
|
29.1 |
% |
|
14.0 |
% |
|
9.1 |
% |
Washington |
|
|
19.8 |
% |
|
27.8 |
% |
|
29.9 |
% |
|
14.3 |
% |
|
8.2 |
% |
Seattle-Tacoma-Bellevue MSA |
|
|
19.4 |
% |
|
28.0 |
% |
|
31.6 |
% |
|
13.6 |
% |
|
7.5 |
% |
King County |
|
|
18.1 |
% |
|
28.0 |
% |
|
32.3 |
% |
|
13.9 |
% |
|
7.7 |
% |
Pierce County |
|
|
20.7 |
% |
|
28.8 |
% |
|
29.7 |
% |
|
13.3 |
% |
|
7.6 |
% |
Snohomish County |
|
|
21.4 |
% |
|
26.9 |
% |
|
31.9 |
% |
|
13.1 |
% |
|
6.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RP Financial, LC.
Page 2.6
The 2006 median household income and per capita income levels in King County and Snohomish Counties were higher than the state and national averages, while Pierce County reported income levels slightly below the Washington state average. King and Snohomish Counties contain a larger percentage of white-collar professional employment. For example, the King County (the highest income levels) median household income was 121% of the state average and 132% of the national average. Household income distribution patterns provide support for earlier statements regarding the nature of the Banks market as approximately 64% of King County households had income levels in excess of $50,000 annually in 2006 while the ratio was 56% for the State of Washington and 52% for the national average. In 2005, the city of Seattle was ranked as the most well educated city in the country, with the largest concentration of residents that hold college degrees. Seattles relatively high income coupled with high education levels for a major city, results in King County placing among the 100 wealthiest counties in the United States, which will favorably influence demand for the products and services offered by financial services providers operating in the market.
The Seattle MSA area is the largest business center in both the State of Washington and the Pacific Northwest. Currently, key elements of the economy are aerospace, military bases, clean technology, biotechnology, education, information technology, logistics, international trade and tourism. The region is well known for the long presence of The Boeing Corporation and Microsoft, two major industry leaders, and for its leadership in technology. The workforce in general is well-educated and strong in technology. Washington States location with regard to the Pacific Rim, along with a deepwater port has made international trade a significant part of the regional economy (one in three jobs in Washington is tied to foreign exports). The Washington State ports handle 6% of all U. S. exports and 7% of all U.S. imports, and the top five trading partners with Washington State include Japan, Canada, China, Korea and Ireland. Tourism has also developed into a major industry for the area, due to the scenic beauty, temperate climate and easy accessibility.
King County, the location of city of Seattle, has the largest employment base and overall level of economic activity. King Countys largest employers include The Boeing Company,
RP Financial, LC.
Page 2.7
Microsoft Corporation, and the University of Washington. Companies that are headquartered in King County include Alaska Airlines, Amazon.com, Attachmate, CostCo and Microsoft. Pierce Countys economy is also well diversified with the presence of military related government employment (Fort Lewis Army Base, 39,000 employees, and McChord Air Force Base, 11,000 employees, along with health care (the Franciscan Health System, 3,900 employees and the Multicare Health System, 3,200 employees. In addition, there is a large employment base in the economic sectors of shipping (the Port of Tacoma) and aerospace employment (Boeing). Snohomish County to the north has an economy based on aerospace employment (Boeing), military (the Naval Station Everett) along with additional employment concentrations in biotechnology, electronics/computers, and wood products. The State of Washingtons largest private employers, including the number of employees, are provided in Table 2.2. Eight of the largest employers in the state are headquartered in King County.
Table 2.2
First Savings Bank of Renton
Major Private Employers in Washington
Employer |
|
|
Employees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Boeing Company |
|
|
59,219 |
|
|
Microsoft Corporation* |
|
|
28,007 |
|
|
University of Washington* |
|
|
21,358 |
|
|
The Kroger Company |
|
|
17,300 |
|
|
Alaska Airlines* |
|
|
9,936 |
|
|
Starbucks Corporation* |
|
|
8,806 |
|
|
Providence Health |
|
|
8,499 |
|
|
Group Health Corporation |
|
|
8,422 |
|
|
Washington Mutual, Inc.* |
|
|
7,968 |
|
|
Weyerhaeuser Corporation* |
|
|
7,700 |
|
|
Costco Wholesale Corporation* |
|
|
6,526 |
|
|
Multicare Health Systems |
|
|
5,500 |
|
|
Nordstroms, Inc.* |
|
|
5,349 |
|
|
Macys Northwest |
|
|
4,905 |
|
|
Safeway, Inc. |
|
|
4,881 |
|
|
Haggen, Inc. |
|
|
4,000 |
|
|
Safeco Corporation* |
|
|
3,700 |
|
|
Swedish Health |
|
|
3,583 |
|
|
Evergreen Healthcare |
|
|
2,700 |
|
|
|
*Headquartered in King County |
Sources: Puget Sound Business Journal 2005 Supplement. |
RP Financial, LC.
Page 2.8
Employment data, presented in Table 2.3 below, indicates that similar to many larger, developed areas of the country, services are the most prominent sector for the state of Washington and the three Seattle MSA counties, comprising approximately 34% of total employment. The next largest component of the economy of the market area is wholesale and retail trade, at 14.8%, reflecting the trade employment in the ports of the Seattle region. Government employment was highest in Pierce and Snohomish Counties, reflecting the military bases previously mentioned, with such employment related to the presence of Boeing. Manufacturing employment is highest in Snohomish County, the location of Boeings largest manufacturing and assembly plant, which information related employment is highest in King County, due to the impact of Microsoft and other information technology employers. King Countys percentages of employment in the different sectors resembled that of the economy of Washington, which was provided for comparative purposes. This data indicates that the Seattle MSA has a relatively diversified economic base, such that a downturn in any one industry will likely not have a large impact on the regional economy. This diversification provides a level of stability that in a positive factor for financial institutions such as First Savings.
Table 2.3
First Savings Bank of Renton
Primary Market Area Employment Sectors
(Percent of Labor Force)
Employ. Sectors |
|
Washington |
|
King |
|
Pierce |
|
Snohomish |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Services |
|
|
34.1 |
% |
|
36.5 |
% |
|
34.4 |
% |
|
31.2 |
% |
Wholesale/Retail Trade |
|
|
14.6 |
|
|
14.8 |
|
|
14.3 |
|
|
14.9 |
|
Government |
|
|
16.4 |
|
|
12.1 |
|
|
22.7 |
|
|
15.2 |
|
Finance/Ins./Real Estate |
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
9.5 |
|
|
7.9 |
|
|
8.4 |
|
Manufacturing |
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
7.9 |
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
15.1 |
|
Construction |
|
|
6.1 |
|
|
5.3 |
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
8.1 |
|
Transportation/Public Util. |
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
1.6 |
|
Information |
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
1.6 |
|
Arts, Entertainment |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
2.0 |
|
Farming |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
0.7 |
|
Other |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
Source: REIS DataSource.
Table 2.4 below, provides unemployment data which shows that the unemployment rates in King and Snohomish Counties have increased slightly over the first three months of 2007
RP Financial, LC.
Page 2.9
from the average for all of 2006, while Washington State has remained unchanged. King County reported an unemployment rate lower than the state and national averages, while the unemployment rate for Washington was slightly higher than the national unemployment rate. The lower unemployment rate in King County is reflective of the underlying strength of the local economy.
Table 2.4
First Savings Bank of Renton
Market Area Unemployment Trends
Region |
|
2006 Annual
|
|
March 2007
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
|
4.6 |
% |
|
4.5 |
% |
Washington |
|
|
5.0 |
% |
|
5.0 |
% |
King County |
|
|
4.2 |
% |
|
4.3 |
% |
Pierce County |
|
|
5.2 |
% |
|
4.8 |
% |
Snohomish County |
|
|
4.6 |
% |
|
4.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market Area Deposit Characteristics/Competition
Table 2.5 displays deposit market trends and deposit market share, respectively, for commercial banks and savings institutions in the market area from June 30, 2003 to June 30, 2006. Deposit growth trends are important indicators of a market areas current and future prospects for growth. The table indicates that overall deposit growth rates in the Banks market range from a low of 5.6% annually in King County over the past three years, compared to 8.1% in Pierce County and 9.9% annually in Snohomish County. Washington state deposits increased at a rate of 6.9% annually. Future growth will be facilitated by the large size of the market overall, the competitive environment and the ability of the Bank to attract deposits to its one-office location.
As of June 30, 2006, First Savings maintained a relatively minimal 1.5% deposit market share in King County, representative of the overall large size of the deposit base and indicating that future deposit gains and market share gains are possible. Since June 30, 2003, First Savings has increased deposits at the same rate as the King County market in general, evidence that the Bank is competitive in the market. As is evidenced in the data showing competitor deposits (see
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 2.10
Table 2.5
First Savings Bank of Renton
Deposit Summary
|
|
As of June 30, |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
2003 |
|
2006 |
|
Deposit
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Deposits |
|
Market
|
|
Number of
|
|
Deposits |
|
Market
|
|
No. of
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Millions) |
|
|
(%) |
|
||||||||||||||||
Washington |
|
$ |
81,522,000 |
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
1,784 |
|
$ |
99,586,000 |
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
1,871 |
|
|
6.9% |
|
Commercial Banks |
|
$ |
54,978,000 |
|
|
67.4% |
|
|
1,317 |
|
$ |
76,640,000 |
|
|
77.0% |
|
|
1,484 |
|
|
11.7% |
|
Savings Institutions |
|
$ |
26,544,000 |
|
|
32.6% |
|
|
467 |
|
$ |
22,946,000 |
|
|
23.0% |
|
|
387 |
|
|
-4.7% |
|
King County |
|
$ |
40,179,000 |
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
503 |
|
$ |
47,353,000 |
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
526 |
|
|
5.6% |
|
Commercial Banks |
|
$ |
26,750,000 |
|
|
66.6% |
|
|
362 |
|
$ |
36,328,000 |
|
|
76.7% |
|
|
389 |
|
|
10.7% |
|
Savings Institutions |
|
$ |
13,429,000 |
|
|
33.4% |
|
|
141 |
|
$ |
11,025,000 |
|
|
23.3% |
|
|
137 |
|
|
-6.4% |
|
First SB of Renton |
|
$ |
622,923 |
|
|
1.6% |
|
|
1 |
|
$ |
731,351 |
|
|
1.5% |
|
|
1 |
|
|
5.5% |
|
Pierce County |
|
$ |
6,438,000 |
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
194 |
|
$ |
8,126,000 |
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
199 |
|
|
8.1% |
|
Commercial Banks |
|
$ |
4,806,000 |
|
|
74.7% |
|
|
147 |
|
$ |
6,526,000 |
|
|
80.3% |
|
|
156 |
|
|
10.7% |
|
Savings Institutions |
|
$ |
1,632,000 |
|
|
25.3% |
|
|
47 |
|
$ |
1,600,000 |
|
|
19.7% |
|
|
43 |
|
|
-0.7% |
|
Snohomish County |
|
$ |
6,084,000 |
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
166 |
|
$ |
8,076,000 |
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
180 |
|
|
9.9% |
|
Commercial Banks |
|
$ |
3,870,000 |
|
|
63.6% |
|
|
113 |
|
$ |
5,787,000 |
|
|
71.7% |
|
|
141 |
|
|
14.4% |
|
Savings Institutions |
|
$ |
2,214,000 |
|
|
36.4% |
|
|
53 |
|
$ |
2,289,000 |
|
|
28.3% |
|
|
39 |
|
|
1.1% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Source: FDIC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RP Financial, LC.
Page 2.11
Table 2.6), significant competitors for the Bank consist of large nationwide and superregional banks, including Bank of America, Washington Mutual and Wells Fargo Bank, all of which maintain a strong presence in King County. Additionally, credit unions such as Boeing Employees Credit Union are also formidable competitors.
Table 2.6
First Savings Bank of Renton
Market Area Counties Deposit Competitors
Location |
|
Name |
|
|
|
King County, WA |
|
Bank of America (32.9%) |
|
|
US Bank NA (16.5%) |
|
|
Washington Mutual (13.7%) |
|
|
Keybank NA (8.2%) |
|
|
Wells Fargo Bank NA (6.7%) |
|
|
Washington FS&LA (3.2%) |
|
|
Homestreet Bank (1.9%) |
|
|
First SB of Renton Rank of 8 (1.5%) |
Source: FDIC.
The overall condition of the primary market area can be characterized as positive, with growth potential in King County and the other counties of the Seattle MSA, based on regional population and economic projections. The overall total population base within the Banks market area provides the potential for additional banking customers. In addition, income levels are relatively high and growing in line with area averages, indicating an increasing amount of personal wealth for residents. Going forward, in view of the local demographic and economic trends and the numbers and types of competitors in the market area, the competition for deposits is expected to remain substantial, which will result in First Savings having to pay competitive deposit rates, provide high quality service and consider providing electronic banking capabilities to increase local market share.
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.1
This chapter presents an analysis of First Savings operations versus a group of relatively comparable publicly-traded savings institutions (the Peer Group) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions. The Peer Group has been selected in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of First Savings is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to First Savings, key areas examined for differences are: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.
The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines. Accordingly, the Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded savings institutions whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE or AMEX), or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-publicly traded and closely-held institutions. Institutions that are not listed on a national exchange or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies (MHCs) and recent conversions (i.e., converted less than one year), since their pricing ratios are subject to distinct characteristics, may reflect speculation or there may be limited trading history. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.
Ideally the Peer Group, which must have at least 10 members to comply with the regulatory valuation guidelines, should be comprised of locally or regionally-based institutions with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There are approximately 125
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.2
publicly-traded institutions nationally (not in MHC form) and, thus, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions with relatively comparable characteristics but there may also be some members that are unique in certain respects. To the extent that differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for the differences. Since First Savings will be a full public company upon completion of the offering, we considered only full public companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group (i.e., no MHCs). From the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected 10 institutions with characteristics similar to those of First Savings. In the selection process, we applied three screens to the universe of all public companies, as described below. In the first screen we focused on selecting the five publicly-traded Washington based thrifts except Washington Mutual (given its size and nationwide presence). Since we needed to identify at least five other Peer Group members, it was necessary to identify thrifts in other markets, and we narrowed the size range and increased the minimum equity/assets ratio since thrifts were being considered in other geographic markets.
|
|
Screen #1. Washington based thrifts with assets less than $10 billion. Five thrifts met the criteria for Screen #1: Washington Federal, Inc., First Mutual Bancshares, Inc., Ranier Pacific Financial Group, Riverview Bancorp, Inc. and Timberland Bancorp, Inc. In selecting these five thrifts, we excluded Washington Mutual, given its large nationwide presence. Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of publicly-traded Washington State thrifts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Screen #2. Thrifts in other western states (outside Washington) with assets between $500 million and $2.5 billion and equity/assets ratio greater than 10%. One thrift met this criteria First PacTrust Bancorp of CA. Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of publicly-traded western U.S. thrifts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Screen #3. Thrifts in other states with assets between $1.0 billion and $2.5 billion and equity/assets ratio greater than 12%. Four thrifts met this criteria BankFinancial Corp. of IL, Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. of MA, Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA and Willow Financial Bancorp, Inc. of PA. Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of publicly-traded institutions with assets $1.0 billion and equity/assets ratios above 12%. |
Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the ten Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-3 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.3
Table 3.1
Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts
May 30, 2007(1)
Ticker |
|
Financial Institution |
|
Exchange |
|
Primary Market |
|
Operating
|
|
Total
|
|
Offices |
|
Fiscal
|
|
Conv.
|
|
Stock
|
|
Market
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($) |
|
($Mil) |
|
WFSL |
|
Washington Federal, Inc. of WA |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Seattle, WA |
|
Thrift |
|
$ 9,878 |
|
121 |
|
09-30 |
|
11/82 |
|
$ 24.89 |
|
$ 2,174 |
|
BRKL |
|
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Brookline, MA |
|
Thrift |
|
2,351 |
|
15 |
|
12-31 |
|
07/02 |
|
11.95 |
|
733 |
|
BHLB |
|
Berkshire Hills Bancorp of MA |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Pittsfield, MA |
|
Thrift |
|
2,175 |
|
25 |
|
12-31 |
|
06/00 |
|
32.04 |
|
282 |
|
BFIN |
|
BankFinancial Corp. of IL |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Burr Ridge, IL |
|
Thrift |
|
1,567 |
|
16 |
|
12-31 |
|
06/05 |
|
16.37 |
|
379 |
|
WFBC |
|
Willow Financial Bancorp Inc. of PA |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Maple Glen, PA |
|
Thrift |
|
1,533 |
|
14 |
|
06-30 |
|
04/02 |
|
11.58 |
|
181 |
|
FMSB |
|
First Mutual Bancshares Inc. of WA |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Bellevue, WA |
|
Thrift |
|
1,057 |
|
12 |
|
12-31 |
|
12/85 |
|
22.19 |
|
148 |
|
RPFG |
|
Rainier Pacific Financial Group of WA |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Tacoma, WA |
|
Thrift |
|
903 |
D |
13 |
|
12-31 |
|
10/03 |
|
19.91 |
|
131 |
|
RVSB |
|
Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Vancouver, WA |
|
Thrift |
|
820 |
|
16 |
|
03-31 |
|
10/97 |
|
14.00 |
|
164 |
|
FPTB |
|
First PacTrust Bancorp of CA |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Chula Vista, CA |
|
Thrift |
|
788 |
|
9 |
|
12-31 |
|
08/02 |
|
25.24 |
|
111 |
|
TSBK |
|
Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Hoquiam, WA |
|
Thrift |
|
618 |
|
25 |
|
09-30 |
|
01/98 |
|
33.26 |
|
121 |
|
|
||
NOTES: |
(1) |
Or most recent date available (M=March, S=September, D=December, J=June, E=Estimated, and P=Pro Forma). |
|
(2) |
Operating strategies are: Thrift=Traditional Thrift, M.B.=Mortgage Banker, R.E.=Real Estate Developer, Div.=Diversified and Ret.=Retail Banking. |
|
(3) |
BIF-insured savings bank institution. |
|
|
|
Source: |
Corporate offering circulars, data derived from information published in SNL Securities Quarterly Thrift Report, and financial reports of publicly-traded thrifts. |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.4
differences between the Peer Group companies and First Savings, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of First Savings financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date.
A summary description of the key characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies is detailed below, when compared to the Peer Group as a whole.
|
Washington Federal, Inc. of WA . Washington Federal is the largest Peer Group thrift in terms of asset size, has relatively high usage of borrowed funds and maintains a relatively strong equity/assets ratio. Reporting the highest asset growth rate of all Peer Group companies, Washington Federal recorded the highest ROA due to low operating expenses. Loan diversification included a strong level of construction lending, but there was a high concentration in 1-4 family lending. Washington Federals asset quality ratios were more favorable than the Peer Group average. |
|
|
|
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA . Brookline maintained the highest equity/assets ratio of all Peer Group members. Brooklines profitability was close to the Peer Group average, and was supported by a low level of operating expenses. The loan portfolio is diversified into commercial real estate/multi-family and consumer loans, resulting in a high risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio. Asset quality ratios were more favorable than the Peer Group averages, although loan chargeoffs were higher. |
|
|
|
Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. of MA . Berkshire Hills has partially grown through acquisition which has substantially leveraged its equity level. Also, Berkshire Hills relatively high loan growth was supported by deposit and borrowings growth and declines in investments. Berkshire Hills profitability was below the Peer Group average, due to a lower net interest income ratio, higher loan loss provisions, and higher net non-operating losses. The primary loan portfolio diversification was into commercial real estate/multi-family loans. Berkshire Hills higher credit risk profile and NPAs were partially mitigated by higher allowances for loan losses. |
|
|
|
BankFinancial, Inc. of IL . Operating in the Chicago, IL area, BankFinancial maintained a relatively high loans-to-assets ratio. BankFinancial experienced asset shrinkage the last 12 months. BankFinancials modest profitability was partially attributable to its relatively high operating expenses. BankFinancial holds a considerable percentage of loans in commercial real estate/multi-family loans and commercial business loans, and maintains a relatively large loans serviced for others portfolio and mortgage servicing rights asset. BankFinancials asset quality figures are somewhat less favorable than the Peer Group average. |
|
|
|
Willow Financial Bancorp, Inc. of PA . Operating in the greater Philadelphia area, Willow Financial maintains a lower loans/assets ratio than the Peer Group, and maintains a leveraged tangible equity in part due to a recent merger transaction. Willow Financial experienced a decline in assets in the most recent year. Willow Financials modest |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.5
|
profitability was due to higher than average operating expenses, higher intangibles amortization and higher loan loss provisions relative to the Peer Group. The loan portfolio was diversified into commercial real estate/multifamily and consumer loans. Willow Financials higher ALLL position partially mitigates its higher NPAs. |
|
|
|
First Mutual Bancshares, Inc. of WA . First Mutual has a similar asset size as the Bank, and maintains a high loans/assets ratio and a leveraged equity base. First Mutuals relatively strong profitability was supported by a higher net interest income ratio (due to strong asset yields), but this was partially offset by a higher operating expense ratio. Similar to the Bank, the loan portfolio was concentrated in construction and commercial real estate/multi-family loans. First Mutuals asset quality ratios were in line with the Peer Group averages. |
|
|
|
Ranier Pacific Financial Group, Inc. of WA . Ranier Pacific maintains a greater wholesale leveraging strategy than the other Peer Group members (using borrowings to fund investments). Reporting an equity/assets ratio below 10%, Ranier Pacifics ROA was the lowest of all Peer Group companies due to a low net interest income ratio (reflecting the wholesale leveraging strategy), along with higher than average operating expenses and a higher effective tax rate. Lending diversification into commercial real estate/multi-family loans was the highest of all Peer Group companies resulting in a higher than average risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio despite the high level of investments. Ranier Pacific also maintained a relatively large loan servicing portfolio. Asset quality ratios were favorable in comparison to the Peer Group. |
|
|
|
Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA . Riverview reported a high level of loans/assets and a high level of deposit funding. Riverviews asset growth was primarily funded with deposits. Riverviews profitability exceeded the Peer Group average due to higher asset yields and higher non-interest income. Riverview showed the lowest investment in 1-4 family mortgage loans, with loans concentrated in construction, commercial real estate/multi-family and commercial business loans, resulting in the highest risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio. Riverviews asset quality ratios were more favorable than the Peer Group averages. |
|
|
|
First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. of CA . First PacTrust reported the highest loans/assets ratio of the Peer Group and its funding mix was in line with Peer Group averages. First PacTrusts modest profitability was due to lower yields on earning assets and higher costs of funds, along with lower non-interest income despite lower operating expenses. First PacTrusts lending operations were concentrated in residential lending, with some diversification into commercial real estate/multi-family loans. First PacTrusts asset quality ratios were generally in line with Peer Group averages. |
|
|
|
Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of Hoquiam, WA . Timberland maintained an equity/assets ratio above 11% and recorded relatively strong asset growth, funded to a greater extent with borrowings than deposits. Reporting profitability well above the Peer Group average, Timberlands ROA was enhanced through a lower interest expense ratio and higher levels of non-interest income. The loan portfolio showed diversification in construction loans and commercial real estate/multi-family loans. Credit quality measures were more favorable than the Peer Group although the provisions were comparatively higher. |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.6
In aggregate, the Peer Group maintained a higher equity level than the universe of public thrifts (13.47% of assets versus 12.44%, respectively), generates higher earnings as a percent of average assets (0.88% ROAA versus 0.57%, respectively), and generates a higher ROE (7.43% ROE versus 5.64%, respectively). Overall, the Peer Groups average P/B ratio was below the average for all publicly-traded thrifts, while the Peer Groups P/E multiple was slightly higher.
|
|
All
|
|
Peer Group |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Characteristics (Averages) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets ($Mil) |
|
$ |
3,009 |
|
$ |
2,169 |
|
Market capitalization ($Mil) |
|
$ |
440 |
|
$ |
442 |
|
Equity/assets (%) |
|
|
12.44 |
% |
|
13.47 |
% |
Return on average assets (%) |
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
0.88 |
|
Return on average equity (%) |
|
|
5.64 |
|
|
7.43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pricing Ratios (Averages)(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price/earnings (x) |
|
|
19.96 |
x |
|
20.22 |
x |
Price/book (%) |
|
|
144.46 |
% |
|
142.07 |
% |
Price/assets (%) |
|
|
17.98 |
|
|
18.45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
(1) Based on market prices as of May 25, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures as of March 31, 2007 (or the latest date available) for First Savings and the Peer Group, reflecting the expected similarities and some differences given the selection procedures outlined above. First Savings equity/assets ratio (GAAP basis) of 10.4% was below the Peer Groups average ratio of 13.5%. However, the Banks pro forma capital position will increase with the addition of stock proceeds and will far exceed the Peer Group range. The tangible equity/assets ratio showed a similar relationship between the Bank and the Peer Group average at 9.0% and 11.2%, respectively. Again, this relationship will be reversed for the Bank on a post-conversion basis. The increase in First Savings pro forma equity will be favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower funding costs. At the same time, the Banks higher pro forma capitalization will initially depress ROE. Both First Savings and the Peer Groups capital ratios reflected surpluses with respect to the regulatory capital
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.7
Table 3.2
Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of March 31, 2007
|
|
Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Cash &
|
|
MBS &
|
|
Loans |
|
Deposits |
|
Borrowed
|
|
Subd.
|
|
Net
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
Tng Net
|
|
MEMO:
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Financial Northwest, Inc. of WA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2007 |
|
|
1.7 |
% |
|
22.8 |
% |
|
71.8 |
% |
|
74.5 |
% |
|
14.7 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
|
10.4 |
% |
|
1.4 |
% |
|
9.0 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
All Public Companies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
4.6 |
% |
|
19.8 |
% |
|
70.1 |
% |
|
68.9 |
% |
|
17.1 |
% |
|
0.7 |
% |
|
12.1 |
% |
|
1.1 |
% |
|
11.0 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
3.3 |
% |
|
17.7 |
% |
|
70.4 |
% |
|
70.3 |
% |
|
15.6 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
|
10.6 |
% |
|
0.2 |
% |
|
9.0 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
State of WA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
2.5 |
% |
|
13.3 |
% |
|
78.6 |
% |
|
67.4 |
% |
|
20.1 |
% |
|
0.5 |
% |
|
10.9 |
% |
|
1.2 |
% |
|
9.7 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
2.1 |
% |
|
11.8 |
% |
|
78.7 |
% |
|
71.9 |
% |
|
17.3 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
|
12.2 |
% |
|
1.1 |
% |
|
9.4 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
3.1 |
% |
|
12.0 |
% |
|
78.9 |
% |
|
67.7 |
% |
|
17.4 |
% |
|
0.5 |
% |
|
13.5 |
% |
|
2.3 |
% |
|
11.2 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
3.0 |
% |
|
11.2 |
% |
|
78.7 |
% |
|
70.6 |
% |
|
15.8 |
% |
|
0.3 |
% |
|
12.4 |
% |
|
1.6 |
% |
|
10.0 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BFIN BankFinancial Corp. of IL |
|
|
4.2 |
% |
|
7.8 |
% |
|
82.9 |
% |
|
70.6 |
% |
|
8.6 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
|
19.8 |
% |
|
2.0 |
% |
|
17.7 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
BHLB Berkshire Hills Bancorp of MA |
|
|
1.3 |
% |
|
10.6 |
% |
|
78.7 |
% |
|
70.6 |
% |
|
16.2 |
% |
|
0.7 |
% |
|
12.1 |
% |
|
5.6 |
% |
|
6.5 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
BRKL Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA |
|
|
6.7 |
% |
|
13.8 |
% |
|
75.9 |
% |
|
55.8 |
% |
|
18.3 |
% |
|
0.5 |
% |
|
24.1 |
% |
|
2.1 |
% |
|
22.0 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
FMSB First Mutual Bancshares Inc. of WA |
|
|
1.6 |
% |
|
10.4 |
% |
|
83.4 |
% |
|
73.0 |
% |
|
17.3 |
% |
|
1.6 |
% |
|
6.8 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
|
6.8 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
FPTB First PacTrust Bancorp of CA |
|
|
2.5 |
% |
|
2.9 |
% |
|
90.9 |
% |
|
73.5 |
% |
|
15.4 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
|
10.6 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
|
10.6 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
RPFG Rainier Pacific Fin. Group of WA(1) |
|
|
1.3 |
% |
|
23.4 |
% |
|
69.9 |
% |
|
50.7 |
% |
|
38.7 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
|
9.7 |
% |
|
0.4 |
% |
|
9.4 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
RVSB Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
3.8 |
% |
|
4.2 |
% |
|
83.3 |
% |
|
81.1 |
% |
|
4.6 |
% |
|
0.9 |
% |
|
12.2 |
% |
|
3.2 |
% |
|
9.0 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
TSBK Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
11.8 |
% |
|
77.7 |
% |
|
71.9 |
% |
|
15.0 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
|
12.6 |
% |
|
1.1 |
% |
|
11.5 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
WFSL Washington Federal, Inc. of WA |
|
|
2.1 |
% |
|
16.7 |
% |
|
78.7 |
% |
|
60.5 |
% |
|
25.0 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
|
13.1 |
% |
|
1.1 |
% |
|
12.0 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
WFBC Willow Financial Bancorp Inc. of PA |
|
|
4.2 |
% |
|
17.9 |
% |
|
67.5 |
% |
|
69.1 |
% |
|
14.7 |
% |
|
1.7 |
% |
|
13.7 |
% |
|
7.2 |
% |
|
6.5 |
% |
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates |
|
Regulatory Capital |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Assets |
|
MBS, Cash & Investments |
|
Loans |
|
Deposits |
|
Borrows.
|
|
Net Worth |
|
Tng Net Worth |
|
Tangible |
|
Core |
|
Reg.Cap. |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Financial Northwest, Inc. of WA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2007 |
|
|
12.74 |
% |
|
-13.89 |
% |
|
27.64 |
% |
|
8.24 |
% |
|
50.48 |
% |
|
8.16 |
% |
|
9.07 |
% |
|
8.52 |
% |
|
8.52 |
% |
|
14.32 |
% |
All Public Companies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
5.51 |
% |
|
-0.76 |
% |
|
8.43 |
% |
|
6.74 |
% |
|
-2.88 |
% |
|
4.43 |
% |
|
3.63 |
% |
|
10.73 |
% |
|
10.48 |
% |
|
17.46 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
4.70 |
% |
|
-3.90 |
% |
|
7.23 |
% |
|
5.22 |
% |
|
-3.05 |
% |
|
3.90 |
% |
|
3.40 |
% |
|
9.31 |
% |
|
9.01 |
% |
|
14.53 |
% |
State of WA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
6.86 |
% |
|
-12.75 |
% |
|
11.99 |
% |
|
7.13 |
% |
|
7.85 |
% |
|
7.25 |
% |
|
6.59 |
% |
|
10.22 |
% |
|
9.92 |
% |
|
15.35 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
7.40 |
% |
|
-11.78 |
% |
|
9.89 |
% |
|
7.27 |
% |
|
1.67 |
% |
|
6.53 |
% |
|
2.39 |
% |
|
10.22 |
% |
|
9.33 |
% |
|
12.89 |
% |
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
3.72 |
% |
|
-15.32 |
% |
|
8.64 |
% |
|
7.86 |
% |
|
-7.30 |
% |
|
4.10 |
% |
|
2.02 |
% |
|
11.67 |
% |
|
11.89 |
% |
|
16.02 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
4.25 |
% |
|
-10.53 |
% |
|
8.84 |
% |
|
8.02 |
% |
|
-9.39 |
% |
|
4.75 |
% |
|
1.49 |
% |
|
9.84 |
% |
|
9.84 |
% |
|
14.10 |
% |
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BFIN BankFinancial Corp. of IL |
|
|
-4.64 |
% |
|
-39.74 |
% |
|
2.90 |
% |
|
4.98 |
% |
|
-43.15 |
% |
|
-7.07 |
% |
|
-11.63 |
% |
|
15.51 |
% |
|
15.51 |
% |
|
20.09 |
% |
BHLB Berkshire Hills Bancorp of MA |
|
|
5.75 |
% |
|
-41.72 |
% |
|
19.05 |
% |
|
5.86 |
% |
|
4.37 |
% |
|
6.24 |
% |
|
-4.35 |
% |
|
7.80 |
% |
|
NA |
|
|
10.27 |
% |
BRKL Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA |
|
|
4.83 |
% |
|
-5.29 |
% |
|
8.06 |
% |
|
13.06 |
% |
|
-6.16 |
% |
|
-3.89 |
% |
|
-5.27 |
% |
|
19.60 |
% |
|
19.60 |
% |
|
24.90 |
% |
FMSB First Mutual Bancshares Inc. of WA |
|
|
-2.62 |
% |
|
-18.75 |
% |
|
-0.39 |
% |
|
-1.53 |
% |
|
-12.63 |
% |
|
16.62 |
% |
|
16.62 |
% |
|
8.22 |
% |
|
8.22 |
% |
|
12.14 |
% |
FPTB First PacTrust Bancorp of CA |
|
|
1.34 |
% |
|
5.56 |
% |
|
1.10 |
% |
|
10.27 |
% |
|
-28.87 |
% |
|
5.81 |
% |
|
5.81 |
% |
|
9.84 |
% |
|
9.84 |
% |
|
14.00 |
% |
RPFG Rainier Pacific Fin. Group of WA(1) |
|
|
3.66 |
% |
|
-11.78 |
% |
|
9.89 |
% |
|
4.43 |
% |
|
1.67 |
% |
|
3.68 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
NA |
|
|
9.33 |
% |
|
12.89 |
% |
RVSB Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
7.40 |
% |
|
-9.28 |
% |
|
9.61 |
% |
|
9.63 |
% |
|
-15.62 |
% |
|
9.29 |
% |
|
13.35 |
% |
|
NA |
|
|
NA |
|
|
11.22 |
% |
TSBK Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
10.84 |
% |
|
-23.30 |
% |
|
22.04 |
% |
|
7.27 |
% |
|
48.20 |
% |
|
0.13 |
% |
|
0.58 |
% |
|
NA |
|
|
NA |
|
|
16.17 |
% |
WFSL Washington Federal, Inc. of WA |
|
|
15.02 |
% |
|
-0.66 |
% |
|
18.81 |
% |
|
15.87 |
% |
|
17.63 |
% |
|
6.53 |
% |
|
2.39 |
% |
|
12.22 |
% |
|
12.22 |
% |
|
24.34 |
% |
WFBC Willow Financial Bancorp Inc. of PA |
|
|
-4.39 |
% |
|
-8.25 |
% |
|
-4.63 |
% |
|
8.77 |
% |
|
-38.46 |
% |
|
3.67 |
% |
|
2.72 |
% |
|
8.50 |
% |
|
8.50 |
% |
|
14.20 |
% |
|
|
(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending December 31, 2006.
|
|
Source: |
Audited and unaudited financial statements, corporate reports and offering circulars, and RP
®
Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
|
Copyright (c) 2007 by RP ® Financial, LC. |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.8
requirements, with the Peer Groups ratios currently exceeding the Banks ratios. On a pro forma basis, the Banks regulatory surpluses will far exceed the Peer Group averages.
The IEA compositions for the Bank and the Peer Group revealed some differences as the Banks loans/assets ratio of 71.8% was below the Peer Group average of 78.9%. Conversely, the Peer Groups cash and investments ratio (including MBS) of 15.1% of assets was lower than the Banks ratio of 24.5%. Overall, First Savings IEA ratio amounted to 96.3% of assets, which exceeded the comparable Peer Group ratio of 94.0%. The primary difference in the IEA ratio was the Banks single office location (and related investment in fixed assets) in comparison to the multi-branch network of the Peer Group members.
First Savings IBL mix reflected a funding strategy that was more dependent on deposits than the Peer Group. The Banks deposits equaled 74.5% of assets, exceeding the Peer Group ratio of 67.7%. Comparatively, the borrowings/assets ratios were 14.7% and 17.9% for First Savings and the Peer Group, respectively. Total IBL ratios for the Bank and the Peer Group equaled 89.2% and 85.6% of assets, respectively. On a pro forma basis, the Banks ratio of IBL will be less than the Peer Groups ratio given the increased equity level and the repayment of borrowings.
Presently, the Peer Groups IEA/IBL ratio is stronger than the Banks ratio, based on IEA/IBL ratios of 109.8% and 108.0%, respectively. This relationship will be reversed with the Bank gaining the advantage with the additional equity and planned repayment of FHLB advances.
The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items. First Savings and the Peer Groups growth rates are based on growth for the last 12 months. First Savings assets increased 12.74%, well above the Peer Groups average asset growth rate of 3.72%. Asset growth for the Bank was realized through much faster loan growth, but also through an asset mix shift from investments to loans. Similarly, the Peer Group partially funded loan growth with a reduction in investments, but these trends were less dramatic than for the Bank.
Deposit growth rates for the Bank and the Peer Group were in the 8.0% range. However, borrowings funded most of the Banks asset growth, whereas the Peer Group reduced borrowing
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.9
levels. Over the period the Banks equity increased at a much faster pace than the Peer Group, but a large part of the difference was the dividend policies and stock repurchases of the Peer Group. On a pro forma basis, the Banks equity growth rate will slow dramatically with the equity infusion.
Table 3.3 displays key income and expense components for the Bank and the Peer Group for the last 12 months. First Savings and the Peer Group reported ROA ratios of 0.67% and 0.88%, respectively. The Peer Group reported a higher net interest income ratio (reflecting higher interest income and lower interest expense) and much higher non-interest income in comparison to the Bank. Offsetting the Banks profitability disadvantages were the lower operating expenses and a lower effective tax rate. Loan loss provisions were similar for both, and net non-operating items were a limited factor for both.
The Peer Groups stronger net interest income ratio reflected a lower interest expense ratio and a higher interest income ratio. Overall, First Savings and the Peer Group reported net interest income to average assets ratios of 1.80% and 3.28%, respectively. The Peer Groups higher interest income ratio was realized through earning a higher yield on interest-earning assets (6.70% versus 6.24% for the Bank), which was supported by the Peer Groups higher loans/assets ratio despite a lower IEA ratio. The Peer Groups lower interest expense ratio was supported by maintenance of a lower cost of funds (3.52% versus 4.61% for the Bank) and maintenance of a lower level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets. The Banks higher funding costs were largely due to a very low core deposits ratio in comparison to the Peer Group.
The Bank maintained a lower operating expense ratio than the Peer Group, at 0.87% and 2.45%, respectively, for the last 12 months. The Banks less diversified operations, wholesale funding orientation and single office location resulted in a much higher assets per full time equivalent employee equal to $14.8 million for the Bank versus $5.6 million on average for the Peer Group. Also, the Bank had lower operating and depreciation expenses given its single office location versus the multi-branch networks of the Peer Group members. Furthermore, the low level of core deposits requires fewer employees for customer service purposes. On a post-offering basis, the Banks operating expenses can be expected to increase with the addition of
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.10
Table 3.3
Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads
Comparable Institution Analysis
For the 12 Months Ended March 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
Net Interest Income |
|
|
|
|
|
Other Income |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Net
|
|
Income |
|
Expense |
|
NII |
|
Loss
|
|
NII
|
|
Loan
|
|
R.E.
|
|
Other
|
|
Total
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Financial Northwest, Inc. of WA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2007 |
|
|
0.67 |
% |
|
5.91 |
% |
|
4.12 |
% |
|
1.80 |
% |
|
0.08 |
% |
|
1.72 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.07 |
% |
|
0.07 |
% |
All Public Companies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
0.55 |
% |
|
5.77 |
% |
|
3.01 |
% |
|
2.77 |
% |
|
0.09 |
% |
|
2.68 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.63 |
% |
|
0.66 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
0.57 |
% |
|
5.69 |
% |
|
2.99 |
% |
|
2.75 |
% |
|
0.07 |
% |
|
2.67 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.51 |
% |
|
0.52 |
% |
State of WA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
1.14 |
% |
|
6.80 |
% |
|
3.18 |
% |
|
3.61 |
% |
|
0.07 |
% |
|
3.54 |
% |
|
0.07 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.66 |
% |
|
0.74 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
1.39 |
% |
|
6.60 |
% |
|
3.26 |
% |
|
3.62 |
% |
|
0.07 |
% |
|
3.52 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.83 |
% |
|
0.96 |
% |
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
0.88 |
% |
|
6.30 |
% |
|
3.02 |
% |
|
3.28 |
% |
|
0.10 |
% |
|
3.18 |
% |
|
0.04 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.60 |
% |
|
0.64 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
0.76 |
% |
|
5.99 |
% |
|
2.96 |
% |
|
3.07 |
% |
|
0.08 |
% |
|
2.93 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.65 |
% |
|
0.65 |
% |
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BFIN BankFinancial Corp. of IL |
|
|
0.53 |
% |
|
5.90 |
% |
|
2.39 |
% |
|
3.51 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
3.49 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.59 |
% |
|
0.59 |
% |
BHLB Berkshire Hills Bancorp of MA |
|
|
0.53 |
% |
|
5.70 |
% |
|
2.87 |
% |
|
2.83 |
% |
|
0.39 |
% |
|
2.45 |
% |
|
0.04 |
% |
|
-0.02 |
% |
|
0.98 |
% |
|
1.00 |
% |
BRKL Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA |
|
|
0.87 |
% |
|
5.93 |
% |
|
2.88 |
% |
|
3.06 |
% |
|
0.13 |
% |
|
2.93 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.16 |
% |
|
0.16 |
% |
FMSB First Mutual Bancshares Inc. of WA |
|
|
1.01 |
% |
|
7.47 |
% |
|
3.86 |
% |
|
3.62 |
% |
|
0.10 |
% |
|
3.52 |
% |
|
0.21 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.32 |
% |
|
0.53 |
% |
FPTB First PacTrust Bancorp of CA |
|
|
0.58 |
% |
|
5.88 |
% |
|
3.60 |
% |
|
2.28 |
% |
|
-0.01 |
% |
|
2.30 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.28 |
% |
|
0.28 |
% |
RPFG Rainier Pacific Fin. Group of WA(1) |
|
|
0.33 |
% |
|
6.05 |
% |
|
3.26 |
% |
|
2.79 |
% |
|
0.07 |
% |
|
2.72 |
% |
|
0.13 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.83 |
% |
|
0.96 |
% |
RVSB Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
1.43 |
% |
|
7.55 |
% |
|
3.05 |
% |
|
4.50 |
% |
|
0.18 |
% |
|
4.32 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
1.04 |
% |
|
1.06 |
% |
TSBK Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
1.39 |
% |
|
6.59 |
% |
|
2.24 |
% |
|
4.36 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
4.33 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.95 |
% |
|
0.97 |
% |
WFSL Washington Federal, Inc. of WA |
|
|
1.51 |
% |
|
6.31 |
% |
|
3.51 |
% |
|
2.80 |
% |
|
0.01 |
% |
|
2.79 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.17 |
% |
|
0.17 |
% |
WFBC Willow Financial Bancorp Inc. of PA |
|
|
0.64 |
% |
|
5.59 |
% |
|
2.51 |
% |
|
3.09 |
% |
|
0.15 |
% |
|
2.94 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.71 |
% |
|
0.71 |
% |
|
|
G&A/Other Exp. |
|
Non-Op. Items |
|
Yields, Costs, and Spreads |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
G&A Expense |
|
Goodwill Amort. |
|
Net Gains |
|
Extrao. Items |
|
Yield On Assets |
|
Cost Of Funds |
|
Yld-Cost Spread |
|
MEMO: Assets/ FTE Emp. |
|
MEMO: Effective Tax Rate |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Financial Northwest, Inc. of WA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2007 |
|
|
0.87 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
-0.07 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
6.24 |
% |
|
4.61 |
% |
|
1.63 |
% |
$ |
14,810 |
|
|
20.46 |
% |
All Public Companies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
2.52 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
6.12 |
% |
|
3.47 |
% |
|
2.65 |
% |
$ |
5,597 |
|
|
32.39 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
2.49 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.01 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
6.02 |
% |
|
3.46 |
% |
|
2.72 |
% |
$ |
4,548 |
|
|
33.04 |
% |
State of WA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
2.62 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.09 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
7.20 |
% |
|
3.61 |
% |
|
3.59 |
% |
$ |
6,124 |
|
|
34.29 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
3.17 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.04 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
7.11 |
% |
|
3.64 |
% |
|
3.66 |
% |
$ |
4,557 |
|
|
34.96 |
% |
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
2.45 |
% |
|
0.06 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
6.70 |
% |
|
3.52 |
% |
|
3.18 |
% |
$ |
6,015 |
|
|
33.68 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
2.71 |
% |
|
0.04 |
% |
|
0.01 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
6.35 |
% |
|
3.58 |
% |
|
3.11 |
% |
$ |
4,555 |
|
|
34.36 |
% |
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BFIN BankFinancial Corp. of IL |
|
|
3.21 |
% |
|
0.12 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
6.20 |
% |
|
3.04 |
% |
|
3.16 |
% |
$ |
3,578 |
|
|
31.80 |
% |
BHLB Berkshire Hills Bancorp of MA |
|
|
2.31 |
% |
|
0.10 |
% |
|
-0.24 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
6.32 |
% |
|
3.27 |
% |
|
3.06 |
% |
$ |
4,166 |
|
|
26.98 |
% |
BRKL Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA |
|
|
1.55 |
% |
|
0.09 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
6.16 |
% |
|
3.88 |
% |
|
2.28 |
% |
$ |
10,314 |
|
|
39.26 |
% |
FMSB First Mutual Bancshares Inc. of WA |
|
|
2.82 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.31 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
7.81 |
% |
|
4.16 |
% |
|
3.66 |
% |
$ |
4,555 |
|
|
34.25 |
% |
FPTB First PacTrust Bancorp of CA |
|
|
1.70 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
6.10 |
% |
|
4.02 |
% |
|
2.08 |
% |
$ |
7,097 |
|
|
34.47 |
% |
RPFG Rainier Pacific Fin. Group of WA(1) |
|
|
3.17 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
6.38 |
% |
|
3.64 |
% |
|
2.75 |
% |
$ |
4,559 |
|
|
35.00 |
% |
RVSB Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
3.22 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.04 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
8.27 |
% |
|
3.51 |
% |
|
4.76 |
% |
|
NM |
|
|
34.96 |
% |
TSBK Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
3.26 |
% |
|
0.05 |
% |
|
0.06 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
7.11 |
% |
|
2.60 |
% |
|
4.51 |
% |
$ |
2,471 |
|
|
31.94 |
% |
WFSL Washington Federal, Inc. of WA |
|
|
0.61 |
% |
|
0.01 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
6.45 |
% |
|
4.14 |
% |
|
2.31 |
% |
$ |
12,912 |
|
|
35.27 |
% |
WFBC Willow Financial Bancorp Inc. of PA |
|
|
2.60 |
% |
|
0.14 |
% |
|
-0.02 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
6.21 |
% |
|
2.92 |
% |
|
3.29 |
% |
$ |
4,483 |
|
|
32.91 |
% |
|
|
(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending December 31, 2006. |
|
|
|
Source: |
Audited and unaudited financial statements, corporate reports and offering circulars, and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. |
|
|
Copyright (c) 2007 by RP ® Financial, LC. |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.11
stock benefit plans, public company reporting and the de novo branching plans. At the same time, First Savings capacity to leverage operating expenses will be greater than the Peer Groups leverage capacity following the increase in capital realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds.
When viewed together, net interest income and operating expenses provide considerable insight into a thrifts earnings strength, since those sources of income and expenses are typically the most prominent components of earnings and are generally more predictable than losses and gains realized from the sale of assets or other non-recurring activities. In this regard, as measured by their expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses), the Banks earnings were stronger than the Peer Group. Expense coverage ratios posted by First Savings and the Peer Group equaled 2.07x and 1.31x, respectively. An expense coverage ratio of greater than 1.0x indicates that an institution is able to sustain pre-tax profitability without having to rely on non-interest sources of income.
As noted above, sources of non-interest operating income provided a larger contribution to the Peer Groups earnings. Non-interest operating income equaled 0.07% and 0.64% of First Savings and the Peer Groups average assets, respectively. First Savings operates at a distinct disadvantage in this area due to the low proportion of core deposit accounts in portfolio. In addition, the Bank has not actively diversified into other revenue producing business lines. Taking non-interest operating income into account in computing efficiency ratios (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income), the Banks ratio of 46.5% was more favorable than the Peer Groups average ratio of 62.5%. The efficiency ratio will be impacted on a pro forma basis with increased expense and the earnings benefit of repaying the majority of the borrowings with the proceeds.
Loan loss provisions were similar for the Bank and the Peer Group, equaling 0.08% and 0.10% of average assets, respectively. The relatively minor impact of loan loss provisions on the Banks and the Peer Groups earnings were indicative of their generally favorable credit quality measures and lending strategies. At the same time, the Banks earnings may be subject to greater provisioning in the event of asset quality problems given the comparatively lower level of reserves.
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.12
The Bank reported a net non-operating loss of 0.07% of average assets, resulting primarily from writedown on the valuation of loan servicing acquired with EH, while the Peer Group reported net non-operating income of 0.02% of average assets. Typically, gains and losses generated from non-operating items are viewed as earnings with a relatively high degree of volatility, particularly to the extent that such gains and losses result from these items are not considered to be part of an institutions core operations. Extraordinary items were not a factor in either the Banks or the Peer Groups earnings.
Taxes had a significantly larger impact on the Peer Groups earnings, as First Savings and the Peer Group posted effective tax rates of 20.5% and 33.7%, respectively. The Banks lower effective tax reflects the impact of tax-advantaged investments in municipal bonds and bank-owned life insurance. As indicated in the prospectus, the Banks effective marginal tax rate is equal to 34%.
Table 3.4 presents data related to the Banks and the Peer Groups loan portfolio compositions and investment in mortgage-backed securities. The Banks loan portfolio composition reflected a higher concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and MBS as a percent of assets than maintained by the Peer Group (51.3% versus 35.9% for the Peer Group). The Banks higher ratio was attributable to maintaining a higher concentration of both 1-4 family loans and MBS.
Diversification into higher risk types of lending was greater for the Peer Group. Commercial real estate/multi-family loans represented the most significant area of lending diversification for the Bank (24.1% of assets), followed by construction/land development loans (17.2% of assets). The Peer Groups lending diversification consisted primarily of commercial real estate/multi-family loans (25.0% of assets), followed by construction/land loans (12.3% of assets), and non-mortgage lending (11.7% of assets). Overall, the Banks lower loans/assets ratio and lower overall degree of lending diversification into higher risk types of lending translated into a lower risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio of 60.0%, versus 74.2% on average for the Peer Group.
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.13
Table 3.4
Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information
Comparable Institution analysis
As of March 31, 2007
|
|
Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Institution |
|
MBS |
|
1-4 Family |
|
Constr
|
|
5+Unit
|
|
Commerc.
|
|
Consumer |
|
RWA/
|
|
Serviced
|
|
Servicing
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
($000) |
|
|
($000) |
|
First Financial Northwest, Inc. of WA |
|
|
14.00 |
% |
|
37.32 |
% |
|
17.17 |
% |
|
24.08 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
59.98 |
% |
$ |
52,120 |
|
$ |
1,451 |
|
All Public Companies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
10.14 |
% |
|
37.47 |
% |
|
6.77 |
% |
|
18.49 |
% |
|
4.22 |
% |
|
3.11 |
% |
|
63.50 |
% |
$ |
1,274,066 |
|
$ |
15,039 |
|
Medians |
|
|
7.72 |
% |
|
35.45 |
% |
|
4.59 |
% |
|
17.28 |
% |
|
2.79 |
% |
|
0.80 |
% |
|
64.34 |
% |
$ |
31,130 |
|
$ |
120 |
|
State of WA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
6.43 |
% |
|
25.03 |
% |
|
19.59 |
% |
|
26.12 |
% |
|
4.17 |
% |
|
3.20 |
% |
|
74.50 |
% |
$ |
85,700 |
|
$ |
422 |
|
Medians |
|
|
6.98 |
% |
|
22.44 |
% |
|
20.33 |
% |
|
25.91 |
% |
|
1.96 |
% |
|
1.79 |
% |
|
76.74 |
% |
$ |
110,300 |
|
$ |
374 |
|
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
5.49 |
% |
|
30.42 |
% |
|
12.28 |
% |
|
24.95 |
% |
|
5.83 |
% |
|
5.85 |
% |
|
74.13 |
% |
$ |
94,142 |
|
$ |
574 |
|
Medians |
|
|
3.98 |
% |
|
24.59 |
% |
|
8.14 |
% |
|
25.75 |
% |
|
6.83 |
% |
|
4.33 |
% |
|
77.00 |
% |
$ |
76,600 |
|
$ |
331 |
|
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BFIN BankFinancial Corp. of IL |
|
|
1.64 |
% |
|
25.50 |
% |
|
5.44 |
% |
|
39.43 |
% |
|
14.93 |
% |
|
0.25 |
% |
|
78.56 |
% |
$ |
304,430 |
|
$ |
2,209 |
|
BHLB Berkshire Hills Bancorp of MA |
|
|
4.08 |
% |
|
33.67 |
% |
|
7.46 |
% |
|
19.03 |
% |
|
8.78 |
% |
|
9.20 |
% |
|
78.68 |
% |
$ |
90,310 |
|
$ |
986 |
|
BRKL Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA |
|
|
3.88 |
% |
|
13.71 |
% |
|
1.34 |
% |
|
29.12 |
% |
|
8.38 |
% |
|
23.67 |
% |
|
77.27 |
% |
$ |
55,290 |
|
$ |
221 |
|
FMSB First Mutual Bancshares Inc. of WA |
|
|
7.89 |
% |
|
23.68 |
% |
|
20.33 |
% |
|
25.91 |
% |
|
9.05 |
% |
|
6.87 |
% |
|
76.74 |
% |
$ |
8,380 |
|
$ |
287 |
|
FPTB First PacTrust Bancorp of CA |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
78.56 |
% |
|
4.62 |
% |
|
10.90 |
% |
|
0.08 |
% |
|
0.37 |
% |
|
72.74 |
% |
$ |
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
RPFG Rainier Pacific Fin. Group of WA(1) |
|
|
6.98 |
% |
|
14.13 |
% |
|
8.83 |
% |
|
39.98 |
% |
|
1.01 |
% |
|
6.87 |
% |
|
78.54 |
% |
$ |
110,300 |
|
$ |
486 |
|
RVSB Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
1.01 |
% |
|
9.89 |
% |
|
33.24 |
% |
|
33.63 |
% |
|
8.81 |
% |
|
0.47 |
% |
|
91.06 |
% |
$ |
142,170 |
|
$ |
374 |
|
TSBK Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
2.75 |
% |
|
22.44 |
% |
|
22.49 |
% |
|
25.59 |
% |
|
1.96 |
% |
|
1.79 |
% |
|
74.37 |
% |
$ |
157,020 |
|
$ |
964 |
|
WFSL Washington Federal, Inc. of WA |
|
|
13.53 |
% |
|
55.02 |
% |
|
13.07 |
% |
|
5.50 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
51.81 |
% |
$ |
10,630 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
WFBC Willow Financial Bancorp Inc. of PA |
|
|
13.09 |
% |
|
27.59 |
% |
|
5.95 |
% |
|
20.41 |
% |
|
5.29 |
% |
|
8.96 |
% |
|
61.51 |
% |
$ |
62,890 |
|
$ |
209 |
|
|
|
(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending December 31, 2006.
|
|
Source: |
Audited and unaudited financial statements, corporate reports and offering
circulars, and RP
®
Financial, LC. calculations. The information
provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable,
but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such
information.
|
|
|
Copyright (c) 2007 by RP ® Financial, LC. |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.14
Loans serviced for others equaled 5.1% and 4.3% of the Banks and the Peer Groups assets, respectively, thereby indicating a similar influence of mortgage servicing activities on their respective operations. Servicing intangible assets were a more significant balance sheet item for the Bank, primarily related to the EH acquisition.
Overall, the credit risk associated with the Banks balance sheet was considered to be similar to the Peer Groups, as implied by First Savings more favorable credit quality measures for NPAs, non-performing loans and reserve coverage ratios (see Table 3.5), which are offset by a much lower ratio of reserves/loans. As of March 31, 2007, the Bank reported total NPAs plus loans greater than 90 days delinquent and still accruing equal to 0.03% of assets, versus 0.28% of assets for the Peer Group. Non-performing loans (non-accruing loans) for First Savings equaled 0.04% of loans versus 0.32% of loans for the Peer Group. The Peer Groups loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans equaled 422.3%, versus 915.0% for the Bank. The Bank compares unfavorably to the Peer Group in terms of loss reserves maintained as percent of loans (0.35% for the Bank versus 1.01% for the Peer Group). The Banks credit risk exposure was also considered to be more favorable with respect to recording a lower level of net loan charge-offs for the most recent twelve month period. Comparatively, net loan charge-offs recorded by the Peer Group equaled 0.06% of net loans receivable.
Table 3.6 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Bank versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, First Savings interest rate risk characteristics were considered to be less favorable than the Peer Groups. Most notably, First Savings lower tangible capital position and lower IEA/IBL ratio indicate a greater dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain the net interest margin, while the Bank maintained a lower level of non-interest earning assets-to-assets. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds should provide the Bank with comparable or more favorable balance sheet interest rate risk characteristics than currently maintained by the Peer Group, particularly with respect to the increases that will be realized in Banks equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios.
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.15
Table 3.5
Credit Risk Measures and Related Information
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of March 31, 2007 or Most Recent Date Available
Institution |
|
REO/
|
|
NPAs &
|
|
NPLs/
|
|
Rsrves/
|
|
Rsrves/
|
|
Rsrves/
|
|
Net Loan
|
|
NLCs/
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
($000) |
|
|
(%) |
|
First Financial Northwest, Inc. of WA |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.04 |
% |
|
0.35 |
% |
|
914.95 |
% |
|
914.95 |
% |
$ |
0 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
All Public Companies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
0.08 |
% |
|
0.54 |
% |
|
0.58 |
% |
|
0.84 |
% |
|
273.69 |
% |
|
210.10 |
% |
$ |
356 |
|
|
0.11 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
0.34 |
% |
|
0.35 |
% |
|
0.80 |
% |
|
184.15 |
% |
|
130.81 |
% |
$ |
60 |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
State of WA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
0.12 |
% |
|
0.15 |
% |
|
0.98 |
% |
|
428.26 |
% |
|
433.98 |
% |
$ |
138 |
|
|
0.05 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.08 |
% |
|
0.09 |
% |
|
1.10 |
% |
|
428.26 |
% |
|
344.78 |
% |
$ |
156 |
|
|
0.04 |
% |
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.28 |
% |
|
0.32 |
% |
|
1.01 |
% |
|
422.33 |
% |
|
277.11 |
% |
$ |
434 |
|
|
0.06 |
% |
Medians |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.20 |
% |
|
0.22 |
% |
|
1.12 |
% |
|
363.17 |
% |
|
239.24 |
% |
$ |
157 |
|
|
0.03 |
% |
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BFIN BankFinancial Corp. of IL |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.57 |
% |
|
0.69 |
% |
|
0.85 |
% |
|
126.98 |
% |
|
115.13 |
% |
$ |
81 |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
BHLB Berkshire Hills Bancorp of MA |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.61 |
% |
|
0.76 |
% |
|
1.14 |
% |
|
NA |
|
|
147.40 |
% |
$ |
468 |
|
|
0.11 |
% |
BRKL Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA |
|
|
0.05 |
% |
|
0.08 |
% |
|
0.05 |
% |
|
1.28 |
% |
|
939.67 |
% |
|
NA |
|
$ |
1,155 |
|
|
0.26 |
% |
FMSB First Mutual Bancshares Inc. of WA |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.32 |
% |
|
0.38 |
% |
|
1.10 |
% |
|
493.34 |
% |
|
280.99 |
% |
$ |
156 |
|
|
0.07 |
% |
FPTB First PacTrust Bancorp of CA |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.24 |
% |
|
0.26 |
% |
|
0.65 |
% |
|
NA |
|
|
239.24 |
% |
$ |
1 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
RPFG Rainier Pacific Fin. Group of WA(1) |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.04 |
% |
|
1.30 |
% |
|
NA |
|
|
NA |
|
$ |
157 |
|
|
0.10 |
% |
RVSB Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.15 |
% |
|
0.18 |
% |
|
1.25 |
% |
|
NA |
|
|
676.18 |
% |
$ |
75 |
|
|
0.04 |
% |
TSBK Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
0.01 |
% |
|
0.04 |
% |
|
0.05 |
% |
|
0.88 |
% |
|
NA |
|
|
NA |
|
$ |
5 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
WFSL Washington Federal, Inc. of WA |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
0.08 |
% |
|
0.09 |
% |
|
0.36 |
% |
|
363.17 |
% |
|
344.78 |
% |
$ |
297 |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
WFBC Willow Financial Bancorp Inc. of PA |
|
|
0.13 |
% |
|
0.64 |
% |
|
0.74 |
% |
|
1.27 |
% |
|
188.47 |
% |
|
136.08 |
% |
$ |
1,944 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.16
Table 3.6
Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of March 31, 2007 or Most Recent Date Available
|
|
Balance Sheet Measures |
|
Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Institution |
|
Equity/
|
|
IEA/
|
|
Non-Earn.
|
|
3/31/2007 |
|
12/31/2006 |
|
9/30/2006 |
|
6/30/2006 |
|
3/31/2006 |
|
12/31/2005 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
(change in net interest income is annualized in basis points) |
|
||||||||||||||||
First Financial Northwest, Inc. of WA |
|
|
9.0 |
% |
|
108.0 |
% |
|
3.7 |
% |
|
32 |
|
|
-23 |
|
|
-23 |
|
|
-33 |
|
|
36 |
|
|
-3 |
|
All Public Companies |
|
|
11.0 |
% |
|
109.5 |
% |
|
5.5 |
% |
|
0 |
|
|
-8 |
|
|
-6 |
|
|
-3 |
|
|
-3 |
|
|
2 |
|
State of WA |
|
|
9.7 |
% |
|
107.2 |
% |
|
5.6 |
% |
|
-3 |
|
|
-9 |
|
|
-5 |
|
|
-6 |
|
|
-4 |
|
|
13 |
|
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
|
11.2 |
% |
|
110.2 |
% |
|
6.0 |
% |
|
1 |
|
|
-8 |
|
|
-4 |
|
|
-4 |
|
|
-5 |
|
|
5 |
|
Medians |
|
|
10.0 |
% |
|
106.6 |
% |
|
5.2 |
% |
|
0 |
|
|
-9 |
|
|
-5 |
|
|
-4 |
|
|
-4 |
|
|
-1 |
|
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BFIN BankFinancial Corp. of IL |
|
|
17.7 |
% |
|
119.9 |
% |
|
5.1 |
% |
|
5 |
|
|
-5 |
|
|
7 |
|
|
7 |
|
|
-2 |
|
|
-13 |
|
BHLB Berkshire Hills Bancorp of MA |
|
|
6.5 |
% |
|
103.4 |
% |
|
9.5 |
% |
|
-5 |
|
|
-1 |
|
|
12 |
|
|
-10 |
|
|
-10 |
|
|
-1 |
|
BRKL Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA |
|
|
22.0 |
% |
|
129.1 |
% |
|
3.6 |
% |
|
9 |
|
|
-8 |
|
|
0 |
|
|
8 |
|
|
-8 |
|
|
-1 |
|
FMSB First Mutual Bancshares Inc. of WA |
|
|
6.8 |
% |
|
103.8 |
% |
|
4.6 |
% |
|
-5 |
|
|
-15 |
|
|
4 |
|
|
-10 |
|
|
-15 |
|
|
15 |
|
FPTB First PacTrust Bancorp of CA |
|
|
10.6 |
% |
|
108.3 |
% |
|
3.8 |
% |
|
8 |
|
|
-11 |
|
|
-12 |
|
|
-9 |
|
|
-4 |
|
|
-5 |
|
RPFG Rainier Pacific Fin. Group of WA(1) |
|
|
9.4 |
% |
|
106.0 |
% |
|
5.3 |
% |
|
NA |
|
|
-4 |
|
|
8 |
|
|
-21 |
|
|
-3 |
|
|
-9 |
|
RVSB Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
9.0 |
% |
|
105.4 |
% |
|
8.7 |
% |
|
-6 |
|
|
-2 |
|
|
-17 |
|
|
4 |
|
|
-4 |
|
|
24 |
|
TSBK Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
|
11.5 |
% |
|
107.1 |
% |
|
7.0 |
% |
|
0 |
|
|
-13 |
|
|
-10 |
|
|
13 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
24 |
|
WFSL Washington Federal, Inc. of WA |
|
|
12.0 |
% |
|
114.0 |
% |
|
2.5 |
% |
|
0 |
|
|
-10 |
|
|
-9 |
|
|
-17 |
|
|
0 |
|
|
9 |
|
WFBC Willow Financial Bancorp Inc. of PA |
|
|
6.5 |
% |
|
104.8 |
% |
|
10.4 |
% |
|
-1 |
|
|
-16 |
|
|
-20 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
-11 |
|
|
NA |
|
|
|
(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending December 31, 2006. |
|
NA=Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.
|
|
Source: |
Audited and unaudited financial statements, corporate reports and offering circulars, and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. |
|
|
Copyright (c) 2007 by RP ® Financial, LC. |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 3.17
To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for First Savings and the Peer Group. In general, the relative fluctuations in the Banks net interest income to average assets ratios were considered to be somewhat higher than the Peer Group and, thus, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period analyzed in Table 3.6, First Savings was viewed as maintaining a higher degree of interest rate risk exposure in the net interest margin. The stability of the Banks net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as the increase in capital will reduce the level of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding First Savings assets.
Based on the above analysis and the criteria employed in the selection of the companies for the Peer Group, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of First Savings. Such general characteristics as asset size, capital position, interest-earning asset composition, funding composition, core earnings measures, loan composition, credit quality and exposure to interest rate risk all tend to support the reasonability of the Peer Group from a financial standpoint. Those areas where differences exist will be addressed in the form of valuation adjustments to the extent necessary.
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.1
This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology, prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Banks conversion transaction.
The OTS written appraisal guidelines specify the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of an institution pursuant to a mutual-to-stock conversion. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation
The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes fundamental analysis techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a technical analysis of recently completed stock conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.
The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Companys to-be-issued stock. Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.2
First Savings operations and financial condition; (2) monitor First Savings operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally. If material changes should occur during the conversion process, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.
The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Bank and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including First Savings value, or First Savings value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Banks value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.
A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Bank and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Bank relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, including the market for new issues, to assess the impact on value of First Savings coming to market at this time.
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.3
The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Banks and the Peer Groups financial strengths are noted as follows:
|
|
Overall Assets/Liabilities (A/L) Composition . The Banks IEA composition exhibited a lower concentration of loans and also lower diversification into higher risk and higher yielding loans than the Peer Group. Overall, the Banks asset composition provided for a lower IEA yield and a lower risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio than maintained by the Peer Group on average. The Banks loan portfolio contained several borrowers with very large lending relationships, including several in excess of $10 million per borrower, revealing credit concentration perceived to be higher than for the Peer Group on average. First Savings funding composition reflected a higher level of deposits and a lower level of borrowings in comparison to the Peer Groups ratios. The Peer Group maintained a lower cost of funds than the Bank, due to the Banks higher concentration of CDs (including jumbo CDs) and high cost MMAs. As a percent of assets, First Savings maintained a higher IBL level compared to the Peer Group average. On a combined basis, the Bank currently maintains a lower IEA/IBL ratio, but this disadvantage is expected to be reversed on a pro forma basis, given the increased equity level and planned repayment of borrowings. On balance, RP Financial concluded that the Banks A/L composition on a pro forma basis was a negative factor in our adjustment for financial condition. |
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Quality. First Savings maintained lower ratios of NPAs and delinquent loans than the Peer Group on average. Loss reserves as a percent of loans were lower for the Bank. Reserve coverage ratios as a percent of non-accruing loans and as a percent of all NPAs and loans greater than 90 days delinquent and still accruing were more favorable for First Savings. Net loan charge-offs were lower for the Bank, and First Savings maintained a lower risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio than the Peer Group. At the same time, the Banks credit risk profile is perceived to have increased significantly given the concentration risk among a small number of borrowers and given the more limited seasoning of the portfolio given the rapid growth in recent years. Overall, we consider the Bank to have a higher credit risk profile than the Peer Group. Furthermore, the Bank maintains much lower reserve levels, particularly given the credit concentration among a smaller number of borrowers. On balance, this was a negative factor in our adjustment for financial condition. |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Liquidity . First Savings operated with a higher level of cash and investment securities relative to the Bank (24.5% of assets versus 15.1% for the Peer Group). Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Banks liquidity position will rapidly improve as the majority of the current borrowings are |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.4
|
|
expected to be repaid. Overall, RP Financial concluded that this was a positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition. |
|
|
|
|
|
Funding Liabilities . First Savings higher IBL is attributable to the lower tangible equity position, although this relationship is expected to be reversed on a pro forma basis. The Banks core deposits are far more limited than the Peer Group given the Banks greater reliance on higher cost CDs (including jumbo CDs) and the high yield MMAs. This has not only raised the Banks funding costs but limited the service charge income. The Banks deposit customer base is less attractive due to the single office structure which limits the potential for growth in savings and checking account retail customers. Overall, we concluded that this was a negative factor in our valuation adjustment for financial condition. |
|
|
|
|
|
Equity . Following the stock offering, First Savings pro forma tangible equity ratio will exceed the Peer Groups tangible equity-to-assets ratio, reversing the currently lower ratio. The increase in the Banks pro forma equity position will result in greater leverage potential and reduce the IBL level. At the same time, the Banks higher equity balance will likely result in a lower ROE. On balance, RP Financial concluded this was a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition. |
On balance, a slight downward adjustment was applied for the Banks financial condition relative to the Peer Group.
2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institutions earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.
|
|
Reported Earnings . The Banks reported earnings were lower than the Peer Groups on a ROA basis, reflecting a materially lower net interest income ratio, a much lower non-interest income ratio, but partially offset by a lower operating expense ratio and a lower effective tax rate. The Banks lower net interest income ratio was due to both lower interest income and higher interest expense ratios, evidence of the Banks lower loans/assets ratio, lower loan portfolio diversification and higher cost of funds given lower core deposits. Loan loss provisions and net non-operating items were lesser factors in the overall profitability for both, with the Peer Group maintaining a very slight benefit. While the repayment of advances with offering proceeds should support the Banks profitability, there will remain a comparative disadvantage, in terms of ROA and ROE. |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.5
|
|
Core Earnings . Both the Banks and the Peer Groups earnings were derived largely from recurring sources, with the disadvantages highlighted above. When examining core earnings, the same factors contributing to the Banks lower reported profitability remain the factors contributing to lower core profitability as well. |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate Risk . Historically, the Banks exposure to interest rate risk appears to have been greater than for the Peer Group. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to reduce the interest rate risk through higher capitalization and the repayment of the short-term advances. On balance, RP Financial concluded that pro forma interest rate risk was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Risk . Given the perceived higher credit in the Banks loan portfolio, lower reserves and large borrower concentration risk, the banks earnings may be more susceptible to additional provisioning in the event of an economic downturn. Accordingly, RP Financial concluded that credit risk was a moderately negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings Growth Potential . Despite the Banks recent stronger asset growth, First Savings core profitability has been more volatile than the Peer Groups largely due to spread volatility, with a decline realized in the most recent fiscal year. The recent past indicates that deposit growth is achievable, but with high funding costs and low margins. The infusion of stock proceeds will increase the Banks earnings growth potential with respect to leverage capacity, however the Banks ability to strongly increase lower cost deposits is limited by the single office branch structure, and de novo branching and utilization of borrowings may provide the greatest capacity for funding balance sheet growth to realize earnings growth. On balance, this was a negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Return on Equity . First Savings current ROE exceeds the Peer Groups ratio, but the significant increase in equity that will be realized on a pro forma basis, combined with the Banks lower pro forma return on assets, will result in a lower pro forma ROE than for the Peer Group. Accordingly, this was a negative factor in the adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings. |
On balance, we concluded that a modest downward adjustment was warranted for this factor.
First Savings asset growth for the most recent 12 month period was higher than the Peer Groups asset growth rate for same period, as the Banks stronger loan growth was funded through much greater borrowings growth. While deposit growth was similar, the Banks growth
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.6
was concentrated in CDs and MMAs and thus was more expensive growth than for the Peer Group. On a pro forma basis, the Banks tangible equity/assets ratio will be above the Peer Groups average ratio, implying higher leverage capacity for the Bank. The Bank intends to payoff a large portion of the existing borrowings with the conversion proceeds, and then continue with a retail growth strategy. Future growth capabilities for the Bank may be somewhat limited due to the single office location and uncertainties regarding any de novo branching plans. In addition, the ability to grow the balance sheet at a sufficiently profitable spread is somewhat uncertain due to the traditional use of higher cost CDs, including jumbo CDs, and borrowings; accordingly, on balance, we believe that a slight downward valuation adjustment was warranted for this factor.
The general condition of an institutions market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served. First Savings primary market area for deposits is considered to be the immediate region surrounding the Banks office in Renton, Kings County, while lending activities extend over a somewhat greater geographical area inclusive of the Seattle MSA. The markets served by the Bank are somewhat more affluent than statewide averages, thereby fostering significant competition among financial services companies that includes other locally-based thrifts and banks, as well as regional and super regional banks.
The majority of the Peer Group companies serve less populous and similarly growing counties compared to the Banks primary market area, which includes some densely populated urban markets, and the Banks market area future growth characteristics are more in line with the Peer Group average rate. Comparative per capita income measures imply that the greater Seattle MSA areas is a more affluent market area compared to the markets served by the Peer Group companies. First Savings deposit market share in King County was less than the majority of the Peer Group companies, indicating a less competitive position advantage for the Bank, however both comparative measures remained relatively low, at less than 5% of total market area deposits (median ratios). Summary demographic and deposit market share data for the Bank and the Peer Group companies is provided in Exhibit III-3. As shown in Table 4.1, March 2007
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.7
unemployment rates for the majority of the markets served by the Peer Group companies were higher than the unemployment rate reflected for King County. On balance, we concluded that a slight upward adjustment was appropriate for the Banks market area.
Table 4.1
Market Area Unemployment Rates
First Savings Bank and the Peer Group Companies(1)
|
|
County |
|
March 2007
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
First Savings Bank - MA |
|
King |
|
|
4.3 |
% |
|
Peer Group Average |
|
|
|
|
4.7 |
% |
|
BankFinancial Corp. of IL |
|
Cook |
|
|
4.3 |
% |
|
Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. of MA |
|
Berkshire |
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA |
|
Norfolk |
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
First Mutual Bancshares, Inc. of WA |
|
King |
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc. of CA |
|
San Diego |
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
Ranier Pacific Financial Group of WA |
|
Pierce |
|
|
4.8 |
|
|
Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
Clark |
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
Grays Harbor |
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
Washington Federal, Inc. of WA |
|
King |
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
Willow Financial Bancorp, Inc. of PA |
|
Chester |
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
(1) Unemployment rates are not seasonally adjusted. |
|||||||
|
|||||||
Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. |
At this time the Bank has not established a dividend policy. Future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.
All ten of the Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 1.31% to 3.97%. The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions equaled 2.44% as of May 25, 2007. As of the same date, approximately 83% of all publicly-traded thrifts had adopted cash dividend policies (see Exhibit IV-1), exhibiting an
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.8
average yield of 2.60%. The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.
While the Bank has not established a definitive dividend policy prior to converting, the Bank will have the capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Peer Groups average dividend yield based on pro forma capitalization. On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for purposes of the Banks dividend policy.
The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. All ten of the Peer Group members trade on the NASDAQ. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $111.5 million to $2.2 billion as of May 25, 2007, with average and median market values of $442.5 million and $172.4 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding to the public shareholders of the Peer Group members ranged from 3.6 million to 87.3 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 22.9 million and 10.3 million, respectively. The Banks stock offering is expected to have a pro forma market value that will be in the middle of the range of market values reflected for the Peer Group companies, while shares outstanding for the Bank will be in the upper end of the range of shares outstanding indicated for Peer Group and will be above the Peer Group median shares outstanding. Like all of the Peer Group companies, the Banks stock is expected to be quoted on the NASDAQ following the stock offering. Overall, we anticipate that the Banks public stock will have a reasonably similar trading market as the Peer Group companies on average and, therefore, concluded no adjustment was necessary for this factor.
We believe that three separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as First Savings: (1) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (2) the new issue market in which converting
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.9
thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history; and (3) the acquisition market for thrift franchises in Washington. All three of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Banks to-be-issued stock.
The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays historical stock price indices for thrifts only.
In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed over the past year. The broader stock market moved lower during the first part of June 2006, as stocks tumbled after an inflation warning by the Federal Reserve Chairman stoked fears of future rate increases. Comparatively, stocks rallied in mid-June following reassuring inflation comments by the Federal Reserve Chairman. Higher interest rates dampened the rally ahead of the Federal Reserve meeting in late-June. Stocks surged higher following the Federal Reserve meeting in late-June, as comments from the Federal Reserve served to calm inflation worries and raised expectations of an end to the current cycle of rate increases.
Geopolitical turmoil and higher oil prices pulled stocks lower at the start of the third quarter of 2006. The broader stock market rallied briefly in mid-July on comments from the Federal Reserve that hinted at the possibility of a pause in the current cycle of rate increases and some favorable second quarter earnings reports. After trading in a narrow range during late-July and early-August, stocks retreated following the Federal Reserve meeting in August. While the Federal Reserve left rates unchanged, stocks declined on concerns of an economic slow down. Favorable inflation data reflected in wholesale and retail prices for July provided a boost to stocks in mid-August. Stocks traded in a narrow range before strengthening at the end of
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.10
August, as oil prices dropped below $70 a barrel for the first time in two months and the unemployment rate for August dropped to 4.7%. The Dow Jones Industrial Average moved to a four-month high in mid-September, with further declines in oil prices and the Federal Reserves decision to leave rates unchanged helping to sustain the positive trend. Stocks retreated modestly heading into late-September, as investors reacted negatively to an economic report showing a slow down in business activity in the Mid-Atlantic region. Lower oil prices and a strong consumer sentiment report helped stocks to rally at the close of the third quarter.
The broader stock market rally was sustained into the fourth quarter of 2006, as the DJIA moved to an all-time high in early-October. Lower oil prices and growing expectations that the next move by the Federal Reserve would be to cut rates extended the stock market rally into mid-October, with the DJIA approaching the 12000 market. The DJIA closed above 12000 heading into late-October 2006, with optimism about corporate earnings, the Federal Reserves decision to hold rates steady and lower oil prices sustaining the rally. Despite a slight pullback at the end of October, the 3.4% gain in DJIA for October was the best monthly gain since November 2005. Stocks continued to edge lower at the beginning of November, but then rebounded strongly in mid-November. Favorable inflation data reflected in wholesale and consumer prices for October, merger news and upbeat comments by the Federal Reserve about interest rates were factors that contributed to rally in the broader market. Stocks traded in a narrow range ahead of the holiday shopping season in late-November. After posting a big one day loss in late-November on concerns about retail sales, lower oil prices, merger news and favorable economic reports provided a boost to stocks in early-December. The DJIA traded to record highs in mid- and late-December, as stocks benefited from some robust economic reports and investors betting on a strong finish for the year.
Lower oil prices helped to sustain the positive trend in stocks at the start of 2007, which was followed by a mild pullback due to weakness in technology stocks. Optimism about the economy and some favorable earnings reports helped to lift the DJIA to a record high heading into late-January 2007, which was followed by a one day sell-off on a weak housing report and concerns about higher rates. Stocks surged higher at the end of January 2007, as the Federal Reserve concluded its late-January meeting with no change in rates. The broader stock market traded in a narrow range in early-February and then the DJIA rallied to a new record in
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.11
mid-February. Comments by the Federal Reserve Chairman that helped to alleviate concerns of higher rates, as well as lower oil prices, were factors that contributed to the mid-February rally. Comparatively, higher oil prices contributed to a downturn in stocks heading into late-February. A sell-off in Chinas stock market turned into a global market sell-off, as the DJIA plunged over 400 points on February 27 th .
Stocks recovered some of the losses from the one day sell-off in early-March 2007, as the broader stock market benefited from a rebound in Chinas stock market. Mounting troubles for subprime mortgage lenders and weak economic data fueled a sharp downturn in the broader stock market in mid-March, reflecting concerns that rising subprime mortgage delinquencies would filter into the broader economy. Following the sell-off, merger announcements, rallies in overseas markets and a drop in oil prices supported a rebound in the broader stock market ahead of the March meeting of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserves decision to hold rates steady strengthened the stock market rebound, as investors were buoyed by the Federal Reserves assessment that the economy continued to expand at a moderate pace. Stocks fluctuated at the close of the first quarter on mixed economic data.
Signs of an improving housing market provided a boost to the stock market at the start of the second quarter 2007, with news of an increase in an index of pending existing home sales during February supporting a one-day gain of more than 120 points in the DJIA. News of Irans release of British hostages, lower oil prices and a favorable March employment report also contributed to the broader market gains in early-April. The broader market rally continued through most of April, as merger news and strong corporate profits lifted the DJIA above a close of 13000 in late-April. For the month of April, the DJIA closed up 5.7%. Stronger than expected manufacturing data and lower oil prices helped to propel the DJIA to five consecutive record highs in early-May. Following a sharp one day sell-off on a weak retail sale report for April, the positive trend in the broader stock market continued into mid-May. A new wave of corporate deals, lower oil prices and a stronger than expected reading for May consumer confidence were noted factors that held to sustain the rally. As an indication of the general trends in the nations stock markets over the past year, as of May 25, 2007 the DJIA closed at 13507.28 an increase of 20.5% from one year ago and an increase of 8.4% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 2557.19 an increase of 16.3% from one year ago and an increase of 5.9%
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.12
year-to-date. The Standard & Poors 500 Index closed at 1515.73 on May 25, 2007 an increase of 19.1% from one year ago and an increase of 6.9% year-to-date.
The market for thrift stocks has been mixed during the past twelve months, but, in general, thrift stocks have underperformed the broader stock market. Inflation fears, sparked by comments from the Federal Reserve Chairman, pulled thrift stocks lower along with the broader market in early-June 2006. Acquisition speculation helped thrift stocks to stabilize ahead of the broader market heading into mid-June. Interest rate concerns weighed on thrift stocks in mid-June, although thrift stocks moved higher following comments from the Federal Reserve Chairman that eased inflationary concerns. Thrift stocks traded in a narrow range ahead of the Federal Reserve meeting in late-June and then rallied strongly following statements from the Federal Reserve that hinted at the possibility of taking a break from raising interest rates further.
Activity in thrift stocks was neutral at the beginning of the third quarter of 2006, which was followed by a downturn in thrift stocks along with the broader market in mid-July. Comments from the Federal Reserve indicating expectations of inflation moderating and some positive second quarter earnings sparked a brief rally in thrift stocks, which was followed by a pull back in late-July. Earnings falling short of expectations due to margin compression contributed to the sell-off in thrift stocks. Thrift stocks bounced higher in early-August, as July employment data provided signs of a slowing economy and increased expectations that the Federal Reserve would stop raising rates. Mortgage data showing a drop in loan fundings reversed the positive trend in thrift stocks heading into mid-August, which was followed by an upturn in mid-August as thrift stocks participated in the broader market rally that was powered by favorable inflation data. Thrift stocks trended lower in late-August, reflecting concerns of a slowdown in housing. A favorable August employment report provided a boost to the thrift sector at the beginning of September. Inflationary fears prompted a brief sell-off in thrift stocks heading into mid-September, which was followed by a rebound as falling oil prices benefited stocks in general.
Thrift stocks advanced at the start of the fourth quarter of 2006, based on economic data that suggested the economy was slowing and comments from the Federal Reserve Chairman that raised hopes of a decline in short-term interest rates. Acquisition news and strength in the broader market sustained the upward trend in thrift stocks into mid-October.
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.13
Thrift stocks sold off with the broader market at the end of October and into early-November, as economic data showing slower growth raised concerns for some investors. Strength in the broader market supported a rebound in thrift stocks ahead of the national elections. Favorable inflation data boosted thrifts stocks along with the broader market in mid-November. Weaker than expected housing data pressured thrift stocks lower heading into late-November. Merger news, including Bank of New Yorks announced merger with Mellon Financial Corp., sparked gains in thrift stocks in early-December 2006. Thrift stocks traded in a narrow range through mid-December, as the Federal Reserve left interest rates unchanged as expected. An upbeat report on home sales helped thrift and bank stocks participate in the broader market rally in late-December.
Thrift stocks traded lower at the start of 2007, as a favorable employment report for December reduced expectations of the Federal Reserve cutting interest rates. Mixed fourth quarter earnings reports and investor nervousness ahead of the Federal Reserve rate meeting provided for a choppy trading market for thrift issues in mid- and late-January 2007.Thrift stocks posted gains in late-January and early-February 2007, as thrift investors reacted favorably to the Federal Reserves decision to hold rates steady at its late-January meeting. While the DJIA moved to a new high in mid-February, thrift stocks traded in a narrow range heading into late-February. The late-February sell-off triggered by the downturn in Chinas stock market hit thrift stocks as well. Selling pressure in thrift stocks increased during the first half of March, as mortgage lenders in general were hurt by the deterioration in market conditions for subprime mortgage lenders. In mid-March, the Mortgage Bankers Association reported that subprime mortgage delinquencies rose to a four year high during the fourth quarter of 2006. Thrift stocks participated in the broader stock market rally following the Federal Reserves decision to hold rates steady at its March meeting, based on expectations that the economy would continue to expand at a moderate pace. Thrift stocks pulled back in late-March, as lenders were hurt by news that sales of new homes fell for the second straight month in February and consumer confidence dropped in March.
A favorable report on February pending existing home sales sparked gains in thrift stocks at the start of the second quarter 2007. In contrast to the broader market, thrift stocks trended lower in mid-April as a weak housing market and the overhang of problems in the
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.14
subprime lending market continued to weigh on the thrift sector. Some positive earnings reports helped to boost thrift stocks heading into the second half of April, but the rally did not match gains posted in the broader market. A late-April report showing a decline in home sales in March served to dampen enthusiasm for thrift stocks, while news of Bank of Americas $21 billion proposed acquisition of LaSalle Bank Corp. had little impact on trading activity among thrift and bank stocks. Thrift stocks headed higher along with the broader stock market in early-May, but did not sustain the upward momentum into mid-May. A disappointing report on the outlook for the housing market weighed on the thrift sector in mid-May, with the National Association of Home Builders report projecting that home sales and housing production would not begin to improve until late in 2007. On May 25, 2007, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 1,725.1 an increase of 0.2% from one year ago and a decrease of 5.7% year-to-date.
In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Companys pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift issues in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (P/B) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to tangible book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio often reflects a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.
The market for converting thrift issues has been relatively stable over the past several quarters, with most converting issues having successful offerings and reflecting modest
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.15
price appreciation in initial trading activity. As shown in Table 4.2, two standard conversions, one second-step conversion and three mutual holding company offerings were completed during the past three months. The standard conversion offerings are considered to be more relevant for purposes of our analysis. Both of the standard conversion offerings were closed at the top of their super ranges. The average closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio of the two recent standard conversion offerings equaled 86.1%. On average, the two standard conversion offerings reflected price appreciation of 12.7% and 8.9% after the first week and first month of trading, respectively. As of May 25, 2007, the two recent standard conversion offerings reflected average price appreciation of 9.8%
Shown in Table 4.3 are the current pricing ratios for the three companies that have completed fully-converted offerings during the past three months and are traded on NASDAQ or an Exchange. One of the offerings was a second-step conversions (Peoples United Financial of CT), thereby placing an upward bias on the P/TB ratio compared to the standard conversion offering P/TB ratios. The current average P/TB ratio of the publicly-traded recent conversions equaled 110.40%.
Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on First Savings stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other financial institutions operating in Washington. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, between 2000 through year-to-date 2007, there were four mergers involving the acquisition of a Washington-based savings institution. To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Banks offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable or more significant level of acquisition activity as the Banks market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence First Savings stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in First Savings stock would tend to be less compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.
* * * * * * * * * * *
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.16
Table 4.2
Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends
Recent Conversions Completed (Last Three Months)
Institutional Information |
|
Pre-Conversion Data |
|
Offering Information |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Info. |
|
Asset Quality |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Institution |
|
Conver.
|
|
Ticker |
|
Assets |
|
Equity/
|
|
NPAs/
|
|
Res.
|
|
Gross
|
|
%
|
|
% of
|
|
Exp./
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($Mil) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
($Mil.) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
Standard Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ESSA Bancorp, Inc., PA* |
|
|
4/4/07 |
ESSA-NASDAQ |
|
$ |
771 |
|
|
7.68 |
% |
|
0.07 |
% |
|
709 |
% |
$ |
158.7 |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
132 |
% |
|
1.6 |
% |
||
CMS Bancorp, Inc., NY |
|
|
4/4/07 |
CMSB-NASDAQ |
|
$ |
125 |
|
|
6.66 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
NM |
|
$ |
19.8 |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
132 |
% |
|
9.1 |
% |
||
Averages - Standard Conversions: |
|
$ |
448 |
|
|
7.17 |
% |
|
0.04 |
% |
|
709 |
% |
$ |
89.3 |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
132 |
% |
|
5.3 |
% |
||||||
Medians - Standard Conversions: |
|
$ |
448 |
|
|
7.17 |
% |
|
0.04 |
% |
|
709 |
% |
$ |
89.3 |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
132 |
% |
|
5.3 |
% |
||||||
Second Step Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peoples United Financial, Inc.,CT* |
|
|
4/16/07 |
PBCT-NASDAQ |
|
$ |
10,696 |
|
|
12.60 |
% |
|
0.21 |
% |
|
328 |
% |
$ |
3,444.5 |
|
|
57 |
% |
|
107 |
% |
|
3.2 |
% |
||
Averages - Second Step Conversions: |
|
$ |
10,696 |
|
|
12.60 |
% |
|
0.21 |
% |
|
328 |
% |
$ |
3,444.5 |
|
|
57 |
% |
|
107 |
% |
|
3.2 |
% |
||||||
Medians - Second Step Conversions: |
|
$ |
10,696 |
|
|
12.60 |
% |
|
0.21 |
% |
|
328 |
% |
$ |
3,444.5 |
|
|
57 |
% |
|
107 |
% |
|
3.2 |
% |
||||||
Mutual Holding Company Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
TFS Financial Corporation, OH |
|
|
4/23/07 |
TFSL-NASDAQ |
|
$ |
8,733 |
|
|
11.78 |
% |
|
1.12 |
% |
|
24 |
% |
$ |
1,002.0 |
|
|
30 |
% |
|
132 |
% |
|
0.9 |
% |
||
Sugar Creek Fin. Corp., IL* |
|
|
4/4/07 |
SUGR-OTCBB |
|
$ |
83 |
|
|
7.28 |
% |
|
1.08 |
% |
|
15 |
% |
$ |
4.1 |
|
|
45 |
% |
|
101 |
% |
|
15.4 |
% |
||
Delanco Bancorp, Inc., NJ |
|
|
4/2/07 |
DLNO-OTCBB |
|
$ |
97 |
|
|
8.27 |
% |
|
0.11 |
% |
|
NM |
|
$ |
7.4 |
|
|
45 |
% |
|
91 |
% |
|
8.5 |
% |
||
Averages - Mutual Holding Company Conversions: |
|
$ |
2,971 |
|
|
9.11 |
% |
|
0.77 |
% |
|
19 |
% |
$ |
337.8 |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
108 |
% |
|
8.3 |
% |
||||||
Medians - Mutual Holding Company Conversions: |
|
$ |
97 |
|
|
8.27 |
% |
|
1.08 |
% |
|
19 |
% |
$ |
7.4 |
|
|
45 |
% |
|
101 |
% |
|
8.5 |
% |
||||||
Averages - All Conversions: |
|
$ |
4,076 |
|
|
9.52 |
% |
|
0.52 |
% |
|
269 |
% |
$ |
923.3 |
|
|
55 |
% |
|
113 |
% |
|
5.9 |
% |
||||||
Medians - All Conversions: |
|
$ |
771 |
|
|
8.27 |
% |
|
0.21 |
% |
|
176 |
% |
$ |
158.7 |
|
|
45 |
% |
|
107 |
% |
|
3.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insider Purchases |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Institutional Information |
|
Contribution to
|
|
% Off Incl. Fdn. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit Plans |
|
|
|
|
Initial
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Institution |
|
Conver.
|
|
Ticker |
|
Form |
|
% of
|
|
ESOP |
|
Recog.
|
|
Stk
|
|
Mgmt.&
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%)(2) |
|
|
(%) |
|
Standard Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ESSA Bancorp, Inc., PA* |
|
|
4/4/07 |
ESSA-NASDAQ |
|
|
C/S |
|
1.6MM/7.0 |
% |
|
8.0 |
% |
|
4.0 |
% |
|
10.0 |
% |
|
2.7 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
|||
CMS Bancorp, Inc., NY |
|
|
4/4/07 |
CMSB-NASDAQ |
|
|
C/S |
|
|
60K/3.6 |
% |
|
8.0 |
% |
|
4.0 |
% |
|
10.0 |
% |
|
2.3 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
||
Averages - Standard Conversions: |
|
|
N.A. |
|
|
N.A. |
|
|
8.0 |
% |
|
4.0 |
% |
|
10.0 |
% |
|
2.5 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
||||||
Medians - Standard Conversions: |
|
|
N.A. |
|
|
N.A. |
|
|
8.0 |
% |
|
4.0 |
% |
|
10.0 |
% |
|
2.5 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
||||||
Second Step Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peoples United Financial, Inc.,CT* |
|
|
4/16/07 |
PBCT-NASDAQ |
|
|
C/S |
|
|
20M/1.16 |
% |
|
6.0 |
% |
|
4.0 |
% |
|
10.0 |
% |
|
0.2 |
% |
|
2.40 |
% |
||
Averages - Second Step Conversions: |
|
|
N.A. |
|
|
N.A. |
|
|
6.0 |
% |
|
4.0 |
% |
|
10.0 |
% |
|
0.2 |
% |
|
2.40 |
% |
||||||
Medians - Second Step Conversions: |
|
|
N.A. |
|
|
N.A. |
|
|
6.0 |
% |
|
4.0 |
% |
|
10.0 |
% |
|
0.2 |
% |
|
2.40 |
% |
||||||
Mutual Holding Company Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TFS Financial Corporation, OH |
|
|
4/23/07 |
TFSL-NASDAQ |
|
|
C/S |
|
|
5M/5.00 |
% |
|
12.4 |
% |
|
6.2 |
% |
|
15.5 |
% |
|
0.6 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
||
Sugar Creek Fin. Corp., IL* |
|
|
4/4/07 |
SUGR-OTCBB |
|
|
N.A. |
|
|
N.A. |
|
|
8.7 |
% |
|
4.4 |
% |
|
10.9 |
% |
|
9.0 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
||
Delanco Bancorp, Inc., NJ |
|
|
4/2/07 |
DLNO-OTCBB |
|
|
N.A. |
|
|
N.A. |
|
|
8.7 |
% |
|
4.4 |
% |
|
10.9 |
% |
|
6.1 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
||
Averages - Mutual Holding Company Conversions: |
|
|
NA |
|
|
NA |
|
|
9.9 |
% |
|
5.0 |
% |
|
12.4 |
% |
|
5.2 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
||||||
Medians - Mutual Holding Company Conversions: |
|
|
NA |
|
|
NA |
|
|
8.7 |
% |
|
4.4 |
% |
|
10.9 |
% |
|
6.1 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
||||||
Averages - All Conversions: |
|
|
NA |
|
|
NA |
|
|
8.8 |
% |
|
4.6 |
% |
|
11.5 |
% |
|
3.7 |
% |
|
0.48 |
% |
||||||
Medians - All Conversions: |
|
|
NA |
|
|
NA |
|
|
8.7 |
% |
|
4.4 |
% |
|
10.9 |
% |
|
2.7 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
Institutional Information |
|
Pro Forma Data |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pricing Ratios(3) |
|
Financial Charac. |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Institution |
|
Conver.
|
|
Ticker |
|
P/TB |
|
Core
|
|
P/A |
|
Core
|
|
TE/A |
|
Core
|
|
IPO
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(x) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
($) |
|
Standard Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ESSA Bancorp, Inc., PA* |
|
|
4/4/07 |
ESSA-NASDAQ |
|
|
86.9% |
|
|
28.8x |
|
|
18.7% |
|
|
0.7% |
|
|
21.5% |
|
|
3.0% |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
||
CMS Bancorp, Inc., NY |
|
|
4/4/07 |
CMSB-NASDAQ |
|
|
85.2% |
|
|
182.4x |
|
|
14.6% |
|
|
0.1% |
|
|
17.2% |
|
|
0.5% |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
||
Averages - Standard Conversions: |
|
|
86.1% |
|
|
105.6x |
|
|
16.7% |
|
|
0.4% |
|
|
19.4% |
|
|
1.7% |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
||||||
Medians - Standard Conversions: |
|
|
86.1% |
|
|
105.6x |
|
|
16.7% |
|
|
0.4% |
|
|
19.4% |
|
|
1.7% |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
||||||
Second Step Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peoples United Financial, Inc.,CT* |
|
|
4/16/07 |
PBCT-NASDAQ |
|
|
142.2% |
|
|
29.0x |
|
|
44.0% |
|
|
1.5% |
|
|
31.2% |
|
|
4.8% |
|
$ |
20.00 |
|
||
Averages - Second Step Conversions: |
|
|
142.2% |
|
|
29.0x |
|
|
44.0% |
|
|
1.5% |
|
|
31.2% |
|
|
4.8% |
|
$ |
20.00 |
|
||||||
Medians - Second Step Conversions: |
|
|
142.2% |
|
|
29.0x |
|
|
44.0% |
|
|
1.5% |
|
|
31.2% |
|
|
4.8% |
|
$ |
20.00 |
|
||||||
Mutual Holding Company Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TFS Financial Corporation, OH |
|
|
4/23/07 |
TFSL-NASDAQ |
|
|
86.7% |
|
|
27.5x |
|
|
28.8% |
|
|
0.5% |
|
|
19.3% |
|
|
2.7% |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
||
Sugar Creek Fin. Corp., IL* |
|
|
4/4/07 |
SUGR-OTCBB |
|
|
68.0% |
|
|
45.3x |
|
|
10.0% |
|
|
0.2% |
|
|
10.4% |
|
|
1.5% |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
||
Delanco Bancorp, Inc., NJ |
|
|
4/2/07 |
DLNO-OTCBB |
|
|
75.4% |
|
|
275.7x |
|
|
14.7% |
|
|
0.0% |
|
|
13.4% |
|
|
-0.1% |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
||
Averages - Mutual Holding Company Conversions: |
|
|
76.7% |
|
|
116.2x |
|
|
17.9% |
|
|
0.2% |
|
|
14.4% |
|
|
1.4% |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
||||||
Medians - Mutual Holding Company Conversions: |
|
|
75.4% |
|
|
45.3x |
|
|
14.7% |
|
|
0.2% |
|
|
13.4% |
|
|
1.5% |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
||||||
Averages - All Conversions: |
|
|
91.8% |
|
|
81.3x |
|
|
23.3% |
|
|
0.6% |
|
|
19.2% |
|
|
2.4% |
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
||||||
Medians - All Conversions: |
|
|
86.7% |
|
|
29.0x |
|
|
18.7% |
|
|
0.5% |
|
|
19.3% |
|
|
2.7% |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
Institutional Information |
|
Post-IPO Pricing Trends |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing Price: |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Institution |
|
Conver.
|
|
Ticker |
|
First
|
|
%
|
|
After
|
|
%
|
|
After
|
|
%
|
|
Thru
|
|
%
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
(%) |
|
Standard Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ESSA Bancorp, Inc., PA* |
|
|
4/4/07 |
ESSA-NASDAQ |
|
$ |
11.78 |
|
|
17.8 |
% |
$ |
12.06 |
|
|
20.6 |
% |
$ |
11.48 |
|
|
14.8 |
% |
$ |
11.45 |
|
|
14.5 |
% |
||
CMS Bancorp, Inc., NY |
|
|
4/4/07 |
CMSB-NASDAQ |
|
$ |
10.57 |
|
|
5.7 |
% |
$ |
10.47 |
|
|
4.7 |
% |
$ |
10.30 |
|
|
3.0 |
% |
$ |
10.51 |
|
|
5.1 |
% |
||
Averages - Standard Conversions: |
|
$ |
11.18 |
|
|
11.8 |
% |
$ |
11.27 |
|
|
12.7 |
% |
$ |
10.89 |
|
|
8.9 |
% |
$ |
10.98 |
|
|
9.8 |
% |
||||||
Medians - Standard Conversions: |
|
$ |
11.18 |
|
|
11.8 |
% |
$ |
11.27 |
|
|
12.7 |
% |
$ |
10.89 |
|
|
8.9 |
% |
$ |
10.98 |
|
|
9.8 |
% |
||||||
Second Step Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peoples United Financial, Inc.,CT* |
|
|
4/16/07 |
PBCT-NASDAQ |
|
$ |
20.75 |
|
|
3.8 |
% |
$ |
20.40 |
|
|
2.0 |
% |
$ |
19.95 |
|
|
-0.3 |
% |
$ |
19.97 |
|
|
-0.2 |
% |
||
Averages - Second Step Conversions: |
|
$ |
20.75 |
|
|
3.8 |
% |
$ |
20.40 |
|
|
2.0 |
% |
$ |
19.95 |
|
|
-0.3 |
% |
$ |
19.97 |
|
|
-0.2 |
% |
||||||
Medians - Second Step Conversions: |
|
$ |
20.75 |
|
|
3.8 |
% |
$ |
20.40 |
|
|
2.0 |
% |
$ |
19.95 |
|
|
-0.3 |
% |
$ |
19.97 |
|
|
-0.2 |
% |
||||||
Mutual Holding Company Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
TFS Financial Corporation, OH |
|
|
4/23/07 |
TFSL-NASDAQ |
|
$ |
11.79 |
|
|
17.9 |
% |
$ |
11.72 |
|
|
17.2 |
% |
$ |
12.33 |
|
|
23.3 |
% |
$ |
12.30 |
|
|
23.0 |
% |
||
Sugar Creek Fin. Corp., IL* |
|
|
4/4/07 |
SUGR-OTCBB |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
$ |
10.50 |
|
|
5.0 |
% |
$ |
10.60 |
|
|
6.0 |
% |
$ |
10.60 |
|
|
6.0 |
% |
||
Delanco Bancorp, Inc., NJ |
|
|
4/2/07 |
DLNO-OTCBB |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
|
10.3 |
% |
$ |
10.00 |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
$ |
9.50 |
|
|
-5.0 |
% |
$ |
9.25 |
|
|
-7.5 |
% |
||
Averages - Mutual Holding Company Conversions: |
|
$ |
10.60 |
|
|
9.4 |
% |
$ |
10.74 |
|
|
7.4 |
% |
$ |
10.81 |
|
|
8.1 |
% |
$ |
10.72 |
|
|
7.2 |
% |
||||||
Medians - Mutual Holding Company Conversions: |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
|
10.3 |
% |
$ |
10.50 |
|
|
5.0 |
% |
$ |
10.60 |
|
|
6.0 |
% |
$ |
10.60 |
|
|
6.0 |
% |
||||||
Averages - All Conversions: |
|
$ |
12.86 |
|
|
9.9 |
% |
$ |
12.94 |
|
|
9.0 |
% |
$ |
12.77 |
|
|
7.8 |
% |
$ |
12.71 |
|
|
7.2 |
% |
||||||
Medians - All Conversions: |
|
$ |
11.78 |
|
|
10.3 |
% |
$ |
11.72 |
|
|
5.0 |
% |
$ |
11.48 |
|
|
6.0 |
% |
$ |
11.45 |
|
|
6.0 |
% |
|
Note: * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD =RP Financial did the Conversion Business Plan. NT - Not Traded; NA - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock. |
|
(1) Non-OTS regulated thrift. |
(2) As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions. |
(3) Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6. |
(4) Latest price if offering is less than one week old. |
(5) Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old. |
(6) Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis. |
(7) Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution. |
(8) Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter. |
(9) Former credit union. |
|
May 25, 2007 |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.17
Table 4.3
Market Pricing Comparatives
Prices As of May 25, 2007
|
|
Market
|
|
Per Share Data |
|
Pricing Ratios(3) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Price/
|
|
Core
|
|
Book
|
|
Value/
|
|
P/E |
|
P/B |
|
P/A |
|
P/TB |
|
P/Core |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($) |
|
|
($Mil) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
(x) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(x) |
|
All Public Companies |
|
$ |
18.35 |
|
$ |
439.88 |
|
$ |
0.80 |
|
$ |
13.38 |
|
|
19.96x |
|
|
144.46 |
% |
|
17.98 |
% |
|
162.58 |
% |
|
20.33x |
|
Special Selection Grouping(8) |
|
$ |
13.98 |
|
$ |
2,061.22 |
|
$ |
0.36 |
|
$ |
12.55 |
|
|
31.72x |
|
|
109.25 |
% |
|
26.91 |
% |
|
110.40 |
% |
|
30.83x |
|
Special Comparative Group(8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CMSB CMS Bancorp, Inc. of NY |
|
$ |
10.51 |
|
$ |
21.60 |
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
$ |
11.73 |
|
|
NM |
|
|
89.60 |
% |
|
15.39 |
% |
|
89.60 |
% |
|
NM |
|
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA |
|
$ |
11.45 |
|
$ |
194.43 |
|
$ |
0.35 |
|
$ |
11.50 |
|
|
32.71x |
|
|
99.57 |
% |
|
21.43 |
% |
|
99.57 |
% |
|
32.71x |
|
PBCT Peoples United Financial of CT |
|
$ |
19.97 |
|
$ |
5,967.64 |
|
$ |
0.69 |
|
$ |
14.41 |
|
|
30.72x |
|
|
138.58 |
% |
|
43.90 |
% |
|
142.03 |
% |
|
28.94x |
|
|
|
Dividends(4) |
|
Financial Characteristics(6) |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported |
|
Core |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
Amount/
|
|
Yield |
|
Payout
|
|
Total
|
|
Equity/
|
|
NPAs/
|
|
ROA |
|
ROE |
|
ROA |
|
ROE |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
($Mil) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
All Public Companies |
|
$ |
0.41 |
|
|
2.19 |
% |
|
35.71 |
% |
$ |
3,009 |
|
|
12.44 |
% |
|
0.54 |
% |
|
0.57 |
% |
|
5.64 |
% |
|
0.55 |
% |
|
5.36 |
% |
Special Selection Grouping(8) |
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
|
0.88 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
4,880 |
|
|
23.46 |
% |
|
0.21 |
% |
|
0.74 |
% |
|
2.77 |
% |
|
0.75 |
% |
|
2.75 |
% |
Special Comparative Group(8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CMSB CMS Bancorp, Inc. of NY |
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
140 |
|
|
17.18 |
% |
|
NA |
|
|
0.13 |
% |
|
0.77 |
% |
|
0.07 |
% |
|
0.43 |
% |
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA |
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
907 |
|
|
21.52 |
% |
|
NA |
|
|
0.66 |
% |
|
3.04 |
% |
|
0.66 |
% |
|
3.04 |
% |
PBCT Peoples United Financial of CT |
|
$ |
0.53 |
|
|
2.65 |
% |
|
NM |
|
$ |
13,594 |
|
|
31.68 |
% |
|
0.21 |
% |
|
1.43 |
% |
|
4.51 |
% |
|
1.52 |
% |
|
4.79 |
% |
|
||
(1) |
Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share. |
|
(2) |
EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis, and is shown on a pro forma basis where appropriate. |
|
(3) |
P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. |
|
(4) |
Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared. |
|
(5) |
Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings. |
|
(6) |
ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances. |
|
(7) |
Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics. |
|
(8) |
Includes converted last 3 months (no MHC). |
|
|
|
|
Source: |
Corporate reports, offering circulars, and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.18
In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in the overall thrift market, the new issue market and the local acquisition market for thrift stocks. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that no adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.
First Savings management team has limited bench strength and the successful business plan execution is highly dependent on the President and CEO, who also is the Chairman of the Board. There is no Chief Financial Officer, which is a significant concern given the size of the Bank and the anticipated market capitalization and the pending need for public company reporting. There have been recent additions to the middle management team in terms of compliance and other back office areas, and the Bank is seeking to hire a CFO. The EH operations also expects to experience a turnover in management in the near term future, although actions have been taken to provide for succession. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of First Savings Board of Directors and senior management. The financial characteristics of the Bank suggest that the Board and senior management have been effective in implementing an operating strategy, although growth in the Banks operations (particularly lending) have increased the need for additional senior management.
The returns, capital positions and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of financial institutions which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies. On balance, given the limited bench strength we concluded that a slight downward valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.
9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform
As a fully-converted OTS-regulated holding company, First Financial Northwest will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members -- all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions. Exhibit IV-6 reflects the Banks pro forma regulatory capital ratios. On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.19
Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Banks pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:
Table 4.4
Valuation Adjustments
First Financial Northwest, Inc. and the Peer Group Companies
Key Valuation Parameters: |
|
Valuation Adjustment |
|
|
|
Financial Condition |
|
Slight Downward |
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings |
|
Modest Downward |
Asset Growth |
|
Slight Downward |
Primary Market Area |
|
Slight Upward |
Dividends |
|
No Adjustment |
Liquidity of the Shares |
|
No Adjustment |
Marketing of the Issue |
|
No Adjustment |
Management |
|
Slight Downward |
Effect of Government Regulations and Regulatory Reform |
|
No Adjustment |
In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the OTS, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing First Savings to-be-issued stock -- price/earnings (P/E), price/book (P/B), and price/assets (P/A) approaches -- all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in First Savings prospectus for offering expenses, reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, Foundation and stock benefit plan assumptions (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8).
RP Financials valuation placed an emphasis on the following:
|
|
P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock. Given the similarities between the Banks and the Peer Groups operating strategies, earnings composition and overall financial condition, the P/E approach was carefully considered in this valuation. At the same time, since reported earnings for both the Bank and the Peer Group included certain non-recurring items, we also made |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.20
|
|
adjustments to earnings to arrive at core earnings estimates for the Bank and the Peer Group and resulting price/core earnings ratios. |
|
|
|
|
|
P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of a public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a useful indicator of pro forma value, taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or P/TB), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach. |
|
|
|
|
|
P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings - we have also given less weight to the assets approach. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment communitys willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low. |
The Bank will adopt Statement of Position (SOP) 93-6, which will cause earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of the adoption of SOP 93-6 in the valuation.
Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above and the dilutive impact of the stock contribution to the Foundation, RP Financial concluded that, as of May 25, 2007, the pro forma market value of First Savings conversion stock, inclusive of the shares issued to the Foundation was $190,217,390 at the midpoint, equal to 19,021,739 shares at $10.00 per share. Before factoring in the shares issued to the Foundation, the size of the offering at the midpoint value is equal to $175,000,000, or 17,500,000 shares.
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.21
1. Price-to-Earnings (P/E) . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Banks pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. The Banks reported earnings equaled $6,561,000 for the 12 months ended March 31, 2007. In deriving First Savings estimated core earnings for purposes of the valuation, the only adjustment made to reported earnings was to eliminate the expense related to the writedown of a mortgage servicing rights, which equaled $452,000 on an after-tax basis. As shown below, on a tax-effected basis, assuming an effective marginal tax rate of 34%, the Banks core earnings were determined to equal $7,013,000 for the 12 months ended March 31, 2007. (Note: see Exhibit IV-9 for the adjustments applied to the Peer Groups earnings in the calculation of core earnings).
Table 4.5
First Savings Bank of Renton
Derivation of Core Earnings
12 Months Ended March 31, 2007
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($000) |
|
Net income (reported) |
|
$ |
6,561 |
|
Addback: Writedown of Mortgage Serv. Rights (1) |
|
|
452 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Core earnings estimate |
|
$ |
7,013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
(1) Tax effected at 34%. |
Based on First Savings reported and estimated core earnings and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Banks pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the $190.2 million midpoint value equaled 20.92 times and 19.93 times, respectively, which provided for a premium of 3.5% relative to the Peer Groups average reported P/E multiple of 20.22 times and a discount of 0.6% relative to the Peer Groups average core P/E multiple of 20.04 times (see Table 4.6). In comparison to the Peer Groups median reported and core P/E multiples of 16.97 times and 17.31 times, respectively, the Banks pro forma midpoint reported and core P/E ratios represent premiums of 23.3% and 15.1%, respectively. At the top of the superrange, the Banks reported and core P/E multiples equaled 25.96 times and 24.81 times, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Groups average reported
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.22
Table 4.6
Public Market Pricing
First Financial Northwest, Inc. of WA and the Comparables
As of May 25, 2007
|
|
Market
|
|
Per Share Data |
|
Pricing Ratios(3) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Price/
|
|
Market
|
|
Core
|
|
Book
|
|
P/E |
|
P/B |
|
P/A |
|
P/TB |
|
P/Core |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($) |
|
|
($Mil) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
(x) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(x) |
|
First Financial Northwest, Inc. of WA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Superrange |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
251.56 |
|
$ |
0.40 |
|
$ |
12.36 |
|
|
25.96x |
|
|
80.94 |
% |
|
23.15 |
% |
|
84.81 |
% |
|
24.81x |
|
Maximum |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
218.75 |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
$ |
12.98 |
|
|
23.34x |
|
|
77.04 |
% |
|
20.65 |
% |
|
81.09 |
% |
|
22.27x |
|
Midpoint |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
190.22 |
|
$ |
0.50 |
|
$ |
13.70 |
|
|
20.92x |
|
|
72.99 |
% |
|
18.36 |
% |
|
77.20 |
% |
|
19.93x |
|
Minimum |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
161.68 |
|
$ |
0.57 |
|
$ |
14.67 |
|
|
18.50x |
|
|
68.16 |
% |
|
15.73 |
% |
|
72.50 |
% |
|
17.59x |
|
All Public Companies(7) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
$ |
18.35 |
|
$ |
439.88 |
|
$ |
0.80 |
|
$ |
13.38 |
|
|
19.96x |
|
|
144.46 |
% |
|
17.98 |
% |
|
162.58 |
% |
|
20.33x |
|
Medians |
|
|
15.60 |
|
|
99.81 |
|
|
0.53 |
|
|
11.58 |
|
|
17.77x |
|
|
133.26 |
% |
|
14.49 |
% |
|
154.70 |
% |
|
18.39x |
|
All Non-MHC State of WA(7) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
$ |
22.85 |
|
$ |
547.61 |
|
$ |
1.29 |
|
$ |
13.78 |
|
|
14.64x |
|
|
168.28 |
% |
|
18.03 |
% |
|
187.25 |
% |
|
15.64x |
|
Medians |
|
$ |
22.19 |
|
$ |
148.41 |
|
$ |
1.32 |
|
$ |
13.37 |
|
|
14.60x |
|
|
163.55 |
% |
|
19.64 |
% |
|
183.15 |
% |
|
15.66x |
|
Comparable Group Averages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
$ |
21.14 |
|
$ |
442.47 |
|
$ |
1.05 |
|
$ |
15.36 |
|
|
20.22x |
|
|
142.07 |
% |
|
18.45 |
% |
|
172.88 |
% |
|
20.04x |
|
Medians |
|
$ |
21.05 |
|
$ |
172.43 |
|
$ |
1.01 |
|
$ |
13.39 |
|
|
16.97x |
|
|
141.48 |
% |
|
17.07 |
% |
|
176.62 |
% |
|
17.31x |
|
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BFIN BankFinancial Corp. of IL |
|
$ |
16.37 |
|
$ |
379.37 |
|
$ |
0.36 |
|
$ |
13.36 |
|
|
NM |
|
|
122.53 |
% |
|
24.21 |
% |
|
136.53 |
% |
|
NM |
|
BHLB Berkshire Hills Bancorp of MA |
|
$ |
32.04 |
|
$ |
282.18 |
|
$ |
1.63 |
|
$ |
29.87 |
|
|
24.84x |
|
|
107.26 |
% |
|
12.98 |
% |
|
198.64 |
% |
|
19.66x |
|
BRKL Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA |
|
$ |
11.95 |
|
$ |
732.70 |
|
$ |
0.33 |
|
$ |
9.26 |
|
|
36.21x |
|
|
129.05 |
% |
|
31.16 |
% |
|
141.59 |
% |
|
36.21x |
|
FMSB First Mutual Bancshares Inc. of WA |
|
$ |
22.19 |
|
$ |
148.41 |
|
$ |
1.32 |
|
$ |
10.82 |
|
|
13.53x |
|
|
205.08 |
% |
|
14.04 |
% |
|
205.08 |
% |
|
16.81x |
|
FPTB First PacTrust Bancorp of CA |
|
$ |
25.24 |
|
$ |
111.46 |
|
$ |
1.05 |
|
$ |
18.83 |
|
|
24.04x |
|
|
134.04 |
% |
|
14.15 |
% |
|
134.04 |
% |
|
24.04x |
|
RPFG Rainier Pacific Fin. Group of WA |
|
$ |
19.91 |
|
$ |
130.81 |
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
$ |
13.37 |
|
|
NM |
|
|
148.92 |
% |
|
14.49 |
% |
|
154.70 |
% |
|
NM |
|
RVSB Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
$ |
14.00 |
|
$ |
163.91 |
|
$ |
0.97 |
|
$ |
8.56 |
|
|
14.14x |
|
|
163.55 |
% |
|
19.98 |
% |
|
221.87 |
% |
|
14.43x |
|
TSBK Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
$ |
33.26 |
|
$ |
121.37 |
|
$ |
2.15 |
|
$ |
21.32 |
|
|
15.05x |
|
|
156.00 |
% |
|
19.64 |
% |
|
171.44 |
% |
|
15.47x |
|
WFSL Washington Federal, Inc. of WA |
|
$ |
24.89 |
|
$ |
2,173.57 |
|
$ |
1.57 |
|
$ |
14.83 |
|
|
15.85x |
|
|
167.84 |
% |
|
22.01 |
% |
|
183.15 |
% |
|
15.85x |
|
WFBC Willow Financial Bancorp Inc. of PA |
|
$ |
11.58 |
|
$ |
180.95 |
|
$ |
0.65 |
|
$ |
13.40 |
|
|
18.09x |
|
|
86.42 |
% |
|
11.80 |
% |
|
181.79 |
% |
|
17.82x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends(4) |
|
Financial Characteristics(6) |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported |
|
Core |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
Amount/
|
|
Yield |
|
Payout
|
|
Total
|
|
Equity/
|
|
NPAs/
|
|
ROA |
|
ROE |
|
ROA |
|
ROE |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
($Mil) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
|
(%) |
|
First Financial Northwest, Inc. of WA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Superrange |
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
1,086 |
|
|
28.61 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.89 |
% |
|
3.12 |
% |
|
0.93 |
% |
|
3.26 |
% |
Maximum |
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
1,060 |
|
|
26.80 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.88 |
% |
|
3.30 |
% |
|
0.93 |
% |
|
3.46 |
% |
Midpoint |
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
1,036 |
|
|
25.15 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.88 |
% |
|
3.49 |
% |
|
0.92 |
% |
|
3.66 |
% |
Minimum |
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
1,028 |
|
|
23.08 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.85 |
% |
|
3.68 |
% |
|
0.89 |
% |
|
3.87 |
% |
All Public Companies(7) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
$ |
0.41 |
|
|
2.19 |
% |
|
35.71 |
% |
$ |
3,009 |
|
|
12.44 |
% |
|
0.54 |
% |
|
0.57 |
% |
|
5.64 |
% |
|
0.55 |
% |
|
5.36 |
% |
Medians |
|
$ |
0.32 |
|
|
2.17 |
% |
|
19.89 |
% |
$ |
799 |
|
|
10.58 |
% |
|
0.36 |
% |
|
0.57 |
% |
|
4.77 |
% |
|
0.58 |
% |
|
4.92 |
% |
All Non-MHC State of WA(7) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
|
2.25 |
% |
|
43.23 |
% |
$ |
2,655 |
|
|
10.90 |
% |
|
0.12 |
% |
|
1.13 |
% |
|
10.63 |
% |
|
1.08 |
% |
|
9.84 |
% |
Medians |
|
$ |
0.40 |
|
|
2.16 |
% |
|
41.24 |
% |
$ |
903 |
|
|
12.22 |
% |
|
0.08 |
% |
|
1.39 |
% |
|
10.93 |
% |
|
1.35 |
% |
|
10.93 |
% |
Comparable Group Averages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
$ |
0.49 |
|
|
2.44 |
% |
|
48.73 |
% |
$ |
2,169 |
|
|
13.47 |
% |
|
0.28 |
% |
|
0.88 |
% |
|
7.43 |
% |
|
0.87 |
% |
|
7.15 |
% |
Medians |
|
$ |
0.43 |
|
|
2.50 |
% |
|
46.74 |
% |
$ |
1,295 |
|
|
12.40 |
% |
|
0.20 |
% |
|
0.75 |
% |
|
5.30 |
% |
|
0.74 |
% |
|
5.69 |
% |
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BFIN BankFinancial Corp. of IL |
|
$ |
0.28 |
|
|
1.71 |
% |
|
NM |
|
$ |
1,567 |
|
|
19.76 |
% |
|
0.57 |
% |
|
0.53 |
% |
|
2.63 |
% |
|
0.51 |
% |
|
2.56 |
% |
BHLB Berkshire Hills Bancorp of MA |
|
$ |
0.56 |
|
|
1.75 |
% |
|
34.36 |
% |
$ |
2,175 |
|
|
12.10 |
% |
|
0.61 |
% |
|
0.53 |
% |
|
4.47 |
% |
|
0.67 |
% |
|
5.64 |
% |
BRKL Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA |
|
$ |
0.34 |
|
|
2.85 |
% |
|
NM |
|
$ |
2,351 |
|
|
24.15 |
% |
|
0.08 |
% |
|
0.86 |
% |
|
3.47 |
% |
|
0.86 |
% |
|
3.47 |
% |
FMSB First Mutual Bancshares Inc. of WA |
|
$ |
0.36 |
|
|
1.62 |
% |
|
27.27 |
% |
$ |
1,057 |
|
|
6.85 |
% |
|
0.32 |
% |
|
1.01 |
% |
|
16.33 |
% |
|
0.81 |
% |
|
13.15 |
% |
FPTB First PacTrust Bancorp of CA |
|
$ |
0.72 |
|
|
2.85 |
% |
|
68.57 |
% |
$ |
788 |
|
|
10.56 |
% |
|
0.24 |
% |
|
0.58 |
% |
|
5.74 |
% |
|
0.58 |
% |
|
5.74 |
% |
RPFG Rainier Pacific Fin. Group of WA |
|
$ |
0.26 |
|
|
1.31 |
% |
|
61.90 |
% |
$ |
903 |
|
|
9.73 |
% |
|
0.03 |
% |
|
0.33 |
% |
|
3.45 |
% |
|
0.31 |
% |
|
3.22 |
% |
RVSB Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
$ |
0.40 |
|
|
2.86 |
% |
|
41.24 |
% |
$ |
820 |
|
|
12.22 |
% |
|
0.15 |
% |
|
1.43 |
% |
|
12.10 |
% |
|
1.40 |
% |
|
11.86 |
% |
TSBK Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of WA |
|
$ |
0.72 |
|
|
2.16 |
% |
|
33.49 |
% |
$ |
618 |
|
|
12.59 |
% |
|
0.04 |
% |
|
1.39 |
% |
|
10.31 |
% |
|
1.35 |
% |
|
10.03 |
% |
WFSL Washington Federal, Inc. of WA |
|
$ |
0.82 |
|
|
3.29 |
% |
|
52.23 |
% |
$ |
9,878 |
|
|
13.11 |
% |
|
0.08 |
% |
|
1.51 |
% |
|
10.93 |
% |
|
1.51 |
% |
|
10.93 |
% |
WFBC Willow Financial Bancorp Inc. of PA |
|
$ |
0.46 |
|
|
3.97 |
% |
|
70.77 |
% |
$ |
1,533 |
|
|
13.66 |
% |
|
0.64 |
% |
|
0.64 |
% |
|
4.85 |
% |
|
0.65 |
% |
|
4.92 |
% |
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.23
and core P/E multiples, the Banks P/E multiples at the top of the superrange reflected premiums of 28.4% and 23.8% on a reported and core earnings basis, respectively.
2. Price-to-Book (P/B) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Banks pro forma market value by applying valuation P/B and P/TB ratios, as derived from the Peer Groups P/B and P/TB ratios to First Savings pro forma book value and pro forma tangible book value. Based on the $190.2 million midpoint valuation, First Savings pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 72.99% and 77.20%, respectively. In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 142.07% and 172.88%, respectively, the Banks midpoint ratios reflected a discount of 48.6% on a P/B basis and a discount of 55.3% on a P/TB basis. In comparison to the median P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 141.88% and 176.62%, respectively, the Banks midpoint ratios reflected a discount of 48.4% on a P/B basis and 56.3% on a P/TB basis. At the top of the superrange, the Banks P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 80.94% and 84.81%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Groups average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Banks P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the superrange reflected discounts of 43.0% and 50.9%, respectively. RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable, in light of the previously referenced valuation adjustments, the nature of the calculation of the P/B ratio which mathematically results in a ratio discounted to book value, the substantially higher equity position of the Bank relative to the Peers and the resulting premium pricing ratios indicated under the earnings approach.
3. Price-to-Assets (P/A) . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Banks pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio which is computed herein. At the midpoint of the valuation range, First Savings value equaled 18.36% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited average and median P/A ratios of 18.45% and 17.07%, which implies a discount of 0.5% to the Peer Group average and a 7.6% premium to the Peer Group median.
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.24
Comparison to Recent Offerings
As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financials analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a technical analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings can not be a primary determinate of value. Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals). As discussed previously, two standard conversion offerings have been completed within the past three months. In comparison to the average closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio of 86.1% for the two recent standard conversion offerings, the Companys P/TB ratio of 77.2% at the midpoint value reflects an implied discount of 10.3%. At the top of the super range, the Companys P/TB ratio of 84.81% reflected an implied discount of 1.5% relative to the average closing P/TB ratio for the two recent standard conversion offerings. Given the comparative risk adjustments addressed earlier in this section, we believe the pro forma pricing for the Bank is appropriate. The average current P/TB ratio for the two recent standard conversion offerings, based on their closings stock prices as of May 25, 2007, equaled 94.6%. In comparison to average current P/TB ratio for the two recent standard conversions, the Companys P/TB ratio at the midpoint value reflects an implied discount of 18.4%, while the discount narrows to 10.4% at the top of the range.
Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of May 25, 2007, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including shares to be issued to the Foundation, equaled $190,217,390 at the midpoint, equal to 19,021,739 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% offering range indicates a minimum value of $161,684,790 and a maximum value of $218,750,000. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 16,168,479 at the minimum and 21,875,000 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a supermaximum value of $251,562,500 without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the
RP
®
Financial, LC.
Page 4.25
supermaximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 25,156,250. Based on this valuation range, and excluding the shares to be issued to the Foundation, the offering range is as follows: $148,750,000 at the minimum, $175,000,000 at the midpoint, $201,250,000 at the maximum and $231,437,500 at the supermaximum. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the number of offering shares is as follows: 14,875,000 at the minimum, 17,500,000 at the midpoint, 20,125,000 at the maximum and 23,143,750 at the supermaximum. The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.6 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.